ASME Al 7.

1-2016/CSA B44-16
(Revision of ASME A17.1-2013/CSA B44-13)

Safety Code for

Elevators and
Escalators
Includes Requirements for Elevators,
Escalators, Dumbwaiters, Moving Walks,
Material Lifts, and Dumbwaiters With
Automatic Transfer Devices

AN AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD

� The American Society of

t�)csA
✓
�-
3
Group
� Mechanical Engineers __,,.,®
 Date of Issuance: November 30, 2016

Reissued on January 16, 2017, to address errata

The next edition of this Code is scheduled for publication in 2019. This Code will become effective
6 months after the Date of Issuance.

ASME issues written replies to inquiries concerning interpretations of technical aspects of this Code.
Interpretations are published on the ASME Web site under the Committee Pages at
http://cstools.asme.org/ as they are issued.

Errata to codes and standards may be posted on the ASME Web site under the Committee Pages to
provide corrections to incorrectly published items, or to correct typographical or grammatical errors
in codes and standards. Such errata shall be used on the date posted.

The Committee Pages can be found at http://cstools.asme.org/. There is an option available to

automatically receive an e-mail notification when errata are posted to a particular code or standard.
This option can be found on the appropriate Committee Page after selecting "Errata" in the "Publication
Information" section.

ASME is the registered trademark of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

This code or standard was developed under procedures accredited as meeting the criteria for American National
Standards. The Standards Committee that approved the code or standard was balanced to assure that individuals from
competent and concerned interests have had an opportunity to participate. The proposed code or standard was made
available for public review and comment that provides an opportunity for additional public input from industry, academia,
regulatory agencies, and the public-at-large.
ASME does not "approve," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any
items mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to insure anyone utilizing a standard against liability for
infringement of any applicable letters patent, nor assumes any such liability. Users of a code or standard are expressly
advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, is
entirely their own responsibility.
Participation by federal agency representative(s) or person(s) affiliated with industry is not to be interpreted as
government or industry endorsement of this code or standard.
ASME accepts responsibility for only those interpretations of this document issued in accordance with the established
ASME procedures and policies, which precludes the issuance of interpretations by individuals.

No part of this document may be reproduced in any form,

in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990

Copyright© 2016 by
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
 CONTENTS

ASME Foreword . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . viii

ASME Committee Roster . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . xiii
CSA Committees . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . xix
ASME Preface . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . xxi
CSA Preface . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . xxiv
Summary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
Part 1 General. . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . 1
1.1 Scope .................................................................. 1
1.2 Purpose and Exceptions . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . 2
1.3 Definitions . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . 2
Part 2 Electric Elevators . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . 19
2.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . 19
2.2 Pits . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . 21
2.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . 23
2.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars and Counterweights . . . . .. . . .. . 24
2.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.6 Protection of Space Below Hoistways . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . 27
2.7 Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control Spaces, and Control
Rooms . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . 27
2. 8 Equipment in Hoistways, Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms,
Control Spaces, and Control Rooms .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 35
2.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and Foundations . . . . . . .. . . .. . . 37
2.10 Guarding of Equipment and Standard Railing .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . 39
2.11 Protection of Hoistway Openings . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 39
2.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric Contacts, and Hoistway
Access Switches . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 47
2.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car Doors . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 52
2.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car Illumination . . . . . . . . .. . . . 57
2.15 Car Frames and Platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
2.16 Capacity and Loading . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 70
2.17 Car and Counterweight Safeties . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . 75
2.18 Speed Governors . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 78
2.19 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car Movement
Protection . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . 81
2.2 0 Suspension Means and Their Connections . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . 83
2.2 1 Counterweights . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . 92
2.2 2 Buffers and Bumpers . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 93
2.2 3 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and
Fastenings . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 96
2.2 4 Driving Machines and Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
2.2 5 Terminal Stopping Devices . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 108
2.26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . 112
2.27 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 123
2.2 8 Layout Drawings . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 140
2.2 9 Identification . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 140
2.3 0 Sway Control Guides................ ................................... 141
Part 3 Hydraulic Elevators ...................................................... 142
3.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 142

iii
3.2 Pits .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 142
3.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . 142
3.4 Bottom and Top Clearances and Runbys for Cars and
Counterweights . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . 142
3.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 143
3.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 143
3.7 Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control Spaces, and Control
Rooms . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 144
3. 8 Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts in Hoistway,
Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control Spaces, and Control
Rooms . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 144
3.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and Foundations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.10 Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . 145
3.11 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 145
3.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices, Electric Contacts, and Hoistway Access
Switches . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 145
3.13 Power Operation, Power Opening, and Power Closing of Hoistway
Doors and Car Doors or Gates . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . 145
3.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car Illumination . . . . . .. . . .. . . 145
3.15 Car Frames and Platforms . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 145
3.16 Capacity and Loading ... . .......... . ... . .......... . ... . .......... . ... . . 146
3.17 Car Safeties, Counterweight Safeties, Plunger Gripper, and
Governors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.18 Hydraulic Jacks . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 14 8
3.19 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 15 0
3.2 0 Ropes and Rope Connections .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . 15 3
3.2 1 Counterweights . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 15 3
3.2 2 Buffers and Bumpers .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 15 3
3.2 3 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and Fastenings . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 15 4
3.2 4 Hydraulic Machines and Tanks . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 15 4
3.25 Terminal Stopping Devices . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 15 4
3.26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 15 6
3.27 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 15 8
3.2 8 Layout Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 9
3.2 9 Identification . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . 15 9
Part 4 Elevators With Other Types of Driving Machines.. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 160
4.1 Rack-and-Pinion Elevators . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . 160
4.2 Screw-Column Elevators ............................................... 167
4.3 Hand Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Part 5 Special Application Elevators............................................. 174
5.1 Inclined Elevators .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . 174
5.2 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Elevators . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 180
5.3 Private Residence Elevators . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 185
5.4 Private Residence Inclined Elevators . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 194
5.5 Power Sidewalk Elevators . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . 197
5.6 Rooftop Elevators . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 2 01
5.7 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . 2 04
5.8 Marine Elevators . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 2 11
5.9 Mine Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 12
5.10 Elevators Used for Construction . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . 2 16
5.11 Wind Turbine Tower Elevators . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 220
5.12 Outside Emergency Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Part 6 Escalators and Moving Walks . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . 2 2 2
6.1 Escalators . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 2 2 2
6.2 Moving Walks . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 2 3 5

iv
Part 7 Dumbwaiters and Material Lifts . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . 246
7.1 Power and Hand Dumbwaiters Without Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . 246
7.2 Electric and Hand Dumbwaiters Without Automatic Transfer
Devices . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . 251
7.3 Hydraulic Dumbwaiters Without Automatic Transfer Devices . .. . . .. . . . . 257
7.4 Material Lifts Without Automatic Transfer Devices . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 258
7.5 Electric Material Lifts Without Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 262
7.6 Hydraulic Material Lifts Without Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . .. . . .. . 268
7.7 Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . 269
7.8 Power Dumbwaiters With Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 70
7.9 Electric Material Lifts With Automatic Transfer Devices . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 2 70
7.10 Hydraulic Material Lifts With Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 72
Part 8 General Requirements .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 2 73
8.1 Security . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 2 73
8.2 Design Data and Formulas . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . 2 74
8.3 Engineering Tests, Type Tests, and Certification . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 293
8.4 Elevator Seismic Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 04
8.5 Escalator and Moving Walk Seismic Requirements . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 330
8.6 Maintenance, Repair, Replacement, and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
8.7 Alterations . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . 357
8. 8 Welding . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 3 76
8.9 Code Data Plate . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . 3 77
8.10 Acceptance Inspections and Tests . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . 3 77
8.11 Periodic Inspections and Witnessing of Tests . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 3 94
8.12 Flood Resistances . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . 401
Part 9 Reference Codes, Standards, and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
9.1 Reference Documents . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . 403
9.2 Procurement Information . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . 410
Figures
2.16.1.1 Inside Net Platform Areas for Passenger Elevators . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 71
2.2 0.9.4 Tapered Rope Sockets . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . 88
2.2 0.9.5 Wedge Rope Sockets . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . 88
2.2 3.3 Elevator Guide Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.2 3.4.1-1 Maximum Weight of a Car With Rated Load or of Counterweight With
Safety Device for a Pair of Guide Rails as Specified
in 2.2 3.4.1 . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 99
2.2 3.4.1-2 Minimum Moment of Inertia About x-x Axis for a Single Guide Rail
With Its Reinforcement. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . 100
2.2 7.3.1.6(h) Visual Signal . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 12 9
2.2 7.3.3.7 Panel Layout . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . 13 2
2.2 7.7.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation Instructions . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . 13 5
2.2 7.7.2 Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 13 6
2.2 7.8 FEO-Kl Key . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 13 7
2.2 7.9 Elevator Corridor Call Station Pictograph . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . 13 8
5.1.17.3 Vertical and Horizontal Components of Velocity .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . 179
6.1.3.3.10 Dimensions . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . 224
6.1.6.9.1 Caution Sign . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 233
8.2.1.2 Minimum Rated Load for Passenger Elevators . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 2 75
8.2.2.5.1 Turning Moment Based on Class of Loading .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . 2 78
8.2.4 Gravity Stopping Distances . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . 2 80
8.2.5 Maximum Governor Tripping Speeds . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . 2 81
8.2.6 Stopping Distances for Type B Car and Counterweight Safeties . . . . . . .. . . 2 83
8.2.7 Minimum Factors of Safety of Suspension Members of Power
Passenger and Freight Elevators . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 2 86
8.2. 8.1.1 Allowable Gross Loads . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2 88

V
8.2.9.1.3 Load Distribution ...................................................... 292
8.4.3.1.3 Arc of Contact ........................................................ . 3 05
8.4. 8.2-1 12 kg/m (8 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing .......................... . 3 08
8.4. 8.2-2 16.5 kg/m (11 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing ....................... . 3 09
8.4. 8.2-3 18 kg/m (12 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing ......................... . 3 10
8.4. 8.2-4 2 2.5 kg/m (15 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing ....................... . 3 11
8.4. 8.2 -5 27.5 kg/m (18.5 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing ..................... . 3 12
8.4. 8.2-6 3 3.5 kg/m (2 2.5 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing ..................... . 3 13
8.4. 8.2 -7 44.5 kg/m (3 0 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing ....................... . 3 14
8.4.8.2 -8 Car and Counterweight Load Factor ...... . ... . .......... . ... . ......... . 3 15
8.4. 8.9 Guide-Rail Axes ....................................................... 3 19
8.4.10. 1.1 Earthquake Elevator Equipment Requirements Diagrammatic
Representation ..................................................... . 320
8.4.10.1.3 Earthquake Emergency Operation Diagrammatic Representation ....... . 322
8.5.1 Balustrade Handrail Force ............................................. . 332
8.6. 8.15.19(e) 35 3
Tables
2.4.2.2 Minimum Bottom Runby for Counterweight Elevators With Spring
Buffers, Elastomeric Buffers, or Solid Bumpers and Rheostatic
Control or Single-Speed AC Control ................................. . 25
2.15.10.1 Maximum Allowable Stresses in Car Frame and Platform Members
and Connections, for Steels Specified in 2.15.6.2.1 and 2.15.6.2.2 ....... 70
2.16.1.1 Maximum Inside Net Platform Areas for the Various Rated Loads ....... 71
2.17.3 Maximum and Minimum Stopping Distances for Type B Car Safeties
With Rated Load and Type B Counterweight Safeties ................ . 76
2.18.2.1 Maximum Car Speeds at Which Speed Governor Trips and Governor
Overspeed Switch Operates ......................................... . 79
2.18.7.4 Multiplier for Determining Governor Sheave Pitch Diameter ........... . 81
2.2 0. 3 Minimum Factors of Safety for Suspension Members . . ... . .......... . .. . 84
2.2 0.9.4.5 Relation of Rope Diameter to Diameter of the Small Socket Hole ........ 88
2.2 2.3.1 Minimum Spring Buffer Strokes ....................................... . 93
2.2 2.4.1 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes . . .......... . ... . .......... . ... . .......... . 95
2.2 3.3 T-Section Guide-Rail Dimensions ...................................... . 97
2.2 3.4.2 Load Multiplying Factor for Duplex Safeties ......................... .. . 103
2.2 3 . 4 . 3.1 Guide Rails for Counterweight Without Safeties ..... . ... . .......... . .. . 104
2.2 3.4.3.3 Intermediate Tie Brackets ................... .......................... . 104
2.2 3.7.2.1 Minimum Thickness of Fishplates and Minimum Diameter of
Fastening Bolts ..................................................... . 105
2.2 3.10.2 Minimum Size of Rail-Fastening Bolts ................................. . 105
2.26.4.3.2 SIL for Electrical Protective Devices and Other Electrical Safety
Functions .......................................................... . 119
2.26.12.1 Symbol Identification ................................................. . 12 4
4.1.18.1 Maximum and Minimum Stopping Distances for Rack-and-Pinion
Safeties With Rated Load ......................................... .. . 164
5.1.14.2 Minimum and Maximum Stopping Distances at Given Angles From
Horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 8
5.1.17.2 Spring Buffer Stroke . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 17 8
5.1.17.4.4 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes at Given Angle From Horizontal . . . . . . . . .. . 179
6.2.3.7 Treadway Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 8
6.2.4 Treadway Speed .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 240
7.2.6.4 Factors of Safety for Wire Rope and Chains . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . 25 4
7.2.8.1 Minimum Spring Buffer Strokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 4
7.2. 8.2 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 25 5
7.4.3 Type B Material Lifts . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 25 9
7.9.2.14 Minimum Spring Buffer Strokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
7.9.2.15 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 272

vi
8.4.8.7 Stresses and Deflections of Guide-Rail Brackets and Supports ........... 317
8.4.10.1.1 Visual Indication Matrix ............................................... 32 1
8.4.1 1.13 Pipe Support Spacing .................................................. 325
8.4.1 2.2.2 Maximum Allowable Deflection ........................................ 329
8.5.5 Component-Based Allowable Design Stresses ........................... 333
8.6.4.20.4 Brake Test Loads ....................................................... 345
Nonmandatory Appendices
A Control System ....................................................... . 4 13
B Unlocking Zone ....................................................... . 4 15
C Location of Top Emergency Exit ........................................ 4 16
D Rated Load and Capacity Plates for Passenger Elevators ................ 4 17
E Elevator Requirements for Persons With Physical Disabilities in
Jurisdictions Enforcing NBCC ........................................ 4 18
F Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car Movement
Protection ........................................................... 4 26
G Top-of-Car Clearance .................................................. . 430
H Private Residence Elevator Guarding (5.3.1.6.2) .......................... 435
I Escalator and Moving Walk Diagrams ................................. . 436
J Relationship of Pit Ladder to Hoistway Door Unlocking Means ......... 4 43
K Beveling and Clearance Requirements (7.4.7.4) .......................... 444
L Index of Alteration Requirements for Electric Elevators, Hydraulic
Elevators, Escalators, and Moving Walks ............................. 4 45
M Inertia Application for Type A Safety Device Location of Test Weight
[8.10.2.2.2(ii)( 2)] ..................................................... . 450
N Recommended Inspection and Test Intervals in "Months" ............... 45 1
p Plunger Gripper Stopping Distances ................................... . 459
Q Explanatory Figures for the Definitions of Elevator Machinery Space,
Machine Room, Control Space, Control Room, Remote Machine
Room, or Remote Control Room ..................................... 460
R Inspection Operation and Hoistway Access Switch Operation
Hierarchy .......................................................... . 463
s Vertically Sliding Doors - Illustrations of Detection Zones ( 2 .13.3.4) .... 465
T Deleted ............................................................... . 478
U Design Requirements - Traction Elevator Suspension System ........... 479
V Building Features for Occupant Evacuation Operation ................... 480
W Deleted ............................................................... . 48 2
X Acceptance Tests ...................................................... . 483
Y Maintenance Control Program Records ................................. 487
Z Mass and Closing Time of Horizontally Sliding Elevator Doors .......... 490
Index ................................................................................. . 49 1

vii
(1 6) ASME FOREWORD

T he first edition of this Code w a s published in by the sponsors and by the American Standards
January 192 1. It was prepared by an American Society Association (ASA) in July 1937.
of Mechanical Engineers (A SME) Committee on A fifth edition of the Code was well under way in
Protection of Industrial Workers with the assistance of 1940 when it was necessary to suspend the work due
representatives of a number of interests including manu­ to the Second World War. However, a number of the
facturers, insurance carriers, regulatory bodies, and revisions already agreed upon by the Sectional
technical societies. Committee and approved by the sponsors and by the
Subsequently, A SME requested the American ASA in April 1942 were issued as a supplement to the
Engineering Standards Committee (AE SC) to authorize 1937 edition. They were subsequently incorporated in
the organization of a Sectional Committee to undertake a reprint of the 1937 edition in 1945. In response to public
this revision. They acted favorably on this request and demand, requirements for private residence elevators
in January 192 2 assigned sponsorship for the project were also issued in a separate supplement,
j ointly to the American Institute of Architects, the ASA A17.l.5 -195 3 , and incorporated into the Code as
National Bureau of Standards, and ASME, all three of Part V in the 195 5 edition.
whom had taken an active part in the preparation of The Sectional Committee reinitiated consideration of
the first edition of the Code. the fifth edition of the Code in 1946. Due to the consider­
The organization meeting of the Sectional Committee able period that had elapsed since the fourth revision
A17 was held in November 192 2. A number of meetings in 1937, and to the very extensive developments in the
of the Committee were held during the next two years, elevator art, the Committee decided that the Code
and in July 192 5 , a revision of the 192 1 Code was com­ should be completely rewritten and brought up to date.
pleted, approved by the AESC, and published as an Special subcommittees were appointed to prepare the
revisions of the various requirements. The membership
American Standard.
of each subcommittee consisted of persons especially
Subsequent to the publication of the 192 5 revision of
familiar with the requirements to be covered by that
the Code, the necessity for development research on the
subcommittee. Fifteen subcommittees were set up with
design and construction of car safeties and oil buffers
a total membership of over 15 0 persons. The member­
and for the development of test specifications for various ship of these subcommittees was not confined to mem­
parts of elevator equipment was realized. bers of the Sectional Committee. It also included other
As a result, a Subcommittee on Research, persons having expert knowledge of the subjects under
Recommendations, and Interpretations was appointed consideration by the subcommittees. These subcommit­
in 1926. This subcommittee held regular meetings there­ tees and their personnel were listed in the 195 5 edition
after until interrupted by the war in 1940, and carried of the Code.
on an extensive test program at the National Bureau of T he drafts prepared by these subcommittees were
Standards in connection with oil buffers and car safeties. widely circulated to interested groups for comment.
Subsequent to the war, the name of this subcommittee After review of the comments and correlation of the
was changed to "Executive Committee for the Elevator drafts, the fifth edition of the Code was approved by
Safety Code." the Sectional Committee, subsequently by the sponsors,
T he information gained as a result of these tests, and by the ASA in June 195 5.
together with the developments that had occurred in In December 1957, a Supplement to the Code listing
the design of the equipment as a result of installations a number of revisions was approved by the ASA and
made in very tall buildings, prompted the Sectional published by ASME.
Committee to prepare and issue the third edition of the A sixth edition was published in 1960 that incorpo­
Code in 193 1. The third edition was approved by the rated the revisions contained in the 1957 Supplement as
Sectional Committee in February 19 3 1, and subse­ well as approximately 96 revisions that were approved
quently by the sponsors and by the American Standards by the Sectional Committee in March 1960.
Association (formerly the AESC) in July 193 1. In 195 8 the scope of the A17 Code was enlarged to
Further experience and developments in the design include moving walks. The membership of the Sectional
of elevator equipment led the Sectional Committee, in Committee was expanded to include manufacturers
line with its policy of revising the Code periodically, to whose primary interest in the Committee was the devel­
prepare the fourth edition in 1937, which was approved opment of rules and regulations on moving walks. A

viii
subcommittee prepared a Safety Code for Moving Practice for Accelerating Moving Walks. Rule 2 1 1.3 and
Walks, which was approved by the Sectional Committee, Part V were also completely revised, with the private
the sponsors, and by the ASA on March 20, 196 2. This residence inclined lifts moved to Part XV III. Numerous
Code was published as Part XIII of the A 17.l Code, and other revisions and additions that were approved since
was designated ASA A 17.l.13- 196 2. the time of the 1980 supplement were also included.
During 196 2 and 1963, 38 additional changes to Parts I The tenth edition of the Code was approved by the
through XII of A 17.l were approved by the Sectional A 17 Standards Committee. After publication of the tenth
Committee, the sponsors, and the ASA, and were pub­ edition, the Committee was reorganized in accordance
lished as the 1963 Supplement to the 1960 edition of the with the ANSI Accredited Organization Method under
Code. the sponsorship of ASME. With this reorganization, the
A seventh edition was published in 1965 that incorpo­ National Bureau of Standar ds and the American
rated the rules of the Safety Code for Moving Walks, Institute of Architects relinquished their roles as
ASA A 17.1.13-196 2, as Part XIII, the revisions covered cosecretariats. T he Standards, Conference, and
by the 1963 Supplement as well as approximately 90 Executive Committees were also restructured as the
other revisions approved by the Sectional Committee, Main Committee and the National Interest Review
the sponsors, and the ASA. The title of the Code was Committee, with the Working Committees (subcommit­
also changed to the American Standard Safety Code for tees) continuing to operate as before.
Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators, and Moving Walks. This reorganization also prompted a change in the
On August 2 4, 1966, the American Standards title of the Code to the ANSI/ ASME A 17.1 Safety Code
Association was reconstituted as the United States of for Elevators and Escalators. The title was also shortened
America Standards Institute . The designation of stan­ for convenience, and it should not be construed that the
dards approved as American Standards was changed Code no longer covers dumbwaiters, moving walks, or
to USA Standards. There was no change in the index the other equipment included within the Scope of the
identification or the technical content of the standards . Code.
At the same time, the ASA Sectional Committee, A 17 Two supplements to the 198 1 edition were issued :
on A Safety Code for Elevators, was changed to the A N S I / A S M E A 17.la- 198 2 and A N S I / ASME
USA Standards Committee, A 17 on A Safety Code for A 17.lb- 1983. T he 198 2 supplement included a new
Elevators. Four supplements to this edition were pub­ Part XIX covering elevators used for construction. In the
lished from 1967 through 1970. 1983supplement, the requirements for private residence
T he United States of America Standards Institute inclined lifts in Part XV III were expanded and incorpo­
changed its name to American National Standards rated into a new Part XXI covering private residence
Institute, Incorporated (ANSI) on October 6, 1969. At inclined stairway chairlifts and inclined and vertical
the time that the new name became effective, the desig­ wheelchair lifts. Part XX was added to cover these same
nation U S A Standard was changed to American devices installed in buildings other than private resi­
National Standard and the name of committees changed dences. Requirements for screw-column elevators were
from USA Standards Committees to American National also added and designated as Part XV III.
Standards Committees .The alphabetical designation of The eleventh edition of the Code ( 198 4) incorporated
standard documents was changed from USA to ANSI. the changes made in the 198 2 and 1983 supplements, as
The eighth edition of the Code ( 197 1) incorporated well as additional revisions .
the revisions covered by the four supplements and an The eleventh edition was updated with five supple­
additional 9 4 revisions. Seven supplements were issued ments which were issued approximately every 6 months
from 197 2 through 1976. Part XIV covering material lifts from 1985 through the spring of 1987 .Appendix I (later
and dumbwaiters with automatic transfer devices was redesignated as Appendix E) was added in
added in supplement ANSI A 17.ld-1975. ANSI/ ASME A 17.la- 1985. Requirements for rack-and­
The ninth edition of the Code ( 1978) incorporated 75 p m10n elevators were added in A N S I /
revisions in addition to those covered by the previous A S M E A 17.lc- 1986, designated a s Part XV I. T he
supplements. Part XV covering special purpose previous Part XV I ( Reference Codes, Standards, and
personnel elevators was added and the reference codes, Specifications) was moved to Section 4 of the
standards, and specifications were moved from the Introduction. In ANSI / ASME A 17.ld- 1986, the require­
Preface to a new Part XV I. Two supplements to this ments for sidewalk elevators in Part IV, and alterations
edition were issued in 1979 and 1980. in Part XII, were completely revised.
The tenth edition of the Code ( 198 1) incorporated the T he twelfth edition of the Code incorporated the
revisions covered by Supplements ANSI A 17.la- 1979 changes made in supplements A 17.la- 1985 through
and ANSI A 17.lb- 1980, as well as the following new A 17.le- 1987, as well as additional revisions. Among
material : Part XV I I, Inclined Elevators; Appendix F, these changes was a complete revision of the require­
Seismic Regulations; and Appendix G, Recommended ments for dumbwaiters in Part V II. The format of the

ix
Code was also changed editorially to incorporate changes included former periodic inspections now being
Exceptions into the body of the Rules. covered under maintenance requirements. New require­
The thirteenth edition of the Code incorporated the ments were added to address the means and members
changes made in A 17.la-1988 and A 17.lb-1989 as well of suspension, compensation, and governor systems for
as additional revisions. Part XXII, Shipboard Elevators, elevators. T hese new requirements were covered in
was added in A 17.lb- 1989.Part XXIII, Rooftop Elevators, detail through reference to ASME A 17.6, which includes
appeared for the first time in this edition. the material properties, design, testing, inspection, and
The fourteenth edition of the Code incorporated the replacement criteria for these means. It includes the
changes made in A 17.la- 199 1 and A 17.lb- 199 2 as well requirements for steel wire rope, aramid fiber rope, and
as additional revisions. Safety requirements for seismic noncircular elastomeric-coated steel suspension mem­
risk zone 3 and greater were moved from Appendix F bers and provides direction for future constructions as
into new Part XXIV, Elevator Safety Requirements for new technology develops.
Seismic Risk Zone 2 or Greater .Requirements for seismic The twentieth edition of the Code contained well over
risk zone 2 were added to Part XXIV. one hundred revisions made to existing requirements,
The fifteenth edition of the Code incorporated the as well as some new requirements.
changes made in A 17.la- 199 4 and A 17.lb- 1995 as well New requirements were added to address new types
as additional revisions. Part XXV, Limited Use /Limited of elevator equipment being used in the industry, specifi­
Application Elevators, was added in A 17.lb- 1995. The cally wind turbine elevators and outside emergency ele­
rules in Part III were harmonized with the CA N / vators. In addition, requirements were added to address
CSA B 4 4, Elevator Safety Standard, Sections 4 and 1 1, a new feature called Elevator Evacuation Operation
and Appendix G 4. (EEO), which allows for the use of elevators for occupant
T he sixteenth edition of the Code incorporated evacuation.
changes made in A 17.la- 1997 through A 17.ld- 2000. Besides the above, major changes included the
Requirements for mine elevators were also added in following :
(a) The seismic requirements of the Code were revised
Section 5 .9 of this edition .In addition, the entire Code
was reformatted to incorporate a decimal numbering to include seismic force levels as specified in the latest
building codes in the United States (IBC) and Canada
system. For this edition of the Code, cross-reference
(NBCC). To facilitate incorporation of these require­
tables were provided to facilitate the correlation between
ments, ASME published Technical Report A 17.l-8.4,
requirements from the fifteenth edition of the Code and
Guide for Elevator Seismic Design.
the renumbered requirements of the sixteenth edition
(b) Requirements related to the maintenance control
and vice versa . This edition of A 17 .1 was the result
program were updated to improve clarity and organiza­
of a joint effort between the ASME A 17 Elevator and
tion for records, content, availability, and format.
Escalator Committee and the CSA B 4 4 Technical
(c) Regarding qualifications for elevator inspectors
Committee to harmonize requirements between the (QEI), effective January 1, 20 1 4, accreditation of organi­
ASME A 17.l, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, zations that certify elevator inspectors and inspection
and the CSA B 4 4, Safety Code for Elevators. supervisors was discontinued by The American Society
T he seventeenth edition of the Code incorporated of Mechanical Engineers. Requirements were revised in
changes made in A 17.la- 200 2 and A 17.lb- 2003. Addi­ this area to allow for accreditation to be done by other
tionally, in Sections 8.10 and 8.1 1, cross-references were organizations.
updated to reflect A S M E A 17.2- 200 1, Guide for The twenty-first edition of the Code contains many
Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and Moving Walks. revisions to existing requirements and the addition of
The eighteenth edition of the Code was a fully bina­ some new requirements. Some areas of note, in which
tional standard. All former deviations between the significant updates have been made, include, but are
ASME A 17.l Code and the CSA B 4 4 Code were fully not limited to, seismic requirements for escalators;
addressed within this one Code. Additionally, this edi­ requirements for special purpose personnel elevators,
tion incorporated revisions to address the advancement rack-and-pinion elevators, residence elevators, and
of technologies used in the design and construction of material lifts with obscured transfer devices; and the
elevator equipment that had enabled the installation of addition of elastomeric buffer requirements.
the equipment in other than traditional locations, such The following is a complete list of past editions and
as machine rooms. New requirements were also added supplements to the Code that have been published and
to address programmable electronic systems in the dates when they received final approval. The dates of
safety-related applications of elevators. issuance are also included for the documents published
T he nineteenth edition of the Code incorporated since 197 4, and the dates on which they became effective
changes made in A l7 .la-2008 and Al7 .lb-2009 .Major are included for those published since 1978.

X
 Editions and Supplements Approved Issued Effective

First Edition 1921 January 1921

Second Edition A17 1925 April 1925

Third Edition ASA A17 1931 July 1931

Fourth Edition ASA A17.1 1937 July 1937

Supplements ASA A17.3 1942 April 1942
ASA A17.l.5 1953 June 9, 1953

Fifth Edition ASA A17.1 1955 June 15, 1955

Supplements ASA A17.la 1957 December 10, 1957

Sixth Edition ASA A17.1 1960 August 29, 1960

Supplements ASA A17.l.13 1962 March 20, 1962
ASA A17.la 1963 August 16, 1963

Seventh Edition ASA A17.1 1965 July 29, 1965

Supplements USAS A17.la 1967 July 7, 1967
USAS A17.lb 1968 December 11, 1968
USAS A17.lc 1969 May 6, 1969
ANSI A17.ld 1970 March 2, 1970

Eighth Edition ANSI A17.1 1971 July 27, 1971

Supplements ANSI A17.la 1972 February 16, 1972
ANSI A17.lb 1973 October 11, 1973
ANSI A17.lc 1974 April 26, 1974 September 15, 1974
ANSI A17.ld 1975 February 26, 1975 October 31, 1975
ANSI A17.le 1975 March 26, 1975 October 31, 1975
ANSI A17.lf 1975 April 2, 1975 October 31, 1975
ANSI A17.lg 1976 August 12, 1976 November 30, 1976
Ninth Edition ANSI A17.l 1978 May 4, 1978 June 15, 1978 September 15, 1978
Supplements ANSI A17.la 1979 February 5, 1979 March 30, 1979 June 30, 1979
ANSI A17.lb 1980 March 20, 1980 May 15, 1980 August 15, 1980

Tenth Edition ANSI/ ASME A17.l 1981 September 8, 1981 October 22, 1981 April 22, 1982
Supplements ANSI/ ASME A17.la 1982 October 5, 1982 November 30, 1982 May 30, 1983
ANSI/ASME A17.lb 1983 October 24, 1983 December 23, 1983 June 23, 1984

Eleventh Edition ANSI/ASME A17.1 1984 August 16, 1984 September 16, 1984 March 16, 1985
Supplements ANSI/ ASME A17.la 1985 February 27, 1985 April 15, 1985 October 15, 1985
ANSI/ASME A17.lb 1985 August 6, 1985 October 15, 1985 April 15, 1986
ANSI/ASME A17.lc 1986 March 5, 1986 April 30, 1986 October 31, 1986
ANSI/ASME A17.ld 1986 September 8, 1986 November 30, 1986 May 31, 1987
ANSI/ASME A17.le 1987 February 18, 1987 April 30, 1987 October 30, 1987

Twelfth Edition ASME / ANSI A17.1 1987 October 20, 1987 January 15, 1988 July 16,1988
Supplements ASME / ANSI A17.la 1988 October 6, 1988 November 15, 1988 May 16, 1989
ASME / ANSI A17.lb 1989 November 10, 1989 November 30, 1989 May 31, 1990

Thirteenth Edition ASME A17.1 1990 October 8, 1990 February 8, 1991 August 9, 1991
Supplements ASME A17.la 1991 October 21, 1991 February 28, 1992 August 29, 1992
ASME A17.lb 1992 October 28, 1992 December 29, 1992 June 30, 1993
Fourteenth Edition ASME A17.1 1993 October 18, 1993 December 31, 1993 July 1, 1994
Supplements ASME A17.la 1994 August 17, 1994 December 31, 1994 July 1, 1995
ASME A17.lb 1995 October 5, 1995 January 31, 1996 August 1, 1996

xi
 Editions and Supplements Approved Issued Effective

Fifteenth Edition ASME A17.1 1996 October 3, 1996 December 31, 1996 July 1, 1997
Supplements ASME A17.la 1997 January 8, 1998 February 27, 1998 August 28, 1998
ASME A17.lb 1998 November 13, 1998 February 19, 1999 August 20, 1999
ASME A17.lc 1999 May 13, 1999 June 30, 1999 December 31, 1999
ASME A17.ld 2000 October 12, 2000 November 30, 2000 January 31, 2001
Sixteenth Edition ASME A17.l 2000 October 16, 2000 March 23, 2001 March 23, 2002
Supplements ASME A17.la 2002 February 26, 2002 April 4, 2002 October 4, 2002
ASME A17.lb 2003 April 10, 2003 May 30, 2003 November 30, 2003
Seventeenth Edition ASME A17.1 2004 January 14, 2004 April 30, 2004 October 31, 2004
Supplements ASME A17.la 2005 March 18, 2005 April 29, 2005 October 29, 2005
ASME A17.1S 2005 March 23, 2005 August 12, 2005 February 12, 2006
Eighteenth Edition ASME A17.1 2007 /CSA B44 07 February 20, 2007 April 6, 2007 October 6, 2007
Supplements ASME A17.la 2008/CSA B44a 08 September 19, 2008 December 5, 2008 June 5, 2009
ASME A17.lb 2009/CSA B44b 09 November 17, 2009 December 30, 2009 June 30, 2010
Nineteenth Edition ASME A17.1 2010/CSA B44 10 October 19, 2010 December 30, 2010 June 30, 2011
Twentieth Edition ASME A17.1 2013/CSA B44 13 May 31, 2013 October 21, 2013 April 21, 2014
Twenty first Edition ASME A17.1 2016/CSA B44 16 July 25, 2016 November 30, 2016 May 30, 2017

xii
 ASM E Al 7 ELEVATOR
AN D ESCALATOR COMMITTEE
(April 2 0 1 6)

STANDARDS COMMITTEE Honorary Members

H. E. Peelle Ill, Chair L. J. Blaiotta, Sr. A. A. Mascone
R. A. Gregory, Vice Chair E. A. Donoghue Z. R. McCain, Jr.
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff Secretary B. J. Fanguy E. M. Philpot
E. V. Baker, I U EC H. E. Godwin, Jr. R. L. Rogers
M. D. Morand, Alternate, Qualified Elevator Training Inspector Fun d C. E. Hempel A. H. Verschell
T. D . Barkand, U . S . Department of Labor, Mine Safety and Health C. L. Kort L. E. White
Ad m i n istration
R. E. Baxter, Baxter Residential Elevators, LLC
K. S. Lloyd, Jr., Alternate, Abell Elevator International Regulatory Advisory Council
L. Bialy, Louis Bialy & Associates, LLC D. Mclellan, Chair C. C. Mann
J. R. Brooks, Wagn er Consultin g G roup, I n c. G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff M. J. Mellon, Jr.
J. W. Coaker, Coaker & Co., PC Secretary I. D. Mercer
J. A. Filippone, Port Authority of N ew York a n d N ew Jersey G. Antona S. Mercier
K. P. Morse, Alternate, Naval Facilities Engin eering Com m a n d G. Barnes K. P. Morse
G. W. Gibson, George W. Gibson & Associates, I n c. J. L. Borwey M. E. Pedersen
R. A. Gregory, Vertex Corp. G. D. Brewer M. R. Poulin
P. S. Rosenberg, Alternate, Performance Elevator Consulting, LLC J. H. Burpee W. Reinke
P. Hampton, Thyssen Krupp Elevator Co. J. R. Calpini J. P. Roche
R. J. Walker, Alternate, Thyssen Krup p Elevator Man ufacturing, Inc. P. Caploon C. W. Rogler
J. T. Herrity, VTE R. Capuani J. Stewart
D. A. Kalgren, KO N E, I n c. J. Day M. K. Stewart
D. S. Boucher, Alternate, KO N E, Inc. N. C. Dimitruck S. F. Stout
J. W. Koshak, Elevator Safety Solutions, LLC M. Dorosk D. Tudor
H. Simpkins, Alternate, Thyssen Krup p Elevator Co. C. Gardiner C. U pdyke
R. Kremer, Tech n ical Standards and Safety Auth ority L. A. Giovannetti L. E. Watson
D. McColl, Otis Canada, I n c. J. M. Gould W. C. Watson
K. L. Brinkman, Alternate, Kevi n L. Bri n kman & Associates W. J. Hartung W. J. Witt
D. Mclellan, Techn ical Standards and Safety Auth ority S. J. Hickory R. E. Kaspersma,
J. L. Meyer, Bureau Veritas D. Holmes Contributing Member
H. E. Peelle Ill, Th e Peelle Co., Ltd . G. Johnson D. L. Barker, Alternate
S. P. Reynolds, Alternate, Th e Peelle Co., Ltd . D. Leopard D. Melvin, Alternate
A. Rehman, Sch i n d ler Elevator Corp.
J. W. Blain, Alternate, Sch i n d ler Elevator Corp.
V. P. Robibero, Sch i n d ler Elevator Corp.
J. Carlson, Alternate, Sch i n d ler Elevator Corp.
R. S. Seymour, Robert L. Seym our & Associates, Inc.
D. M. Stanlaske, State of Washington
J. R. Runyan, Alternate, Consultant
M. H. Tevyaw, MHT Codes and Consultin g
D. L. Turner, Davis L . Turn er & Associates, LLC
R. S. Caporale, Alternate, RSC Consultin g
D. A. Witham, G A L Man ufacturing Corp.
R. C. Burch, Alternate, GAL Man ufacturing Corp.
J. Xue, Delegate, Shanghai I nstitute of Special Equipment
Inspection and Tech n ical Research

xiii
 NATIONAL I NTEREST REVIEW GROUP DUMBWAITER AN D ATD COMMITTEE
J. P. Andrew W. R. Larsen D. C. Witt, Chair R. A. Gregory
D. M. Begue M. A. Malek J. B. Peskuski, Vice Chair R. Helps
R. J. Blatz J. J. Mancuso R. Mohamed, Staff Secretary B. P. McCune
M. T. Brierley C. C. Mann R. Gilbert S. D. Holat, Alternate
B. B. Calhoun N. E. Marchitto
J. A. Caluori D. Mason
C. S. Carr J. L. Meyer EARTHQUAKE SAFETY COMMITTEE
M. A. Chavez T. S. Mowrey B. Blackaby, Chair W. C. Ribeiro
R. F. Dieter F. G. Newman W. C. Schadrack Ill, Vice A. J. Shelton
B. Faerber J. W. O'Boyle Chair M. J. Smith
H. S. Frank J. J. O'Donoghue M. Gerson, Staff Secretary R. Taylor
L. A. Giovannetti B. Peyton G. W. Gibson A. J. Schiff, Contributing
J. M. Gould M. J. Pfeiffer A. Jahn Member
S. H. Grainer P. M. Puno M. J. Leonard D. A. Kalgren, Alternate
N. R. Herchell L. Rigby R. Lorenzo R. K. Leckman, Alternate
J. E. Herwig J. R. Runyan J. L. Meyer J. A. Varona, Alternate
R. Howkins R. D. Schloss
J. M. lmgarten S. Shanes
J. Inglis W. M. Snyder EDITORIAL COMMITTEE
T. Isaacs J. L. Stabler
D. McColl, Chair K. L. Brinkman
Q. JianXiong D. M. Stanlaske
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff J. A. Filippone
F. A. Kilian D. A. Swerrie
Secretary
M. Krstanoski L. M. Taylor
M. L. Lane
ELECTRICAL COMMITTEE
B44.1 /A1 7.5 ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR B. Blackaby, Chair V. P. Robibero
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT COMMITTEE J. W. Blain, Vice Chair J. R. Valone
J. Caldwell, Vice Chair S. P. Wood
M. L. Hite, Chair S. Feng, Contributing C. R. Ramcharran, Staff G. Zogbi
M. A. Mueller, Vice Chair Member Secretary S. H. Benjamin, Contributing
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff B. T. lrmscher, Contributing T. D. Barkand Member
Secretary Member P. D. Barnhart R. Elias, Contributing
0. Simonetta, Secretary J. H. Shull, Contributing R. C. Burch Member
J. W. Blain Member J. D. Busse M. L. Hite, Contributing
J. D. Busse R. S. Williams, Contributing B. C. Castillo Member
J. Caldwell Member J. L. Della Porta Y. C. Ho, Contributing
S. J. Carlton P. D. Barnhart, Alternate J. P. Donnelly Member
K. Chieu M. Dodd, Alternate W. J. Hartung P. M. Puno, Contributing
J. L. Della Porta J. Kleine, Alternate D. Henderson Member
D. A. Donner R. A. Mackenzie, Alternate G. N. Henry M. Stergulc, Contributing
B. J. Mierzejewski P. F. McDermott, Alternate J. Kleine Member
M. Mihai B. Shah, Alternate P. F. McDermott J. C. Carlson, Alternate
A. Zemanek M. Mihai P. C. Hoppie, Alternate
P. Ojapalo S. D. Larson, Alternate
B. Ortiz C. Mason, Alternate
CODE COORDINATION COMMITTEE A. L. Peck B. J. Mierzejewski, Alternate
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff P. Caploon, Contributing D. K. Prince
Secretary Member
L. Bialy G. W. Gibson, Contributing
K. L. Brinkman Member ELEVATORS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION
R. Cote J. Xue, Contributing Member COMMITTEE
J. W. Koshak J. W. Blain, Alternate
C. W. Rogler, Chair R. A. Gregory
V. P. Robibero K. Paarlberg, Alternate
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff J. A. Lowery, Jr.
B. Tubbs
Secretary N. B. Martin
R. Bukowski, Contributing
R. E. Baxter
Member

xiv
 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS COMMITTEE ESCALATOR AN D MOVING WALK COMMITTEE
C. Koenig, Chair P. Caploon, Contributing T. R. Nurnberg, Chair D. Winkelhake
S. R. James, Vice Chair Member D. L. Turner, Vice Chair P. L. Edwards, Contributing
C. R. Ramcharran, Staff G. B. Cassini, Contributing R. Mohamed, Staff Secretary Member
Secretary Member P. R. Bothwell J. A. Fernandez Fidalgo,
D. R. Beste D. P. Cook, Contributing S. Broder Contributing Member
K. L. Brinkman Member D. R. Evans J. A. Filippone, Contributing
K. Broughton C. S. Dart, Contributing R. A. Glanzmann Member
R. C. Burch Member H. A. Hausmann H. Shi, Contributing
J. C. Carlson D. Holmes, Contributing J. A. Kinahan Member
R. B. Fraser Member T. F. Martel J. Xue, Contributing Member
D. Henderson M. Martin, Contributing D. Mclellan C. Anayiotos, Alternate
J. Latham Member R. D. Shepherd K. G. Hamby, Alternate
J. A. Marinelli B. F. O'Neill, Contributing R. C. Shumate H. Ickes, Alternate
D. McColl Member K. J. Smith T. P. Kenny, Alternate
S. A. Morse W. Ouyang, Contributing J. L. Stabler T. Lee, Alternate
T. F. Norton Member P. Velasquez, Jr. D. E. Rush, Alternate
J. J. O'Donoghue A. Rehman, Contributing P. J. Welch
D. K. Prince Member
P. D. Rampf L. F. Richardson,
V. R. Reisinger Ill Contributing Member EXISTING INSTALLATIONS COMMITTEE
S. Sears J. K. Schimeck, Contributing J. S. Rearick, Chair G. Stiffler
M. H. Tevyaw Member R. E. Baxter, Vice Chair H. M. Vyas
D. J. Winslow S. Weiss-lshai, Contributing D. B. Labrecque, Vice Chair T. Waardenburg
D. C. Witt Member M. Gerson, Staff Secretary J. H. Butler, Contributing
M. Abbott, Contributing T. D. Gervais, Alternate J. M. Block
K. Moody, Alternate
Member
Member C. A. Buckley G. B. Cassini, Contributing
T. Bitz, Contributing J. K. O'Donnell, Alternate J. D. Carlisle
G. G. Rees, Alternate
Member
Member C. J. Duke J. T. Herrity, Contributing
M. T. Brierley, Contributing R. Reiswig, Alternate A. T. Gazzaniga
J. W. Stockstill, Alternate
Member
Member R. A. Gregory Z. R. McCain, Jr.,
M. W. Bunker, Jr., D. A. Witham, Alternate R. Haynes Contributing Member
Contributing Member R. Kremer N. R. Mistry, Contributing
J. Canty, Contributing K. S. Lloyd, Jr. Member
Member G. M. Losey N. Ortiz, Contributing
B. s. Mccue Member
P. McPartland A. J. Saxer, Contributing
EMERGENCY PERSONNEL COMMITTEE R. C. Morrical Member
D. L. Turner, Chair D. P. Cook, Contributing G. L. Nyborg Ill D. L. Turner, Contributing
R. S. Seymour, Vice Chair Member S. A. Quinn Member
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff C. S. Dart, Contributing P. Reid P. J. Welch, Contributing
Secretary Member V. P. Robibero Member
J. R. Brooks J. J. O'Donoghue, R. T. Shanklin J. Bera, Alternate
R. S. Caporale Contributing Member R. D. Shepherd E. A. Heath Ill, Alternate
D. L. Flint J. K. Schimeck, Contributing J. L. Stabler D. Keller, Alternate
J. L. Meyer Member D. M. Stanlaske D. J. Winslow, Alternate
C. W. Rogler

HAND AN D SIDEWALK ELEVATOR COMMITTEE

N. J. Montesano, Chair J. Duffy
R. S. Caporale, Vice Chair G. Greenberg
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff E. L. Krull, Jr.
Secretary C. P. Robinson
V. G. Bahna G. West
R. Carter B. Casas, Alternate
J. Doyle

xv
 HOISTWAY COMMITTEE INSPECTIONS COMMITTEE
D. McColl, Chair D. Holmes, Contributing M. H. Tevyaw, Chair R. D. Schloss
D. S. Boucher, Vice Chair Member J. R. Runyan, Vice Chair R. S. Seymour
C. R. Ramcharran, Secretary A. Morris, Contributing R. Mohamed, Staff Secretary R. D. Shepherd
L. J. Blalotta, Jr. Member G. Antona F. C. Slater
K. L. Brinkman M. H. Tevyaw, Contributing C. Archer A. Smith
R. C. Burch Member R. E. Baxter M. P. Snyder
A. S. Conkling S. Weiss-lshai, Contributing D. S. Boucher W. M. Snyder
H. J. Gruszynskl Member K. L. Brinkman D. M. Stanlaske
E. A. Heath Ill L. C. Woods, Contributing J. R. Brooks D. J. Winslow
J. A. Marinelli Member C. A. Buckley J. L. Borwey, Contributing
S. A. Morse W. Ziegert, Contributing J. W. Coaker Member
G. L. Nuschler Member S. Cowen H. S. Frank, Contributing
H. E. Peelle Ill L.Bialy, Alternate P. Donlgaln Member
A. Rehman L. J. Blaiotta, Sr., Alternate C. J. Duke Z. R. McCain, Jr.,
V. R. Reisinger Ill T. D. Gervais, Alternate M. V. Farlnola Contributing Member
S. P. Reynolds J. D. Henderson, Alternate J. A. Filippone H. Ouyang, Contributing
S. Sears B. Horne, Alternate K. J. Garst Member
H. Simpkins F. Leo, Alternate P. Hampton A. A. Sattar, Contributing
D. C. Witt W. M. Miller, Alternate H. Z. Hamze Member
G. W. Gibson, Contributing K. Moody, Alternate J. T. Herrity D. L. Turner, Contributing
Member D. K. Quinn, Alternate R. S. Hultstrom Member
J. L. Harding, Contributing D. A. Witham, Alternate J. J. Knolmajer J. Xue, Contributing Member
Member N. B. Martin P. G. Bender, Alternate
C. McDilda C. S. Carr, Alternate
D. Mclellan T. D. Gervais, Alternate
HYDRAU LIC COMMITTEE J. S. Rearick K. P. Morse, Alternate
H. Simpkins, Chair J. L. Shrum A. Rehman J. L. Stabler, Alternate
C. B. Jackson, Vice Chair P. E. A. Burge, Contributing C. W. Rogler J. W. Stockstill, Alternate
A. L. Guzman, Staff Member J. D. Rosenberger S. Swett, Alternate
Secretary H. A. Hammerstrom,
D. M. Begue Contributing Member
L. Bialy A. Jahn, Contributing INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE
S. A. Bruno Member L. Bialy, Chair R. S. Hultstrom
R. S. Hultstrom C. W. Rogler, Contributing V. P. Robibero, Vice Chair D. A. Kalgren
J. W. Koshak Member G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff J. W. Koshak
M. G. Miller B. Giddens, Alternate Secretary H. E. Peelle Ill
T. S. Mowrey K. A. Grunden, Alternate B. Blackaby J. Popp
M. J. Paschke A. M. McClement, Alternate K. L. Brinkman J. Rearick
A. Rehman K. Moody, Alternate R. S. Caporale D. L. Turner
L. Rigby J. W. Coaker D. McColl, Contributing
INCLINED ELEVATOR COMMITTEE G. W. Gibson Member
J. R. Carrick, Chair J. T. Herrlty P. Hampton T. Derwinski, Alternate
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff J. S. Rearick, Contributing J. T. Herrlty D. McKee, Alternate
Secretary Member
M. J. Botzet

xvi
 LIMITED-USE/LIMITED-APPLICATION MECHANICAL DESIGN COMMITTEE
ELEVATOR COMMITTEE L. Bialy, Chair R. E. Creak, Contributing
P. Chance, Chair W. Richardson D. L. Turner, Vice Chair Member
R. E. Baxter, Vice Chair F. C. Slater R. J. Walker, Vice Chair H. S. Frank, Contributing
M. Gerson, Staff Secretary R. B. Weber A. B. Byk, Staff Secretary Member
K. L. Brinkman D. M. Winkle, Jr. E. V. Baker K. Konyar, Contributing
F. M. Hoch J. P. Schumacher, F. A. Belio, Jr. Member
S. J. Mehalko Contributing Member A. M. Culver W. Ouyang, Contributing
R. J. Murphy A. H. Verschell, Contributing G. W. Gibson Member
J. E. Newstrom Member B. W. Horne A. Rehman, Contributing
D. A. Kalgren Member
R. E. Kaspersma C. E. Vlahovic, Contributing
MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, AND REPLACEMENT V. King Member
COMMITTEE J. W. Koshak H. Wu, Contributing Member
R. Kremer S. P. Wurth, Contributing
R. A. Gregory, Chair R. E. Haukeness, M. P. Lamb
R. E. Baxter, Vice Chair
Member
Contributing Member
M. Rhiner S. Conrey, Alternate
D. B. Labrecque, Vice Chair J. T. Herrity, Contributing A. J. Shelton R. K. Leckman, Alternate
M. Gerson, Staff Secretary Member
H. Simpkins
J. M. Block A. S. Hopkirk, Contributing
D. L. Barker, Contributing
C. J. Duke Member
M. V. Farinola J. J. Knolmajer, Contributing
Member

J. A. Filippone Member
S. P. Greene Z. R. McCain, Jr., MINE ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
R. Haynes
N. B. Martin, Chair W. M. Heimbuch
Contributing Member
R. Kremer D. McColl, Contributing
K. S. Lloyd, Jr. T. D. Barkand, Vice Chair A. L. Martin
M. Gerson, Staff Secretary J. K. Moore
Member
G. M. Losey N. R. Mistry, Contributing
C. McDilda R. L. Adamson H. E. Newcomb
C. C. Adkins, Sr. A. J. Saxer
Member
P. McPartland J. Murphy, Contributing
J. L. Meyer C. D. Barchet M. P. Snyder
A. R. Brower J. K. Taylor
Member
M. D. Morand N. Ortiz, Contributing
R. C. Morrical Member P. E. Fernatt
J. S. Rearick A. Rehman, Contributing
P. Reid Member
V. P. Robibero A. J. Saxer, Contributing NEW TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE
P. S. Rosenberg Member L. Bialy, Chair J. W. Koshak
R. D. Schloss D. L. Turner, Contributing D. McColl, Vice Chair K. McGettigan
R. T. Shanklin Member G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff J. L. Meyer
R. D. Shepherd C. Buckley, Alternate Secretary M. Mihai
D. M. Stanlaske C. S. Carr, Alternate S. Bornstein M. Pedram
G. Stiffler E. A. Heath Ill, Alternate K. L. Brinkman J. Rearick
H. M. Vyas D. Keller, Alternate D. Bruce V. P. Robibero
T. Waardenburg J. L. Stabler, Alternate R. S. Caporale C. W. Rogler
G. B. Cassini, Contributing K. P. Sullivan, Alternate S. J. Carlton D. Schroeter
Member D. J. Winslow, Alternate T. M. Chambers D. L. Turner
J. J. DeLorenzi, Contributing J. W. Coaker H. Ruan, Contributing
Member S. Cowen Member
A. M. Culver J. H. Shull, Contributing
M. Dodd Member
MARINE ELEVATOR COMMITTEE G. W. Gibson H. Wu, Contributing Member
W. D. George, Chair E. J. Crawford J. T. Herrity R. E. Baxter, Alternate
M. R. Tilyou, Vice Chair E. P. Graff D. A. Kalgren M. Chan, Alternate
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff T. J. Ingram R. E. Kaspersma O. Simonetta, Alternate
Secretary H. Moran
D. Brady R. Wagner

xvii
 OUTSIDE EMERGENCY ELEVATOR COMMITTEE RESIDENCE ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
G. L. Nuschler, Chair J. Shimshoni W. Richardson, Chair L. Katz, Contributing
W. C. Christensen D. M. Stanlaske P. Chance, Vice Chair Member
J. K. O'Donnell R. F. Fahy, Contributing M. Gerson, Staff Secretary T. C. Kingsley, Contributing
J. J. O'Donoghue Member F. M. Hoch Member
H. E. Peelle Ill G. Xu, Contributing Member S. D. Holat J. C. Lund, Contributing
C. S. Jones Member
M. Lewis W. M. McKinley,
QUALIFICATION OF ELEVATOR INSPECTORS (QEI) S. J. Mehalko Contributing Member
R. J. Murphy T. L. Pope, Contributing
J. E. Newstrom Member
COMMITTEE
J. R. Brooks, Chair J. R. Runyan C. D. Robinson J. P. Schumacher,
D. M. Stanlaske, Vice Chair R. S. Seymour R. B. Weber Contributing Member
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff R. D. Shepherd D. M. Winkle, Jr. F. C. Slater, Contributing
Secretary M. H. Tevyaw G. Ziebell Member
E. V. Baker L. Bialy, Contributing R. E. Baxter, Contributing A. H. Verschell, Contributing
R. E. Baxter Member Member Member
K. L. Brinkman F. Liang, Contributing K. L. Brinkman, Contributing J. B. Peskuski, Alternate
J. W. Coaker Member Member
J. Cosbey z. R. McCain, Jr., P. Edwards, Contributing
S. Cowen Contributing Member Member
D. L. Flint H. Ouyang, Contributing
G. W. Gibson Member WIND TURBIN E ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
P. Hampton V. P. Robibero, Contributing
J. T. Herrity Member J. W. Koshak, Chair K. Govaert, Contributing
E. L. Krull, Jr. T. D. Gervais, Alternate C. Vanhoutte, Vice Chair Member
J. A. Marchack J. L. Meyer, Alternate M. Gerson, Staff Secretary P. S. Grewal, Contributing
N. B. Martin W. M. Snyder, Alternate A. Altholtmann Member
D. Mclellan J. W. Stockstill, Alternate C. Barrett J. T. Herrity, Contributing
M. D. Morand D. L. Turner, Alternate J. L. Borwey Member
C. W. Rogler D. J. Winslow, Alternate R. J. Gromek T. Look, Contributing
J. J. Haigh Member
R. S. Hultstrom A. J. Marchant, Contributing
R. E. Kaspersma Member
RACK-AND-PINION AN D SPECIAL PU RPOSE K. Matharu S. W. Weaver, Contributing
PERSONNEL ELEVATOR COMMITTEE L. Metzinger Member
A. J. Marchant, Chair S. D. Larson J. S. Rearick R. Weinmuller, Contributing
S. Harris, Vice Chair R. C. Meiresonne P. D. Smith Member
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff J. L. Borwey, Contributing S. Swett T. Westphal, Contributing
Secretary Member 0. Virus-Tetzlaff Member
K. M. Harrison, Secretary R. E. Haukeness, G. Brickell, Contributing H. Wu, Contributing Member
C. W. Cartwright II Contributing Member Member C. E. Cuenin, Alternate
T. A. Gross B. L. O'Neill, Contributing S. H. Franklin, Contributing E. M. Elzinga, Alternate
A. Harris Member Member
R. E. Kaspersma S. P. Wood, Alternate A. Freixas, Contributing
J. W. Koshak Member

xviii
 CSA B44 COMMITTEE
ON TH E ELEVATOR SAFETY CODE

TECHNICAL COMMITTEE D. Brockervllle, Service N L, N ewfoundland and Labrador, St. John's,

D. McColl, Chair, Otis Canada, Inc., Mississauga, Ontario, Canada
N ewfoundland, Canada
G. Burdeshaw, Th e Am erican Society of Mechanical Engineers, N ew
O. Simonetta, Project Manager, CSA G roup, Toronto, Ontario, York, N ew York, USA
Canada M. Dodd, CSA G roup, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
C. Ayling, Ayling Consultin g Services, I n c., Mississauga, Ontario, E. Donoghue, Edward A. Donogh ue Associates, I n c., Salem,
Canada
S. Bornstein, KO N E Elevators, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada
N ew York, USA
A. Ghazanchaei, Otis Canada, Inc., Mississauga, Ontario, Canada
D. Bruce, Alberta Mun icipal Affairs, Ed monton, Alberta, Canada G. Gibson, George W. G i bson & Associates, Inc., Sedona, Arizona,
K. Cheong, AES Engineering, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada
K. Dunbar, Govern ment of the Northwest Territories, Yellowkn ife,
USA
P. Girouard, Plafolift, I n c., Warwick, Quebec, Canada
Northwest Territories, Canada H. Hamze, British Columbia Safety Auth ority, N ew Westm inster,
D. Eastman, Service N L, N ewfoundland and Labrador, St. John's, British Columbia, Canada
N ewfoundland, Canada F. Kassem Ascenseurs Thyssen Krupp (Canada) Lim itee, Montreal,
M. Fournier, STM (Montreal Transport Society), Montreal, Quebec, Quebec, Canada
Canada J. Koshak, Elevator Safety Solutions, LLC, Colliervi lle, Ten n essee,
J. Gill, British Columbia Safety Authority, N ew Westm inster, British USA
Columbia, Canada S. MacArthur, Department of Com m un ity and Cultural Affairs and
A. Gower, Man itoba, Office of the Fire Com m issioner, Win n ipeg, Labour, Charlottetown , Prince Edward Island, Canada
Man itoba, Canada K. McGettigan, International Union of Elevator Constructors,
R. Haukeness, Techn ical Safety Auth ority of Saskatchewan, Regina, Effingham, N ew Ham pshire, USA
Saskatchewan, Canada A. McGregor, Roon ey, I rvi ng & Associates, Ltd ., Ottawa, Ontario,
A. Hopkirk, Trident Elevator Co. Ltd., Scarborough, Ontario, Canada
Canada D. Mclellan, Tech n ical Standards & Safety Auth ority, Toronto,
R. Isabelle, KJA Consultants, I n c., Toronto, Ontario, Canada
R. Kremer, Techn ical Standards & Safety Auth ority, Toronto,
Ontario, Canada
M. Mihal, Techn ical Standards & Safety Authority, Toronto, Ontario,
Ontario, Canada
D. Laguerre, Sch i n d ler Elevator Corp., Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Canada
A. Rehman, Sch indler Elevator Corp., Morristown, N ew Jersey, USA
E. MacArthur, Department of Com m un ity and Cultural Affairs and A. Reistetter, N ational Elevator & Escalator Association,
Labour, Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, Canada
A. Marchant, Alimak Hek, I n c., Shelton , Con n ecticut, USA
Mississauga, Ontario, Canada
S. Reynolds, Th e Peelle Co. Ltd., Bram pton, Ontario, Canada
R. Marsiglio, H. H. Angus & Associates Ltd., Toronto, Ontario, M. Tevyaw, MHT Codes & Consulting, Burlington, Ontario, Canada
Canada J. Virk, U n itech Elevator Co., Pickerin g, Ontario, Canada
P. McClare, Nova Scotia Department of Labour and Advanced L. Yang, CSA G roup, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Ed ucation, Dartm outh, Nova Scotia, Canada M. Zingarelli, MAD Elevator Fixtures, Inc., Etobicoke, Ontario,
B. McIntyre, I U EC Local No. 50, Ajax, Ontario, Canada Canada
S. Mercier, Regie d u batiment d u Quebec, Montreal, Quebec,
Canada
M. Pedram, Thyssen Krupp Northern Elevator Corp., Scarborough, CSA B44.1/ASME A1 7.5 JOINT COMMITTEE ON
Ontario, Canada ELEVATOR AN D ESCALATOR ELECTRICAL
H. Peelle, Th e Peelle Co. Ltd ., Bram pton, Ontario, Canada EQUIPMENT
J. Rooney, Priestman, Neilson & Associates Ltd ., Kanata, Ontario,
M. Hite, Chair, KO N E, I n c., Allen, Texas, USA
M. Mueller, Vice Chair, Thyssen Krup p Elevator, Memphis,
Canada
R. Scharfe, Public Works and Govern ment Services Canada,
Ten n essee, USA
0. Simonetta Project Manager, CSA G roup, Toronto, Ontario,
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada
K. Steeves, Provi nce of New Brunswick Department of Public
Canada
J.-M. Aitamurto, KO N E Corp., Hyvin kaa, Fi n la n d
Safety, Moncton, N ew Brunswick, Canada

P. Barnhart, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Research Triangle

B. Virk, U n itech Elevator Co., Pickering, Ontario, Canada

Park, North Carolina, USA

Associate Members J. Blain, Sch i n d ler Elevator Corp., Morristown , New Jersey, USA
J.-P. Boivin, CSA G roup, Pointe-Claire, Quebec, Canada
T. Baik, Toronto Transit Com m ission, Toronto, Ontario, Canada G. Burdeshaw, Th e American Society of Mechanical Engineers,
L. Bialy, Otis Elevator Co., Farm ington, Con n ecticut, USA New York, N ew York, USA
M. Brierley, Toronto Fire Services, Coldwater, Ontario, Canada J. Busse, Fujitec America, Inc., Mason, Oh io, USA
K. Brinkman, N ational Elevator I n d ustry, Inc., Eureka, Illinois, USA J. Caldwell, Thyssen Krup p Elevator, M e m p h is, Tennessee, USA

xix
S. Carlton, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Northbrook, Illinois, J. Kleine, Otis Elevator Co., Florence, South Carolina, USA
USA R. MacKenzie, CSA Group, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
K. Chieu, CSA Group, Toronto, Ontario, Canada P. McDermott, Technical Standards & Safety Authority, Toronto,
J.Della Porta, J. L. Della Porta Consulting Services, LLC, Ontario, Canada
Southington, Connecticut, USA B. Mierzejewski, Otis Elevator Co., Florence, South Carolina, USA
M. Dodd, CSA Group, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M. Mihai, Technical Standards & Safety Authority, Toronto, Ontario,
D. Donner, KONE, Inc., Allen, Texas, USA Canada
S. Feng, Shanghai Institute of Special Equipment Inspection and B. Shah, Schindler Elevator Corp., Randolph, New Jersey, USA
Technical Research, Shanghai, China D. Stefancic, CSA Group, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
T. lrmscher, KONE Elevators and Escalators, Victoria, British R. Williams, Computerized Elevator Corp., Elmont, New York, USA
Columbia, Canada L. Yang, CSA Group, Toronto, Ontario, Canada

xx
 ASME PREFACE (1 6)

GENERAL FORM AND ARRANGEMENT

This Code is one of the numerous codes and standards This Code consists of parts and sections, each covering
developed and published by The American Society of a specific subj ect so as to facilitate reference to the
Mechanical Engineers (ASME) under the general aus­ requirements.
pices of the American National Standards Institute, Inc. The Foreword, Preface, Notes, and Appendices that
(AN SI). are included in this document, and the Interpretations
The Code is intended to serve as the basis for the that are provided as a separate booklet are not part of
design construction, installation, operation, testing, this American National Standard. They are advisory in
inspection, maintenance, alteration, and repair of eleva­ nature and are intended for clarification only.
tors, dumbwaiters, escalators, moving walks, and mate­ In this edition, the revisions that are appearing for the
rial lifts. first time are identified by (16). Where editorial changes
Safety codes and standards are intended to enhance have been made, they are identified by (ED). See also
public health and safety. Revisions result from commit­ Summary of Changes.
tee consideration of factors such as technological
advances, new data, and changing environmental and METRIC (SI) UNITS
industry needs. Revisions do not imply that previous
editions were inadequate. This edition of the Code uses hard metric (SI) units
This Code applies to new installations only, except wherever practical. The acceptable equivalent imperial
Part 1, and Sections 5.10, 8.1, 8.6, 8.7, 8. 8, 8.9, 8.10, and units are shown in parentheses. Information on the
8.11, which apply to both new and existing installations. usage of SI units and conversion to imperial units is
Also, see A SME A17. 3 , Safety Code for Existing contained in IEEE/ASTM SI 10-1997 Standard for the
Elevators and Escalators, for further requirements. Use of the International System of Units (SI) : T he
The following conditions are not addressed in this Modern Metric System, ASME Guide SI-1, Orientation
Code: and Guide for Use of SI (Metric) Units, or CAN /
(a) assignment of the responsibility for compliance to CSA-223 4.1, Canadian Metric Practice Guide.
any particular party. Tables related to speed and load use the hard metric
(b) establishment of a frequency for periodic inspec­ and hard imperial units in common practice, even
tions and tests. See Nonmandatory Appendix N for rec­ though they are not exactly equivalent (e.g., see
ommended inspections and test intervals. Table 2.2 2.4.1, Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes). The tabular
(c) assignment of responsibility for persons author­
values have been derived using 8.2.1 formulas and the
ized to make and witness inspections and tests. metric and imperial values for buffer strokes, safety stop­
ping distances, etc., are therefore not equivalent.

APPLICATION OF REQUIREMENTS TO NEW ASME ELEVATOR PUBLICATIONS

TECHNOLOGY
The following ASME publications are of special inter­
With the advent of new technologies, materials, and est to users of this Code. For prices and availability,
processes in the mechanical, structural, electronic, and contact:
optic fields, and the analytical capabilities now available,
the need for flexibility to introduce products into the ASME
marketplace using these technical developments is 15 0 Clove Road, 6th Floor
desirable. Previous editions of ASME A17.1 had long­ Little Falls, NJ 07424-2 13 8
standing provisions, in Section 1.2, that suggested that Tel: 800-843-2 763
Authorities Having Jurisdiction should recognize safety Fax: 973 -882-1717
equivalent to that required by the Codes. This edition E-Mail: [email protected]
of A SME A17.l /C SA B44 recognizes A SME A17.7/ ASME Web site: www.asme.org/shop
CSA B44.7 provides a structured method for establishing
the safety of designs and products and that compliance ASM E A1 7.2, Guide for I nspection of Elevators,
with ASME Al 7.7/CSA B44.7 is equivalent to compli­ Escalators, and Moving Walks. This Guide gives detailed
ance with the requirements in ASME A17.l /CSA B44. procedures for the inspection and testing of elevators,

xxi
escalators, and moving walks required to conform to supplement of the applicable standard. A compilation
the Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, A 17.1- 1955 of Interpretations Nos. 2- 13 (June 1979-May 1989) has
and la ter edi tions and the Safety Code for Exis ting also been published by ASME.
Eleva tors and Escalators, A 17.3. Subsec tions are Handbook on Al 7 .1 /844 Safety Code. This handbook
arranged to focus on routine and periodic inspection augments the A 17.l /B 4 4 Code with commentary, dia­
requirements, as well as acceptance criteria. grams, and illustrations that are intended to explain the
ASME A1 7.3 Safety Code for Existing Elevators and requirements of the A 17.l /B 4 4 Code.
Escalators. This Code covers retroactive requirements The commentary contained in the Handbook is the
for existing elevators and escalators. The purpose of this opinion of the author and has not been approved by the
Code is to establish minimum requirements that will A 17 Committee or the B 4 4 Technical Committee.
provide a reasonable degree of safety for the general
QE l - 1 Standard for the Qualification of Elevator
public. W hile many of these requiremen ts will also
Inspectors. This Standard covers requirements for the
increase the degree of safety for the elevator mechanic
qualification and duties of inspectors and inspection
and inspec tor, this area has n o t been specifically
supervisors engaged in the inspection and testing of
addressed at this time.
equipment within the scope of the A 17.l /B 4 4 Code.
ASME A1 7.4 G uide for Emergency Personnel. T his
guide for emergency personnel (fire, police, etc.), build­ ASME A 1 8.1 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and
ing owners, lessees, and building operating managers Stairway Chairlifts. T his safety Standard covers the
explains the proper procedures to be used for the safe design, construction, installation, operation, inspection,
removal of passengers from stalled cars. testing, maintenance, and repair of inclined stairway
chairlif ts and inclined and ver tical platform lif ts
CSA 844 . 1 /A S M E A 1 7 . 5 Elevator and Escalator
intended for transportation of a mobility impaired per­
Electrical Equipment. This Code contains requirements
son only.
for obtaining, labeling, and listing electrical equipment
for elevators, escalators, moving walks, dumbwaiters,
material lifts, platform lifts, and stairway lifts.
A S M E A 1 7.6 Standard for Elevator S u spension, CORRESPON DENCE WITH At 7 COMMITTEE
Compensation, and Governor Systems. This Standard
ASME codes and standards are developed and main­
covers the means and members of suspension, compen­
tained with the intent to represent the consensus of con­
sation, and governor systems for elevators within the
cerned interes ts. As such, users of this and o ther
Scope of ASME A 17 .1 /CSA B 4 4 .This Standard includes
ASME A 17 codes and standards may interact with the
the material properties, design, testing, inspection, and
committee by requesting interpretations, proposing
replacement cri teria for these means. It includes the
revisions, and attending committee meetings. Corre­
requirements for steel wire rope, ararnid fiber rope, and
spondence should be addressed to :
noncircular elastomeric-coated steel suspension mem­
bers, and provides direction for future constructions as Secretary, A 17 Standards Committee
new technology develops. The American Society of Mechanical
ASME A 1 7 .7 /CSA 844.7 Performance-Based Safety Engineers
Code for Elevators and Escalators. T his American Two Park Avenue
National Standard performance-based safety code cov­ New York, NY 100 16
ers the design, construction, installation, operation, test­ http : / /go.asme.org /lnquiry
ing, maintenance, alteration, and repair of elevators,
dumbwaiters, escalators, moving walks, and material All correspondence to the Committee must include
lifts. the individual's name and post office address in case
A S M E A l 7 .8 Safety Code for Wind Tur bine Tower the Committee needs to request further information.
Elevators. This American National Standard covers ele­ Proposing Revisions. Revisions are made periodically
vators permanently installed in a wind tower to provide to the Code to incorporate changes that appear necessary
vertical transportation of authorized personnel and their or desirable, as demonstrated by the experience gained
tools and equipment only. from the application of the procedures, and in order to
Published Interpretations. Interpretations of the vari­ conform to developments in the elevator art. Approved
ous A 17 standards are published periodically. revisions will be published periodically.
Interpretations of A 17.1 and A 17.2 approved by the The Committee welcomes proposals for revisions to
A 17 Committee from June 1 4, 197 2 through June 1979, this Code. Such proposals should be as specific as possi­
were published in a separate book in 1980. ble, citing the Section number(s), the proposed wording,
Starting with the 198 1 edition of the Code, interpreta­ and a detailed description of the reasons for the proposal
tions are published w i th each new edi tion and including any pertinent documentation.

xxii
 Abbreviations Used in This Code
Abbreviation Unit Abbreviation U n it

A ampere lb pound (mass)

oc degree Celsius lbf pound (force)
deg degree (angle) Ix lux
Of degree Fahrenheit m meter
ft/min foot per minute m2 square meter
ft/s foot per second m3 cubic meter
ft foot mA milliampere
fc foot-candle m/s meter per second
ft 2 square foot m/s2 meter per second per second
ft3 cubic foot mm millimeter
ft/s 2 foot per second per second mm2 square millimeter
h hour mm3 cubic millimeter
Hz hertz MPa megapascal
in. inch N newton
in.2 square inch psi pound per square inch
in.3 cubic inch s second
kg kilogram SIL Safety Integrity Level
kPa kilopascal V volt

Req uesting Interpretations . Upon request , Proposed

the A17 Committ ee will render an int erpreta­ Reply(ies): Provide a proposed reply(ies) in the form
tion of any requirement of the Code. Interpretations can of "Yes" or "No," with explanation as
only be rendered in response to a written request sent needed. If entering replies to more than
to the Secretary of the A17 Standards Committee. one question, please number the ques­
Requests for interpretation should preferably be tions and replies.
submitted through the the online Int erpret at ion
Submitt al Form. T he form is accessible at Background
http: //go.asme.org/InterpretationRequest. Upon sub­ Information: Provide the Committee with any back­
mittal of the form, the Inquirer will receive an automatic ground information that will assist the
e-mail confirming receipt. Committee in understanding the inquiry.
If the Inquirer is unable to use the online form, he/she The Inquirer may also include any plans
may mail the request to the Secretary of the A17 Stan­ or drawings that are necessary to explain
dards Committee at the above address. The request for the question; however, they should not
interpretation should be clear and unambiguous. It is cont ain propriet ary names or infor­
further recommended that the Inquirer submit his/her mation.
request in the following format:
Requests that are not in this format will be rewritten
Subject: Cite the applicable Section number(s) in this format by the Committee prior to being answered,
and the topic of the inquiry in one or two which may inadvertently change the intent of the origi­
words. nal request.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of any
Edition: Cite the applicable edition and supple­ interpretation when or if additional information that
ment of the Code for which the interpre­ might affect an interpretation is available. Further, per­
tation is being requested. sons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the
cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. ASME
Question: Phrase the question as a request for an does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endorse" any
interpretation of a specific requirement item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
suitable for general understanding and Attending Committee Meetings. The A17 Standards
use, not as a request for an approval of Committee and the various Working Committees regu­
a proprietary design or situation. Please larly hold meetings and/ or telephone conferences, all
provide a condensed and precise ques­ of which are open to the public. Persons wishing to
tion, composed in such a way that a " yes" attend any meeting and/or telephone conference should
or "no" reply is acceptable. contact the Secretary of the Standards Committee.

xxiii
(1 6) CSA PREFACE

This is the fourth edition of ASME A17.l /CSA B44, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. It
replaces the previous editions of ASME A17.l /CSA B44, published in 2 013 , 2 010, and 2 007; and
the previous editions of CSA B44, published in 2 004, 2 000, 1994, 1990, 19 85 , 1975 , 1971, 1966,
1960, and 193 8.
This Code is the result of a j oint effort by the CSA B44 Technical Committee on the Elevator Safety
Code and the ASME A17 Committee on Elevators and Escalators to harmonize the provisions of
CSA B44 and ASME A17.l. This edition of ASME A17.l /CSA B44 consists of the complete
ASME A17.l Code, with additional requirements applicable only in Canadian jurisdictions. These
Canadian requirements are prefaced in the body of the Code by the following: "In jurisdictions
enforcing the NBCC ...".
C SA B44 was originally developed to facilitate the implementation of uniform legislation across
Canada and to replace the existing legislation, which had proved inadequate for prevailing
elevator practices. The primary purpose of the Code is to establish minimum requirements,
suitable for adoption by regulatory authorities throughout Canada, for the design, installation,
and maintenance of elevators, escalators, dumbwaiters, moving walks, and material lifts. It is
also intended as a standard reference for architects, consulting engineers, elevator manufacturers,
and building owners.
This Code was reviewed for use in Canada by the CSA Technical Committee on the Elevator
Safety Code under the jurisdiction of the CSA Strategic Steering Committee on Mechanical
Industrial Equipment Safety.

201 6
NOTES:
(1) Use of the singular does not exclude the plural (and vice versa) when the sense allows.
(2) Although the intended primary application of this Standard is stated in its Scope, it is important to note that
it remains the responsibility of the users of the Standard to judge its suitability for their particular purpose.
(3) This Standard was developed by consensus, which is defined by CSA Policy governing standardization Code
of good practice for standardization as "substantial agreement. Consensus implies much more than a simple
majority, but not necessarily unanimity". It is consistent with this definition that a member may be included
in the Technical Committee list and yet not be in full agreement with all clauses of this Standard.
(4) To submit a request for interpretation of this Standard, please send the following information to
[email protected] and include "Request for interpretation" in the subject line:
(a) define the problem, making reference to the specific clause, and, where appropriate, include an illustrative
sketch;
(b) provide an explanation of circumstances surrounding the actual field condition; and
(c) where possible, phrase the request in such a way that a specific "yes" or "no" answer will address the issue.
Committee interpretations are processed in accordance with the CSA Directives and guidelines governing
standardization and are available on the Current Standards Activities page at standardsactivities.csa.ca.
(5) This Standard is subject to review within five years from the date of publication. Suggestions for its improvement
will be referred to the appropriate committee. To submit a proposal for change, please send the following
information to [email protected] and include "Proposal for change" in the subject line:
(a) Standard designation (number);
(b) relevant clause, table, and/or figure number;
(c) wording of the proposed change; and
(d) rationale for the change.

xxiv
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA B44-1 6
SUMMARY OF CHANGES

Following approval by the ASME A17 Elevator and Escalator Committee, and after public review,
ASME A17.l -2 016/CSA B44-16 was approved by the American National Standards Institute on
Juy 2 5 , 2 016. It was issued on November 3 0, 2 016, and is effective as of May 3 0, 2 017.
ASME A17.l-2 016/CSA B44-16 incorporates the revisions and editorial changes made since the
previously published edition. Revisions are identified by a margin note, (16). Changes made to
correct errors, as well as other new editorial changes, are identified by (ED). The following is a
summary of the latest revisions and changes:
Page Location Change
viii-xii ASME Foreword Revised
xxi-xxiii ASME Preface Revised
xxiv CSA Preface Revised
2-17 Section 1.3 (1) Definitions of backup rollers,
counterweight displacement detection
device, elastomeric buffer, seismic
detection device, and sound engineering
practice added
(2 ) Definitions of bumper, controller motor,
traction machine, and unlocking zone
revised
(3 ) Definitions of displacement switch;
driving machine, traction climbing;
elevator, wind turbine tower; guide rope
fixes; operation, automatic call; operation,
automatic send; platform landing; seismic
switch; tail line; and travel path deleted

25 2.4.2.2 Revised
Table 2.4.2.2 Title revised
2.4.6.1.1 Subparagraph (c)(2 ) revised
26 2.4. 8 Subparagraph (d)(2 ) revised
27 2.5.1.5.3 Subparagraph (a) revised
32, 33 2.7.5.3.3 Revised
2.7.5.4 Subparagraph (a)(l ) revised
2.7.6.3.2 Subparagraphs (e) and (f) added
2.7.6.4.1 Subparagraph (b) revised
36 2. 8.3.3.4 First paragraph revised
40 2.11.6.1 Revised
47 2.11.19.3 Second sentence corrected by errata
2.12.1 First paragraph added

XXV
Page Location Change
5 0-5 2 2.12.6.2.3 Revised
2.12.6.2.5 Revised
2.12.7.2 Revised in its entirety
2.12.7.3.3 Subparagraphs (c) and (e) revised
2.13.2.1.1 Revised
2.13.2.2.1 Revised
56 2.13.3.4.10 Subparagraphs (a) and (c) editorially
revised
5 8, 5 9 2.14.1.5.1 Subparagraphs (e) and (f) revised
2.14.1.7.1 First sentence revised
2.14.1.7.2 Revised
62 2.14.4.2.4 Subparagraphs (a) and (b) revised
64 2.14.5.7 Phrasing corrected by errata
2.14.5.7.1 Revised
2.14.5.7.3 Revised
2.14.5.7.4 In subpara. (b)(2 )(-a), "sufficient"
corrected by errata to "insufficient"
2.14.5. 8 First sentence revised
65, 6 6 2.14.5.10 Revised and redesignated as 2.14.6.4
2.14.6.1.1 Revised
2.14.6.4 Former 2.14.5.10 revised and
redesignated as 2.14.6.4
68 2.15.6.3 Revised
2.15.7.2 Revised
79 Table 2.18.2.1 Under " SI Units," first two entries in
third column revised
80 2.18.5.3 Last paragraph revised
2.18.6.2 Last sentence revised
84-86 2.2 0.2.2.1 Subparagraph (d) revised
2.2 0.3 Second paragraph revised
2.2 0. 8.1 First paragraph and subparas. (d)(2 ) and
(f) revised
2.2 0. 8.2 Subparagraph (c) revised
2.2 0. 8.3 Subparagraph (c) revised
93 2.2 2.1.1 First paragraph revised, and 2.2 2.1.1.4
through 2 . 2 2.1.1.6 added
2.2 2.2 In first paragraph, last sentence added
94 2.2 2.4.5 Revised
96 2.2 2.5 Added

xxvi
Page Location Change
108, 109 2.2 4. 8.6 Revised
2.2 5.2.1.2 First paragraph revised
2.2 5.3.2 Third paragraph revised
111 2.2 5.4.1. 8 Subparagraph (a) revised
116 2.26.2.5 Subparagraph (b) revised
118 2.26.4.2 Note added
2.26.4.3.1 Note added
121, 12 2 2.26.7 Revised
2.26. 8.2 Second paragraph revised
2.26.9.3.2 Subparagraph (b) revised
126 2.27.2.4.4 Revised in its entirety
127 2.27.3.1.6 Subparagraphs (c) and (d) revised
12 9-13 1 2.27.3.2.1 Note added
2.27.3.2.2 Note (2 ) added
2.27.3 . 2 . 4 Subparagraph (c) revised
2.27.3.3.1 Subparagraph (c) revised
13 2 2.27.3.3.7 Second paragraph revised
13 3 2.27.3.3. 8 Revised
13 6 2.27.11.1.5 Subparagraph (a) editorially revised
140, 141 2.2 9.1. 1 Revised
2.2 9.1.2 Revised in its entirety
2.2 9.1.3 Subparagraph (i) revised
144 3.6.3 Subparagraph (c) added
15 4 3.2 2.1.2.1 Revised
3.2 2.1.2.2 Revised
157-159 3.26. 8 Revised
3.27.2 Revised
3.27.4 Revised
160-167 Section 4.1 Revised in its entirety
4.2.2.3 Revised
4.2.2.4 Revised
176 5.1.11.4 Revised
182 , 183 5.2.1.13 Revised
5.2.1.14 (1) Former subpara. (f) deleted, and
remaining subparagraphs
redesignated
(2 ) Subparagraphs (k) and (1) [formerly
subparas. (1) and (m), respectively]
revised

xxvii
Page Location Change
(3 ) Subparagraph (m) added
5.2.1.15.2 Revised
5.2.1.22 Revised
185 5.2.2.5 Revised
186 5.3.1.7.1 Revised
187, 188 5.3.1.7.2 Revised
5.3.1.8.2 Subparagraph (d) added
5.3.1.8.3 New 5.3.1. 8.3 added, and former 5.3.1. 8.3
redesignated as 5.3.1.8. 4
190 5.3.1.14.1 Revised
193 5.3.1.19 Revised in its entirety
201 5.6.1.4 Revised
205 5.7.1.2 Revised
5.7.2 Revised in its entirety
5.7.3.2 Revised
5.7.4.2 Revised
5.7.4.3 Added
207 5.7.10.4.1 Revised
5.7.13.1 Revised
5.7.13.2 (1) First paragraph revised
(2 ) Former 5.7.13.2.2 deleted, and former
5.7.13.2.3 redesignated as 5.7.13.2.2
208 5.7.16 Revised in its entirety
5.7.17 Revised
5.7.18.1.2 Revised
209, 210 5.7.18.1.3 Added
5.7.18.1.4 Added
5.7.18.3 Revised
5.7.19 Revised in its entirety
211 5.7.22 Revised
214 5.9.14.3 Subparagraph (d) revised
215 5.9.26 Revised in its entirety
5.9.27 Revised
220 Section 5.11 Revised
227 6.1.3.10.1 Revised
6.1.3.10.2 Editorially revised
228 6.1 .5.3.2 Revised
230 6.1.6.3.4 Revised

xxviii
Page Location Change
232 6.1.6.7 Revised
234 6.1.7.4.3 Revised
239 6.2.3.11.1 Revised
6.2.3.11.2 Editorially revised
240 6.2.5.3.1 Subparagraph (d)(5 ) added
2 4 3 , 244 6.2.6. 8 New 6.2.6. 8 added, and subsequent
paragraphs redesignated
2 45 6.2.7.4.3 Revised
246 7.1.4.3.1 Editorially revised
2 47 7.1.4.3.2 Editorially revised
7.1.7.10 Revised
249, 25 0 7.1.12.1.1 Revised
7.1.12.1.3 Revised
25 2 7.2.3.2 Revised
25 3 7.2.6.3.1 Subparagraph (d) revised
7.2.6.3.2 Subparagraph (c) revised
25 4 7.2.6.5 Subparagraph (b) revised
7.2.6.8.1 Subparagraph (b) revised
25 6 7.2.12. 3 1 New 7.2.12.31 added, and former
7.2.12.31 through 7.2.12.3 8 redesignated
as 7.2.12.3 2 through 7.2.12.39,
respectively
7.2.12.40 Added
25 8 7.3.11.10 Added
7.4.2.2 Former subpara. (c) deleted, and
subsequent subparagraphs
redesignated
260 7.4.6.1.4 Revised
261 7.4.13.2.5 Revised
262 7.4.14 (1) Requirement 7.4.14.6 revised
(2 ) Requirement 7.4.14.7 and Note added
7.5.1.1.1 Revised
264 7.5.4.3 Revised
266, 267 7.5.12.1.3 New 7.5.12.1.3 added, and former
7.5.12.1.3 through 7.5.12.1.23
redesignated as 7.5.12.1.4 through
7.5.12.1.24, respectively
7.5.12.1.25 Added
7.5.12 . 2.6 Revised
268 7.5.12.2.3 4 Added

xxix
Page Location Change
271, 272 7.9.2.4 New 7.9.2.4 added, and former 7.9.2.4
through 7.9.2.2 0 redesignated as 7.9.2.5
through 7.9.2.2 1, respectively
7.9.2.7 Revised
7.9.2. 8 Revised
Section 7.11 Deleted
273, 274 8.1.2 In Note, new subparas. (q) and (r) added,
and existing subparagraphs
redesignated
8.1.3 In Note, new subparas. (g) and (h)
added, and subsequent subparagraphs
redesignated
8.1.4 In Note, subpara. (e) added
277 8.2.2.4 Revised
27 8 8.2.3.1 Revised
293 Section 8.3 Subparagraph (a)(7) added
2 97, 2 9 8 8.3.3.4.2 Subparagraphs (a) and (b) revised
3 01 8.3.11. 3 Revised
8.3.11.4 Revised
3 02 , 3 03 8.3.13 Added
8.3.13.5 Editorially revised
8.3.13 .7.3 Editorially revised
3 04 Section 8.4 (1) Subparagraphs (a)(l ) , (a)(3 ) , and (b)
revised
(2 ) Subparagraph (d) added
3 05 , 3 06 8.4.2.3.3 Revised
8.4.2.3.4 Revised
8.4.3.1.5 Added
8.4.4.1 Requirement 8.4.4.1.2 deleted
3 10 Fig. 8.4. 8.2 -3 "One intermediate tie bracket" callout
arrow revised
3 14 Fig. 8.4. 8.2 -7 "One intermediate tie bracket" callout
arrow revised
3 15 Fig. 8.4. 8.2-8 Under "(Imperial Units)," unit of
measure for Wa 1 revised
3 16 8.4. 8.6.1 Subparagraph (h) deleted
3 17, 318 Table 8.4. 8.7 Nomenclature and Notes editorially
revised
3 19-3 2 4 8.4.9.1 First sentence revised
8.4.10 Revised in its entirety
3 2 9-3 3 3 8.4.14.1 First line and Note (2 ) of subpara. (a),
and Note (2 ) of subpara. (b) revised

XXX
Page Location Change
8.4.14.1.1 Subparagraph (a) and Note (2 ) revised
8.4.14.1.2 Second paragraph revised
Section 8.5 Revised in its entirety
334 8.6.1.2.1 Subparagraph (£) deleted
8.6.1.2.2 (1) Subparagraph (b)(5 ) added
(2 ) New subparas. (c)(l ) and (c)(3 ) added,
and existing subparagraphs
redesignated
336, 337 8.6.1.7.5 Added
8.6.2.4 Revised
8.6.3.2.1 Note deleted
8.6.3.4.3 Revised
338 8.6.3.6 Revised in its entirety
8.6.3. 8 Subparagraph (b) revised
8.6.3.9 Revised
339 8.6.3.15 Added
340 8.6.4.4 Revised in its entirety
341 8.6.4.13.2 Last sentence added
342 8.6.4.19.2 Subparagraph (a) revised
8.6.4.19. 8 Last sentence added
343 8.6.4.19.11 Revised
8.6.4.19.12 Subparagraph (b) revised
8.6.4.19.15 Last sentence added
8.6.4.19.17 Added
345 8.6.4.2 0. 11 Revised
3 46 8.6.4.2 2.1 First sentence revised
8.6.4.2 2.2 First sentence revised
3 47 8.6.5.14.3 Subparagraphs (d) and (e) revised
8.6.5.14.6 Last sentence added
8.6.5.14. 8 Added
8.6.5.16.1 Last sentence revised
8.6.5.16.2 Revised
348 8.6.5.16.3 First sentence revised
8.6.6.1 Revised
8.6.6.1.1 First sentence revised
349 8.6.7.9 Revised
8.6.7.9.5 First sentence revised
352 8.6.8.15. 1 Revised

xxxi
Page Location Change
353 8.6. 8.15.23 Revised
8.6. 8.15.24 Revised
355 8.6.11.6.1 Subparagraph (a) revised
3 56, 3 5 7 8.6.11.10.3 Subparagraph (e) revised
8.6.11.11 First sentence revised
8.6.11.15 Added
8.7.1.3 Last sentence added
358 8.7.2.2 Revised
359 8.7.2.10.1 Subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c) revised
360-362 8.7.2.11.1 Revised
8.7.2.11.3 Revised
8.7.2.14.1 Revised
8.7.2.14.2 Subparagraph (i) revised
8.7.2.14.5 Added
8.7.2.15.2 Subparagraph (e) revised
8.7.2.16.1 Subparagraph (g) revised
8.7.2.16.4 Subparagraphs (a) and (g) revised
363-365 8.7.2.17.2 Subparagraphs (b)(4), (b)(lO), and (c)(2 )
revised
8.7.2.19 Last paragraph added
8.7.2.2 1.1 Revised
8.7.2.2 1.3 Revised
8.7.2.2 1.4 Revised
8.7.2.2 5.1 Subparagraphs (a) and (c) revised
366 8.7.2.27.5 Subparagraph (f)(6) revised
367 8.7.2.2 8 Subparagraph (a) revised
8.7.3.2 Revised
369 8.7.3.2 2.1 Subparagraph (c) revised
8.7.3.2 2.2 Subparagraph (c) revised
370 8.7.3.27 First sentence revised
371 8.7.3.3 1.6 Subparagraph (f)(6) revised
372 8.7.3.31. 8 Subparagraph (a) revised
375 8.7.6.1.18 Added
376 8.7.6.2.17 Added
8. 8.1 Subparagraph (b) revised
8. 8.2 Revised
377 8.9.3 Last paragraph added

xxxii
Page Location Change
378-383 8.10.1.7 Added
8.10.2.2.1 Subparagraph (m) revised, and
subpara. (y) added
8.10.2.2.2 Subparagraphs (cc)(3 )(-c)(-2 ) and
(rr) revised
8.10.2.2.3 (1) Subparagraphs (d), (d)(l ) , (d)(2 ) , (s),
(t), (dd), (ff)(3 ) , and (ff)(4) revised
(2 ) Subparagraph (ll) added
8.10.2.2.5 Subparagraphs (c) and (f) revised
384 8.10.2.2.9 Revised
8.10.2.3.2 Subparagraph (a) revised
385 8.10.3.2.1 (1) Subparagraphs (m) and (q) revised
(2 ) Subparagraph (y) added
386 8.10.3.2.2 Subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) , (f), (g), (i) , (1),
(m), (p) through (s), (cc) , (dd), (ff), and
(gg) revised
387, 388 8.10.3.2.3 (1) Subparagraphs (d), (d)(l ) , (d)(3 ) ,
(d)(4), (e), (g), G ) , (k), (m), (o), (ff)(3 ) ,
and (ff)(4) revised
(2 ) Subparagraph (d)(5 ) deleted
(3 ) Subparagraph (kk) added
8.10.3.2.4 (1) Subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c) revised
(2 ) Subparagraph (o) added
8.10.3.2.5 (1) Subparagraphs (d), (f), (i) through (1),
and (o) revised
(2 ) Subparagraph (v) added
389-393 8.10.3.3.2 Subparagraph (a) revised
8.10.4.1.1 (1) Subparagraphs (i)(l ) (-h), (r), and (t)(6)
revised
(2 ) Subparagraph (u) added
8. 10.4. 1.2 Subparagraphs (m) and (x) revised
8.10.4.2.2 Subparagraph (a) revised, and
subpara. G ) added
394 8.10.5.16 Added
396, 397 8.11 .1.9 Added
8.11.2.1.1 (1) Subparagraphs (d) and (m) revised
(2 ) Subparagraph (y) added
8.11 .2.1.2 Subparagraph (nn) revised
8.11.2.1.3 Subparagraphs (I), (dd), and (qq) revised
399 8.11.3.1.6 Revised
401 8.11.5.16 Added
403-409 Section 9.1 Updated to reflect new and revised
references

xxxiii
Page Location Change
410, 411 Section 9.2 Updated to reflect new and revised
references
415 Fig. B-1 Cross-reference to 2.12.1 added
430 Fig. G-1 Revised
452 Table N-1 Revised
47 8 Nonmandatory Deleted
Appendix T
479 Table U-1 "Best engineering practice (BEP)" revised
to "sound engineering practice (SEP)"
4 82 Nonmandatory Deleted
Appendix W
4 83 Table X-1 Item 2 8 revised
4 85 Table X-3 Item 2 1 revised
490 Nonmandatory Added
Appendix Z

SPECIAL NOTE:
The interpretations to ASME A17.1 issued from July 2 012 through October 2 015 follow the last
page of this edition as a separate supplement, Interpretations No. 3 3.

xxxiv
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

SAFETY CODE FOR ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS

Part 1
General

SECTION 1 . 1 (g) conveyors and related equipment within the scope

SCOPE of ASME B2 0.1
(h) cranes, derricks, hoists, hooks, jacks, and slings
1 . 1 .1 Equipment Covered by This Code within the scope of ASME B3 0, CSA Z15 0, CSA B167,
This Code covers the design, construction, operation, CSA Z202 , and CSA Z2 4 8
inspection, testing, maintenance, alteration, and repair (i) industrial trucks within the scope of ASME B56
of the following equipment and its associated parts, and C SA B3 3 5
rooms, spaces, and hoistways, where located in or adja­ (j) portable equipment, except for portable escalators,
cent to a building or structure (see Section 1.2): that are covered by Section 6.1
(a) hoisting and lowering mechanisms, equipped (k) tiering or piling machines used to move material
with a car, that move between two or more landings. to and from storage located and operating entirel y
This equipment includes, but is not limited to, elevators within one story
(see Section 1.3 ). (l) equipment for feeding or positioning material at
(b) power-driven stairways and walkways for car­ machine tools, printing presses, etc.
rying persons between l andings. T his equipment (m) skip or furnace hoists
includes, but is not limited to, escalators and moving (n) wharf ramps
walks (see Section 1.3 ). (o) amusement devices
(c) hoisting and lowering mechanisms equipped with (p) stage and orchestra lifts
a car that serves two or more landings and is restricted (q) lift bridges
to the carrying of material by its limited size or limited (r) railroad car lifts and dumpers
access to the car. This equipment includes, but is not (s) mechanized parking garage equipment
limited to, dumbwaiters and material lifts; it does not (t) line jacks, false cars, shafters, moving platforms,
incl ude vertical reciprocating conveyors (see and similar equipment used for installing an elevator
Section 1.3 ). (u) platform-type elevators installed on board a
marine vessel
1 . 1 .2 Equipment Not Covered by This Code
NOTES:
Equipment not covered by this Code includes, but is (1) A maritime, industrial use device with no car enclosure. Con
not limited to, the following: trols are located outside of the hoistway. Typically utilizes
(a) personnel hoists within the scope of ANSI Al 0.4 elevator type rail systems and elevator type interlock systems.
and CSA-Z185 (2) Not a platform lift within the scope of A18.l.
(b) material hoists within the scope of ANSI Al 0.5 (v) dock levelers (freight platform lifts) having a rise
and CSA-Z256 of 5 00 mm (2 0 in.) or less
(c) platform lifts and stairway chairlifts within the (w) in Canadian jurisdictions, devices having a rise
scope of ASME A18.1, C SA B3 5 5 , and CSA B613 of 2 000 mm (79 in.) or less and used only for the transfer
(d) manlifts within the scope of A SME A90.1 and of materials or equipment
CSA B3 11, and in j urisdictions enforcing NBCC Special (x) in jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, mine elevators
Purpose Personnel Elevators (ASME A17.l , Section 5.7) within the scope of Section 5.9
(e) mobile scaffolds and towers; platforms within the
scope of AN SI/SAIA A92 and CSA-B3 5 4 1 . 1 .3 Application of Parts
(f) powered platform and equipment for exterior and This Code applies to new installations only, except
interior buil ding maintenance within the scope of Part 1, and Sections 5.10, 8.1, 8.6, 8.7, 8. 8, 8.9, 8.10, and
ASME A12 0.1 and C SA-Z271 8.11, that apply to both new and existing installations.

1
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

1 . 1 .4 Effective Date in the elevator industry and other ASME publications

The requirements of this edition to the Code are effec­ are defined.
tive as of the date noted on the Summary of Changes access switch: see hoistway access switch.
page of this document with the exception of 8.10.1.1.3
accredited certifying organization: a certifying organi­
and 8.11.1.1 that shall be effective immediately. T he
zation that holds valid Documentation of Accreditation
authority having jurisdiction will establish the effective
issued by an independent internationally or nationally
date for their local regulations.
recognized accrediting organization that accredits per­
sonnel certification bodies.
SECTION 1 .2
PURPOSE AND EXCEPTIONS NOTE: A Certificate of Accreditation is an example of such
documentation.
1 .2.1 Purpose
accrediting body: an independent internationally or
The purpose of this Code is to provide for the safety
nationally recognized organization that accredits organi­
of life and limb, and to promote the public welfare.
zations concerned with personnel certification.
Compliance with this Code shall be achieved by
(a) conformance with the requirements in alteration: any change to equipment, including its parts,
ASME A17.l /CSA B44; or components, and/ or subsystems, other than mainte­
(b) conformance with some of the requirements in nance, repair, or replacement.
ASME A17.l /C SA B44 and for systems, subsystems, alteration, as part of an: a repair or replacement that is
components, or functions that do not conform with cer­ included with other work that is classified as an
tain requirements in ASME A17.l /CSA B44, conform alteration.
with the applicable requirements in A SME A17.7/ alternate level: a floor level identified by the building
CSA B44.7; or code or fire authority, other than the designated level.
(c) conformance with the requirements in
ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7 annunciator, car: an electrical device in the car that indi­
cates visually the landings at which an elevator landing
1 .2.2 Exceptions to ASM E A1 7.1 /CSA B44 signal registering device has been actuated.
The provisions of this Code are not intended to pre­ applied frame entrance: a wraparound or partial addi­
vent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equiva­ tion to an existing entrance frame used to improve the
lent or superior quality, strength, fire resistance, appearance or to provide the required clearances.
effectiveness, durability, and safety to those prescribed
approve d: acceptable to the authority having
by this Code, provided that there is technical documen­
j urisdiction.
tation to demonstrate the equivalency of the system,
method, or device. authority having jurisdiction: the organization, office,
or individual responsible for enforcement of this Code.
1 .2.2.1 The specific requirements of this Code shall
Where compliance with this Code has been mandated
be permitted to be modified by the authority having
by legislation or regulation, the "authority having juris­
j urisdiction based upon technical documentation or
diction" is the regulatory authority (see regulatory
physical performance verification to allow alternative
authority).
arrangements that will assure safety equivalent to that
which would be provided by conformance to the corres­ authorized personnel: persons who have been
ponding requirements of this Code. instructed in the operation of the equipment and desig­
nated by the owner to use the equipment.
1 .2.2.2 This Code contains requirements that are
also covered in the National Building Code of Canada automatic transfer device: a power-operated mecha­
(NBCC). Reference to the NBCC is recognition that said nism that automatically moves a load consisting of a
requirements are not within the scope of this Code in cart, tote box, pallet, wheeled vehicle, box, or other simi­
Canada. lar object from and/ or to the car.
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, the use of auxiliary power lowering device: an alternatively pow­
the NBCC is not intended. ered auxiliary control system that will, upon failure of
1 .2.2.3 Exceptions shall be based on the require­ the main power supply, allow a hydraulic elevator to
ments of 1.2 . 2 . 1. descend to a lower landing.
backup roller(s): a roller that limits the separation of a
(1 6) SECTION 1 .3 pinion from a rack.
DEFINITIONS base, building: the level at which the horizontal seismic
Section 1.3 defines various terms used in this Code. ground motions are considered to be imparted to the
In addition, some nomenclature and terminology used structure.

2
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

brake, driving machine, elevator, dumbwaiter, or mate­ buffer) using resilient materials to cushion the impact
rial lift: an electromechanically or electrohydraulically force of the descending car or counterweight.
released spring, or gravity applied device, that is part oil buffer: a buffer using oil as a medium, that absorbs
of the electric driving machine of the elevator, dumb­ and dissipates the kinetic energy of the descending car
waiter, or material lift used to apply a controlled force or counterweight.
at a braking surface to hold or retard the elevator, dumb­ gas spring-return oil buffer: an oil buffer utilizing the
waiter, or material lift. See Nonmandatory Appendix F. pressure of a compressed gas to return the buffer plunger
electrohydraulically released: a means of release in which or piston to its fully extended position.
an electric current applied to a solenoid valve or the mechanical spring-return oil buffer: an oil buffer utiliz­
motor of a hydraulic pump directs pressurized hydraulic ing the force of the compressed mechanical spring or
fluid to an actuator (such as a hydraulic j ack) that over­ springs to return the buffer plunger or piston to its fully
comes a resisting force (such as a spring) as long as the extended position.
electric current flows. oil buffer stroke: the oil-displacing movement of the
electromechanically released: a means of release in which buffer plunger or piston, excluding the travel of the
an electric current applied to an actuator (such as a buffer plunger accelerating device.
solenoid) causes an electromagnetic force that over­ spring buffer: a buffer utilizing one or more springs
comes a resisting force (such as a spring) as long as the to cushion the impact force of the descending car or
electric current flows. counterweight.
brake, driving machine, escalator, or moving walk: an spring buffer load rating: the load required to com­
electromechanical device that is part of the electric driv­ press the spring buffer an amount equal to its stroke.
ing machine of the escalator or moving walk, used to spring buffer stroke: the distance the contact end of
apply a controlled force to a braking surface to stop and the spring can move under a compressive load until all
hold the escalator/moving walk system. coils are essentially in contact or until a fixed stop is
reached.
brake, emergency: a mechanical device independent of
the braking system used to retard or stop an elevator building code: an ordinance that sets forth requirements
should the car overspeed or move in an unintended for building design and construction, or where such an
manner. Such devices include, but are not limited to, ordinance has not been enacted, one of the following
those that apply braking force on one or more of the model codes:
following: (a) International Building Code (IBC)
(a) car rails (b) Building C onstruction and Safety C ode
(b) counterweight rails (NFPA 5 000)
(c) National Building Code of Canada (NBCC)
(c) suspension or compensation ropes
(d) drive sheaves NOTE: Local regulations or laws take precedence. In the absence
of local regulation a model building code is applicable.
(e) brake drums
For further information, see N onmandatory bumper: a device, other than an oil, spring, or elasto­
Appendix F. meric buffer, designed to stop a descending car or coun­
brake, main drive shaft, escalator and moving walk: a terweight beyond its normal limit of travel by absorbing
device located on the main drive shaft of the escalator the impact.
or moving walk used to apply a controlled force to the cable, traveling: see traveling cable.
braking surface to stop and hold the escalator or moving capacity: see rated load.
walk system.
car-direction indicator: a visual signaling device that
braking, electrically assisted: retardation of the eleva­ displays the current direction of travel.
tor, assisted by energy generated by the driving-machine
car door interlock: a device having two related and
motor. See Nonmandatory Appendix F.
interdependent functions, which are
braking system: driving-machine brake alone, or in (a) to prevent the operation of the driving machine
combination with electrically assisted braking, that by the normal operating device unless the car door is
operates to slow down and stop the elevator. See locked in the closed position
Nonmandatory Appendix F. (b) to prevent the opening of the car door from inside
buffer: a device designed to stop a descending car or the car unless the car is within the landing zone and is
counterweight beyond its normal limit of travel by stor­ either stopped or being stopped
ing or by absorbing and dissipating the kinetic energy car door or gate electric contact: an electrical device,
of the car or counterweight. the function of which is to prevent operation of the
elastomeric buffer: an energy-accumulation-type buffer driving machine by the normal operating device unless
with nonlinear characteristics (such as a polyurethane the car door or gate is in the closed position.

3
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

car door or gate, power-closed: a door or gate that is meets appropriate standards or has been tested and
closed by a door or gate power operator. found suitable for use in a specified manner.
car door or gate power closer: a device or assembly of NOTE: For the purpose of this definition, accredited means that an
devices that closes a manually opened car door or gate organization has been evaluated and approved by an Authorized
by power other than hand, gravity, springs, or the move­ Agency to operate a Certification/Listing program, and is desig
ment of the car. nated as such in a publication of the Authorized Agency.

car, dumbwaiter, material lift: the load-carrying unit chain, suspension (hoisting): chain used to raise and
that includes a platform or transfer device and may lower a dumbwaiter or material lift car or its
include an enclosure and /or car frame. counterweight.
car, elevator: the load-carrying unit including its plat­ chassis: that portion of an inclined elevator that serves
form, car frame, enclosure, and car door or gate. as a car frame with weight-bearing guide rollers.
car enclosure: the top and the walls of the car resting clearance, bottom car: the clear vertical distance from
on and attached to the car platform. the pit floor to the lowest structural or mechanical part,
equipment, or device installed beneath the car platform,
car frame: the supporting frame to which the car plat­
except guide shoes or rollers, safety jaw assemblies, and
form, upper and lower sets of guide shoes, car safety,
platform or guards, when the car rests on its fully com­
and the hoisting ropes or hoisting-rope sheaves, or the
pressed buffers.
plunger or cylinder of a direct-acting elevator, are
attached. clearance, top car, inclined elevators: the shortest dis­
car frame, overslung: a car frame to which the hoisting tance in the direction of travel between the upwardmost
rope fastenings or hoisting-rope sheaves are attached to portion of the chassis (car frame) and the nearest
the crosshead or top member of the car frame . obstruction when the car is level with the top terminal
car frame, sub-post: a car frame all of whose members landing .
are located below the car platform. clearance, top counterweight: the shortest vertical dis­
carframe, underslung: a car frame to which the hoisting­ tance between any part of the counterweight structure
rope fastenings or hoisting-rope sheaves are attached at and the nearest part of the overhead structure or any
or below the car platform. other obstruction when the car floor is level with the
car lantern: an audible and visual signaling device bottom terminal landing.
located in a car to indicate the car is answering the call comb, escalator and moving walk: the toothed portion
and the car 's intended direction of travel. of a combplate designed to mesh with a grooved step,
car platform: the structure that forms the floor of the pallet, or treadway surface.
car and that directly supports the load. combplate, escalator and moving walk: that portion of
car platform frame: a structural frame, composed of the landing adjacent to the step, pallet, or treadway
interconnecting members, that supports the car plat­ consisting of one or more plates to which the combs are
form floor . fastened.
car platform, laminated: a self-supporting platform con­ compensating-rope sheave switch: a device that auto­
structed of pl ywood, with a bonded steel sheet facing matically causes the electric power to be removed from
on both top and bottom surfaces. the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift driving­
machine motor and brake when the compensating
car top access panel: a car top access panel is similar in sheave approaches its upper or lower limit of travel .
design to a car top emergency exit panel. Used on mine
elevators to permit frequent inspection of mine elevator compens ation means: wire rope , chain , or other
hoistways for damage caused by environmental condi­ mechanical means used to counterbalance, or partially
tions. Such panels are openable without the use of tools counterbalance, the weight of the suspension ropes .
or keys. component rated pressure : the pressure to which a
NOTE: Subject to the modifications specified in 5.9.14.l(c). hydraulic component can be subjected.
control, motion: that portion of a control system that
ceramic permanent magnet: a magnet of the type that
governs the acceleration, speed, retardation, and stop­
has a force that does not deteriorate with time.
ping of the moving member.
certified: see listed/certified. control, AC motor: a motion control that uses an alter­
certifying organization: an approved or accredited, nating current motor to drive the machine.
independent organization concerned with product eval­ control, AC motor, DC injection: a motion control for
uation that maintains periodic inspection of production an AC motor that produces retardation torque by
of listed /certified equipment or material and whose injecting a DC current into either a stator winding of
listing / certification states whether that equipment the motor or a separate eddy-current brake.

4
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

control, single-speed AC: a motion control for an AC in response to an automatic starting mechanism, and
motor that has a single synchronous speed. wherein the car is stopped automatically at the landings.
control, two-speed AC: a motion control for an AC operation, group automatic: automatic operation of
motor that has two different synchronous speeds by two or more nonattendant elevators equipped with
connecting the motor windings so as to obtain a different power-operated car and hoistway doors. The operation
number of poles. of the cars is coordinated by a supervisory control sys­
control, variable voltage, variable frequency (VVVF): tem including automatic dispatching means whereby
a motion control that changes the magnitude and fre­ selected cars at designated dispatching points automati­
quency of the voltage applied to the motor. cally close their doors and proceed on their trips in a
control, variable voltage AC (VVAC): a motion control regulated manner. It may include but is not limited to:
for an AC motor that varies the amount and direction operating device(s) in the car and / or at each landing
of output torque by controlling the magnitude and phase that provide a means to select destinations identified
sequence of the voltage to the motor. with landings; keypads or touch screens at each landing
control, DC motor: a motion control that uses a DC and / or in the car; buttons in each car for each floor
motor to drive the machine. served and "UP" and "DOWN" buttons at each landing
control, dual bridge thyristor converter: a motion con­ (single buttons at terminal landings). The stops set up
trol for a DC motor that supplies the armature with by the momentary actuation of these devices are made
variable voltage of either polarity, and is capable of cur­ automatically in succession as a car reaches the corres­
rent flow in both directions. ponding landing, irrespective of its direction of travel
control, generatorfield: a motion control that is accom­ or the sequence in which the devices are actuated. The
plished by the use of an individual generator for each stops set up by the momentary actuation of the device(s)
driving-machine motor wherein the voltage applied to at the landing may be accomplished by any elevator in
the motor armature is adjusted by varying the strength the group, and are made automatically.
and direction of the generator field current. operation, nonselective collective automatic: automatic
control, multivoltage: a motion control that is accom­ operation by means of one button in the car for each
plished by impressing successively on the armature of landing served and one button at each landing, wherein
the driving-machine motor a number of substantially all stops registered by the momentary actuation of land­
fixed voltages such as may be obtained from multi­ ing or car buttons are made irrespective of the number
commutator generators common to a group of elevators. of buttons actuated or of the sequence in which the
control, rheostatic: a motion control that is accom­ buttons are actuated. With this type of operation, the
plished by varying resistance and / or reactance in the car stops at all landings for which buttons have been
armature and / or field circuit of the driving-machine actuated, making the stops in the order in which the
motor. landings are reached after the buttons have been actu­
control, single bridge thyristor converter: a motion con­ ated, but irrespective of its direction of travel.
trol for a DC motor that supplies the armature with operation, selective collective automatic: automatic
variable voltage of fixed polarity. The field is reversed operation by means of one button in the car for each
to control direction and to cause regeneration. landing served and by "UP" and "DOWN" buttons at
control, electrohydraulic: a motion control in which the the landings, wherein all stops registered by the momen­
acceleration, speed, retardation, and stopping are gov­ tary actuation of the car buttons are made as defined
erned by varying fluid flow to I from the hydraulic jack under nonselective collective automatic operation, but
by electrically operated valves. wherein the stops registered by the momentary actua­
control, mechanical-hydraulic: a motion control in which tion of the landing buttons are made in the order in
acceleration, speed, retardation, and stopping are gov­ which the landings are reached in each direction of travel
erned by varying the fluid flow to I from the hydraulic after the buttons have been actuated. With this type of
jack by direct mechanical operation of the valves by operation, all "UP" landing calls are answered when the
shipper rope or operating lever device. car is traveling in the up direction and all "DOWN"
control, static: a motion control in which control func­ landing calls are answered when the car is traveling in
tions are performed by solid-state devices. the down direction, except in the case of the uppermost
control, operation: that portion of a control system that or lowermost calls, that are answered as soon as they
initiates the starting, stopping, and direction of motion, are reached, irrespective of the direction of travel of
in response to a signal from an operating device. the car.
operation, automatic: operation control wherein the operation, single automatic: automatic operation by
starting of the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift car means of one button in the car for each landing served
is effected in response to the momentary actuation of and one button at each landing, so arranged that if any
operating devices at the landing, and / or of operating car or landing button has been actuated the actuation
devices in the car identified with the landings, and / or of any other car or landing operating button will have

5
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

no effect on the operation of the car until the response NOTE: See 2.7.6.3.2 for an exception regarding the location of a
to the first button has been completed. motor controller.
operation, car switch: operation control wherein the control system: the overall system governing the start­
movement and direction of travel of the car are directly ing, stopping, direction of motion, acceleration, speed,
and solely under the control of the attendant by means and retardation of the moving member. See
of a manually operated car switch or of continuous­ Nonmandatory Appendix A.
pressure buttons in the car.
controller: a device or group of devices that serves to
operation, car switch automatic floor-stop: operation in control in a predetermined manner the apparatus to
which the stop is initiated by the attendant from within
which it is connected.
the car with a definite reference to the landing at which
it is desired to stop, after which the slowing down and controller, motion: an operative unit comprising a
stopping of the elevator is effected automatically. device or group of devices for actuating the moving
operation, continuous-pressure: operation control by member.
means of buttons or switches in the car and at the land­ controller, motor: the operative units of a motion control
ings, any one of which may be used to control the move­ system comprising the starter devices and /or power
ment of the car as long as the button or switch is conversion equipment required to drive an electric
manually maintained in the actuating position. motor.
operation, preregister: operation control in which signals controller, operation: an operative unit comprising a
to stop are registered in advance by buttons in the car device or group of devices for actuating the motion
and at the landings. At the proper point in the car travel, control.
the attendant in the car is notified by a signal, visual,
audible, or otherwise, to initiate the stop, after which conveyor, vertical reciprocating (VRC): see ASME B 20.l
the landing stop is automatic. for definition and safety requirements.
operation, signal: operation control by means of single counterweight displacement detection device: a device
buttons or switches (or both) in the car, and "UP" or actuated by the displacement of the counterweight, at
"DOW N" direction buttons (or both) at the landings, any point in the hoistway, to provide a signal that the
by which predetermined landing stops may be set up counterweight has moved from its normal lane of travel
or registered for an elevator or for a group of elevators. or has left its guide rails.
The stops set up by the momentary actuation of the car creep: slight incremental, natural movement of the sus­
buttons are made automatically in succession as the car pension means over their arc of contact with the driving
reaches those landings, irrespective of its direction of sheave due to tractive force .The tractive force is a result
travel or the sequence in which the buttons are actuated . of unequal tensile loads in the suspension means at
The stops set up by the momentary actuation of the points of entry and exit from the driving sheave, the
"UP" and "DOW N" buttons at the landing are made tensile elasticity of the suspension member, and the fric­
automatically by the first available car in the group tional work occurring in the direction of the greater
approaching the landings in the corresponding direc­ tension. Creep is independent of the motion status or
tion, irrespective of the sequence in which the buttons direction of rotation of the driving sheave.
are actuated. With this type of operation, the car can be
NOTE: Creep exists in all traction systems and is not loss of
started only by means of a starting switch or button in traction, and can occur while the drive sheave is stationary or
the car. rotating.
control room, elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift: an deck, escalator: see escalator deck.
enclosed control space outside the hoistway, intended
for full bodily entry, that contains the motor controller. designated attendant: where elevator operation is con­
The room could also contain electrical and /or mechani­ trolled solely by authorized personnel (attendant ser­
cal equipment used directly in connection with the eleva­ vice, independent, hospital service, and other similar
tor, dumbwaiter, or material lift but not the electric operations).
driving machine or the hydraulic machine. ( See designated level: the main floor or other floor level
Nonmandatory Appendix Q.) that best serves the needs of emergency personnel for
control space, elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift: a firefighting or rescue purposes identified by the building
space inside or outside the hoistway, intended to be code or fire authority.
accessed with or without full bodily entry, that contains dispatching device, elevator automatic: a device, the
the motor controller. This space could also contain elec­ principal function of which is to either
trical and /or mechanical equipment used directly in (a) operate a signal in the car to indicate when the
connection with the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material car should leave a designated landing, or
lift but not the electric driving machine or the hydraulic (b) actuate its starting mechanism when the car is at
machine. (See Nonmandatory Appendix Q.) a designated landing

6
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

door: the movable portion(s) of an entrance that closes rails and serves two or more landings that is used exclu­
the openings. It consists of one or more solid face panels sively for carrying materials, and is classified by the
that are permitted to be equipped with a vision panel. following types.
door, folding: a hinged door consisting of two or more dumbwaiter, hand: a dumbwaiter utilizing manual
panels that fold and move horizontally. energy to move the car.
door, horizon tally sliding: a door that moves dumbwaiter, power: a dumbwaiter utilizing energy
horizontally. other than gravitational or manual to move the car.
center-opening: a horizontally sliding door con­ dumbwaiter, electric: a power dumbwaiter where the
sisting of two panels, so arranged to open away from energy is applied by means of an electric driving
each other. machine.
center-opening, multiple-speed: a horizontally sliding dumbwaiter, hydraulic: a power dumbwaiter where
door consisting of more than two panels, so arranged the energy is applied, by means of a liquid under pres­
that the panels or groups of panels open away from sure, in a cylinder equipped with a plunger or piston .
each other. dumbwaiter, direct-plunger hydraulic: a hydraulic
multiple-speed: a horizontally sliding door with two dumbwaiter having a plunger or cylinder directly
or more panels, so arranged to open away from one side. attached to the car frame or platform.
single-speed: a one-panel horizontally sliding door. dumbwaiter, electrohydraulic: a direct-plunger
door or gate, manually operated: a door or gate that is dumbwaiter where liquid is pumped under pressure
opened and closed by hand. directly into the cylinder by a pump driven by an electric
door or gate, power-operated: a door or gate that is motor .
opened and closed by a door or gate power-operator. dumbwaiter, maintained-pressure hydraulic: a direct­
door or gate, self-closing: a manually opened door or plunger dumbwaiter where liquid under pressure is
gate that closes when released. available at all times for transfer into the cylinder.
door, swinging: a door that pivots around a vertical axis. dumbwaiter, roped-hydraulic: a hydraulic dumb­
door, vertically sliding: a counterweighted or counter­ waiter having its piston connected to the car with
balanced door consisting of one or more panels that wire rope.
move vertically to open or close. dumbwaiter, undercounter: a dumbwaiter that has its
door, biparting: a vertically sliding door consisting top terminal landing located underneath a counter.
of two or more sections, so arranged that the sections earthquake protective devices: a device or group of
or groups of sections open away from each other. devices that serve to regulate the operation of an elevator
door, vertically sliding sequence operation: where the or group of elevators in a predetermined manner during
opening and closing relationship of the car and hoistway or after an earthquake.
doors do not occur simultaneously. electrical/electronidprogrammable electronic (E/E/PE):
door, wraparound: a horizontally sliding door that based on electrical (E), and /or electronic (E), and /or
bends around a car enclosure . programmable electronic (PE) technology.
door locked out of service: a hoistway entrance in which NOTE: The term is intended to cover any and all devices or
the door is mechanically locked by means other than systems operating on electrical principles.
the interlock to prevent the door being opened from the EXAMPLE: Electrica l / electronic / programmable electronic
car side without keys or special equipment. devices include
door or gate closer: a device that closes a door or gate (a) electromechanical devices (electrical)
by means of a spring or gravity. (b) solid state nonprogrammable electronic devices (electronic)
(c) electronic devices based on computer technology (program
door or gate electric contact: an electrical device, the mable electronic)
function of which is to prevent operation of the driving
electrical/electronic/programmable electronic system
machine by the normal operating device unless the door
(E/E/PES): a system for control, protection, or monitor­
or gate is in the closed position.
ing based on one or more electrical / electronic /
door or gate power operator: a device or assembly of programmable electronic (E/E /PE) devices, including
devices that opens a hoistway door(s) and /or a car door all elements of the system such as power supplies, sen­
or car gate by power other than hand, gravity, springs, sors and other input devices, data highways and other
or the movement of the car; and that closes them by communication paths, and actuators and other output
power other than hand, gravity, or the movement of devices.
the car.
elevator: a hoisting and lowering mechanism, equipped
driving machine: see machine, driving. with a car, that moves within guides and serves two or
dumb waiter: a hoisting and lowering mechanism more landings and is classified by the following types
equipped with a car of limited size that moves in guide NOTE: See 1 . 1 .2, Equipment Not Covered by This Code.

7
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

elevator, freight: an elevator used primarily for carrying elevator, electrohydraulic: a hydraulic elevator in
freight and on which only the operator and the persons which liquid under pressure is supplied by a hydraulic
necessary for unloading and loading the freight are per­ machine.
mitted to ride. elevator, maintained-pressure hydraulic: a direct­
NOTE (elevator, freight): Its use is subject to the modifications acting hydraulic elevator in which liquid under pressure
specified in Section 2.16. is available at all times for transfer into the hydraulic
jack .
elevator, hand: an elevator utilizing manual energy to elevator, roped-hydraulic: a hydraulic elevator in
move the car. which the energy is applied by a roped-hydraulic driv ­
elevator, inclined: an elevator that travels at an angle ing machine.
of inclination of 70 deg or less from the horizontal . elevator, private residence: a power passenger elevator
elevator, limited-use/1.imited-application: a power passen­ that is limited in size, capacity, rise, and speed, and is
ger elevator in which the use and application is limited installed in a private residence or in a multiple dwelling
by size, capacity, speed, and rise. as a means of access to a private residence .
elevator, marine: an elevator installed on board a marine elevator, rack-and-pinion: a power elevator with or with­
vessel. out a counterweight that is supported, raised, and low­
NOTES: ered by a motor or motors that drive a pinion or pinions
(1) Marine vessels are defined by the authority having jurisdiction on a stationary rack mounted in the hoistway.
for the design and safety of marine vessels. Such authorities elevator, rooftop: a power passenger or freight elevator
include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Coast Guard, Transport operating between a landing at roof level and landings
Canada, and the American Bureau of Shipping or other mem
bers of the International Association of Classification Societies.
below .It opens onto the exterior roof level of a building
(2) Marine elevators are designed to operate under marine design through a horizontal opening.
conditions that reflect the motions, forces, and environmental elevator, screw column: a power elevator having an
conditions imposed on the vessel and the elevator, under a uncounterweighted car that is supported, raised, and
variety of vessel operating scenarios. See Section 5.8. lowered by means of a screw thread.
elevator, mine: an elevator installed in the mine elevator, sidewalk: an elevator of the freight type
hoistway, used to provide access to the mine for person­ operating between a landing in a sidewalk or other exte­
nel, materials, equipment, and supplies. To meet the rior area and floors below the sidewalk or grade level .
requirements of a mine elevator, the components must It opens onto the exterior area through a horizontal
be designed and installed in conformance to Part 2 of opening.
this Code, except as modified in Section 5.9. Mine eleva­ elevator, special purpose personnel: an elevator that is
tors are similar to electric passenger elevators but are limited in size, capacity, and speed, and permanently
modified to operate in the mine environment. installed in structures such as grain elevators, radio
elevator, multicompartment: an elevator having two or antenna, bridge towers, underground facilities, dams,
more compartments located one above the other. power plants, and similar structures to provide vertical
elevator, observation: an elevator that permits exterior transportation of authorized personnel and their tools
viewing by passengers while the car is traveling. and equipment only.
elevator, outside emergency: an elevator operating on the elevator, used for construction: an elevator being used
outside of a building having up to five compartments temporarily, only for construction purposes.
that is operated only by emergency personnel and used elevator discharge level: the floor, served by elevators,
solely for emergency evacuation of building occupants that occupants will use to leave the building during an
and transportation of a limited number of emergency emergency evacuation.
responders involved in the evacuation. elevator personnel: persons who have been trained in
elevator, passenger: an elevator used primarily to carry the construction, maintenance, repair, inspection, or test­
persons other than the operator and persons necessary ing of equipment.
for loading and unloading.
emergency personnel: persons who have been trained
elevator, power: an elevator utilizing energy other than
in the operation of emergency or standby power and
gravitational or manual to move the car.
Firefighter s ' Emergency Operation or emergency
elevator, electric: a power elevator where the energy
evacuation.
is applied by means of an electric driving machine.
elevator, hydraulic: a power elevator in which the emergency signal device: a device that can be operated
energy is applied, by means of a liquid under pressure, from within the elevator car to inform persons outside
in a hydraulic jack. the hoistway that help is required.
elevator, direct-acting hydraulic: a hydraulic eleva­ emergency stop switch: a device located as required and
tor in which the energy is applied by a direct hydraulic readily accessible for operation, that, when manually
driving machine. operated, causes the electric power to be removed from

8
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

the driving-machine motor and brake of an electric ele­ escalator panel, interior: the panel located between the
vator; or from the electrically operated valves and pump skirt and the escalator high deck or the handrail stand.
motor of a hydraulic elevator; or of a dumbwaiter; or escalator skirt: the fixed, vertical panels located immedi­
of a material lift. ately adjacent to the steps.
endurance limit of a component: the maximum stress escalator skirt cover, dynamic: the stationary cover that
that can be alternated or reversed within specified limits protects the interface between the dynamic skirt panel
without producing fracture of the component material . and the escalator balustrade.
enforcing authority: see authority having jurisdiction and escalator skirt, dynamic: see skirt panel, dynamic.
regulatory authority. escalator wellway: an opening in a floor provided for
engineering test: a test carried out by or witnessed by escalator installation between two levels of a building.
a registered or licensed professional engineer, testing escalators, tandem operation: escalators used in series
laboratory, or certifying organization to ensure confor­ with common intermediate landings.
mance to Code requirements.
factor of safety: the ratio of the ultimate strength to
entrance assembly, elevator, dumbwaiter, or material the working stress of a member under maximum static
lift: the protective assembly that closes the hoistway loading, unless otherwise specified in a particular
openings normally used for loading and unloading, requirement.
including the door panel(s), gate(s), transom panel, fixed
fail safe: a characteristic of a system or its elements
side panel, gibs /guides, sill /sill structure, header, frame,
whereby any failure or malfunction affecting safety will
and entrance hardware assembly, if provided.
cause the system to revert to a state that is known to
entrance assembly, horizontally sliding type: an entrance be safe.
assembly in which the door(s) slides horizontally.
entrance assembly, swinging type: an entrance assembly fire barrier: a fire-resistance-rated vertical or horizontal
in which the door(s) swings around vertical hinges. assembly of material designed to restrict the spread of
entrance assembly, vertically sliding type: an entrance fire in which the openings are protected.
assembly in which the door(s) slides vertically. fire-protection rating: a designation indicating the dura­
entrance frame, applied: see applied frame entrance. tion of the fire test exposure to which a fire door assem­
entrance hardware assembly: the track(s), hangers, bly (entrance) was exposed and for which it met all the
drive arms, pendant bolts, chains, belts, cables, sheaves, acceptance criteria as determined in accordance with a
pulleys, hinges, vertically sliding guide shoes, and recognized fire test standard. Ratings are stated in hours
related hardware that are necessary to suspend and or minutes.
maintain the position of the doors within the entrance fire-resistance rating: a designation indicating the dura­
assembly. tion of the fire test exposure to which components of
building construction (walls, floors, roofs, beams, and
escalator: power-driven, inclined, continuous stairway
columns) are exposed and for which it met all the accept­
used for raising or lowering passengers .
ance criteria as determined in accordance with a recog­
escalator, conventional: an escalator on which the run­
nized fire test standard .Ratings are stated in hours or
ning gear is driven by a single drive shaft at a terminal.
minutes.
escalator, modular: an escalator on which the running
gear along the incline is driven by one or more drive fire-resistive construction: a method of construction
units. that prevents or retards the passage of hot gases or
flames, specified by the building code.
escalator deck: the transverse members of the balus­
trade, having an interior or exterior section, or both. A fixed side panel: a panel used to close a hoistway enclo­
high deck is located immediately below the handrail sure opening on the side of a hoistway entrance.
stand .A low deck is located immediately above the skirt flat steps: the distance, expressed in step lengths, that
panel. the leading edge of the escalator step travels after emerg­
escalator molding: the connecting means between the ing from the comb before moving vertically.
various portions of the balustrade. gate: the movable portion(s) of an entrance that closes
escalator newel: the balustrade termination at the the opening. A gate has through openings.
landing. horizontally sliding collapsible gate: a series of horizon­
tally sliding vertical members, joined by a scissors-like
escalator newel base: the panel located immediately linkage that allows the assembly to collapse.
under the newel. horizontally sliding noncollapsible gate: a noncollapsible
escalator panel, exterior: the panel enclosing the exterior assembly consisting of one or more sections that slide
side of the balustrade. horizontally.

9
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

vertically sliding gate: a counterweighted or counterbal­ and prevents it from being opened from the landing
anced assembly, consisting of one or more sections that side except under certain specified conditions.
move vertically to open or close. hoistway door combination mechanical lock and electric
gate, semiautomatic: a gate that is opened manually contact: a combination mechanical and electrical device
and that is closed automatically as the car leaves the with two related, but entirely independent functions,
landing. that are
(a) to prevent operation of the driving machine by
governor: see speed governor.
the normal operating device unless the hoistway door
governor pull-through tension (force): the magnitude is in the closed position
of the tensile load developed in the moving governor (b) to lock the hoistway door in the closed position
rope after the governor rope retarding means is actuated. and prevent it from being opened from the landing side
governor rope retarding means: a mechanical means of unless the car is within the landing zone
developing a sufficient force in the governor rope to
NOTE: As there is no positive mechanical connection between
activate the car or counterweight safeties or to trip the the electric contact and the door locking mechanism, this device
governor rope releasing carrier, where used. Such ensures only that the door will be closed, but not necessarily locked,
mechanical means include, but are not limited to, rope­ when the car leaves the landing. Should the lock mechanism fail
gripping jaw s, clutch mechanisms, and traction to operate as intended when released by a stationary or retiring
arrangements. car cam device, the door can be opened from the landing side even
though the car is not at the landing. If operated by a stationary
guiding means, ladder: the guide system where the car cam device, it does not prevent opening the door from the
tower ladder is used to guide the car within the travel landing side as the car passes the floor.
path.
hoistway door interlock: a device having two related
hall lantern: an audible and visual signaling device
and interdependent functions, that are
located at a hoistway entrance to indicate which car is
answering the call and the car 's intended direction of (a) to prevent the operation of the driving machine
travel . by the normal operating device unless the hoistway door
is locked in the closed position
handrail stand: the uppermost portion of the balustrade (b) to prevent the opening of the hoistway door from
that supports and guides the handrail. the landing side unless the car is within the landing
hard copy: a written record or log of all items specified zone and is either stopped or being stopped
in the maintenance records. hoistway door interlock retiring cam device: a device
hoistway (shaft), elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift: that consists of a retractable cam and its actuating mech­
an opening through a building or structure for the travel anism and that is entirely independent of the car door
of elevators, dumbwaiters, or material lifts, extending or hoistway door power operator.
from the pit floor to the roof or floor above. hoistway gate separate mechanical lock: a mechanical
hoistway, blind: the portion of a hoistway where device the function of which is to lock a hoistway gate
hoistway entrances are not provided . in the closed position after the car leaves a landing and
hoistway, multiple: a hoistway with more than one ele­ prevent the gate from being opened from the landing
vator, dumbwaiter, or material lift. side unless the car is within the landing zone.
hoistway, single: a hoistway with a single elevator, hoistway enclosure: the fixed structure, consisting of
dumbwaiter, or material lift. vertical walls or partitions, that isolates the hoistway
hoistway, mine: the area within a mine shaft, and its from all other areas or from an adjacent hoistway and
aboveground structure required for the elevator equip­ in which entrances are installed.
ment, associated supports, and operations, including a hoistway gate: usually a counterweighted (counterbal­
minimum of 450 mm ( 18 in.) around same. anced) assembly, consisting of one or more sections that
hoistway access switch: a switch, located at a landing, are guided in the vertical direction to open or close. The
the function of which is to permit operation of the car gate may be of wood or metal construction. Wood gates
with the hoistway door at this landing and the car door may consist of either horizontal or vertical slats .Metal
or gate open, in order to permit access to the top of the gates are usually constructed of perforated or expanded
car or to the pit. metal.
hoistway door: see door. hospital service: a special case of operation by a desig­
hoistway door electric contact: see door or gate electric nated attendant used only for medical emergencies.
contact. hydraulic jack: a unit consisting of a cylinder equipped
hoistway door or gate locking device: a device that with a plunger (ram) or piston, that applies the energy
secures a hoistway door or gate in the closed position provided by a liquid under pressure.

10
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

hydraulic machine: a unit consisting of pump, motor, landing, bottom terminal: the lowest landing served by
valves, and associated internal piping, that converts elec­ the elevator or material lift that is equipped with a
trical energy and supplies it as a liquid under pressure. hoistway entrance.
in-car stop switch: a device located in the car and acces­ landing, top terminal: the highest landing served by the
sible for operation by elevator personnel only, that, when elevator or material lift that is equipped with a hoistway
manually operated, causes the electric power to be entrance.
removed from the driving-machine motor and brake landing, escalator or moving walk: the stationary area
of an electric elevator or from the electrically operated at the entrance to or exit from an escalator, a moving
valves and pump motor of a hydraulic elevator. walk, or moving walk system.
inclined elevator: see elevator, inclined. landing, lower, escalator: that landing of least elevation
installation: a complete elevator, dumbwaiter, escalator, of the two landings.
material lift, or moving walk, including its hoistway, landing, lower, moving walk: that landing of least eleva­
hoistway enclosures and related construction, and all tion of the two landings. On moving walks where the
machinery and equipment necessary for its operation. two landings are of equal elevation, the lower landing
installation, existing: an installation that has been com­ is that landing designated by the manufacturer.
pleted or is under construction prior to the effective date landing, upper, escalator: that landing of greatest eleva­
of this Code. tion of the two landings.
installation, new: any installation not classified as an landing, upper, moving walk: that landing of greatest
existing installation by definition, or an existing elevator, elevation of the two landings. On moving walks where
dumbwaiter, escalator, material lift, inclined lift, or mov­ the two landings are of equal elevation, the upper land­
ing walk moved to a new location subsequent to the ing is that landing designated by the manufacturer.
effective date of this Code. landing, next available: the first landing in the direction
intended car movement: controlled movement of an of travel that the elevator is electrically and mechanically
elevator car, including starting, leveling, running, and capable of serving with a normal slowdown and stop.
stopping, due to
landing zone: a zone extending from a point 45 0 mm
(a) operation control
(18 in.) below a landing to a point 450 mm (18 in.) above
(b) motion control
the landing.
(c) continuous pressure on an operating device dur­
ing inspection operation, inspection operation with left, right convention: left and right designations of
open door circuits, or hoistway access operation escalator and moving walk components are determined
NOTE: "Stopping" includes movement of an elevator car towards
by facing the equipment at the lower landing.
rest once stopping is initiated, and any movement of an elevator leveling: controlled car movement toward the landing,
car due to suspension system elasticity that occurs after the brake
within the leveling zone, by means of a leveling device,
is set, since this movement was the result of the intended operation.
that vertically aligns the car platform sill relative to the
interlock: see car door interlock and hoistway door interlock. hoistway landing sill to attain a predetermined accuracy.
labeled/marked: equipment or material to which has leveling device, elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift
been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark car: the portion of a motion control system comprised
of an approved or accredited independent certifying of a device or group of devices that, either automatically
organization, concerned with product evaluation, that or under control of the operator, initiates leveling, and
maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled/ automatically stops the car at the landing.
marked equipment or material, and by whose labeling/ leveling device, anticreep: a leveling device used on
marking the manufacturer indicates compliance with hydraulic elevators to correct automatically a change in
appropriate standards or performance in a specified car level caused by leakage or contraction of fluid in the
manner. hydraulic system.
NOTE: For the purpose of this definition, accredited means that an leveling device, inching: a leveling device that is con­
organization has been evaluated and approved by an Authorized trolled by the operator by means of continuous-pressure
Agency to operate a Certification/Listing program, and is desig
switches.
nated as such in a publication of the Authorized Agency.
leveling device, one-way automatic: a device that corrects
landing, dumbwaiter: that portion of a floor, balcony, the car level only in case of under-run of the car, but will
platform, or landing door used to discharge and receive not maintain the level during loading and unloading.
materials. leveling device, two-way automatic maintaining: a device
landing, elevator or material lift: that portion of a floor, that corrects the car level on both under-run and over­
balcony, or platform used to receive and discharge pas­ run, and maintains the level during loading and
sengers or freight. unloading.

11
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

leveling device, two-way automatic nonmaintaining: a sheave and the brake drum mounted directly on the
device that corrects the car level on both under-run and motor shaft.
over-run, but will not maintain the level during loading worm-geared machine: a direct driving machine in
and unloading. which the energy from the motor is transmitted to the
leveling zone: the limited distance above or below an driving sheave or drum through worm gearing.
elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift landing within driving machine, indirect: an electric driving machine,
which the leveling device is permitted to cause move­ the motor of which is connected indirectly to the driving
ment of the car toward the landing. sheave, drum, gear reducer, or shaft by means of a belt
drive or chain drive.
listed/certified: equipment or materials accepted for belt driving machine: an indirect driving machine
inclusion in a publication by a certifying organization. equipped with a belt system as the connecting means.
NOTE: The means for identifying listed/certified equipment may chain driving machine: an indirect driving machine
vary for each organization concerned with product evaluation, with a chain system as the connecting means.
some of which do not recognize equipment as listed / certified driving machine, rack-and-pinion: an electric driving
unless it is also labeled/marked. The authority having jurisdiction
machine in which the motion of the car is obtained by
utilizes the system employed by the listing/ certifying organization
to identify a listed/ certified product.
a power-driven rotation pinion(s) mounted on the car,
traveling on a stationary rack mounted in the hoistway.
load, dynamic: the load applied as a result of accelera­ driving machine, screw: an electric driving machine,
tion or deceleration. the motor of which drives a nut on a vertical screw or
load, impact: a suddenly applied load. rotates a vertical screw to raise or lower an elevator car.
driving machine, hydraulic: a driving machine in which
load, static: the load applied as a result of the weight. the energy is provided by a hydraulic machine and
lower landing, escalator: see landing, lower, escalator. applied by a hydraulic j ack.
lower landing, moving walk: see landing, lower, mov­ chain-hydraulic drive machine: a hydraulic driving
ing walk. machine in which the drive member of the hydraulic jack
is connected to the car by chains or indirectly coupled to
machine, driving: the power unit that applies the energy the car by means of chains and sprockets.
necessary to drive an elevator or other equipment cov­ direct hydraulic driving machine: a hydraulic driving
ered by the scope of this Code. machine in which the driving member of the hydraulic
driving machine, chain, dumbwaiter or material lift: a driv­ j ack is directly attached to the car frame or platform.
ing machine in which the motion of a car is obtained roped-hydraulic driving machine: a hydraulic driving
through a connection between a driven sprocket and machine in which the driving member of the hydraulic
the suspension chains. j ack is connected to the car by wire ropes or indirectly
driving machine, electric: a driving machine in which coupled to the car by means of wire ropes and sheaves.
the energy is applied by an electric motor. It includes the It includes multiplying sheaves, if any, and their guides.
motor, driving-machine brake, and the driving sheave or
drum, together with its connecting gearing, belt, or machine room and control room, remote, elevator,
chain, if any. See Nonmandatory Appendix F. dumbwaiter, material lift: a machine room or control
driving machine, direct: an electric driving machine, room that is not attached to the outside perimeter or
surface of the walls, ceiling, or floor of the hoistway.
the motor of which is directly connected mechanically
(See Nonmandatory Appendix Q.)
to the driving sheave, drum, or shaft without the use
of belts or chains, either with or without intermediate machine room, elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift: an
gears. enclosed machinery space outside the hoistway,
geared driving machine: a direct driving machine intended for full bodily entry, that contains the electric
in which the energy is transmitted from the motor to driving machine or the hydraulic machine. The room
the driving sheave, drum, or shaft through gearing. could also contain electrical and/or mechanical equip­
winding-drum machine: a geared driving ment used directly in connection with the elevator,
machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to dumbwaiter, or material lift. (See N onmandatory
and wind on a drum. Appendix Q.)
traction machine: a direct driving machine in machinery space, elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift:
which the motion of a car is obtained through friction a space inside or outside the hoistway, intended to be
between the suspension means and a traction sheave. accessed with or without full bodily entry, that contains
geared traction machine: a geared-drive traction elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift mechanical equip­
machine. ment, and could also contain electrical equipment used
gearless traction machine: a traction machine, directly in connection with the elevator, dumbwaiter, or
without intermediate gearing, that has the traction material lift. This space could also contain the electric

12
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

driving machine or the hydraulic machine. ( See means, suspension: tensile components that support,
Nonmandatory Appendix Q.) raise, and lower a car, counterweight, or both.
machinery space and control space, remote, elevator, mechanical lock: see hoistway door combination mechanical
dumbwaiter, material lift: a machinery space or control lock and electric contact and hoistway gate separate mechani­
space that is not within the hoistway, machine room, or cal lock.
control room, and that is not attached to the outside
member, compensation: a single component of a trac­
perimeter or surface of the walls, ceiling, or floor of the
tion elevator the weight of which provides tensile forces
hoistway. (See Nonmandatory Appendix Q.)
on the car and counterweight that reduce unbalanced
main floor: the floor providing normal egress from a forces due to the weight of the suspension means.
building.
member, suspension: an individual load-carrying com­
maintained pressure: the hydraulic pressure between
ponent of the suspension means (e.g., a single rope or
the pressure source and the control valves of a main­
belt).
tained pressure hydraulic elevator.
mode of operation: a way in which a safety-related
maintenance: a process of routine examination, lubrica­
tion, cleaning, and adjustment of parts, components, system is intended to be used, with respect to the rate
and /or subsystems for the purpose of ensuring perform­ of demands made upon it, that may by either
ance in accordance with the applicable Code require­ (a) low demand mode: where the frequency of demands
ments. (See also repair and replacement.) for operation made on an electrical safety function is
not greater than one per year and not greater than twice
maintenance control program (MCP): a documented the proof-test frequency
set of maintenance tasks, maintenance procedures,
(b) high demand or continuous mode: where the fre­
examinations, and tests to ensure that equipment is
quency of demands for operation made on a safety­
maintained in compliance with the requirements of 8.6.
related system is greater than one per year or greater
maintenance interval: the specified period between the than twice the proof-test frequency
occurrences of a specific maintenance task.
NOTE: High demand or continuous mode covers those safety
maintenance procedure: an instruction or sequence of related systems that implement continuous control to maintain
instructions for performing a specific task(s) . functional safety.
maintenance task: a maintenance activity (work) that
needs to be accomplished. (c) proof-test: a periodic test performed to detect fail­
ures in a safety-related system so that, if necessary, the
manually (manual) reset, elevator: system can be restored to an "as new" condition or as
(a) a type or feature of an elevator part or component close as practical to this condition
that, when actuated, requires intervention of a person
in order to reinstate it to its non-actuated state. NOTE: See IEC 61508-4, Clause 3.8.5 for additional information
(b) a type of action required to be taken by a person to on this definition.
reinstate an elevator part or component from an actuated modernization: see alteration.
state to its non-actuated state.
module: the increment of rise in a modular escalator
manual reset, escalator and moving walk: a means, not
that one drive unit is capable of powering.
accessible to the general public or authorized personnel,
requiring on-site intervention by elevator personnel molding, escalator: see escalator molding.
prior to restarting the escalator or moving walk. moving walk: a type of passenger-carrying device on
material lift: an elevator designed or modified for the which passengers stand or walk, and in which the pas­
purpose of transporting materials that are manually or senger-carrying surface remains parallel to its direction
automatically loaded or unloaded and are not a vertical of motion and is uninterrupted.
reciprocating conveyor (see Section 1 .3) .Material lifts moving walk, belt pallet type: a moving walk with a
without an automatic transfer device are Type A or series of connected and power-driven pallets to which
Type B. On Type A material lifts no persons are permit­ a continuous belt treadway is fastened.
ted to ride.On Type B material lifts authorized personnel moving walk, belt type: a moving walk with a power­
are permitted to ride. driven continuous belt treadway.
may: indicates permission, not a mandatory moving walk, edge-supported belt type: a moving walk
requirement. with the treadway supported near its edges by a succes­
means, compensation: the method by which unbal­ sion of rollers .
anced forces due to suspension means are reduced, uti­ moving walk, pallet type: a moving walk with a series
lizing one or more compensation members and their of connected and power-driven pallets that together con­
terminations. stitute the treadway.

13
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

moving walk, roller-bed type: a moving walk with the and is provided only to allow the equipment to pass
treadway supported throughout its width by a succes­ through the floor.
sion of rollers. periodic tests, category: a grouping of tests performed at
moving walk, slider-bed type: a moving walk with the common time intervals required by the authority having
treadway sliding upon a supporting surface. jurisdiction.
moving walk newel: the balustrade termination at the Phase I Emergency Recall Operation: the operation of
landing. an elevator where it is automatically or manually
moving walk newel base: the panel located immedi­ recalled to the recall level and removed from normal
ately under the newel. service because of activation of Firefighters' Emergency
Operation.
moving walk wellway: an opening in a floor provided
for moving walk installation. Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation: the operation of
an elevator by firefighters where the elevator is under
newel, escalator: see escalator newel.
their control.
newel, moving walk: see moving walk newel.
piston: a short cylindrical member that is provided with
newel base, escalator: see escalator newel base. a sealing means that travels with the member within a
newel base, moving walk: see moving walk newel base. hydraulic cylinder .Pistons may be coupled to the eleva­
tor, dumbwaiter, or material lift by a coupling means
nonstop switch, elevator: a switch that, when operated,
that passes through a sealing means provided in the
will prevent the elevator from making registered landing
cylinder head.
stops.
piston, rod: the coupling means between the piston and
normal stopping means: that portion of the operation
its driven member.
control that initiates stopping of the car in normal opera­
tion at landings. pit, dumbwaiter, material lift: the portion of a hoistway
extending from the floor level of the bottom terminal
Occupant Evacuation Operation: the operation of an
landing to the floor at the bottom of the hoistway.
elevator system for occupant evacuation under emer­
gency conditions. pit, elevator: the portion of a hoistway extending from
the sill level of the bottom terminal landing to the floor
operating device: the car switch, push buttons, key or
at the bottom of the hoistway.
toggle switches, or other devices used to actuate the
operation control. plunger (ram): a long cylindrical compression member
that is directly or indirectly coupled to the car frame.
operating speed in the down direction: the speed at
T his member is not provided with a sealing means.
which a hydraulic elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift
Where used in assembly with a cylinder, the sealing
is set to lower with rated load.
means is provided on the cylinder head. In the case of
operation, inspection: a special case of continuous­ telescopic plungers and cylinders, a sealing means may
pressure operation used for troubleshooting, mainte­ be used in the moving plunger, that is also a cylinder.
nance, repair, adjustments, rescue, and inspection.
plunger gripper: a mechanical device attached to a sup­
overhead structure: all of the structural members, walls, porting structure in the pit, that stops and holds the car
platforms, etc., supporting the elevator machiner y, by gripping the plunger.
sheaves, and equipment at the top of the hoistway. position indicator: a device that indicates the position
pallet, moving walk: one of a series of rigid platforms of the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift car in the
that together form an articulated treadway or the sup­ hoistway. It is called a hall position indicator when
port for a continuous treadway. placed at a landing or a car position indicator when
pallet band: the complete assembly formed by all of the placed in the car.
pallets and their interconnecting means. power unit, hydraulic: see hydraulic machine.
panel, exterior escalator: see escalator panel, exterior. pressure piping: the piping for a hydraulic elevator
panel, interior escalator: see escalator panel, interior. between the pump and the hydraulic jack.
parking device, elevator: an electrical or mechanical private residence: a separate dwelling or a separate
device, the function of which is to permit the opening apartment in a multiple dwelling that is occupied only
of the hoistway door from the landing side when the by the members of a single family unit.
car is within the landing zone of that landing. The device private residence elevator: see elevator.
may also be used to close the door. rated load, elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift, or
penetrate a floor: to pass through or pierce a floor in escalator: the load that the equipment is designed and
such a way that the opening has a continuous perimeter installed to lift at the rated speed.

14
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

rated load, moving walk: the load that the moving walk repair: reconditioning or renewal of parts, components,
is designed and installed to move, horizontally or at an and / or subsystems necessary to keep equipment in
incline, at the rated speed. compliance with applicable Code requirements. (See
rated load performance: the operation of the elevator also replacement and maintenance.)
with its rated load at rated speed. replacement: the substitution of a device or component
rated speed: the speed at which the elevator, dumb­ and /or subsystems, in its entirety, with a unit that is
waiter, escalator, moving walk, or material lift is basically the same as the original for the purpose of
designed to operate under the following conditions : ensuring performance in accordance with applicable
elevator, dumbwaiter, o r material lift: the speed in the up Code requirements. (See also repair and maintenance.)
direction with rated load in the car. (See also operating residual strength: the actual breaking strength of a sus­
speed in the down direction.) pension member at any time during its operational
escalator: the rate of travel of the steps, measured along life cycle.
the centerline of the steps in the direction of travel, NOTE: The residual strength will be reduced as the suspension
with rated load on the steps. In the case of a reversible member is used and is subjected to wear.
escalator, the rated speed shall be the rate of travel of
the steps in the up direction, measured along the center­ restricted area: (applicable to Part 7) an area accessible
line of the steps on the incline, with rated load on the only to authorized personnel who have been instructed
steps. in the use and operation of the equipment.
moving walk: the rate of travel of the treadway, horizon­ rise: the vertical distance between the bottom terminal
tally or at an incline, with rated load on the treadway. landing and the top terminal landing of an elevator,
In the case of reversible inclined moving walks, the rated dumbwaiter, or material lift.
speed is the rate of travel of the treadway in the up rise, escalator and moving walk: the vertical distance
direction, measured along the centerline of the treadway between the top and bottom landings of the escalator
surface in the direction of travel, with rated load on the or moving walk.
treadway.
rope, aircraft cable: a wire rope built for a special pur­
readily accessible: capable of being reached quickly for pose having special flexibility properties, zinc-coating,
operation, renewal, or inspection, without requiring high breaking strength, and antirust qualities. Designed
those to whom ready access is a requisite to climb over originally for use with aircraft controls.
or remove obstacles or resort to portable ladders,
chairs, etc. rope, car counterweight: wire rope used to connect the
car and counterweight that does not pass over the driv­
recall level: the designated or alternate level that cars are ing means.
returned to when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is
activated. rope, counterweight: wire rope used to raise and lower
the counterweight on an electric elevator, dumbwaiter,
records, electronic: a viewable computer-generated or material lift having a winding-drum machine.
record or log of all items specified in the maintenance
rope, governor: wire rope with at least one end fastened
records.
to the safety activating means or governor rope releasing
recycling operation, telescope plunger: an operation for carrier, passing over and driving the governor sheave,
restoring the relative vertical positions of the multiple and providing continuous information on the speed and
plungers in a telescoping plunger arrangement. direction of the car or counterweight.
regulatory authority: the person or organization respon­ rope, safety drum (also known as "Tail rope" and
sible for the administration and enforcement of the "Minne Line"): a corrosion-resistant wire rope used to
applicable legislation or regulation governing the connect the governor rope to the safety. Primarily used
design, construction, installation, operation, inspection, with wedge clamp safeties.
testing, maintenance, or alteration of equipment covered
rope, suspension (hoisting): wire rope used to raise and
by this Code. (See also authority having jurisdiction.)
lower an elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift car or its
rehabilitation: see alteration; maintenance; repair; and counterweight, or both.
replacement. rope equalizer, suspension: a device installed on an
releasing carrier, governor rope: a mechanical device elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift car or counter­
to which the governor rope may be fastened, calibrated weight to equalize automatically the tensions in the sus­
to control the activation of a safety at a predetermined pension wire ropes.
tripping force. rope-fastening device, auxiliary: a device attached to
remote machine and control rooms: rooms that do not the car or counterweight or to the overhead dead-end
share a common wall, floor, or ceiling with the hoistway. rope-hitch support that will function automatically to

15
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

support the car or counterweight in case the regular sequence operation: see door, vertically sliding sequence
wire rope fastening fails at the point of connection to the operation.
car or counterweight or at the overhead dead-end hitch. shaft: see hoistway.
rope sprocket drive: a driving means consisting of wire
shall: indicates a mandatory requirement.
rope with fixed links at constant intervals throughout
its length. The links engage in slots on a grooved drive should: indicates a recommendation, not a mandatory
cog to provide a positive drive force . requirement.
runby, bottom, elevator car: the distance between the sight guard: a vertical member mounted on the hoistway
car buffer striker plate and the striking surface of the side of the leading edge of the hoistway door .It is used
car buffer when the car floor is level with the bottom to reduce the opening between the leading edges of the
terminal landing. hoistway door and the car door.
runby, bottom, elevator counterweight: the distance signal device, elevator car flash: one providing a signal
between the counterweight buffer striker plate and the ligh t in the car, tha t is illumina ted when the car
striking surface of the counterweight buffer when the approaches the landings at which a landing signal regis­
car floor is level with the top terminal landing. tering device has been actuated.
runby, top, direct-plunger hydraulic elevator: the dis­ signal registering device, elevator landing: a button or
tance the elevator car can run above its top terminal other device located at the elevator landing, that, when
landing before the plunger strikes its mechanical stop. actuated by a waiting passenger, causes a stop signal to
running gear, escalator: all the components of an escala­ be registered in the car.
tor moving along the tracks. signal system, elevator separate: one consisting of but­
running gear, moving walk: all the components of a tons or other devices located at the landings, that, when
moving walk moving along the tracks. actuated by a waiting passenger, illuminates a flash sig­
nal or operates an annunciator in the car indicating
safety, car or counterweight: a mechanical device floors at which stops are to be made.
attached to the car, car frame, or to an auxiliary frame;
or to the counterweight or counterweight frame; to stop signal transfer device, elevator automatic: a device by
and hold the car or counterweight under one or more means of which a signal to be registered in a car is
of the following conditions: predetermined overspeed, automatically transferred to the next car following, in
free fall, or if the suspension ropes slacken . case the first car passes a floor for which a signal has
safety, self-resetting: a car or counterweigh t safety been registered without making a stop.
released and reset by movement in the up direction. signal transfer switch, elevator: a manually operated
safety bulkhead: a closure at the bottom of the cylinder switch, located in the car, by means of which the operator
located above the cylinder head and provided with an can transfer a signal to the next car approaching in the
orifice for controlling the loss of fluid in the event of same direction, when the operator desires to pass a floor
cylinder head failure . at which a signal has been registered in the car.

safety integrity level (SIL): the discrete level (one out SIL rated: elec trical /electronic /programmable elec­
of a possible four) for specifying the safety integrity tronic system ( E / E /P ES) that is listed / cer tified to a
requirements of the safety functions to be allocated to safety integrity level that is in accordance with the appli­
the E/E /PE safety-related system, where safety integrity cable requirements of IEC 6 1508- 2 and IEC 6 1508-3.
level 4 has the highest level of safety integrity and safety skirt, escalator: see escalator skirt.
integrity level 1 has the lowest (see IEC 6 1508) .
skirt panel, dynamic: the moving vertical panels, with
screw column: a vertical structural member provided a positive mechanical connection to the running gear,
with screw threads that support the car of a screw col­ adjacent to, and moving with the steps.
umn elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift. The screw
slack-rope switch: a device that automatically causes the
column may be either in tension or compression.
electric power to be removed from the elevator driving­
seal, adjustment: a device or means to prevent adjust­ machine motor and brake when the suspension ropes
ment of a component that must be broken to change the of a winding-drum machine become slack.
adjustment .Sealing includes a method to document the
sleeving (liner): the insertion of a smaller diameter cyl­
date and name of the person and /or firm applying the
inder inside the existing cylinder of a hydraulic jack.
seal or other means to acquire this information.
seismic detection device: a device activated by ground sling: see car frame.
movement to provide a signal that a potentially damag­ slope, moving walk: the angle that the centerline of the
ing earthquake is imminent. treadway makes with the horizontal.

16
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

software system failure: a behavior of the software, terminal stopping device, emergency: a device that
including its support (host) hardware, that is not in automatically causes the power to be removed from the
accordance with the intended function. driving-machine motor and brake if the car fails to slow
solid-state device: an element that can control current down as intended when approaching the terminal
flow without moving parts. landing.
sound engineering practice: the use of engineering or terminal stopping device, final: a device that automati­
technical methods to design or evaluate a device or cally causes the power to be removed from a driving­
system by taking into account relevant factors that may machine motor and brake, or from a hydraulic machine,
influence its efficacy and operation. This practice also after the car has passed a terminal landing.
involves the use of applicable standards, specifications, terminal stopping device, machine final (stop-motion
codes, and regulatory and industry guidelines, as well switch): final terminal stopping device operated directly
as accepted engineering and design methods and instal­ by the driving machine.
lation and maintenance practices.
terminal stopping device, normal: device(s) to slow
speed governor: a continuously operating speed moni­
down and stop an elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift
toring and detection device that, at predetermined car automatically at or near a terminal landing.
speeds, provides signals to the controller and imparts
a retarding force to activate the car or counterweight threshold comb, moving walk: see comb, escalator and
safety. moving walk.
speed governor, escalator and moving walk: a continu­ threshold plate, moving walk: see combplate, escalator
ously operating speed monitoring and detection device and moving walk.
that, at predetermined speeds, provides signals to the
transom: a panel or panels used to close a hoistway
controller to stop the escalator or moving walk.
enclosure opening above a hoistway entrance.
starters control panel, elevator: an assembly of devices
by means of which the starter may control the manner traveling cable: a cable made up of electric conductors,
in which an elevator or group of elevators function. that provides electrical connection between an elevator,
dumbwaiter, material lift car, or counterweight, and a
static switching: switching of circuits by means of solid­ fixed outlet in the hoistway or machine room.
state devices.
treadway, moving walk: the passenger-carrying mem­
step band: the complete assembly formed by all of the
ber of a moving walk.
steps and their interconnecting means.
suspension member, noncircular elastomeric-coated truck zone, elevator: the limited distance above an ele­
steel (hoisting): a noncircular suspension member, such vator landing within which the truck zoning device per­
as an elastomeric-coated steel belt constructed of encap­ mits movement of the elevator car.
sulated steel cords, used to raise and lower an elevator, truck zoning device, elevator: a device that will permit
dumbwaiter, or material lift car or its counterweight the operator in the car to move a freight elevator within
or both. the truck zone with the car door or gate and a hoistway
sway control guide: a device attached to the car or door open.
the counterweight used to limit the sway of suspension type test: a test carried out by or witnessed by a certi­
means, compensating means, traveling cables, etc., to fying organization concerned with product evaluation
prevent tangling or snagging on other hoistway and the issuing of certificates to ensure conformance to
components . Code requirements.
sway control guide suspension means: tensile compo­ unintended car movement: any movement of an eleva­
nents that support, raise, and lower sway control guides tor car that is not intended car movement resulting from
for electric traction elevators . a component or system failure.
tandem operation escalators: see escalators, tandem
unlocking device, hoistway door: a mechanical device,
operation.
the function of which is to unlock and permit the open­
terminal landing: see landing, elevator or material lift. ing of a hoistway door from a landing irrespective of
terminal speed-limiting device, emergency: a device the position of the car.
that automatically reduces the car and counterweight unlocking zone: a zone extending from the landing floor
speed to within the rated buffer striking speed prior to level to a specified point above and below the landing.
buffer engagement.
upper landing, escalator: see landing, upper, escalator.
terminal speed-reducing device, hydraulic: a device on
hydraulic elevators that will reduce the speed prior to upper landing, moving walk: see landing, upper, mov­
contacting the stop ring in the up direction. ing walk.

17
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

valley break: a broken wire in a wire rope in which the stop-or-signal calls have been registered and are
outside wire of a strand breaks in the immediate vicinity unanswered.
of the point where it contacts a wire or wires of an weatherproof: so constructed or protected that exposure
adjacent strand, generally at a point not visible when to the weather will not interfere with successful
the wire rope is examined externally. One end of the operation.
broken wire is long enough to reach from one valley to
width, moving walk: the exposed width of the treadway.
the next one and the other end of the broken wire gener­
ally cannot be seen. window: an assembly consisting of a surrounding frame
and one or more sashes, ventilators, or fixed lights, or
valve, overspeed: a device installed in the pressure pip­ a combination of these, designed to be installed in a
ing of a hydraulic elevator, between the hydraulic wall opening for the purpose of admitting light or air,
machine and the hydraulic jack, that restricts and ceases or both.
oil flow from the hydraulic jack through the pressure
piping when such flow exceeds a preset value. working pressure: the pressure measured at the hydrau­
lic machine when lifting car and its rated load at rated
volatile memory: memory lost when operating power speed, or with Class C 2 loading when leveling up with
is removed. maximum static load.
waiting-passenger indicator: an indicator that shows at yield strength: the tensile stress that is sufficient to pro­
which landings and for which direction elevator hall duce a permanent deformation of 0.2%.

18
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Part 2
Electric Elevators

SCOPE 2.1 .1 .2.2 The hoistway shall be fully enclosed

conforming to 2.l.l .2.2(a), (b), (c), and (d); or 2.l.l .2.2(a),
Part 2 applies to electric elevators installed at an angle (b), and (e).
greater than 70 deg from the horizontal. It applies to
(a) Enclosures and doors shall be unperforated to a
other equipment only as referenced in the applicable
height of 2 000 mm (79 in.) above each floor or landing
Part.
and above the treads of adjacent stairways. The enclo­
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to sure shall be unperforated, adjacent to, and for 150 mm
electric elevators. (6 in.) on either side of any moving equipment that is
within 100 mm (4 in.) of the enclosure.
(b) Partitions between hoistways and
SECTION 2.1
(1) machinery spaces outside the hoistway
CONSTRUCTION OF HOISTWAYS AN D HOISTWAY
ENCLOSURES (2) machine rooms
(3) control spaces outside the hoistway
2.1.1 Hoistway Enclosures (4) control rooms
Hoistway enclosures shall conform to 2.1.1.1, 2.1.1 .2,
or 2.1.1.3. shall be of solid or openwork construction that meets
the requirements of 2.1.l .2.2(d)(l), (2), and (3). Partitions
2.1 .1.1 Fire-Resistive Construction of solid construction shall be permitted to have openings
2.1 . 1 . 1 . 1 Where fire-resistive construction is essential for ropes, drums, sheaves, and other elevator
required, hoistways shall be enclosed in conformance equipment. Openwork construction shall reject a ball
with the requirements of the building code (see 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter, except where there are open­
Section 1 .3). ings for ropes, drums, sheaves, and other elevator
equipment.
2.1 .1.1.2 Partitions between hoistways and (c) Openwork enclosures, where used above the
(a) machinery spaces outside the hoistway 2 000 mm (79 in.) level, shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.)
(b) machine rooms in diameter.
(c) control spaces outside the hoistway (d) Openwork enclosures shall be
(d) control rooms (1) at least 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) thick wire, if of steel
wire grille
that have a fire-resistance rating shall be of noncombusti­ (2) at least 2 . 2 mm (0.087 in.) thick, if of
ble solid or openwork construction that meets the expanded metal
requirements of 2.1.1.2.2(d)(l), (2), and (3). Partitions of (3) so supported and braced as to deflect not over
solid construction shall be permitted to have openings 15 mm (0.6 in.) when subjected to a force of 450 N
essential for ropes, drums, sheaves, and other elevator (100 lbf) applied horizontally at any point
equipment. (e) Enclosures shall be permitted to be glass, provided
Openwork construction shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) it is laminated glass conforming to ANSI Z97.1, 16 CFR
in diameter, except where there are openings essential Part 1201, or CAN/CGSB-12.1, whichever is applicable
for ropes, drums, sheaves, and other elevator equipment. (see Part 9). Markings as specified in the applicable stan­
2.1 .1.1.3 Hoistway enclosure openings shall be dard shall be on each separate piece of glass and shall
protected with entrances or access doors having a fire­ remain visible after installation.
protection rating conforming to the requirements of the
2.1 .1 .2.3 Entrances shall be in conformance with
building code.
Section 2.11, except 2.11.14, 2.11.15, 2.11.16, and 2.11.18.
2.1 .1.2 Non-Fire-Resistive Construction
2.1 .1.3 Partially Enclosed Hoistways. For elevators
2.1 .1.2.1 Where fire-resistive construction is not that are not fully enclosed, protection at least 2 400 mm
required by the building code, hoistway construction (94.5 in.) high shall be provided on the hoistway sides
shall conform to 2.1.1.2.2 or 2.1.1.3. that are located 1 500 mm (59 in.) or less from elevator

19
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

equipment to areas accessible to other than elevator per­ (b) below overhead sheaves and other equipment that
sonnel. Such protection shall comply with 2.1.1.2. are located over the hoistway and means of access con­
forming to 2.7.6.3.3 are not provided
2.1 .1.4 Multiple Hoistways. The number of eleva­ (c) below governors that are located over the hoistway
tors permissible in a hoistway shall be in conformance and means of access conforming to 2.7.6.3.4 are not
with the building code. prov ided
2.1 .1.5 Strength of Enclosure. The hoistway enclo­ 2.1 .3.1 .2 Floors are not required below second­
sure adjacent to a landing opening shall be of sufficient ary and deflecting sheaves of traction-type machines
strength to maintain, in true lateral alignment, the located over the hoistway.
hoistway entrances. Operating mechanisms and locking
devices shall be supported by the building wall, if load­ 2.1 .3.2 Strength of Floor. Overhead floors shall be
capable of sustaining a concentrated load of 1 000 N
( 2 25 lbf) on any 2 000 mm 2 (3 in.2) area, and in addition,
bearing, or by other building structure. Adequate con­
sideration shall be given to pressure exerted on hoistway
enclosures as a result of windage and elevator operation. where it constitutes the floor of the main or secondary
level machinery space, it shall be designed for a live
2.1 .2 Construction at Top and Bottom of the load of not less than 6 kPa ( 1 25 lbf /ft2) in all open areas .
Hoistway Where the elevator driving machine is to be supported
solely by the machine room floor slab, the floor slab
2.1.2.1 Construction at Top of the Hoistway. The shall be designed in accordance with 2.9.4 and 2.9.5.
top of the hoistway shall be enclosed as required by the
building code. 2.1.3.3 Construction of Floors. Floors shall be of
concrete or metal construction with or without perfora­
2.1 .2.2 Construction at Bottom of Hoistway. Pits tions. Metal floors shall conform to the following :
extending to the ground shall have noncombustible (a) If of bar-type grating, the openings between bars
floors, and shall be designed to prevent entry of ground­ shall reject a ball 20 mm (0.8 in.) in diameter.
water into the pit. The pit floor of any hoistway not (b) If of perforated sheet metal or of fabricated open­
extending to the ground shall be of construction h aving work construction, the openings shall reject a ball 25 mm
a fire-resistance rating at least equal to that required for ( 1 in.) in diameter.
the hoistway enclosure .(See also Sections 2 .2 and 2 .6 .)
2.1 .3.4 Area to Be Covered by Floor. Where a floor
2.1 .2.3 Strength of Pit Floor. The pit equipment, over a hoistway is required by 2 .1 .3.1, the floor shall
beams, floor, and their supports shall be designed and extend over the entire area of the hoistway where the
constructed to meet the applicable bu ild ing code cross-sectional area is 10 m 2 ( 108 ft2) or less .Where the
requirements and to withstand the following loads, cross-sectional area is greater, the floor shall extend not
without permanent deformation, in the manner in which less than 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) beyond the general contour
they occur : of the machine or sheaves or other equipment, and to
(a) the impact load due to car or counterweight buffer the entrance to the machinery space at or above the level
engagement at 1 25% of the rated speed or 1 25% of the of that floor. Where the floor does not cover the entire
striking speed where reduced stroke buffers are used horizontal area of the hoistway, the open or exposed
(see 8.2.3) sides shall be provided with a standard railing conform­
(b) the part of the load transmitted due to the applica­ ing to 2.10.2.
tion of the car safety, or where applicable, the counter­
2.1 .4 Control of Smoke and Hot Gases
weight safety
(c) compensation up-pull load where compensation When required by the building code, hoistways shall
tie-down is applied (see 2.2 1.4.2) be prov ided with means to prevent the accumulation of
(d) the loads imposed by a driving machine where smoke and hot gases .
applicable (see Section 2.9) Where hoistway pressurization is provided, it shall be
(e) any other elevator-related loads that are transmit­
designed, installed, and maintained so as not to impede
ted to the pit floor elevator operation.
NOTE (2.1.4): Excessive pressurization could prevent doors, com
2.1 .3 Floor Over Hoistways plying with 2.13.4, from closing. Air introduced into the hoistway
could cause erratic operation by impingement of traveling cables,
2.1 .3.1 General Requirements selector tapes, governor ropes, compensating ropes, and other com
ponents sensitive to excessive movement or deflection.
2.1.3.1 .1 A metal or concrete floor shall be pro-
v ided at the top of the hoistway 2.1.5 Windows and Skylights
(a) where a machine room or control room is located In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, windows in
above the hoistway the walls of hoistway enclosures are prohibited.

20
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Windows and skylights and their frames and sashes where structural conditions make such trenches or
in machine rooms and control rooms shall conform to depressions necessary
the requirements of the building code (see Section 1.3). (b) in existing buildings, where new elevators are
installed or existing elevators are altered, existing foun­
2.1 .6 Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks in dation footings extending above the general level of the
Hoistway Enclosures pit floor shall be permitted to remain in place, provided
Hoistway enclosures shall have flush surfaces on the that the maximum encroachment of such footings does
hoistway side, subject to the requirements of 2.1.6.1 and not exceed 15% of the cubic content of the pit, and further
2.1.6.2. provided that it is impracticable to remove the footing
2.1 .6.1 On sides for loading and unloading, land- 2.2.2.3 Permanent provisions shall be made to
ing sills, hoistway doors, door tracks, and hangers shall prevent accumulation of groundwater in the pit (see
be permitted to project inside the hoistway enclosure. 2.1.2.2).
Sills shall be guarded as required by 2.1 1.10.1.
2.2.2.4 Drains and sump pumps, where provided,
2.1 .6.2 On sides n o t used f o r loading and shall comply with the applicable plumbing code, and
unloading they shall be provided with a positive means to prevent
(a) beams, floor slabs, or other building construction water, gases, and odors from entering the hoistway.
making an angle less than 75 deg with the horizontal
2.2.2.5 In elevators provided with Firefighters'
shall not project more than 100 mm ( 4 in.) inside the
Emergency Operation, a drain or sump pump shall be
hoistway enclosure unless the top surface of the projec­
provided.The sump pump /drain shall have the capacity
tion is beveled at an angle not less than 75 deg with the
to remove a minimum of 1 1.4 m 3 /h (3,000 gal /h) per
horizontal
elevator.
(b) separator beams between adjacent elevators are
not required to have bevels 2.2.2.6 Sumps and sump pumps in pits, where
(c) where recesses or setbacks exceeding 100 mm provided, shall be covered. The cover shall be secured
( 4 in.) occur in the enclosure wall, the top of the recess and level with the pit floor.
or setback shall be beveled at an angle of not less than
75 deg with the horizontal 2.2.3 G uards Between Adjacent Pits
(d) bevels are not required if the projections, recesses,
2.2.3.1 Where there is a difference in level between
and setbacks are covered with material conforming to
the floors of adjacent pits, a metal guard, unperforated,
the following :
or perforated with openings that will reject a ball 50 mm
(1) It shall be equal to or stronger than 1 .1 10 mm
( 2 in .) in diameter, shall be installed for separating such
(0.0 437 in.) wire.
pits. Guards shall extend not less than 2 000 mm (79 in.)
(2) It shall have openings not exceeding 25 mm above the level of the higher pit floor and a self-closing
( 1 in.). access door shall be permitted.
(3) It shall be supported and braced such that it
will not deflect more than 25 mm ( 1 in.) when subjected 2.2.3.2 Where the difference in level is 600 mm
to a force of 4.79 kPa ( 100 lbf /ft2) applied horizontally ( 2 4 in.) or less, a standard railing conforming to 2.10.2
at any point. shall be permitted to be installed in lieu of the guard.

2.2.4 Pit Access

SECTION 2.2
PITS Safe and convenient access shall be provided to all
pits, and shall conform to 2 .2 .4 .1 through 2 .2 .4 .6 .
2.2.1 General
2.2.4.1 Access shall be by means of the lowest
A pit shall be provided for every elevator. hoistway door or by means of a separate pit access door.
2.2.2 Design and Construction of Pits 2.2.4.2 There shall be installed in the pit of each
2.2.2.1 The construction of the pit walls, the pit elevator, where the pit extends more than 900 mm (35 in.)
floor, and any pit access doors (see 2.2.4) shall conform below the sill of the pit access door (lowest hoistway
to 2.1.1 and 2.1.2. door or separate pit access door), a fixed vertical ladder
of noncombustible material, located within reach of the
2.2.2.2 The floor of the pit shall be approximately access door. The ladder is permitted to be retractable or
level, except that nonretractable.Nonretractable ladders, where provided,
(a) trenches or depressions shall be permitted for the shall conform to 2.2.4.2.1 through 2.2.4.2.6. Retractable
installation of buffers, compensating sheaves and ladders, where provided , shall conform to 2.2.4.2.1
frames, and vertically sliding biparting hoistway doors, through 2 .2 .4 .2 .3 and 2 .2 .4 .2 .5 through 2 .2 .4 .2 .8 . When

21
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

in the extended position, retractable ladders shall con­ height shall be permitted to be greater but not more
form to 2.2.4.2.4. than 4 200 mm ( 165 in.).
2.2.4.2.1 The ladder shall extend not less than 2.2.4.4 Pits shall be accessible only to elevator
1 200 mm ( 48 in.) above the sill of the access door or personnel.
handgrips shall be provided to the same height. 2.2.4.5 Separate pit access door, when prov ided,
2.2.4.2.2 The ladder rungs, cleats, or steps shall shall be subject to the following requirements:
be a minimum of 400 mm ( 16 in.) wide. When obstruc­ (a) If the door swings into the pit, it shall be located
tions are encountered, the width shall be permitted to so that it does not interfere with moving equipment.
be decreased to less than 400 mm ( 16 in.). The reduced (b) If the door swings out, and the lowest structural
width shall be as wide as the available space permits, or mechan ical part, equ ipment, or dev ice installed
but not less than 2 25 mm (9 in.). beneath the car platform, except guide shoes or rollers
or safety jaw assemblies, projects below the top of the
2.2.4.2.3 The ladder rungs, cleats, or steps shall separate pit access door opening when the car is level
be spaced 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) ± 13 mm (± 0.5 in.) on center, with the bottom terminal landing
shall be provided to not less than the height of access (1) an electric contact conforming to 2.26.2.26 shall
door sill, and shall be designed to minimize slipping be provided to prevent operation of the elevator when
(e.g., knurling, dimpling, coating w ith skid-resistant the door is open
material, etc.).
(2) the door shall be prov ided with a v ision panel(s)
2.2.4.2.4 A clear distance of not less than 1 15 mm that is glazed with clear wired glass not less than 6 mm
( 4.5 in.) from the centerline of the rungs, cleats, or steps (0.25 in.) thick, will reject a ball 150 mm (6 in.) in diame­
to the nearest permanent object in back of the ladder ter, and have an area of not more than 0.03 m 2 ( 47 in.2)
shall be provided . (c) The door shall provide a minimum opening of
750 mm ( 29.5 in.) in width and 1 8 25 mm (7 2 in.) in
2.2.4.2.5 Side rails, if provided, shall have a clear height .
distance of not less than 1 15 mm ( 4 .5 in .) from their
(d) The door shall be equipped with a barrier con­
centerline to the nearest permanent object.
forming to 2.1 1.1.2(i), where the door sill is located more
2.2.4.2.6 The ladder and its attachments shall be than 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) above the pit floor.
capable of sustaining a load of 135 kg (300 lb). (e) The door shall be self-closing and provided with
a spring-type lock arranged to permit the door to be
2.2.4.2.7 Retractable ladders that are in the line
opened from inside of the pit without a key. Such doors
of movement of the car or counterweight when not fully
shall be kept closed and locked. A key shall be required
retracted, shall operate a retractable ladder electrical
to unlock the lock from outside the hoistway. The key
device (see 2 .26 .2 .38) that shall cause the power to be
shall be of Group 1 Security (see Section 8 .1) .
removed from the elevator driv ing-machine motor and
brake unless the ladder is in its fully retracted position. 2.2.4.6 Means to unlock the access door from
inside the pit shall be provided. The means shall be
2.2.4.2.8 Retractable ladders shall be capable of located
being extended, mechanically secured and unsecured, (a) when no pit ladder is provided, not more than
and retracted from the access door, and 1 8 25 mm (7 2 in .) vertically above the pit floor, or
(a) the force(s) required to extend a retractable ladder (b) when a p it ladder is prov ided, not more than
from the fully retracted position to the extended and 1 8 25 mm (7 2 in.) vertically above a rung, cleat, or step.
mechanically secured position shall not exceed 2 20 N The minimum distance from the top rung, cleat, or step
(50 lbf) to the top of the pit ladder or handhold shall not be less
(b) after being extended and mechanically secured, a than 1 200 mm ( 48 in.) (see 2.2.4.2.1 and Nonmandatory
retractable ladder shall remain secured in the extended Appendix J, Fig. J- 1), and
position when subjected to a horizontal force not to (c) with the door in the closed position, in a plane
exceed 2 2 20 N (500 lbf) not more than 1 000 mm (39 in.) horizontally from a
(c) the force(s) required to retract a retractable ladder rung, cleat, or step of the pit ladder (see Nonmandatory
from its extended position to its fully retracted position, Appendix J, Fig. J- 1).
after being unsecured, shall not exceed 2 20 N (50 lbf)
(d) the ladder shall be mechanically secured when in 2.2.5 I llumination of Pits
the retracted position A permanent lighting fixture shall be prov ided and
2.2.4.3 Pit access by a ladder shall not be permitted shall conform to 2 .2 .5 .1 through 2 .2 .5 .3.
when the pit floor is more than 3 000 mm ( 1 20 in.) below 2.2.5.1 The lighting shall provide an illumination
the sill of the access door, except where there is no of not less than 100 lx ( 10 fc) at the pit floor and at a
building floor below the bottom terminal landing, this pit platform, when provided.

22
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.2.5.2 T he light bulb(s) shall be externally underneath the hoistway on all open sides of the coun­
guarded to prevent contact and accidental breakage. terweight runway, except that
(a) the guard, or portion thereof, is not required on
2.2.5 .3 The light switch shall be so located as to
the side facing the car where there is no space greater
be accessible from the pit access door.
than 5 00 mm (2 0 in.) between any adj acent combination
2.2.6 Stop Switch in Pits of compensation means, suspension means, counter­
weight rails, and guard(s) that blocks the access to the
An enclosed stop switch(es) , meeting the require­ counterweight runway
ments of 2.26.2.7 and 2.2.6.1 through 2.2.6.3 , shall be (b) where pit-mounted buffers are used, the guard is
installed in the pit of each elevator. not required where the bottom of the counterweight
2.2.6.1 The stop switch shall be so located as to resting on its compressed buffer is 2 13 0 mm (84 in.) or
be accessible from the pit access door. Where access to more above the pit floor, or above the machine or control
the pits of elevators in a multiple hoistway is by means room floor if located underneath the hoistway
of a single access door, the stop switch for each elevator 2.3.2.2 Guards shall
shall be located adjacent to the nearest point of access (a) extend from the lowest part of the counterweight
to its pit from the access door. assembly when the counterweight is resting on the fully
2.2.6.2 In elevators where access to the pit is compressed buffer to a point not less than
through the lowest landing hoistway door, a stop switch 2 100 mm (83 in.) and not more than 2 450 mm (96 in.)
shall be located approximately 4 5 0 mm (18 in.) above above the pit floor
the floor level of the landing, within reach from this (b) be the full width of the area being guarded
access floor and adj acent to the pit ladder, if provided. (c) not prevent determination of the counterweight
When the pit exceeds 1 700 mm (67 in.) in depth, an runby
additional stop switch is required adj acent to the pit (d) be fastened to a metal frame reinforced and braced
ladder and approximately 1 2 00 mm (47 in.) above the to be at least equal in strength and stiffness to
pit floor. Where more than one switch is provided, they 2 mm (0.074 in.) thick sheet steel
shall be wired in series. (e) if perforated, reject a ball 2 5 mm (1 in.) in diameter

2.2.7 Minimum Pit Depths Required 2 . 3 . 2 . 3 G u ard i n g of Co unterweights i n a

Multiple-Elevator Hoistway. Where a counterweight is
The pit depth shall be not less than is required for the located between elevators, the counterweight runway
installation of the buffers, compensating sheaves, if any, shall be guarded on the side next to the adjacent elevator.
and all other elevator equipment located therein and to T he guard shall be of noncombustible material. T he
provide the minimum bottom car clearance and runby guard, if of openwork material, shall rej ect a ball
required by 2.4.1. 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter and be made from material
2.2.8 Access to Underside of Car equal to or stronger than 1.110 mm (0.0437 in.) diameter
wire. The guard shall be so supported that when sub­
Where the distance from the pit floor to the underside jected to a force of 4 5 0 N (100 lbf) applied over an area
of the plank channels or slings exceeds 2 100 mm (83 in.), of 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.) at any location, the
with the car at the lowest landing, a means shall be deflection shall not reduce the clearance between the
permanently installed or permanently stored in the pit guard and the counterweight below 2 5 mm (1 in.).
to provide access to the equipment on the underside of
the car. When access is provided by means of a working 2.3.3 Remote Counterweight Hoistways
platform it shall conform to the requirements of 2.7.5.3.2 Where elevators are not provided with either compen­
through 2.7.5.3.6. sating means or counterweight safeties, the counter­
weights shall be permitted to be located in a remote
SECTION 2.3 hoistway conforming to 2.3.3.1 through 2.3.3.6.
LOCATION AN D G UARDING OF COUNTERWElG HTS 2.3.3.1 The hoistway shall be fully enclosed and
2.3.1 Location of Counterweights shall have a fire-resistance rating, conforming to 2.1.1.1
if it penetrates a fire barrier.
Counterweights shall be located in the hoistway of
the elevator that they serve, or in a remote hoistway 2.3.3.2 Construction at the top and bottom of the
subject to the limitations and requirements of 2.3.3. hoistway shall conform to 2.1.2.
2.3.3.3 Permanent means shall be provided for
2.3.2 Counterweight Guards
inspection, repair, and maintenance of the counter­
2.3.2.1 Metal guards shall be installed in the pit weight, deflecting and secondary sheaves, hoistway,
and/ or a machine room or control room located ropes, counterweight guide rails, and counterweight

23
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

buffers or bumpers. Entry doors into the separate coun­ of not less than 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) between the pit floor
terweight hoistway shall be provided at top, bottom, and the lowest structural or mechanical part, equipment,
and center of counterweight hoistway, but in no case or dev ice installed beneath the car platform, except as
shall the entry doors be more than 1 1 m (36 ft) from sill to specified in 2.4.1.2.
sill. Doors shall be located and of such width to provide 2.4. 1 .2 The 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) clearance does not
unobstructed access to the space between the counter­ apply to
weight guides. The height of the door shall be at least (a) any equipment on the car within 300 mm ( 1 2 in.)
1 975 mm (78 in.). Doors shall conform to 2.1 1.l.2(b) horizontally from any side of the car platform
through (e), inclusive. An enclosed stop switch, meeting (b) any equipment located on or traveling with the
the requirements of 2 .26 .2 .5(a), (b), and (c), a permanent car located within 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) horizontally from
electric light switch, duplex receptacle, and light shall either side of the car frame centerline parallel to the
be prov ided in the hoistway immediately inside the plane of the guide rails
entry door. (c) any equipment mounted in or on the pit floor
2.3.3.4 Ropes and sheaves leading to the separate located within 300 mm ( 1 2 in .) horizontally from either
counterweight hoistways shall be protected aga inst side of the car frame centerline parallel to the guide rail
unauthorized access. 2.4.1.3 In no case shall the available refuge space
2.3.3.5 Not more than four counterweights shall be less than either of the following :
be located in a single separate counterweight hoistway. (a) a horizontal area of 600 mm x 1 200 mm ( 2 4 in. x
Multiple counterweights located in a single hoistway 48 in.) with a height of 600 mm ( 2 4 in.)
shall be separated by means of an unperforated metal (b) a horizontal area of 450 mm x 900 mm ( 18 in. x
guard at the top, bottom, and center of the hoistway. 35 in .) with a height of 1 070 mm ( 4 2 in .)
Guards shall extend a minimum of 2 450 mm (96 in.) in 2.4. 1 .4 Trenches and depressions or foundation
length opposite the entry door. Doors and all other encroachments permitted by 2.2.2.2 shall not be consid­
means described in 2.3.3.3 shall be prov ided for each ered in determining these clearances.
counterweight.
2.4.1.5 When the car is resting on its fully com­
2.3.3.6 There shall be a clearance of not less than pressed buffers or bumpers, no part of the car, or any
600 mm ( 2 4 in.) between the weight in the counterweight equipment attached thereto or equipment traveling with
frame and the wall containing the entry door. the car, shall strike any part of the pit or any equipment
2.3.4 Counterweight Runway Enclosures mounted therein .
W here a counterwe ight is located in the same 2.4. 1 .6 In any area in the pit, outside the refuge
hoistway as the car, the runway for the counterweight space, where the vertical clearance is less than 600 mm
shall be permitted to be separated from the runway for ( 2 4 in.), that area shall be clearly marked on the pit floor.
the car, provided it conforms to 2.3.4.1 and 2.3.4.2. Markings shall not be required in the area under the
platform guard and guiding means if that is the only
2.3.4.1 T he partition shall be noncombust ible. area in the pit where the vertical clearance is less than
Unperforated metal part it ions shall be equal to or 600 mm ( 2 4 in.). The marking shall consist of alternating
stronger than 1.2 mm (0.0 47 in.) thick sheet steel. Open­ 100 mm ( 4 in.) diagonal red and white stripes. In addi­
work part it ions shall be e ither w ire gr ille at least t ion, a s ign w ith the words " D A N G E R L O W
2.2 mm (0.087 in.) in diameter or expanded metal at CLEA R ANC E " shall b e prom inently posted o n the
least 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) in thickness. hoistway enclosure and be v isible from within the pit
2.3.4.2 The counterweight runway shall be permit­ and the entrance to the pit. The sign shall
ted to be fully enclosed for the full height, provided that (a) conform to the requirements of ANSI Z535.4 or
the partitions are removable in sections weighing not CAN /CSA-Z32 1 (see Part 9)
more than 25 kg (55 lb), that permit inspection and (b) be made of durable material and shall be securely
maintenance of the entire counterweight assembly and fastened
the inspect ion of the counterweight guide rails and 2.4.2 Minimum Bottom Runby for Counterweighted
guide-rail brackets. Elevators
The bottom runby of cars and counterweights shall
SECTION 2.4 be not less than the requirements stated in 2.4.2.1 and
VERTICAL CLEARANCES AND RUNBYS FOR CARS 2.4.2.2.
AND COUNTERWEIGHTS
2.4.2.1 Where oil buffers are used, the bottom
2.4.1 Bottom Car Clearances runby shall be not less than 150 mm (6 in.), except that
2.4.1.1 When the car rests on its fully compressed (a) where practical difficulties prevent a sufficient pit
buffers or bumpers, there shall be a vertical clearance depth or where a top clearance cannot be provided to

24
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(16) Table 2.4.2.2 Minimum Bottom Run by for (b) for elevators with tie-down compensation, dimen­
Counterweight Elevators With Spring B uffers, sions specified in 2.4.6.1.l (a), (b), and (d)
Elastomeric Buffers, or Solid Bum pers and
Rheostatic Control o r Single-Speed AC Control 2.4.6.1.1 The following shall be used when calcu- (1 6)
lating the maximum upward movement of a counter­
Rated Speed, R un by, weighted elevator:
m/s (ft/min) mm (in .)
(a) the designed maximum bottom counterweight
Not over 0.13 (not over 25) 75 (3) runby [see 2.4.4(b)]
Over 0.13 to 0.25 (over 25 to 50) 150 (6) (b) the stroke of the counterweight buffer, determined
Over 0.25 to 0.50 (over 50 to 100) 225 (9) as follows:
Over 0.50 to 1.0 (over 100 to 200) 300 (12)
(1) for full-stroke buffers, the stroke of the buffer
used, or the remaining stroke when the buffer is com­
pressed with the car at the top terminal landing (see
obtain the runby specified, it shall be permitted to be 2.4.2 and 2.2 2.4. 8); or
reduced (2) for reduced-stroke oil buffers (see 2.2 2.4.1.2), the
(b) where spring-return-type oil buffers are used, the stroke of the buffer used.
runby shall be permitted to be eliminated so that the (c) one-half of the gravity stopping distance, based on
buffers are compressed by amounts not exceeding those (1) 115% of the rated speed where oil buffers are
permitted by 2.2 2.4.8, when the car floor is level with used, or 115% of the reduced striking speed when emer­
the terminal landings gency terminal speed-limiting devices meeting the
requirements of 2.2 5.4 are used and no compensating­
(16) 2.4.2.2 Where spring buffers, elastomeric buffers, rope tie-down device in conformance with 2.2 1.4.2 is
or solid bumpers are used, the bottom runby shall be provided (see 8.2.4 for gravity stopping distances); or
not less than 150 mm (6 in.), except for rheostatic and (2) the governor tripping speed where spring buff­
single-speed AC control, not less than shown in ers or elastomeric buffers are used.
Table 2.4.2.2.
(d) the distance to which the compensating-rope tie­
2.4.3 Minimum Bottom Runby for down device, if provided (see 2.2 1.4.2 ), limits the j ump
U ncounterweighted Elevators of the car when the counterweight strikes the buffers at
speeds specified in 2.4.6.1.l (c) plus the distance to
The bottom runby of uncounterweighted elevators account for the amount of compensation rope stretch.
shall be not less than
(a) 75 mm (3 in.) where the rated speed does not 2.4.6.2 Uncounterweighted Elevators . T he maxi­
exceed 0.15 m/s (3 0 ft/min) mum upward movement of an uncounterweighted ele­
(b) 15 0 mm (6 in.) where the rated speed exceeds vator above the top landing shall be no more than the
0.15 m/s (3 0 ft/min) distance from the top landing to the point
(a) where the driving machine operates the final ter­
2.4.4 Maximum Bottom Runby minal stopping switch (2.2 5.3.3.2) for a winding-drum
In no case shall the maximum bottom runby exceed machine; or
(a) 6 00 mm (2 4 in.) for cars (b) where the car operates the upper final terminal
(b) 900 mm (3 5 in.) for counterweights stopping device (2.2 5.3.3.1) plus gravity stopping dis­
tance based on 115% of the rated speed for a traction
2.4.5 Counterweight Runby Data Plate machine.
A data plate permanently and securely attached shall
be provided in the pit, in the vicinity of the counter­ 2.4.7 Top-of-Car Clearances
weight buffer, indicating the maximum designed coun­ 2.4.7.1 When the car has reached its maximum
terweight runby. The data plate shall conform to 2.16.3.3 , upward movement, the clearance above the car top, mea­
except that the letters shall be not less than 2 5 mm (1 in.) sured vertically up to the horizontal plane described
in height. by the lowest part of the overhead structure or other
obstruction and measured within the projection of the
2.4.6 Maximum U pward Movement of the Car
car enclosure top exclusive of the area outside the stan­
2.4.6.1 Counterweighted Elevators . The maximum dard railing (2.10.2) where provided, shall be not less
upward movement of a counterweighted elevator above than 1 100 mm (43 in.). In no case shall the following
the top landing shall be no more than the sum of either additional clearances be less than:
of the following: (a) 600 mm (2 4 in.) above the car crosshead assem­
(a) for elevators without tie-down compensation, bly except as permitted in 2.4.7.l (b) when the crosshead
dimensions specified in 2.4.6.1.l (a) through (c) is located over the car enclosure top or the distance

25
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

which any sheave assembly mounted in or on the cross­ (e) the distance to which the compensating-rope tie­
head projects above the top of the car crosshead, which­ down device, if provided (see 2.2 1.4.2), limits the jump
ever is greater, but in no case shall there be less than of the counterweight when the car strikes the buffers at
150 mm (6 in.) clearance above the sheave assembly. speeds specified in 2.4.8(d) plus the distance to account
(b) 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) above the car crosshead assembly for the amount of compensation rope stretch
where the crosshead is adjacent to the car enclosure top.
The crosshead shall not overlap the car enclosure top 2.4.9 Equipment on Top of Car Not Permitted to
by more than 100 mm ( 4 in .) horizontally. Strike Overhead Structure
(c) 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) above equipment attached to and When the car has reached its maximum upward move­
projecting above the car enclosure top, exclusive of ment ( 2.4.6), roller and sliding guide assemblies and
(1) standard railings (see also 2.1 4.1.7.2) gateposts for vertically sliding gates shall not strike any
(2) areas outside of the standard railing, the vertical part of the overhead structure or the equipment located
clearance shall be not less than 100 mm ( 4 in.) in the hoistway.
(3) roller and sliding guide assemblies (see also
2.4.9)
(4) gatepost(s) for vertically sliding gates (see also SECTION 2.5
2.4.9). Spreader bars between gateposts with horizontal HORIZONTAL CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT
and vertical clearances not in compliance with 2.1 4.1.7.2 CLEARANCES
shall have yellow and black diagonal stripes of not less
than 25 mm ( 1 in.) wide along the length of the spreader 2.5.1 Clearances Between Cars, Counterweights, and
bar, mounted at a location visible from the car top Hoistway Enclosures
2.4. 7 .2 Any horizontal area above the car enclosure 2.5.1.1 Between Car and Hoistway Enclosures. The
top and within the railing if supplied which could con­ clearance between the car and the hoistway enclosure
tain a circle with a diameter of equal to or greater than shall be not less than 20 mm (0.8 in.), except on the sides
350 mm ( 1 4 in.) that does not have a vertical clearance of used for loading and unloading.
1 100 mm ( 43in.) when the car has reached its maximum
upward movement shall be clearly marked.The marking 2 . 5 . 1 . 2 Between Car a n d Counterwe ight a n d
shall consist of alternating 50 mm ( 2 in.) diagonal red Counterweight Guard. The clearance between the car
and white stripes. In addition, when markings are pro­ and the counterweight shall be not less than
vided, sign(s) with the words " D A N G E R L OW 25 mm ( 1 in.). The clearance between the car and the
CLEA R ANCE" shall be prominently posted on the counterweight guard, counterweight and the counter­
crosshead and be visible from the hoistway entrance(s) . weight guard, and between the counterweight and the
The sign(s) shall hoistway enclosure shall be not less than 20 mm (0 .8 in .) .
(a) conform to the requirements of ANSI Z535.4 or 2.5.1 .3 Between Cars in Multiple Hoistways. The
CAN /CSA-Z32 1 (see Part 9) running clearance between the cars and any equipment
(b) be made of durable material and shall be securely attached thereto, of elevators operating in a multiple
fastened hoistway, shall be not less than 50 mm ( 2 in .) .
NOTE (2.4.7): See Nonrnandatory Appendix G.
(16) 2.4.8 Top of Counterweight Clearances 2.5.1 .4 Between Car and Landing Sills. The clear­
ance between the car platform sill and the hoistway edge
The top of counterweight clearance shall be not less
of any landing sill, or the hoistway side of any vertically
than the sum of the following items:
sliding counterweighted or counterbalanced hoistway
(a) the bottom car runby (see 2.4.2)
door, or of any vertically sliding counterbalanced bipart­
(b) the stroke of the car buffer used, or the remaining
ing hoistway door, shall be not less than
stroke when the buffer is compressed with the car at
(a) where car side guides are used
the bottom terminal landing (see 2.4.2 and 2.2 2.4.8)
(1) 13 mm (0.5 in.) for all elevators except freight
(c) 150 mm (6 in.)
(d) one-half of the gravity stopping distance based on
elevators
(1) 1 15% of the rated speed where oil buffers are (2) 20 mm (0.8 in.) for freight elevators
used, or 1 15% of the reduced striking speed when emer­ (b) where car comer guides are used, 20 mm (0 .8 in .)
gency terminal speed-limiting devices meeting the The maximum clearance shall be not more than 32 mm
requirements of 2.25.4 are used and no provision is made ( 1.25 in.).
to prevent the jump of the car at counterweight buffer 2 . 5 . 1 . 5 Clearance Between Load i n g Side of Car
engagement; or Platforms and Hoistway Enclosures
(2) the governor tripping speed where spring buff­
ers or elastomeric buffers are used (see 8.2.5 for gravity 2.5.1.5.1 The clearance between the edge of the
stopping distances) car platform sill and the hoistway enclosure or fascia

26
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

plate for the full width of the clear hoistway door open­ SECTION 2.7
ing shall be not more than MACHINERY SPACES, MACHINE ROOMS, CONTROL
(a) 190 mm (7.5 in.) for vertically sliding doors SPACES, AND CONTROL ROOMS
(b) 1 25 mm (5 in.) for other doors
A machinery space outside the hoistway containing
2.5.1.5.2 This clearance shall be maintained until an electric driving machine and a motor controller shall
the car is resting on its fully compressed buffer . be a machine room.
(1 6) 2.5.1.5.3 The clearance is not limited on passen-
2.7.1 Enclosure of Rooms and Spaces
ger elevators, provided that
(a) a car door interlock conforming to 2.1 4.4.2 is pro­ Machinery space and control space enclosures located
vided to prevent a door from being opened unless the outside the hoistway and machine room and control
car is within the unlocking zone (see 2.1 2.1) room enclosures shall conform to the requirements of
(b) the strength of the door complies with 2.1 1.1 1.2, 2.7.1.1 or 2.7.1.2, and shall also conform to 2.7.1.3, as
2.1 1.1 1.4, 2.1 1.1 1.6, 2.1 1.1 1.7, and 2.1 1.1 1.8 applicable.
2.5.1 .6 Clearance Between Car Platform Apron and 2 . 7. 1 . 1 Fi re- Resistive Construction. W here the
Pit Enclosure. Where the lowest landing sill projects building code requires fire-resistive construction, the
into the hoistway, the clearance between the car platform construc tion shall conform to the requiremen ts of
apron and the pit enclosure or fascia plate shall be not 2.7.1.1.1 and 2.7.1.1.2.
more than 32 mm ( 1.25 in.). This clearance shall be main­
tained until the car is resting on its fully compressed 2.7. 1 . 1 . 1 Spaces containing machines, motor
buffer. controllers, sheaves, and other machinery shall be sepa­
rated from the remainder of the building by a fire­
2.5.1 .7 Measurement of Clearances. The clearances resistive enclosure conforming to the requirements of
specified in 2.5.1 shall be measured with no load on the the building code.
car platform.
2. 7 .1.1.2 Openings in room and space enclosures
shall be protec ted w i th access doors having a
SECTION 2.6 fire-protection rating conforming to the requirements of
PROTECTION OF SPACE BELOW HOlSTWAYS the building code.
Where a hoistway does not extend to the lowest floor
NOTES (2.7.1.1 ) :
of the building and there is space below the hoistway (1) See 2.1.3 for floors of machine rooms and control rooms over
that is accessible, requirements of 2.6.1 and 2.6.2 shall the hoistway.
be complied with. (2) See 2.8.1 for separating elevator machinery from building
machinery.
2.6.1 Where the Space Is Underneath the (3) See 2 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 2 for partitions between machine rooms and
Counterweight and/or Its Guides hoistways.
W here the space is underneath the counterweigh t
and /or its guides 2.7.1.2 Non-Fire-Resistive Construction. Where the
building code does not require fire-resistive construc­
(a) the counterweight shall be provided with a coun­
terweight safety conforming to 2.17.4 tion, the construction shall conform to the requirements
of 2.7.1.2.1 and 2.7.1.2.2.
(b) spring buffers, if used, shall conform to 2.2 2,
except that they shall not be fully compressed when 2.7.1 .2.1 Enclosure of the rooms or spaces shall
struck by the counterweight at the following speeds (see comply with the following:
2.1.2.3): (a) Machine rooms and control rooms shall be
(1) at governor tripping speed where the counter­ enclosed with noncombustible material to a height of
weight safety is governor operated, or not less than 2 000 mm (79 in.).
(2) 1 25 % of the rated speed where the counter ­ (b) Machinery spaces shall be enclosed with noncom­
weight safety is not governor operated bustible material to a height of not less than 2 000 mm
2.6.2 Where the Space Is Underneath the Car and/or (79 in.), or to the height of the machinery space if it is
Its G uides less than 2 000 mm (79 in .) .
(c) Control spaces shall be enclosed with noncombus­
Where the space is underneath the car and /or its tible material to a height of not less than 2 000 mm
guides and if spring buffers are used, they shall be so (79 in.).
designed and installed that they will not be fully com­
pressed solid or to a fixed stop when struck by the car 2.7.1 .2.2 The room and space enclosure, if of
with its rated load at the governor tripping speed (see openwork material, shall reject a ball 50 mm ( 2 in .) in
2.1.2.3). diameter.

27
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.7.1.3 Floors (c) from a platform shall comply with 2.7.5.3.5

(d) from inside the car shall comply with 2.7.5.1.4
2.7.1 .3.1 Difference in Floor Levels. Where there
is a difference in level exceeding 400 mm ( 16 in.), a 2.7.3.1.3 Access to other locations within the
standard railing conforming to 2.10.2 shall be provided building or access to machinery and equipment not
(see also 2.7.3.3.1 and 2.7.3.3.2). related to elevators through the machinery space,
NOTE: Differences in levels of floors should be avoided where machine room, control spaces, or control rooms shall
practicable. not be permitted.
2.7.1 .3.2 Where machine beams are provided, 2.7.3.2 Passage Across Roofs. The requirements of
the floor shall be located above or level with the top of 2.7.3.2.1 and 2.7.3.2.2 shall be conformed to where pas­
the machine beams. sage over roofs is necessary to reach the means of access
to machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces,
2.7.2 Maintenance Path and Clearance and control rooms .
2.7.2.1 Maintenance Path in Machine Rooms and 2.7.3.2.1 A stairway with a swinging door and
Control Rooms. A clear path of not less than 450 mm platform at the top level, conforming to 2 .7 .3.3, shall be
( 18 in.) shall be provided to all components that require provided from the top floor of the building to the roof
maintenance. level. Hatch covers, as a means of access to roofs, shall
not be permitted.
2.7.2.2 Maintenance Path in Machinery Spaces and
Control Spaces. All components requiring maintenance 2. 7 .3.2.2 Where the passage is over a roof having
in machinery spaces and control spaces shall have safe a slope exceeding 15 deg from the horizontal, or over a
and convenient access. roof where there is no parapet or guardrail at least
2.7.2.3 Maintenance Clearance in Machine Rooms 1 070 mm ( 4 2 in .) high around the roof or passageway,
a permanent, unobstructed and substantial walkway not
and Control Rooms. A clearance of not less than 450 mm
less than 600 mm ( 2 4 in .) wide, equipped on each side
( 18 in.) shall be provided in the direction required for
with a railing conforming to 2.10.2 shall be provided
maintenance access.
from the building exit door at the roof level to the means
2.7.2.4 Maintenance Clearance in Machinery Spaces of access.
and Control Spaces
2.7.3.3 Means of Access. The means of access to
2.7.2.4.1 W here a space is intended to be the following shall conform to 2.7.3.3.1 through 2.7.3.3.6:
accessed with full bodily entry, then the requirements (a) machine rooms, control rooms, and machinery
of 2.7.2.3 shall apply. spaces and control spaces outside the hoistway, and
2.7.2.4.2 Where a space is not intended to be machinery spaces and control spaces inside the hoistway
accessed with full bodily entry, then all components that do not have a means of access to the space as speci­
requiring maintenance shall have safe and convenient fied in 2.7.3.1.2
access. (b) between different floor levels in machine rooms,
in control rooms, and in machinery spaces or control
NOTE (2.7.2): For electrical clearance requirements, see NFPA 70 spaces outside the hoistway
(c) from within machine rooms or control rooms to
or CSA C22.l, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).

2.7.3 Access to Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, machinery spaces and control spaces
Control Spaces, and Control Rooms 2.7.3.3.1 A permanent, fixed, noncombustible
2.7.3.1 General Requirements ladder or stair shall be provided where the floor of the
room or the space above or below the floor or roof from
2.7.3.1.1 A permanent and unobstructed means which the means of access leads, or where the distance
of access shall be provided to between floor levels in the room or space, is more than
(a) machine rooms and control rooms 200 mm (8 in.).
(b) machinery spaces and control spaces outside the
hoistway 2.7.3.3.2 A permanent, noncombustible stair
(c) machinery spaces and control spaces inside the
shall be provided where the floor of the room or the
hoistway that do not have a means of access to the space space above or below the floor or roof from which the
as specified in 2.7.3.1.2 means of access leads, or where the distance between
floor levels in the room or space, is 900 mm (35 in.) or
2.7.3.1 .2 Access to machinery spaces and control more. Vertical ladders with handgrips shall be permitted
spaces inside the hoistway to be used in lieu of stairs for access to overhead machin­
(a) from the pit shall comply with 2.2.4 and 2.7.5.2.4 ery spaces, except those containing controllers and
(b) from the car top shall comply with 2.1 2.6 and 2.1 2.7 motor generators .

28
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.7.3.3.3 Permanent, fixed, noncombustible lad­ of 2 030 mm (80 in.). Keys to unlock the access doors
ders shall conform to ANSI A 1 4.3. shall be Group 2 Security (see Section 8.1).
2.7.3.3.4 Permanent, noncombustible stairs shall 2.7.3.4.3 Access doors for spaces specified in
have a maximum angle of 60 deg from the horizontal, 2.7.4.2, 2.7.4.3, and 2.7.4.4 other than those for machine
and shall be equipped with a noncombustible railing rooms or control rooms shall be a minimum width and
conforming to 2.10.2.1, 2.10.2.2, and 2.10.2.3. height of 750 mm ( 29.5 in.). Keys to unlock the access
doors shall be Group 2 Security (see Section 8.1).
2. 7 .3.3.5 A permanent, noncombustible platform
or floor shall be provided at the top of the stairs conform­ 2.7.3.4.4 Access doors for control spaces outside
ing with the following: the hoistway shall be a minimum width and height of
(a) Railings conforming to 2.10.2 shall be provided on
750 mm ( 29.5 in.). Keys to unlock the access doors shall
each open side. be Group 2 Security (see Section 8.1).
(b) The floor of the platform shall be at the level of 2.7.3.4.5 Doors are not required at openings in
not more than 200 mm (8 in .) below the level of the machine room or control room floors for access to
access-door sill. machinery spaces outside the hoistway, provided the
(c) The depth of the platform shall be not less than access opening is provided on all four sides with a stan­
750 mm ( 29.5 in.), and the width not less than the width dard railing conforming to 2.10.2, one side of which is
of the door. arranged to slide or swing to provide access to the ladder
(d) The size of the platform shall be sufficient to per­ or stairs leading to the space. Trap doors, where pro­
mit the full swing of the door plus 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) from vided, shall have a standard railing conforming to 2.10.2
the top riser to the swing line of the door. or guard wings on all open nonaccess sides.

2.7.3.3.6 Where a ladder is provided, a perma­ 2.7.3.4.6 Access openings located in the machin­
nent, noncombustible platform or floor shall be provided ery space floor, secondary level floor, machine room
at the top of the ladder, conforming with the following: floor, control space floor, or control room floor for access
into the hoistway shall be provided with doors that shall
(a) Railings conforming to 2.10.2 shall be provided on
be kept closed and locked. Keys to unlock the access
each open side .
doors shall be of Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1).
(b) The floor of the platform shall be located below
the level of the access-door sill by a vertical distance of 2.7.3.4.7 Access openings in elevator hoistway
not more than 200 mm (8 in.) where full bodily entry is enclosures where full bodily entry is not necessary for
required, and by a vertical distance of not more than maintenance and inspection of components shall be
900 mm (35 in.) where full bodily entry is not required. (a) located to permit the required maintenance and
(c) The depth of the platform shall be not less than inspection.
9 15 mm (36 in.) and the width not less than the width (b) of maximum width of 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) and a maxi­
of the door or a minimum of 9 15 mm (36 in .), whichever mum height of 600 mm ( 2 4 in .) .These dimensions shall
is greater. be permitted to be increased, provided that any resultant
(d) The size of the platform shall be sufficient to per­ opening through the access opening into the hoistway
mit the full swing of the door plus 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) from shall reject a 300 mm ( 1 2 in .) diameter ball .
the standard railing to the swing line of the door . (c) provided with doors that shall be kept closed and
(e) The ladder or handgrips shall extend a minimum locked. Keys to unlock the access doors to the elevator
of 1 2 20 mm ( 48 in.) above the platform floor level and hoistways shall be of Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1).
shall be located on the access door /panel strike jamb 2.7.3.5 Stop Switch for Machinery Spaces or Control
side of the platform . Spaces. A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.2 4, or a
(f) The railing on the access side shall be provided disconnecting means where required by NFPA 70 or
with a hinged section not less than 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) wide CSA C 2 2.l, whichever is applicable (see Part 9), accessi­
with a latchable end adjacent to the ladder. ble and visible from the point of access to machinery
spaces or control spaces shall be provided for each eleva­
2.7.3.4 Access Doors and Openings tor. Where access to machinery spaces is from the pit,
2.7.3.4.1 Access doors shall be from the top of the car, or from inside the car, the stop
(a) self-closing and self-locking switch in the pit, the stop switch on top of the car, or,
(b) provided with a spring-type lock arranged to per­ where provided, the emergency stop switch in the car,
mit the doors to be opened from the inside without a key respectively, meet these requirements.
(c) kept closed and locked 2.7.4 Headroom in Machinery Spaces, Machine
2.7.3.4.2 Access doors to machine rooms and Rooms, Control Spaces, and Control Rooms
control rooms shall be provided. They shall be of a mini­ 2.7.4.1 Elevator machine rooms, control rooms,
mum width of 750 mm ( 29.5 in.) and a minimum height and machinery spaces containing an elevator driving

29
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

machine not located in the hoistway shall have a clear 2.7.5 Working Areas Inside the Hoistway and in the
headroom of not less than 2 130 mm (8 4 in.). (See also Pit
2.7.4.5.)
2.7.5.1 Working Areas in the Car or on the Car Top.
2.7.4.2 Where a floor or platform is provided at The requirements of 2.7.5.1.1 through 2.7.5.1.4 shall be
the top of the hoistway (see 2.1.3), machinery spaces complied with if maintenance or inspections of the ele­
above such a floor or platform shall have a clear head­ vator driving-machine brake, emergency brake, elevator
room of not less than the following : motion controller, or motor controller are to be carried
(a) spaces containing motor-generators, 2 130 mm out from inside the car or from the car top.
(8 4 in .) 2.7.5.1.1 If maintenance or inspection of the ele-
(b) spaces containing only overhead, secondary, or vator driving-machine brake or an emergency brake, or
deflecting sheaves, 1 070 mm ( 4 2 in.) of elevator motion controllers or motor controllers from
( c) spaces containing overhead , secondar y, or inside the car or from the car top could result in unex­
deflecting sheaves, and governors, signal machines, or pected vertical car movement, a means to prevent this
other equipment, 1 350 mm (53 in .) movement shall be provided.
2.7.4.3 Where floors are provided under overhead, 2.7.5.1 .2 The means shall
secondary, or deflecting sheaves [see 2 .7 .4 .2(b) and (c)], (a) be independent of the elevator driving-machine
the machine and supporting beams shall be permitted brake, emergency brake, motion controller, and motor
to encroach on the required headroom, provided there controller.
is a clearance of not less than 900 mm (35 in.) high and (b) support not less than the unbalanced weight of
minimum width of 750 mm ( 29.5 in.) in the path of the system with no load and up to rated load (see also
access to sheaves, governors, signal machines, or other 2.16.8) in the car and all suspension ropes in place. The
equipment. minimum factor of safety shall be not less than 3.5, and
the materials used shall not have an elongation of less
2. 7 .4.4 Where a machinery space is located outside than 15% in a length of 50 mm ( 2 in.) when tested in
but not above the hoistway, the headroom of the area accordance with AST M E8 .
from which any work is performed on the equipment (c) when in the engaged position, actuate an electrical
located inside such space shall be not less than 2 000 mm device conforming to 2.26.2.34, that shall cause the
(78 in.), except power to be removed from the elevator driving-machine
(a) spaces containing motor-generators, the head­ motor and brake .
room shall be not less than 2 130 mm (8 4 in.) (d) not cause stresses and deflections that exceed the
(b) spaces containing only overhead, secondary, or applicable requirements for the structure(s) to which
deflecting sheaves, the headroom shall be not less than the means transmits load based on 100% of the static
1 070 mm ( 4 2 in.) unbalanced weight of the system (see also 2 .16 .8) .
( c) spaces containing overhead , secondar y, or (e) have a sign in conformance with the requirements
deflecting sheaves, and governors, signal machines, or of ANSI Z535.2 or CAN /CSA-Z32 1, whichever is appli­
other equipment, the headroom shall be not less than cable, that shall be prominently posted in the work area
1 350 mm (53 in.) stating : "WA R N I N G ! Engage ' ' before main­
(d) as permitted in 2.7.4.3 taining or inspecting brake, emergency brake, or control­
ler. Follow manufacturers instructions for use of
2.7.4.5 When working from inside the car, or from ' "' (see 8.6.1 1.6). Unless the means has been
the top of the car in accordance with 2.7.5.1, or from the designed to support not less than the unsuspended car
pit in accordance with 2 .7 .5 .2, the headroom when the with rated load (see also 2.16.8), it shall also contain the
means required by 2.7.5.1 or 2.7.5.2 are engaged shall following wording : "Elevator suspension means must
(a) comply with the height of working space require­ be in place during use."
ments of NFPA 70 or CSA C 2 2.l, whichever is applicable NOTE: Substitute name of actual means for " " in the
(see Part 9) above signage.
(b) in no case be less than 1 350 mm (53 in.)
(f) be so designed as to prevent accidental
2 . 7 . 4 . 6 Control spaces outside the hoistway disengagement.
intended for full bodily entry shall have a clear head­ (g) when engaged, not require electrical power or the
room of not less than 2 000 mm (78 in.) or the height of completion or maintenance of an electrical circuit to
the equipment, whichever is the greater. remain engaged.
NOTE: For control spaces outside the hoistway not intended for 2.7.5.1.3 When the means required in 2.7.5.1.1 is
full bodily entry, see NFPA 70 or CSA C22.l, whichever is applicable engaged, egress from the working area shall be provided
(see Part 9). (see also 2.7.3.4.3 and 8.6.1 1.7).

30
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

The use of the car top emergency exit for egress and (4) A sign in conformance with the requirements
re-entry is permitted subject to the following : of ANSI Z535.2 or CAN /CSA-Z32 1, whichever is appli­
(a) All edges of the exit opening are smooth and free cable, shall be prominently posted in the work area stat­
of burrs . ing : "WARNING! Position ' ' before maintaining
(b) Means shall be provided to descend safely to the or inspecting brake, emergency brake, or controller. Fol­
floor of the car, and subsequently ascend safely to the low manufacturers instructions for use of ' "' (see
car top. 8.6.1 1.6).
(c) T he means required in 2 .7 .5 .1 .1 shall not be NOTE: Substitute name of actual device for " " in the
arranged to be engaged at a position that would permit above signage.
a vertical gap between the bottom of the vertical face
(5) The mechanical device shall be designed to pre­
of the platform guard and the elevator landing sill .
vent accidental movement from the active position.
2.7.5.1 .4 If provided, equipment access panels (6) The mechanical device shall not require electri­
in the car for access to equipment outside the car shall cal power or the completion or maintenance of an electri­
comply with 2.1 4.2.2(g)(l), ( 2), and (5) and shall be pro­ cal circuit to be maintained in the active position.
vided with
2.7.5.2.2 Pit inspection operation, in compliance
(a) a key-operated lock capable of being locked
with 2.26.1.4, shall be permitted to be provided in the
without a key
pit (see 2.26.1.4.4).
(b) an electrical switch that shall cause the power to
be removed from the driving machine motor and brake 2.7.5.2.3 When the means required in 2.7.5.2.1
when the access panel is open (see 2.26.2.35) is in the active position, safe and convenient egress from
(c) a key that shall be Group 1 Security (see the working area shall be provided (see also 2.7.3.4.3
Section 8.1) and 8.6.1 1.7).
The access panels shall be kept closed and locked, (a) Where the egress is through the landing door
shall not be self-closing, and shall be self-locking. (1) the landing door shall be openable from the
hoistway side
2.7.5.2 Working Areas in the Pit. The requirements (2) the means shall be arranged to provide vertical
of 2.7.5.2.1 through 2.7.5.2.4 shall be complied with if clearance of not less than 1 2 20 mm ( 48 in.) between the
maintenance or inspections of the elevator driving­ bottom edge of the platform guard and the elevator
machine brake or an emergency brake or of elevator landing
motion controllers or motor controllers is to be carried (b) Where the egress is through a separate pit access
out from the pit. door, the door opening shall not be blocked by the car.
2.7.5.2.1 The following shall be provided : 2.7.5.2.4 Where maintenance or inspections of
(a) a means in compliance with 2.7.5.1.1, 2.7.5.1.2, and the elevator driving-machine brake or an emergency
2.7.4.5 shall be provided; or brake or of elevator motion controllers or motor control­
(b) a mechanical device shall be provided to stop ver­ lers is to be carried out from the pit, and the distance
tical car movement to create a vertical clearance as from the pit floor to this equipment is more than
required by 2 .7 .4 .5 between the floor of the working area 2 100 mm (83in.), a means shall be permanently installed
and the lowest part of the car, and between the floor or permanently stored in the pit to provide access to the
of the working area and the counterweight where a equipment.
counterweight guard in conformance with 2 .3.2 is not
provided. 2.7.5.3 Working Platforms. A platform located in
(1) The mechanical device shall be able to stop ver­ the car, on the car, or in the hoistway shall be permitted
tical car movement at up to and including 1 15% of rated for access to and maintenance and inspection of equip­
speed with rated load. The retardation shall not exceed ment in machinery spaces or control spaces in the
that required by 2.2 2.3 or 2.2 2.4, as applicable. hoistway and shall comply with 2.7.5.3.1 through
(2) The mechanical device shall be permitted to be
2.7.5.3.6 (see also 8.6.1 1.8).
moved into the active position manually or 2.7.5.3.1 A working platform shall be perma-
automatically. nently installed, and it shall be permitted to be retract­
(3) When the mechanical device is in the active able. Retractable platforms, that are in the line of
position, it shall operate an electrical contact, which movement of the car or counterweight when in the
when in the open position, shall permit the car to move operating position, shall operate a working platform
only on inspection operation [see 2.26.1.4.1 and electrical device(s) (see 2.26.2.36) that shall cause the
2.26.9.3(d)]. T he electrical contact shall be positively power to be removed from the elevator driving-machine
opened mechanically and its opening shall not depend motor and brake unless the platform is in its fully
solely on springs. retracted position (see 8 .6 .1 1 .8) .

31
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.7.5.3.2 A working platform shall be able to be removed from the elevator driving-machine motor
support in any position at least 2 000 N ( 450 lbf), with and brake, unless the stops are completely in the
a load concentration of at least 1 000 N ( 2 25 lbf) over retracted position.
an area of 40 000 mm2 (6 4 in.2) with a factor of safety (b) be permitted to be equipped with an electrical
of not less than 5. If the platform is to be used for device(s) that permits operation of the car only on
handling heavy equipment, the dimensions and the inspection operation when the platform is in the
strength of the platform shall be considered accordingly. operating position and the stops are in the fully extended
(16) 2.7.5.3.3 A working platform shall be provided position. When provided with such an electrical device
with a standard railing conforming to 2 .10 .2 on all open and the stop(s) is in the extended position, an additional
or exposed sides where a 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) ball can pass stopping device conforming to 2.25.3.1 and 2.25.3.3
between the edges of the platform and the adjacent through 2.25.3.5 shall cause the car to stop before it
hoistway enclosure and the difference in level between strikes the movable stop(s). This additional stopping
the platform and the surrounding surface exceeds device shall be rendered ineffective when the stop(s) is
400 mm ( 16 in.). in the retracted position .Any electrical device(s) used
to render the additional stopping device ineffective shall
2.7.5.3.4 Where a car or counterweight passes be in conformance with 2 .26 .4 .3, 2 .26 .9 .3.l(a), 2 .26 .9 .3.2,
within 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) horizontally from a working and 2.26.9.4.
platform, a means of protection against shearing hazards (c) be operable from outside the hoistway or from the
shall be provided to a height as measured from the platform.
platform standing surface of not less than (d) be able to stop the car traveling at 1 15% of rated
2 130 mm (8 4 in.), or not less than the maximum upward speed with rated load. The retardation shall not exceed
movement of the car or counterweight .The means shall that required by 2 .2 2 .3 or 2 .2 2 .4, as applicable .
be at least equal in strength and stiffness to (e) be so designed as to prevent accidental
2 mm (0.07 4 in.) thick sheet steel. If perforated, it shall disengagement.
reject a ball 25 mm ( 1 in.) in diameter.
2.7.5.3.5 Where the access to a working platform 2.7.6 Location of Machinery Spaces, Machine
that is in the line of movement of the car or counter­ Rooms, Control Spaces, Control Rooms, and
weight is not through the elevator landing doors, but Equipment
through an access panel or door in the hoistway, the 2 . 7 . 6 . 1 Location of Mach i n e Rooms and Con trol
access panel or door shall meet the requirements of Rooms. Elevator machine rooms and control rooms,
2.1 1.1.2(b), (d), and (e) through (i). where provided, shall not be located in the hoistway.
2. 7 .5.3.6 Working platform inspection operation, 2.7.6.2 Location of Machinery Spaces and Control
in compliance with 2 .26 .1 .4, shall be permitted to be Spaces. Machinery spaces and control spaces shall be
provided at the location of a working platform. [See permitted to be located inside or outside the hoistway.
2 .7 .5 .S(b) for additional requirements when the working
NOTE: Inside the hoistway includes, but is not limited to, on or
platform is in the line of movement of the car.] in the car, on the counterweight, or in the pit.
(16) 2.7.5.4 Working Platforms in the Line of Movement
2.7.6.3 Location of Eq uipment. T he location of
of the Car or Counterweight. Working platforms in the
equipment used directly in connection with the elevator
line of movement of the car or counterweight shall be
shall conform to the requirements of 2.7.6.3.1 through
permitted
2.7.6.3.4.
(a) where retractable stops are provided and the car is
(1) below the platform, the travel of the elevator 2.7.6.3.1 The electric driving machine shall be
shall be limited by a retractable stop(s) in such a manner located in a machinery space or machine room.
that the car shall be stopped below the platform at least
2.7.6.3.2 The motor controller shall be located (16)
the distance required for top-of-car clearance (see 2.4.7)
in a machinery space, machine room, control space, or
(2) above the platform, the travel of the elevator
control room.
shall be limited by a retractable stop(s) in such a manner A motor controller shall be permitted to be located
that the car shall be stopped above the platform at least outside the specified spaces, provided it is enclosed in
the distance required in 2 .7 .4 .5 ; or a locked cabinet. The locked cabinet shall be
(b) where the elevator is provided with a device con­
(a) readily accessible for maintenance and inspection
forming to 2.7.5.1.1 and 2.7.5.1.2 at all times.
2.7.5.5 Retractable Stops. Retractable stops, where (b) provided with cabinet door(s) or panel(s) that are
provided, shall not self-closing, that are self-locking, and that shall be
(a) be equipped with a retractable stop electrical kept closed and locked. Keys shall be Group 1 Security
device(s) (see 2.26.2.37), that shall cause the power to (see Section 8 .1) .

32
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(c) lit by permanently installed electric lighting with a through 2.7.6.4.3. These means are also permitted to be
lighting intensity of at least 2 00 lx (19 fc) at the floor level. used by elevator personnel for passenger rescue.
(d) located in a space that is provided with natural
2. 7 .6.4.1 Where direct observation of the elevator (16)
or mechanical means to keep the ambient air tempera­
drive sheave or ropes is not possible from the location
ture and humidity in the range specified by the elevator
of the means necessary for tests that require movement
equipment manufacturer to ensure safe and normal
of the car or release of the driving-machine brake or
operation of the elevator. The temperature and humidity
emergency brake, display devices or the equivalent shall
range shall be permanently posted on the cabinet.
be provided. They shall be visible from the location of
(e) labeled/marked "AGP" in accordance with the
the means and shall convey the following information
requirements of C SA B44.l /ASME A17.5 (see 2.26.4.2). about the elevator simultaneously:
(f) provided with a sign in conformance with the
(a) the direction of movement
requirements of ANSI Z 5 3 5.2 or CAN/CSA-Z3 2 1, that
(b) the reaching of a position within the door
shall be prominently posted on the inside of the motor
unlocking zone (see 2.12.1)
controller cabinet door indicating in letters not less than
(c) an indication of the speed
2 5 mm (1 in. ) high, "DOO R TO BE CLO SED AND
The display devices or the equivalent shall remain
LOCKED WHEN ELEVATOR PER SONNEL ARE NOT
operable during a failure of the normal building power
PRESENT AT THI S CONT ROLLER."
supply. The power source shall be capable of providing
NOTE (2 . 7 . 6 . 3 . 2 ) : For electrical clearance requirements, see for the operation of the display devices or the equivalent
NFPA 70 or CSA C22. 1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). for at least 4 h. Where batteries are used, a monitoring
2.7.6.3.3 Where sheaves and other equipment system shall be provided. In the event that during nor­
(except governors) are located overhead inside the mal operation of the car, the monitoring indicates insuffi­
hoistway, they shall be provided with a means of access cient power to operate the display devices or the
from outside the hoistway conforming to the require­ equivalent, the car shall not be permitted to restart after
ments of 2.7.3.3 , unless they can be inspected and ser­ a normal stop at a landing.
viced from the top of the car. 2.7.6.4.2 The means necessary for tests shall be
2.7.6.3.4 Where a governor is located inside the permitted to be located within an inspection and test
hoistway, means of access conforming to the require­ panel conforming to the requirements of 2.7.6.5.2.
ments of 2.7.3.3 and 2.7.3.4 for inspection and servicing 2.7.6.4.3 A means to move the car from outside
the governor shall be provided from outside the the hoistway shall be provided and it shall conform to
hoistway. The access opening shall not be required where the following:
(a) the governor can be inspected and serviced from (a) It shall not be dependent on the availability of
the top of the car or adj acent car, and the governor can normal power.
be tripped for testing from the adjacent car or outside (b) It shall be accessible for operation by elevator per­
the hoistway; and means are furnished to prevent move­ sonnel only with a key that is Group 1 Security (see
ment of the car when servicing the governor. A sign Section 8.1).
with the words " SECURE CAR AGAIN ST MOV EMENT
(c) It shall allow the car to move only with continuous
BEFORE SERVICING THE GOV ERNOR" shall be prom­
effort.
inently posted and be visible from the governor. The
(d) If the car is moved manually, the effort required
sign shall conform to AN SI Z 5 3 5.2 or CAN/CSA-Z3 2 1,
to move the car in the direction of load imbalance shall
whichever is applicable. The sign shall be of such mate­
not exceed 400 N (90 lbf). If the means used is removable,
rial and construction that the letters and figures
it shall be stored outside the hoistway and access to the
stamped, etched, cast, or otherwise applied to the face
means shall be with a key that is Group 1 Security. It
shall remain permanently and readily legible; and
shall be suitably marked to indicate the machine for
(b) for elevators in a single hoistway, the governor
which it is intended.
can be reset automatically when the car is moved in the
(e) Where the manual effort required to move the car
up direction or the governor can be reset from outside
exceeds 400 N (90 lbf), a means of electrical operation
the hoistway.
shall be provided to allow the car to be moved. This
2. 7 .6.4 Means Neces s ary for Tes ts . Where an eleva­ means of electrical operation shall require constant pres­
tor driving-machine brake or an emergency brake, or sure operating devices to move the car, and when acti­
an elevator motion controller or motor controller is vated, operation of the car by all other operating means
located in the hoistway or pit, means necessary for tests shall be prevented. A failure of a single constant pressure
that require movement of the car or release of the operating device shall not permit the elevator to move
driving-machine brake or emergency brake, shall be pro­ or continue to move. Where batteries are used for this
vided and arranged so that they can be operated from electrical operation, a monitoring system shall be pro­
outside the hoistway and shall conform to 2.7.6.4 . 1 vided. In the event that during normal operation of the

33
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

car the monitoring system indicates insufficient power (2) the car buffer switch, where provided (see
to move the car, the car shall not be permitted to restart 2.26.2.2 2)
after a normal stop at a landing. (3) the top and bottom final terminal stopping
devices (see 2.26.2.1 1)
2.7.6.5 Inspection and Test Panel
(4) the car and counterweight governor switches,
2.7.6.5.1 The inspection and test panel shall be where provided (see 2.26.2.10)
required where any of the following are not accessible NOTE (2. 7.6.5) : For electrical clearance requirements, see
from outside the hoistway: NFPA 70 or CSA C22.1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). See
(a) the devices necessary for the manual reset of the also 2.8.3.3.2.
detection means for ascending car overspeed protection
[see 2.19.1.2(a)( 4)], and protection against unintended 2.7.6.6 Eq u i p m e n t Exposed to the Weath e r.
car movement [see 2.19.2.2(a)( 4)], or Machines, control equipment, sheaves, and other
machinery shall not be exposed to the weather unless
(b) the circuits of the following devices:
they are suitable for the application.
(1) the car-safety mechanism switch (see 2.26.2.9)
(2) the car buffer switch, where provided (see 2.7.7 Machine Rooms and Control Rooms
2.26.2.2 2) U nderneath the Hoistway
(3) the top and bottom final terminal stopping
devices (see 2.26.2.1 1) W hen a machine room or control room is located
underneath the hoistway, it shall conform to 2.7.7.1
(4) the car and counterweight governor switches,
through 2.7.7.5.
where provided (see 2.26.2.10)
2.7.7.1 The machine or control room shall have a
2.7.6.5.2 The inspection and test panel, where
solid ceiling (pit floor, at the normal pit depth) of con­
provided, shall be accessible from outside the hoistway
crete or steel above the machine room or control room,
and shall
with a minimum 2 130 mm (8 4 in.) clearance above the
(a) be readily accessible for maintenance and inspec­
machine room or control room floor.
tion at all times.
(b) have the required devices located behind a locked 2.7.7.2 The ceiling of the machine or control room
door or panel that does not open into the hoistway, that shall be capable of sustaining a concentrated load of
is not self-closing, that is self-locking, and that shall be 1 000 N ( 2 25 lbf) on any 2 000 mm 2 (3 in.2) area, and it
kept closed and locked. Keys shall be of Group 1 Security shall be designed for a live load of 6 kPa ( 1 25 lbf /ft2)
(see Section 8 .1) . and loads imposed by rails and /or buffers, if applicable.
(c) be provided with a stop switch, conforming to
2.7.7.3 The car and counterweight guide rails and
2.26.2.2 4.
buffer supports shall be permitted to extend into the
(d) be lit by permanently installed electric lighting machine room and be supported by the machine room
with a lighting intensity of at least 200 lx ( 19 fc) at floor. If the counterweight buffer or buffer support
the floor level. A switch placed inside or close to the extends to the machine room or control room floor, a
enclosure shall control lighting of the enclosure. counterweight safety is not required unless the space
(e) include the display devices as required by 2.7.6.4.1. below the machine room is not permanently secured
(f) include the "C A R D OO R B YPA S S" and against access. If a counterweight buffer is supported
"HOIST WAY DOOR BYPASS" switches where required at the machine room ceiling (pit floor), a counterweight
by 2.26.1.5. safety is required .(See 2 .6 .1 for additional requirements .)
(g) include the devices necessary for the manual reset
of the detection means for ascending car overspeed pro­ 2.7.7.4 The solid ceiling (pit floor at normal pit
tection [see 2.19.l.2(a)( 4)], and protection against depth) shall be permitted to be slotted for the penetra­
unintended car movement [see 2.19.2.2(a)( 4)] where tion of equipment (suspension ropes, selector drives,
these devices are not accessible from outside the electrical conduit, rails, buffers, etc.). Passage and guards
hoistway. shall be provided in conformance with 2.3.2 and 2.10.1
(h) where the circuits of the devices in 2.7.6.5.l(b)(l)
for both the machine or control room and pit. A counter­
weight guard shall be installed at the pit floor as well
through ( 4) are not accessible from outside the hoistway,
as the machine or control room floor if the counterweight
include landing inspection operation in conformance
extends into the machine or control room and 2.3.2.l(a)
with 2.26.1.4.4, and that shall be permitted to render
does not apply. The guard in the machine or control
ineffective the following electrical protective devices,
room shall extend to the ceiling.
individually or as a group or groups, in conformance
with the requirements of 2.26.9.3.l(a), 2.26.9.3.2, and 2.7.7.5 Compensating ropes or chains and travel­
2.26.9.4: ing cables shall not extend into the machine room located
(1) the car-safety mechanism switch (see 2.26.2.9) underneath the hoistway.

34
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.7.8 Remote Machine Rooms and Control Rooms SECTION 2.8

Elevators that are provided with remote machine
EQUIPMENT IN HOISTWAYS, MACHINERY SPACES,
MACHINE ROOMS, CONTROL SPACES, AND
rooms and/ or control rooms shall conform to 2.7. 8.1
CONTROL ROOMS
through 2.7. 8.4.
2.8.1 Equipment Allowed
2. 7 .8.1 Ropes and sheaves leading to the remote
Only machinery and equipment used directly in con­
machine room that penetrate fire barriers shall be fully
nection with the elevator shall be permitted in elevator
enclosed, and the enclosures shall conform to 2.1.1.1.
hoistways, machinery spaces, machine rooms, control
2.7.8.2 Rope and sheave enclosures leading to spaces, and control rooms.
the remote machine room shall be protected against
2 .8.2 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
unauthorized access.
2.8.2.1 Installation of electrical equipment and
2.7.8.3 Permanent means of access shall be pro­ wiring shall conform to NFPA 70 or C SA C22.l , which­
vided to the enclosures for inspection, repair, and main­ ever is applicable (see Part 9).
tenance of hoist ropes passing over sheaves that are
not located in the hoistway or remote machine rooms. 2.8.2.2 Only such electrical wiring, raceways,
Access doors to these enclosures shall be provided at cables, coaxial wiring, and antennas used directly in
each sheave location, conforming to 2.7.3.4. Access open­ connection with the elevator, including wiring for sig­
ings shall be provided for inspection and maintenance nals, for communication with the car, for lighting, heat­
ing, air conditioning, and ventilating the car, for fire
of hoist ropes passing over sheaves and shall conform
detecting systems, for pit sump pumps, and for heating
to 2.7.3.4. A stop switch meeting the requirements of
and lighting the hoistway and/ or the machinery space,
2.26.2.2 3 , a permanent electric duplex receptacle, a light
machine room, control space, or control room shall be
switch, and light shall be provided in the enclosures
permitted to be installed inside the hoistway, machinery
immediately inside the access doors and openings.
space, machine room, control space, or control room.
2.7.8.4 A permanent means of communication 2.8.2.3 Bonding conductors from the lightning pro­
between the elevator car and remote machine room and tection system grounding down conductor to long verti­
or control room shall be provided. cal metal bodies in the hoistway such as elevator rails
and vertical wireways shall be permitted to be installed
2.7.9 Lighting, Tem perature, and Humidity in in the hoistway as required by NFPA 7 80, or
Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control CAN /C SA-B72 , whichever is applicable (see Part 9). The
Spaces, and Control Rooms lightning protection system grounding down conductor
shall not be permitted in the hoistway, and the elevator
2.7.9.1 Lighting. Permanently installed electric rails shall not be used as the lightning protection system
lighting shall be provided in all machinery spaces, grounding down conductor. Bonding conductors
machine rooms, control spaces, and control rooms. The installed in the hoistway shall not interfere with the
illumination shall be not less than 2 00 lx (19 fc) at the operation of the elevator.
floor level, at the standing surface of a working platform
(see 2.7.5.3 ), or at the level of the standing surface when 2.8.3 Pipes, Ducts, Tanks, and Sprinklers
the car is in the blocked position (see 2.7.5.1). The light 2.8.3.1 Steam and hot-water pipes shall be permit­
switch shall be located at the point of entry ted to be installed in hoistways, machinery spaces,
(a) for machinery spaces and control spaces, and machine rooms, control spaces, and control rooms for the
(b) for machine rooms and control rooms, inside the purpose of heating these areas only, subject to 2. 8.3.1.1
room and where practicable on the lock-jamb side of through 2. 8.3.1.3.
the access door
2.8. 3 . 1 . 1 Heating pipes shall convey only
2 . 7 . 9 . 2 Tem perature and Humidity. Machinery low-pressure steam [100 kPa (15 psi) or less] or hot water
spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and control [100° C (212 ° F) or less].
rooms shall be provided with natural or mechanical 2 .8.3 . 1 .2 All risers and return pipes shall be
means to keep the ambient air temperature and humid­ located outside the hoistway. W hen the machinery
ity in the range specified by the elevator equipment space, machine room, control space, or control room is
manufacturer to ensure safe and normal operation of located above the roof of the building, heating pipes for
the elevator. The temperature and humidity range shall the machinery space, machine room, control space, or
be permanently posted in the machine room, control control room shall be permitted to be located in the
room, control space, or where specified by the equip­ hoistway between the top floor and the machinery space,
ment manufacturer, in the machinery space. machine room, control space, or control room.

35
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.8.3.1 .3 Traps and shutoff valves shall be pro­ 2.8.3.4 Other p ipes or ducts conveying gases,
v ided in accessible locations outside the hoistway. vapors, or liquid and not used in connection with the
operation of the elevator shall not be installed in any
2.8.3.2 Ducts shall be permitted to be installed in
hoistway, mach inery space, mach ine room, control
the hoistway, machinery space, machine room, control
space, or control room. W here a mach inery space,
space, or control room for the purpose of heating, cool­
machine room, control space, control room, or hoistway
ing, ventilating, and venting these areas only and shall
extend above the roof of a building, pipes shall be per­
not encroach upon the required clearances.
mitted from roof drains to the closest point where they
2.8.3.3 Sprinkler systems conforming to NFPA 13 can be diverted out of this space. Pipes shall be covered
or the NBCC, whichever is applicable (see Part 9), shall to prevent leakage or condensate from enter ing the
be permitted to be installed in the hoistway, machinery machinery space, machine room, control space, control
space, machine room, control space, or control room room, or hoistway.
subject to 2.8.3.3.1 through 2.8.3.3.4.
2.8.3.5 W here perm itted and prov ided, p ipes,
2.8.3.3.1 All risers shall be located outside these drains, and tanks, or similar equipment that contains
spaces. Branch lines in the hoistway shall supply sprin­ liquids, shall not be located directly above the elevator
klers at not more than one floor level. When the machin­ equipment and shall not encroach upon the required
ery space, machine room, control space, or control room clearances in the hoistway, machinery space, machine
is located above the roof of the building, risers and room, control space, or control room.
branch lines for these sprinklers shall be permitted to
be located in the hoistway between the top floor and 2.8.4 Electrical Heaters
the machinery space, machine room, control space, or Listed /certified electrical heaters shall be permitted.
control room.
2.8.5 Air Conditioning
2.8.3.3.2 In jur isd ict ions not enforc ing the
NBCC, where elevator equipment is located or its enclo­ A ir cond it ion ing equ ipment is perm itted to be
sure is configured such that application of water from installed in machinery spaces, machine rooms, control
sprinklers could cause unsafe elevator operation, means spaces, or control rooms for the purpose of cooling these
shall be provided to automatically disconnect the main areas only, subject to 2.8.5.1 through 2.8.5.5.
line power supply to the affected elevator and any other 2.8.5.1 Air conditioning equipment shall not be
power supplies used to move the elevator upon or prior located directly above elevator equipment.
to the application of water.
2.8.5.2 The clear headroom below suspended air
(a) This means shall be independent of the elevator
conditioning equipment shall conform to 2.7.4.
control and shall not be self-resetting.
(b) Heat detectors and sprinkler flow switches used to 2.8.5.3 Means shall be prov ided to collect and
initiate main line elevator power shutdown shall comply drain condensation water from these spaces. Condensa­
with the requirements of NFPA 7 2. tion drains shall not be located directly above elevator
(c) The activation of sprinklers outside of such loca­ equipment. Drains connected directly to sewers shall
tions shall not disconnect the main line elevator power not be installed.
supply. See also 2.27.3.3.6. 2.8.5.4 Safe and convenient access within the ele­
2.8.3.3.3 Smoke detectors shall not be used to vator machinery space, machine room, control space, or
activate sprinklers in these spaces or to disconnect the control room shall be provided to the air-conditioning
main line power supply. equipment for servicing and maintaining.
(16) 2.8.3.3.4 In jur isd ict ions not enforc ing the NOTE: See also 2.7.3.1.
NBCC, when sprinklers are installed not more than 2.8.5.5 There shall be no exposed gears, sprockets,
600 mm ( 2 4 in .) above the pit floor, 2 .8 .3.3.4(a) and (b) belts, pulleys, or chains.
apply to elevator electrical equipment and wiring in the
NOTES (2.8.5):
hoistway located less than 1 200 mm ( 48 in.) above the (1) See 2.8.3.2 for requirements for duct work.
pit floor, except earthquake protective devices conform­ (2) These requirements do not pertain to air conditioning equip
ing to 8.4.10.1.2(e); and on the exterior of the car at the ment used to cool selective elevator equipment.
point where the car platform sill and the lowest landing
hoistway door sill are in vertical alignment. 2.8.6 Miscellaneous Equipment
(a) Elevator electrical equipment shall be weather­ Enclosed mov ing, rotat ing, hang ing mach iner y,
proof (Type 4 as specified in NEMA 250) . equipment, stationary decorative l ighting, stationary
(b) Elevator wiring, except traveling cables, shall be signage or other stat ionary spec ial effects dev ices,
identified for use in wet locations in accordance with securely attached to either one or more of the car, coun­
the requirements in NFPA 70. terweight, or hoistway shall be permitted, provided that

36
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

the elevator, including the equipment and devices, con­ 2.9.2.2.1 The foundation shall support the total
forms to 2.4, 2.5, 2.8.1, 2.1 4.2.1.1, 2.15.7, 8.2.2.1, and weight of the machine, sheaves, and other equipment,
8.2.9.1. Any unenclosed moving, rotating, or hanging and the floor, if any.
machinery or equipment, attached to the exterior of the
car or counterweight, interior of the hoistway, exterior 2.9.2.2.2 The sheave beams and the foundation
of the car, or any other elevator equipment in the bolts shall withstand two times the vertical force compo­
hoistway is prohibited unless it is used in conjunction nent acting thereon as a result of the tension in all the
with the designed use of the elevator. suspension ropes, less the weight of the machine or
sheaves .

SECTION 2.9 2.9.2.2.3 The sheave beams and the foundation

MACHINERY AND SH EAVE BEAMS, SUPPORTS, AN D bolts shall withstand two times the horizontal force com­
FOUNDATIONS ponent, if any, acting thereon as a result of the tension
in all the suspension ropes.
2.9.1 Supports Required
2.9.2.2.4 T he foundation shall withstand two
Machines, machinery, sheaves, and hitches shall be times the overturning moment, if any, acting thereon as
supported by overhead beams, structural floors, struc­ a result of the tension in all the suspension ropes.
tural walls, or guide rails.
2.9.1.1 Machines, machinery, and sheaves shall be 2.9.3 Securing of Machinery and Equipment to
so supported and maintained in place as to prevent Beams, Foundations, Guide Rails, Structural
any part from becoming loose or displaced under the Walls, or Floors
conditions imposed in service. 2.9.3.1 Overhead Beams and Floors
2.9. 1 .2 Supporting beams, if used, shall be of steel 2.9.3.1.1 Where overhead beams and floors are
or reinforced concrete. used to support machinery or equipment, the machinery
2.9.1.3 Beams are not required under machine(s), or equipment shall be secured to and supported on or
sheave(s), and machinery or control equipment that is from the top of overhead beams or floors, except for the
supported on floors, provided such floors are designed following equipment:
and installed to support the load imposed thereon, or (a) secondary or deflecting sheaves of tract ion
where supported by guide rails or structural walls elevators
designed to meet the requirements of 2.9.3.3. (b) devices and their accessories for limiting or
retarding car speed
2.9.2 Loads on Machinery and Sheave Beams,
Floors, or Foundations and Their Supports 2.9.3.1 .2 Securing bolts or fastenings are not
required where sound isolation in compression is used
2 . 9 . 2 . 1 Overh ead Beams, Floors, and Th e i r between bases of machinery or equipment and support­
Supports. Overhead beams, floors, and their supports ing beams or floors.
shall be designed for not less than the sum of the follow­
ing loads: 2.9.3.2 Beams or Foundations Supporting Machinery
(a) the load resting on the beams and supports, that and Sheaves Not Located Directly Over the Hoistway
shall include the complete weight of the machine, 2.9.3.2.1 Machines and sheaves located below
sheaves, controller, governor, and any other equipment, or at one side of a hoistway shall be anchored to beams,
together with that portion, if any, of the machinery space, foundations, or floors with bolts, conforming to
machine room, control space, or control room floor sup­ AST M A307, of sufficient size and number to withstand
ported thereon the applicable load conditions specified in 2.9.2.2.Based
(b) two times the sum of the tensions in all wire ropes on these initial loads, total tension in anchor bolts shall
supported by the beams, floors, and their supports with not exceed 85 MPa ( 1 2,000 psi) of net section, and the
rated load in the car total shear shall not exceed 60 MPa (9,000 psi) of actual
NOTE [2.9.2.l (b)] : These tensions are doubled to take care of area in the shear plane .(See also 2 .9 .3.5 .)
accelerations and decelerations.
2.9.3.2.2 Where bolts are used through greater
2 . 9 . 2 . 2 Foundations, Beams, and Floors for than 5 deg sloping flanges of structural shapes, the bolt
Machinery and Sheaves Not Located Directly Over the heads shall be of the tipped or beveled head type or
Hoistway. T he supports for machines and sheaves shall be fitted with beveled steel washers, and nuts on
located below or at the sides of the hoistway shall meet greater than 5 deg sloping flanges shall seat on beveled
the requirements of 2.9.2.2.1 through 2.9.2.2.4. steel washers.

37
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.9.3.3 Securing of Machines, Sheaves, Equipment, 2.9.3.5 Bolts Made of Steel. Bolts made of steel
and Hitches to Guide Rails or Structural Walls used to comply with the requirements of 2.9.3.2.1,
2.9.3.3.3, and 2.9.3.4.2 having a greater strength than
2.9.3.3.1 Machines, sheaves, equipment, and
hitches shall be permitted to be secured to and sup­ specified by AST M A307 shall be permitted, provided
that the maximum allowable stresses increased propor­
ported by the guide rails or structural walls, provided
that the tension in the hoisting ropes and the weight of tionally based on the ratio of the ultimate strengths.
Elongation shall conform to the requirements of the cor­
the equipment will not develop direct tensions in the
bolts or rivets. responding AST M specification.

2.9.3.3.2 Securing bolts or fastenings are not 2.9.3.6 Cast Metals in Tension or Bending. Cast
required where sound isolation in compression is used metals having an elongation of less than 20% in a length
between bases of machinery or equipment and their of 50 mm ( 2 in.), when measured in accordance with
supports. AST M EB, that are subject to tension or bending, shall
not be used to support machinery or equipment from
2.9.3.3.3 Bolts used to secure equipment to the the underside of overhead beams or floors.
guide rails or structural walls shall conform to
AST M A307, and be of sufficient size and number to 2.9.4 Allowable Stresses for Machinery and Sheave
withstand the applicable load conditions specified in Beams or Floors, Their Supports, and Any
2.9.2.2. Based on these initial loads, total tension in sup­ Support Members That Transmit Load to the
port bolts shall not exceed 85 MPa ( 1 2,000 psi) of net Guide Rails or Structural Walls
section, and the total shear in bolts and rivets shall not 2.9.4.1 The unit stresses for all machinery and
exceed 60 MPa (9,000 psi) of actual area in the shear sheave beams and floors and their supports, based on
plane. The requirements of 2.9.3.2.2 for bolts and 2.9.3.4.3 the loads computed as specified in 2.9.2 or 2.9.6, which­
and 2.9.3.4.4 for hitch plates shall also apply.The stresses ever is greater, shall not exceed 80% of those permitted
in welds due to tensions in the hoisting ropes shall not for static loads by the following standards:
exceed 55 MPa (8,000 psi) on the throat area of the welds.
(a) S tructura l S teel. A I SC Book No. S326 or
(See also 2 .9 .3.5 .)
CAN /CSA-S 16.l, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
2.9.3.3.4 Guide rails used to support machines, (b) Reinforced Concrete. A N S I / AC I 318 or
equipment, sheaves, and hitches shall meet the require­ CAN3-A 23.3, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
ments of 2.23.4.
2.9.4.2 Where stresses due to loads, other than
2.9.3.4 Overhead Hoisting-Rope Hitches elevator loads supported on the beams or floor, exceed
2.9.3.4.1 Where hoisting ropes are secured to the those due to the elevator loads, 100% of the permitted
structure above a hoistway, the hitch plates and hitch­ stresses are permitted.
plate blocking beams, where used, shall be secured to 2.9.4.3 Cast Metals in Tension or Bending. Cast
and mounted on top of overhead beams, machine beams, metals having an elongation of less than 20% in a length
or on top of auxiliary beams connected to the webs of of 50 mm ( 2 in.), when measured in accordance with
overhead beams. AST M EB, that are subject to tension or bending, shall
2.9.3.4.2 Hitch plates, blocking, or auxiliary not be used to support machinery or equipment from
beams shall be secured by bolts conforming to guide rails or structural walls .
AST M A307, rivets conforming to AST M A50 2, or weld­
2.9.5 Allowable Deflections of Machinery and
ing conforming to 8.8, and shall be so located that the
Sheave Beams, Their Supports, and Any
tension in the hoisting ropes will not develop direct
Support Members Loaded in Bending That
tensions in the bolts or rivets. Where bolts and rivets
Transmit Load to Guide Rails or Structural
are subjected to shearing stresses due to tension in the
Walls
hoisting ropes, the total shear shall not exceed 60 MPa
(9,000 psi) of actual area in the shear plane. The stresses The allowable deflections of machinery and sheave
in welds due to tensions in the hoisting ropes shall not beams, their immediate supports, and any support
exceed 55 MPa (8,000 psi) on the throat area of the welds. members loaded in bending that transmit load to guide
(See also 2.9.3.5.) rails or structural walls under static load shall not exceed
2.9.3.4.3 The hitch plate supporting structure
½666 of the span.
shall be designed to withstand two times the sum of 2.9.6 Allowable Stresses Due to Emergency Braking
the tensions in all hoisting ropes attached to the hitch Machinery and sheave beams, supports, any support
plates. (See also 2.15.13.) members that transmit load to guide rails or structural
2.9.3.4.4 Total stresses in hitch plates and hitch­ walls and any fastenings subject to forces due to the
plate shapes shall not exceed 85 MPa ( 1 2,000 psi). application of the emergency brake (see 2.19.4) shall be

38
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

designed to withstand the maximum forces developed top rail to the toe-board, the application of the force
during the retardation phase of the emergency braking specified in 2.10.2.4(a) shall be considered to meet the
so that the resulting stresses due to the emergency brak­ requirements of 2.10.2.4(b).
ing and all other loading acting simultaneously, if appli­ (c) a force of 2 25 N (50 lbf ) applied in a lateral direc­
cable, shall not exceed those specified in 2.9.4. tion to the toe-board.

SECTION 2 . 1 0 SECTION 2.1 1

GUARDING O F EQU I PMENT AN D STAN DARD P ROTECTION O F HOISTWAY OPENI NGS
RAI LI NG 2.1 1 . 1 Entrances and Emergency Doors Required
2.10.1 Guarding of Equipment 2.1 1 .1.1 Hoistway Landing Entrances. All elevator
In machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, hoistway landing openings shall be provided with
and control rooms, the following shall be guarded to entrances that shall guard the full height and width of
protect against accidental contact: the openings .Entrances shall be at least 2 030 mm (80 in .)
(a) driving-machine sheaves and ropes whose vertical in height and 800 mm (31.5 in.) in width.
projection upon a horizontal plane extends beyond the
2.1 1 . 1 .2 Emergency Doors in Blind Hoistways.
base of the machine, unless the driving-machine sheave
Where an elevator is installed in a single blind hoistway,
is so located as to minimize the possibility of contact
there shall be installed in the blind portion of the
(b) sheaves
hoistway an emergency door at every third floor, but
(c) exposed gears, sprockets, tape or rope sheaves, or
not more than 1 1 m (36 ft) from sill to sill, conforming
drums of selectors, floor controllers, or signal machines, to the following :
and their driving ropes, chains, or tapes
(a) The clear opening shall be at least 700 mm ( 28 in.)
(d) keys, keyways, and screws in projecting shafts
wide and 2 030 mm (80 in.) high.
Handwinding wheels and flywheels that are not
(b) It shall be easily accessible and free from fixed
guarded shall have yellow markings.
obstructions.
2.1 0.2 Standard Railing (c) It shall be either of the horizontally sliding or
swinging single-section type, irrespective of the type of
A standard railing shall be substantially constructed door installed at other landings.
of metal and shall consist of a top rail, intermediate (d) It shall be self-closing and self-locking and shall
rail or equivalent structural member or solid panel, and be marked, in letters not less than 50 mm ( 2 in.) high,
toe-board. "DANGE R, ELEVATO R HOISTWAY."
2.1 0.2.1 Top Rail. The top rail shall have a smooth (e) It shall be provided with an electric contact that
surface, and the upper surface shall be located at a verti­ will prevent the operation of the driving machine unless
cal height of not less than 1 070 mm ( 4 2 in .) and not the door is closed (see 2.26.2.25).
more than 1 095 mm ( 43 in.) from the working surface. (f) It shall be unlocked from the landing side only
through the use of a cylinder-type lock, having not less
2.1 0.2.2 Intermediate Rail, Member, or Panel. The
than five pins or five discs. The cylinder lock shall
intermediate rail or equivalent structural member or
(1) not be unlocked by any key that will open any
solid panel shall be located approximately centered
other lock or device used for any purpose in the building
between the top rail and the working surface.
(2) be so designed that the key shall be removable
2.1 0.2.3 Toe-Board. The toe-board shall be securely only in the locked position
fastened and have a height not less than 100 mm ( 4 in.) (g) It shall be openable from the hoistway side with­
above the working surface. out the use of a key.
(h) T he key shall be of Group 1 Security (see
2.1 0.2.4 Strength of Standard Railing. A standard
railing shall be capable of resisting anywhere along its Section 8.1). This key shall also be made available to
length the following forces when applied separately, emergency personnel during an emergency.
without deflecting more than 75 mm (3in.) and without (i) A hinged self-closing barrier independent of the
permanent deformation : door shall be installed horizontally across the entrance
on the hoistway side at a height of 1 070 mm ( 4 2 in.).
(a) a force of at least 890 N ( 200 lbf ) applied in any
lateral or downward vertical direction, at any point The barrier shall not open into the hoistway.
along the top rail. 2 . 1 1 . 1 .3 Teleph one as Alternative to Emergency
(b) a force of at least 666 N ( 150 lbf ) applied in any Doors. Where an elevator is installed in a single blind
lateral or downward vertical direction at any point along hoistway, and there are no landings from which to gain
the center of the intermediate rail, member, or panel. If access through an emergency door, a means of two-way
the standard railing is a solid panel extending from the conversation conforming to 2.27.1.1.4 shall be provided.

39
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

NOTE: Examples are pulp mills, grain elevators, dams, or similar 2.1 1 .4 Location of H orizontally Sliding or Swinging
locations. Hoistway Doors
2.1 1.1.4 Access Openings for Cleaning of Car and Horizontally sliding or swinging doors shall be so
Hoistway Enclosures. Nonremovable sliding or swing located that the distance from the hoistway face of the
panels or doors in the hoistway conforming to doors to the edge of the hoistway landing sill, measured
2.l l.l.2(d), (f), (g), and (i) shall be permitted for access from the face of the door section nearest to the car, shall
to car or hoistway transparent enclosures for cleaning be not more than the requirements specified in 2.11.4.1
purposes. An electromechanical device shall be pro­ and 2.11.4.2.
vided that will prevent the operation of the driving 2.1 1 .4.1 For elevators that can be operated only
machine unless the access panels or doors are closed from the car, 100 mm (4 in. ), except that where new
and locked (see 2.26.2.3 2 ). Keys used to unlock the access elevators are installed in existing multiple hoistways or
panels or doors shall be Group 2 Security (see where alterations involving replacement of the doors
Section 8.1). are made to existing elevators in multiple hoistways,
and the location of the door openings is such that the
2.1 1 .2 Types of Entrances
100 mm (4 in.) dimension specified cannot be main­
2.1 1 .2.1 Passenger Elevators. For passenger eleva- tained, the distance specified is permitted to be increased
tors, entrances shall be one of the following types: to not more than 12 5 mm (5 in.) where horizontally
(a) horizontally sliding sliding doors are used.
(b) horizontally swinging, single-section 2.1 1 .4.2 For elevators with automatic or continu­
(c) combination horizontally sliding and swinging ous-pressure operation, 19 mm (0.75 in.) for swinging
(d) hand- or power-operated vertically sliding that doors and 5 7 mm (2.2 5 in.) for sliding doors, except that
slide up to open (a) freight elevators not accessible to the general pub­
2.1 1 .2.2 Freight Elevators. For freight elevators, lic, and that are located in factories, warehouses, garages,
entrances shall be one of the following types: and similar industrial buildings are permitted to have
single-section or center-opening two-section horizon­
(a) horizontally sliding
tally swinging doors conforming to 2.11.4.1; or
(b) swinging, single-section
(b) for swinging doors used on elevators with auto­
(c) combination horizontally sliding and swinging
matic and continuous-pressure operation, the distance
(d) center-opening, two-section horizontally swing- shall be permitted to be increased from 19 mm to 57 mm
ing, subj ect to restrictions of 2.11.2.3 (0.75 in. to 2.2 5 in.) if such doors are emergency doors
(e) vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced (see conforming to 2.11.1. (See also 2.14.4.5.)
2.16.4)
(f) vertically sliding counterweighted, single- or 2.1 1 . 5 Projection of Entrances and Other Equipment
multisection Beyond the Landing Sills
2 . 1 1 .2 . 3 Limitations of Use of Center-O pening Entrances and equipment shall not project into an
Swinging Entrances. Center-opening swinging elevator hoistway beyond the line of the landing sill,
entrances shall be permitted only except for
(a) equipment required for interlocking, indicator and
(a) for freight elevators that can be operated only from
the car; or signal devices, door operating devices, door guiding
devices, and door retaining devices
(b) for freight elevators not accessible to the general
(b) vertical slide entrances
public that can be operated from outside the hoistway,
and that are located in factories, warehouses, garages, 2.1 1 .6 Opening of Hoistway Doors
and similar industrial buildings
2.1 1 .6.1 When the car is within the unlocking zone (1 6)
2.1 1 .3 Closing of Hoistway Doors (see 2.12.1), the hoistway doors shall be openable by
hand from within the car without the use of tools.
2.1 1 .3.1 Horizontally sliding or single-section
2.1 1 .6.2 Means shall not be provided for locking
swinging doors of automatic-operation elevators shall
out of service the doors at
be provided with door closers arranged to close an open
(a) the top terminal landing
door automatically if the car, for any reason, leaves the
(b) the bottom terminal landing
landing zone.
(c) the designated and alternate landings for elevators
2.1 1 .3.2 On center-opening doors, if there is an equipped with Phase I Emergency Recall Operation,
interlock on only one panel, the door closer required when Phase I is effective
by 2. 11.3.1 shall be provided on the leading panel that (d) no landing for elevators equipped with Phase II
operates in the opposite direction (see 2.11.11.7). Emergency In-Car Operation when Phase II is effective

40
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.1 1 .6.3 Egress from the interior of the car to any Where required or used, vision panels shall conform
elevator landing by means of the car and hoistway doors to 2.1 1.7.1.1 through 2.1 1.7.1.7.
shall be unrestricted once the car and hoistway doors
2.1 1 .7.1 .1 The area of any sin �le vision panel
shall be not less than 0,0 15 m 2 ( 2 4 in. ), and the total
are open. Additional doors or devices, that are not part
of nor function with the elevator but are provided in
area of one or more vision panels in any hoistway door
shall be not more than 0.055 m 2 (85 in.2) .
lieu of an enclosed elevator lobby in order to guard
against the migration of smoke in or out of the hoistway,
shall comply with the following: 2.1 1 .7.1.2 Each clear panel opening shall reject
(a) The building code. a ball 150 mm (6 in.) in diameter.
(b) The additional door or device, in any position,
2.1 1 .7.1.3 Muntins used between panel sections
shall not interfere with the function and operation of shall be of noncombustible material and of substantial
the elevator. construction.
(c) The additional door or device shall not interfere
with the fire-resistance rating and operation of the 2.1 1 .7.1 .4 Panel opening shall be glazed with
hoistway entrance .Direct or mechanical attachment (i .e ., either of the following :
welding, holes, bolts, or rivets) shall not be made to (a) clear wire glass not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.)
hoistway doors or frames, unless the additional door or (b) other transparent glazing material not less than
device and the hoistway elevator entrance are listed as 6 mm (0.25 in.) thick that meets the impact safety stan­
a complete assembly by a certifying organization. dard 16 C F R Part 1 20 1 or CAN /CGSB- 1 2 .1, CAN /
(d) Additional doors or devices when in the closed CGSB- 1 2.1 1, or CAN /CGSB- 1 2.1 2, whichever is applica­
position shall not prevent firefighters from visually ble (see Part 9)
observing the elevator landing (lobby) when the elevator 2.1 1 .7.1 .5 The center of the panel shall be located
hoistway door is no more than one-quarter open. not less than 1 300 mm (5 1 in.) and not more than
(e) Additional doors or devices shall be permitted to 1 700 mm (67 in.) above the landing, except that for
be deployed only at those hoistway openings of eleva­ vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced doors, it
tors where fire alarm initiating devices used to initiate shall be located to conform to the dimensions specified
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation associated with insofar as the door design will permit .
that elevator have been activated.
2 . 1 1 . 7 . 1 .6 V ision panels in power-operated
NOTE: It is recommended that all additional doors or devices doors shall be substantially flush with the surface of the
deployed in front of hoistway doors shall be cleared (returned to landing side of the door.
open/standby position) by authorized or emergency personnel
prior to removing the elevator from Phase I Emergency Recall 2.1 1 .7.1 .7 Vision panels shall be protected by
Operation and returning to normal operation. It is recommended protective grilles made of steel not less than 1.4 mm
in the case of an unintended deployment, authorized personnel (0.055 in.) thick, in accordance with the following
should return doors to the open or standby position.
specifications :
2.1 1 .6.4 Handles or other means provided for (a) Grilles shall be sized to fit within or over the vision
operation of manually operated doors shall be so located panel frame and completely cover the vision panel open­
that it is not necessary to reach the back of any panel, ing in the hoistway door.
jamb, or sash to operate them. (b) Grilles shall be secured by means that deter
removal by common tools.
2.1 1 .7 G lass in H oistway Doors (c) Grilles shall contain openings that shall be not
Glass in hoistway doors shall conform to 2.1 1.7.1 and larger than 19 mm x 19 mm (0.75 in. x 0.75 in.) in
2.1 1.7.2. diameter .Such openings shall be spaced at 25 mm ( 1 in .)
center-to-center.
2.1 1 .7.1 Vision Panels. Manually operated or self­ (d) Grille edges shall be free of burrs and beveled.
closing hoistway doors of the vertically or horizontally (e) Grilles shall be installed on the hoistway side of
sliding type, for elevators with automatic or continuous­ the door.
pressure operation, shall be provided with a vision
panel . Vision panels shall not be required at landings 2 . 1 1 . 7 . 2 G lass Doors. W here provided, glass
hoistway doors shall conform to 2 .1 1 .7 .2 .1 through
of automatic operation elevators where a hall position
2.1 1.7.2.5.
indicator is provided. In multisection doors, the vision
panel is required in one section only, but is permitted 2.1 1 .7.2.1 The glass shall be laminated glass con­
to be placed in all sections. All horizontally swinging forming to 16 CF R Part 1 20 1 or CAN /CGSB-1 2.1. Mark­
elevator doors shall be provided with vision panels. ings as specified in the applicable standard shall be on
Vision panels are permitted for any type of hoistway each separate piece of glass and shall remain visible
door. after installation.

41
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.1 1 .7.2.2 The glass shall be not less than 60% the hoistway edge of the landing sill to the top of door
of the total visible door panel surface area as seen from hanger pocket of the entrance next below.
the landing side of the doors. Door lap shall not be used
in calculating glass size. 2.1 1.10.1.3 Where no car-leveling device is pro­
vided and the sill projects inward from the general line
2.1 1 .7.2.3 In power-operated doors, the glass of the hoistway, the guard shall be either beveled at an
panel shall be substantially flush with the surface of the angle of not less than 60 deg and not more than 75 deg
landing side of the door. from the horizontal, or have a straight vertical face
2.1 1 .7.2.4 A nonglass edge shall be provided on extending from the hoistway edge of the landing sill to
the leading edge of the door panel. the top of door hanger pocket of the entrance below.
2.1 1 .7.2.5 T he glass door shall conform to 2.1 1.10.1.4 A horizontal door guiding groove
2.1 1.1 1.5.7 for horizontally sliding type entrances, with a maximum width of 10 mm (0.375 in.) shall be
2.1 1.1 2.4 for vertically sliding type entrances, or 2.1 1.13.3 permitted at the transition of the landing-sill guard and
for swinging entrances. the landing sill, provided the following requirements
2.1 1 .8 Weights for Closing or Balancing Doors are met:
(a) Door power pre-opening in accordance with
Hoistway door weights, where used for closing or
2.13.2.2.2 shall not be permitted.
balancing doors, shall be guided or restrained to prevent
(b) Leveling /releveling shall be initiated before verti­
them from coming out of their runway. The bottom of
cal exposure of the groove is revealed.
the guides or other restraining means shall be so con­
structed as to retain the weights if the weight suspension (c) Where exposure to the groove is revealed, the car
means breaks . shall not relevel with open doors.
(d) Edges forming the groove shall be configured to
2.1 1 .9 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Power prevent hazards.
Operation
2.1 1 . 1 0.2 Illumination at Landing Sills. The build­
2.1 1 .9.1 Locking Devices. Doors shall be provided ing corridors shall be so lighted that the illumination at
with door locking devices conforming to Section 2 .1 2 . the landing sills, when an elevator is in service, shall be
2.1 1 .9.2 Power Operation. Where hoistway doors not less than 100 lx ( 10 fc).
are power operated or are opened or closed by power, 2.1 1 .1 0.3 Hinged Hoistway Landing Sills. Hinged
their operation shall conform to Section 2.13. hoistway landing sills provided in connection with verti­
2.1 1 . 1 0 Landing-Sill G uards, Landing-Sill cally sliding, biparting, counterbalanced doors of freight
Illumination, Hinged Landing Sills, and elevators shall be hinged on the landing side so that
Tracks on Landings they can be lowered only when the landing doors are
in the fully opened position.
2.1 1 . 1 0.1 Landing-Sill Guards
2.1 1.10.1.1 Landing sills shall be guarded on the 2.1 1 . 1 1 Entrances, Horizontal Slide Type
underside with guard plates of smooth metal not less 2.1 1 .1 1 .1 Landing Sills. Landing sills shall
than 1.4 mm (0.055 in.) thick, extending the full width of
(a) be of metal and of sufficient strength to support
the car sill exposed to the landing entrance, and securely
the loads to be carried by the sills when loading and
fastened in place. Landing-sill guards are not required
unloading the car, and be secured in place
for
(b) be substantially flush with the floor surface of the
(a) vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced doors
elevator landings
(b) vertically sliding counterweighted doors that slide
down to open (c) be so designed and maintained as to provide a
(c) elevators where the landing sills do not project secure foothold over the entire width of the door opening
into the hoistway (d) be permitted to include the corresponding mem­
ber of a bottom guiding means (see 2.1 1.1 1.5.7 and
2.1 1.10.1.2 Where a car-leveling device is pro­ 2.1 1.1 1.6)
vided and the hoistway edge of the sill is either flush
with or projects into the hoistway, the guard shall have 2.1 1 .1 1 .2 Hangers, Tracks, and Track Supports.
a straight vertical face extending below the sill not less Hangers, tracks, and their supports and fastenings for
than the depth of the leveling zone plus 75 mm (3 in.). doors shall be constructed to withstand, without dam­
Where the sill projects inward from the hoistway enclo­ age or appreciable deflection, an imposed static load
sure, the bottom of the guard shall also be beveled at equal to four times the weight of each panel as applied
an angle of not less than 60 deg and not more than 75 deg successively downward and upward at the vertical cen­
from the horizontal, or the guard shall be extended from terline of the panel. (See 2.1 1.1 1.5.7 and 2.1 1.1 1.5.8.)

42
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.1 1 .1 1 .3 Entrance Frames 2.1 1 . 1 1 .5.6 Where decorative material is applied

to listed /certified panels, it shall conform to the require­
2.1 1.1 1 .3.1 Where used, entrance frames shall ments of the certifying organization.
be anchored to the sills and to the building structure or
the track supports .The head of the entrance frame shall 2.1 1 . 1 1 .5.7 The entrance assembly shall be capa­
not be used to support the weight of the wall over the ble of withstanding a force of 2 500 N (560 lbf) applied
frame. on the landing side at right angles to and approximately
at the center of a panel. This force shall be distributed
2.1 1.1 1 .3.2 Where decorative material is applied over an area of approx imately 100 mm x 100 mm
to listed /certified frames, it shall conform to the require­ ( 4 in. x 4 in.). There shall be no appreciable permanent
ments of the certifying organization. displacement or deformation of any parts of the entrance
2 . 1 1 . 1 1 . 4 H a n ge rs . Hangers shall conform to assembly resulting from this test.
2.1 1.1 1.4.1 and 2.1 1.1 1.4.2. 2.1 1 . 1 1 .5.8 Means shall be provided to prevent
opening of locked doors more than 20 mm (0.8 in.) per
2.1 1.1 1 .4.1 Means shall be prov ided to prevent
panel at the farthest point from the interlock when a
the hangers from jumping the track.
force of 135 N (30 lbf) is applied in the opening direction
2 . 1 1 . 1 1 . 4.2 Stops shall be prov ided in the at the leading edge of the door at the farthest point from
entrance assembly to prevent hangers from overrunning the interlock.
the end of the track. 2.1 1 . 1 1 .6 Bottom Guides. Bottom guides shall con­
2 . 1 1 . 1 1 . 5 Pan e ls. Panels shall conform to form to the following:
2.1 1.1 1.5.1 through 2.1 1.1 1.5.8. (a) The bottom of each panel shall be guided by one
or more members.
2.1 1.1 1 .5.1 The panels shall overlap the top and (b) Guide members shall be securely fastened.
sides of the open ing, and each other, in the case of (c) The guide members and any reinforcements or
multispeed entrances, by not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.). guards shall engage the corresponding member by not
Where entrances without frames are used, the overlap less than 6 mm (0.25 in.). (See 2.1 1.1 1.5.7.)
shall extend the thickness of the facing used to finish
the opening plus 13 mm (0.5 in.) or more. 2 . 1 1 . 1 1 . 7 M u lti p a n e l En tra n ces. Panels of
multipanel doors shall conform to either 2.1 1.1 1.7.1 or
2.1 1.1 1 .5.2 The clearance shall not exceed 10 mm 2.1 1.1 1.7.2. Mult iple-speed and center-open ing
(0.375 in.) between multiple-speed doors shall also conform to 2 .1 1 .1 1 .7 .3.
(a) the panel and the frame
2.1 1.1 1 .7.1 Panels shall be interconnected
(b) the panel and the wall, where entrances without
directly or through their hangers so as to assure simulta­
frames are used in masonry or concrete neous movement of all panels. The factor of safety of
(c) related panels of multispeed entrances the interconnecting means shall not be less than 10 for
(d) the panel and the sill measured vertically cast iron or 5 for other materials.
2 . 1 1 . 1 1 . 5 . 3 T he lead ing panel edge of s ide­ 2 . 1 1 . 1 1 . 7.2 Panels shall be equ ipped w ith
opening entrances shall not close into pockets in the hoistway door interlocks on each driven panel and pro­
str ike jamb and shall be smooth and free of sharp vided with a door closer(s) installed to comply with
projections. 2.1 1.3.1. All panels shall move simultaneously when the
car is at the landing.
2.1 1.1 1 .5.4 The meeting panel edges of center­
opening entrances shall be smooth and free of sharp 2.1 1 . 1 1 .7.3 Multiple-speed and center-opening
projection. multiple-speed panels shall be prov ided with secondary
The meeting panel edges of center-opening entrances mechanical interconnecting means to ensure that indi­
shall be protected with not less than one resilient male vidual panels of multiple panel doors moving in the
member extending the full height of the panel .The resil­ same direction cannot become separated from the panel
ient members shall be permitted to interlock by not more that is locked by the interlock in the event that the normal
than 10 mm (0.375 in.). interconnecting means fails.
When in the closed position, the distance between the 2.1 1 . 1 1 .7.4 Where cable and pulleys are used to
metal parts of the meeting panels shall not exceed 13mm connect panels of multisection sliding doors, each pulley
(0.5 in.). shall be equipped with a guard to prevent the cable
2.1 1.1 1 .5.5 No areas shall be depressed or raised from leaving the pulley.
more than 3 mm (0.1 25 in.) from the adjacent area and 2.1 1 .1 1 .8 Hoistway Door Safety Retainers. The top
edges shall be beveled at not more than 30 deg to the and bottom of horizontally sliding doors shall be pro­
panel surface. vided with a means of retaining the closed door panel

43
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

in position if the primary guiding means fail, and pre­ 2.1 1.12.2.4 Where decorative material is applied
venting displacement of the door panel top and bottom to listed /certified frames, it shall conform to the require­
by more than 20 mm (0.8 in.) when the door panel is ments of the certifying organization.
subjected to a force of 5 000 N ( 1, 1 25 lbf) in the direction
2 . 1 1 . 1 2.3 Rai ls. T he panel guide rails shall be
of the hoistway applied at right angles to the panel over
securely fastened to the building structure and the
an area of 300 mm x 300 mm ( 1 2 in. x 1 2 in.) at the
entrance frame, at intervals, throughout their entire
approximate center of the panel.
length.
The retaining means shall also withstand, without
Rails and their supports shall withstand the forces
detachment or permanent deformation, a force of
specified in 2.1 1.1 2.4.6. Where truckable sills are pro­
1 000 N ( 2 25 lb£) applied upward at any point along
vided as specified in 2.1 1.1 2.4.2, the rails shall withstand
the width of the door panel and, while this force is
any reactions that could be transmitted to the rails as a
maintained, an additional force of 1 100 N ( 250 lb£)
result of loading and unloading operations.
applied at right angles to the door at the center of the
panel. This force shall be distributed over an area of 2 . 1 1 . 1 2 .4 Pan e ls. Panels shall conform to
300 mm x 300 mm ( 1 2 in. x 1 2 in.). 2.1 1.1 2.4.1 through 2.1 1.1 2.4.8.
The retaining means shall not be subjected to wear 2.1 1.12.4.1 The panels shall be constructed of
or stress during normal door operation or maintenance. noncombustible material, or of a structural core made
2.1 1 . 1 1 .9 Beams, Walls, Floors, and Supports. The of combustible material if covered with not less than
building structural supports of the entrance, such as 0.45 mm (0.0 175 in.) sheet metal.
building beams, walls, and floors, shall be designed to 2 . 1 1 . 1 2.4.2 T he lower panel of biparting
withstand the horizontal forces stipulated in 2.1 1.1 1.8. entrances and the top of the panel of vertical slide
2.1 1 . 1 1 . 1 0 Hoistway Door to Sill Clearance. The entrances that slide down to open shall be provided
horizontal distance from the hoistway side of the leading with a truckable sill designed for the loads specified in
edge of the hoistway door, or sight guard, if provided, 2.1 1.1 2.1.1. Provisions shall be made to transmit the
to the edge of the landing sill, shall not exceed panel sill load to the building structure.
13 mm (0.5 in.). The vertical clearance between the sight 2.1 1.12.4.3 Panels of biparting counterbalanced
guard, if provided, and the landing sill shall not exceed
entrances shall conform to the following:
13 mm (0.5 in.).
(a) They shall be provided with means to stop the
2.1 1 . 1 2 Entrances, Vertical Slide Type closing panels when the distance between the closing
rigid members of the panel is not less than 20 mm (0.8 in.)
2.1 1 . 1 2.1 Landing Sills and not more than 50 mm ( 2 in.).
2.1 1 .12.1.1 Landing sills shall be of metal and (b) A fire-resistive, nonshearing, and noncrushing
of sufficient strength to support the loads to be carried member of either the meeting or overlapping type shall
by the sills when loading and unloading the car, and be be provided on the upper panel to close the distance
secured in place (see 2.16.2.2 for classes of loading); the between the rigid door sections when in contact with the
load on the sill during loading and unloading shall be stops. This member shall allow a minimum compressible
considered to be the same as that on the platform mem­ clearance of 20 mm (0.8 in.).
bers specified in 8.2.2.6. (c) Rigid members that overlap the meeting edge, and
center-latching devices, are prohibited .
2.1 1.12.1.2 Landing sills shall be secured to the
building structure in substantially the same plane as the 2.1 1.12.4.4 The panels, with their attachments
elevator landing floor. for doors that slide up to open, shall overlap the sides
and top of the entrance opening by at least 50 mm ( 2 in.)
2.1 1 . 1 2.2 Entrance Frames. W here used, frames
when in the closed position. Other vertically sliding
shall conform to 2.1 1.1 2.2.1 through 2.1 1.1 2.2.4.
panels and their attachments shall overlap their entrance
2.1 1.12.2.1 Entrance frames shall be anchored to openings and sills by at least 50 mm ( 2 in .) when in the
the sills and to the building structure or track supports. closed position. The overlap shall extend at least 50 mm
2.1 1.12.2.2 The weight of the wall above the ( 2 in.) beyond the thickness of any facing used to finish
frame shall be supported by either of the following : the opening.
(a) lintel 2.1 1.12.4.5 The clearance between a panel and
(b) the head of the frames when designed to support the frame lintel, between a panel and the sill, and
the load between related panels of multispeed entrances, shall
not exceed 25 mm ( 1 in.).
2.1 1.12.2.3 In gypsum board (dry wall) construc­
tion, the frame side jambs shall be extended and securely 2.1 1.12.4.6 Panels, rails, and door guides shall
fastened to the building structure above the frame. conform to the strength requirements of 2.1 1.1 1.5.7.

44
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Hangers, guides, and guide shoes shall not be perma­ 2.1 1.12.8.1 The bottom of the strap shall be not
nently displaced or deformed by more than 20 mm more than 2 000 mm (79 in.) above the landing when
(0.8 in.) when their panel is subjected to a force of 5 000 N the panel is in the fully opened position.
( 1, 1 25 lbf) in the direction of the hoistway applied at
2.1 1.1 2.8.2 The length of the strap shall not be
right angles to the panel over an area of
extended by means of ropes or other materials.
300 mm x 300 mm ( 1 2 in. x 1 2 in.) at the approximate
center of the panel. 2.1 1 . 1 3 Entrances, Swinging Type
2.1 1.12.4.7 Means shall be provided to close the 2.1 1.13.1 Landing Sills. Landing sills shall
opening between the upper panel of pass-type entrances (a) be of metal and of sufficient strength to support
and the entrance frame lintel. The sum of the clearance the loads to be carried by the sills when loading and
between the panel, the device used to close the opening, unloading the car, and be secured in place
and the entrance lintel shall not exceed 25 mm ( 1 in .) . (b) be substantially flush with the floor surface of the
2.1 1.1 2.4.8 Means shall be provided to prevent elevator landings
the opening of locked doors more than 25 mm ( 1 in.) (c) be so designed and maintained as to provide a
per panel at the farthest point from the interlock when secure foothold over the entire width of the door opening
a force of 135 N (30 lbf) is applied in the opening direc­ 2.1 1.1 3.2 Entrance Frames. Frames shall conform
tion at the leading edge of the door at the farthest point to 2.1 1.13.2.1 and 2.1 1.13.2.2.
from the interlock.
2.1 1.13.2.1 They shall be designed to support in
2.1 1 .1 2.5 Guides. Panel guides shall conform to place the panels with their hinges or pivots, closer if
2.1 1.1 2.5.1 through 2.1 1.1 2.5.3. attached to the frame and interlock . They shall with­
stand the forces referred to in 2.1 1.13.3.5, and the forces
2.1 1.12.5.1 Each panel shall be equipped with
resulting from the normal opening of the door or normal
not less than four guide members or with continuous
attempts to open it when locked in the closed position.
guides .
2.1 1.1 3.2.2 Where decorative material is applied
2.1 1.12.5.2 Guide members shall be securely fas­ to listed /certified panels, it shall conform to the require­
tened to the panels. ments of the certifying organization.
2.1 1.12.5.3 Guide members shall be designed to 2 . 1 1 . 1 3 . 3 Pan e ls. Panels shall conform to
withstand the forces specified in 2.1 1.1 2.4.6. 2.1 1.13.3.1 through 2.1 1.13.3.7.
2.1 1.12.6 Counterweighting or Counterbalancing. 2.1 1.1 3.3.1 The panels shall overlap the part of
Single or multisection vertically sliding panels shall be the frame against which they close by not less than
so counterweighted, and vertically sliding biparting 13 mm (0.5 in.).
panels shall be so counterbalanced, that they will not
open or close by gravity. 2.1 1.1 3.3.2 The clearance between a panel and
Fastenings shall be provided to prevent the fall of a its sill shall not exceed 10 mm (0.375 in.).
counterweight, and the detachment or dislodgment of 2.1 1.1 3.3.3 Handles or knobs on the hoistway
counterweight parts or of balancing weights .Suspension side of door panels are not permitted. Unlatching
means and their connections, for vertically sliding devices that do not project beyond the face of the door
biparting counterbalanced doors and for the counter­ panel on the hoistway side shall be permitted.
weights of vertically sliding counterweighted doors,
shall have a factor of safety of not less than 5. 2.1 1.1 3.3.4 Where decorative material is applied
to listed /certified panels, it shall conform to the require­
2.1 1 .1 2.7 Sill Guards. Where the panel sill or other ments of the certifying organization.
structural member projects more than 13 mm (0.5 in.)
into the hoistway or beyond the panel surface below it, 2.1 1.13.3.5 Panels and their assembled accesso­
the projection shall be provided with a metal guard not ries shall
less than 1.4 mm (0.055 in.) thick and beveled at an angle (a) be capable of withstanding a force on the handle
of not less than 50 deg and not more than 75 deg from of not less than 450 N ( 100 lbf) in the opening direction
the horizontal. of a closed and locked door. There shall be no permanent
displacement or deformation of the handle or the door
2.1 1.12.8 Pull Straps. Manually operated vertically panel resulting from this force .
sliding biparting entrances shall be provided with pull (b) conform to 2.1 1.1 1.5.7.
straps on the inside and outside of the door. (c) not be permanently displaced or deformed by
T he length of the pull straps shall conform to more than 20 mm (0.75 in.) when the panel is subjected
2.1 1.1 2.8.1 and 2.1 1.1 2.8.2. to a force of 5 000 N ( 1, 1 25 lbf) in the direction of the

45
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

hoistway, applied at right angles to the panel over an acceptable to the certifying organization for other types
area of 300 mm x 300 mm ( 1 2 in. x 1 2 in.) at the approxi­ of construction.
mate center of the panel.
2.1 1 .1 5 Marking
2.1 1.1 3.3.6 Center-opening horizontally swing­
ing doors shall have one door section provided with an 2.1 1 . 1 5.1 Labeling of Tested Entrance Assembly.
overlapping astragal on its vertical edge, except where In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, a single label
each door section is provided with a landing door inter­ listing covered components included per 2.1 1.15.1.1, or
lock [see 2 .1 2 .2 .4 .4(c)] . separate labels on all individual components per
2.1 1.1 3.3.7 Center-opening horizontally swing­ 2.1 1.15.1.2 shall be provided.
ing doors shall have door stops provided at the top 2.1 1.1 5.1.1 Each entrance shall be labeled. Each
entrances that will stop each door panel when closed and label shall be permanently attached to the equipment
that will meet the requirements specified in 2.1 1.13.3.5. and shall be readily visible after installation .The follow­
2.1 1 . 1 3.4 Hinges. Hinges of the mortise and surface ing data shall be on the label :
type shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 80, (a) certifying organization 's name or identifying
Table 2- 4.3.1. symbol
(b) the name, trademark, or file number by which
2.1 1 .13.5 Entrances With Combination Horizontally
the organization that manufactured the product can be
Sliding and Swinging Panels. Where both the sliding
identified
and swinging panels are not equipped with hoistway
door interlocks or locks and contacts conforming to 2 .1 2, (c) statement of compliance with 8.3.4
the horizontally sliding and swinging panels forming a (d) a list of the component items found in the defini­
part of the entrance shall be so interconnected that tion of Entrance Assembly that are covered by the label
(a) the swinging panel can be opened only when the
2.1 1.1 5.1.2 Labels, conforming to 2.1 1.15.1.l(a)
sliding panel is in the open position and (b), shall be provided for each entrance as follows :
(b) both panels swing as a unit
(a) One label shall be provided for each door panel.
2.1 1 .1 4 Fire Tests (b) Each frame shall be labeled, except where frames
are installed in masonry or concrete and the panel over-
2.1 1 . 1 4.1 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC laps the wall in conformance with 2 .1 1 .1 1 .5 .1 and
(a) the fire-protection rating of entrances and doors 2.1 1.1 1.5.2, or 2.1 1.1 2.4.4.
shall be determined in accordance with the requirements (1) One label shall be provided for each section of
specified in the NBCC (CAN 4-S 10 4) a frame, or for each piece of a knockdown frame; or
(b) where required, the hoistway door interlock mech­ (2) A single label shall be provided for the entire
anism and associated wiring shall remain operational frame where the label states that it includes both the
for a period of 1 h when subjected to the standard fire fixed side panels and the transom
exposure test described in CAN 4-S 10 4
(c) One label shall be provided for the frame, except
NOTE (2.11 .14.1): Requirements 2.11.14.2 through 2.11.18 do not that no label is required where frames are installed in
apply in jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC. masonry or concrete and the panel overlaps the wall in
conformance with 2.1 1.1 1.5.1 and 2.1 1.1 1.5.2, or
2.1 1.14.2 In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC,
2 .1 1 .1 2 .4 .4 .
2.1 1.15 through 2.1 1.18, and 2.1 1.1 4.2.1 through
2 .1 1 .1 4 .2 .3 apply where fire-resistive construction is (d) A single label may be provided for the entire
required by 2.1.1.1.3. entrance assembly where components are equivalent to
those tested as a complete assembly.
2.1 1.14.2.1 Entrances shall be subjected to the
type tests specified in 8.3.4. 2.1 1.1 5.1 .3 Where the entrance hardware assem­
bly has been tested in a complete entrance assembly, a
2 . 1 1 . 1 4 .2.2 T he following basic types of single label, conforming to 2.1 1.15.1.1, shall be provided
entrances shall be tested : for the entrance hardware assembly.
(a) Horizontally Sliding Type. Test a side-sliding and a
center-opening assembly. 2.1 1.1 5.1.4 Where a component of the entrance
(b) Swinging Type. Test a single swinging assembly. hardware assembly has not been tested as part of the
(c) Vertically Sliding Type. Test a biparting assembly. complete assembly, a label conforming to 2.1 1.15.1.1
shall be applied to the component.
2.1 1.14.2.3 When an entrance assembly has been
tested for one type of wall construction, i.e., masonry 2.1 1.1 5.2 Other Entrance Assemblies. In jurisdic­
or drywall, only the frame-to-wall interface shall be tions not enforcing the NBCC, the following shall apply.

46
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

Other entrance assemblies of the three basic types (see 2.1 1 . 1 9 Gasketing of Hoistway Entrances
2.1 1.1 4) shall qualify for labeling or listing /certification Where gasketing material is applied to entrances with
(a) when composed of panel(s), frame, and hardware a fire-protection rating, it shall conform to 2.1 1.19.1
of the same type as tested and not exceeding the overall through 2.1 1.19.4.
height and width of any panel and frame of the largest
size tested; or 2.1 1.19.1 The gasketing material shall be subjected
(b) when such panel(s), frame, and hardware are mod­ to the tests specified in U L 10B, N F PA 2 5 2, or
ified, and test or technical data demonstrates that the CAN 4-S 10 4, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
modifications will meet the performance requirements 2.1 1.19.2 The gasketing material shall withstand
of the test procedure in 8.3.3 the maximum elevated temperature tests as defined by
All other elements of the assembly shall conform to ANSI/UL 178 4 standard without deterioration .
all other applicable requirements of this Code .
2.1 1.19.3 Each section of the gasketing material (ED)
2 . 1 1 . 1 5 . 3 Entran ces Large r Than Tested shall be labeled. Each label shall bear the names of the
Assemblies. In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, manufacturer and the certifying agency, and a statement
the following shall apply. When the entrance is too large indicating conformance with 2.1 1.19.1 and 2.1 1.19.2. The
for the regularly available test facilities, the certifying label shall be visible after installation.
organization shall be permitted to issue oversize certifi­
cates or oversize labels, or such entrances shall be per­ 2.1 1.19.4 Labeled gasketing material shall con­
mitted to be used subject to approval by the authority form to 2.1 1.16 or the NBCC, whichever is applicable.
having jurisdiction. NOTES (2.11.19):
(1) See also 2.1.1.5, 2.11.3, and 2.13.4 for additional requirements to
2.1 1 . 1 6 Factory Inspections be considered when gasketing material is applied to a hoistway
entrance.
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, the following (2) These requirements do not evaluate the air and/ or smoke leak
shall apply. The manufacturing facilities for the produc­ age performance of the gasketing material.
tion of entrances or components thereof shall be
inspected by the certifying organization at random at
least quarterly, or if they are not manufactured on a SECTION 2 . 1 2
continuous basis, at the time they are being produced, HOISTWAY DOOR LOCKING D EVICES AN D ELECTRIC
to assure that production methods are such that CONTACTS, AN D HOISTWAY ACCESS SWITCHES
entrances or components thereof similar to those tested 2.12.1 General (1 6)
are being produced .
For passenger elevators, the unlocking zone from the
2.1 1 . 1 7 Transoms and Fixed Side Panels landing floor level shall be not less than 75 mm (3 in .)
nor more than 175 mm (7 in.). For freight elevators with
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, the following vertically sliding doors, the unlocking zone from the
shall apply. Transoms and fixed side panels shall be landing floor level shall be not less than 75 mm (3 in.)
permitted to close openings above and beside the hori­ nor more than 450 mm ( 18 in.).
zontally sliding or horizontally swinging type entrances,
provided that 2.12.1.1 W hen the car is stopped within the
(a) the opening closed by the transom and fixed side unlocking zone, the hoistway doors shall be unlocked,
panel does not exceed in width or height the dimensions or locked but openable from the landing side either
of the entrance in which it is installed manually or by power.
(b) the transom panels and fixed side panels are 2.12.1 .2 When the car is outside the unlocking
(1) constructed in a manner equivalent to the con­ zone, the hoistway doors shall be openable from the
struction of the entrance panels landing side only by a hoistway door unlocking device
(2) secured (see 2.1 2.6, 2.1 2.7, and Nonmandatory Appendix B).
2.12.1 .3 For security purposes, hoistway doors
2.1 1 . 1 8 Installation Instructions
shall be permitted to be locked out of service, subject
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, the following to the requirements of 2.1 1.6.
shall apply:
(a) Instructions detailing the application and installa­
2.12.1 .4 Passenger elevator hoistway doors shall
tion of door listed /certified panels and entrance hard­ be equipped with interlocks conforming to 2.1 2.2.
ware shall be provided. 2.12.1 .5 Freight elevator hoistway doors shall be
(b) Where frames are used, instructions detailing the equipped with interlocks conforming to 2.1 2.2 or combi­
listed / certified frame-to-wall interface shall be nation mechanical locks and electric contacts conform­
provided. ing to, and where permitted by, 2.1 2.3.

47
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2 . 1 2.2.5 Interlock Retiring Cam Device. Retiring (b) when a hoistway access switch is operated (see
cams used to actuate an interlock shall exert a force at 2.12.7)
least double the average force required to operate the (c) when byp ass switch is activated (see 2.26.1. 5 )
interlock and shall have a movement at least 13 mm
2.12.3.4 General Design Requirements. Combina­
(0.5 in.) more than the average movement required to
tion mechanical locks and electric contacts shall conform
operate the interlock.
to 2.12.3.4.1 through 2.12.3.4.6.
An interlock retiring cam device shall be permanently
marked by the manufacturer with its rated horizontal 2.1 2.3.4.1 They shall be so designed that the
force and rated horizontal movement. locking member and the electric contact are mounted
The rated horizontal force shall be the static force on and attached to a common base, in such a manner
exerted by a retiring cam device in the horizontal direc­ that there is a fixed relation between the location of the
tion when extended a distance equal to 75% of its rated contact and the location of the locking member.
horizontal movement. The rated horizontal movement They shall be so installed and adjusted that the electric
shall be the horizontal distance traveled by the retiring contact cannot close until the door is in the closed posi­
cam device from the fully retired position to the fully tion as specified in 2.12.3.2, and so that the locking mem­
extended position. ber is in a position to lock the door when or before the
contact closes. In order to prevent motion of the door
2.1 2.2.6 Location. Interlocks shall be so located that from opening the electric contact while the door is locked
they are not accessible from the landing side when the in the closed position, multiple-locking points shall,
hoistway doors are closed. where necessary, be provided on the locking mechanism.

2.1 2.3 Hoistway Door Combination Mechanical Locks 2.1 2.3.4.2 The electric contact shall be positively
and Electric Contacts opened by the locking bar of the mechanical lock or by
a lever or other device attached to and operated by the
2.1 2.3.1 Where Permitted. Hoistway door combina­ door, and the electric contact shall be maintained in the
tion mechanical locks and electric contacts shall be per­ open position by the action of gravity or by a restrained
mitted only on freight elevators equipped with manually compression spring, or by both, or by positive mechani­
operated vertically sliding doors and only at the follow­ cal means. (See 2.26.2.14.)
ing landings: 2.1 2.3.4.3 The mechanical lock shall hold the
(a) the top terminal landing and the landing whose door in the locked position by means of gravity or by
sill is located not more than 1 2 2 5 mm (4 8 in.) below a restrained compression spring, or by both.
the top terminal landing sill, provided that the elevator
rise does not exceed 4 570 mm (15 ft) 2.1 2.3.4.4 Combination mechanical locks and
(b) any landing whose sill is within 1 5 2 5 mm (60 in.) electric contacts used with vertical-slide multiple-panel
of the pit floor, regardless of the elevator rise doors shall conform to the following requirements:
(a) They shall lock all panels of the door, but shall be
2 . 1 2 . 3 . 2 C losed Posi t i on of Hoistway Doors. permitted to be applied to only one section of the door,
Hoistway doors shall be considered to be in the closed provided the device used to interconnect the door sec­
position under the following conditions. These dimen­ tions is so arranged that locking one panel will prevent
sions apply to the doors in their normal operating condi­ the opening of all panels.
tion (see also 2.14.4.11): (b) Where used with vertically sliding biparting coun­
(a) for vertically sliding counterweighted doors, terbalanced doors, the electric contact shall be so
when the leading edge of the door is within arranged that it is mechanically held in the open position
10 mm (0.3 75 in.) of the sill for doors that slide up to by the door or a device attached thereto, unless the door
open, or 10 mm (0.375 in.) of the lintel for doors that is in the closed position.
slide down to open 2.1 2.3.4.5 Mercury tube switches shall not be
(b) for vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced used.
doors, when the astragal on the upper panel is within
19 mm (0.75 in.) of the lower panel 2.12.3.5 Location. Combination mechanical locks
and electric contacts shall be so located that they are
2.12.3.3 Operation of the Driving Machine With a not accessible from the landing side when the hoistway
Hoistway Door Not in the Closed Position. Operation doors are closed.
of the driving machine when a hoistway door is not in
the closed position shall be permitted under one of the 2.1 2.4 Listing/Certification Door Locking Devices and
following conditions: Door or Gate Electric Contacts
(a) by a car-leveling or truck-zoning device (see 2 . 1 2 . 4 . 1 Type Tests. Each ty pe and make of
2.12.2.2 and 2.26.1.6) hoistway door interlock, hoistway door combination

49
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

mechanical lock and electric contact, and door or gate 2.1 2.6.2.3 W here a hoistway door unlocking (16)
electric contact, shall conform to the type tests specified device consists of an arrangement whereby a releasing
in 8.3.3, unless tested prior to chain, permanently attached to a door locking mecha­
(a) August 1, 1996, and shall have been subjected to nism, is kept under a locked panel adjacent to the land-
the tests specified in A 17.la- 199 4, Section 1 10 1; or ing door, such a panel shall be self-closing and self­
(b) March 23, 200 2, in jurisdictions enforcing CSA B 4 4 locking and shall not have identifying markings on its
and shall have been subjected to the tests specified in face.
CSA B 4 4Sl-97, Clause 1 1.4
2.12.6.2.4 The hoistway door unlocking device
The tests shall be done by or under the supervision
of a certifying organization. shall be Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1). The operating
means shall also be made available to emergency person­
2.1 2.4.2 Listing/Certification. Each type and make nel during an emergency.
of hoistway door interlock, hoistway door combination
mechanical lock and electric contact, and door or gate 2.12.6.2.5 The hoistway door unlocking device (16)
electric contact shall conform to the general require­ keyway and locked panel (see 2.1 2.6.2.3), if provided,
ments for tests and certification specified in 8.3.1. shall be located at a height not greater than 2 100 mm
(83 in.) above the landing.
2 . 1 2 . 4 . 3 I d e n tification Marki n g. Each listed /
certified device shall be labeled. It shall be permanently 2.12.7 Hoistway Access Switches
attached to the device, and shall be so located as to be
readily visible when the device is installed in its 2.12.7.1 General
operating position . 2.12.7.1 .1 Hoistway access switches shall be pro­
The labels shall include the following data: vided when the rated speed is greater than
(a) the name, trademark, or certifying organization 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min) at
file number by which the organization that manufac­ (a) the lowest landing when a separate pit access door
tured the product can be identified is not provided
(b) the certifying organization name or identifying
(b) the top landing
symbol
(c) statement of compliance with A S M E A 17.l / 2.12.7.1 .2 For elevators with a rated speed of
CSA B 4 4 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min) or less, a hoistway access switch
(d) a distinctive type, model, or style letter or number shall be provided at the top landing when the distance
(e) rated voltage and current, and whether AC or DC from the top of the car to the landing sill exceeds
(f) rated test force and rated test movement when the 900 mm (35 in.) when the car platform is level with the
device is of a type released by an interlock retiring cam landing immediately below the top landing.
(see 8.3.3.4.7)
2.12.7.1.3 When one or more hoistway access
(g) date (month and year) devices subjected to type
switches are provided but not required, the switch(es)
test specified in 2.1 2.4.1
shall be provided at the landing(s) specified in 2.1 2.7.1.1.
(h) if the device has only been type tested and listed /
Additional hoistway access switches shall be permitted
certified for use on a private residence elevator, the label
at other landings only when switches specified in
shall indicate the restricted use
2 .1 2 .7 .1 .1 have been provided .
2 . 1 2.7.2 Location and Design . Hoistway access (16)
2.1 2.6 Hoistway Door Unlocking Devices switches shall conform to 2.1 2.7.2.1 through 2.1 2.7.2.5.
2.12.6.1 General. Except in jurisdictions that limit
2.12.7.2.1 The switch shall be installed a mini­
the use of hoistway door unlocking devices, they shall
mum of 1 200 mm ( 48 in.) and a maximum of 1 8 25 mm
be provided for use by elevator and emergency person­
(7 2 in .) above the floor measured to the centerline of the
nel for each elevator at every landing where there is an
entrance. switch, adjacent to or part of the hoistway entrance at
the landing with which it is identified, and in one of
2 . 1 2.6.2 Location a n d Design . Hoistway door the following locations :
unlocking devices shall conform to 2.1 2.6.2.1 through (a) on the wall outside of the hoistway within 300 mm
2.1 2.6.2.5. ( 1 2 in.) of the entrance frame
2.12.6.2.1 The device shall unlock and permit (b) on the hoistway entrance frame or jamb
the opening of a hoistway door from a landing irrespec­ (c) on the sight guard
tive of the position of the car.
2.12.7.2.2 Where the switch is located on the
2.12.6.2.2 The device shall be designed to pre­ sight guard, the sight guard shall accommodate and
vent unlocking the door with common tools. support the load of the switch and its wiring.

50
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.12.7.2.3 The switch shall be of the continuous­ hoistway door unlocked or not in the closed position,
pressure spring-return type, and shall be operated by a subject to the following requirements:
cylinder-type lock having not less than a five-pin or five­ (a) The operation of the hoistway access switch at the
disk combination, with the key removable only when landing shall not render ineffective the hoistway door
the switch is in the "OFF" position. The key shall be interlock or electric contact at any other landing, nor
Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1). shall the car move if any other hoistway door is
unlocked.
2.12.7.2.4 The switch shall (b) The car shall not be operated at a speed greater
(a) use contacts that are positively opened mechani­ than 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min). For elevators with static
cally; their openings shall not be solely dependent on control, a means independent from the normal means
springs, or to control the speed shall be provided to limit the speed
(b) be SIL rated with an SIL equal to or greater than of the car on hoistway access operation to a maximum
the SIL indicated for the applicable device shown in of 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min), should the normal means to
Table 2.26.4.3.2 control this speed (mechanical, electrical, or solid-state
devices) fail to do so.
2.12.7.2.5 Where the signal from the switch is The car speed-sensing device used for the means to
transmitted through wiring that moves due to door limit the speed of the car while operating in response
opening or closing, the design shall be such that any to an access switch shall be permitted to be either a
single ground or short circuit shall not render any separate car speed-sensing device from that of the nor­
hoistway door or car door interlock, or car door or gate mal speed control system or the same car speed-sensing
electric contact, or hoistway door combination mechani­ device, provided that a separate means is used to contin­
cal lock and electric contact ineffective or cause car uously verify the proper operation of this speed-sensing
movement. device.Where the same car speed-sensing device is used,
the detection of a failure of this car speed-sensing device
2 . 1 2.7.3 Hoistway Access Operation . Hoistway while operating in response to an access switch shall
access operation shall conform to 2.1 2.7.3.1 through cause the power to be removed from the driving­
2.1 2.7.3.4. machine motor and brake.
2.12.7.3.1 Except as permitted in 2.26.l.4.3(d), a The car speed-sensing device(s) and, where required,
the verification means described above, shall conform
separate switch labeled "ACCESS" with two positions
to the following :
labeled "OFF" and "ENABLE" shall be provided in the
( 1 ) a common actuating means (e.g., a
car and shall be key operated or behind a locked cover.
driving-machine shaft, brake drum, etc.) shall be permit­
The key shall be Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1).
ted provided that it is not dependent on the following
2.12.7.3.2 When in the "ENABLE" position, the connection types, unless the connection is continuously
elevator shall be on hoistway access operation and shall monitored :
conform to the following : (-a) traction (excluding the traction between the
(a) Operation by car and landing operating devices
drive sheave and suspension means and the traction
between the governor and governor rope)
shall be disabled.
(-b) friction (except for interference fits), or
(b) Automatic power operation of the hoistway door
(-c) a flexible coupling where positive engage­
and /or car door or gate shall be disabled.
ment is not assured between coupling halves.
(c) Automatic operation by a car-leveling device shall Where monitoring is required, the monitoring shall
be disabled. detect a failure that prevents conformance with this
(d) Stopping the car at the access landing by a requirement while operating in response to an access
car-leveling device while operating a hoistway access switch and shall cause the electric power to be removed
switch at the landing shall be permitted. from the elevator driving-machine motor and brake.
(e) Enable the hoistway access switches at the landing (2) a common member (e.g., tape, target, wire, etc.)
and their operation in accordance with 2 .1 2 .7 .3.3 except that is sensed by both speed-sensing devices shall be
where either top-of-car inspection operation (see permitted, provided that
2 .26 .1 .4 .2) or in-car inspection operation (see 2 .26 .1 .4 .3) (-a) the member is monitored such that when its
is in effect . presence is not detected while operating in response to
an access switch, this shall cause the electric power to
(16) 2.12.7.3.3 The operation of a hoistway access be removed from the elevator driving-machine motor
switch at the landing shall permit movement of the car and brake
with the hoistway door located adjacent to the switch (-b) the common member is securely mounted in
at the landing unlocked or not in the closed position, such a manner that horizontal movement of the car shall
and with only the car door or gate associated with this not affect the operation of the sensors

51
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(3) a common mounting means shall be permitted 2.1 3.2.2.1 Power opening shall occur only at the (16)
(c) If the lowest landing is the normal means of access landing where the car is stopping or leveling or is at
to the pit, the hoistway access switch shall enable the car rest, and shall start only when the car is within the
to move in the up direction to a point between 2 130 mm unlocking zone (see 2.1 2.1) where an automatic
(8 4 in.) and 2 450 mm (96 in.) from the floor level to the car-leveling device is provided, except that on freight
bottom of the platform guard, unless the travel of the elevators with vertically sliding doors and static control,
car limits such movement. opening shall not start until the car is within 300 mm
(d) The movement of the car initiated and maintained ( 1 2 in.) of the landing.
by the access switch at a landing other than the lowest 2.1 3.2.2.2 Power opening shall be permitted to
landing shall be limited in the down direction to a travel be initiated automatically through control circuits, pro­
not greater than the height of the car crosshead above vided that the car is being automatically stopped or
the car platform, and limited in the up direction to the leveled, and that, when stopping under normal
distance the platform guard extends below the car operating conditions, the car shall be at rest or substan­
platform. tially level with the landing before the hoistway door
(e) The hoistway access switch at the landing shall is fully opened.
only control the movement of the car within the zone
specified in 2.1 2.7.3.3(c) or 2.1 2.7.3.3(d). Control circuits 2.1 3.2.2.3 Sequence opening of vertically sliding
related to, or operated by, the hoistway access switches hoistway doors and adjacent car doors or gates shall
shall comply with 2.26.9.3.l(c), (d), and (e) and 2.26.9.4. comply with 2.13.6.
2 . 1 2.7.3.4 W hen in the "OF F" position, the 2.13.3 Power Closing
"ACCES S" switch in the car shall disable hoistway
access operation by means of the hoistway access
2.13.3.1 Power Closing or Automatic Self-Closing of
switches at the landings.
Car Doors or Gates Where Used With Manually Operated
or Self-Closing Hoistway Doors
2.1 3.3.1 .1 Where a car door or gate of an auto­
SECTION 2.13 matic or continuous-pressure operation passenger ele­
POWER OPERATION OF HOISTWAY DOORS AND vator is closed by power, or is of the automatically
CAR DOORS released self-closing type, and faces a manually operated
2.13.1 Types of Doors and Gates Permitted or self-closing hoistway door, the closing of the car door
or gate shall not be initiated unless the hoistway door
Where both a hoistway door and a car door or gate is in the closed position, and the closing mechanism
are opened and /or closed by power, the hoistway door shall be so designed that the force necessary to prevent
and the car door or gate shall both be either of the closing of a horizontally sliding car door or gate from
horizontally sliding type or vertically sliding type. rest is not more than 135 N (30 lbf) .
2.13.2 Power Opening 2.13.3.1.2 Requirement 2.13.3.1.1 does not apply
where a car door or gate is closed by power through
2.1 3.2.1 Power Opening of Car Doors or Gates. continuous pressure of a door closing switch, or of the
Power opening of a car door or gate shall be subject to car operating device, and where the release of the closing
the requirements of 2.13.2.1.1 and 2.13.2.1.2. switch or operating device will cause the car door or
(1 6) 2.13.2.1 .1 Power opening shall occur only at the gate to stop or to stop and reopen.
landing where the car is stopping or leveling or is at 2 . 1 3 . 3 . 2 Power Closing of H orizontally Sliding
rest, and shall start only when the car is within the Hoistway Doors and Horizontally Sliding Car Doors or
unlocking zone (see 2.1 2.1) where an automatic Gates by Contin uous-Pressure Means. Horizontally
car-leveling device is provided, except that on freight sliding hoistway doors with manually closed, or
elevators with vertically sliding doors and static control, power-operated, or power-closed horizontally sliding
power shall not be applied to open car doors until the car doors or gates shall be permitted to be closed by
car is within 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) of the landing. continuous-pressure means, subject to the requirements
2.1 3.2.1 .2 Collapsible car gates shall not be of 2.13.3.2.1 through 2.13.3.2.4.
power opened to a distance exceeding one-third of the 2.1 3.3.2.1 The release of the closing means shall
clear gate opening, and in no case more than 250 mm cause the hoistway door, and a power-operated or
( 10 in.). power-closed car door or gate, to stop or to stop and
reopen.
2.13.2.2 Power Opening of Hoistway Doors. Power
opening of a hoistway door shall conform to 2 .13.2 .2 .1 2.1 3.3.2.2 The operation of the closing means at
through 2.13.2.2.3. any landing shall not close the hoistway door at any

52
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

other landing, nor the car door or gate when the elevator the car for each car door or gate and its adjacent hoistway
car is at any other landing. door. The continuous-pressure closing means shall be
located adjacent to the door(s) or gate(s) that it controls.
2.1 3.3.2.3 Any closing means at a landing shall
close only that hoistway door and the car door or gate (e) Where a door close button or switch is provided,
at the side where such means is located. it shall be labeled "CLOSE."

2.1 3.3.2.4 For elevators having more than one 2.1 3.3.4.2 Vertically sliding hoistway doors with
hoistway opening at any landing level, a separate closing power-operated vertically sliding car doors or gates
means shall be provided in the car for each car door or shall be permitted to be closed by momentary pressure
gate and its adjacent hoistway door, except that a sepa­ or automatic means only for automatic or
rate closing means need not be furnished for a horizon­ continuous-pressure operation elevators.
tally sliding hoistway door and adjacent car door or gate
that conform to 2.13.4. 2 . 1 3 .3.4.3 Power-operated vertically sliding
doors shall have a door open means conforming to the
2 . 1 3 . 3 . 3 Power C losing of H orizontally Sliding
following :
Hoistway Doors and Horizontally Sliding Car Doors or
Gates by Momentary Pressure or by Automatic Means. (a) A momentary-pressure door open switch or but­
Power closing by momentary pressure or by automatic ton labeled "OPEN" shall be provided at each landing
means shall be permitted only for automatic or continu­ and in the car which when operated shall cause the
ous-pressure operation elevators. T he closing of the car door or gate and hoistway door at the landing to
doors shall be subject to the requirements of 2.13.3.3.1 immediately initiate a reversal, and to fully reopen or
and 2.13.3.3.2. reopen by a distance of not less than 300 mm ( 1 2 in.).
The markings shown in Table 2.26.1 2.1 do not apply.
2.1 3.3.3.1 The closing of the doors shall conform
(b) The door open switch or button shall not open
to 2.13.4.
the hoistway door, car door, or gate at any other landing.
2.1 3.3.3.2 A momentary pressure switch or but­ (c) Any door open switch or button at a landing shall
ton shall be provided in the car, the operation of which open only that hoistway door and the car door or gate at
shall cause the doors to stop or to stop and reopen. the entrance where such means is located. The opening
The switch or button shall be identified as required by switch or button shall be located adjacent to the door(s)
2.26.1 2. or gate(s) that it controls .
2.13.3.4 Power Closing of Vertically Sliding Hoistway (d) For elevators having more than one hoistway
Doors and Vertically Sliding Car Doors or Gates opening at any landing level, a separate door open
switch or button shall be provided in the car for each
2.1 3.3.4.1 Vertically sliding hoistway doors with
manually closed, or power-operated, or power-closed car door or gate and its adjacent hoistway door.
vertically sliding car doors or gates, where closed by 2.13.3.4.4 The average closing speed shall not
continuous-pressure means, shall conform to
exceed 0.3 m /s ( 1 ft /s) for a vertical slide-up to open
2.13.3.4.l(a) through (e).
hoistway door or for each panel of a vertically sliding
(a) T he release of the continuous-pressure closing
biparting hoistway door, and shall not exceed 0.6 m /s
means shall cause the hoistway door, and a
( 2 ft /s) for a vertically sliding car door or gate.
power-operated or power-closed car door or gate to
immediately initiate a reversal, and to fully reopen. 2.1 3.3.4.5 Vertical slide-up to open hoistway
Reopening by release of the continuous-pressure closing doors with power-operated vertical slide-up to open car
means shall be permitted to be disabled when the
doors or gates without sequence operation (see 2.13.6)
hoistway door is within 250 mm ( 10 in.) of full close.
shall conform to 2.13.3.4.S(a) through (c), 2.13.3.4.8, and
(b) The continuous-pressure closing means shall not
2.13.3.4.9.
close the hoistway door, car door, or gate at any other
landing. (a) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object
(c) Any continuous-pressure closing means at a land­ in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 170 mm
ing shall close only that hoistway door and the car door (6.75 in.) high, with a base 1 40 mm (5.5 in.) wide and
or gate at the entrance where such means is located. 1 40 mm (5.5 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel
The continuous-pressure closing means shall be located to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the
where the full opening of the door that it controls is door, in the following locations :
visible. (1) anywhere within the opening width of the
(d) For elevators having more than one hoistway hoistway door and car door or gate when located imme­
opening at any landing level, a separate diately adjacent to the vertical plane established by the
continuous-pressure closing means shall be provided in landing side of the hoistway door and where the object

53
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

is located wholly within a vertical zone extending from 2.13.3.4.6 Vertical slide-up to open hoistway
the landing floor to a horizontal plane at doors with power-operated vertical slide-up to open car
(-a) 1 880 mm (7 4 in .) above the floor; or doors or gates with sequence operation (see 2.13.6) shall
(-b) the leading edge of the door if the leading conform to 2.13.3.4.6(a) through (g), 2.13.3.4.8, and
edge is less than 1 880 mm (7 4 in.) above the floor 2.13.3.4.9.
(2) anywhere within the opening width of the (a) Closing in compliance with 2.13.6.1.2 shall be
hoistway door and car door or gate when located imme­ provided.
diately adjacent to the vertical plane established by the (b) A yellow and black diagonally striped hazard­
car side of the car door or gate and where the object is warning of not less than 38 mm ( 1 .5 in .) wide shall be
located wholly within a vertical zone extending from provided along the landing side leading edge of the
the car floor to a horizontal plane at lowermost hoistway door panel.
(-a) 1 880 mm (7 4 in.) above the floor; or (c) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object
(-b) the leading edge of the door if the leading in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 170 mm
edge is less than 1 880 mm (7 4 in.) above the floor (6.75 in.) high, with a base 1 40 mm (5.5 in.) wide and
1 40 mm (5.5 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel
NOTE [2.13.3.4.S(a)): See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Figs. S 1
and 5 2.
to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the
door, in the following locations :
(b) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object (1) anywhere within the opening width of the car
in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 400 mm door or gate when located immediately adjacent to the
( 16 in.) high, with a base 2 10 mm (8.25 in.) wide and vertical plane established by the landing side of the car
2 10 mm (8.25 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel door or gate and where the object is located wholly
to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door within a vertical zone extending from the car floor to a
in the following location : horizontal plane at
(1 ) anywhere within the opening width of the (-a) 1 880 mm (7 4 in.) above the floor; or
hoistway door and car door or gate when wholly or (-b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
partially located between the vertical planes established edge is less than 1 880 mm (7 4 in.) above the floor
by the landing side of the hoistway door and the car
NOTE [2.13.3.4.6(c)(l)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. 5 5.
side of the car door or gate, and wholly located between
horizontal planes at 480 mm ( 19 in.) above the car floor (2) anywhere within the opening width of the
or landing floor and at hoistway door and car door or gate when located imme­
(-a) 1 500 mm (59 in.) above the associated car or diately adjacent to the vertical plane established by the
landing floor; or car side of the car door or gate and where the object is
(-b) the leading edge of the door if the leading located wholly within a vertical zone extending from
edge is less than 1 500 mm (59 in .) above the floor the car floor to a horizontal plane at
(-a) 1 880 mm (7 4 in.) above the floor; or
NOTE [2.13.3.4.S(b)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. 5 3.
(-b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
(c) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object edge is less than 1 880 mm (7 4 in.) above the floor
in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 50 mm
NOTE [2.13.3.4.6(c)(2)): See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. 5 2.
( 2 in.) high, with a base 95 mm (3.75 in.) wide and
1 25 mm (5 in .) deep, oriented with the base parallel to (d) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object
the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 400 mm
anywhere within the opening width of the car door or ( 16 in.) high, with a base 2 10 mm (8.25 in.) wide and
gate that is located on the car floor immediately adjacent 2 10 mm (8.25 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel
to the vertical plane established by the car side of the to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door
lower panel of the car door or gate. in the following location :
Detection device(s) shall not be required when the car (1 ) anywhere within the opening width of the
door or gate is provided with hoistway door and car door or gate when wholly or
(1) a means to stop the closing panel when the partially located between the vertical planes established
distance between rigid members of the panel and the by the landing side of the car door or gate and the car
car platform is not less than 50 mm ( 2 in.) when fully side of the car door or gate, and wholly located between
closed, and horizontal planes at 480 mm ( 19 in .) above the car floor
(2) a nonshearing, noncrushing member on the and at
leading edge of the panel that shall provide a minimum (-a) 1 500 mm (59 in .) above the car floor; or
clearance at full compression of 50 mm ( 2 in.) when (-b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
fully closed edge is less than 1 500 mm (59 in.) above the floor
NOTE [2.13.3.4.S(c)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. 5 4. NOTE [2.13.3.4.6(d)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. 5 6.

54
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

(e) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object (-b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 50 mm edge is less than 1 880 mm (7 4 in.) above the floor
( 2 in.) high, with a base 95 mm (3.75 in.) wide and NOTE [2.13.3.4.7(d)(l)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S 8.
1 25 mm (5 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel to
the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door (2) anywhere within the opening width of the car
anywhere within the opening width of the car door or door or gate when located immediately adjacent to the
gate that is located on the car floor immediately adjacent vertical plane established by the car side of the car door
to the vertical planes established by the car side and the or gate and where the object is located wholly within a
landing side of the lower panel of the car door or gate. vertical zone extending from the car floor to a horizontal
Detection device(s) shall not be required when the car plane at
door or gate is provided with (-a) 1 880 mm (7 4 in.) above the floor; or
(1) a means to stop the closing panel when the (-b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
distance between rigid members of the panel and the edge is less than 1 880 mm (7 4 in.) above the floor
car platform is not less than 50 mm ( 2 in .), and NOTE [2.13.3.4.7(d)(2)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S 9.
(2) a nonshearing, noncrushing member that shall
provide a minimum clearance at full compression of (e) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object
50 mm ( 2 in.) when in contact with the stops in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 400 mm
( 16 in.) high, with a base 2 10 mm (8.25 in.) wide and
NOTE [2.13.3.4.6(e)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Figs. S 4 2 10 mm (8 .25 in .) deep, oriented with the base parallel
and S 7.
to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door
(f) A continuously sounding audible signal shall be in the following location :
provided with a sound level of 10 dBA minimum above (1) anywhere within the opening width of the car
ambient but shall not exceed 90 dBA when measured door or gate when wholly or partially located between
at the landing with car door or gate closed, which shall the vertical planes established by the landing side of
sound 5 s prior to car door or gate closing and continue the car door or gate and the car side of the car door or
to sound until the hoistway door is fully closed. gate, and wholly located between horizontal planes at
(g) A flashing visual signal shall be provided that is 480 mm ( 19 in.) above the car floor and at
visible from the landing with the car door or gate closed (-a) 1 500 mm (59 in.) above the car floor; or
and shall light 5 s prior to car door or gate closing and (-b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
continue to light until the hoistway door is fully closed. edge is less than 1 500 mm (59 in.) above the floor
2.1 3.3.4.7 Vertical biparting hoistway doors with NOTE [2.13.3.4.7(e)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S 10.
power-operated car doors or gates shall conform to (f) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object
2.13.3.4.7(a) through (g), 2.13.3.4.8, and 2.13.3.4.9. in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 50 mm
(a) Closing in compliance with 2.13.6.1.2 shall be ( 2 in.) high, with a base 95 mm (3.75 in.) wide and
provided. 1 25 mm (5 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel to
(b) T he closing speed of each biparting hoistway the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door
panel shall be limited to a maximum of 0.15 m /s anywhere within the opening width of the car door or
(0.5 ft /s) when the closing panels are 250 mm ( 10 in.) gate that is located on the car floor immediately adjacent
or less from full close. to the vertical planes established by the car side and the
(c) A yellow and black diagonally striped hazard­ landing side of the lower panel of the car door or gate.
warning of not less than 38 mm ( 1.5 in.) wide shall be Detection device(s) shall not be required when the car
provided along the landing side leading edge of the door or gate is provided with
lowermost hoistway door panel . (1) a means to stop the closing panel when the
(d) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object distance between rigid members of the panel and the
in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 170 mm car platform is not less than 50 mm ( 2 in.), and
(6.75 in.) high, with a base 1 40 mm (5.5 in.) wide and (2) a nonshearing, noncrushing member that shall
1 40 mm (5.5 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel provide a minimum clearance at full compression of
to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the 50 mm ( 2 in.) when in contact with the stops
door, in the following locations :
NOTE [2.13.3.4.7(f)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S 11.
(1) anywhere within the opening width of the car
door or gate when located immediately adjacent to the (g) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object
vertical plane established by the landing side of the car in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 50 mm
door or gate and where the object is located wholly ( 2 in.) high, with a base of 250 mm ( 10 in.) wide and
within a vertical zone extending from the car floor to a 95 mm (3.75 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel
horizontal plane at to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the
(-a) 1 880 mm (7 4 in.) above the floor; or door, that is located on the car floor anywhere within the

55
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

horizontal distance between the car side of the hoistway 2.1 3.4 Closing Limitations for Power-Operated
door to the vertical plane of the landing side of the H orizontally Sliding Hoistway Doors and
car door or gate, measured at 50 mm ( 2 in.) above the H orizontally Sliding Car Doors or Gates
car floor.
Detection device(s) shall not be required when the 2.1 3.4.1 Where Required. Where a power-operated
horizontal distance from the car side of the fully open horizontally sliding hoistway door or car door /gate or
hoistway door measured at the hoistway door sill to the both is closed by momentary pressure or by automatic
vertical plane of the landing side of the fully closed car means (see 2.13.3.3), or is closed simultaneously with
door or gate measured at 50 mm ( 2 in.) above the car another door or car door /gate or both from one continu­
floor, is less than 95 mm (3.75 in .) . ous-pressure means (see 2.13.3.2.3 and 2.13.3.2.4), the
closing mechanism shall be designed and installed to
NOTE [2.13.3.4.7(g)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S 12.
conform to 2.13.4.2 and the reopening device shall be
designed and installed to conform to 2 .13.5 .
2.1 3.3.4.8 If an object has been detected in accor­
dance with 2.13.3.4.S(a), (b), or (c), 2.13.3.4.6(c), (d), or 2.13.4.2 Closing Mechanism
(e), or 2.13.3.4.7(d), (e), (f), or (g), where applicable, the
hoistway door and car door or gate shall not close, or if 2.1 3.4.2.1 Kinetic Energy
closing, shall cause the car door or gate and the hoistway (a) Where the hoistway door and the car door /gate
door at the landing to immediately initiate a reversal, are closed in such a manner that stopping either one
and to fully reopen or reopen by a distance of not less manually will stop both, the kinetic energy of the closing
than 300 mm ( 1 2 in.). door system shall be based upon the sum of the hoistway
and the car door weights, as well as all parts rigidly
2.1 3.3.4.9 After the door has reached its fully connected thereto, including the rotational inertia effects
opened position and before door closing is initiated, the of the door operator and the connecting transmission
device(s) used to comply with 2.13.3.4.S(a), (b) or (c); to the door panels.
2 .13.3.4 .6(c), (d), or (e); or 2 .13.3.4 .7(d), (e), (f), or (g),
(b) Where a reopening device conforming to 2.13.5
where applicable, shall be checked to assure that it is
is used, the closing door system shall conform to the
capable of sensing the defined objects and sending the
following requirements :
appropriate signal to the control that initiates the start­
ing, stopping, and direction of motion of the door(s). If (1) The kinetic energy computed for the actual clos­
the device(s) is incapable of sensing the defined object ing speed at any point in the Code zone distance defined
or sending the appropriate signal, power closing of the by 2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed 23 J ( 17 ft-lbf).
door(s) or gate(s) shall be rendered inoperative. (2) The kinetic energy computed for the average
closing speed as determined in accordance with
(ED) 2.1 3.3.4. 1 0 W hen building conditions would 2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed 10 J (7.37 ft-lbf).
render ineffective or nonoperational the detection
(c) Where a reopening device is not used, or has been
means required by 2.13.3.4.S(a), (b), or (c), 2.13.3.4.6(c),
rendered inoperative (see 2.13.5), the closing door sys­
(d), or (e), or 2.13.3.4.7(d), (e), (f), or (g), the following
tem shall conform to the following requirements :
shall be provided in lieu of compliance with 2.13.3.4.S(a),
(1) The kinetic energy computed for the actual clos­
(b), or (c), 2.13.3.4.6(c), (d), or (e), or 2.13.3.4.7(d), (e),
(f), or (g): ing speed at any point in the Code zone distance defined
by 2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed 8 J (6 ft-lbf).
(a) Continuous-pressure closing of the car door or
gate and hoistway door shall be in compliance with (2) The kinetic energy computed for the average
2.13.3.4.1. closing speed within the Code zone distance (see
(b) Usage shall be limited to authorized personnel 2.13.4.2.2), or in any exposed opening width, including
only. A sign in compliance with 2 .16 .5 .2 shall be pro­ the last increment of door travel, shall not exceed 3.5 J
vided but shall read : "T HIS IS A F REIGHT ELEVATO R ( 2 .5 ft-lbf) .
N O T A PAS S E N G E R E L E VAT O R, A N D N O T F O R 2.1 3.4.2.2 Door Travel in the Code Zone Distance
P UB L IC U S E . N O P E R S O N S O T H E R T H A N
(a) For all side sliding doors using single or multiple­
AUT H O RIZED P E R SO N N E L A R E P E RMIT T ED T O
speed panels, the Code zone distance shall be taken as
OPERATE T HIS ELEVATO R."
the horizontal distance from a point 50 mm ( 2 in.) away
(c) Sequence operation shall be in compliance with
from the open jamb to a point 50 mm ( 2 in.) away from
2.13.6.1.
the opposite jamb.
(d) The average closing speed of the car door or gate
shall be limited to 0 .20 m /s (0 .6 7 ft /s) . (b) For all center-opening sliding doors using single
or multiple-speed panels, the Code zone distance shall
NOTE (2.13.3.4.10): Such building conditions include but are not
limited to environments with high levels of particulates, environ be taken as the horizontal distance from a point 25 mm
ments impacted by detector emissions, large opening widths, ( 1 in .) away from the open jamb to a point 25 mm ( 1 in .)
excessive cold, wash down environments, etc. from the center meeting point of the doors.

56
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(c) The average closing speed shall be determined by power-operated vertically sliding car door or gate shall
measuring the time required for the leading edge of the conform to 2.13.6.1.1 and 2.13.6.1.2.
door to travel the Code zone distance.
2.1 3.6.1.1 In opening, the hoistway door shall
2.1 3.4.2.3 Door Force. The force necessary to pre­ be opened at least two-thirds of its travel before the car
vent closing of the hoistway door (or the car door or door or gate can start to open .
gate if power operated) from rest shall not exceed 135 N
(30 lbf) (see 2.13.3.1). This force shall be measured on 2.1 3.6.1 .2 In closing, the car door or gate shall be
the leading edge of the door with the door at any point closed at least two-thirds of its travel before the hoistway
between one-third and two-thirds of its travel. door can start to close.
2.1 3.4.2.4 Data Plate. A data plate conforming to
2.16.3.3 shall be attached to the power door operator or
to the car crosshead and shall contain the following SECTION 2.14
information : CAR ENCLOSURES, CAR DOORS AND GATES, AND
(a) minimum door closing time in seconds for the
CAR ILLUMINATION
doors to travel the Code zone distance as specified in 2.14.1 Passenger and Freight Enclosures, General
2.13.4.2.2 corresponding to the kinetic energy limits
specified in 2 .13.4 .2 .l(b)( 2) 2.14.1 . 1 Enclosure Req uired. Elevators shall be
(b) minimum door closing time in seconds for the equipped with a car enclosure.
doors to travel the Code zone distance as specified in
2.13.4.2.2 corresponding to the kinetic energy limits 2.14.1 .2 Securing of Enclosures
specified in 2.13.4.2.l(c)( 2), if applicable [see
2.14.1 .2.1 The enclosure shall be securely fas-
2.27.3.1.6(e)]
tened to the car platform and so supported that it cannot
(c) where heavier hoistway doors are used at certain
loosen or become displaced in ordinary service, on the
floors, the minimum door closing time in seconds corres­
application of the car safety, on buffer engagement, or
ponding to the kinetic energy limits specified in
the application of the emergency brake (see Section 2.19).
2.13.4.2.l(b)( 2) and 2.13.4.2.l(c)( 2), if applicable, for the
corresponding floors shall be included on the data plate 2 . 1 4.1 .2.2 T he car enclosure shall be so con ­
2.13.5 Reopening Device for Power-Operated structed that removable portions cannot be dismantled
Horizontally Sliding Car Doors or Gates from within the car.

2.13.5.1 W here required by 2.13.4, a power­ 2.14.1 .2.3 Enclosure linings, decorative panels,
operated car door shall be provided with a reopening light fixtures, suspended ceilings, and other apparatus
device that will function to stop and reopen a car door or equipment attached within the car enclosure shall be
and the adjacent landing door sufficiently to permit pas­ securely fastened and so supported that they will not
senger transfer in the event that the car door or gate is loosen or become displaced in ordinary service, on car
obstructed while closing. If the closing kinetic energy safety application, or on buffer engagement.
is reduced to 3.5 J ( 2.5 ft-lbf) or less, the reopening device
shall be permitted to be rendered inoperative. T he 2.14.1 .2.4 Panels attached to the car enclosure
reopening device used shall be effective for substantially for decorative or other purposes shall either
the full vertical opening of the door (see 2.13.4.2). (a) not be unfastened from inside the car by the use
of common tools; or
2.1 3.5.2 For center-opening doors, the reopening
(b) be permitted to be removed from inside the car
device shall be so designed and installed that the
when perforations, exceeding that which would reject
obstruction of either door panel when closing will cause
a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter, in the enclosure used
the reopening device to function.
for panel hanging or support have permanent means to
2 . 1 3 . 5 .3 W here Phase I Emergency Recall prevent straight through passage beyond the running
Operation by a fire alarm initiating device (see 2.27.3.2.3) clearance.
is not provided, door reopening devices that can be
affected by smoke or flame shall be rendered inoperative 2 . 1 4 . 1 . 3 Stre n gth a n d Deflect i o n of E n c lo s u re
after the doors have been held open for 20 s.Door closing Walls. T he enclosure walls shall be designed and
for power-operated doors shall conform to 2 .13.5 . installed to withstand a force of 330 N (75 lbf) applied
horizontally at any point on the walls of the enclosure
2.1 3.6 Sequence O peration for Power-Operated without permanent deformation and so that the deflec­
Hoistway Doors With Car Doors or Gates tion will not reduce the running clearance below the
2.1 3.6.1 Operating Requirements. T he sequence minimum specified in 2.5.1, nor cause the deflection to
operation of a hoistway door and adjacent exceed 25 mm ( 1 in.).

57
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.14.1 .4 Number of Compartments in Pas s enger and in or on top of the car. Equipment is permitted directly
Freight Elevator Cars . Cars shall not have more than above the exit opening, provided that
two compartments. Where elevators have two compart­ (1) it is not less than 1 070 mm (42 in.) above the
ments, one shall be located above the other, and the top of the car; or
elevator shall conform to 2.14.1.4.1 through 2.14.1.4.6. (2) the exit is located to allow unobstructed passage
of a parallelepiped volume measuring 3 00 mm x
2.14.1 .4.1 The elevator shall be used exclusively 5 00 mm by 1 5 00 mm (12 in. x 2 0 in. by 5 9 in.) at
for passengers or exclusively for freight at any one time. an angle not less than 60 deg from the horizontal (see
If freight is to be carried in only one compartment, means Nonmandatory Appendix C)
shall be provided to lock the other compartment out of (c) The top emergency exit cover shall open outward.
service. It shall be hinged or securely attached with a chain when
2.14.1 .4.2 Each compartment shall conform to in both the open and closed positions. If a chain is used,
the requirements of this Section, except that a trap door it shall be not more than 3 00 mm (12 in.) in length and
in the floor of the upper compartment shall provide have a factor of safety of not less than 5. The exit cover
access to the top emergency exit for the lower shall only be openable from the top of the car, where it
compartment. shall be openable without the use of special tools. The
exit cover of the lower compartment of a multideck
2.14.1 .4.3 Where either or both compartments elevator shall be openable from both compartments. On
are intended for passenger service, the minimum rated elevators with two compartments, if the emergency exit
load for each compartment shall conform to 2.16.1. of the lower compartment does not open directly into
Where one compartment is intended for freight use, the upper compartment, a guarded passageway shall be
its minimum rated load shall conform to 2.16.1 or shall provided between the lower compartment roof and the
be based on the freight loads to be handled, if greater upper compartment floor.
than the minimum rated load required by 2.16.1. (d) The movable portion (exit panel) of the suspended
Where both compartments are used exclusively for ceiling that is below the top exit opening shall be
freight, the minimum rated load of each compartment restrained from falling. It shall be permitted to be hinged
shall conform to 2.16.2. upward or downward, provided that the exit permits a
The rated load of the elevator shall be the sum of the clear opening with the top exit opening.
rated loads of the individual compartments. (1) A minimum clear headroom of 2 03 0 mm (80 in.)
above the car floor shall be maintained when down­
2 . 1 4.1 .4.4 An emergency stop switch, where ward-swinging suspended ceiling exit panels are used.
required by 2.26.2.5 , shall be provided in each compart­ (2) Upward-opening suspended ceiling exit panels
ment, and these emergency stop switches shall be so shall be restrained from closing when in use and shall
connected that the car cannot run unless both are in the not diminish the clear opening area of the corresponding
run position. top exit opening.
(3) The movable portion and the fixed portion of
2.14.1 .4.5 An in-car stop switch, where required a suspended ceiling shall not contain lamps that could
by 2.26.2.21, shall be provided in each compartment, be shattered by the rescue operation using the top emer­
and these switches shall be so connected that the car gency exit. The movable portion of the suspended ceiling
cannot run unless both are in the run position. shall be permitted to contain light fixtures connected to
2.14.1 .4.6 All hoistway doors shall be closed and the stationary portion of the suspended ceiling wiring
locked and the car doors for each compartment closed by means of a plug and socket or by flexible armored
before the car can be operated. wiring. Flexible wiring shall not be used to support or
restrain the exit opening in the suspended ceiling in the
2.14.1 .5 Top Emergency Exits . An emergency exit open position.
with a cover shall be provided in the top of all elevator (e) Where elevators installed in enclosed hoistways
cars, except cars in partially enclosed hoistways (see are provided with special car top treatments such as
2.14.1.5.2). domed or shrouded canopies, the exit shall be made
accessible, including the car top space specified in
(1 6) 2.14.1 .5.1 Top emergency exits shall conform to 2.14.1.5.l (f).
the following requirements: (f) Immediately adj acent to the top emergency exit

of not less than 0.26 m2 (400 in.2) and shall measure not
(a) The top emergency exit opening shall have an area there shall be a space available for standing when the
emergency exit cover is open. This space shall be permit­
less than 400 mm (16 in.) on any side. ted to include a portion of the area required in 2.14.1.6.2.
(b) The top emergency exit and suspended ceiling All exit covers shall be provided with a car top emer­
opening, if any, shall be so located as to provide a clear gency exit electrical device (see 2.26.2.18) that will pre­
passageway, unobstructed by fixed equipment located vent operation of the elevator car if the exit cover is

58
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

open more than 50 mm ( 2 in.), and the device shall be building structure or elevator equipment in relative
so designed that it motion to the standard railing :
(1) is positively opened (a) when the car has reached its maximum upward
(2) cannot be closed accidentally when the cover is movement ( 2.4.6.1)
removed (1) 100 mm ( 4 in.) vertically
(3) must be manually reset from the top of the car (2) 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) horizontally toward the center­
and only after the cover is within 50 mm ( 2 in.) of the line of the car enclosure top
fully closed position (b) throughout the hoistway, 100 mm ( 4 in.) horizon­
(4) shall be protected against mechanical damage tally in the direction toward the hoistway enclosure
NOTE (2.14.1 .7.2 ): See Nonmandatory Appendix G .
2 . 1 4.1 .5.2 On elevators in partially enclosed
hoistways, means shall be provided to facilitate emer­ 2.14.1 .7.3 A working platform or equipment that
gency evacuation of passengers . Such means shall not is not required for the operation of the elevator or its
require a top emergency exit.A top emergency exit shall appliances, except where specifically provided herein,
be permitted. shall not be located above the top of an elevator car .
2 . 1 4 . 1 .7.4 Devices that detect unauthorized
2.14.1 .6 Car Enclosure Tops
access to the top of the car shall be permitted. These
2 . 1 4 . 1 .6.1 T he car enclosure top shall be so devices shall only be permitted to initiate an alarm.
designed and installed as to be capable of sustaining a Audible alarms shall not exceed 90 dBA measured
load of 135 kg (300 lb) on any area 600 mm x 600 mm 1 m ( 40 in.) from the source.
( 2 4 in . x 2 4 in .), or 45 kg ( 100 lb) applied to any point, 2.14.1 .8 Glass in Elevator Cars
without permanent deformation. The resulting deflec­
tion under these loads shall be limited to prevent dam­ 2.14.1 .8.1 Where enclosures include panels of
age to any equipment, devices, or lighting assemblies glass, or transparent or translucent plastic, the panels
fastened to or adjacent to the car enclosure top. shall
(a) be constructed of laminated glass that complies
2.1 4.1 .6.2 Two unobstructed horizontal areas, with the requirements of 16 C F R Part 1 20 1,
each one not less than 350 mm ( 1 4 in.) by 350 mm ( 1 4 in.), Sections 1 20 1.1 and 1 20 1.2; or be constructed of lami­
shall be provided on the car enclosure top. The two nated glass, safety glass, or safety plastic that comply
unobstructed areas shall be no closer to one another with CAN /CGSB- 1 2.1, CAN /CGSB- 1 2.1 1, or CAN /
than 600 mm ( 2 4 in.), centerline to centerline, apart. The CGSB-1 2.1 2, whichever is applicable (see Part 9)
areas shall be within the projection of the car enclosure (b) be provided with a handrail or framing designed
top exclusive of the area outside of a standard railing to guard the opening should the panel become detached,
( 2.10.2), where provided. where wall panels are wider than 300 mm ( 1 2 in.)
(c) be mounted in the structure so that the assembly
2.14.1 .7 Railing and Equipment on Car Enclosure Top
shall withstand the required elevator tests without dam­
(1 6) 2 . 1 4 . 1 .7.1 A standard railing conforming to age (see 2.1 4.1.2)
2.10.2 shall be provided on the outside perimeter of the 2.14.1 .8.2 Glass used for lining walls or ceilings
car enclosure top on all sides where a 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) shall conform to 2.1 4.1.8.l(a) and (c), except that tem­
ball can pass between the edges of the car enclosure top pered glass shall be permitted, provided that
and the adjacent hoistway enclosure and on sides where (a) it conforms to A N S I Z97.l, 16 C F R Part 1 20 1,
there is no hoistway enclosure. If clearances require (see Sections 1 20 1.1 and 1 20 1.2, or CAN /CGSB- 1 2.1, which­
2.1 4.1.7.2) the standard railing to be located more than ever is applicable (see Part 9)
100 mm ( 4 in.) from the edge of the outside perimeter (b) the glass is not subjected to further treatment such
of the car enclosure top, the top of the car enclosure as sandblasting, etching, heat treatment, painting, etc.,
outside of the railing shall be clearly marked. The mark­ that could alter the original properties of the glass
ing shall consist of alternating 100 mm ( 4 in.) diagonal (c) the glass is bonded to a nonpolymeric coating,
red and white stripes. The forces specified in 2.10.2.4 sheeting, or film backing having a physical integrity to
shall not deflect the railing beyond the perimeter of the hold the fragments when the glass breaks
car top. (d) the glass is tested and conforms to the acceptance
The top-of-car enclosure, or other surface specified criteria for laminated glass as specified in ANSI Z97.l, or
by the elevator installer, shall be the working surface 16 CF R Part 1 20 1, Section 1 20 1.4, or CAN /CGSB- 1 2.1 1,
referred to in 2.10.2. whichever is applicable (see Part 9)
(1 6) 2.1 4.1 .7.2 T he following minimum clearances 2.14.1 .8.3 Markings as specified in the applicable
shall be provided from the top rail and intermediate rail glazing standard shall be on each separate piece, and
of the standard railing, as specified in 2.10.2, to the shall remain visible after installation.

59
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.14.1 .9 Equipment Ins ide Cars 2.14.2.1.2 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC
(a) materials in their end-use configuration, other
2.14.1 .9.1 Apparatus or equipment not used in
than those covered by 2.14.2.1. 2 (b) , 2.14.2.1.3 , and
connection with the function or use of the elevator shall
2.14.2.1.4, shall conform to the following requirements,
not be installed inside of any elevator car, except as
based on the tests conducted in accordance with the
follows:
requirements of A ST M E 8 4 , AN SI/UL 7 2 3 , or
(a) Support rails (handrails) are permitted.
CAN /ULC-S102:
(b) Fastening devices for padded protective linings
(1) flame spread rating of O to 75
are permitted.
(2) smoke development classification of O to 45 0
(c) Lift hooks, conveyor tracks, and support beams
for freight handling, mounted in the ceiling of passenger (b) floor surfaces shall have a flame spread rating of
elevator, shall clear the car floor to a height of 0 to 300, with a smoke development classification of O to
2 45 0 mm (96 in.) (see 2.16.9). 45 0, based on the test conducted in accordance with the
(d) Picture frames, graphic display boards, plaques, requirements of CAN/ULC-S102.2
and other similar visual displays shall be mounted to
withstand the required elevator tests without damage. 2.14.2.1.3 Padded protective linings, for tempo­
All edges shall be beveled or rounded. The material rary use in passenger cars during the handling of freight,
shall conform to 2.14.1.2 and 2.14.2.1. When attached to shall be of materials conforming to either 2.14.2.1.l (a)
the car wall less than 2 130 mm (84 in. ) above the floor, or (b) or 2.14.2.1.2(a), whichever is applicable. The pro­
projections from the car wall, excluding support rails, tective lining shall clear the floor by not less than 100 mm
shall not be greater than 3 8 mm (1.5 in.). (4 in.).
(e) Conveyor tracks shall be permitted in freight ele­
2.14.2.1.4 Handrails, operating devices, ventilat­
vators cars.
ing devices, signal fixtures, audio and visual communi­
(f) Heating equipment, ventilating fans, and air­ cation devices, and their housings are not required to
conditioning equipment, if used, shall be securely fas­ conform to 2.14.2.1.
tened in place and located above the car ceiling or out­
side the enclosure. 2.14.2.2 Openings Prohibited. Openings or hinged
or removable panels in an enclosure are prohibited, other
2.14.1 .9.2 Passenger car floors shall have no pro­
j ections or depressions greater than 6 mm (0.25 in.). than as required for the following:
(a) signal, operating, and communication equipment
2.14.1 .10 Side Emergency Exits . Side emergency (b) entrances
exits are prohibited. (c) vision panels
(d) top emergency exit
2.1 4.2 Pas s enger-Car Enclos ures
(e) ventilation
2 . 1 4 . 2 . 1 M aterial for Car Enclos ures , Enclos ure (f) access panels for cleaning of glass on observation
Linings , and Floor Coverings . All materials exposed to elevators (see 2.14.2.6)
the car interior and the hoistway shall be metal, glass, (g) equipment access panels for maintenance and
or shall conform to 2.14.2.1.1 through 2.14.2.1.4. inspection of equipment shall conform to the following
requirements (see also 2.7.5.1.4):
2.14.2.1 .1 In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC
(1) be of hinged type.
(a) materials in their end-use configuration, other
than those covered by 2.14.2.1.l (b) and (c), 2.14.2.1.3, and (2) open only into the car.
2.14.2.1.4, shall conform to the following requirements, (3) be provided with a lock so arranged that the
based on the tests conducted in accordance with the door shall be openable from inside the car only by a
requirements of A ST M E 8 4 , AN SI/UL 7 2 3 , or specially shaped removable key. Locks shall be so
CAN /ULC-S102: designed that they cannot be opened from the inside by
(1) flame spread rating of O to 7 5 the use of ordinary tools or instruments. Keys shall be
(2) smoke development of O t o 45 0 Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1).
(b) napped, tufted, woven, looped, and similar mate­ (4) be provided with electric contacts that conform
rials in their end-use configuration on car enclosure to 2.14.4.2.3(b) through (e) and 2.26.2.35 , and are located
walls shall conform to 8.3.7. The enclosure walls to which so as to be inaccessible from the inside of the car. When
this material is attached shall conform to 2.14.2.1.l (a). opened, the contact shall cause power to be removed
(c) floor covering, underlayment, and its adhesive from the driving-machine motor and brake.

0.45 W /cm2, as measured by ASTM E64 8.

shall have a critical radiant flux of not less than (5) be of the same material and construction as
required for the enclosure.

60
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.14.2.3 Ventilation Markings as specified in the applicable standard shall

be on each separate piece of laminated glass, and shall
2 . 1 4.2.3.1 Natural ventilation openings con-
remain visible after installation.
forming to the following shall be provided in car
(c) be located in the car door or in the front return
enclosures:
panel of the car enclosure.
(a) Openings exposed to the inside of the car shall
not be located in the portion of the enclosure walls (d) have the inside face of a car door vision panel,
extending from a point 3 00 mm (12 in.) above the floor grille, or cover located substantially flush with the inside
to a point 1 82 5 mm (72 in.) above the floor. surface of the car door.
(b) Openings less than 3 00 mm (12 in.) above the floor (e) have fasteners that are located on the hoistway
shall reject a ball 2 5 mm (1 in.) in diameter and be side. It shall not be possible to remove the fasteners with
guarded to prevent straight-through passage. common tools.
(c) Openings above the 1 82 5 mm (72 in.) level shall 2.14.2.6 Acces s Panels . Nonremovable sliding or
reject a ball 5 0 mm (2 in.) in diameter and be guarded swing panels shall be permitted for access to the car or
to prevent straight-through passage. hoistway transparent enclosures for cleaning purposes.
(d) Openings in the car ceiling shall be protected and Such panels or doors shall
shall conform to 2.14.1.6. (a) if hinged, open only into the car
(e) The total area of natural ventilation openings shall
(b) be provided with cylinder-type locks, having not
be not less than 3.5% of the inside car floor area divided
less than a five-pin or a five-disc combination, or a lock
equally between the bottom and top of the car enclosure.
that provides equivalent security, arranged so that they
(f) The total unrestricted opening in or around the
can be unlocked with a key from the car side, and the
car doors or gates shall be permitted to be included as
key shall be Group 2 Security (see Section 8.1)
part of the total natural ventilation required.
(c) be manually openable from the hoistway side
(g) The unrestricted opening provided by forced ven­
(d) be self-locking
tilation systems shall be permitted to be part of the
natural ventilation area on the part of the car in which (e) be provided with a device arranged so that the
it is located. panel must be in the closed and locked position (see
2.26.2. 3 1) before the elevator can operate
2.14.2.3.2 Ventilating fans or blowers, if used, (f) have a bottom edge a minimum of 1 07 0 mm
shall be located above the car ceiling or outside the (4 2 in.) from the floor in cases where the adj acent
enclosure and shall be securely fastened in place. hoistway wall is more than 140 mm (5.5 in.) from the
2.14.2.3.3 Forced ventilation conforming to the car enclosure or where there is no adj acent hoistway wall
following shall be provided on observation elevators
with glass walls exposed to direct sunlight: 2.1 4.3 Freight-Car Enclosure
(a) There shall be a minimum air handling capacity
2.1 4.3.1 Enclos ure Material. Enclosures shall be of
to provide one air change per minute based on net inside
metal without perforations to a height of not less than
car volume.
1 82 5 mm (72 in.) above the floor.
(b) An auxiliary power source capable of providing
Above the 1 82 5 mm (72 in.) level, the walls and top
the minimum air handling capacity for a continuous
of the enclosure shall be metal with or without perfora­
period of at least 1 h shall be provided on each eleva­
tions, except that portion of the enclosure wall in front
tor car.
of and extending 15 0 mm (6 in.) on each side of the
NOTE (2.14.2.3.3): Special consideration should be given to eleva counterweight, that shall be without perforations.
tors such as observation and parking garage elevators, when they
are exposed to the elements. In extreme cases, emergency power
Perforated portions of enclosures shall reject a ball
may be required for this purpose.
2 5 mm (1 in.) in diameter.
Freight elevators that are permitted to carry passen­
2.1 4.2.4 Headroom in Elevator Cars . A minimum gers (see 2.16.4) shall conform to 2.14.2.2.
clear headroom of 2 02 5 mm (80 in.) above the car floor
shall be provided. 2.14.3.2 Openings in Car Tops . Hinged or remov­
able panels shall not be provided in car tops, except
2 . 1 4 . 2 . 5 Vis ion Panels . V ision panels are not those required for emergency exit, and for equipment
(a) be of a total area of not more than 0.1 m2 (15 5 in.2)
required, but where used, shall access (see 2.7.5.1.4).
and cont ain no single glass panel having a width 2.1 4.3.3 Ventilation. If ventilating grilles or louvers
exceeding 150 mm (6 in.). are provided in the enclosure below the 1 82 5 mm (72 in.)
(b) be provided with wire-glass panels or laminated­ level, they shall be located not more than 3 00 mm (12 in.)
glass panels conforming t o 16 C F R Part 12 01 or above the floor and shall reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in
CAN/CG SB-12.11, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). diameter.

61
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.1 4.4 Passenger and Freight Car Doors and Gates, 2.14.4.2.5 Each type and make of car door elec­
General Requirements tric contact, car gate electric contact, and car door inter­
lock shall
2.1 4.4.1 Where Required. A door shall be provided
(a) be type tested in conformance with 2.12.4.1
at each entrance to a passenger car and a door or gate
shall be provided at each entrance to a freight car. (b) be listed/certified in conformance with 2.12.4.2
(c) be marked in conformance with 2.12.4.3
2.1 4.4.2 Door and Gate Electric Contacts and Door
Interlocks 2.14.4.2.6 A hoistway door interlock meeting the
requirements of 2.12.2 and 2.12.4 shall be permitted to
2.14.4.2.1 Each car door or gate shall be provided be used as a car door interlock.
with a door or gate electric contact conforming to
2.26.2.15 , 2.14.4.2.3 , and 2.14.4.2.5 , or a car door interlock 2.1 4.4.3 Type and Material for Doors. Doors shall
conforming to 2.26.2.2 8, 2.14.4.2.4, and 2.14.4.2.5. be of the horizontally or vertically sliding type and of
material conforming to 2.14.2.1.
2.1 4.4.2.2 A c a r door interlock shall be
required for 2.1 4.4.4 Type of Gates. Gates, where permitted,
(a) car doors of elevators where the clearance between shall be of the horizontally sliding or vertically sliding
the loading side of the car platform and hoistway enclo­ type, conforming to 2.14.4.7, 2.14.5 , and 2.14.6.
sure exceeds the maximum specified in 2.5.1.5
(b) car doors of elevators that face an unenclosed por­ 2.14.4.5 Location
tion of the hoistway during the travel of the car 2.14.4.5.1 Doors or gates for automatic or
2.14.4.2.3 Car door and gate electric contacts continuous-pressure operation elevators, except freight
shall elevators equipped with horizontally swinging doors
(a) prevent operation of the driving machine when and not accessible to the general public, located in fac­
the car door or gate is not in the closed position, except tories, warehouses, garages, and similar buildings, shall
under one of the following conditions: be so located that the distance from the face of the car
(1) when a hoistway access switch is operated (see door or gate to the face of the hoistway door shall be
2.12.7) not more than the following:
(2) when a car-leveling or truck-zoning device is (a) where a swinging-type hoistway door and car gate
operated (see 2.26.1.6) or folding car door are used, 100 mm (4 in.)
(3) when a bypass switch is activated (see 2.26.1.5 ) (b) where a swinging-type hoistway door and a car
(b) be positively opened by a lever or other device door are used, 140 mm (5.5 in.)
attached to and operated by the door or gate (c) where a sliding-type hoistway door and a car door
(c) be maintained in the open position by the action or gate are used, 140 mm (5.5 in.)
of gravity or by a restrained compression spring, or by (d) on freight elevators that are equipped with hori­
both, or by positive mechanical means zontally swinging doors and that are not accessible to
(d) be so designed or located that they shall not be the general public (i. e., located in factories, warehouses,
accessible from within the car garages, and similar buildings), the distance specified
(e) not utilize mercury tube switches in 2.14.4.5.l (a), (b), and (c) shall be not more than 165 mm
(6.5 in.)
(16) 2.14.4.2.4 Car door interlocks shall
(a) prevent operation of the driving machine when 2.14.4.5.2 The distances specified shall be mea­
the car door is not in the closed and locked position, sured as follows:
except (a) where a multisection car door and multisection
(1) when the car is within the unlocking zone (see hoistway door are used, or where one of these doors is
2.12.1) for that entrance multisection and the other is single section, between the
(2) under the conditions specified in 2.14.4.2.3(a) sections of the car door and the hoistway door nearest
(b) prevent opening of the car door from within the to each other
car, except when the car is in the unlocking zone (see (b) where a multisection car door and a swinging­
2.12.1) for that entrance type hoistway door are used, between the hoistway door
(c) hold the car door in the locked position by means and the section of the car door farthest from it
of gravity or by a restrained compression spring, or by (c) where a car gate is used, between the car gate and
both, or by means of a positive linkage that section of the hoistway door nearest to the car gate
(d) be so located that they are not accessible from (d) where a folding car door is used, between the
within the car when the car doors are closed hoistway door and the car door panel furthest from the
(e) be designed in accordance with 2.12.2.4 hoistway door, when closed (see 2.12.2.2 and 2.14.4.11)

62
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.1 4.4.6 Strength of Doors , Gates , and Their Guides , guided or restrained to prevent them from coming out
Guide Shoes , Tracks, and Hangers . Doors and gates of their runway.
and their guides, guide shoes, tracks, and hangers shall The bottom of the guides or other restraining means
be so designed, constructed, and installed that when the shall be so constructed as to retain the weights if the
fully closed door or gate is subj ected to a force of 335 N weight suspension means breaks.
(75 lbf), applied on an area 300 mm (12 in.) square at Weights that extend beyond the hoistway side of the
right angles to and approximately at the center of the car door or gate guide rail shall be guarded to prevent
door or gate, it will not deflect more than 13 mm (0.5 in.) accidental contact.
toward the hoistway door.
Where a swing-type hoistway door and car gate or 2.1 4.4.9 Factor of Safety for Sus pens ion Members .
folding door are used, the gate or folding door shall not Suspension members of vertically sliding car doors or
deflect more than 13 mm (0.5 in.) when subjected to a gates, and of weights used with car doors or gates, shall
force of 335 N (75 lbf) when applied to the hoistway have a factor of safety of not less than 5. At least two
side of the car gate or folding door at the following independent suspension means shall be provided so that
locations: the failure of one suspension means shall not permit the
car doors or gates to fall; or a safety device shall be
(a) an area 100 mm (4 in.) square at right angles at the
provided to prevent the doors or gates from falling, if
approximate center of the gate or folding door opening
the suspension means fails.
(b) an area 100 mm (4 in.) square at right angles at
2 5% and 75% of the door width at a height of 4 5 0 mm 2 . 1 4.4. 1 0 Power-Operated and Power-Opened or
(18 in.) from the floor level Power-Clos ed Doors or Gates . The operation of power­
For individual panels of folding doors of a width less operated and power-opened or power-closed doors or
than 100 mm (4 in.), the specified forces in (a) and (b) gates shall conform to Section 2.13.
shall be applied over an area 100 mm (4 in. ) tall by the
width of the individual panel. 2.1 4.4. 1 1 Clos ed Pos ition of Car Doors or Gates .
Car doors or gates shall be considered to be in the closed
When subjected to a force of 1 100 N (2 5 0 lbf) similarly
position under the following conditions:
applied, doors and vertically sliding gates shall not
(a) for horizontally sliding doors or gates, when the
break or be permanently deformed and shall not be
displaced from their guides or tracks. clear open space between the leading edge of the door
or gate and the nearest face of the jamb does not exceed
Where multisection doors, gates, or folding doors are
5 0 mm (2 in.) except where car doors are provided with
used, each panel shall withstand the forces specified.
a car door interlock(s), 10 mm (0.375 in.)
2.14.4.7 Vertically Sliding Doors and Gates . Verti­ (b) for vertically sliding counterweighted doors or
cally sliding doors or gates shall conform to 2.14.4.7.1 gates, when the clear open space between the leading
through 2.14.4.7.5. edge of the door or gate and the car platform sill does
not exceed 5 0 mm (2 in.)
2.14.4.7.1 They shall be of the balanced counter­
(c) for horizontally sliding center-opening doors, or
weighted type or the biparting counterbalanced type. vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced doors,
2.14.4.7.2 Gates shall be constructed of wood or when the door panels are within 50 mm (2 in.) of contact
metal, and shall be of a design that will reject a ball with each other, except where horizontally sliding
5 0 mm (2 in.) in diameter, except that if multisection center-opening car doors are provided with a car door
vertical lift gates are used, the panel shall be designed interlock(s), 10 mm (0.375 in.)
to reject a ball 10 mm (0.375 in.) in diameter.
2.14. 5 Pas s enger Car Doors
2.14.4.7 .3 Doors shall be constructed of material
conforming to 2.14.2.1. 2.14.5.1 Number of Entrances Permitted. There shall
be not more than two entrances to the car, except in
2.14.4.7.4 Doors or gates shall guard the full existing buildings where structural conditions make
width of the car entrance openings, and their height additional entrances necessary.
shall conform to 2.14.5.4 or 2.14.6.2.3.
2.14.5.2 Type Required. Horizontally or vertically
2.14.4.7.5 Balanced counterweighted doors or sliding doors subject to the restrictions of 2.14.5.3 shall
gates shall be either single or multiple section, and shall be provided at each car entrance. Folding car doors are
slide either up or down to open, conforming to 2.14.5.3 not permitted.
and 2.14.6.2.
2.14.5.3 Vertically Sliding Doors . Vertically sliding
2.1 4.4.8 Weights for Clos ing or Balancing Doors or doors shall be
Gates . Weights used to close or balance doors or gates (a) of the balanced counterweighted type that slide
shall be located outside the car enclosure and shall be in the up direction to open

63
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(b) power operated where facing a power-operated when in the closed position they shall be restricted from
vertically sliding counterbalanced or a vertically sliding­ opening more than 100 mm ( 4 in.) from inside the car.
down-to-open hoistway door
2.14.5.7.2 Car doors shall be openable from out­
2.14.5.4 Dimensions of Doors. Doors, when in the side the car without the use of a special tool(s).
fully closed position, shall protect the full width and
2 . 1 4 . 5 .7.3 T he doors shall be openable from (16)
height of the car entrance opening.
within the car (see 2.1 4.5.8) when the car is within the
2.14.5.5 Openings in Doors. There shall be no open­ unlock ing zone (see 2.1 2.1), except as spec if ied in
ings in doors, except where v ision panels are used . 2.1 4.5.7.4(b)( 1).
2.14.5.6 Door Panels NOTE (2.14.5.7): See also 2.12.1 and Nonmandatory Appendix B,
Unlocking Zone.
2.14.5.6.1 Door panels shall have a flush surface
on the side exposed to the car interior. The panels shall 2.14.5.7.4 If the means used to restrict car door (ED)
have no area or molding depressed or raised more than opening requires electrical power for its functioning, it
3 mm (0.1 25 in.) and areas raised or depressed shall be shall comply with 2.1 4.5.7.4(a) through 2.1 4.5.7.4(d).
beveled at not more than 30 deg to the panel surface. (a) The means shall not use electrical power to main-
tain restricted opening of the car door in accordance
2.14.5.6.2 Panels shall overlap the top and sides with 2.1 4.5.7.1.
of the car entrance opening by not less than 13 mm (b) T he means shall operate in accordance w ith
(0 .5 in .) when in the closed position . 2.1 4.5.7.1 and 2.1 4.5.7.3 and the following:
2.14.5.6.3 The vertical clearance between a panel (1) An alternate power source shall be provided
and the sill, or in the case of a vertically sliding door that shall permit the means to operate for not less than
the vertical clearance between the leading edge and the 1 h upon loss of normal power.
sill, shall not exceed 10 mm (0.375 in.) when in the fully (2) The alternate power source shall be
closed position. (-a) monitored and when it is detected that there
2.14. 5.6.4 T he hor izontal clearance shall not is insufficient capacity to operate the means for not less
exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.) for horizontally sliding panels than 1 h, an audible signal conforming to 2 .1 4 .5 .7 .4(d)
and 25 mm ( 1 in.) for vertically sliding panels between shall operate
(-b) prov ided w ith readily v isible information
(a) the car s ide of a panel and the related car
entrance jamb that indicates the expiration date of the alternate power
source in lettering not less than 5 mm (0 .25 in .) high
(b) related panels of multispeed entrances
(c) On automatic operation, the portion of the means
(c) the car s ide of the panel and the related car
head jamb dependent on power shall be monitored and when it is
detected that it has failed to operate in accordance with
2.14.5.6.5 The leading edges of doors shall be 2 .1 4 .5 .7 .1, an audible signal conforming to 2 .1 4 .5 .7 .4(d)
free of sharp projections . shall operate.
2.14.5.6.6 The meeting panel edges of center- (d) The audible signal required by 2.1 4.5.7.4(b)( 2)(-a)
opening entrances shall be protected with not less than or 2.1 4.5.7.4(c) shall be at least 10 dBA above ambient,
one resilient male member extending the full height not exceeding 80 dBA, measured inside the car.
of the panel. The meeting edges shall be permitted to 2.14.5.7.5 Strength. The means to restrict door
interlock by not more than 10 mm (0.375 in.). When in opening shall comply with 2.1 4.5.7.1 when subjected to
the closed position, the distance between the metal parts a force of 1 000 N ( 2 25 lb£) applied in the opening direc­
of the meeting panels shall not exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.). tion of the door and at a location anywhere along the
2.1 4.5.6.7 T he clearance between the leading leading edge of the door.
edge of the trailing panel of multiple-speed panels and 2.1 4.5.8 Manual Opening of Car Doors. Car doors (16)
the jamb shall not exceed shall be so arranged that when the car is stopped within
(a) 13 mm (0.5 in.) for horizontal slide the unlocking zone (see 2.1 2.1 and 2.1 4.5.7.3) and power
(b) 25 mm ( 1 in.) for vertical slide to the door operator is cut off, they and the mechanically
(ED) 2.14.5.7 Restricted Opening of Car Doors. Car doors related hoistway door, if any, shall be movable by hand
of passenger elevators shall either from inside the car except as specified in 2 .1 4 .5 .7 .4(b)(l) .
The force required at the edge of sliding doors to move
(a) be provided with a car door interlock conforming
to 2.1 4.4.2, or them shall not exceed 330 N (75 lbf).
(b) conform to 2.1 4.5.7.1 through 2.1 4.5.7.5 2.14.5.9 Glass in Car Doors
(16) 2.14.5.7.1 When a car is outside the unlocking 2.14.5.9.1 V ision panels, where prov ided, shall
zone (see 2.1 2.1), the car doors shall be so arranged that conform to 2.1 4.2.5.

64
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.14.5.9.2 Glass doors, where provided, shall 2.1 4.6.2.3 Car doors and gates shall protect the
conform to the following requirements : full width of the car entrance opening, and their height
(a) The glass shall be laminated glass conforming to shall be determined as follows:
the requirements of 16 CF R Part 1 20 1, or be laminated (a) Car doors and gates shall extend from a point not
glass, safety glass, or safety plastic conforming to the more than 25 mm ( 1 in.) above the car floor to a point
requirements of CAN /CGSB- 1 2.1, whichever is applica­ not less than 1 8 25 mm (7 2 in.) above the car floor.
ble (see Part 9). Markings as specified shall be on each (b) Where a vertically sliding car gate with a door
separate piece, and shall remain visible after installation. reopening device is provided, the 25 mm ( 1 in.) maxi­
(b) The glass shall be not less than 60% of the total mum dimension specified shall be measured from the
visible door panel surface area as seen from the car side car floor to the bottom of the leading member.
of the doors. Door lap shall not be used in calculating
2.1 4.6.2.4 The horizontal clearance between the
glass size.
car side of a panel and the related car entrance jamb or
(c) In power-operated doors, the glass panel shall be
between related panels of multispeed doors or gates
substantially flush with the surface of the car side of shall not exceed 25 mm ( 1 in.).
the door.
(d) The glass shall conform to the applicable strength 2.14.6.3 Collapsible-Type Gates
requirements of 2 .1 4 .4 .6 . 2.1 4.6.3.1 Collapsible-type gates shall protect
(e) T he glass shall be so mounted that it, and its the full width of the car entrance opening, and they shall
mounting structure, will withstand the required elevator extend from the car floor to a height of not less than
tests without becoming damaged or dislodged. 1 8 25 mm (7 2 in .) when fully closed .
(f) A nonglass edge shall be provided on the leading
edge of the door panel. 2.1 4.6.3.2 When in the fully closed (extended)
position, the opening between vertical members shall
not be more than 1 15 mm ( 4.5 in.).
(1 6) 2.1 4.5.10 REV ISED AND REDESIGNATED AS 2.1 4.6.4 2.1 4.6.3.3 Every vertical member shall be
restricted from moving perpendicular to the direction
of travel more than 13 mm (0.5 in.).
2 . 1 4.6.3.4 T hey shall not be power opened,
except as permitted by 2.13.2.1.2.
2.1 4.6 Freight Elevator Car Doors and Gates
2.1 4.6.3.5 When in the fully opened (collapsed)
2.14.6.1 Type of Gates position, collapsible gates shall be permitted to be
(1 6) 2.1 4.6.1 .1 For elevators designed for Class A arranged to swing inward.
loading (see 2.16.2.2), car gates shall be the vertically 2.1 4.6.3.6 Handles of manually operated col­
sliding type (see 2.1 4.6.2), the horizontally sliding col­ lapsible gates nearest the car operating device on eleva­
lapsible type (see 2 .1 4 .6 .3), or a car door of the folding tors operated from the car only shall be so located that
type (see 2.1 4.6.4). the nearest handle is not more than 1 2 25 mm ( 48 in .)
from the car operating device when the gate is closed
2.14.6.1 .2 For elevators designed for Class B or
(extended position), and not more than 1 2 25 mm ( 48 in.)
Class C loading (see 2.16.2.2), car gates shall be of the
above the car floor. Gate handles shall be provided with
vertically sliding type (see 2.1 4.6.2).
finger guards.
2.14.6.2 Vertically Sliding Doors and Gates 2.14.6.4 Folding Car Doors (1 6)
2 . 1 4.6.2.1 On elevators used exclusively for 2.1 4.6.4.1 Folding car doors shall conform to
freight, car doors and gates shall be either of the balanced 2.1 4.4 except paras. 2.1 4.4.4, 2.1 4.4.7, and 2.1 4.4.9. They
counterweighted type that slide up or down to open, shall also conform to all of 2.1 4.5 except paras. 2.1 4.5.3,
or of the biparting counterbalanced type. They shall be 2.1 4.5.6.2, 2.1 4.5.8, and 2.1 4.5.9.
manually operated or power operated. W here
power-operated vertically sliding biparting counterbal­ 2.1 4.6.4.2 The effort needed to prevent a folding
anced or power-operated vertically sliding counter­ car door from closing shall conform to 2.13.4.2.3.
weighted hoistway doors are provided, facing car doors 2.1 4.6.4.3 Folding car doors shall not be power
and gates shall be of the power-operated balanced coun­ opened to a distance exceeding one-third of the clear
terweighted type that slide up to open. opening, and in no case shall the distance be more than
250 mm ( 10 in.).
2.14.6.2.2 Where used on freight elevators per­
mitted to carry passengers (see 2.16.4), car doors shall 2.1 4.6.4.4 Handles of manually operated folding
conform to 2.1 4.5. car doors nearest the car operating device on elevators

65
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

operated from the car only shall be so located that the using only one of the two required lamps or sets of
nearest handle is not more than 1 2 20 mm ( 48 in.) from lamps to provide the required illumination shall be per­
the car operating device when the folding door is closed, mitted and shall comply with the following :
and between 1 2 20 mm ( 48 in.) and 380 mm ( 15 in.) (1) Each lamp or set of lamps shall provide the
above the car floor. minimum illumination in conformance with
2.1 4.7.l.3(a).
2.1 4.7 I llumination of Cars and Lighting Fixtures (2) Systems shall be arranged to automatically illu­
2.1 4.7.1 Illumination and Outlets Required. Cars minate the unlit lamp or set of lamps immediately fol­
shall be provided with electric lighting conforming to lowing a failure of the first lamp or set of lamps.
2.1 4.7.1.1 through 2.1 4.7.1.4. (3) Systems shall be designed so that an audible or
visual signal notifies authorized personnel when one
2.14.7.1 .1 Not less than two lamps or sets of
lamp or set of lamps is not functional.
lamps of approximately equal illumination shall be pro­
(g) Battery-operated units, where provided, shall
vided .Systems using only one of the two required lamps
or sets of lamps to provide the required illumination (1) comply with CSA C 2 2.2 No. 1 4 1 or UL 9 2 4 (see
shall be permitted and shall comply with the following : Part 9)
(a) Each lamp or set of lamps shall provide the mini­ (2) have a 4 h rating minimum
mum illumination in conformance with 2 .1 4 .7 .1 .2 . (3) be permanently connected to the car light
(b) Systems shall be arranged to automatically illumi­ branch circuit
nate the unlit lamp or set of lamps immediately follow­ (4) have an output rating that includes the auxiliary
ing a failure of the first lamp or set of lamps. lights and if connected, the emergency signaling device
(c) Systems shall be designed so that an audible or (see 2.27.1.1.3)
visual signal notifies authorized personnel when one (h) The lamps used for auxiliary lighting are permit­
lamp or set of lamps is not functional. ted to be the same lamps used for normal illumination
in conformance with 2.1 4.7.1.1.
2.14.7.1.2 The minimum illumination at the car
threshold, with the door closed, shall be not less than 2.14.7.1 .4 Each elevator shall be provided with
(a) 50 lx (5 fc) for passenger elevators lighting and a duplex receptacle fixture on the car top.
(b) 25 lx ( 2.5 fc) for freight elevators The lighting shall be permanently connected, fixed, or
2.14.7.1.3 Each elevator shall be provided with portable, or a combination thereof, to provide an illumi­
auxiliary lighting and shall conform to the following: nation level of not less than 100 lx ( 10 fc) measured
(a) T he intensity of auxiliary lighting illumination
at the point of any elevator part or equipment, where
shall be not less than 2 lx (0.2 fc), measured at any point maintenance or inspection is to be performed from the
between 1 2 25 mm ( 48 in .) and 890 mm (35 in .) above car top .All lighting shall be equipped with guards .The
the car floor and approximately 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) centered light switch shall be accessible from the landing when
horizontally in front of a car operating panel containing accessing the car top.
any of the following : 2.14.7.2 Light Control Switches
(1) car operating device(s)
(2) door open button 2.14.7.2.1 Light control switches for in-car light­
(3) rear or side door open button ing shall be permitted. When provided, they shall
(4) door close button (a) be located in or adjacent to the operating device
(5) rear or side door close button in the car.
(6) "PHONE" button and operating instructions, or (b) in elevators having automatic operation, be of the
(7) ALA RM" switch
11
key-operated type or located in a fixture with a locked
(b) Illumination is not required in front of additional cover. The key shall be Group 2 Security (see Section 8.1).
car operating panels where the devices listed in
2.1 4.7.l.3(a) are duplicated. 2.14.7.2.2 Automatic operation of the car lights
(c) Auxiliary lights shall be automatically turned on
shall be permitted. When provided, the operating circuit
in all elevators in service after normal car lighting shall be arranged to turn off the lights only when the
power fails. following conditions exist for not less than 5 min :
(d) The power source shall be located on the car. (a) The car is at a floor.
(e) The power system shall be capable of maintaining (b) The doors are closed .
the light intensity specified in 2.1 4.7.l.3(a) for a period (c) There is no demand for service.
of at least 4 h . (d) The car is on automatic operation.
(f) Not less than two lamps or sets of lamps of approx­ Momentary interruption of any of the above condi­
imately equal illumination shall be provided . Systems tions shall cause the car lights to tum on.

66
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.14.7.3 Car Lighting Devices 2.1 5.2.3 All components of the means required to
limit displacement in accordance with 2.15.2.2 shall have
2.14.7.3.1 Glass used for lighting fixtures shall
minimum factor of safety of 5.
conform to 2.14.1. 8.
2.14.7.3.2 Suspended glass used in lighting fix­ 2.1 5.3 Des ign of Car Frames and Guiding Members
tures shall be supported by a metal frame secured at The frame and its guiding members shall be designed
not less than three points. to withstand the forces resulting under the loading con­
2.14.7.3.3 Fastening devices shall not be remov­ ditions for which the elevator is designed and installed
able from the fixture. (see Section 2.16).

2.1 4.7.3.4 Glass shall not be drilled for 2.1 5.4 Unders lung or Sub-Pos t Frames
attachment. The vertical distance between the centerlines of the
2.14.7.3.5 Light troughs supporting wiring race­ top and bottom guide shoes of an elevator car having
ways and other auxiliary lighting equipment, where a sub-post car frame or having an underslung car frame
used, shall be of metal, except where lined with noncom­ located entirely below the car platform shall be not less
bustible materials. than 40% of the distance between guide rails.
2.14.7.3.6 Materials for light diffusion or trans­ 2.1 5 . 5 Car Platforms
mission shall be of metal, glass, or materials conforming
to 2.14.2.1.1 and shall not come in contact with light 2.1 5.5.1 Every elevator car shall have a platform
bulbs and tubes. consisting of a nonperforated floor attached to a plat­
form frame supported by the car frame, and extending
2.1 4.7.4 Protection of Light Bulbs and Tubes . Light over the entire area within the car enclosure.
bulbs and tubes within the car shall
(a) be equipped with guards, be rec essed, or be
2.1 5.5.2 The platform frame members and the
mounted above a drop ceiling to prevent accidental floor shall be designed to withstand the forces developed
breakage. Cars that operate with the drop c eiling under the loading conditions for which the elevator is
removed shall have a permanent separate guard for the designed and installed.
light bulb or tube. 2.1 5.5.3 Platform frames are not required where
(b) be so mounted in the structure that the structure laminated platforms are provided.
and the bulb or tube will withstand the required elevator
tests without being damaged or becoming dislodged. 2.1 5 .5.4 Laminated platforms shall be permitted
to be used for passenger elevators having a rated load
of 2 3 00 kg (5 ,000 lb) or less.
SECTION 2.1 5
CAR FRAMES AN D PLATFORMS 2.15.5.5 The deflection at any point of a laminated
platform, when uniformly loaded to rated capacity, shall
2 . 1 5 . 1 Car Fram es Required not exceed ¾6() of the span. The stresses in the steel
Every elevator shall have a car frame (see Section 1.3 ). facing shall not exceed one-fifth of its ultimate strength,
and the stresses in the plyw ood core shall not exceed 60%
2.1 5.2 Guiding Means of the allowable stresses in Section 3.14 of the American
2.1 5.2.1 Car frames shall be guided on each guide Plyw ood Association Plyw ood Design Specification or
rail by upper and lower guiding members attached to CSA 0 86.1, as applicable (see Part 9).
the frame. Guiding means shall be designed to with­ 2.1 5.6 Materials for Car Frames and Platform Frames
stand the forces imposed during normal operation of
the elevator, loading and unloading, emergency stop­ 2.1 5.6.1 Materials Permitted. Materials used in the
ping, and the application of safeties. construction of car frames and platforms shall conform
to 2.15.6.1.1 through 2.15.6.1.4.
2.1 5.2.2 Means shall be provided to prevent the
car from being displaced by more than 13 mm (0.5 in.) 2.1 5.6.1.1 Car frames and outside members of
from its normal running position. platform frames shall be made of steel or other metals.
T his protection shall be provided by either of the
2.1 5.6.1.2 Platform stringers of freight elevators
following:
designed for Class B or Class C loading shall be of steel
(a) a guiding means wherein no failure or wear of the
or other metals.
guiding member shall allow the car to be displaced more
than 13 mm (0.5 in.) from its normal running position 2.1 5.6.1.3 Platform stringers of passenger eleva­
(b) a retention means that shall be permitted to be tors and of freight elevators designed for Class A loading
integral with the guiding means shall be made of steel or other metals, or of wood.

67
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.1 5.6.1 .4 Cast iron shall not be used for any 2.1 5.7 Car Frame and Platform Con nections
part subject to tension, torsion, or bending, except for
2 . 1 5 . 7 . 1 I n ternal Co n n ecti o n s . Connections
guiding supports and guide shoes.
between members of car frames and platforms shall be
2.1 5.6.2 Requirements for Steel. Steel used in the riveted, bolted, or welded, and shall conform to 2 .15 .7 .3.
construction of car frames and platforms shall conform 2 . 1 5 . 7 . 2 Co n n ection Between Car Fra m e a n d (1 6)
to 2.15.6.2.1 through 2.15.6.2.3. Platform. The attachment of the platform to the car
2 . 1 5 . 6 . 2 . 1 Car-Frame and Platform - Fram e frame shall be done in accordance with sound engi­
Members. Steel shall be rolled, formed, forged, or cast, neering practice and shall develop the required strength
conforming to the requirements of the following to transmit the forces safely from the platform to the
car frame in accordance with 2.15.10. Bolts, nuts, and
specifications :
welding, where used, shall conform to 2 .15 .7 .3.
(a) Rolled and Formed Steel. AS1M A36 or AS1M A 283
Grade D or CAN /CSA-G 40.2 1. 2.1 5.7.3 Bolts, Nuts, and Welding
(b) Forged Steel. AST M A668 Class B. 2.1 5.7.3.1 Bolts, where used through greater
(c) Cast Steel. AST M A 27 Grade 60/30. than 5 deg sloping flanges of structural members, shall
2.1 5.6.2.2 Rivets, Bolts, and Rods. Steel used for have bolt heads of the tipped-head type or shall be fitted
rivets, bolts, and rods shall conform to the following with bevelled washers.
specifications : 2.1 5.7.3.2 Nuts used on greater than 5 deg slop­
(a) AST M A50 2, Rivets ing flanges of structural members shall sit on beveled
(b) AST M A307, Bolts and Rods washers.

2.1 5 .6.2.3 Steels of Other Strengt h . Steels of 2.1 5.7.3.3 All welding shall conform to
greater or lesser strength than those s pecified by Section 8.8.
2.15.6.2.1 shall be permitted to be used, provided they
2.1 5.8 Protection of Platforms Against Fire
have an elongation of not less than 20% in a length of
50 mm ( 2 in.) when tested in accordance with AS1M EB, All platform materials exposed to the hoistway shall
and provided that the stresses and deflections conform be either of the following:
to 2.15.10 and 2.15.1 1, respectively. (a) metal
Rivets, bolts, and rods made of steel having greater (b) other materials that, in their end-use configura­
strength than specified by AST M A307 and AST M A50 2 tion, conform to the following requirements, based on
shall be permitted to be used and the maximum allow­ the tests conducted in accordance with the requirements
able stresses increased proportionally, based on the ratio of AST M E8 4, UL 7 23, NFPA 255, or CAN /ULC-S 10 2.2,
of the ultimate strengths.Elongation shall conform to the whichever is applicable (see Part 9):
requirements of the corresponding AS1M specifications. (1) flame spread rating of O to 75
(2) smoke development of O to 450
(1 6) 2.1 5.6.3 Requirements for Metals Other Than Steel.
Metals other than steel shall be permitted to be used in 2.1 5.9 Platform G uards {Aprons)
the construction of car frames and platforms, provided The entrance side of the platform of passenger and
the metal used has the essential properties to meet all freight elevators shall be provided with smooth metal
the requirements for the purpose in accordance with guard plates of not less than 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) thick
sound engineering practice, and provided the stresses steel, or material of equivalent strength and stiffness,
and deflections conform to 2.15.10 and 2.15.1 1, adequately reinforced and braced to the car platform
respectively. and conforming to 2 .15 .9 .1 through 2 .15 .9 .4 .
2.1 5.6.4 Requirements for Wood Used for Platform 2.1 5.9.1 The guard plate shall extend not less than
Floors and Stringers. Wood used for platform stringers the full width of the widest hoistway-door opening.
and platform floors and sub-floors shall be of structural 2.1 5.9.2 The guard plate shall have a straight verti­
quality lumber or exterior-type pl ywood conforming to cal face, extending below the floor surface of the plat­
the requirements of the following : form. A horizontal door guiding groove is permitted
(a) AST M D 2 45, Structural Grades of Lumber below the floor surface for door operating devices, door
(b) A S T M D 198, Static Tests of T imbers in guiding devices, and door retaining devices in accor­
Structural Sizes dance with 2.15.9.5. The guard plate shall conform to
(c) A N S I Voluntary Product Standard P S 1-7 4 or one of the following:
CSA 0 15 1, Softw ood Plyw ood, Construction and (a) where the elevator is required to conform to
Industrial 2.19.2.2(b) the depth of the truck zone, where provided,

68
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

plus 75 mm (3 in.), but in no case less than 1 2 20 mm the emergency brake (see 2.19.4) shall be designed to
( 48 in.) withstand the maximum forces developed during the
(b) where the elevator is not required to conform to retardation phase of the emergency braking so that the
2.19.2.2(b) the depth of the leveling zone or truck zone, resulting stresses due to the emergency braking and all
where provided, plus 75 mm (3 in.), but in no case less other loading acting simultaneously, if applicable, shall
than 5 25 mm ( 2 1 in.) from the floor surface not exceed 190 MPa ( 27,500 psi).
2.1 5.9.3 The lower portion of the guard shall be 2.1 5.1 1 Maximum Allowable Deflections of Car
bent back at an angle of not less than 60 deg nor more Frame and Platform Members
than 75 deg from the horizontal.
The deflections of car frame and platform members
2.1 5.9.4 The guard plate shall be securely braced based on the static load imposed upon them shall be
and fastened in place to withstand a constant force of not more than the following:
not less than 650 N ( 1 45 lbf) applied at right angles to (a) for crosshead, plank, and platform frame mem­
and at any position on its face without deflecting more bers, ½60 of the span
than 6 mm (0.25 in.), and without permanent (b) for uprights (stiles), as determined by 8.2.2.5.3
deformation.
Where the car entrance on the truck loading side is 2.1 5 . 1 2 Car Frames With Sheaves
provided with a collapsible-type gate and the height of
the hoistway door opening is greater than the distance Where a hoisting-rope sheave is mounted on the car
from the car floor to the car top, a head guard extending frame, the construction shall conform to 2.15.1 2.1
the full width of the door opening shall be provided on through 2.15.1 2.3.
the car to close the space between the car top and the 2.1 5.12.1 Where multiple sheaves mounted on
soffit of the hoistway-door opening when the car plat­ separate sheave shafts are used, provision shall be made
form is level with the floor at the truck loading landing to take the compressive forces, developed by tension in
entrance. the hoisting ropes between the sheaves, on a strut or
2.1 5.9.5 A horizontal door guiding groove with a struts between the sheave shaft supports, or by provid­
maximum width of 10 mm (0.375 in.) shall be permitted ing additional compressive strength in the car frame or
at the transition of the car sill guard and the car sill, in car-frame members supporting sheave shafts.
accordance with the following requirements: 2.1 5.12.2 Where the sheave shaft extends through
(a) Door power pre-opening in accordance with the web of a car-frame member, the reduction in area of
2.13.2.2.2 shall not be permitted. the member shall not reduce the strength of the member
(b) Leveling /releveling shall be initiated before verti­ below that required .Where necessary, reinforcing plates
cal exposure of the groove is revealed. shall be welded or riveted to the member to provide the
(c) Where exposure to the gap is revealed, the car required strength. The bearing pressure shall in no case
shall not relevel with open doors. be more than that permitted in Table 2.15.10.1 for bolts
(d) Edges forming the gap shall be configured to pre­ in clearance holes.
vent hazards.
2.1 5.12.3 Where the sheave is attached to the car
2.1 5 . 1 0 Maximum Allowable Stresses in Car Frame crosshead by means of a single-threaded rod or specially
and Platform Members and Connections designed member or members in tension, the require­
ments of 2.15.1 2.3.1 and 2.15.1 2.3.2 shall be conformed to.
2.1 5.10.1 The stresses in car frame and platform
members and their connections, based on the static load 2.1 5.12.3.1 The single rod, member, or members
imposed upon them, shall not exceed the following : shall have a factor of safety 50% higher than the factor
(a) for steels meeting the requirements of 2.15.6.2.1 of safety required for the suspension wire ropes, but in
and 2 .15 .6 .2 .2, as listed in Table 2 .15 .10 .1 no case shall have a factor of safety of less than 15.
(b) for steels of greater or lesser strength, as permitted 2.1 5.1 2.3.2 The means for fastening the single­
by 2 .15 .6 .2 .3, the allowable stresses listed in threaded rod, member, or members to the car frame
Table 2.15.10.1 are to be adjusted proportionally, based shall conform to 2.15.13.
on the ratio of the ultimate strengths
(c) for metals other than steel, as permitted by 2.1 5 . 1 3 Suspension-Rope H itch Plates or Shapes
2 .15 .6 .3, the allowable stresses listed in Table 2 .15 .10 .1
are to be adjusted proportionally, based on the ratio of Where cars are suspended by hoisting ropes attached
to the car frame or to the overhead supporting beams
the ultimate strengths
by means of rope shackles, the shackles shall be attached
2.1 5.10.2 Car frame members, brackets, and their to steel hitch plates or to structural or formed steel
connections subject to forces due to the application of shapes.

69
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA B44-1 6

Table 2 .1 5.1 0.1 Maximum Allowable Stresses i n Car Fra m e and Platform Members and Con nections, for
Steels Specified i n 2 . 1 5 .6.2.1 and 2 . 1 5 .6.2.2
Maximum Stress,
Member Type Stress Type MPa (psi) Area Basis
Car crosshead Bending 95 (14,000) Gross section
Car frame plank (normal loading) Bending 95 (14,000) Gross section
Car frame plank (buffer reaction) Bending 190 (27,500) Gross section
Car frame uprights (stiles) Bending plus tension 115 (17,000) Gross section
140 (20,000) Net section

Hoisting rope hitch plate and Bending plus tension 75 (11,000) Net section
shapes
Platform framing Bending 95 (14,000) Gross section
Platform stringers Bending 115 (17,000) Gross section
Threaded brace rods and other Tension 60 (9,000) Net section
tension members except bolts

Bolts Tension 55 (8,000) Net section

Bolts in clearance holes Shear 55 (8,000) Actual area in shear plane
Bearing 120 (17,500) Gross section

Rivets or tight body-fit bolts Shear 75 (11,000) Actual area in shear plane
Bearing 140 (20,000) Gross section

Any framing member normal loading Compression Note (1) Gross section

NOTE:
(1) The maximum allowable compressive stress in any member at normal loading shall not exceed 80% of those permitted for static loads
by the AISC Book No. 5326 or CAN/CSA-516.1.

Such plates or shapes shall be secured to the underside provided that when in this position, the sill does not
or to the webs of the car-frame member with bolts, rivets, reduce the clearance specified in 2.5.1.4. The electric
or welds so located that the tensions in the hoisting contacts shall
ropes will not develop direct tension in the bolts or (a) be positively opened by a lever or other device
rivets. attached to and operated by the hinged platform sill
T he stresses shall not exceed those permitted by (b) be maintained in the open position by the action
2.9.3.3. of gravity or by a restrained compression spring, or by
both, or by positive mechanical means
2.1 5.14 Calculation of Stresses in Car-Frame and (c) be so designed or located that they shall not be
Platform-Frame Members accessible from within the car
The calculation of the stresses and deflection in the (d) not utilize mercury tube switches
car-frame plank and uprights and platform frames shall
be based on the formulas and data in 8.2.2. 2.1 5.16.2 The elevator shall be permitted to be
operated by the leveling device in the leveling zone with
2.1 5.1 5 Platform Side Braces the sill in any position.
Where side bracing and similar members are attached 2.1 5.16.3 The strength of the sills shall conform
to car-frame uprights, the reduction in area of the upright to 2 .1 1 .1 1 .1 .
shall not reduce the strength of the upright below that
required by Section 2.15. 2.1 5.1 7 Fastening of Com pensation Means
Fastenings to the car of the suspension ropes' compen­
2.1 5 . 1 6 Hinged Platform Sills sation means shall conform to 2.2 1.4.
Hinged platform sills, where used, shall conform to
2.15.16.1 through 2.15.16.3.
SECTION 2 . 1 6
2.1 5.16.1 Hinged platform sills shall be provided CAPACITY AN D LOADI N G
with electric contacts conforming to the following
2.16.1 Minimum Rated Load fo r Passenger Elevators
requirements that will prevent operation of the elevator
by the normal operating device unless the hinged sill 2.16.1.1 Minimum Load Permitted. The rated load
is within 50 mm ( 2 in.) of its fully retracted position, in kg (lb) for passenger elevators shall be based on the

70
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.1 6.2.2.1 Class A: Gen eral Freight Load ing. (1) The maximum load on the car platform during
Where the load is distributed, the weight of any single loading or unloading shall not exceed 150% of rated
piece of freight or of any single hand truck and its load load.
is not more than 25% of the rated load of the elevator, (2) For any load in excess of rated load on elevators
and the load is handled on and off the car platform with a rated load of 9 000 kg ( 20,000 lb) or less, the
manually or by means of hand trucks. driving-machine motor, brake, and traction relation shall
For this class of loading, the rated load shall be based be adequate to sustain and level the full 150 % of
on not less than 2 40 kg /m 2 ( 49 lb /ft 2) of inside net rated load.
platform area. (3) For any load in excess of the rated load on eleva­
2.16.2.2.2 Class B: Motor Vehicle Loading. Where tors with a rated load exceeding 9 000 kg ( 20,000 lb), the
the elevator is used solely to carry automobile trucks or driving-machine motor, brake, and traction relation shall
passenger automobiles up to the rated capacity of the be adequate to sustain and level the rated load plus
elevator. either 4 500 kg ( 10,000 lb), or the weight of the unloaded
For this class of loading, the rated load shall be based truck to be used, whichever is greater.
on not less than 1 45 kg /m 2 (30 lb /ft2) of inside net NOTES (2.16.2):
platform area. (1) When the entire rated load is loaded or unloaded in increments
by an industrial truck, the load imposed on the car platform,
2.16.2.2.3 Class C. There are three types of Class C while the last increment is being loaded or the first increment
loadings : unloaded, will exceed the rated load by part of the weight of
(a) Class Cl : Industrial Truck Loading. Where the static the empty industrial truck.
load during loading and unloading does not exceed the (2) Requirement 2.16.2 does not prohibit the carrying of an indus
rated load. trial truck on a freight elevator of Class C2 or Class C3 loading,
(b) Class C2: Industrial Truck Loading. Where the static provided that the total weight on the elevator does not exceed
load during loading and unloading is permitted to the rated load of the elevator, and the elevator is designed to
meet the requirements of 8.2.2 and 8.2.9, as appropriate, for
exceed the rated load. the load involved.
(c) Class C3: Other Loading With Heavy Concentrations.
Where the static load during loading and unloading 2.1 6.3 Capacity and Data Plates
does not exceed the rated load .
2.1 6.3.1 Plates Required and Locations. Every ele­
2.16.2.2.4 Class C loadings in 2.16.2.2.3 apply
vator shall be provided with a capacity plate and a data
where the weight of the concentrated load including a
plate permanently and securely attached .
powered industrial or hand truck, if used, is more than
The capacity plate shall be located in a conspicuous
25% the rated load and where the load to be carried
position inside the car.
does not exceed the rated load. (For concentrated loads
The data plate shall be located on the car crosshead,
exceeding the rated load, see 2.16.6.)
The following are additional requirements: or inside the car for underslung elevators having no
crosshead.
(a) For Class Cl, Class C 2, and Class C3 loadings, the
rated load of the elevator shall be not less than the load 2.16.3.2 Information Required on Plates
(including any truck) to be carried, and shall in no case
be less than 2 40 kg /m 2 ( 49 lb /ft2) of inside net plat­ 2.1 6.3.2.1 Capacity plates shall indicate the rated
form area. load of the elevator in kilograms or pounds or both (see
The elevator shall be provided with a two-way auto­ Nonrnandatory Appendix D), and, in addition, this plate
matic leveling device (see Section 1.3). or a separate plate shall indicate
(b) For Class Cl and Class C 2 loadings, the following (a) the capacity lifting one-piece loads where the ele­
additional requirements shall apply: vator conforms to 2 .16 .7
( 1 ) For elevators with rated loads of 9 000 kg (b) for freight elevators designed for Class C 2 loading,
( 20,000 lb) or less, the car platform shall be designed for the maximum load the elevator is designed to support
a loaded truck of weight equal to the rated load or while being loaded or unloaded [see 2.16.2.2.4(c)]
for the actual weight of the loaded truck to be used,
whichever is greater. 2.1 6.3.2.2 Data plates shall indicate
(2) For elevators with rated loads exceeding (a) the weight of the complete car, including the car
9 000 kg ( 20,000 lb), the car platform shall be designed safety and all auxiliary equipment attached to the car
for a loaded truck weighing 9 000 kg ( 20,000 lb), or for (b) the rated load and speed
the actual weight of the loaded truck to be used, which­ (c) the suspension means data required by 2.20.2.1
ever is greater. (d) the name or trademark of the manufacturer and
(c) For Class C 2 loading, the following requirements year manufactured
shall apply: (e) rail lubrication instructions (see 2.17.16)

72
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.1 6.3.3 Material and Marking of Plates provided inside the car and shall be located in a conspic­
uous position and permanently and securely fastened to
2.1 6.3.3.1 Permanent data plates and marking
the car enclosure, subject to the requirements of 2.16.5.1.1
plates shall be metal or durable plastic with 1.6 mm
through 2.16.5.1.3.
(0.063 in.) minimum thickness.
2.16.5.1.1 For every freight elevator, the sign
2.1 6.3.3.2 The plates shall be securely fastened
shall specify the type of loading (see 2.16.2.2) for which
to prevent removal by hand when subjected to a force
the elevator is designed and installed, with one of the
of 67 N ( 15 lb) in any direction.
following markings.
2 . 1 6 . 3 . 3 . 3 All Code requ ired data shall be (a) " C L A S S A L O A D I N G. E L E VAT O R T O B E
formed such that the characters remain permanently L O A D E D O R U N L O A D E D M A N U A L LY O R B Y
and readily legible and conform to the following : MEANS OF HAND T RUCKS ONLY. NO SINGLE PIECE
(a) The height of the letters and figures shall be not OF F REIGHT OR SINGLE HAND T RUCK AND IT S
less than LOAD SHALL EXCEED KG ( LB)."
(1) 6 mm (0.25 in.) for passenger elevator capacity (b) "CL A S S B L O A D I N G. T H I S E L E V AT O R
plates D E S I G N E D T O T R A N S P O RT M O T O R V E H I CL E S
(2) 25 mm ( 1 in.) for freight elevator capacity plates HAV I N G A MAXIMUM G R O S S W E I G H T N O T T O
(3) 3 mm (0.1 25 in.) for data plates EXCEED KG ( LB)."
(b) They shall have a minimum character stroke width (c) "CL A S S C l L O A D I N G. T H I S E L E V AT O R
of 0.5 mm (0.0 2 in.). DESIGNED T O T RANSPO RT LOADED INDUST RIAL
(c) They shall be provided with a durable means to T R U C K. M A X I M U M COMB I N E D W E I G H T O F
prevent common containments (such as paint, adhe­ INDUST RIAL T RUCK AND L O A D NOT T O
sives, oil, and grease) from adhering to the data plate EXCEED KG ( LB)."
parent surface or permit the removal of these contami­ (d) "CL A S S C 2 L O A D I N G. T H I S E L E V AT O R
nants without obscuring the Code required data. DESIGNED F O R LOADING AND UNLOADING BY
INDUST RIAL T RUCK. MAXIMUM LOADING AND
2.1 6.4 Carrying of Passengers on Freight Elevators U N L O A D I N G W E I G H T W H I L E PA R KED N O T T O
Fre ight elevators conform ing to 2.16.4.1 through EXCEED KG ( LB). MAXIMUM W EIGHT
2.16.4.8 shall be permitted to carry passengers. T RANSPORTED NOT TO EXCEED KG (
LB)."
2.1 6.4.1 The elevator shall not be accessible to the (e) " C L A S S C3 L O A D I N G. T H I S E L E V AT O R
general public. D E S I G N E D T O T R A N S P O R T C O N C E N T R AT E D
2.1 6.4.2 The rated load shall not be less than that LOADS NOT T O EXCEED KG ( LB)."
required by 2.16.1. 2.16.5.1.2 For freight elevators not permitted to
2.1 6.4.3 The elevator shall conform to 2.16.8. carry passengers, the s ign shall read : "T H I S I S A
F R E I G H T E L E V AT O R, N O T A PA S S E N G E R
2 . 1 6.4.4 Hoistway entrances shall conform to ELEVATO R, AND NOT F O R GENE RAL PUBLIC USE."
2.1 2.1.1 and 2.1 1.2.1, or shall be power-operated doors
conforming to 2.l l.2.2(e). 2 . 1 6 . 5 . 1 .3 For freight elevators perm itted to
carry passengers (see 2.16.4), a s ign read ing
2.1 6.4.5 Car doors shall be provided, and shall "PA S S E N G E R S A R E P E R M I T T E D T O R I D E T H I S
conform to 2.1 4.5. ELEVATO R."
2.1 6.4.6 Openings in car enclosures shall conform 2.1 6.5.2 Material and Marking of Signs. The sign
to 2.1 4.2.2. shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Z535.4 or
2.1 6.4.7 The factors of safety for suspension wire CAN /CSA-Z32 1 (see Part 9), except that the letters shall
ropes shall conform to Table 2.20.3 for passenger be not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.) high. The sign shall be
elevators. made of durable material and shall be securely fastened.
2.1 6.4.8 Power-operated vertically sliding doors 2.1 6.6 Overloading of Freight Elevators
shall be power closed conforming to the following : Freight elevators shall not be loaded in excess of their
(a) requirement 2.13.3.4 rated load as specified on the capacity plate required
(b) supporting chains, cables, or ropes shall not be by 2.16.3, except for
exposed to the car interior (a) static loads on elevators loaded and unloaded by
industrial trucks as noted on capacity or separate plate
2.16.5 Signs Required in Freight Elevator Cars
[see 2.16.2.2.3 and 2.16.3.2.l(b)]
2.16.5.1 Signs Required. Signs, in addition to the (b) elevators designed and installed to conform to
capacity and data plates required by 2.16.3.1, shall be 2.16.7 to carry one-piece loads exceeding their rated load

73
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.1 6.7 Carrying of One-Piece Loads Exceeding the 2.1 6.7.8.2 The car safety shall be designed to
Rated Load stop and hold the car with this load, independently of
the hoisting ropes.
Passenger and freight elevators shall be permitted to
be used, where necessary, to carry one-piece loads 2 . 1 6 . 7 .8.3 T he counterweight safety, where
greater than their rated load, provided they are required by Section 2.6, shall be designed to stop and
designed, installed, and operated to conform to 2.16.7.1 hold the entire weight of the counterweight, indepen­
through 2.16.7.11. dently of the ropes.
2.1 6.7.1 A locking device shall be provided that 2.1 6.7.8.4 Under the conditions described in
will hold the car at any landing, independently of the 2.16.7. 8.2 and 2.16.7. 8. 3 , the car and counterweight safe­
hoisting ropes, while the car is being loaded or ties are not required to conform to the safety stopping
unloaded. distances specified in Table 2.17.3 when the elevator is
carrying a one-piece load exceeding the rated load and
2.1 6.7.2 The locking device shall be so designed the counterweight is provided with additional weight
that it cannot be unlocked until the entire weight of the as required by 2.16.7.9.
car and load is suspended on the ropes.
2.1 6.7.9 For traction machines, where it is neces­
2.1 6.7.3 A removable wrench or other device shall sary to secure adequate traction, an additional counter­
be provided to operate the locking device. weight shall be added during the period of use with
one-piece loads so that the total overbalance is at least
2.1 6.7.4 The locking device shall be so designed equal to 45 % of the "Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads."
that the locking bars will be automatically withdrawn
should they come into contact with the landing locks 2.16.7.10 A special operating device of the car
when the car is operated in the up direction. switch or continuous-pressure type shall be provided
in a machine room, control space located outside the
2.1 6.7.5 A special capacity plate shall be provided hoistway, or control room to operate the elevator.
inside the elevator car and located in a conspicuous Means shall be provided to visually observe the driv­
place that shall bear the words "CAPACITY LIFTING ing machine when this special operating device is oper­
ONE-PIECE LOAD S" in letters, followed by figures giv­ ated. When this device is operative, all other operating
ing the special capacity in kilograms (pounds) for lifting devices shall be inoperative (see 2.26.1.3 ).
one-piece loads for which the machine is designed. For
material and size of letters, see 2.16.3.3. 2.16.7.1 1 The "Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads"
of any passenger traction elevator shall not exceed 1.3 3
2.1 6.7.6 T he car frame, car platform, sheaves, times the rated load of the elevator.
shafts, ropes, and locking devices shall be designed for
the specified "Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads," pro­ 2.1 6.8 Additional Requirements for Passenger
vided that Overload in the Down Direction
(a) in the design of the car frame, platform, sheaves, Passenger elevators and freight elevators permitted
shafts, and ropes, the allowable stress is permitted to by 2.16.4 to carry passengers shall be designed and
be 2 0% higher than those permitted for normal loading installed to safely lower, stop, and hold the car with an
(b) the factor of safety for the locking device is not additional load up to 25 % in excess of the rated load.
less than 5 The elevator is not required to attain rated load per­
formance under the passenger overload conditions spec­
2.1 6.7.7 The car safeties shall be designed to stop ified but shall conform to
and hold the specified "Capacity Lifting One-Piece (a) requirement 2.17.2, except that 125 % of the rated
Loads" with the ropes intact. The safety is not required load shall be used in place of the rated load.
to conform to the safety stopping distances specified in (b) requirement 2.17.3 , except that 125 % of the rated
Table 2.17.3 if applied while the elevator is carrying a load shall be used in the first paragraph in place of the
one-piece load exceeding the rated load. rated load. Second paragraph of 2.17.3 , except that 125 %
2.16.7.8 Where there is an occupied space, or an of the rated load shall be used in place of the rated
unoccupied space not secured against unauthorized load, and the rated load performance including safety
access (see Section 2.6), under the hoistway, the require­ stopping distance is not required.
ments of 2.16. 7. 8.1 through 2.16.7. 8. 4 shall be con­ (c) requirement 2.2 4.2. 3 , except that 125 % of the rated
formed to. load shall be used in place of the rated load.
(d) requirement 2.2 4.8, except that 12 5% of the rated
2.1 6.7.8.1 T he machine shall be designed to load shall be used in place of the rated load.
operate the "Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads" at slow (e) requirement 2.25.2.1, except that 12 5% of the rated
speed. load shall be used in place of the rated load.

74
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(f) requirement 2.26.9.8, except that 1 25% of the rated 2.1 7.4 Counterweight Safeties
load shall be used in place of the rated load. Counterweight safeties, where furnished [see
(g) requirement 2 .26 .10, except that 1 25% of the rated Section 2.6 and 2.19.3.2(a)( l)], shall conform to the
load shall be used in place of the rated load. requirements for car safeties, except as specified in 2.17.7
(h) requirement 2.19.2.2(b), except that 1 25% of the and 2 .18 .1 .
rated load shall be used in place of the rated load.
(i) requirement 2.27.2.1, except that 1 25% of the rated 2.17.5 Identification and Classification of Types of
load shall be used in place of rated load. Safeties
(j) requirement 2.7.5.1.2(b), except that 1 25% of the Car safety devices (safeties) are identified and classi­
rated load shall be used in place of rated load. fied on the basis of performance characteristics after the
safety begins to apply pressure on the guide rails. On
2.1 6.9 Special Loading Means
this basis, there are three types of safeties .
Where special means (lift hooks, conveyor tracks, and
support beams) that exert loads upon the car frame or 2.1 7.5.1 Type A Safeties. Safeties that develop a
platform, or both, are used to carry loads other than as rapidly increasing pressure on the guide rails during
described in 2.16.2.2, the effects of their loading on the the stopping interval, the stopping distance being very
car frame and platform shall be considered in accordance short due to the inherent design of the safety. T he
with 8.2.2.1 and 8.2.9.1. T he allowable stresses and operating force is derived entirely from the mass and
deflections shall be as specified in 2 .15 .10 and 2 .15 .1 1 . the motion of the car or the counterweight being
The connections shall conform to 2.15.7. stopped. These safeties apply pressure on the guide rails
through eccentrics, rollers, or similar devices, without
any flexible medium purposely introduced to limit the
SECTION 2.1 7 retarding force and increase the stopping distance.
CAR AN D COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES
2.1 7.5.2 Type B Safeties. Safeties that apply limited
2.1 7.1 Where Required and Location pressure on the guide rails during the stopping interval,
The car of every elevator suspended as required by and which provide stopping distances that are related
2.20.1 shall be provided with one or more car safety to the mass being stopped and the speed at which appli­
devices of one of the types identified in 2 .17 .5 .Safeties cation of the safety is initiated . Retarding forces are
shall be attached to the car frame, and at least one safety reasonably uniform after the safety is fully applied.Safe­
shall be located within or below the car frame . ties that require or do not require continuous tension in
All car safeties shall be mounted on a single car frame the governor rope to operate the safety during the entire
and shall operate only on one pair of guide rails between stopping interval shall be permitted. Minimum and
which the frame is located. maximum distances are specified on the basis of gover­
nor tripping speed (see 2.17.3).
2.1 7.2 Duplex Safeties
2.1 7.5.3 Type C Safeties (Type A With Oil Buffers).
Where duplex (two) safeties are provided, the lower Safeties that develop retarding forces during the com­
safety device shall be capable of developing not less pression stroke of one or more oil buffers interposed
than one-half of the force required to stop the entire car between the lower members of the car frame and a
with rated load (see 2.16.8). Duplexed safety devices governor-operated Type A auxiliary safety plank
shall be arranged so as to function approximately applied on the guide rails. The stopping distance is equal
simultaneously. to the effective stroke of the buffers.
Type A or Type C safety devices (see 2 .17 .5) shall not
be used in multiple (duplexed). 2.1 7.6 Reserved for Future Use
2.1 7.3 Function and Stopping Distance of Safeties 2.1 7.7 Governor-Actuated Safeties and Car Safety
Mechanism Switches Required
The safety device, or the combined safety devices,
where furnished, shall be capable of stopping and sus­ 2.1 7.7.1 Counterweight safeties, where provided
taining the entire car with its rated load from governor for rated speeds over 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min), and car
tripping speed (see also 2.16.8). safeties, shall be actuated by separate speed governors.
Type B safeties shall stop the car with its rated load Counterweight safeties for rated speeds of not over
from governor tripping speed within the range of the 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min) shall be permitted to be operated
maximum and minimum stopping distances as deter­ as a result of the breaking or slackening of the suspension
mined by the formulas in 8.2.6. Table 2.17.3 and Fig.8.2.6 ropes and shall be permitted to be of the inertia or other
show the maximum and minimum stopping distances approved type without governors.
for various governor tripping speeds, when tested in Where counterweight safeties are furnished to provide
conformance with Sections 8 .10 and 8 .1 1 . ascending car overspeed protection in accordance with

75
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-1 6

Table 2.1 7.3 Maximum and Minimum Stopping Distances for

Type B Car Safeties With Rated Load and Type B Counterweight Safeties
SI Units Imperial Units
Maximum Maximum
Rated Governor Stopping Distances, Rated Governor Stopping Distances,
Speed, Trip Speed, mm Speed, Trip Speed, in.
m/s m/s Min. Max. ft/min ft/min Min. Max.

0-0.63 0.90 25 380 0-1 2 5 175 1 15

0.75 1 .0 5 50 41 5 1 50 210 2 16
0.87 1.25 75 485 175 250 3 19
1 .00 1 .40 1 00 540 200 280 4 22
1.12 1.55 125 605 225 308 5 24

1.25 1 .70 1 50 675 2 50 337 6 27

1.50 2.00 200 840 300 395 8 33
1. 75 2.30 250 1 025 350 452 10 40
2.00 2.55 330 1 200 400 510 13 48
2.25 2.90 430 1 480 450 568 17 58

2.50 3.1 5 505 1 700 500 625 20 68

3.00 3.70 710 2 2 50 600 740 28 91
3.50 4.30 940 2 950 700 855 38 128
4.00 4.85 1 200 3 680 800 970 49 150
4.50 5 . 50 1 540 4 660 900 1 ,085 61 183

5.00 6.00 1 835 5 500 1 ,000 1 ,200 75 222

5.50 6.60 2 220 6 600 1 , 1 00 1,320 90 268
6.00 7.20 2 640 7 800 1 ,200 1 ,440 107 316
6.50 7.80 3 1 00 9 1 10 1 ,300 1 , 5 60 1 26 371
7.00 8.40 3 595 1 0 530 1 ,400 1 ,680 146 427

7.50 9.00 4 125 1 2 050 1 , 500 1 ,800 1 68 490

8.00 9.60 4 695 1 3 670 1 ,600 1 ,920 191 555
8.50 1 0.20 5 300 15 400 1 ,700 2,040 215 628
9.00 1 0.80 5 940 17 240 1 ,800 2 ,160 241 700
9.50 1 1 .40 6 620 1 9 1 80 1 ,900 2,280 269 779
1 0.00 1 2.00 7 335 2 1 220 2,000 2,400 299 862

2.19.1.1, they shall be actuated by a counterweight speed When overspeed occurs, with the hoisting rope intact,
governor (see 2.17.4). such safeties shall be actuated by the governor.
On the parting of the hoisting ropes (free fall), Type A
2.17. 7 .2 Every car safety shall be provided with
governor-operated safeties shall apply without appre­
a switch, operated by the car safety mechanism (see
ciable delay, and their application shall be independent
2.26.2.9).
of the speed action of the governor and of the location
A switch operated by the safety mechanism is not
of the break in the hoisting ropes (inertia application),
required on counterweight safeties.
and shall be permitted to be accomplished by the use
2.1 7.7.3 The car safety mechanism switch shall of a governor and governor rigging having a sufficiently
operate before or at the time of application of the safety. high value of inertia to apply the safety on free fall
independently of the speed action of the governor (see
2.1 7. 7 .4 Switches operated by the car safety mech­ Section 8.10 for inertia-application test of car safety).
anism shall be of a type that cannot be reset until the car
safety mechanism has been returned to the unapplied 2.1 7.8.2 Type C (Combination Instantaneous and Oil­
position. Buffer Safety). Type C safeties shall be permitted sub­
j ect to the requirements of 2.17. 8.2.1 through 2.17. 8.2. 8.
2.1 7.8 Limits of Use of Various Types of Safeties 2.1 7.8.2.1 The rated speed shall be not more than
2.1 7.8.1 Type A (Instantaneous) Safeties. Type A 2.5 m/s (5 00 ft/min).
safeties shall be permitted on elevators having a rated 2.1 7.8.2.2 The oil buffers shall conform to all
speed of not more than 0.7 5 m/s (15 0 ft/min). requirements specified in Section 2.2 2 for oil buffers,

76
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

except that the stroke shall be based on governor trip­ the car in the down direction shall release the safeties,
ping speed and on an average retardation not exceeding but such safeties shall be permitted to be released by
9.8 1 m /s 2 (32.2 ft /s 2) . the motion of the car in the up direction.
2.1 7.8.2.3 After the buffer stroke, as defined in 2 . 1 7.9.4 Force Provi d i n g Sto p p i n g Action to Be
2.17.8.2.2, has been completed, provision shall be made Compressive. Safeties shall be so designed that, on their
for an additional travel of the plunger or piston of not application, the forces that provide the stopping action
less than 10% of the buffer stroke, to prevent excessive shall be compressive forces on each side of the guide­
impact on the buffer parts and the auxiliary safety plank. rail section.
2.1 7 .8.2.4 W here the distance between guide
2.1 7.10 Minimum Permissible Clearance Between
rails exceeds 2 450 mm (96 in .), the safety shall be pro­
Rail-Gripping Faces of Safety Parts
vided with two oil buffers of substantially identical cali­
bration, and the buffers shall be so located as to develop In the normally retracted position of the safety, the
minimum stresses in the auxiliary safety plank during distance between the rail-gripping faces of the safety
safety operation. parts shall be not less than the thickness of the guide
Buffers shall be located in line with and symmetrically rail plus 3.5 mm (0.1 4 in.), and the clearance on any side
between the guide rails. between the gripping face and the guide rail shall be
not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.), as measured on the side
2.1 7.8.2.5 The auxiliary safety plank shall be so of the rail toward which the car frame is pressed with
supported and guided below the car frame that the sufficient force to take up all clearances in the guide­
clearances specified in 2.17.10 for the safety parts are shoe assembly. Safety jaws, while in the retracted posi­
maintained during normal operation.
tion, shall be so restrained as to prevent a reduction of
The auxiliary safety plank shall be so designed that this minimum clearance.
the maximum stresses in the plank shall not exceed those
specified for similar car-frame members in Section 2.15. 2.1 7.1 1 Maximum Permissible Movement of
2.1 7.8.2.6 The rail-gripping device of the auxil­ Governor Rope to Operate the Safety
iary safety plank shall be so arranged and connected as Mechanism
to prevent the plank from being out of level more than For all Type B safeties, the movement of the governor
13 mm (0.5 in.) in the length of the plank when the rope, relative to the car or the counterweight, respec­
safety is operated to stop the car. tively, required to operate the safety mechanism from
2.1 7.8.2.7 An electric switch shall be provided its fully retracted position to a position where the safety
and so arranged and connected that the elevator cannot jaws begin to exert pressure against the guide rails, shall
be operated by means of the normal operating device not exceed the following values based on rated speed :
if any buffer is compressed more than 10% of its stroke (a) for car safeties
(see 2.26.2.13). (1) 1 m /s ( 200 ft /min) or less, 1 070 mm ( 4 2 in.)
(2) 1 .0 1 m /s ( 20 1 ft /min) to 1 .9 m /s (375 ft /min),
2.1 7.8.2.8 Means shall be provided to prevent
9 15 mm (36 in.)
operation of the elevator by means of the normal
(3) over 1.9 m /s (375 ft /min), 756 mm (30 in.)
operating device if the oil level in buffer is below the
(b) for counterweight safeties, all speeds, 1 070 mm
minimum level (see 2.26.2.13).
( 4 2 in.)
2.1 7.9 Application and Release of Safeties Drum-operated car and counterweight safeties,
requiring continual unwinding of the safety drum rope
2.1 7.9.1 Means of Application. Safeties shall be
to fully apply the safety, shall be so designed that not
applied mechanically. Electric, hydraulic, or pneumatic
less than three turns of the safety rope will remain on
devices shall not be used to apply the safeties required
the drum after the overspeed test of the safety has been
by Section 2.17, nor to hold such safeties in the retracted made with rated load in the car.
position.
2.1 7.9.2 Level of Car on Safety Application. The 2.17.12 Minimum Factors of Safety and Stresses of
application of a Type A or Type B safety to stop the Safety Parts and Rope Con nections
car, with its rated load centered on each quarter of the
2.1 7 .12.1 Parts of safeties, except springs, safety­
platform symmetrically with relation to the centerlines
rope drums, leading sheaves, and their supporting
of the platform, shall not cause the platform to be out
brackets and safety-jaw gibs, shall have a factor of safety
of level more than 30 mm /m (0.36 in./ft) in any direc­
of not less than 3.5, and the materials used shall have
tion. (See 2.17.8.2.6 for Type C safeties.)
an elongation of not less than 15% in a length of 50 mm
2.1 7.9.3 Release. When car safeties are applied, no ( 2 in.) when tested in accordance with AST M EB. Forged,
decrease in tension in the governor rope or motion of cast, or welded parts shall be stress relieved.

77
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.17.12.2 Springs are permitted in the operation in the governor rope, to pull the rope from the carrier,
of car or counterweight safeties. Where used, and where of not more than 60% of the pull-through tension devel­
partially loaded prior to safety operation, the loading oped by the governor. The means to regulate the gover­
on the spring shall not produce a fiber stress exceeding nor-rope pull-out force shall be mechanical and shall be
one-half the elastic limit of the material. During opera­ sealed. The carrier shall be designed so that the pull­
tion of the safety, the fiber stress shall not exceed 85% out tension cannot be adjusted to exceed the amount
of the elastic limit of the material. Helical springs, where specified without breaking the seal.
used, shall be in compression.
2.1 7 . 1 6 Rail Lubricants and Lubrication Plate
2.17.12.3 Safety-rope drums, leading sheaves, and
their supporting brackets and safety-jaw gibs, are per­ Rail lubricants or coatings that will reduce the holding
mitted to be made of cast iron and other metals provided power of the safety, or prevent its functioning as required
such parts have a factor of safety of not less than 10. in 2.17.3, shall not be used (see Section 8.7 for mainte­
nance requirements).
2.1 7.1 2.4 Rope used as a connection from the A metal plate as required by 2.16.3.2 shall be securely
safety to the governor rope, including rope wound on attached to the car crosshead in an easily visible location,
the safety-rope drum, shall be not less than 9.5 mm and, where lubricants are to be used, shall carry the
(0.375 in.) in diameter, shall be made of metal, and shall notation, "C O N S U LT M A N U FAC T U R E R O F T H E
be corrosion resistant . The factor of safety of the rope SAFET Y F O R T HE CHA RACT E RIST ICS OF T HE RAIL
shall be not less than 5. Tiller-rope construction shall LUB RICANT TO BE USED." If lubricants are not to be
not be used . used, the plate shall so state .
2.17.12.5 The factors of safety shall be based upon If lubricants other than those recommended by the
the maximum stresses developed in the parts during manufacturer are used, a safety test shall be made to
the operation of the safety when stopping rated load demonstrate that the safety will function as required by
from governor tripping speed. 2.17.3.

2.1 7.12.6 Safety-rope leading sheave brackets and

other safety operating parts shall not be attached to or SECTION 2 . 1 8
supported by wood platform members. SPEED GOVERNORS

2.1 7.1 3 Corrosion-Resistant Bearings in Safeties and 2.18.1 Speed Governors Required and Location
Safety-Operating Mechanisms 2.18. 1 .1 Counterweight safeties, where provided
Bearings in safeties and in the safety-operating mecha­ with rated speeds over 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min), and car
nisms shall be of corrosion-resistant construction, with safeties shall be actuated by separate speed governors.
one or both members of the bearing made of, or electro­ Where counterweight safeties are furnished to provide
plated with, a corrosion-resistant material. ascending car overspeed protection in accordance with
2.19.1.1, they shall be actuated by a counterweight speed
2.1 7.14 Marking Plates for Safeties governor (see 2.17.4).
A metal plate shall be securely attached to each safety 2.18.1 .2 The governor shall be located where it
so as to be readily visible, and shall be marked in a cannot be struck by the car or the counterweight in case
legible and permanent manner with letters and figures of overtravel, and where there is adequate space for full
not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in height indicating: movement of governor parts.
(a) the type of safety, based on 2.17.5
(b) the maximum tripping speed in m /s (ft/min) for 2.18.2 Tripping Speeds for Speed Governors
which the safety is permitted
(c) the maximum weight in kg (lb), that the safety is
2.18.2.1 Car Speed Governors. Speed governors for
designed and installed to stop and sustain car safeties shall be set to trip at car speeds as follows:
(a) at not less than 1 15% of the rated speed .
(d) the force in N (lbf) required to activate the safety
or rope releasing carrier, if provided (b) at not more than the tripping speed listed opposite
(e) the manufacturer 's name or trademark
the applicable rated speed in Table 2 .18 .2 .1 .Maximum
tripping speeds for intermediate rated speeds shall be
2.1 7.1 5 Governor-Rope Releasing Carriers determined from Fig .8 .2 .5 .For rated speeds exceeding
10 m /s ( 2,000 ft /min), the maximum tripping speeds
Where a governor-rope releasing carrier is used to shall not exceed 1 20% of the rated speed.
prevent actuation of the safety by the inertial forces of
the governor-rope system, or used for any other pur­ 2.1 8.2.2 Counterweight Speed Governors. Speed
pose, the governor-rope releasing carrier on the car (or governors, where provided for counterweight safeties,
on the counterweight) shall be set to require a tension shall be set to trip at an overspeed greater than that at

78
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Table 2 . 1 8.2 .1 Maximum Car Speeds at Wh ich Speed G overno r Trips and G overno r Overspeed Switch (1 6)
Operates
SI Units Imperial Units
Maximum Car Speed Maximum Car Speed
at Which Governor at Which Governor
Maximum Overspeed Switch Maximum Overspeed Switch
Rated Car Governor Operates, Down, Rated Car Governor Operates, Down,
Speed, Trip Speed, m/s Speed, Trip Speed, ft/min
m/s m/s [Note (1)] ft/min ft/min [Note (1)]

0-0.63 0.90 0.90 0-1 2 5 175 175

0.75 1.05 1 .05 1 50 210 210
0.87 1.25 1.13 175 2 50 225
1 .00 1 .40 1.26 200 280 252
1.12 1.55 1 .40 225 308 277

1.25 1 .70 1.53 2 50 337 303

1 . 50 2.00 1 .80 300 395 355
1 .75 2.30 2.07 350 452 407
2.00 2.55 2.30 400 510 459
2.25 2.90 2.61 450 568 512

2.50 3.1 5 2.84 500 625 563

3.00 3.70 3.52 600 740 703
3.50 4.30 4.09 700 855 812
4.00 4.85 4.61 800 970 921
4.50 5.50 5.23 900 1 ,085 1 ,031

5.00 6.00 5.70 1 ,000 1 ,200 1 , 1 40

5.50 6.60 6.27 1 , 1 00 1 ,320 1,254
6.00 7.20 6.84 1 ,200 1 ,440 1 ,368
6.50 7.80 7.41 1 ,300 1 , 560 1 ,482
7.00 8.40 7.98 1 ,400 1 ,680 1 , 596

7.50 9.00 8.55 1 , 500 1 ,800 1,710

8.00 9.60 9.1 2 1 ,600 1 ,920 1 ,824
8.50 10.20 9.69 1 , 700 2,040 1 ,938
9.00 1 0.80 1 0.26 1 ,800 2 , 1 60 2,052
9.50 1 1 .40 1 0.83 1 ,900 2,280 2,166
1 0.00 1 2.00 1 1 .40 2,000 2,400 2,280

NOTE:
(1) See 2.18.4.2.5.

which the car speed governor is to trip, but not more 2.18.3.3 Seals shall be of a type that will prevent
than 10% higher. readjustment of the sealed governor adjustments with­
out breaking the seal. Provision shall be made to enable
2.18.3 Sealing and Painting of Speed Governors affixing seals after tests.
2.18.3.1 Speed governors shall have their means 2.18.4 Speed-Governor Overspeed Switch
of speed adjustment sealed after test. If speed governors 2.18.4.1 Where Required and Function
are painted after sealing, all bearing and rubbing sur­ 2.18.4.1.1 A switch shall be provided on every
faces shall be kept free or freed of paint and a hand car and counterweight speed governor (see 2.26.2.10).
test made to determine that all parts operate freely as
intended. 2 . 1 8.4. 1 .2 T he sw itches required in 2.18.4.1.1
shall be pos it ively opened and operated by the
2.18.3.2 Where the rope retarding means provides overspeed action of the governor, except that the coun­
for adjustment of the rope pull-through force (tension), terweight governor switch shall be permitted to be oper­
means shall be prov ided to seal the means of adjustment ated upon activation of the counterweight governor­
of the rope tension. rope retarding means (see 2.18.6.1).

79
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA B44-1 6

2 . 1 8.4. 1 .3 T he switches required in 2.18.4.1.1 2.18.5.1 Material and Factor of Safety. Governor
shall remain in the open position until manually reset. ropes shall be made of iron, steel, monel metal, phosphor
NOTE: Manual reset includes means such as a finger, hand or
bronze, or stainless steel. They shall be of a regular-lay
cable actuated lever, cam, etc., or some form of electromechanical construction and not less than 6 mm (0.2 5 in.) in diame­
actuation from the location of elevator controllers located outside ter. The factor of safety of governor ropes shall be not
the hoistway or the enclosure as specified in 2.7.6.5. less than 5. Where provided, ropes of a diameter less
than 9.5 mm (0.3 75 in.) shall have a factor of safety of
2.18.4.2 Setting of Car Speed-Governor Overs peed
not less than 8 and shall be of a six-, eight-, or nine­
Switch es . T he setting of the car speed-governor
strand construction. Tiller-rope construction shall not
overspeed switch shall conform to 2.18.4.2.1 through
be used.
2.18.4.2.5.
2.18.5.2 Speed-Governor-Rope Clearance. During
2.18.4.2.1 For rated speeds more than 0.75 m/s
normal operation of the elevator, the governor rope shall
(15 0 ft/min), up to and including 2.5 m/s (5 00 ft/min),
run free and clear of the governor jaws, rope guards, or
the car speed-governor overspeed switch shall open in
other stationary parts.
the down direction of the elevator at not more than 90%
of the speed at which the governor is set to trip in the 2.18.5.3 Governor-Rope Tag. A metal data tag shall (16)
down direction. be securely attached to the governor-rope fastening. This
data tag shall bear the following wire-rope data:
2.18.4.2.2 For rated speeds more than 2.5 m/s
(a) the diameter (mm or in.)
(5 00 ft/min), the car speed-governor overspeed switch
shall open in the down direction of the elevator at not (b) the manufacturer's rated breaking strength
more than 95% of the speed at which the governor is (c) the grade of material used
set to trip in the down direction. (d) the year and month the rope was installed
(e) whether nonpreformed or preformed
2.18.4.2.3 For elevators with static control, the (f) construction classification
car speed-governor overspeed switch shall open in the (g) name of the person or organization who installed
down direction of the elevator at not more than 90% of the rope
the speed at which the governor is set to trip in the (h) name or trademark by which the manufacturer of
down direction. the rope can be identified
2.18.4.2.4 The switch, when set as specified in A new tag shall be installed at each rope renewal. The
either 2.18.4.2.1, 2.18.4.2.2 , or 2.18.4.2.3 , shall open in the material and marking of the rope data tag shall conform
up direction at not more than 100% of the speed at which to 2.16.3.3. 3 , except that the height of the letters and
the governor is set to trip in the down direction. figures shall be not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.).
2.18.4.2.5 The speed-governor overspeed switch 2.18.6 Des ign of Governor-Rope Retarding Means for
shall be permitted to open in the down direction of the Type B Safeties
elevator at not more than 100% of the speed at which
Type B car and counterweight safeties shall be acti­
the governor is set to trip in the down direction, subj ect
vated by a speed governor with a governor-rope
to the following requirements:
retarding means conforming to 2.18.6.1 through 2.18.6.5.
(a) A speed-reducing switch conforming to 2.18.4.1.3
is provided on the governor, that will reduce the speed 2.18.6.1 Upon activation at the tripping speeds
of the elevator in case of overspeed, and that shall be set given by 2.18.2, the means shall retard the rope with a
to open as specified in 2.18.4.2.1, 2.18.4.2.2, or 2.18.4.2.3. force that is at least 67% greater than the force required to
(b) Subsequent to the first stop of the car following activate the safety or to trip the governor-rope releasing
the opening of the speed-reducing switch, the car shall carrier, where used (see 2.17.15 ).
remain inoperative until the switch is manually reset.
2.18.6.2 The means shall be set to allow the gover- (1 6)
2 . 1 8.4.3 Setting of the Counterweight Governor nor rope to slip through the speed governor at a rope
Switch. Where the counterweight governor switch is tension (the governor pull-through tension) higher than
operated by the overspeed action (see 2.1 8.2. 2 ) , the required to activate the safety or to trip the releasing
switch shall be set to open when the counterweight is carrier as specified in 2.17.15. The factors of safety of
descending at a speed greater than the elevator rated the rope shall not be less than those required by 2.18.5.1.
speed, but not more than the speed at which the counter­
weight governor is set to trip. 2.18.6.3 The means shall be designed to prevent
appreciable damage to, or deformation of, the governor
2.18.5 Governor Ropes rope resulting from its application (stopping action).
Governor ropes shall comply with the requirements 2.18.6.4 The means shall provide a continuous
of ASME A17.6, Part 1, and 2.18.5.1 through 2.18.5.3. tension in the governor rope as required to operate the

80
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Table 2 . 1 8.7.4 Multiplier for Determining 2.18.8 Factors of Safety in Load-Bearing Parts of
Governor Sheave Pitch Diameter Speed Governor
Rated Speed, 2.18.8.1 Material, except cast iron, used in load­
m/s (ft/min) Number of Strands Multiplier bearing parts of speed governors shall have a factor of
1 .00 or less (200 or less) 6 42 safety of not less than 3.5 , and the materials used shall
1 .00 or less (200 or less) 8 or 9 30 have an elongation of not less than 15 % in a length of
Over 1 .00 (over 200) 6 46 5 0 mm (2 in.) when tested in accordance with ASTM E8.
Over 1 .00 (over 200) 8 or 9 32 Forged, cast, or welded parts shall be stress relieved.
Cast iron shall have a factor of safety of not less than 10.
2.18.8.2 The factors of safety shall be based upon
safety during the entire stopping interval in accordance
the maximum stresses developed in the parts during
with 2.17.5.2.
normal or governor tripping operation.
2.18.6.5 The governor shall be arranged to be
manually tripped or activated to facilitate the tests speci­ 2.18.9 Speed-Governor Marking Plate
fied in Sections 8.10 and 8.11. A metal plate shall be securely attached to each speed
NOTE: Manually tripped or activated includes means such as governor and shall be marked in a legible and permanent
but not limited to a finger, hand or cable actuated lever, cam, etc., manner with letters and figures not less than
or some form of electromechanical actuation. 6 mm (0.25 in.) in height indicating the following:
2.18.7 Design of Speed-Governor Sheaves and (a) the speed in m/s (ft/min) at which the governor
Traction Between Speed-Governor Rope and is set and sealed to trip the governor-rope retarding
Sheave means
(b) the size, material, and construction of the governor
2.18.7.1 The arc of contact between the governor rope on which the governor-rope retarding means were
rope and the governor sheave shall, in conjunction with designed to operate
a governor-rope tension device, provide sufficient trac­ (c) the governor pull-through tension (force) in N (lbf)
tion to cause proper functioning of the governor. (see 2.18.6.2)
2.18.7.2 Where jawless governors are used and (d) manufacturer's name or trademark
where the force imparted to the governor rope (see (e) statement "DO NOT LUBRICATE GOV ERNOR
2.18.6.1) is necessary to activate the safety, including ROPE"
tripping the releasing carrier, if used, and is dependent
upon the tension in the governor rope, a switch or
switches shall be provided that is mechanically opened SECTION 2 . 1 9
by the governor tension sheave before the sheave reaches ASCEN DING CAR OVERSPEED AN D U N I NTENDED
its upper or lower limit of travel. This switch(es) shall be CAR MOVEMENT PROTECTION
of the manually reset type and shall conform to 2.26.4.3. 2 . 1 9.1 Ascending Car Overspeed Protection
Subsequent to the first stop of the car following the
opening of the switch, the car shall remain inoperative 2.19.1.1 Purpose. Ascending car overspeed protec­
until the switch is manually reset. tion shall be provided to prevent the car from striking
the hoistway overhead structure as a result of a failure in
2 . 1 8. 7 . 3 Governor sheave grooves shall have
(a) the electric driving-machine motor, brake, cou­
machine-finished surfaces. Governor tension sheaves
shall have machine-finished grooves for rated car speeds pling, shaft, or gearing
of more than 0.75 m/s (15 0 ft/min). Machined governor (b) the control system
sheave grooves shall have a groove diameter of not more (c) any other component upon which the speed of the
than 1.15 times the diameter of the governor rope. car depends, except the suspension ropes and the drive
sheave of the traction machine
2.18.7.4 Where governor ropes of a diameter of
9.5 mm (0. 3 75 in.) or greater are used, the pitch diameter 2.1 9.1 .2 Where Required and Function. All electric
of governor sheaves and governor tension sheaves shall traction elevators, except those whose empty car weight
be not less than the product of the diameter of the rope exceeds the total weight of the suspension ropes and
and the applicable multiplier listed in Table 2.18.7.4, counterweight, shall be provided with a device to pre­
based on the rated speed and the number of strands in vent an ascending elevator from striking the hoistway
the rope. Where governor ropes of a diameter less than overhead structure. This device (see 2.26.2.29) shall
9.5 mm (0.3 75 in.) are used, the governor sheave shall (a) detect an ascending car overspeed condition at a
have a pitch diameter of not less than the product of speed not greater than 10% higher than the speed at
the diameter of the rope and a multiplier of 3 0. which the car governor is set to trip (see 2.18.2.1).

81
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(1) If the overspeed detection means requires elec­ immediate activation of the emergency brake as required
trical power for its functioning in 2.19.2.2(b)
(-a) a loss of electrical power to the ascending (-b) the occurrence of a single ground, or the fail­
car overspeed detection and control means shall cause ure of any mechanically operated switch that does not
the immediate activation of the emergency brake as meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3.1, any single magneti­
required in 2.19.1.2(b) cally operated switch, contactor, or relay, or any single
(-b) the occurrence of a single ground, or the fail­ solid-state device, or a failure of a software system not
ure of any mechanically operated switch that does not conforming to 2.26.4.3.2, shall not render the detection
meet the requirements of 2 .26 .4 .3.1, any single magneti­ means inoperative
cally operated switch, contactor, or relay, or any single (2) The failure of any single mechanically operated
solid-state device, or a failure of a software system not switch that does not meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3,
conforming to 2.26.4.3.2, shall not render the detection shall not render the detection means inoperative.
means inoperative (3) When a fault specified in 2 .19 .2 .2(a)(l)(-b) or
(2) The failure of any single mechanically operated 2.19.2.2(a)( 2) is detected, the car shall stop at or before
switch that does not meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3 the next landing for which a demand was registered,
shall not render the detection means inoperative. and shall not be permitted to restart.
(3) When a fault specified in 2 .19 .l .2(a)(l)(-b) or (4) Once actuated by unintended movement, the
2.19.l.2(a)( 2) is detected, the car shall stop at or before detection means shall remain actuated until manually
the next landing for which a demand was registered, reset, and the car shall not start or run unless the detec­
and shall not be permitted to restart. tion means is reset.
(4) Once actuated by overspeed, the overs peed (b) upon detection of unintended car movement, stop
detection means shall remain actuated until manually and hold the car, with any load up to rated load [see
reset, and the car shall not start or run unless the detec­ also 2.16.8(h)], by applying an emergency brake con­
tion means is reset. forming to 2.19.3. The stopped position of the car shall
(b) decelerate the car when loaded with any load up be limited in both directions, to a maximum of 1 2 20 mm
to its rated load [see 2.16.8(h)] by applying an emergency ( 48 in.) as measured from the landing sill to the car sill.
brake conforming to 2.19.3. The car shall not start or The car shall not start or run unless the emergency brake
run unless the emergency brake is reset. provided for the unintended movement protection is
reset.
2.1 9.2 Unintended Car Movement Protection
2.1 9.3 Emergency Brake (See Nonmandatory
2.1 9.2.1 Purpose. Protection shall be provided with Appendix F)
a means to detect unintended car movement (see
Section 1.3) and stop the car movement, as a result of 2.1 9.3.1 Where Required
failure in any of the following : 2.19.3.1 .1 When required by 2.19.1 for protection
(a) electric driving-machine motor, brake, coupling, against ascending car overspeed, an emergency brake
shaft, or gearing (see Section 1.3) conforming to 2.19.3.2 shall be provided.
(b) control system
(c) any other component upon which intended car 2.1 9.3.1 .2 When required by 2.19.2 for protection
movement depends, except suspension means and drive against unintended car movement, an emergency brake
sheave of the traction machine (see Section 1.3) conforming to 2.19.3.2 shall be provided.

2.1 9.2.2 Where Required and Function. All electric 2.1 9.3.1 .3 When required by 2.25.4.1.1 to reduce
traction elevators shall be provided with a means (see the car and counterweight speed such that the rated
2.26.2.30) that shall buffer striking speed is not exceeded, an emergency
brake (see Section 1.3) conforming to 2.19.3.2 shall be
(a) detect unintended car movement in either direc­
provided.
tion away from the landing with the hoistway door not
in the locked position and the car door or gate not in 2.1 9.3.1 .4 A single device shall be permitted to
the closed position. meet the requirements of 2.19.3.1.1, 2.19.3.1.2, and
NOTE [2.19.2.2(a)): Freight elevators provided with combination
2 .19 .3.1 .3, or separate devices shall be provided .
mechanical locks and contacts on the hoistway door shall detect 2.1 9.3.2 Requirem ents. T he emergency brake is
the closed position of the hoistway door and the closed position permitted to consist of one or more devices and shall
of the car door or gate.
(a) function to decelerate the car by acting on one or
(1) If the detection means requires electrical power more of the following (see also 2.19.4):
for its functioning, then (1) counterweight [e .g ., counterweight safety (see
(-a) a loss of electrical power to the unintended 2.17.4 and 2.17.7)].
movement detection and control means shall cause the (2) car.

82
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(3) suspension or compensation means system. (j) be arranged to be tested in accordance with the
(4) drive sheave of a traction machine. requirements specified in 8.10.2.
(5) brake drum or braking surface of the driving­ (k) if the design of the emergency brake is such that
machine brake, provided that the driving-machine brake field adjustment or servicing is required and the emer­
surface is integral (cast or welded) with or directly gency brake acts on the brake drum or braking surface
attached to the driving-machine sheave. Attachments, of the driving-machine brake, it shall be provided with
where used, shall conform to 2.2 4.3 and 2.2 4.4.1. Weld­ a sign stating "EMERGENCY BRAKE." The sign shall
ing, where used, shall conform to Section 8 .8 . be located on the emergency brake at a location visible
(b) be mechanically independent of the driving­ from the area likely to require service. The sign shall be
machine brake [see also 2.19.3.2(a)(5)]. of such material and construction that the letters shall
(c) not be used to provide, or assist in providing, the remain permanently and readily legible .The height of
stopping of the car when on automatic operation, unless the letters shall be not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.).
applied as required in 2.19.1, 2.19.2, and 2.25.4.1.1, or as
permitted in 2.19.3.2(e) and (f). 2.1 9.3.3 Marking Plate Requirements. The emer­
(d) be permitted to be applied only after the car is gency brake shall be provided with a marking plate
stopped when on automatic operatio n , except as indicating the range of total masses (car with attach­
required in 2.19.1, 2.19.2, and 2.25.4.1.1. ments and its load) for which it is permitted to be used,
(e) be permitted to be applied to a stationary or mov­ the range of speeds at which it is set to operate, and the
ing braking surface when any electrical protective device criteria such as rail lubrication requirements that are
( 2.26.2) is actuated. critical to the performance.
(f) be permitted to be applied to a stationary or mov­
ing braking surface when on continuous-pressure opera­ 2.1 9.4 Emergency Brake Supports
tion (e.g., continuous-pressure inspection operation, All components and structural members, including
inspection operation with open door circuits, or their fastenings, subjected to forces due to the applica­
hoistway access operation) . tion of the emergency brake shall be designed to with­
(g) not require the application of electrical power for stand the maximum forces developed during the
its activation, nor be rendered inoperative by the failure retardation phase of the emergency braking so that the
of any power supply. resulting stresses shall not exceed those permitted for
(h) not on its own cause the car average retardation the applicable type of equipment as follows :
to exceed 9.8 m /s 2 (32.2 ft /s 2) during the stopping or (a) machinery and sheave beams (see 2.9.6)
slowdown phase during ascending car overspeed . (b) guide rails and their supports (see 2.23.5.3)
(i) be designed so that the factors of safety based on (c) counterweight frames (see 2.2 1.2.3.3)
the maximum stresses developed in the parts subject to (d) car frames (see 2.15.10.2)
load during the operation of the emergency brake shall
(e) machines, sheaves, and bedplates (see 2.2 4.3.2)
comply with the following:
(1) W here an emergency brake is applied only
when protecting against either an ascending car SECTION 2.20
overspeed condition or unintended car movement with SUSPENSION MEANS AND TH EIR CON N ECTIONS
the car and hoistway doors open, the minimum factors
of safety, when applied during the retardation phase of 2.20.1 Suspension Means
emergency braking, shall be not less than those specified
in 2.17.1 2.1. Elevator cars and counterweights shall be suspended
(2) Where an emergency brake is applied as permit­
by steel wire ropes, aramid fiber ropes, or noncircular
ted in 2.19.3.2(d), (e), and (f), the minimum factors of elastomeric-coated steel suspension members attached
safety, when applied during the retardation phase of to the car frame or passing around sheaves attached to
emergency braking, shall be not less than those specified the car frame specified in 2.15.1. Suspension means that
in 2.2 4.3.1 and 2.2 4.3.2. Degradation of the emergency have previously been installed and used on another
brake due to wear shall be considered. installation shall not be reused. All suspension members
(3) Where an emergency brake acts on the suspen­ in a set of suspension means shall be the same material,
sion or compensation means grade, construction, and dimensions. A suitable means
(-a) the factor of safety with respect to the break­ shall be provided to protect the suspension means dur­
ing strength of the suspension and compensation mem­ ing the installation process.
ber shall be not less than 5 at any time during the Only the following shall be permitted :
retardation phase, and (a) steel wire ropes constructed in accordance with
(-b) it shall be designed to prevent appreciable ASME A 17.6, Part 1
damage or deformation to the suspension and compen­ (b) aramid fiber ropes constructed in accordance with
sation member resulting from its activation ASME A 17.6, Part 2

83
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(c) noncircular elastomeric-coated steel suspension Table 2 .2 0.3 Mi n imum Factors o f Safety for
members constructed in accordance with ASME A 17.6, Suspension Members
Part 3 Minimum Factor of Safety
Suspension-Member Speed,
2.20.2 Suspension Means Data m/s (ft/m in) Passenger Freight

2.20.2.1 Crosshead Data Plate. The crosshead data 0.25 (50) 7.60 6.65
plate required by 2.16.3 shall bear the following 0.37 (75) 7.75 6.85
0.50 (1 00) 7.97 7.00
suspension means data :
0.62 (1 2 5) 8.10 7.1 5
(a) type of suspension means 0.75 (1 50) 8.25 7.30
(b) the number of suspension members 0.87 (1 75) 8.40 7.45
(c) either the diameter or the width and thickness in
millimeters (mm) or inches (in.), as applicable 1 .00 (200) 8.60 7.65
(d) the elevator manufacturer 's required minimum 1.12 (2 2 5) 8.75 7.75
1.25 (2 50) 8.90 7.90
breaking force per suspension member in kilonewtons 1.50 (300) 9.20 8.20
(kN) or pound-force (lbf), as applicable 1.75 (3 50) 9.50 8.45
2.20.2.2 Data Tag at Suspension Means Fastening
2.00 (400) 9.75 8.70
(16) 2.20.2.2.1 Pertinent data located on the suspen- 2.25 (450) 1 0.00 8.90
sion means shall be provided by one of the following : 2.50 (500) 10.25 9.1 5
2.75 (5 50) 1 0.45 9.30
(a) A data tag securely attached to one of the
suspension means fastenings. 3.00 (600) 1 0.70 9.50
(b) Permanent marking of the required information 3.25 (650) 1 0.85 9.65
on the suspension means and visible in the vicinity of 3.50 (700) 1 1 .00 9.80
the suspension means fastening. 3.75 (750) 11.15 9.90
(c) A combination of (a) and (b) provided that all
4.00 (800) 1 1 .2 5 1 0.00
required information is furnished. 4.25 (850) 1 1 .3 5 10.10
(d) If (a) or (c) applies, the material and marking of 4.50 (900) 1 1 .4 5 10.1 5
the tag shall conform to 2.16.3.3.3, except that the height 4.75 (950) 1 1 . 50 1 0.20
of the letters and figures shall be not less than 1.5 mm
(0.06 in.). 5 .00 (1 ,000) 11.55 1 0.30
5.25 (1 ,050) 1 1 .6 5 10.35
(e) If (a) or (c) applies, a new tag shall be installed at
5 . 50 (1 ,1 00) 1 1 .70 1 0.40
each suspension means replacement. 5.75 (1 ,1 50) 1 1 .7 5 1 0.45
2.20.2.2.2 The following data shall be provided :
6.00 (1 ,200) 1 1 .80 10.50
(a) type of suspension (steel wire rope, aramid fiber 1 1 .80 10.50
6.25 (1 ,250)
rope, or noncircular elastomeric-coated steel suspension 6.50 (1 ,300) 1 1 .85 10.55
member) 6.75 (1 ,350) 1 1 .85 10.55
(b) either the diameter or the width and thickness in
millimeters or inches, as applicable 7.00-1 0.00 (1 ,400-2,000) 1 1 .90 10.55
(c) the suspension means manufacturer 's minimum
breaking force in kN or lbf, as applicable
(d) the residual strength determined by the elevator
manufacturer in kN or lbf, as applicable (m) the month and year the suspension means were
(e) the grade of material used or the suspension first shortened
means manufacturer 's designation, as applicable (n) lubrication information, if applicable
(f) construction classification, where applicable
(g) for steel wire rope, non-preformed, if applicable 2.20.3 Factor of Safety (16)
(h) for steel wire rope, finish coating, if applicable The factor of safety of the suspension means shall be
(i) for steel wire rope, compacted strands, if not less than shown in Table 2 .20 .3. Figure 8 .2 .7 gives
applicable the minimum factor of safety for intermediate speeds.
(j) name or trademark of the suspension means The factor of safety shall be based on the actual speed
manufacturer of the suspension means corresponding to the rated
(k) name of person or organization who installed the speed of the car.
suspension means W here suspension means are different from tradi­
(l) the month and year the suspension means were tional steel wire ropes, technical criteria for essential
installed safety requirements and parameters, such as minimum

84
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

factor of safety, monitoring, residual strength, replace­ type or shall meet the requirements of 2.20.5.3. Springs in
ment, etc., shall be selected on the basis of sound engi­ tension shall not be used to attach suspension members.
neering prac tice compatible w i th the produ c t
2.20.5.2 Single-bar-type equalizers shall be permit­
technology, including performance testing under eleva­
ted only for winding-drum machines with two steel wire
tor operating conditions for its range of application.
ropes, to attach the ropes to the dead-end hitch plate,
T he minimum fac tor of safety for any suspension
provided it meets the requirements of 2.20.5.3.
means shall be n o t less than the values shown in
Table 2.20.3 except that the factor of safety of steel wire 2.20.5.3 Equalizers other than the individual com­
suspension ropes with diameters equal to or greater pression-spring type shall be permitted, provided that
than 8 mm (0 .315 in .) but less than 9 .5 mm (0 .375 in .) shall their strength is established through tensile engineering
be not less than 1 2 or they shall meet the requirements of tests. Such tests shall show the ultimate strength of the
2 .20 .8 .2 .See also Nonmandatory Appendix U . equalizers and its fastenings in its several parts and
The factor of safety shall be calculated by the following assembly to be not less than 10% in excess of the strength
formula: of the suspension members as required by 2 .20 .3.
f S X N
= 2.20.6 Securing of Suspension Steel Wire Ropes to
w Winding Drums
where Suspension s teel wire ropes of winding-drum
N = number of runs of suspension members under machines shall have the drum ends of the ropes secured
load.For 2: 1 arrangements, N shall be two times on the inside of the drum by clamps.
the number of suspension members used, etc. Where the ropes extend beyond their clamps or sock­
S manufacturer 's rated breaking force in kN (lbf) ets, means shall be provided to prevent the rope ends
of one suspension member from coming out of the inside of the drum and to prevent
W maximum static load in kN (lbf) imposed on interference with other parts of the machine.
all suspension members with the car and its
rated load at any position in the hoistway 2.20.7 Rope Turns on Winding Drums
2.20.4 Minimum Number and Diameter of Suspension wire ropes of winding-drum machines
Suspension Means shall have not less than one full turn of the rope on the
drum when the car is resting on the fully compressed
2.20.4.1 Steel Wire Ropes. The minimum number
buffers .Winding-drum machines shall not have multi­
of suspension members used shall be three for traction
ple layers of suspension wire ropes.
elevators and two for drum-type elevators.
Where a car counterweight is used, the number of 2.20.8 Suspension Means Monitoring and Protection
counterweight ropes used shall be not less than two.
The term "diameter," where used in reference to ropes, 2.20.8.1 Protection Against Traction Loss. All elec- (1 6)
shall refer to the nominal diameter as given by the rope tric traction elevators shall be provided with a traction-
manufacturer. loss detection means to detect loss of traction between
T he minimum diameter of hois ting and counter­ suspension members and the drive sheave [see
weight ropes shall be 4.0 mm (0.156 in.). Outer wires of 8.6.1.2.2(b)(5)]. This means shall
steel wire ropes shall be not less than 0.2 1 mm (0.008 in.) (a) be based upon the type of suspension members
in diameter. and the application.
2.20.4.2 Aramid Fiber Ropes. The minimum num­ (b) detect relative motion [see 2 .20 .1 1, 8 .10 .2 .2 .2(cc)(3),
ber of suspension members used shall be three. The term and 8.6.4.19.1 2] between the drive sheave and suspen­
"diameter," where used in reference to ropes, shall refer sion members before any suspension member parts, and
to the nominal diameter as given by the rope manufac­ function in accordance with 2.20.8.l(c) in not greater
turer. Aramid fiber ropes shall not be used on drum than the smaller of the following :
machines . (1) 45 s
(2) the time for traveling the full travel, plus 10 s,
2 . 2 0 . 4 . 3 N o n c i rc u la r Elasto m eric-Coated Ste e l with a minimum of 20 s if the full travel is less than 10 s
Suspension Members. The minimum number of sus­
pension members used shall be three. Noncircular elas­ NOTE [2.20.8.l(b)): This relative motion between suspension
tomeric-coated steel suspension members shall not be members and drive sheave is independent of normal creep (see
used on drum machines. Section 1 .3) of the suspension members. Compliance with the
detection requirement can be accomplished by any method that
2.20.5 Suspension Member Equalizers will determine the relative position of the suspension means with
respect to the rotational position of the drive sheave. This can
2.20.5.1 Suspension member equalizers, where be accomplished by timers or position and velocity measuring
provided, shall be of the individual compression-spring devices, as an example.

85
 ASME Al ?.1-201 6/CSA B44-16

(c) when actuated, cause the removal of electrical (c) be arranged to be tested in accordance with the
power from the driving-machine motor and brake. The requirements in 8.10.2.2.2(ss)( 2), and instructions for
means shall comply with the requirements of 2.26.4.4, testing shall be included in the on-site documentation
2.26.7, 2.26.8.3, 2.26.9.5.3, and 2.26.9.6.3. No single [see 8.6.l.2.2(b)(5)] with sufficient detail to ensure that
ground shall render the traction-loss detection means testing can be accomplished by elevator personnel
ineffective. (d) remain actuated until manually reset
(d) once actuated by traction loss, comply with the
NOTE [2.20.8.3(d) ] : This does not require the means itself to
following : remain actuated, only that the elevator shall not be permitted to
(1) The traction-loss detection means shall remain restart except on hoistway access or inspection operation until a
actuated until manually reset. manual reset is performed.
(2) The car shall not start or run unless the traction­
loss detection means is manually reset [see 8.6.2.2.1(b)(5) 2.20.9 Suspension Member Fastening
and 8 .6 .1 1 .1 1] . Both ends of all suspension members shall be fastened
(3) The manual-reset means shall be key-operated in such a manner that all portions of the individual
or behind a locked cover . The key shall be Group 1 suspension members, except the portion inside the sock­
Security (see Section 8.1). ets, shall be readily visible .
(4) The removal or restoration of main line power
shall not reset the traction-loss detection means. 2.20.9.1 Types of Suspension Member Fastenings
(e) be arranged to be tested in accordance with the 2.20.9.1 .1 Fastenings shall be
requirements in 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(3)(-c) and 8.6.4.19.1 2. (a) by individual tapered member sockets conforming
(f) be included in the on-site documentation [see to 2.20.9.4 or other types of fastenings that have under­
8.6.1.2.2(b)(5)] with sufficient detail to ensure that testing gone adequate tensile engineering tests, provided that
can be accomplished by elevator personnel. (1) such fastenings conform to 2.20.9.2 and 2.20.9.3;
(1 6) 2.20.8.2 Broken Suspension Member. All electric (2) the member socketing shall be such as to
traction elevators, excluding those with steel wire ropes develop at least 80% of the ultimate breaking strength
greater than or equal to 8 mm (0 .315 in .), shall be pro­ (minimum breaking force) of the strongest member to
vided with a broken-suspension-member detection be used in such fastenings; or
means. The means shall (b) by individual wedge rope sockets conforming to
(a) operate at or before the separation of a suspension 2.20.9.5; or
member (c) by individual wedge noncircular elastomeric­
(b) when actuated, automatically function to stop the coated steel suspension member sockets conforming to
car in a controlled manner at or before the next landing 2.20.9.9; and
for which a demand was registered, and the elevator (d) from the same manufacturer and type for any one
shall not be permitted to restart except on hoistway dead-end hitch plate
access or inspection operation
2.20.9. 1 .2 U-bolt-type rope clamps or similar
(c) be arranged to be tested in accordance with the
devices shall not be used for suspension rope fastenings.
requirements in 8.10.2.2.2(ss)( l), and instructions for
testing shall be included in the on-site documentation 2.20.9.2 Adjustable Shackle Rods. The car ends,
[see 8.6.l.2.2(b)(5)] with sufficient detail to ensure that or the car or counterweight dead ends where multiple
testing can be accomplished by elevator personnel roping is used, of all suspension means of traction-type
(d) remain actuated until manually reset elevators shall be provided with shackle rods of a design
that will permit individual adjustment of the suspension
NOTE [2.20.8.2(d) ] : This does not require the means itself to
remain actuated, only that the elevator shall not be permitted to member lengths. Similar shackle rods shall be provided
restart except on hoistway access or inspection operation until a on the car or counterweight ends of compensation
manual reset is performed. means.
(16) 2.20.8.3 Suspension Member Residual Strength. 2.20.9.3 General Design Req u i rements . Suspen­
All electric traction elevators, excluding those with steel sion-means fastenings shall conform to 2.20.9.3.1
wire ropes, shall be provided with residual-strength through 2 .20 .9 .3.9 .
detection means. The means shall
2.20.9.3.1 The portion of the suspension means
(a) operate before any suspension member is reduced
fastening that holds the suspension means socket and
in strength to 60% of its rated breaking force
the shackle rod may be in one piece (unit construction),
(b) when actuated, automatically function to stop the
or they may be separate.
car at the next available landing, open the doors, and
prevent the elevator from restarting except on hoistway 2.20.9.3.2 The socket shall be either fabricated,
access or inspection operation cast, or forged steel, provided that where the socket and

86
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

the shackle rod are in one piece (unit construction), the 2.20.9.3.9 Fastenings incorporating antifriction
entire fastening shall be of forged steel. devices that will permit free spinning of the suspension
members shall not be used.
2.20.9.3.3 W here the shackle rod and
suspension-means socket are not in one piece, the 2.20.9.4 Tapered Rope Sockets. The use of tapered
shackle rod shall be of forged or rolled steel having an rope sockets shall be permitted only for steel wire ropes
elongation of not less than 20% in a gauge length of 8 mm (3/i. 6 in.) or greater. When used, the tapered rope
50 mm ( 2 in.). sockets shall be of a design as shown in Fig. 2.20.9.4 and
shall conform to 2.20.9.2, 2.20.9.3, and 2.20.9.4.1 through
2.20.9.3.4 Cast or forged steel suspension means
2.20.9.4.5.
sockets, shackle rods, and their connections shall be
made of unwelded steel having an elongation of not 2.20.9.4.1 The axial length, L, of the tapered por­
less than 20% in a gauge length of 50 mm ( 2 in.) when tion of the socket shall be not less than 4.75 times the
measured in accordance with AST M E8, and conforming diameter of the wire rope used .
to AST M A668, Class B for forged steel and AST M A 27, 2.20.9.4.2 The axial length, L', of the open por­
Grade 60/30 for cast steel, and shall be stress relieved. tion of the rope socket shall be not less than 4 times the
Steels of greater strength shall be permitted, provided diameter of the wire rope used.
they have an elongation of not less than 20% in a length
of 50 mm ( 2 in.). 2.20.9.4.3 The length of the straight bore, L", at
the small end of the socket shall be not more than 13mm
2.20.9.3.5 Fabricated sockets shall be permitted (0.5 in.) nor less than 3 mm (0.1 25 in.), and its outer
provided that the following conditions are met: edge shall be rounded and free from cutting edges.
(a) Socket components shall be of rolled steel con­
struction having an elongation of not less than 20% in 2.20.9.4.4 The diameter, d, of the hole at the large
a gauge length of 50 mm ( 2 in.). end of the tapered portion of the socket shall be not less
(b) The factor of safety of the weld and heat-affected than 2 .25 times nor more than 3 times the diameter of
zone shall not be less than 1 2 . the wire rope used.
(c) Welding shall be performed by welders qualified 2.20.9.4.5 The diameter, d', of the hole at the end
to 8.8.1. of the tapered portion of the socket shall be not more
(d) Welds shall conform to 8.8.2. than shown in Table 2.20.9.4.5.
2.20.9.3.6 Where the shackle rod is separate from 2.20.9.5 Wedge Rope Sockets. The use of wedge
the socket, the fastening between the two parts shall be rope socket assemblies shall be permitted only for steel
positive, and such as to prevent their separation under wire and aramid ropes. When used, the wedge rope
all conditions of operation of the elevator. socket assemblies shall be of a design as shown in
Where the connection of the two parts is threaded, Fig. 2.20.9.5 and shall conform to 2.20.9.2, 2.20.9.3, and
the thread design, tolerance, and manufacture shall con­ 2.20.9.5.1 through 2.20.9.5.7. Socket and wedge surfaces
form to the requirements of ASME Bl.13M, M-6H /6g, that contact the rope shall be free of burrs or sharp edges
or equivalent, coarse or fine threads (ASME Bl.I, UNC that could damage the rope.
or UNF Class 2A and Class 2B threads). The thread size
and the length of the thread engagement of the rod in 2.20.9. 5 . 1 A test specimen consisting of the
the socket shall be sufficient to ensure that the engaged strongest suspension rope for a given dimension and
members are aligned and that the strength requirements wedge socket assembly shall be subjected to a destruc­
of 2.20.9.3.7 are met. In addition, means shall be pro­ tive tensile engineering test . The rope socketing shall
vided to restrict the turning of the rod in the socket develop at least 80% of the minimum breaking force of
and prevent unscrewing of the connection in normal the strongest rope to be used in such a fastening without
operation. the rope slipping through the assembly.
Eye bolts used as connections with clevis-type sockets 2.20.9.5.2 Wedge socket assemblies shall be of
shall be of forged steel conforming to AST M A668, such a strength that when tested as in 2 .20 .9 .5 .1, the
Class B (heat treated), without welds. rope shall break before the socket or wedge is materially
deformed.
2.20.9.3.7 Sockets shall be of such strength that
the suspension member will break before the socket is 2.20.9.5.3 Suppliers of wedge sockets shall sub­
materially deformed. mit certification showing that the sockets, with visible
permanent manufacturer 's identification, have success­
2.20.9.3.8 The shackle rod, eye bolt, or other
fully passed the tests described in 2.20.9.5.1 and
means used to connect the suspension member socket
2.20.9.5.2 at a testing laboratory.
to the car or counterweight shall have a strength at least
equal to the manufacturer 's minimum breaking force of 2.20.9.5.4 When the steel wire rope has been
the suspension member. seated in the wedge socket by the load on the rope,

87
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.20.9.6 Rope Socket Embedment Medium. Only (c) Marking

babbitt metal or thermosetting resin compositions (1) Resin Container. The label on the resin container
intended for elevator wire rope socketing shall be used shall show the following information:
to secure ropes in tapered sockets. T he embedment (-a) product name
material shall conform to 2.2 0.9.6.1 through 2.2 0.9.6.3. (-b) part designation (e.g., "Part A" or " Resin")
(-c) manufacturer's name or trademark and
2.20.9.6.1 Babbitt Metal. Babbitt metal shall con­
address
tain at least 9% of antimony and shall be clean and free
(-d) mixing instructions
from dross.
(-e) ICC information
2.20.9.6.2 Thermos etting Res in Compos ition (1) safety warnings and cautions
(a) Physical Properties. The thermoset resin composi­ (-g) packaging date
tion shall have the following properties: (-h) flash point
(1) Uncured (Liquid) Material (-i) shelf life
(-a) Viscosity of Resin-Catalyst Mixture. The vis­ (-j) storage instructions
cosity of the resin-catalyst mixture shall be sufficiently (-k) curing instructions
low to permit rapid, complete saturation of the rope (-l) net weight
rosette in order to prevent entrapment of air. (-m) a statement certifying that the product con­
(-b) Flash Point. All components shall have a forms to 2.2 0.9.6.2 of ASME A17.l /C SA B44
minimum flash point of 27 ° C (80° F).
2.20.9.6.3 Catalys t Container. The label on the cat­
(-c) Shelf Life. All components shall have a mini­ alyst container shall show the following information:
mum of 1 yr shelf life at 2 1° C (70° F). (a) product name
(-d) Pot Life and Cure Time. After mixing, the (b) part designation (e. g., "Part B," "Catalyst," or
resin-catalyst mixture shall be pourable for a minimum "Hardener")
of 8 min at 2 1° C (70° F) and shall cure within 1 h after (c) manufacturer's name or trademark and address
hardening. Heating of the resin mixture in the socket to (d) safety warnings and cautions
accelerate curing shall follow the resin manufacturer's
(e) flash point
instructions.
(f) storage instructions
(2) Cured Resin (g) net weight
(-a) Socket Performance. Resin, when cured, shall
develop sufficient holding strength to solvent-washed 2.20.9.7 Method of Securing Wire Ropes in Tapered
wire in wire-rope sockets to develop 80% of the ultimate Sockets . Where the tapered type of socket is used, the
strength of all types of elevator wire rope. No slippage of method and procedure to be followed in making up the
wire is permissible when testing resin-filled rope socket fastening shall conform to 2.2 0.9.7.1 through 2.2 0.9.7.10,
assemblies in tension; however, after testing, some seat­ as applicable.
ing of the resin cone shall be permitted to be apparent 2.20.9.7.1 Handling. The rope to be socketed shall
and is acceptable. Resin terminations shall also be capa­ be carefully handled to prevent twisting, untwisting, or
ble of withstanding tensile shock loading. kinking.
(-b) Shrinkage. The volumetric shrinkage of fully
2.20.9.7.2 Seizing of Rope Ends . The rope ends
cured resin shall not exceed 2%. The use of an inert filler
to be socketed shall be seized before cutting with seizing
in the resin is permissible.
in accordance with the following:
(-c) Curing. The resin-catalyst mixture shall be
(a) The seizing shall be done with annealed iron wire,
capable of curing either at ambient [16 ° C to 3 8° C (60° F
provided that other methods of seizing be permitted,
to 100° F)] or elevated temperatures. At temperatures
that give the same protection from loss of rope lay. Where
below 16 ° C (60° F), an elevated temperature cure shall
iron wire is used for seizing, the length of each seizing
be used.
shall be not less than the diameter of the rope.
(b) Materials Required. The thermoset resin composi­ (b) For nonpreformed rope, three seizings shall be
tion intended for elevator wire rope socketing shall be made at each side of the cut in the rope. The first seizing
supplied in two parts consisting of preweighed resin and shall be close to the cut end of the rope, and the second
preweighed catalyst, each packaged separately within a seizing shall be spaced back from the first the length of
kit. Each kit containing the thermoset resin composition the end of the rope to be turned in. The third seizing
shall consist of the following: shall be at a distance from the second equal to the length
(1) preweighed thermoset resin of the tapered portion of the socket.
(2) preweighed catalyst (c) For preformed rope, one seizing shall be made at
(3) necessary materials for mixing and pouring each side of the cut in the rope. The seizing shall be at
(4) detachable label on resin container a distance from the end of the rope equal to the length

89
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

of the tapered portion of the socket plus the length of (b) Thermosetting Resin Composition
the portion of the rope to be turned in. (1) The manufacturer 's directions shall be strictly
followed in handling, mixing, pouring, and curing the
2.20.9.7.3 Spreading of Rope Strands. After the
resin material.
rope has been seized, it shall be inserted into the socket
(2) New containers of resin and catalyst shall be
through the hole in the small end, a sufficient distance
for manipulation, and where nonpreformed rope is utilized for each set of rope sockets. The entire quantity
used, the first two seizings shall be removed. The rope of resin and catalyst shall be mixed when the containers
strands shall then be spread apart, and where rope with are opened.
fiber core is used, the fiber core shall be cut away as (3) Resin sockets shall not be poured at a tempera­
close as possible to the remaining seizing . ture below 16 °C (60 ° F) without first warming the socket
and the resin composition to 2 1 °C to 3 2 °C (70 ° F to 90 ° F).
2.20.9.7.4 Removal of Grease or Oil. Thorough The socket shall be permitted to be warmed using the
cleaning of the outer wires of the strand surface and the electrical resistance heating devices intended for curing
inside of the rope socket is required for good adhesion. resin sockets.
Brush or dip in clean solvents is recommended. (4) Curing of resin sockets shall be accomplished
2 . 2 0 . 9 . 7 . 5 Turning in of Rope Strands. T he by heating at elevated temperature following the manu­
exposed rope strands shall then be bent, turned in, and facturer 's suggested schedule and directions.Cure time
bunched closely together, each strand being turned back shall not exceed 30 min. Electrical resistance heating
the same distance. The portion turned in (rope rosette) devices designed to fit around the sockets, or other
shall have a length of not less than 2.5 times the diameter means of providing controlled, evenly distributed heat,
of the rope, and such that, when the rope is pulled as shall be used to provide the elevated temperature for
far as possible into the socket, the bend of the turned­ curing. Open flames or exposed elec trical resistance
in strands shall be slightly overflush with the mouth of heating elements shall not be used.
the tapered socket (large end) and will be visible when (5) Upon completion of the socketing, the label
the socket has been completed (see 2.20.9.7.9). Where from the container of resin shall be attached to one of
rope with steel core is used, the steel core shall be cut the rope sockets for inspection purposes and shall be
off even with tops of the looped strands. suitably protected.
2.20.9.7.6 Insertion of Bent-In Rope Strands in 2.20.9.7 .9 Inspection of Sockets After Completion.
Socket. The rope end shall be pulled as far as possible A visual inspection of the completed sockets shall be
into the socket, so that the remaining seizing projects made after they have cooled and the tape or waste has
outside the hole at the small end of the socket. been removed from the small end of the sockets. The
visual inspection shall verify that
2.20.9.7.7 Position of Socket Preparatory to Pouring (a) the embedment medium is visible at the small end
Embedment Medium. The socket shall be held in a verti­ of the socket
cal position with the large end up, and the rope held in (b) the bends of all of the individual rope strands (see
a position truly axial with the socket.Tape or waste shall 2.20.9.7.5) are approximately the same height above the
be permitted to be wound around the rope at the small embedment medium and visible within the range of not
end of the socket to prevent the embedment medium less than one-half the diameter of the rope strand above
from seeping through, but shall be removed after com­ the embedment medium and that there is not more than
pletion of the socket . 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) clearance between the embedment
2.20.9.7.8 Preparation of Embedment Medium medium and the underside of the bend in the rope strand
(a) Babbitt Metal (c) no loss of rope lay has occurred where the wire
(1) Heating of Babbitt. The babbitt shall be heated rope enters the socket
to a fluidity just sufficient to char a piece of soft wood 2.20.9.7.1 0 Lubrication of Wire Rope After Socket
such as white pine without igniting it. Care shall be Attachment. After the resin has cured, the wire ropes
taken not to overheat the babbitt sufficiently to damage shall be lubricated at the base of the socket (small end)
the rope. to replace the lubricant that was removed during the
(2) Heating of Socket Basket and Pouring of Babbitt. cleaning operation required under 2.20.9.7.4.
The rope socket basket shall be heated by a blowtorch
flame sufficiently to prevent chilling of the babbitt and 2.20.9.8 Antirotation Devices. W here rotation of
to ensure that the babbitt, when poured, will completely suspension members can occur, means shall be provided
fill the basket, including all the spaces between the rope to prevent the rotation of the suspension members with­
s trands. Following this the molten babbi tt shall be out restricting their movement horizontally or vertically.
poured slowly and evenly into the basket until it is 2.20.9.9 Wedge Noncircular Elastomeric-Coated Steel
filled to a point level with the top of the opening in the Suspension Member Sockets. Wedge socket assemblies
large end. for noncircular elastomeric-coa ted steel suspension

90
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

members shall conform to 2.20.9.2, 2.20.9.3, and 2.20.1 0.1 They shall be approved on the basis of
2.20.9.9.1 through 2.20.9.9.5. adequate tensile and fatigue engineering tests.
2.20.9.9.1 A test specimen consist ing of the 2.20.1 0.2 The device and its fastenings, in its sev­
strongest noncircular elastomeric-coated steel suspen­ eral parts and assembly, shall have a strength at least
sion member for given noncircular elastomeric-coated equal to that of the manufacturer 's breaking strength of
steel suspension member dimensions and wedge socket the rope to which it is to be attached.
assembly shall be subjected to a destructive tensile engi­
neering test . The noncircular elastomeric-coated steel 2.20.1 0.3 Steel parts used in the device shall be
suspension member socket shall develop at least 80% cast or forged with an elongation of not less than 20%,
of the manufacturer 's minimum breaking force of the conforming to AST M A668, Class B, for forgings and
strongest noncircular elastomeric-coated steel suspen­ AST M A 27, Grade 60 /30 for cast steel, and shall be
sion member to be used in such a fastening without the stress relieved.
noncircular elastomeric-coated steel suspension mem­
ber slipping through the assembly. 2.20.1 0.4 The dev ice shall be so designed and
installed that
2.20.9.9.2 Wedge noncircular elastomeric-coated (a) it will not become operative unless there is a failure
steel suspension member socket assemblies shall be of of the normal rope fastening
such a strength that when tested as in 2.20.9.9.1, the (b) it will function in a rope movement of not over
noncircular elastomeric-coated steel suspension mem­ 38 mm ( 1 .5 in .)
ber shall break before the socket or wedge is materially (c) it will not interfere with the vertical or rotational
deformed. movements of the rope during normal service
2.20.9.9.3 Suppliers of noncircular elastomeric­
coated steel suspension member wedge sockets shall 2.20.10.5 Means shall be prov ided to cause the
submit certification showing that the sockets, with visi­ electric power to be removed from the driv ing-machine
ble permanent manufacturer 's identification, have suc­ motor and brake when any auxiliary fastening device
cessfully passed the tests described in 2.20.9.9.1 and operates. Such means shall
2.20.9.9.2 at a testing laboratory. (a) have all electrical parts enclosed
(b) be of the manually reset type that can be reset
2.20.9.9.4 W hen the noncircular elastomeric­ only when the wire rope or ropes have been resocketed
coated steel suspension member has been seated in the and the auxiliary rope fastening device has been restored
wedge socket by the load on the noncircular elastomeric­ to its normal running position
coated steel suspension member, the wedge shall be
visible and the end of the noncircular elastomeric-coated 2.20.1 0.6 The method used to attach the device
steel suspension member shall be prevented from slip­ to the rope shall be such as to prevent injury to, or
ping in the socket should the load on the noncircular appreciable deformation of, the rope.
elastomer ic-coated steel suspens ion member be
removed for any reason. 2.20.1 0.7 The installation of the device shall not
reduce the required overhead clearances.
2.20.9.9.5 Markings on the wedge socket assem­
bly components shall be as follows : 2.20.10.8 The car-frame supports for the fastening
(a) Each socket shall be permanently and legibly members of the device shall conform to 2.15.13, or where
marked or color coded to ident ify the non c ircular existing conditions will not permit compliance with this
elastomeric-coated steel suspension-member size to be requirement, other means of fastening shall be permitted
used in the assembly. The markings shall be v isible after to be used subject to the approval of the enforc ing
installation . authority.
(b) Each wedge shall be permanently and leg ibly
marked or color coded to identify the corresponding 2 . 2 0 . 1 0 . 9 Each dev ice shall be permanently
socket or sockets and noncircular elastomeric-coated marked with the name or trademark of the manufacturer
steel suspension member size within which it is to be by means of metal tags or plates with the following data
inserted to form an assembly. The markings shall be of the wire rope for which they are designated to be used :
visible after installation . (a) d iameter of the rope in m illimeters (mm) or
inches (in .)
2.20.1 0 Auxiliary Rope Fastening Devices (b) manufacturer 's rated breaking strength of the rope
Auxiliary rope fastening devices, designed to support (c) construction classification of the wire rope
elevator cars or counterweights if any regular rope fas­ The material and marking of the tags or plates shall
tening fails, shall be permitted to be provided, subject conform to 2.16.3.3, except that the height of the letters
to the requirements of 2.20.10.1 through 2.20.10.9. and figures shall be not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.).

91
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.20. 1 1 Suspension Member Test 2.21 .1.4 Independent Car Counterweights. Where
Each type of suspension means designed to support an independent car counterweight is provided, it shall
elevator cars or counterweights shall be subjected to the run in separate guide rails and shall not be of sufficient
engineering tests specified in 8.3.1 2 except suspension weight to cause undue slackening of the hoisting ropes
means conforming to the following : during acceleration or retardation of the elevator car.
(a) steel wire ropes conforming to the requirements
2.2 1 .2 Design Requirements for Frames and Rods
of 5.2.1.20, 5.3.1.1 2, 5.4.8, 7.2.6, and 7.5.6
(b) steel wire ropes conforming to the requirements 2.21 .2.1 Material. Frames and rods shall be made of
of Section 2.20 with diameters 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) and steel or other metals conforming to 2.15.6.2 and 2.15.6.3,
greater with outer wire diameters not less than 0.56 mm prov ided that where steels of greater strength than those
(0.0 2 4 in.) specified, or where metals other than steel are used,
(c) steel wire ropes conforming to the requirements the factor of safety used in the design shall conform to
of Section 2.20 with diameters of not less than 8.0 mm 2.2 1.2.3.
(0.3 15 in.) with outer wire diameters not less than 0.48 2.21 .2.2 Frame Connections. Connections between
mm (0.0 19 in.) when used with a safety factor not less
frame members shall conform to 2.15.7.
than 1 2, per 2 .20 .3
2.21 .2.3 Factor of Safety
SECTION 2 . 2 1 2.21 .2.3.1 The frame members and their connec­
COUNTERWEIG HTS tions shall be designed with a factor of safety of not less
2.2 1 . 1 General Requirements than 5 with the elevator at rest and the counterweight
at the top of its travel.
2.21 . 1 . 1 Frames. Weight sect ions of a counter­
weight shall be mounted in structural or formed metal 2.21 .2.3.2 T he counterweight frame shall be
frames so designed as to retain them securely in place designed with a factor of safety of not less than 2.5 at
(see 2.2 1.2.6). buffer engagement or safety application.
2.21 .1.2 Retention of Weight Sections. Means shall 2.21 .2.3.3 T he frame members, brackets, and
be provided to retain weight sections in place in the their connections subject to forces due to the application
event of buffer engagement or safety application or if of the emergency brake (see 2.19.4) shall be designed to
they become broken. withstand the maximum forces developed during the
Where tie rods are used, a minimum of two shall be retardation phase of the emergency braking so that the
provided, that shall pass through all weight sections. resulting stresses due to the emergency braking and all
T ie-rods shall be provided with a lock nut and cotter other loading acting simultaneously, if applicable, shall
pin at each end. not exceed 190 MPa ( 27,500 psi).
2.21 .1.3 Guiding Means 2 . 2 1 .2.4 Sh eaves. W here a hoist ing sheave or
2.21.1 .3.1 Counterweight frames shall be guided sheaves are mounted in the frame, the requirements of
on each guide rail by upper and lower guiding members 2.15.1 2 shall apply (see also 2.2 4.2 and 2.2 4.3 for require­
attached to the frame. Gu id ing members shall be ments for sheaves).
designed to withstand the forces imposed during normal 2.21 .2.5 Suspension Rope Hitch or Shapes. Where
operation of the elevator, loading and unloading, emer­ counterwe ights are suspended by ropes attached
gency stopping, and the application of safeties. directly to the frames by means of rope fastenings, the
2.21.1 .3.2 Means shall be prov ided to prevent rope attachments shall conform to 2.15.13.
the counterweight from being displaced by more than 2 . 2 1 . 2 . 6 Securi n g of We ights i n Fram es. T he
13 mm (0.5 in.) from its normal running position. weights shall be so mounted and secured in the frames
T h is protect ion shall be prov ided by either of the as to prevent shifting of the weights by an amount that
following : will reduce the running clearances to less than those
(a) a guiding means wherein no failure or wear of the specified in 2.5.1.2.
guiding member shall allow the counterweight to be
displaced more than 13 mm (0.5 in.) from its normal 2.2 1 .3 Cars Counterbalancing One Another
running position An elevator car shall not be used to counterbalance
(b) a retention means that shall be permitted to be another elevator car.
integral with the guiding means
2.21.1 .3.3 All components of the means required 2.2 1 .4 Compensation Means
to limit the displacement in accordance with 2.2 1.1.3.2 Compensation means, such as compensating ropes or
shall have minimum factor of safety of 5. chains or other mechanical means and their attachments

92
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(except for safety hooks, where used) to tie the counter­ Table 2.22.3.1 Minimum Spring Buffer Strokes
weight and car together, shall be capable of withstand­ Rated Car Speed, Minimum Stroke,
ing, with a factor of safety of 5, any forces to which the m/s (ft/min) mm (in.)
means is subjected with the elevator at rest.
The maximum suspended weight of compensation 0.5 or less (1 00 or less) 38 (1 . 5)
means with car or counterweight at the top of its travel 0.51 to 0.75 (1 01 to 1 5 0) 63 (2. 5)
0.76 to 1 .00 (1 5 1 to 200) 1 00 (4.0)
and one-half total weight of tension sheave assembly,
where used, shall be included.
The factor of safety for compensation means shall be
based on the minimum, breaking load, or breaking force
as appropriate to the tensile testing method. 2.22.1 . 1 .4 Elastomeric buffers shall be permitted
to be used where the rated speed is not in excess of
2.21 .4.1 Connections. A connection shall be pro­
1 m /s ( 200 ft/min).
vided between the car or counterweight and the com­
pensation means. T he connec tion shall be bol ted or 2.22. 1 . 1 . 5 The use of elastomeric buffers shall
welded and shall conform to 2.15.7.3. comply with all conditions of use as specified by the
2.21.4.1.1 Cast iron, where used, shall have a buffer manufacturer. Such conditions may include, but
factor of safety of not less than 10, based on maximum are not limited to, temperature, humidity, or other envi­
stress developed . ronmental and life-cycle condi tions that may affect
buffer performance.
2.21.4. 1 .2 When compensation ropes are used
with a tension sheave, one end of each rope shall be 2.22.1 . 1 .6 Elastomeric buffers shall be securely
provided with a means to individually adjust rope fastened to their support structures.
length. 2 . 22 . 1 .2 Locat i o n . Buffers or bumpers shall be
2.21 .4.2 Tie-Down Com pensation Means. For rated located so as to retard the car and counterweight without
speeds greater than 3.5 m /s (700 ft/min), a tie-down exceeding allowable design stresses in the car frame and
compensation means shall be provided and fastened to counterweight frame.
the building structure to limit the jump of the car or
counterweight as a result of car or counterweight buffer 2.22.2 Solid Bum pers (1 6)

engagement or safety application. Solid bumpers, where permitted, shall be made of

The compensation means, connection, building struc­ wood or other suitably resilient material of sufficient
tural members, and fastenings shall be capable of with­ strength to withstand without failure the impact of the
s tanding the maximum forces to which they are car with rated load, or the counterweight, descending
subjected due to car or counterweight buffer engage­ at governor tripping speed. Solid bumpers are permitted
ment or safety application with a factor of safety of not on elevators having a rated speed of 0.25 m /s (50 ft/min)
less than 2.5. or less.
The material used shall be of a type that will resist
SECTION 2.22 deterioration or be so treated as to resist deterioration.
BU FFERS AN D BUMPERS
2.22.3 Spring Buffers
2.22.1 Type and Location
2.22.3.1 Stroke. The stroke of the buffer spring, as
(1 6) 2.22. 1 . 1 Type of Buffers. Buffers of the spring, oil,
marked on its marking plate, shall be equal to or greater
elastomeric, or equivalent type shall be installed under than the value specified in Table 2.2 2.3.1.
the cars and counterweights of passenger and freight
eleva tors subjec t to the requiremen ts of 2.2 2.1.1.1 2.22.3.2 Load Rating
through 2.2 2.1.1.5. Buffers shall be designed in accor­
2.22.3.2.1 Buffers for cars and counterweights
dance with sound engineering practice.
shall be capable of suppor ting, withou t being com ­
2.22. 1 . 1 . 1 Spring buffers or their equivalent shall pressed solid or to a fixed stop, a static load having a
be permitted to be used where the rated speed is not minimum of 2 times the total weight of
in excess of 1 m /s ( 200 ft/min). (a) the car and its rated load for car buffers
2.22.1 . 1 .2 Oil buffers or their equivalent shall (b) the counterweight for counterweight buffers
be used where the rated speed is in excess of 1 m /s 2.22.3.2.2 Buffers for cars and counterweights
( 200 ft/min). shall be compressed solid or to a fixed stop with a static
2.22.1 . 1 .3 Where Type C safeties are used (see load of three times the weight of
2.17.8.2), car buffers are not required if solid bumpers (a) the car and its rated load for car buffers
are installed. (b) the counterweight for counterweight buffers

93
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.22.3.2.3 Where the space below the hoistway is strength and elongation for other parts, at gravity retar­
not permanently secured against access, the load rating dation with the maximum load for which the buffer is
specified in 2.2 2.3.2.1 shall be increased to meet the designed, when tested in accordance with AST M EB
requirements of 2.6.l(b) and 2.6.2. using a 50 mm ( 2 in.) gauge length, shall be not less than
(a) 3 for materials having an elongation 20% or more
2.22.3.3 Marking Plates. Each spring buffer shall (b) 3.5 for materials having an elongation from 15%
be provided with a marking plate showing its load rating to 20%
and stroke and the number of springs.Where the springs (c) 4 for materials having an elongation from 10%
are removable, each spring shall be identified, and the to 15%
assembly marking plate shall indicate this identification. (d) 5 for materials having an elongation less than 10%
Markings shall be made in a permanent and legible (e) 10 for cast iron parts
manner.
2.22.4.4 Slendern ess Ratio for Members U n der
Compression as Columns. The slenderness ratio (L/R)
2.22.4 Oil Buffers for members of oil buffers under compression as col­
umns shall be not more than 80.
2.22.4.1 Stroke. The minimum stroke of oil buffers
The slenderness ratio (L/R) specified applies only to
shall be based on the requirements of 2.2 2.4.1.1 or
those main buffer members that are subject to the impact
2.2 2.4.1.2.
of the fully loaded car when striking the buffer .
2.22.4.1.1 The stroke shall be such that the car 2.22.4.5 Plunger Requirements (16)
or the counterweight, on striking the buffer at 1 15% of
the rated speed, shall be brought to rest with an average 2.22.4.5.1 Plunger Return Requirements. Oil buff-
retardation of not more than 9.8 1 m /s 2 (32.2 ft /s 2) . ers shall be so designed that
(a) the buffer plunger of gravity-return- and spring­
2.22.4.1.2 Where terminal speed reducing device return-type oil buffers, when the buffer is filled with oil,
is installed that conforms to 2.25.4.1, and that will limit shall, when released after full compression, return to its
the speed at which the car or counterweight can strike fully extended position within 90 s
its buffer, the buffer stroke shall be based on at least (b) the plunger of a spring-return-type oil buffer with
1 15% of such reduced striking speed and on an average a 20 kg ( 4 4 lb) weight resting on it shall, when released
retardation not exceeding 9.8 1 m /s 2 (32 .2 ft /s 2) .In no after being depressed 50 mm ( 2 in.), return to the fully
case shall the stroke used be less than 50% of the stroke extended position within 30 s
required by 2.2 2.4.1.1 for rated speeds under (c) gas spring-return oil buffers shall be provided with
4 m /s (800 ft /min), nor less than 33%%, or a switch conforming to 2 .26 .2 .2 2 that shall be actuated
450 mm ( 18 in.), whichever is greater, for rated speeds if the plunger is not within 13 mm (0.5 in.) of the fully
of 4 m /s (800 ft /min) or more. extended position
2 . 2 2 . 4 . 5 . 2 Plunger Lateral M ove m e n t
NOTE (2.22.4 . 1 ) : Figure 8.2.4 indicates the minimum buffer Requirements. The clearance between the plunger and
strokes for various initial velocities. Table 2.22.4.1 indicates the the cylinder in spring-return- or gravity-return-type oil
minimum buffer strokes for the most usual rated speeds. See for
mula in 8.2.4 for calculation of buffer strokes differing from or
buffers shall be limited and the materials and surface
exceeding those listed in Table 2.22.4.1. finishes specified and controlled so as to ensure that the
plunger will not seize or stick in the cylinder during or
2.22.4.2 Retardation. Oil buffers shall develop an after an impact of the fully loaded car on the buffer at
average retardation not in excess of 9.8 1 m /s 2 (32.2 ft /s 2), 1 15% of rated speed. In addition, the clearance shall be
and shall develop no peak retardation greater than limited so as to ensure that one-half of the total lateral
2 4.5 m /s 2 (80.5 ft /s 2), having a duration exceeding 0.0 4 s movement of the plunger relative to the cylinder shall
with any load in the car, from rated load to a minimum not exceed 5 mm /m (0.06 in./ft) of buffer stroke. This
load of 70 kg ( 15 4 lb), when the buffers are struck with corresponds to a maximum angle of inclination from
an initial speed of not more than the vertical of 0.005 rad ( 17.18 min of arc).
(a) 1 15% of the rated speed for buffers conforming to 2.22.4.6 Means for Determining Oil Level. Oil buff­
2 .2 2 .4 .1 .l ers shall be provided with means for determining that
(b) 1 15% of the predetermined reduced speed for buff­ the oil level is within the maximum and minimum allow­
ers conforming to 2.2 2.4.1.2 able limits. Transparent sight gauges shall be permitted
to be used provided they meet the requirements for the
2.22.4.3 Factor of Safety for Oil-Buffer Parts. The purpose in accordance with good engineering practice.
factor of safety of parts of oil buffers, based on the yield They shall resist shock loading on the buffer or pressure
point for compression members and on the ultimate rise as a result of impact, and not be stained by the

94
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Table 2.22.4.1 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes

SI Units Imperial Units
1 1 5% of Minimum 1 1 5% of Minimum
Rated Speed, Rated Speed, Stroke, Rated Speed, Rated Speed, Stroke,
m/s m/s mm ft/min ft/min in.
1 .00 1.15 65 200 230 2.75
1.12 1 .29 85 225 259 3.50
1.25 1 .44 105 2 50 288 4.25
1.50 1 .73 155 300 345 6.25

1 .75 2.01 205 350 403 8.25

2.00 2.30 270 400 460 1 1 .00
2.25 2.59 340 450 518 1 3.75
2.50 2.88 425 500 575 1 7.00

3.00 3.45 605 600 690 24.75

3.50 4.03 825 700 805 33.25
4.00 4.60 1 080 800 920 43.75
4.50 5.18 1 365 900 1 ,035 5 5.50

5.00 5.75 1 685 1 ,000 1 , 1 50 68.50

5.50 6.32 2 040 1 , 1 00 1,265 83.00
6.00 6.90 2 425 1 ,200 1 ,380 98. 50
6.50 7.48 2 845 1 ,300 1 ,495 1 1 5.50

7.00 8.05 3 300 1 ,400 1,6 10 1 34.50

7.50 8.63 3 790 1 , 500 1,72 5 1 5 4.00
8.00 9.20 4 310 1 , 600 1 ,840 175.25
8.50 9.78 4 870 1 ,700 1,955 1 97.75

9.00 1 0.35 5 460 1 ,800 2,070 2 2 1 .75

9.50 1 0.93 6 080 1 ,900 2,185 247.00
1 0.00 1 1 .50 6 740 2,000 2,300 273.75

presence of buffer oil or a means shall be provided to 2.22.4.8 Compression of Buffers When Car Is Level
ensure that any staining does not affect the reading of With Term inal Landings. Car and counterweight oil
the oil level. buffers of the mechanical spring-return type shall be
permitted to be compressed not to exceed 25% of their
2.22.4.7 Type Tests and Certification for Oil Buffers
stroke when the car is level with the terminal landings
2.22.4.7.1 Each type of oil buffer shall be sub- (see 2.4.2.1).
jected to the type tests as specified in 8.3.2 and to the
2.22.4.9 Buffer Oil Requirements. Oils used in oil
certification process as specified in 8.3.1.
buffers shall have a pour point of - 18 °C (0 ° F), or lower,
2.22.4.7.2 A type test on an oil buffer shall be as defined in AST M D97, and a viscosity index of 75,
permitted to be acceptable for similarly designed buff­ or higher, as defined in AST M D 2 270.
ers, provided that the longest stroke of the type is sub­
jected to the type test; and the load range of the buffer 2.22.4.10 Load Ratings of Oil Buffers. The mini­
is within the maximum and minimum range for the oil mum and maximum load ratings of car and counter­
portings of the given buffer. weight oil buffers, as indicated on the buffer marking
plate, shall conform to 2.2 2.4.10.1 through 2.2 2.4.10.3.
2.22.4.7.3 Oil buffers tested in accordance with
the test requirements of prior editions of ASME A 17.l / 2.22.4.10.1 The minimum load rating shall be
CSA B 4 4 shall be acceptable without being retested, not greater than
provided the buffer has been listed /certified to a previ­ (a) for car oil buffers, the total weight of the car as
ous edition of the Code or on submittal by the person or marked on the car crosshead data plate plus
organization installing the buffers of the test certificate 70 kg ( 150 lb)
stating that the buffer, when tested, met the specified (b) for counterweight oil buffers, the weight of the
test requirements of that edition of the Code . counterweight used

95
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.22.4.1 0.2 The maximum load rating shall be 2.22.5.5 Type Tests and Certification for Elastomeric
not less than Buffers. Each type of elastomeric buffer shall be sub­
(a) for car oil buffers, the total weight of the car as jected to the type tests as specified in 8.3.13 and to the
marked on the crosshead data plate plus the rated load certification process as specified in 8.3.1.
(b) for counterweight oil buffers, the weight of the
2.22.5.6 Buffer Marking Plate. Elastomeric buffers
counterweight used
shall be provided with a marking plate.The buffer mark­
2.22.4.10.3 When compensating-rope tie-down ing plate shall include the following data provided in
is present, the increase in load shall be taken into account a legible and permanent manner :
(see 2.2 1.4.2). (a) the maximum and minimum loads and the maxi­
2.22.4.11 Buffer Marking Plate. Every installed oil mum striking speeds for which the buffer has been rated
buffer shall have permanently attached thereto a metal for use in conformance with the requirements in
plate, marked by the manufacturer in a legible and per­ Section 2.2 2
(b) the name, trademark, or file number by which
manent manner, indicating
(a) the maximum and minimum loads and the maxi­
the organization that manufactured the product can be
mum striking speeds for which the buffer has been rated identified
for use in conformance with the requirements in (c) the certification marking in accordance with
Section 2.2 2 8.3.13.7
(b) the permissible range in viscosity of the buffer (d) specific conditions of use (where applicable) for
oil to be used, stated in Saybolt Seconds Universal at elastomeric buffers (see 2.2 2.1.1.5)
38 °C ( 100 ° F) (e) the maximum stroke (compression) of the buffer
(c) the viscosity index number of the oil to be used
(d) the pour point in degrees Celsius (Fahrenheit) of SECTION 2.23
the oil to be used CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT GUIDE RAILS,
(e) the stroke of the buffer in mm (in.) GUIDE-RAIL SUPPORTS, AND FASTENINGS
(f) the composition of the gas, if used
(g) the name, trademark, or file number by which 2.23.1 Guide Rails Required
the organization that manufactured the product can be Elevator cars and counterweights shall be provided
identified with guide rails.
(h) the certification marking in accordance with
8.3.1.3 2.23.2 Material
Guide rails, guide-rail brackets, rail clips, fishplates,
(16) 2.22.5 Elastomeric Buffers
and their fastenings shall be either of the following:
2.22.5.1 Retardation. Buffers shall not develop (a) of steel or other metals conforming to Section 2 .23
(a) an average retardation in excess of 9.8 1 m /s 2 (b) where steel presents an accident hazard, as in
(32.2 ft /s 2), and chemical or explosive plants, guide rails shall be permit­
(b) a retardation greater than 2 4.5 m /s 2 (80.5 ft /s 2), ted to be of selected wood or other suitable nonmetallic
having a duration exceeding 0.0 4 s with any load in the materials, provided the rated speed of the car does not
car, from rated load to a minimum load of 70 kg ( 15 4 lb), exceed 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min).
when the buffers are struck with an initial speed of not
more than 1 15% of the rated speed, and 2.23.2.1 Requirements for Steel, Where Used
(c) a maximum retardation in excess of 58.86 m /s 2 (a) Rails, brackets, fishplates, and rail clips shall be
( 193.2 ft /s 2) as measured using a 100 Hz low-pass filter made of open-hearth steel, or its equivalent, having a
tensile strength of not less than 380 MPa (55,000 psi)
2.22.5.2 Return Speed. Upon activation (compres­ and having an elongation of not less than 2 2% in a length
sion) of the buffer, the return speed of the car or counter­ of 50 mm ( 2 in .) when measured in accordance with
weight shall not exceed 1 m /s ( 200 ft /min). AST M E8.
2.22.5.3 Deformation. There shall be no permanent (b) Bolts shall conform to AST M A307 .
deformation of the buffer after actuation, and the buffer (c) Rivets shall conform to AST M A50 2.
shall return back to its uncompressed state within (d) Maximum permissible stresses and deflections
30 min. shall conform to 2.23.5.
2.22.5.4 Full Compression. For elastomeric buffers, 2.23.2.2 Requirements for Metals Other Than Steel.
"full compression" means a compression of 90% of the Metals other than steel shall be permitted to be used,
installed buffer height without considering fixation ele­ provided the factor of safety is not less than, and the
ments of the buffer that might limit the compression to deflections are not more than, the values specified in
a lower value. this section, and provided that cast iron is not used.

96
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

22.5 kg/m rail, there is a maximum bracket spacing of Table 2.2 3.4.3.1, except as specified in 2.2 3.4.3.2, and the
4 050 mm. weight of the counterweight for each size of guide rail
(2) Imperial Units. For 6,000 lb total weight of car plus load and a shall not exceed that specified in Table 2.2 3.4.3.1.
4,700 lb counterweight, both roped 2:1; 200 lb suspension
weight; 150 lb compensation weight; 45 lb traveling cable 2.23.4.3.2 The bracket spacing specified shall be
weight, and a machine weight of 800 lb; and with the machine permitted to be increased by an amount determined by
supported in the overhead by one guide rail; the impacted
Figs. 2.2 3.4.1-1 and 2.23.4.1-2 , subject to the following
reaction on that guide rail due to the machine loading is 6,000 lb
+ 4,700 lb + 200 lb + 150 lb + 45 lb + 800 lb = 11,895 lb. The requirements:
equivalent static loading per pair of guide rails is 1 1,895 lb (a) where guide rails are reinforced or a larger rail
and given a 15 lb rail, there is a maximum bracket spacing of section is used having a moment of inertia, about an
13 ft 3 in. axis parallel to the base [x-x axis in Fig. 2.2 3.4.1-2], at
2.23.4.1 With Single Car or Counterweight Safety. least equal to that of the rail sections shown in
Where a single car or counterweight safety is used, the Table 2.2 3.3 , based on the weight of the counterweight
maximum suspended weight of the car and its rated (b) where intermediate tie brackets, approximately
load, or the maximum suspended weight of the counter­ equally spaced, are provided between the guide rails at
weight, including the weight of any compensation intervals of not over 2 13 0 mm (84 in.)
means and of any traveling cables suspended therefrom 2 .23.4.3.3 Intermediate tie brackets, approxi­
per pair of guide rails, shall not exceed the maximum mately equally spaced, shall be provided between the
specified in Fig. 2.2 3.4.1-1 for the size of the rail and the guide rails at intervals as specified in Table 2.2 3.4.3.3.
bracket spacing used, except that the bracket spacing Intermediate tie brackets are not required to be fastened
shall be permitted to exceed the values specified in to the building structure.
Fig. 2.23.4.1-1, provided that
(a) the guide rail is reinforced or a rail of larger size 2.23.5 Stres s es and Deflections
is used
2.23.5.1 Guide Rails
(b) the moment of inertia of a single reinforced rail
or of a single larger size T-section about the x-x axis 2.23.5.1.1 For steels conforming to 2.23.2.1, the
parallel to the base of the rail is not less than that required stresses in a guide rail, or in the rail and its reinforcement
by Fig. 2.2 3.4.1-1 for the given weight of car plus load, shall not exceed 105 MPa (15,000 psi), based upon the
or the counterweight with safety device, at the bracket class of loading, and the deflection shall not exceed 6 mm
spacing used (0.25 in.). The loads used to determine the guide-rail
(c) where the bracket spacings exceed those shown stress and deflection shall include vertical and moment
on Figs. 2.2 3.4.1-1 and 2.2 3.4.1-2 , the rail system loads transferred into the rail, that are imposed by equip­
(1) conforms to 2.2 3.5 ment supported by the guide rail, combined with the
(2) is designed to limit the deflection during the horizontal forces imposed on the rail during loading,
application of the safety with a fully loaded car to not unloading, or running, calculated without impact (see
more than 6 mm (0.25 in.) per rail 2.16.2.2 and 8.2.2.6).
EXAMPLES [2.23.4.l(c)] : 2.23.5.1 .2 Where steels of greater strength than
(1) SI Units. For 5 500 kg total weight of car plus load and a bracket those specified in 2.23.2.1 are used, the stresses specified
spacing of 4 875 mm, there is required
may be increased proportionately, based on the ratio of
(a) 27.5 kg/m rail without reinforcement; or
(b) 22.5 kg/m rail with reinforcement having a combined
the ultimate strengths.
moment of inertia of 3.3 mm x 106 mm4 . 2.23.5.2 Brackets , Fas tenings , and Supports . The
(2) Imperial Units. For 12,000 lb total weight of car plus load and
guide-rail brackets, their fastenings, and supports, such
a bracket spacing of 16 ft 0 in., there is a required
(a) 18.5 lb rail without reinforcement; or
as building beams and walls, shall be capable of resisting
(b) 15 lb rail with reinforcement having a combined moment the horizontal forces imposed by the class of loading
of inertia of 8 in. 4 (see 2.16.2.2 and 8.2.2.6) with a total deflection at the
point of support not in excess of 3 mm (0.125 in.).
2.23.4.2 With Two (Duplex) Car or Counterweight
Safeties . Where the car or counterweight is provided 2 . 2 3 . 5 . 3 Allowable Stres s es Due to Em ergency
with two safety devices, the loads specified in Braking. Guide rails, brackets, supports, and their fas­
Fig. 2.2 3.4.1-1 shall be permitted to be increased by the tenings subject to forces due to the application of the
factors specified in Table 2.2 3.4.2. emergency brake (see 2.19.4) shall be designed to with­
stand the maximum forces developed during the retar­
2.23.4.3 Counterweight With No Safety
dation phase of the emergency braking so that the
2.23.4.3.1 Guide rails for counterweights not resulting stresses due to the emergency braking and all
provided with a safety device shall be fastened to the other loading acting simultaneously, if applicable, shall
building structure at intervals specified in not exceed 190 MPa (27,500 psi).

98
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Table 2.23.4.3.1 Guide Rails for Counterweight Without Safeties

SI Units Imperial Units
Nominal Maximum Bracket Nominal Maximum Bracket
Mass of Mass of Spacing Without Weight of Weight of Spacing Without
Counterweight, Guide Rail, Reinforcement, Counterweight, Guide Reinforcement,
kg kg/m mm lb Rail, lb/ft ft
3 000 9.5 3 000 6,600 6¼ 10
4 000 8.5 4 400 8,800 5¾ 14.5
7 000 1 2.0 4 900 1 5 ,000 8 16
12 000 1 6. 5 4 900 27,000 11 16
13 000 18.0 4 900 29,000 12 16
18 000 22.5 4 900 40,000 15 16
25 000 27.5 4 900 56,000 18½ 16
36 000 33.5 4 900 80,000 22½ 16
60 000 44.5 4 900 133,000 30 16

Table 2.23.4.3.3 Intermediate Tie Brackets (c) The ends of each rail shall be bolted to the fish­
Nominal Distance Between
plates with not fewer than four bolts that conform to
Fastenings to Building Structure, mm (in.)
Number of Table 2.23.7.2.1.
Intermediate
(d) The width of the fishplate shall be not less than
For 8.5 kg (6¼ lb) Rail For All Other Rails Tie Brackets
the width of the back of the rail.
0-3 300 (0-130) 0-3 700 (0-146) 0 (e) The thickness of the fishplates and the diameter
3 301-3 800 (1 30-1 50) 3 701-4 300 (1 47-1 69) 1 of the bolts for each size of guide rail shall be not less
3 801-4 400 (1 50-1 73) 4 301-4 900 (1 70-1 93) 2 than specified in Table 2.23.7.2.1.
(f) The diameter of bolt holes shall not exceed the
diameter of the bolts by more than 2 mm (0.08 in.) for
guide rails nor 3 mm (0 .1 25 in .) for fishplates .
2.23.6 Guide-Rail Surfaces
Guide-rail surfaces used for guiding a car or counter­ 2.23. 7 .2.2 Joints of different design and construc­
weight shall be sufficiently smooth and true to operate tion shall be permitted to be used, provided they are
properly with the guiding members. Those surfaces that equivalent in strength and will adequately maintain the
the car or counterweight safeties engage shall be smooth accuracy of the rail alignment.
and true within the tolerances required to ensure proper 2.23.8 Overall Length of Guide Rails
safety appl icat ion w ithout excess ive retardation or
The car and counterweight guide rails shall extend at
excessive out-of-level platform conditions resulting (see
the top and bottom to prevent the guiding members (see
2.17.3, 2.17.9.2, and 2.17.16).
2.15.2 and 2.2 1.1.3) from disengaging from the guide
2.23.7 Rail Joints and Fishplates rails in the event that either the car or counterweight
reaches its extreme limit of travel.
2.23.7.1 Type and Strength of Rail Joints. Metal
guide-rail sections shall be joined together as specified 2.23.9 Guide-Rail Brackets and Building Supports
in 2.23.7.2. The jointed rail sections shall withstand the 2 . 2 3 . 9 . 1 Design and Strength of B rackets and
forces specified in 2.23.5.1 without exceeding the stress Supports
and deflection limitations.
2.23.9.1.1 The building construction forming the
2.23.7.2 Design and Construction of Rail Joints supports for the guide rails and the guide-rail brackets
2.23.7.2.1 The joints of metal guide rails with shall be designed to
T -section profiles as specified in 2 .23.3(a) shall conform (a) safely withstand the application of the car or coun­
to the following requirements: terweight safety when stopping the car and its rated
(a) The ends of the rails shall be accurately machined
load or the counterweight
with a tongue and matching groove centrally located in (b) withstand the forces specified in 2.23.5.2 within
the web . the deflection limits specified
(b) The backs of the rail flanges shall be accurately 2.23.9.1.2 Walls of bricks, terra-cotta, hollow
machined, in relation to the rail guiding surfaces, to a blocks, and similar materials shall not be used for attach­
uniform distance front to back of the rails to form a flat ment of gu ide-rail brackets unless adequately
surface for the fishplates . reinforced.

104
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Table 2.23.7.2.1 Minimum Thickness of Fishplates and Minimum Diameter of Fastening Bolts
SI Units Imperial Units
Nominal Mass Minimum Thickness Minimum Diameter Nominal Weight Minimum Thickness Minimum Diameter
of Guide Rail, of Fishplates, of Bolts, of Guide Rail, of Fishplates, of Bolts,
kg/m mm mm lb/ft in. in.
8.5 9.5 M 12 5¾ % ½
9.5 9.5 M 12 6¼ % ½
1 2.0 14.0 M12 8 ½6 ½

16.5 1 7.0 M16 11 1½6 %

18.0 1 7.0 M16 12 1½6 %
22.5 1 7.0 M16 15 1½6 %
27.5 20.0 M20 1 8½ ¾
33 . 5
1 31i 6
20.0 M20 2 2½ ¾
2 3 .0 30
1 3/2 6
44.5 M20 1½6 ¾

2.23.9. 1 .3 Where necessary, the building con­ Table 2.23.1 0.2 Minimum Size of Rail-Fastening
struction shall be reinforced to provide adequate sup­ Bolts
port for the guide rails. SI Units Imperial Units
2.23.9.2 Bracket Fas tenings Nominal Minimum Nominal Minimum
Mass of Diameter of Weight of Diameter of
2.23.9.2.1 Guide-rail brackets shall be secured Guide Rail, Rail Bolts, Guide Rail, Rail Bolts,
to their supporting structure by one of the following kg/m mm lb/ft in.
means:
8.5 M12 5¾ ½
9.5 M 12 6¼ ½
(a) by bolts or rivets
(b) by using clip fastenings to mount brackets to the 1 2 .0 M 12 8 ½
building structure, provided that
(1) the friction force of such clips has a minimum 16.5 M16 11 %
factor of safety of 10 1 8.0 M16 12 %
(2) an additional means, having a safety factor of 22.5 M16 15 %
27.5 M16 1 8½
not l ess than 5 , of resisting horizontal shear is
%
incorporated 3 3. 5 M20 2 2½ ¾
(c) by welding conforming to Section 8. 8 44. 5 M20 30 ¾
2 . 2 3 . 9 . 2 .2 Fastening bol ts and bol t holes in
brackets and their supporting beams shall conform to
2.2 3.10.
not exceed the diameter of the bolt by more than 2 mm
2.23.9.3 Slotted guide-rail brackets having single­
(0.08 in.).
bolt fastenings shall be provided with an additional
means to prevent lateral movement of the rail bracket.
Such means shall have a factor of safety of not less than 5. SECTION 2.24
DRIVI NG MACHINES AN D SH EAVES
2.23 . 1 0 Fastening of Guide Rails to Rail Brackets
2.24.1 Type of Driving Machines
2.23.1 0.1 Type of Fas tenings . Guide rails shall be
secured to their brackets by clips, welds, or bolts. All driving machines shall be of the traction type,
Bolts used for fastening shall be of such strength as except that winding-drum machines shall be permitted
to withstand the forces specified in 2.23.5.2 and 2.2 3.9.1. for freight elevators, subj ect to the following:
Welding, where used, shall conform to Section 8.8. (a) They shall not be provided with counterweights.
(b) The rated speed of the elevator shall not exceed
2.23.10.2 Size of Bolts for Fas tening. The size of 0.2 5 m/s (5 0 ft/min).
bolts used for fastening the guide rails or rail clips to the (c) T he travel of the elevator car shall not exceed
brackets shall be not less than specified in Table 2.2 3.10.2. 12.5 m (40 ft).
2.23.10.3 Bolt Holes for Fas tenings . The diameter NOTE (2.24.1): See Section 4.1 for rack and pinion machines and
of holes or the width of slots for fastening bolts shall Section 4.2 for screw machines.

105
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.24.2 Sheaves and Drums between the noncircular elastomeric-coated steel sus­
pension member and the surface, and in the event of
2.24.2.1 Material and Grooving. Sheaves and drums failure of the elastomeric coating, between the load­
used with suspension and compensating members shall carrying cords and the sheave contact surface, to safely
be constructed of materials conforming to 2.2 4.2.1.1 or stop and hold the car with rated load [see 2.16.S(c)] from
2.2 4.2.1.2 and provided with finished grooves or shall be rated speed in the down direction.
permitted to be lined with nonmetallic groove material.
Sheaves and drums shall comply with 2.2 4.3. 2.24.2.3.4 If either the car or the counterweight
bottoms on its buffers or becomes otherwise immovable
2.24.2 . 1 . 1 Sh eaves. Driving-machine sheaves
(a) the suspension members shall slip on the drive
shall be integral with or directly attached to driving­
sheave and not allow the car or counterweight to be
machine shafts. Sheaves shall be provided with steel
raised, or
shafts and metal bearings. Sheaves constructed of plas­
(b) the driving system shall stall and not allow the
tic, fiber-reinforced plastic, or combinations thereof shall
be non-regroovable. Permanent and legible marking car or counterweight to be raised
shall be provided on or adj acent to the nonmetallic 2.24.2.4 Minim um Sh eave and Drum Diameter.
sheaves stating, " Regrooving of sheave is not Drive sheaves and drums shall be permanently and legi­
permitted." bly marked to state the minimum sheave or drum diame­
2.24.2.1.2 Drums. Drums used with suspension ter, measured at the bottom of the groove, that is required
and compensating members shall be constructed of to maintain structural integrity (see 2.2 4.3 ).
metal. 2.24.2 . 5 Retaining and Guarding of Suspension
2.24.2.2 Minim um Pitch Diameter. Sheaves and Members
drums used with suspension and compensating means 2.24.2.5.1 Retaining Means. A means shall be pro­
(see 2.2 0.1) shall have a pitch diameter of not less than vided to retain each suspension member in its respective
(a) 40 times the diameter of steel wire rope where position on all sheaves used in the suspension of the
used for suspension ropes elevator when subj ected to any retardation that can
(b) 4 0 times the cord diameter (see A SME A17.6, cause a slackening of the suspension members. Where
3.3.3.1.1) of noncircular elastomeric-coated steel suspen­ suspension system retainers are designed in accordance
sion members where used for suspension with 8.4.3.1, this requirement is met.
(c) 16 times the functional diameter (see ASME A17.6,
2.3.3.1.2 ) of the load-carrying fibers of aramid ropes 2.24.2.5.2 Guarding Means. Guards shall be pro­
where used for suspension or compensation vided to a minimum height of 1 000 mm (3 9 in.) above
(d) 3 2 times the diameter of steel wire ropes and cord the machine-room floor or base of a working platform,
diameter of noncircular elastomeric-coated steel suspen­ where used, to protect the suspension members from
sion members where used for compensation accidental contact by foreign objects. Guards shall be
designed to allow easy access for inspection purposes.
2.24.2.3 Traction
2.24.3 Factor of Safety for Driving Machines,
2 . 2 4 . 2 . 3 . 1 For Steel Wire Ropes. W here the Sheaves, and Drums
grooves are used to provide traction, sufficient traction
shall be provided between the rope and groove, and in The factor of safety to be used in the design of driving
the event of nonmetallic lining failure, between the rope machines, sheaves, and drums used with suspension
and the remaining sheave groove, to safely stop and means and compensating means shall be not less than
hold the car with rated load [see 2.16. 8(c)] from rated (a) 8 for metals having an elongation of at least 14%
speed in the down direction. in a gauge length of 5 0 mm (2 in.) when tested in accor­
dance with ASTM ES.
2.24.2.3.2 For Aramid Fiber Ropes. Where grooves (b) 10 for cast iron, or for metals having an elongation
are used to provide traction, sufficient traction shall be of less than 14% in a gauge length of 5 0 mm (2 in.) when
provided between the rope cover and the groove, and
tested in accordance with ASTM ES.
in the event of failure of the cover, between the load­
(c) 10 for sheaves of plastic, fiber-reinforced plastic,
carrying portion of the rope and the sheave groove, to
or combinations thereof. The material used shall ensure
safely stop and hold the car with rated load [see 2.16.8(c)]
that the factor of safety is not less than 8 during the
from rated speed in the down direction. Undercut
service life of the sheave.
grooves shall not be permitted with aramid fiber rope.
The load to be used in determining the factor of safety
2.24.2.3.3 For Noncircular Elastomeric-Coated Steel shall be the resultant of the maximum tensions in the
Suspension Members. Where surfaces are used to pro­ suspension means leading from the sheave or drum with
vide traction, sufficient traction shall be provided the elevator at rest and with the rated load in the car.

106
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.24.3. 1 Factors of Safety B as ed on Alternating/ 2.24.5 Shaft Fillets and Keys

Revers ing Stres s es A fillet shall be provided at any point of change in the
2 .24.3 . 1 . 1 Driving-machine components sub­ diameter of driving-machine shafts and sheave shafts to
jected to alternating or reversing stresses shall have a prevent excessive stress concentrations in the shafts (see
factor of safety of not less than 1.5. 2.2 4.3.1).
Shafts that support drums, sheaves, gears, couplings,
2.24.3.1.2 This factor of safety shall be the ratio and other members, and that transmit torque, shall be
of the endurance limit of the components (see provided with tight-fitting keys.
Section 1.3 ) to the actual alternating or reversing stress
to which the components can be subjected under any 2.24.6 Cas t-Iron Worm s and Worm Gears
normal operating condition. The endurance limit shall
Worms and worm gears made of cast iron shall not
be based on 107 cycles of stress reversals. The actual
be used in elevator driving machines.
stress shall include all designed or anticipated load con­
ditions and stress risers, such as sharp corners, shock 2.24.7 Friction Gearing and Clutches
loading, surface finish, keyways, material variations,
alignment tolerances, etc. Friction gearing or a clutch mechanism shall not be
used to connect a driving-machine drum or sheave to
2.24.3.2 Factors of Safety at Emergency Braking. the main driving mechanism.
Driving-machine components including bedplate,
where used, subj ect to forces due to the application of 2 .24.8 Braking Sys tem and Driving-Machine Brakes
the emergency brake (see 2.19.4) shall be designed to (See Nonmandatory Appendix F, Table F-1)
withstand the maximum forces developed during the 2.24.8.1 General Requirements . The elevator shall
retardation phase of the emergency braking so that the be provided with a braking system conforming to
factor of safety resulting from the emergency braking 2.2 4.8. 2 .
and all other loading acting simultaneously, if applica­
ble, shall be not less than those specified in 2.2 4.3(a) and 2.24.8.2 Braking Sys tem
2.2 4.3(b). 2.24.8.2.1 The braking system shall consist of a
2.24.4 Fas teners and Connections Trans mitting Load driving-machine brake and in addition shall be permit­
ted to include other braking means, such as electrically
2.24.4.1 Fas teners and Rigid Connections . Fasten­ assisted braking.
ers and rigid connections shall comply with 2.2 4.4.1.1
through 2.2 4.4.1.4 in accordance with good engineering 2.24.8.2.2 The braking system shall be capable
practice. of decelerating the car from its rated speed when it is
carrying its rated load (see 2.16. 8) in the down direction,
2.24.4.1.1 When fasteners are used to transmit or empty car in the up direction from the speed at which
load, the shearing load shall not be applied to the the governor overspeed switch is set. Any deceleration
threaded portion of fasteners. Where more than one not exceeding 9.8 m/s2 (3 2.2 ft/s2) is acceptable, pro­
fastener shares the shearing load, the clearance between vided that all factors such as, but not limited to, system
the fasteners and holes shall be designed with tolerance heat dissipation and allowable buffer striking speeds
fits that will provide even distribution of the shear load­ are considered. The loss of main line power shall not
ing across all of the fasteners. reduce the braking system capacity below the require­
2.24.4.1 .2 Set screws shall not be permitted to ments stated here.
transmit torque. 2 .2 4 . 8 . 3 Driving-M ach ine Brake. T he driving
2.24.4.1.3 When the connection is designed to machine shall be equipped with a friction brake applied
transmit the torque by the friction of the clamped sur­ by a spring or springs, or by gravity, and released electro­
faces resulting from the applied fastener torques, mechanically or electrohydraulically (see Section 1.3 ) in
2.2 4.4.1.1 shall not apply. conformance with 2.26. 8. The driving-machine brake,
on its own, shall be capable of
2.24.4.1 .4 The factors of safety to be used in (a) holding the car at rest with its rated load (see
the design of fasteners transmitting load or clamped 2.16.8 and 2.26.8).
surfaces transmitting torque in driving machines and (b) holding the empty car at rest.
sheaves shall be not less than those specified in 2.2 4.3.
(c) decelerating the empty car traveling in the up
2.24.4.2 Flexible Connections . Where flexible cou­ direction from the speed at which the governor
plings are used to transmit load, means shall be provided overspeed switch is set. Any deceleration not exceeding
to prevent disengagement of the coupling components 9.8 m/s2 (3 2.2 ft/s2) is acceptable provided that all fac­
in the event of the failure of or excessive motion in the tors such as, but not limited to, system heat dissipation
flexible connection. and allowable buffer striking speeds are considered.

107
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.24.8.4 Means for Manual Releas e. Means shall be belt or chain device, that shall function to stop the car
permitted for manual release of the driving-machine at the next available landing and prevent it from running,
brake. The means shall permit car movement in a grad­ in the event that any belt or chain in the set breaks or
ual, controllable manner. Provision shall be made to becomes excessively slack. The driving-machine brake
prevent unintended actuation of the device. The manual shall be located on the traction sheave or drum assembly
release device shall be designed to be hand applied only side of the driving machine so as to be fully effective
with continuous effort. The brake shall reapply at its in the event that the entire belt set or chain set should
fully adj usted capacity in the absence of the hand­ break.
applied effort. Devices required in accordance with
Section 2.19 are permitted to be temporarily disabled 2.24. 1 0 Means for Ins pection of Gears
when the manual release device is in use. Each gear case of geared machines shall have access
2.24.8.5 Marking Plates for Brakes . The brake set­ to permit inspection of the contact surfaces of the gears.
ting and method of measurement shall be permanently Such access need not provide a direct view of all gears,
and legibly marked on the driving machine. but shall be located and sized adequately to allow access
by fiber optic or similar visual inspection
(1 6) 2.24.8.6 Driving-Machine Brake Des ign. The driv- instrumentation.
ing-machine brake design shall ensure contact of the
friction material on the braking surface consistent with
sound engineering practice. Means shall be provided to SECTION 2.25
protect the braking surfaces from contamination caused TERMINAL STOPPING DEVICES
by any driving-machine fluid leak. 2.25.1 General Requirements
2.24.9 Indirect Driving Mach ines 2.2 5 . 1 . 1 N ormal terminal stopping devices
required by 2.2 5.2, emergency terminal stopping devices
2 .24.9.1 Belt and Chain Drives . Indirect driving
required by 2.2 5.4.2, and emergency terminal speed­
machines, utilizing V-belt drives, tooth drive belts, or
limiting devices required by 2 . 2 5.4.l shall be permitted
drive chains, shall include not less than three belts or
to use mechanically operated, magnetically operated,
chains operating together in parallel as a set. Belt and
optical, or solid-state devices for determining car posi­
chain drive sets shall be preloaded and matched for
tion and speed.
length in sets.
2.25.1.2 Final terminal stopping devices required
2.24.9.2 General Requirements
by 2.2 5.3 shall use only mechanically operated switches
2.24.9.2.1 Belt sets shall be selected on the basis for determining car position.
of the manufacturer's rated breaking strength and a fac­
tor of safety of 10. Chain and sprocket sets shall be 2.25.1.3 Terminal stopping devices that are located
selected on the basis of recommendations set forth in the on the car or in the hoistway shall be of the enclosed type
Supplementary Information section of ASME B2 9.1M, and securely mounted in such a manner that horizontal
using a service factor of 2. Offset links in chain are not movement of the car shall not affect the operation of
permitted. the device.

2.24.9.2.2 Sprockets in a chain drive set and also 2.25.2 N ormal Terminal Stopping Devices
a driven set shall be assembled onto a common hub, 2.25.2.1 Where Required and Function. Normal ter­
with teeth cut in-line after assembly to assure equal load minal stopping devices shall conform to 2.2 5.2.1.1
distribution on all chains. Tooth sheaves for a belt drive through 2.2 5.2.1.3.
shall be constructed in a manner to assure equal load
distribution on each belt in the set. 2.25.2 . 1 . 1 Normal terminal stopping devices
shall be provided and arranged to detect the position
2.24.9.2.3 Load determination for both the belt of the car and cause the car to slow down and stop the
and chain sets shall be based on the maximum static car automatically, at or near the top and bottom terminal
loading on the elevator car, that is the full load in the landings, with any load up to and including rated load
car at rest and at a position in the hoistway that creates in the car and from any speed attained in normal opera­
the greatest load, including either the car or counter­ tion (see 2.16.8).
weight resting on its buffer.
2.25.2.1.2 The normal terminal stopping devices (1 6)
2.24.9.2.4 Chain drives and belt drives shall be
(i. e., those devices used for sensing relative changes in
guarded to protect against accidental contact and to
car position) shall function independently of the opera-
prevent foreign objects from interfering with the drives.
tion of the normal stopping means and of the final termi-
2.24.9.3 Monitoring and Brake Location. Each belt nal stopping device, such that the failure of the normal
or chain shall be continuously monitored by a broken stopping means and/or the failure of the final terminal

108
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

stopping devices shall not prevent the normal terminal 2.25.2.3.2 Tapes, chains, ropes, or similar devices
stopping device from functioning as specified in mechanically connecting the stopping device to the car
2.25.2.1.1, except that and used as a driving means shall be provided with a
(a) a common position sensing actuating means (e.g., device that will cause the electric power to be removed
a cam, etc.) that is not physically part of the position from the elevator driving-machine motor and brake if
sensing devices shall be permitted for the actuation of the driving means fails (see 2.26.2.6).
the position sensing device(s) of the normal terminal
2.25.2.3.3 If mechanically operated switches are
stopping devices and the position sensing device of
used, only one set of floor-stopping contacts is necessary
(1) the normal stopping means, and /or
for each terminal landing on floor controllers or other
(2) the final terminal stopping devices
similar devices used to stop the car automatically at the
(b) a common member (e.g., tape, target, wire, etc.) landings (such as automatic operation, signal operation,
that is sensed by both the normal terminal stopping etc.), provided these contacts and the means for
devices and normal stopping means shall be permitted, operating them conform to 2.25.2.3.1 and 2.25.2.3.2.
provided that These contacts shall be permitted to serve also as the
(1) the member is monitored such that when its normal terminal stopping devices .
presence is not detected, this shall cause the electric
power to be removed from the elevator driving-machine 2.25.3 Final Terminal Stopping Devices
motor and brake, and
(2) the common member is securely mounted in 2 . 2 5 . 3 . 1 Gen eral Req u i rements. Final terminal
such a manner that horizontal movement of the car shall stopping devices shall conform to 2.25.1 and the
not affect the operation of the sensors following :
(c) a common mounting means shall be permitted (a) They shall be mechanically operated .
for the position sensing devices of the normal terminal (b) Operating cams shall be of metal.
stopping devices and the position sensing device of (c) T he switch contacts shall be directly opened
(1) the normal stopping means, and /or mechanically.
(2) the final terminal stopping devices 2.25.3.2 Where Required and Function. Final termi- (1 6)
(d) on elevators with a rated speed of 0 .7 5 m /s nal stopping devices shall be provided and arranged to
( 150 ft /min) or less, the normal terminal stopping device cause the electric power to be removed automatically
shall be permitted to be used as the normal stopping from the elevator driving-machine motor and brake after
means the car has passed a terminal landing.
2.25.2.1 .3 The device shall be so designed and The device shall be set to function as close to the
installed that it will continue to function until the final terminal landing as practicable, but so that under normal
operating conditions it will not function when the car
terminal stopping device operates.
is stopped by the normal terminal stopping device.
2.25.2.2 Location of Stopping Devices. Normal ter­ Where spring buffers or elastomeric buffers are pro­
minal stopping devices shall be located as specified in vided, the device shall function before the buffer is
2.25.2.2.1 and 2.25.2.2.2. engaged.
The device shall be so designed and installed that it
2.25.2.2.1 Stopping devices for traction
will continue to function
machines shall be located on the car, in the hoistway, a
(a) at the top terminal landing, until the car has trav­
machinery space, machine room, control space, or con­
eled above this landing a distance equal to the counter­
trol room, and shall be operated by the movement of
weight runby plus 1.5 times the buffer stroke, but in no
the car.
case less than 0.6 m ( 2 ft)
2.25.2.2.2 Stopping devices for winding-drum (b) at the bottom terminal landing, until the car rests
machines shall be located on the car or in the hoistway, on its fully compressed buffer
and shall be operated by the movement of the car . The operation of final terminal stopping devices shall
prevent movement of the car by the normal operating
2 .2 5 . 2 . 3 I n d i rectly O p e rated N o rm a l Term i n a l devices in both directions of travel.
Stopping Devices. Stopping devices that are not located
on the car or in the hoistway shall conform to 2.25.2.3.1 2.25.3.3 Location. Final terminal stopping devices
through 2 .25 .2 .3 .3 . shall be located as specified in 2.25.3.3.1 and 2.25.3.3.2.
2.25.2.3.1 The stopping device shall be mounted 2.25.3.3.1 Traction machine elevators shall have
on and operated by a stopping means mechanically con­ final terminal stopping switches operated by cams .
nected to and driven by the car. One of the assemblies (i.e., switch or cam) shall be
Stopping means depending on friction or traction mounted on the car and the other in the hoistway.Where
shall not be used. the final terminal stopping switch assembly is located on

109
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

the car, and the signals from the switches are transmitted buffers are used (see 2.2 2.4.1.2 and 2.26.2.1 2), and shall
through wiring in the traveling cable, the design shall conform to 2.25.4.1.1 through 2.25.4.1.9.
be such that any single ground or short circuit shall not
2.25.4.1.1 If the normal terminal stopping device
render the final terminal stopping device ineffective.
fails to slow down the car at the terminal as intended,
2.25.3.3.2 Winding-drum-machine elevators the emergency terminal speed-limiting device shall
shall have two sets of final terminal stopping switches, reduce the car and counterweight speed such that the
one located on and operated by the driving machine, rated buffer striking speed is not exceeded. The emer­
and the other located in the hoistway and operated by gency terminal speed-limiting device shall remove
cams attached to the car (see 2.25.3.5). power from the driving-machine motor and brake and
2 . 2 5 .3 . 4 Contro ller Devices Co ntrolled by Final shall either
Terminal Stopping Device. The normal terminal stop­ (a) apply an emergency brake(s) conforming to 2.19.3
ping device and final terminal stopping devices shall in combination with the removal of power from the
not control the same controller devices unless two or driving-machine motor and brake (see also 2.25.4.1.3), or
more separate and independent controller devices are (b) apply an emergency brake(s) conforming to 2.19.3
provided, two of which shall complete both the driving­ if removal of power from the driving-machine motor
machine motor and the driving-machine brake circuits and brake fails to reduce the car and counterweight
in either direction of travel . speed as intended
Elevators employing a two- or three-phase alternat­ 2.25.4.1.2 The operation of the emergency termi­
ing-current driving-machine motor, which is not driven nal speed-limiting device shall be independent of the
from a direct-current source through a static inverter,
operation of the normal terminal stopping device such
shall be provided with a means to inhibit the flow of
that the failure of the normal terminal stopping device
alternating-current in each phase.
shall not prevent the emergency terminal speed-limiting
The control circuits shall be so designed and installed
device from functioning as specified, except that
that a single ground or short circuit shall not prevent
(a) a common position sensing actuating means (e.g.,
both the normal terminal stopping device and final ter­
a cam, etc.) not physically part of the position sensing
minal stopping device control circuits from stopping
devices shall be permitted for the actuation of both the
the car.
position sensing device of the emergency terminal
2.25.3.5 Additional Requirements for Winding-Drum speed-limiting device and the position sensing device
Mach i n es . Final terminal stopping devices for of the normal terminal stopping device
winding-drum machines shall conform to 2 .25 .3 .5 .1 (b) a common member (e.g., tape, target, wire, etc.)
through 2.25.3.5.3. that is sensed by both the emergency terminal
2.25.3. 5.1 Stopping switches, located on and speed-limiting device and the normal terminal stopping
operated by the driving machine, shall not be driven by means shall be permitted, provided that
chains, ropes, or belts. (1) the member is monitored such that when its
presence is not detected, this shall cause the electric
2 . 2 5 . 3 . 5 . 2 W here a two- or three-phase AC
power to be removed from the elevator driving-machine
driving-machine motor is used, the mainline circuit to
motor and brake, and
the driving-machine motor and the circuit of the driving­
(2) the common member is securely mounted in
machine brake coil shall be directly opened either by
the contacts of the machine stop switch or by stopping such a manner that horizontal movement of the car shall
switches mounted in the hoistway and operated by a not affect the operation of the sensors
cam attached to the car. The opening of these contacts (c) a common mounting means shall be permitted for
shall occur before or coincident with the opening of the the position sensing devices of the emergency terminal
final terminal stopping switch required by 2.25.3.2. speed-limiting device and the normal terminal stopping
device
2.25.3.5.3 Driving machines equipped with a
direct-current brake and having a DC mainline control 2.25.4.1.3 The car speed-sensing device used for
switch in the driving-machine motor circuit controlled the emergency terminal speed-limiting device shall be
by a final terminal stopping switch located in the permitted to be either a separate car speed-sensing
hoistway and operated by a cam attached to the car device from that of the normal speed control system
need not conform to 2.25.3.5.2. This does not eliminate or the same car speed-sensing device, provided that a
the need for a machine-operated switch. separate means is used to continuously verify the proper
operation of this speed-sensing device. Where the same
2.25.4 Emergency Term inal Stopping Means car speed-sensing device is used, the detection of a fail­
2 . 2 5 . 4 . 1 E m e rgen cy Term i n a l Speed-Li m i t i n g ure of this car speed-sensing device shall cause the
Device. Emergency terminal speed-limiting devices power to be removed from the driving-machine motor
shall be installed on all elevators where reduced stroke and brake .

110
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

The car speed-sensing device(s) and, where required, overspeed governor and the car position i s corrected
the verification means described above, shall conform before the car approaches a terminal landing and also
to the following: compensated for governor rope creep over the governor
(a) A common actuating means (e. g. , a sheave.
driving-machine shaft, brake drum, etc.) shall be permit­ (2) An additional, separate emergency terminal
ted provided that it is not dependent on the following speed-limiting position sensing device not relying on
connection types, unless the connection is continuously the same friction or traction drive is used to verify the
monitored: emergency terminal speed-limiting device position sens­
(1) traction (excluding the traction between the ing device. When the verification determines that the
drive sheave and suspension means and the traction position sensing devices deviate to the extent that the
between the governor and governor rope) emergency terminal speed-limiting device cannot stop
(2) friction (except for interference fits) the car as required, the power shall be removed from
(3) a flexible coupling where positive engagement the driving-machine motor and brake.
is not assured between coupling halves (b) if tape, chain, or rope is used for connection to
Where monitoring is required, the monitoring shall the car, a switch shall be provided to remove electrical
detect a failure that prevents conformance with this power from the driving-machine motor and brake
requirement and shall cause the electric power to be should this connection fail (see 2.26.2.6)
removed from the elevator driving-machine motor and 2.25.4.1.9 Where magnetically operated, optical,
brake. or solid-state devices are used for position sensing, a
(b) A common member (e.g., tape, target, wire, etc.) single short circuit caused by a combination of grounds
that is sensed by both speed-sensing devices shall be or by other conditions, or the failure of any single mag­
permitted, provided that netically operated, optical, or solid-state device shall not
(1) the member is monitored such that when its (a) render the emergency terminal speed-limiting
presence is not detected, this shall cause the electric device inoperative
power to be removed from the elevator driving-machine (b) permit the car to restart after a normal stop
motor and brake
(2) the common member is securely mounted in 2 . 2 5 .4.2 Emergen cy Term inal Sto p p i n g Device.
such a manner that horizontal movement of the car shall Emergency terminal stopping devices shall be installed
not affect the operation of the sensors on all elevators with static control and rated speeds over
(c) A common mounting means shall be permitted. 1 m/s (2 00 ft/min) and shall conform to 2.2 5.4.2.1 and
2.2 5.4.2.2, except for elevators with static generator-field
2.25.4.1 .4 T he emergency terminal speed­ control that use the normal terminal stopping device to
limiting device shall provide a retardation not in excess
limit the generator-field current directly, or elevators
of 9.81 m/s2 (3 2.2 ft/s2) .
that have an emergency terminal speed-limiting device
2.25.4. 1 . 5 T he emergency terminal speed- that complies with 2.2 5.4.1.
limiting devices shall be so designed and installed that
2 . 2 5 .4.2 .1 T he emergency terminal stopping
a single short circuit caused by a combination of
dev ice shall cause power to be removed from the
grounds, or by other conditions, shall not render the
driving-machine motor and brake should the normal
device ineffective.
stopping means and the normal terminal stopping
2.25.4.1 .6 T he emergency terminal speed­ device fail to cause the car to slow down at the terminal
limiting devices shall be located on the car, in the as intended.
hoistway, or a machinery space, machine room, control
space, or control room, and shall be operated by the 2 . 2 5 .4.2.2 T he emergency terminal stopping
movement of the car. device shall function independently of the normal termi­
nal stopping device and the normal speed control system
2.25.4. 1 .7 Mechanically operated switches, such that the failure of the normal terminal stopping
where located on the car or in the hoistway, shall con­ device and/or the failure of the normal speed control
form to 2.2 5.3.1. system shall not prevent the emergency terminal stop­
(1 6) 2.25.4.1 .8 Where the operation of emergency ter- ping device from functioning as specified, except that
minal speed-limiting devices is dependent on car posi­ (a) for both the position sensing device of the emer­
tion relative to the terminal landings gency terminal stopping device and the position sensing
(a) friction or traction drives shall not be used for the device of the normal terminal stopping device
determination of the position of the car relative to the (1) a common actuating means (e.g., a cam, etc.)
terminal landings, except where 2.2 5.4.l. 8(a)(l ) or that is not physically part of the position sensing devices
2.2 5.4.l. 8(a)(2 ) is complied with shall be permitted
(1) The position sensing device for the emergency (2) a common member (e.g., tape, target, wire, etc.)
terminal speed-limiting dev ice is driven by the that is sensed by both the emergency terminal stopping

111
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

device and normal terminal stopping means shall be SECTION 2.26

permitted, provided that OPERATING DEVICES AN D CONTROL EQUIPMENT
(-a) the member is monitored such that when its
presence is not detected, this shall cause the electric 2.26.1 O peration and Operating Devices
power to be removed from the elevator driving-machine 2.26.1.1 Types of Operating Devices. All operating
motor and brake, and devices shall be of the enclosed electric type.
(-b) the common member is securely mounted in Rope or rod operating devices actuated manually, or
such a manner that horizontal movement of the car shall rope operating devices actuated by wheels, levers, or
not affect the operation of the sensors cranks, shall not be used.
(3) a common mounting means shall be permitted
2.26.1 .2 For Car-Switch Operation Elevators. Han­
for the position sensing devices of the emergency termi­
dles of lever-type operating devices of car-switch opera­
nal stopping device and the normal terminal stopping
tion elevators shall be so arranged that they will return
device
to the stop position and latch there automatically when
(b) The car speed-sensing device used for the emer­ the hand of the operator is removed.
gency terminal stopping device shall be permitted to be
either a separate car speed-sensing device from that 2.26.1 .3 Additional Operating Devices for Elevators
of the normal speed control system or the same car Equipped to Carry One-Piece Loads Greater Than the
speed-sensing device, provided that a separate means Rated Load. Elevators equipped to carry one-piece
is used to continuously verify the proper operation of loads greater than their rated load shall be provided
this speed-sensing device. W here the same car with an additional operating device of the continuous­
speed-sensing device is used, the detection of a failure pressure type to operate the elevator at a speed not
of this car speed-sensing device shall cause the power exceeding 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min) under such conditions.
to be removed from the driving-machine motor and The normal operating devices shall be inoperative dur­
brake . ing such operation (see 2.16.7.10).
The car speed-sensing device(s) and, where required, 2.26.1 .4 Inspection Operation. See Nonmandatory
the verification means described above, shall conform Appendix R, Table R- 1.
to the following :
( 1 ) A common actuating means (e.g., a 2.26.1 .4.1 General Requirements
driving-machine shaft, brake drum, etc.) shall be permit­ (a) Operating Devices
ted provided that it is not dependent on the following (1) Operating devices for inspection operation shall
connection types, unless the connection is continuously be provided
monitored : (-a) on the top of the car
(-a) traction (excluding the traction between the (-b) at the inspection and test panel when
drive sheave and suspension means and the traction required by 2.7.6.5.2(h)
between the governor and governor rope) (2) Operating devices for inspection operation shall
(-b) friction (except for interference fits), or also be permitted
(-c) a flexible coupling where positive engage­ (-a) in the car
ment is not assured between coupling halves (-b) in a machinery space outside the hoistway
Where monitoring is required, the monitoring shall (-c) in a machine room
detect a failure that prevents conformance with this (-d) in a control space outside the hoistway
requirement and shall cause the electric power to be (-e) in a control room
removed from the elevator driving-machine motor and (1) in the pit in accordance with 2 .7 .5 .2 .2
brake. (-g) at a working platform in accordance with
(2) A common member (e.g., tape, target, wire, etc.) 2 .7 .5 .3.6
that is sensed by both speed-sensing devices shall be (b) A switch for transferring control of the elevator
permitted, provided that to the operating devices for inspection operation shall
(-a) the member is monitored such that when its be provided, that shall
presence is not detected, this shall cause the electric (1) be manually operated
power to be removed from the elevator driving-machine (2) be labeled "INSPECT ION"
motor and brake (3) have two positions, labeled "INSPECT ION" or
(-b) the common member is securely mounted in "INSP" and "NO RMAL" or "NO RM"
such a manner that horizontal movement of the car shall (4) when in the "INSPECT ION" position
not affect the operation of the sensors (-a) enable inspection operation by means of the
(3) A common mounting means shall be permitted. inspection operating devices

112
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(-b) except as provided in 2.26.1.4.2(f), cause the cause the electric power to be removed from the elevator
movement of the car to be solely under the control of driving-machine motor and brake.
the inspection operating devices that shall be (-b) A common member (e.g., tape, target, wire,
(-1) through a contact that is positively opened etc.) that is sensed by both speed-sensing devices shall
mechanically; their opening shall not depend solely on be permitted, provided that
springs, or (-1) the member is monitored such that when
(-2) SIL rated with a SIL equal to or greater its presence is not detected while on inspection opera­
than the SIL indicated for the applicable device shown tion, this shall cause the electric power to be removed
in Table 2.26.4.3.2 from the elevator driving-machine motor and brake
(-c) disable automatic power door opening and (-2) the common member is securely mounted
closing and car leveling, except as provided in in such a manner that horizontal movement of the car
2.26.l.4.2(f) shall not affect the operation of the sensors
(5) when in the "N O R M A L" position, disable (-c) A common mounting means shall be
inspection operation by means of the inspection permitted.
operating devices (2) be subject to the electrical protective devices
(c) Inspection operating devices shall required by 2 .26 .2, except as permitted by 2 .26 .1 .5
(1) be of the continuous-pressure type (3) Fully closed doors shall be permitted to be held
(2) be labeled "UP" and "DOW N," respectively in the closed position with power applied.
(d) Inspection operation shall conform to the (e) Inspection operation shall be used only by elevator
following : personnel.
(1) The speed of the car shall not exceed 0.75 m /s
2.26.1 .4.2 Top-of-Car Inspection Operation. Top­
( 150 ft /min) .
of-car inspection operation shall conform to 2.26.1.4.1
For elevators with static control, a means independent
and the following :
from the normal means to control the speed shall be
(a) A stop switch (see 2.26.2.8) shall be permanently
provided to limit the inspection speed to a maximum
of 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min), should the normal means to located on the car top and readily accessible to a person,
control this speed (mechanical, electrical, or solid-state while standing at the hoistway entrance normally used
devices) fail to do so. for access to the car top.
The car speed-sensing device used for the means to (b) T he transfer switch [see 2.26.1.4.l(b)] shall be
limit the speed of the car while on inspection operation located on the car top and shall be so designed as to
shall be permitted to be either a separate car prevent accidental transfer from the "INSPECT ION" to
speed-sensing device from that of the normal speed con­ "NO RMAL" position.
trol system or the same car speed-sensing device, pro­ (c) A separate device of the continuous-pressure type
vided that a separate means is used to continuously labeled "ENABLE" shall be provided adjacent to the
verify the proper operation of this speed-sensing device. inspection operating devices.
Where the same car speed-sensing device is used, the (d) T he inspection operating devices shall become
detection of a failure of this car speed-sensing device effective only when the "ENABLE" device is activated.
while on inspection operation shall cause the power to (e) T he inspection operating devices [see
be removed from the driving-machine motor and brake. 2.26.1.4.l(c)], shall be permitted to be of the portable
The car speed-sensing device(s) and, where required, type, provided that
the verification means described above, shall conform (1) the "ENABLE" dev ice [see 2.26.l.4.2(c)], and a
to the following : stop switch, in addition to the stop switch required in
(-a) A common actuat ing means (e.g., a 2.26.1.4.2(a) are included in the portable unit
driving-machine shaft, brake drum, etc.) shall be permit­ (2) the flexible cord is permanently attached so that
ted provided that it is not dependent on the following the portable unit cannot be detached from the car top
connection types, unless the connection is continuously (f) Separate additional devices of the continuous­
monitored : pressure type shall be permitted to be provided on the
(-1) traction (excluding the traction between car top to make power door opening and closing and
the drive sheave and suspension means and the traction automatic car leveling operative from the top of the car
between the governor and governor rope) for testing purposes.
(-2) friction (except for interference fits), or (g) W hen on top-of-car inspection operation, a sepa­
(-3) a flexible coupling where positive engage­ rate additional device shall be permitted to render inef­
ment is not assured between coupling halves fective the top final terminal stopping device, and the
Where monitoring is required, the monitoring shall buffer switch for gas spring-return counterweight oil
detect a failure that prevents conformance with this buffers, in conformance with the requirements of
requirement while on inspection operation and shall 2.26.4.3, 2.26.9.3, 2.26.9.3.l(a), and 2.26.9.4, and it shall

113
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

allow the car to be moved to a position in conformance "INSPECT ION" position, or when hoistway access oper­
with the requirements of 2.7.4.5 and 2.7.5.1.3(c). ation is enabled.
(h) The inspection operating dev ices shall be readily (d) Where inspection operation from a working plat­
accessible to a person while standing in one of the hori­ form is prov ided and the working platform transfer
zontal areas described in 2.1 4.1.6.2 on the car enclo­ switch is in the "INSPECT ION" position, the controls
sure top. shall prevent operation of the car when any other inspec­
tion transfer switch, other than that at the working plat­
2.26.1 .4.3 In-Car Inspection Operation. When in­ form, is in the " I N S P EC T I O N" posit ion, or when
car inspection operation is provided, it shall conform to hoistway access operation is enabled .
2.26.1.4.1, and the transfer switch [see 2.26.1.4.l(b)]
(a) shall be located in the car. 2 . 2 6. 1 . 5 I nspection Operation With Open Door
(b) shall be key-operated or placed behind a locked Circuits. A single set of switches marked "CA R DOOR
cover. Keys to operate or access the sw itch shall be BYPASS" and "HOIST WAY DOOR BYPASS" shall be
Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1). prov ided .The switches shall be accessible from outside
(c) shall be rendered ineffective if top-of-car inspec­ of the hoistway. They shall be located
tion operation is activated. (a) in a controller enclosure for the elevator located
(d) when in the "INSPECT ION" position, shall not outside the hoistway in a control room, a control space,
enable hoistway access switch(es). A third switch posi­ the machine room, a machinery space, or a motor con­
tion labeled "ACCESS ENABLE" shall be permitted to troller complying with 2.7.6.3.2; or
enable the hoistway access switches (see 2 .1 2 .7 .3.1) . (b) in the inspection and test panel (see 2.7.6.5)
The switches shall prepare the control system so that,
2.26.1 .4.4 Machinery Space Outside the Hoistway, only when top-of-car or in-car inspection operation is
Mach ine Room, Control Space Outside the Hoistway, activated, the car shall be permitted to be moved with
Contro l Roo m , Pit, Lan d i n g, and Worki n g Platform open door contacts. T he sw itches shall conform to
Inspection Operations. Where inspection operation in 2.26.1.5.1 through 2.26.1.5.8.
a machinery space outside the hoistway, machine room,
control space outside the hoistway, control room, pit, or 2.26.1 .5.1 When switching to either "BYPASS"
at an inspection and test panel, or a working platform is or "OFF" position, they shall
provided, it shall conform to 2.26.1.4.1 and the following : (a) have contacts that are positively opened mechani­
(a) The transfer switch [see 2 .26 .1 .4 .l(b)] shall be cally; their opening shall not be solely dependent on
(1) located in the pit, where prov ided in accordance
springs, or
(b) be SIL rated with a SIL equal to or greater than
with 2.7.5.2.2 (Pit Inspection Operation)
the SIL indicated for the applicable device shown in
(2) located in the inspect ion and test panel as
Table 2.26.4.3.2
required by 2.7.6.5.2(h) (Landing Inspection Operation)
(3) located in the mach inery space outs ide the 2.26. 1 . 5 . 2 T he posit ions of the "B YPA S S"
hoistway, mach ine room, control space outs ide the switches shall be clearly marked "BYPASS" and "OFF."
hoistway, or control room, as applicable 2.26.1 .5.3 The related circuits shall comply with
(4) located at a working platform where required 2.26.9.3 and 2.26.9.4.
by 2.7.5.3.6 (Working Platform Inspection Operation)
(5) rendered ineffect ive if top-of-car inspect ion 2.26.1 .5.4 When either or both of the switches
operat ion, in-car inspect ion operat ion, or hoistway are in the "BYPASS" position, all means of operation
access operation is activated, or when a car door or shall be made inoperative except top-of-car and in-car
hoistway door bypass sw itch is in the "B YPA S S" inspection operation [see also 2.26.l.4.4(c) and (d)].
position 2.26. 1 . 5 . 5 W hen the "CA R D O O R BYPASS"
(b) Only one mode of the inspect ion operation as sw itch is in the "BYPAS S" pos it ion, it shall permit
described in 2.26.l.4.4(a)(l) through ( 4) shall be permit­ top-of-car and in-car inspection operation with open car
ted to be operative at any time. If more than one inspec­ door interlocks or car door or gate contacts.
t ion operat ion transfer sw itch, as perm itted in
2.26.1.4.4(a)( l) through ( 4), is in the "INSPECT ION" 2.26. 1 . 5 . 6 W hen the " H O I S T W AY D O O R
position, the controls shall prevent operation of the car BYPASS" switch is in the "BYPASS" position, it shall
from any locat ion as descr ibed in 2.26.l.4.4(a)( l) permit top-of-car and in-car inspection operation with
through ( 4). open hoistway door interlocks or contacts.
(c) Pit inspection operation where prov ided shall also 2.26.1 .5.7 Each of the "BYPASS" switches shall
conform to 2.26.1.4.2(c) and (d). When the pit transfer be permitted to be replaced by a set of switches used
switch is in the "INSPECT ION" position, the controls to bypass ind iv idual groups of door contacts. Each
shall prevent operation of the car when any inspection switch in this set shall be marked to identify the specific
transfer sw itch, other than that in the p it, is in the door contacts b ypassed.

114
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.26.1 .5.8 A warning sign shall be mounted adja­ detection of a failure of this car speed-sensing device
cent to the "BYPASS" switches stating, "Jumpers shall while leveling with open doors shall cause the power
not be used to bypass hoistway door or car door electric to be removed from the driving-machine motor and
contacts." brake.
The car speed-sensing device(s) and, where required,
2.26.1 .6 Operation in Leveling or Truck Zone. Oper­
the verification means described above, shall conform
ation of an elevator in a leveling or truck zone at any
to the following :
landing by a car-leveling or truck-zoning device, when
(a) A common actuating means (e.g., a
the hoistway doors, or the car doors or gates, or any
driving-machine shaft, brake drum, etc.) shall be permit­
combination thereof, are not in the closed position, is
ted provided that it is not dependent on the following
permissible, subject to the requirements of 2.26.1.6.1
connection types, unless the connection is continuously
through 2 .26 .1 .6 .7 .
monitored :
2.26.1 .6.1 Operating devices of manually oper­ (1) traction (excluding the traction between the
ated car-leveling devices or truck-zoning devices shall drive sheave and suspension means and the traction
be of the continuous-pressure type and located in the car . between the governor and governor rope)
(2) friction (except for interference fits), or
2.26.1 .6.2 Car platform guards, conforming to
(3) a flexible coupling where positive engagement
2.15.9, shall be provided. Where a car-leveling device is
is not assured between coupling halves
used, landing-sill guards, conforming to 2.1 1.1 2.7, shall
Where monitoring is required, the monitoring shall
also be provided.
detect a failure that prevents conformance with this
2.26.1 .6.3 The leveling zone at any landing shall requirement while leveling with open doors and shall
not extend more than 450 mm ( 18 in.) above and below cause the electric power to be removed from the elevator
any landing where an automatic leveling device is used, driving-machine motor and brake.
and not more than 250 mm ( 10 in.) above and below (b) A common member (e .g ., tape, target, wire, etc .)
any landing where a manually operated leveling device that is sensed by both speed-sensing devices shall be
is used. permitted, provided that
(1) the member is monitored such that when its
2.26.1 .6.4 The truck zone at any landing shall not presence is not detected, this shall cause the electric
extend more than 1 700 mm (67 in.) above the landing. power to be removed from the elevator driving-machine
2.26.1 .6.5 Where a truck or leveling zone for one motor and brake
hoistway entrance extends into the door interlocking (2) the common member is securely mounted in
zone for a second entrance, the truck-zoning or leveling such a manner that horizontal movement of the car shall
operation shall be inoperative unless the hoistway door not affect the operation of the sensors
at the second entrance is in the closed position. (c) A common mounting means shall be permitted.
W here a truck or leveling zone for one hoistway 2.26.1 .6.7 For elevators with static control, an
entrance extends into the leveling zone for a second inner landing zone extending not more than 75 mm
entrance, the leveling operation for the second entrance (3 in.) above and 75 mm (3 in.) below the landing shall
shall be inoperative while the hoistway door at the first be provided .A car shall not move if it stops outside of
entrance is open. the inner landing zone unless the doors are fully closed.
2.26.1 .6.6 A leveling or truck-zoning device shall 2.26.2 Electrical Protective Devices
not move the car at a speed exceeding 0.7 5 m /s
( 150 ft /min). W hen an electrical protective device is activated
For elevators with static control, a means independent (operated, opened), it shall cause the electric power to
from the normal means to control the speed shall be be removed from the elevator driving-machine motor
provided to limit the leveling speed to a maximum of and brake. [See also 2.26.3, 2.26.4.3, 2.26.4.4, 2.26.7,
0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min) with the doors open, should the 2 .26 .8 .3(c), 2 .26 .9 .3, and 2 .26 .9 .4 .] Electrical protective
normal means to control this speed (mechanical, electri­ devices shall be provided as specified in 2.26.2.1 through
cal, or solid-state devices) fail to do so. 2.26.2.39.
The car speed-sensing device used for the means to W hen an electrical protective device is activated
limit the speed of the car while leveling with open doors (operated, opened), it shall be permitted to cause the
shall be permitted to be either a separate car emergency brake to apply (see 2.19.3).
speed-sensing device from that of the normal speed con­ 2 . 2 6 . 2 . 1 S lack-Rope Switch . W inding-drum
trol system or the same car speed-sensing device, pro­ machines shall be provided with a slack-rope device
vided that a separate means is used to continuously equipped with a slack-rope switch of the enclosed manu­
verify the proper operation of this speed-sensing device. ally reset type. This switch shall operate whenever the
Where the same car speed-sensing device is used, the ropes are slack.

1 15
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.26.2.2 Motor-Generator Running Switch. Where 2.26.2.6 Broken Rope, Tape, or Chain Switches. The
generator-field control is used, means shall be provided switch or switches that shall be opened by a failure of
to prevent the appl icat ion of power to the elevator a rope, tape, or chain, shall be provided when required
driv ing-machine motor and brake unless the motor gen­ by 2.25.2.3.2 or 2.25.4.1.7(b).
erator set connections are properly switched for the run­
ning condition of the elevator. It is not required that 2.26.2.7 Stop Switch in Pit. A stop switch conform­
the electrical connections between the elevator driving ing to 2.26.2.S(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided in the
machine motor and the generator be opened in order pit of every elevator (see 2.2.6).
to remove power from the elevator motor. 2.26.2.8 Stop Switch on Top of Car. A stop switch
2.26.2.3 Compensating-Rope Sheave Switch. Com­ conforming to 2.26.2.S(a), (b), and (c) shall be prov ided
pensating-rope sheaves shall be provided with a com­ on the top of every elevator car.
pensating-rope sheave switch or switches mechanically 2.26.2.9 Car Safety Mechanism Switch. A switch,
opened by the compensating-rope sheave before the conforming to 2.17.7 shall be required where a car safety
sheave reaches its upper or lower limit of travel. is provided.
2.26.2.4 Motor Field Sensing Means. Where direct 2.26.2 . 1 0 Speed-Governor Overspeed Switch . A
current is supplied to an armature and shunt field of an speed-governor overspeed sw itch shall be prov ided
elevator driving-machine motor, a motor field current when required by 2.18.4.1 and shall conform to 2.18.4.1.2,
sensing means shall be prov ided, that shall cause the 2.18.4.1.3, 2.18.4.2, and 2.18.4.3.
electric power to be removed from the driving-machine
motor armature, and brake unless current is flowing in 2.26.2.1 1 Final Terminal Stopping Devices. Final
the shunt field of the motor, except for static control terminal stopping devices, conforming to 2 .25 .3, shall
elevators provided with a dev ice to detect an overspeed be provided for every electric elevator.
condition prior to, and independent of, the operation of
the governor overspeed switch, except that 2 . 2 6 .2 . 1 2 E m e rgen cy Te rm i n a l S p e e d - Li m i t i n g
Devices. Where reduced-stroke oil buffers are provided,
(a) a common actuating means (e.g., a governor shaft
as permitted by 2.2 2.4.1.2, emergency terminal speed­
or sheav e , etc.) that is not phys ically part of the
l im it ing dev ices conform ing to 2.25.4.1 shall be
speed-sensing dev ices shall be permitted for the actua­
prov ided.
tion of both the speed-sensing dev ice of the overspeed
detection dev ice and the governor overspeed switch 2.26.2.1 3 Buffer Switches for Oil Buffers Used With
(b) a common mounting means shall be permitted Type C Car Safeties. Oil level and compression switches
for the speed-sensing device of the overspeed detection conforming to 2.17.8.2.7 and 2.17.8.2.8 shall be provided
device and the governor overspeed switch for all oil buffers used with Type C safeties (see 2.17.5.3).
This device shall cause power to be removed from the
elevator driving-machine motor armature and machine 2.26.2.14 Hoistway Door Interlocks and Hoistway
brake. Door Electric Contacts. Hoistway door interlocks or
hoistway door electric contacts conforming to 2.1 2 shall
(1 6) 2.26.2.5 Emergency Stop Switch. An emergency be provided for all elevators.
stop switch shall not be provided on passenger elevators.
On all freight elevators, an emergency stop switch shall 2.26.2.1 5 Car Door and Gate Electric Contacts. Car
be provided in the car, and located in or adjacent to each door or gate electric contacts, conforming to 2.1 4.4.2,
car operating panel. shall be prov ided for all elevators; except when car door
When open ("ST OP" position), this switch shall cause interlock, conforming to 2 .26 .2 .28 is prov ided .
the electr ic power to be removed from the elevator 2.26.2.16 Emergency Terminal Stopping Devices.
driving-machine motor and brake . Emergency term inal stopp ing dev ices conforming to
Emergency stop switches shall 2.25.4.2 shall be prov ided for all elevators where static
(a) be of the manually opened and closed type control is used, unless exempted by 2.25.4.2.
(b) have red operating buttons of the push-to-stop
configuration 2.26.2.18 Car Top Emergency Exit Electrical Device.
(c) be consp icuously and permanently marked An electrical device conforming to 2.1 4.1.5.l(f) shall be
"ST OP," and shall ind icate the "ST O P" and " RUN" prov ided on the car top emergency exit cover.
positions
2.26.2.1 9 Motor-Generator Overspeed Protection.
(d) while opened, cause the audible device to sound Means shall be provided to cause the electric power to
(see 2.27.1.2) be removed automatically from the elevator driving­
NOTE (2.26.2.5): See 2.26.2.21 for in car stop switch requirements machine motor and brake should a motor-generator set,
for passenger elevators. driven by a DC motor, overspeed excessively.

116
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

2.26.2.20 Electric Contacts for Hinged Car Platform 2 . 2 6 . 2 . 3 2 Hois tway Acces s O p ening Locking
Sills . Hinged car platform sills, where provided, shall Device. Access openings in the hoistway shall be pro­
be equipped with electric contacts conforming to 2.15.16. vided with a locking device where required by 2.11.1.4.
2.26.2.21 In-Car Stop Switch. On passenger eleva­ 2.26.2.33 Firefighters ' Stop Switch. Where required
tors, a stop switch, either key operated or behind a by 2.27.3.3.l (m), a firefighters' stop switch shall
locked cover, shall be provided in the car and located (a) be of the manually opened and closed type
in or adj acent to the car operating panel. The key shall (b) have red operating handles or buttons
be Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1). (c) be conspicuously and permanently marked
The switch shall be clearly and permanently marked " STOP," and shall indicate the " STOP" and RUN"
" STOP" and shall indicate the " STOP" and " RUN" positions
positions. (d) be of a toggle or push-to-stop configuration
When opened (" STOP" position), this switch shall
cause the electric power to be removed from the elevator 2.26.2.34 Unexpected Car Movement Device. An
driving-machine motor and brake. unexpected car movement device shall be provided
where required by 2.7.5.1.2(c). This requirement shall be
2.26.2.22 Buffer Switches for Gas Spring-Return Oil permitted to be satisfied by another device specified in
Buffers . Buffer switches conforming to 2.2 2.4.5.l(c) 2.26.2, provided that the means required by 2.7.5.1.1
shall be provided. actuates the electrical device.
2 . 2 6 . 2 . 2 3 Stop Switch in Remote M a c h ine and 2 . 2 6 . 2 . 3 5 Equipm ent Acces s Panel Electrical
Control Rooms . A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), Device. An electric contact on equipment access panels
(b), and (c) shall be provided in remote machine and in the car shall be provided where required by 2.7.5.1.4
control rooms where required by 2.7. 8. or 2.14.2.2(g).
2.26.2.24 Stop Switch for Machinery Spaces and 2.26.2.36 Working Platform Electrical Device. An
Control Spaces . A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), electric contact conforming to 2.14.4.2.3(b) , (c), and (e)
(b), and (c) shall be provided where required by 2.7.3.5. shall be provided where required by 2.7.5.3.1.
2.26.2.25 Blind Hois tway Emergency Door Electric
2.26.2.37 Retractable Stop Electrical Device. An
Contact. An electric contact conforming to 2.ll.1.2(e)
electric contact conforming to 2.14.4.2.3(b) , (c), and (e)
shall be provided on every emergency door in a blind
shall be provided where required by 2.7.5.S(a).
hoistway.
2.26.2.38 Retractable Ladder Electrical Device. An
2.26.2.26 Pit Acces s Door Electric Contact. An elec­
electrical contact conforming to the following shall be
tric contact shall be provided on each pit access door
provided where required by 2.2.4.2.7:
where required by 2.2.4.5.
(a) be positively opened by a device attached to and
2.26.2.27 Stop Switch in Remote Counterweight operated by the ladder
Hois tways . A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.S(a), (b), (b) not utilize mercury tube switches
and (c) shall be provided in the remote counterweight
hoistway where required by 2.3.3.3. 2.26.2.39 Sway Control Guide Slack Sus pens ion
Detection Means . An electrical device conforming to
2.26.2.28 Car Door Interlock. An interlock conform­ the following shall be provided where required by
ing to 2.14.4.2 shall be provided where required by 2.3 0.2(d):
2.14.4.2.1. (a) It shall operate whenever any of the suspension
2 . 2 6 . 2 . 2 9 As cending Car O vers peed Protection members of the sway control guide become slack.
Device. An overspeed device shall be provided when (b) It shall be of the manually reset type.
required by 2.19.1 and shall meet the requirements of
2.26.3 Contactors and Relays for U s e in Critical
2.19.1.2 (a).
Operating Circuits
2.26.2.30 U nintended Car Movem ent Device. An Where electromechanical contactors or relays are pro­
unintended car movement device shall be provided vided to fulfill the requirements of 2.26.8.2, and 2.26.9.3
when required by 2.19.2 and shall meet the requirements through 2.26.9.7, they shall be considered to be used in
of 2.19.2.2(a). Where generator-field control is used, this
critical operating circuits. If contact(s) on these electro­
electrical protective device shall also cause the power mechanical contactors or relays are used for monitoring
to be removed from the drive motor of the motor­ purposes, they shall be prevented from changing state
generator set. if the contact(s) utilized in a critical operating circuit
2.26.2.31 Car Acces s Panel Locking Device. A lock­ fail to open in the intended manner. The ability of the
ing device conforming to 2.14.2.6 shall be provided monitoring contact(s) to perform this function shall not
where required by 2.14.2.6(e). be solely dependent upon springs.

117
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.26.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring one year after the effective date of the 2 013 Edition of
this Code need not be retested in accordance with the
2.26.4.1 All electrical equipment and wiring shall
testing requirements of ISO 2 2 2 00: 2 009.
conform to NFPA 70 or C SA C2 2.l , whichever is applica­
The control equipment shall be exposed to interference
ble (see Part 9).
levels at the test values specified for "safety circuits."
(16) 2.26.4.2 Electrical equipment shall be listed/ The interference shall not cause any of the conditions
certified and labeled/marked. C SA B44.1/ASME A17.5 described in 2.26.9.3.l (a) through (e) or render the trac­
defines the scope and applicable requirements for this tion-loss detection means ineffective, and shall not cause
listing/certification. the car to move while on inspection operation.
NOTE: Enclosures for motor controllers installed outside the 2.26.4.4.1 The test for voltage dips in Table 6 of
specified spaces listed in 2.7.6.3.2 will require the additional mark EN 12 016:1998 shall be permitted to be conducted by
ing " AGP" (Accessible to General Public) to indicate that the equip either using the times specified in Table 6, or using a
ment enclosure is suitable for this application.
voltage reduction of 3 0% of the nominal input voltage
2.26.4.3 The devices covered by 2.26.2 shall meet for 0.5 cycles at 60 Hz and a voltage reduction of 60%
the requirements of either 2.26.4.3.1 or 2.26.4.3.2. of nominal input voltage for 5 cycles at 60 Hz.
(16) 2.26.4.3.1 They shall have contacts that are posi- NOTE: The test requirements for voltage dips in 2.26.4.4.1 are
adjusted for 60 Hz operation.
tively opened mechanically; their opening shall not be
solely dependent on springs. Exceptions are devices 2.26.4.4.2 If enclosure doors or suppression
described by 2.26.2.4, 2.26.2.19, 2.26.2.29, and 2.26.2.3 0; equipment must remain installed to meet the above
and 2.26.2.12 and 2.26.2.16 where magnetically operated, requirements, warning signs to that effect shall be posted
optical, or solid-state devices are used. on the control equipment.
NOTE: Positive opening is achieved when all the contact break 2.26.4. 5 In j urisdictions enforcing C SA C2 2.1,
ing elements are brought to their open position and when for a power supply line disconnecting means, shall not be
significant part of the travel there are no resilient members (e.g., opened automatically by a fire alarm system.
springs) between the moving contacts and the part of the actuator
to which the actuating force is applied. An example of this is a 2.26.5 System to Monitor and Prevent Automatic
contact complying with the requirements of IEC 60947 5 1:2004,
Operation of the Elevator With Faulty Door
Annex K.
Contact Circuits
2.26.4.3.2 They shall be listed/certified to a SIL Means shall be provided to monitor the position of
rating in accordance with the applicable requirements power-operated car doors that are mechanically coupled
of IEC 615 08-2 and IEC 615 08-3 with a SIL rating equal with the landing doors while the car is in the landing
to or greater than the SIL indicated for the applicable zone, in order
device shown in Table 2.26.4.3.2. They shall be labeled/ (a) to prevent automatic operation of the car if the
marked with part identification. Wiring diagrams (see car door is not closed (see 2.14.4.11), regardless whether
8.6.1.6.3 ) shall include part identification, SIL, and certi­ the portion of the circuits incorporating the car door
fication information that shall be in accordance with the contact or the interlock contact of the landing door cou­
certifying organization's requirements. pled with the car door, or both, are closed or open,
Assemblies containing SIL rated devices shall be except as permitted in 2.26.1.6
labeled or tagged with the statement: "Assembly con­ (b) to prevent the power closing of the doors during
tains SIL rated devices. Refer to Maintenance Control automatic operation if the car door is fully open and
Program and wiring diagrams prior to performing any of the following conditions exist:
work."
(1) the car door contact is closed or the portion of
The detection of a dangerous fault (e.g., with diagnos­
the circuit, incorporating this contact is bypassed
tic tests, proof-tests, or by any other means) in SIL rated
(2) the interlock contact of the landing door that is
devices that can tolerate a single fault shall cause the
coupled to the opened car door is closed or the portion
elevator to revert to a known fail-safe condition. Where
of the circuit, incorporating this contact is bypassed
necessary, to maintain the integrity of the SIL rated
(3) the car door contact and the interlock contact
devices and maintain the fail-safe condition prior to a
of the door that is coupled to the opened car door are
second fault that could lead to a dangerous condition,
closed, or the portions of the circuits incorporating these
a manual reset shall be required to remove the SIL rated
contacts are bypassed
devices from the fail-safe condition.
2.26.4.4 Control equipment shall be tested in 2.26.6 Phase Protection of Motors
accordance with the testing requirements of Elevators having a polyphase AC power supply shall
I SO 2 2 2 00: 2 009. Control equipment tested in accordance be provided with means to prevent the starting of the
with the testing requirements of EN 12 016:1998 prior to elevator drive motor or door motor if a reversal of phase

118
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Table 2.26.4.3.2 SIL for Electrical Protective Devices and Other Electrical Safety Functions
Requirement Device Name Safety Fun ction SIL

2.1 2.7.2.4 Hoistway access switches Check hoistway access operation 3

2.26.1.4. 1 (b) Inspection transfer switch Check on enable of inspection operation 3
2.26. 1 . 5 Bypass switches Check bypass device for bypassing landing and car 3
door device(s)

2.26.1.6 Car leveling or truck zoning device Check on leveling (releveling) with car and hoistway 2
doors not in the closed position

2.26.2.1 Slack-rope switch Check the tension of winding-drum-machine ropes 2

2.26.2.2 Motor-generator running switch Check that the motor generator is switched for the run- 1
ning condition
2.26.2.3 Compensating-rope sheave switch Check the position limits of compensating-rope sheave 2
2.26.2.4 Motor field sensing means Check for current flow in the motor shunt field 1
2.26.2.5 Emergency stop switch Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
2.26.2.6 Broken rope, tape, or chain Check for a failure of a rope, tape, or chain 2
switches
2.26.2.7 Stop switch in pit Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
2.26.2.8 Stop switch on top of car Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
2.26.2.9 Car safety mechanism switch Check on the operation of the car safety mechanism 1
2.26.2.10 Speed-governor overspeed switch Check on overspeed 2
2.26. 2 . 1 1 Final terminal stopping devices Check that the car has passed a terminal landing 1
2.26. 2 . 1 2 Emergency terminal speed-limiting Check on retardation in the case of reduced stroke 2
devices buffers

2.26.2.13 Buffer switches for oil buffers Check on the return to normal. 1
used with Type C car safeties Extended position of buffer.
2.26.2.14 Hoistway door interlocks and Check on locked and/or closed position of landing 3
hoistway door electric contacts doors
2.26.2.1 5 Car door and gate electric contacts Check on closed position of car door [Note (2)] 3
2.26.2.16 Emergency terminal stopping Check on stopping at terminal landings 1
devices
2.26.2.18 Car top emergency exit electrical Check on the closed position of the car top exit 2
device
2.26.2.19 Motor-generator overspeed pro­ Check on overspeed of DC driven motor generator sets 1
tection
2.26.2.20 Electric contacts for hinged car Check on the retracted position of car platform sill. SIL rated
platform sills Obsolete technology. device not
permitted
2.26.2.21 In-car stop switch Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
2.26.2.22 Buffer switches for gas spring­ Check on the return to normal extended position of 3
return oil buffers buffer
2.26.2.23 Stop switch in remote machine Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
and control rooms
2.26.2.24 Stop switch for machinery spaces Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
and control spaces
2.26.2.25 Blind hoistway emergency door Check on the closed position of blind hoistway door 2
electric contact
2.26.2.26 Pit access door electric contact Check on the closed position of pit access doors 2

119
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Table 2.26.4.3.2 SIL for Electrical Protective Devices and Other Electrical Safety Functions (Cont'd)
Requirement Device Name Safety Fun ction SIL

2.26.2.27 Stop switch in remote counter­ Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
weight hoistways
2.26.2.28 Car door interlock Check on locking and closed position of car doors 3
2.26.2.29 Ascending car overspeed protec­ Check on the ascending car overspeed protection 2
tion device means
2. 26. 2.30 Unintended car movement device Check on unintended car movement with doors open 2

2.26.2.31 Car access panel locking device Check on locked position of car access panel SIL rated
device not
permitted
[see Note (1))

2.26.2.32 Hoistway access opening locking Check on locked position of hoistway access openings SIL rated
device device not
permitted
[see Note (1))

2.26.2.33 Firefighters' stop switch Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
2.26.2.34 Unexpected car movement device Check on actuation of unexpected car movement 3
means

2.26.2.35 In-car equipment access panel Check on closed position of access panel in the car 2
device
2.26.2.36 Working platform electrical device Check on fully retracted position of working platform 4

2.26.2.37 Retractable stop electrical device Check on fully retracted position of retractable stops 2
2.26.2.39 Sway control guide electrical Check for slack suspension on guide 2
device

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) For the purpose of this Standard, the SIL represents the requirement for a device operating in the low demand mode and the probabil­
ity of failure to perform its safety function on demand (see CEI IEC 61508·1, Table 2). However, where the device is used for continu­
ous control to maintain functional safety, for example when the use of a stop switch solely prevents an elevator controller from
operating in automatic operation, the SIL shall represent the requirement for a device considered operating in the high demand mode
and the dangerous failure rate of the device (see CEI IEC 61508-1, Table 3 and definition).
(b) For the purposes of this Standard, SIL refers to SIL rating of a E/E/ PES to the applicable requirements of CEI IEC 61508-2 and CEI IEC
61508-3.
(c) The SIL values specified in Table 2.26.4.3.2 are based on a proof-test frequency of no more than half the rate of demand on the safety
function. The inspection frequencies provided in Nonmandatory Appendix N serve as a reference to this proof-test interval and are
addressed in the Maintenance Control Program. See requirement 8.6.1.4.l (a).
(d) It is possible to use several lower safety integrity level systems to satisfy the need for a higher safety integrity level function provided
that the implementation is certified.
(e) The summary of functions described in the "Safety Function" column are for reference only. The referenced Code item in the
"Requirement" column must be used to determine the safety function of the item in the "Device Name" column.
NOTES:
(1) A device rated SIL 4 or less cannot fulfill this function.
(2) For the application of a SIL 3 E/E/ PES device for freights and cars with swing hoistway doors, an independent monitoring of the closed
car door gate position by the elevator control is required to prevent the car from moving if the car/gate door is open.

120
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-1 6

rotation, or phase failure of the incoming polyphase AC 2.26.8.4 The application of the brake shall be per­
power, will cause the elevator car or elevator door(s) to mitted to occur on or before the completion of the slow­
operate in the wrong direction. down and leveling operations, under condi tions
described in 2.26.8.3(a) and (b).
(1 6) 2.26.7 Installation of Capacitors or Other Devices to
Make Electrical Protective Devices Ineffective 2.26.8.5 The brake shall not be permanently con­
nected across the armature or field of a direct-current
The installation of capacitors or other devices, the elevator driving-machine motor.
operation or failure of which will cause an unsafe opera­
tion of the elevator, is prohibited. 2.26.9 Control and Operating Circuits
No permanent device that will make the traction-loss T he design and installation of the control and
detection means or any required electrical protective operating circuits shall conform to 2.26.9.1 through
device ineffective shall be installed except as provided 2.26.9.8.
in 2.7.6.5.2(h), 2.1 2.7.1, 2.26.1.4.2(g), 2.26.1.5, and 2.26.1.6 2.26.9.1 If springs are used to actuate switches,
(see 8.6.1.6.1). contactors, or relays to break the circuit to stop an eleva­
tor at the terminal landings, they shall be of the compres­
2.26.8 Release and Application of Driving-Machine
sion type.
Brakes
2.26.9.2 The completion or maintenance of an
2.26.8.1 Driving-machine brakes shall not be elec­ electric circuit shall not be used to interrupt the power
trically released until power has been applied to the to the elevator driving-machine motor or brake at the
driving-machine motor except as permitted by 2.7.6.4.3. terminal landings, nor to stop the car when any of the
(1 6) 2.26.8.2 Two means shall be provided to indepen- elec trical protec tive devices (see 2.26.2) opera te.
dently remove power from the brake. The electrical pro­ Requirement 2.26.9.2 does not apply to dynamic braking,
tective devices required by 2.26.2 shall con trol both nor to speed control switches.
means, except that leveling shall be permitted to take 2.26.9.3 Protection Against Failures
place with power opening of doors and gates in confor­
mance with 2.13.2.1.1 and 2.13.2.2.1.
2.26.9.3.1 The occurrence of a single ground or
the failure of any single magnetically operated switch,
One of the means shall be either a contactor, or SIL
contactor, or relay, or any single device that limits the
rated device(s) with a SIL of not less than the highest
leveling or truck zone, or any single solid-state device
SIL of the function for the electrical protective devices
not a part of a software system; or a failure of a software
involved with removing power from the brake and shall
system in circuits not in conformance with 2.26.9.3.2(b),
be listed /certified in accordance with the applicable
shall not
requirements of IEC 6 1508-2 and IEC 6 1508-3. SIL rated
(a) render any electrical protective device ineffective
devices shall be identifiable on wiring diagrams [see
(see 2.26.2)
8.6.1.2.2(a)] with part identification, SIL, and certifica­
(b) permit the car to move beyond the leveling or
tion identification information that shall be in accor­
truck zone if any hoistway-door interlock is unlocked
dance with the certifying organization's requirements.
or if any hoistway door or car door or gate electric
This means is not required to remove power from the
contact is not in the closed position (see 2.26.1.6)
driving-machine motor.
(c) permi t speeds in excess of those specified in
If the brake circuit is ungrounded, power shall be
2.1 2.7.3.3(b), 2.26.1.4.l(d)(l), and 2.26.1.6.6
interrupted at all power feed lines to the brake.
(d) permit the car to revert to normal operation when
Assemblies con taining SIL rated devices shall be
the electrical contact required by 2.7.5.2.l(b)(3) is in the
labeled or tagged with the statement: "Assembly con­
open position, or the electrical device as permitted in
tains SIL rated devices. Refer to the Maintenance Control
2.7.5.S(b) is activated, or on hoistway access switch oper­
Program and wiring diagrams prior to performing
ation (see 2.1 2.7.3), or on inspec tion opera tion (see
work."
2 .26 .1 .4), or on bypass operation (see 2 .26 .1 .5)
2.26.8.3 The driving-machine brake shall apply (e) render ineffective any hoistway-door or car door
automatically when interlock, or car door or gate electric contact, or hoistway
(a) the operating device of a car switch or continuous- door combination mechanical lock and electric contact
pressure-operation elevator is in the stop position when either a hoistway access switch (see 2.1 2.7.3) or a
(b) a normal stopping means functions "BYPASS" switch (see 2.26.1.5) is in the "OFF" position
(c) any electrical protective device is activated 2.26.9.3.2 Methods used to satisfy 2 .26 .9 .3 .1 (1 6)
(d) there is a loss of power to the driving-machine using software systems are permitted, provided that
brake (a) a non-software-controlled means is also used to
(e) the traction-loss detection means is actuated [see remove power from the driving-machine motor and
2.20.8.l(c)] brake, or

121
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(b) the software system and related circuits are 2.26.9 . 5 .3 T he electrical protective devices
listed /certified to a SIL rating that is in accordance with required by 2.26.2 and the traction-loss detection means
the applicable requirements of I EC 6 1508- 2 and required by 2.20.8.1 shall control both means, except that
IEC 6 1508-3. This software system and its related circuits leveling shall be permitted to take place with power
shall have a SIL of not less than the highest SIL value opening of doors and gates in conformance with
of the safety function(s) in Table 2.26.4.3.2 used in the 2.13.2.1.1 and 2.13.2.2.1.
circuit. The software system and related circuits shall
2.26.9.5.4 Where contactors are used to satisfy
be identifiable on wiring diagrams [see 8.6.l.2.2(a)] with
2 .26 .9 .5 .1 or 2 .26 .8 .2, after each time the contactor is
part identification, SIL, and certification identification
required to open in conformance with 2.26.9.5.l(a) or
information that shall be in accordance with the certi­
2.26.9.5.2, the car shall not respond to a signal to start
fying organization's requirements.
unless the contactor(s) is in the de-energized position.
Assemblies containing S I L rated devices shall be
After each stop in conformance with 2.26.9.5.l(a)( 2), the
labeled or tagged with the statement : "Assembly con­
car shall not respond to a signal to start if current flow
tains SIL rated devices. Refer to Maintenance Control
exceeding normal leakage current through the other
Program and wiring diagrams prior to performing
means is detected.
work."
2.26.9.4 Methods used to satisfy 2.26.9.3 shall be 2.26.9.6 Elevators employing alternating-current
checked prior to each start of the elevator from a landing, driving motors driven from a direct-current power
when on automatic operation. When a single ground or source through a static inverter shall conform to
failure as specified in 2.26.9.3 occurs, the car shall not 2.26.9.6.1 through 2.26.9.6.4.
be permitted to restart. 2.26.9.6.1 Two separate means shall be provided
2.26.9.5 Except for elevators employing to independently inhibit the flow of alternating current
alternating-current hoist motors driven from a direct­ through the solid-state devices that connect the
current source through a static inverter (see 2 .26 .9 .6), direct-current power source to the alternating-current
elevators with driving motors employing static control driving motor .At least one of the means shall conform
without motor-generator sets shall conform to 2.26.9.5.1 to either 2.26.9.6.l(a) or 2.26.9.6.l(b).
through 2.26.9.5.4. (a) An electromechanical relay arranged to
(1) open each time the car stops, or
2.26.9. 5.1 Two means shall be provided to (2) open, at the latest, each time the car reverses
remove power independently from the driving-machine direction, except for releveling, and it has been verified
motor. At least one shall conform to either 2.26.9.5.l(a) at each stop that there is no current flow exceeding
or 2 .26 .9 .5 .l(b) . normal leakage current through the other means
(a) An electromechanical contactor arranged to
(b) An E/E /PES, with a SIL of not less than the high­
(1) open each time the car stops, or
est SIL value of the applicable function as shown in
(2) open, at the latest, each time the car reverses Table 2.26.4.3.2 for the electrical protective devices
direction, except for releveling, and it has been verified involved and shall be listed /certified to a SIL rating that
at each stop that there is no current flow exceeding is in accordance with the applicable requirements of
normal leakage current through the other means IEC 6 1508- 2 and IEC 6 1508-3. It shall be identifiable on
(b) An E/E /PES, with a SIL of not less than the high­ wiring diagrams (see 8.6.1.6.3) with part identification,
est SIL value of the applicable function as shown in SIL, and certification identification information that
Table 2.26.4.3.2 for the electrical protective devices shall be in accordance with the certifying organization's
involved and shall be listed /certified to a SIL rating that requirements.
is in accordance with the applicable requirements of Assemblies containing SIL rated devices shall be
IEC 6 1508- 2 and IEC 6 1508-3. It shall be identifiable on labeled or tagged with the statement: "Assembly con­
wiring diagrams (see 8.6.1.6.3) with part identification, tains SIL rated devices. Refer to Maintenance Control
SIL, and certification identification information that Program and wiring diagrams prior to performing
shall be in accordance with the certifying organization's work."
requirements .
Assemblies containing S I L rated devices shall be 2.26.9.6.2 The means used for conformance to
labeled or tagged with the statement: Assembly con­
11 2 .26 .9 .6 .l(a) or 2 .26 .9 .6 .l(b) shall cause power to be
tains SIL rated devices. Refer to Maintenance Control removed from the driving-machine brake circuit.
Program and wiring diagrams prior to performing 2.26.9.6.3 T he electrical protective devices
work." required by 2.26.2 and the traction-loss detection means
2.26.9.5.2 The means used for conformance to required by 2.20.8.1 shall control both means that inhibit
2.26.9.5.1 shall cause power to be removed from the the flow of alternating current through the solid-state
driving-machine brake. devices, except that leveling shall be permitted to take

122
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

place with power opening of the doors and gates as 2.26.1 2.2 The emergency stop switch shall have
restricted by 2.13.2.1.1 and 2.13.2.2.1. the "ST OP" and "RUN" positions conspicuously and
permanently marked as required by 2.26.2.S(c).
2 . 2 6 . 9 . 6 . 4 W here relays are used to satisfy
2.26.9.6.l(a) and contactors are used to satisfy 2.26.8.2, 2.26.12.3 Where Braille is provided it shall con­
after each time the relay is required to open in confor­ form to the requirements in Table 2.26.1 2.1.
mance to 2.26.9.6.l(a) or the contactor is required to open NOTE (2.26 . 1 2 ) : See also ANSI /ICC A l 1 7 . 1 , ADAAG, and
in conformance to 2.26.9.6.2, the car shall not respond Nonmandatory Appendix E of this Code.
to a signal to start unless the relay that inhibits the flow
of alternating current through the solid-state devices, as
SECTION 2.27
well as the contactors in the brake circuit, are in the
EMERGENCY OPERATION AND SIGNALING DEVICES
de-energized position. After each stop in conformance
to 2.26.9.6.l(a)( 2), the car shall not respond to a signal NOTE (Section 2.27): Additional requirements, including those
to start if current flow exceeding normal leakage current for firefighters' communications systems, may be found in the
building code.
through the other means is detected.
2.26.9.7 W here generator-field control is used, 2.27.1 Car Emergency Signaling Devices
means shall be provided to prevent the generator from 2.27.1.1 Emergency Communications
building up and applying sufficient current to the eleva­
2.27.1 . 1 .1 A two-way communications means
tor driving-machine motor to move the car when the
between the car and a location staffed by authorized
elevator motor control switches are in the "OFF" posi­
personnel shall be provided.
tion. The means used shall not interfere with mainte­
nance of an effective dynamic-braking circuit during 2.21.1 .1.2
stopping and standstill conditions. (a) Two-way communications shall be directed to a
location(s) staffed by authorized personnel who can take
2.26.9.8 The control circuits shall be so designed
appropriate action .
and installed that the car speed in the down direction
(b) If the call is not acknowledged [ 2.27.1.l.3(c)]
with rated load in the car, under normal operating condi­
within 45 s, the call shall be automatically directed to
tions with the power supply on or off, shall not exceed
an alternate on- or off-site location.
governor tripping speed, or 1 25% of rated speed, which­
ever is the lesser (see also 2.16.8). 2.27.1.1.3 The two-way communication means
within the car shall comply with the following
2.26.1 0 Absorption of Regenerated Power requirements :
When a power source is used that, in itself, is incapable (a) In jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, Nonmandatory
of absorbing the energy generated by an overhauling Appendix E of ASME A 17.1 / CSA B 4 4, or in jurisdictions
load, means for absorbing sufficient energy to prevent not enforcing NBCC, ICC / ANSI A l 17 .1 .
the elevator from attaining governor tripping speed or (b) A push button to actuate the two-way communica­
a speed in excess of 1 25% of rated speed, whichever is tion means shall be provided in or adjacent to a car
less, shall be provided on the load side of each elevator operating panel. The push button shall be visible and
power supply line disconnecting means (see 2.16.8). permanently identified with the "PHONE" symbol (see
2.26.1 2.1). The identification shall be on or adjacent to
2.26.1 1 Car Platform to Hoistway Door Sills Vertical the "PHONE" push button. When the push button is
Distance actuated, the emergency two-way communication
means shall initiate a call for help and establish two­
Where ANSI /ICC A 1 17.1 or ADAAG is not applica­
way communications.
ble, the vertical distance between the car platform sill
( c) A visual indication on the same panel as the
and the hoistway door sill on passenger elevators shall
"PHONE" push button shall be provided, that is acti­
be in accordance with the following :
vated by authorized personnel, to acknowledge that
(a) It shall not exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.) on initial stop
two-way communications link has been established. The
at a landing.
visual indication shall be extinguished when the two­
(b) The car shall relevel if the vertical distance exceeds
way communication link is terminated.
25 mm ( 1 in.) while loading or unloading. (d) The two-way communication means shall provide
on demand to authorized personnel, information that
2.26.12 Symbols
identifies the building location and elevator number and
2.26.12.1 Where reference is made requiring word­ that assistance is required.
ing to designate a specific function, the symbols as (e) After the call acknowledgment signals are sent
shown in Table 2.26.1 2.1 shall be substituted for, or used [ 2.27.1.1.3(c)], the two-way voice communications shall
in conjunction with, the required wording. be available between the car and authorized personnel.

123
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Table 2.26.12.1 Symbol Identification

Proportions
Braille Message (Open Circles Indicate Unused Dots Within
Fun ction Tactile Sym bol Where Provided Each Braille Cell)

• • •• 1r-:1 1 -,
3.0 m m typical

• •• ••
2 0 mm
I between e l e m ents
L
◄I►
➔

Door Open r • �6.0 m m

O P" E N "

•
L 4.8 m m
0 eo •• oo
o• eo •o
e o e o oe

• • ••
Rear/Side
Door Open ◄► • •• ••
REAR/S I D E O P" E N " • o • • oo
oe eo eo

•• •• • • •• ••
eo eo o•

Door Close
►I◄ • • • Ill
•
CLOSE •• •o eo oe eo
o o eo o• eo o •

•• •• • • •• ••
o o eo eo eo o o

Rear/Side
►◄ • • •

•
Door Close
REAR/S I D E CLOSE •• •o •o oe eo

*
oo eo oe eo oe

••• •
oo eo eo eo oo

Main • •

•
MA" I N "

•
• • e o oo
oo oo oe

• •• •• ••
eo oo eo

Alarm • • •

•
AL"AR" M eo eo o• ••
oo eo oe oo

•• •••• • • •
oo eo eo eo

Phone
( • •

•
PH"ONE" •• •o oo eo
•o •• o• o•

•• ••
eo oo oo eo

Emergency
Stop 0 • • • ••
"ST"OP o e eo ••
oo o• eo
eo eo eo

124
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(f) The two-way communications, once established, Facilities (ANSI /NFPA-99), after the normal power sup­
shall be disconnected only when authorized personnel ply fails. The power source shall be capable of providing
outside the car terminate the call or a timed termination for illumination of the visual indication [see 2.27.1.1.3(c)]
occurs. A timed termination by the two-way communi­ within the car, and the means of two-way communica­
cation means in the elevator, with the ability to extend tions for at least 4 h; and the audible signaling device
the call by authorized personnel, is permitted if voice (see 2.27.1.2) for at least 1 h.
notification is sent a minimum of 3 min after communi­ 2.27.1 .1.6
cation has been established. Upon notification, author­
(a) The two-way communications means within the
ized personnel shall have the ability to extend the call;
car shall include a means to verify operability of the
automatic disconnection shall be permitted if the means
telephone line, where
to extend are not enacted within 20 s of the voice
(1) verification of the telephone line operability
notification .
shall be automatically performed
(g) The two-way communication means shall not use
(2) verification may be continuous or periodic
a handset in the car.
(3) periodic verification shall be at least on a
(h) The two-way communications shall not be trans­
daily basis
mitted to an automated answering system. The call for
(4) verification shall not require activation of the
help shall be answered by authorized personnel. two-way communications link(s)
(i) Operating instructions shall be incorporated with
If means other than a telephone line (e.g., V OiP, net­
or adjacent to the "PHONE" push button. work, intercom, etc.) is used for the two-way communi­
2.27.1.1.4 Where the elevator rise is 18 m (60 ft) cations, similar verification of this equivalent means
or more, a two-way voice communication means within shall be performed.
the building accessible to emergency personnel shall be (b) If the verification means in 2.27.l.1.6(a) deter­
provided and comply with the following requirements : mines that the telephone line or equivalent means is not
(a) T he means shall enable emergency personnel functional, an audible and illuminated visual signal shall
within the building to establish two-way voice commu­ be activated .A minimum of one visual and one audible
nications to each car individually. Two-way voice com­ signal shall be provided for each group of elevators
munication shall be established without any intentional controlled by a "FI R E RECALL" switch.
delay and shall not require intervention by a person (1) The visual signal shall
within the car. The means shall override communica­ (-a) be located at the designated landing in the
tions to outside of the building . vicinity of the "FI R E RECALL" switch and visible to
(b) Two-way voice communications, once established, elevator user(s)
shall be disconnected only when emergency personnel (-b) be labeled "ELEV AT O R C O M M U N ICA­
outside the car terminates the call or a timed termination T IONS FAILU RE" in red letters a minimum of 5 mm
occurs. A timed termination by the two-way communi­ (0.25 in.) high
cation means in the elevator, with the ability to extend (-c) illuminate intermittently
the call by authorized personnel, is permitted if voice (-d) continue illuminating intermittently until
notification is sent a minimum of 3 min after communi­ the telephone line or equivalent means is functional
cation has been established. Upon notification, author­ (2) The audible signal shall
ized personnel shall have the ability to extend the call; (-a) be 10 dBA minimum above ambient, but shall
automatic disconnection shall be permitted if the means not exceed 80 dBA measured at the designated landing
to extend are not enacted within 20 s of the voice "FI RE RECALL" switch
notification. (-b) sound at least once every 30 s with a mini­
(c) Once the two-way voice communication has been mum duration of half a second
established, the visual indication [see 2.27.l.l.3(c)] (-c) continue to sound until silenced by author­
within the car shall illuminate. The visual indication ized personnel or the telephone line or equivalent means
shall be extinguished when the two-way communication is functional
is terminated. (3) A means to silence the audible signal shall be
(d) Operating instructions shall be incorporated with
provided and shall be accessible only to authorized per­
or adjacent to the two-way voice communication outside sonnel. The signal when silenced shall remain silent for
the car .Instructions shall conform to 2 .27 .7 .3. a period of no less than 1 2 hr or until activated by the
next failed periodic verification [see 2.27.l.1.6(a)(3)].
2.27.1 .1.5 If the two-way communications (4) The verification means in 2.27.1.1.6(a) shall con­
means is normally connected to the building power sup­ tinue to monitor the operability of the telephone line or
ply, it shall automatically transfer to a source of standby equivalent means while the telephone line or equivalent
or emergency power as required by the applicable build­ means is not functional on a continuous basis or periodi­
ing code or, where applicable, Standard for Health Care cally with intervals of not more than 5 min.

125
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

When the verification determines that the operability provided to permit the selection of the elevator(s) to
of the telephone line or equivalent means has been operate on the emergency or standby power system.
restored after being nonfunctional, the audible signal The key shall be Group 3 Security (see Section 8.1).
shall be silenced unless the signal has already been
2.27.2.4.2 The selector switch(es) positions shall
silenced in accordance with 2.27.1.1.6(b)(3) and the illu­
be marked to correspond with the elevator identification
minated visual signal shall be extinguished.
number (see Section 2.29) and a position marked
2.27.1 .2 Emergency Stop Switch Audible Signal. "AUT O ."
When an emergency stop switch ( 2.26.2.5) is provided, 2.27.2.4.3 The selector switch(es) shall be located
an audible signaling device shall be provided. The audi­ at the designated level in view of all elevator entrances,
ble signaling device shall or if located elsewhere means shall be provided adjacent
(a) have a rated sound pressure rating of not less than to the selector switch(es) to indicate that the elevator is
80 dBA nor greater than 90 dBA at 3 m ( 10 ft) at the designated level with the doors in the normally
(b) respond without delay after the switch has been open position.
activated
(c) be located inside the building and audible inside 2.27.2.4.4 An automatic means shall be provided (16)
the car and outside the hoistway to select each elevator one or more at a time. The selec-
(d) for elevators with a rise greater than 30 m ( 100 ft), tion shall be transferred from one elevator to another
be duplicated as follows: until all the elevators have been selected. After all eleva-
(1) one device shall be mounted on the car
tors have been selected, the process shall repeat for any
cars that failed to move, to give them a second opportu-
(2) a second device shall be placed at the desig­
nity.The operation, when selected, shall be as follows:
nated level
(a) An elevator that is not on designated attendant
2.27.2 Emergen cy or Standby Power System operation, hoistway access operation, inspection opera­
tion, Firefighters' Phase I Emergency Recall Operation,
Elevators provided with an emergency or standby or Firefighters' Phase II In-Car Emergency Operation
power system to operate the elevator in case the normal shall return to the designated level where the power­
power supply fails shall comply with the requirements operated doors at the landing where the illuminated
of 2.27.2.1 through 2.27.2.5. signal (see 2.27.2.3) is located shall open and remain
NOTE (2.27.2): Requirements for emergency or standby power open. Where more than one entrance is provided at the
systems are addressed in the building code. Requirements for designated level, the other doors are permitted to open.
health care facilities are addressed in NFPA 99 and NFPA 70, Once the selected car has returned to the designated
Article 517. level or fails to move within 30 s, the selection shall be
2.27.2.1 The emergency or standby power system automatically transferred to another elevator.
shall be capable of operating the elevator(s) with rated (b) An elevator on designated attendant operation,
load (see 2.16.8), at least one at a time, unless otherwise hoistway access operation, inspection operation , or
required by the building code. Firefighters' Phase II In-Car Emergency Operation shall
operate in accordance with those requirements and shall
2.27.2.2 The transfer between the normal and the remain selected until the car is stopped for a period of
emergency or standby power system shall be automatic. not less than 2 min and not more than 3 min, before the
2.27.2.3 An illuminated signal(s) marked selection shall be automatically transferred to another
"ELEVATO R EME RGENCY POW E R" shall be provided elevator . For cars on Firefighters ' Phase I I In-Car
in the elevator lobby at the designated level for each Emergency Operation, the in-car visual signals [see
group of elevators or for any single elevator not in a 2.27.3.1.6(h) and 2.27.3.3.8] shall activate only while the
group. The signal(s) shall indicate that the normal power car is selected.
supply has failed and the emergency or standby power (c) An elevator that is on Firefighters ' Phase I
is in effect for one or more of the cars in that group of Emergency Recall Operation shall return to the recall
elevators or that single elevator. level in accordance with 2.27.3.1 or 2.27.3.2. Once recall
is complete, or the selected car fails to move within
2.27.2.4 Where the emergency or standby power 30 s, the selection shall be automatically transferred to
system is not capable of operating all elevators simulta­ another elevator.
neousl y, the elevators shall conform to requirements
2.27.2.4.1 through 2.27.2.4.6. 2.27.2.4.5 After all cars have been recalled,
moved to a floor, or failed to move after a second oppor­
2.27.2.4.1 A selector switch(es) marked tunity, one or more of the elevators, identified by the
"ELEVATO R EME RGENCY POW E R" in red lettering a manual selection switch(es) (see 2.27.2.4.1), shall be
minimum of 5 mm (0.25 in.) in height, that is key­ selected to remain in operation. If no elevator(s) has been
operated or under a locked cover (see 2.27.8), shall be manually selected [switch(es) in "AUT O" position], it

126
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

shall be permissible to automatically select the eleva­ 2.27.3.1.2 An additional key-operated

tor(s) to remain in operation.Preference shall be given to "FI R E RECALL" switch, with two positions that will
cars on Hospital Service followed by cars on Firefighters' not change position without a deliberate action by the
Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation. user, marked "OFF" and "ON" (in that order), shall be
The manual selection switch(es) shall not override the permitted only at the fire command center.
automatic power selection until
NOTE (2.27.3 . 1 .2): In jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, the Fire
(a) the automatic return sequence is complete (see Command Center (FCC) is known as the Central Alarm and Control
2.27.2.4.4); or Facility (CACF).
(b) a "FI R E RECALL" switch is in the "ON" position
(see 2.27.3.1) 2.27.3.1.3 The switch(es) shall be rotated clock­
Operation of the manual selection switch(es) shall not wise to go from the "RESET" (designated level switch
cause a car to be deselected until the elevator is stopped. only), to "OFF" to "ON" positions. Keys shall be remov­
able only in the "OFF" and "ON" positions.
2.27.2.4.6 A visual means, located adjacent to the
manual selector switches, shall be provided to indicate 2.27.3.1.4 Only the "FI R E RECALL" switch(es)
which elevator(s) is currently selected. or fire alarm initiating device located at floors that are
served by the elevator, or in the hoistway, or in an eleva­
2.27.2.5 When the emergency or standby power tor machine room, or a control space, or a control room
system is designed to operate only one elevator at a (see 2.27.3.2) shall initiate Phase I Emergency Recall
time, the energy absorption means (if required) shall be Operation.
permitted to be located on the supply side of the elevator
power disconnecting means, provided all other require­ 2.27.3.1.5 All "FI R E RECALL" switches shall be
ments of 2.26.10 are conformed to when operating any provided with an illuminated visual signal to indicate
of the elevators the power might serve. Other building when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect.
loads, such as power and lights that can be supplied by 2.27.3.1.6 When a "FI R E RECALL" switch is in (1 6)
the emergency or standby power system, shall not be the "ON" position, all cars controlled by the switch shall
considered as a means of absorbing the regenerated operate as follows:
energy for the purposes of conforming to 2.26.10, unless
(a) A car traveling towards the designated level shall
such loads are normally powered by the emergency or
continue nonstop to the designated level and power­
standby power system.
operated doors shall open and remain open. On cars
2.27.3 Firefighters' Emergency O peration: Automatic with more than one entrance, if the doors for another
Elevators entrance can be opened at the designated level, only
the doors serving the lobby where the "FI RE RECALL"
Firefighters' Emergency Operation shall apply to all switch is located shall automatically open and remain
automatic elevators except where the hoistway or a por­ open. Once at the designated level, all in-car door open
tion thereof is not required to be fire-resistive construc­ button(s) shall be operative. Once the doors at an
tion (see 2.1.1.1), the rise does not exceed 2 000 mm entrance other than the entrance serving the lobby where
(80 in .), and the hoistway does not penetrate a floor . the "FI R E RECALL" switch is located, are opened by
NOTE (2.27.3) : When the structure (building, etc.) is located in means of an in-car door open button, they shall initiate
a flood hazard area, the alternate and designated levels (see 8.12.1) reclosing within 15 s of reaching the normal open
should be above the base flood elevation. position.
(b) A car traveling away from the designated level
2.27.3.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
shall reverse at or before the next available landing with­
2.27.3.1.1 A three-position key-operated switch out opening its doors and proceed to the designated
that will not change position without a deliberate action level.
by the user, shall be (c) W hen provided, the in-car stop switch (see
(a) provided only at the designated level for each 2.26.2.2 1) or the emergency stop switch in the car (see
single elevator or for each group of elevators. 2.26.2.5) shall not be made ineffective.
(b) labeled "FI R E RECALL" and its positions marked (d) A car standing at a landing other than the desig­
"RESET," "OFF," and "ON" (in that order), with the nated level with the in-car stop switch and the emer­
"O F F" position as the center position. T he gency stop switch in the car, when provided, in the run
"FI R E RECALL" letters shall be a minimum of 5 mm position shall proceed to the designated level if the doors
(0.25 in.) high. Text shall be either red on a background are closed, or shall conform to the following if the doors
that contrasts with red, or a color that contrasts with are not closed :
red on a red background. (1) Elevators having automatic power-operated
(c) located in the lobby within sight of the elevator or horizontally sliding doors shall close the doors without
all elevators in that group and shall be readily accessible. delay and proceed to the designated level.

127
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(2) Elevators having power-operated vertically or the outline of the hat, or the outline of the area shown
sliding doors provided with automatic or momentary in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) shall be illuminated. The visual sig­
pressure closing operation shall have the closing nal shall remain activated until the car is restored to
sequence initiated without delay in accordance with automatic operation. When the door is open, the audible
2.13.3.4, and the car shall proceed to the designated level. signal shall remain active until the door is closed. When
(3) Elevators having power-operated doors pro­ the door is closed, the audible signal shall remain active
vided with continuous pressure closing operation (see for a minimum of 5 s. The audible signal shall not be
2.13.3.2), or elevators having manual doors, shall be pro­ active when the car is at the recall level.
vided with a visual and audible signal system [see (i) A car stopped at a landing shall have the in-car
2.27.3.l.6(h)] to alert an operator to close the doors and door open button(s) rendered inoperative as soon as the
shall, when the doors are closed, proceed to the desig­ car moves away from the landing. The in-car door open
nated level. Sequence operation, if provided, shall button(s) shall remain inoperative when a car stops to
remain effective. reverse direction. Once the in-car door open button(s)
(e) Door reopening devices for power-operated doors has been rendered inoperative, it shall remain inopera­
that are sensitive to smoke or flame shall be rendered tive until the car has returned to the designated level.
inoperative without delay. Door reopening devices not (j) Where an additional "FI R E RECALL" switch is
sensitive to smoke or flame (e.g., mechanically actuated provided, both "FI R E RECALL" switches shall be in the
devices) are permitted to remain operative . "ON" position to recall the elevator to the designated
(1) Door closing for power-operated horizontally level if the elevator was recalled to the alternate level
sliding doors shall conform to 2.13.5. (see 2.27.3.2.4).
(2) Door closing for power-operated vertically slid­ (k) To remove the elevator(s) from Phase I Emergency
ing doors shall conform to 2.13.6.1.2 and shall have an Recall Operation, the "FI R E RECALL" switch shall be
average closing car door or gate speed not to exceed rotated first to the "RESET," and then to the "OFF"
0.20 m /s (0.67 ft /s). position, provided that
(f) Floor Selection Means, Lanterns, and Indicators (1) the additional two-position "FI R E RECALL"
(1) In the car switch, where provided, is in the "OFF" position
(-a) floor selection means shall be rendered (2) no fire alarm initiating device is activated (see
inoperative 2.27.3.2)
(-b) car call-registered lights and car lanterns,
(l) Means used to remove elevators from normal oper­
where provided, shall be extinguished and remain
a ti on shall not prevent Phase I Emergency Recall
inoperative
Operation, except
(-c) position indicators and car-direction indica­
(1) as specified in this Code
tors, where provided, shall remain operative
(2) as controlled by elevator personnel
(2) At the fire command center, position indicators
and car-direction indicators, where provided, shall (m) No device, that measures load, shall prevent oper­
remain operative. ation of the elevator at or below the capacity and loading
(3) At the designated level
required in Section 2.16.
(-a) hall call-registered lights and hall lanterns, (n) If the normal power supply, emergency power
where provided, shall be extinguished and remain supply, and standby power supply are not available and
inoperative the elevator is equipped with an alternate source of
(-b) position indicators and car-direction indica­ power that can move the car to a floor, but is insufficient
tors, where provided, shall remain operative to move the car to the recall level, the following require­
(4) At all landings, except at the designated level
ments shall apply:
(-a) hall call-registered lights and hall lanterns, (1) The visual signal [ 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall extinguish.
where provided, shall be extinguished and remain (2) A car that is not at a landing shall move to the
inoperative closest landing it is capable of reaching.
(-b) position indicators and car-direction indica­ (3) A car that has automatic power-operated hori­
tors, where provided, shall be extinguished and remain zontally sliding doors or power-operated vertically slid­
inoperative ing doors provided with automatic closing operation
(g) Where provided on elevators with vertically slid­ and is stopped at a landing, shall open the doors, and
ing doors, corridor door open and door close buttons then within 15 s, initiate reclosing.
shall remain operative. (4) A car that is stopped at a landing shall have its
(h) An illuminated visual and audible signal system door open button operative.
shall be activated .The visual signal shall be one of the (5) A car stopped at a landing shall not move until
symbols shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) and located on the normal power, emergency power, or standby power
car-operating panel. The entire circular or square area becomes available.

128
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-1 6

Fig. 2.27.3.1 .6{h) Visual Signal

,,,,.-
,...
[
_,,,.
"
'
-1 / lr"II
[
_,,,.
"
'
\
T
-
j
25 m m 25 m m
I \ I IJ \
-
[J ( 1 in.) (1 in.)
I.I.. .I... \

l
( ,..__ min.
( .... min.

_j
� -
,....
\
/
V
1- 2 5 m m ( 1 i n . ) m i n .-j

2.27.3.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation by Fire 2.27 .3.2.3 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
Alarm Initiating Devices to the designated level shall conform to the following:
(a) T he activation of a fire alarm initiating device
(1 6) 2.27.3.2.1 In j urisdiction s not enforcing the specified in 2.27.3.2.l (a) or 2.27.3.2.2(a) at any floor, other
NBCC, smoke detectors or other automatic fire detectors
than at the designated level, shall cause all elevators
in environments not suitable for smoke detectors (fire that serve that floor, and any associated elevator of a
alarm in itiating devices) used to in itiate Phase I
group automatic operation, to be returned nonstop to
Emergency Recall Operation shall be installed in confor­
the designated level.
mance with the requirements of NFPA 72, and shall be
(b) T he activation of a fire alarm initiating device
located
specified in 2.27.3.2.l (b) or 2.27.3.2.2(b) shall cause all
(a) at each elevator lobby served by the elevator
elevators having any equipment located in that room or
(b) in the associated elevator machine room, machin­ space, and any associated elevators of a group automatic
ery space containing a motor controller or driving operation, to be returned nonstop to the designated
machine, control space, or control room level. If the machine room is located at the designated
(c) in the elevator hoistway, when sprinklers are level, the elevator(s) shall be returned nonstop to the
located in those hoistways alternate level.
NOTE (2.27.3.2.l(b)]: A machinery space containing a motor con (c) In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, the activation
troller or driving machine located in the elevator hoistway, or a of a fire alarm initiating device specified in 2.27.3.2.l (c)
control space located in the elevator hoistway requires a fire alarm shall cause all elevators having any equipment in that
initiating device regardless of the presence of sprinklers. hoistway, and any associated elevators of a group auto­
matic operation, to be returned nonstop to the desig­
(1 6) 2.27.3.2.2 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC, nated level, except that initiating device(s) installed at
smoke detectors, or heat detectors in environments not or below the lowest landing of recall shall cause the car
suitable for smoke detectors (fire alarm initiating to be sent to the upper recall level.
devices) , used to initiate Phase I Emergency Recall
(d) In j urisdictions enforcing the NBCC, the initiation
Operation, shall be installed in conformance with the
of a fire detector in the hoistway shall cause all elevators
requirements of the NBCC, and shall be located
having any equipment in that hoistway, and any associ­
(a) at each elevator lobby served by the elevator ated elevators of a group automatic operation, to be
(b) in the associated elevator machine room, machin­ returned nonstop to the designated level, except that
ery space containing a motor controller or driving initiating device(s) installed at or below the lowest land­
machine, control space, or control room ing of recall shall cause the car to be sent to the upper
(c) in the elevator hoistway, when sprinklers are recall level.
located in those hoistways (e) The Phase I Emergency Recall Operation to the
NOTES:
designated level shall conform to 2.27.3.1.6(a) through
(1) 2.27.3.2.2: Smoke and heat detectors (fire alarm initiating (n).
devices) are referred to as fire detectors in the NBCC. Pull
2.27.3.2.4 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation (1 6)
stations are not deemed to be fire detectors.
to an alternate level (see Section 1.3 ) shall conform to
(2) 2.27.3.2.2(b): A machinery space containing a motor controller
or driving machine located in the elevator hoistway, or a control the following:
space located in the elevator hoistway requires a fire alarm (a) the activation of a fire alarm initiating device spec­
initiating device regardless of the presence of sprinklers. ified in 2.27.3.2.l (a) or 2.27.3.2.2(a) that is located at the

129
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

designated level, shall cause all elevators serving that with the doors in the normal open position, except as
level to be recalled to an alternate level, unless Phase I required by 2.27.3.3.4 and 2.27.3.4. The three modes of
Emergency Recall Operation is in effect operation within Phase I I In-Car Operation ("OFF,"
(b) the requirements of 2.27.3.1.6(f), G), (m), and (n) "HOLD," and "ON") are specified by 2.27.3.3.1 through
(c) the requirements of 2 .27 .3.l .6(a), (b), (d), (e), (g), 2.27.3.3.4.
(h), (i), (k), and (1), except that all references to the "desig­ For elevators with manual doors, after the car and
nated level" shall be replaced with "alternate level" hoistway doors have been opened at least once at the
recall level, the "OFF," "HOLD," and "ON" positions
2.27.3.2.5 The recall level shall be determined shall then change the mode of operation in accordance
by the first activated fire alarm initiating device for that with 2.27.3.3.1 through 2.27.3.3.4.
group (see 2.27.3.2.1 or 2.27.3.2.2).
If the car(s) is recalled to the designated level by the 2.27.3.3.1 When the "FI R E OPERATION" switch (16)
"FI R E RECALL" switch(es) [see also 2.27.3.1.60)], the is in the "ON" position, the elevator shall be on Phase II
recall level shall remain the designated level. Emergency In-Car Operation, for use by emergency per­
sonnel only, and the elevator shall operate as follows:
2 . 2 7 . 3 . 2 . 6 W hen Phase I Emergency Recall (a) The elevator shall be operable only by a person
Operation is initiated by a fire alarm initiating device in the car.
for any of the following locations, as required by
(b) Floor Selection Means, Lanterns, and Indicators
2.27.3.2.3 or 2.27.3.2.4, the visual signal [see 2.27.3.l.6(h)
(1) In the car
and Fig. 2.27.3.l.6(h)] shall illuminate intermittently
(-a) floor selection means shall function as
only in a car(s) with equipment in that location :
required in 2.27.3.3.l(i)
(a) machine room
(-b) car call-registered lights, where provided,
(b) machinery space containing a motor controller or
shall remain operative
driving machine
(-c) car lanterns, where provided, shall remain
(c) control room
inoperative
(d) control space
(-d) position indicators and car-direction indica­
(e) hoistway
tors, where provided, shall remain operative
2.27 .3.2.7 In jurisdictions not enforcing the (2) At the fire command center, position indicators
NBCC, listed relay(s) or other listed appliance(s) as spec­ and car-direction indicators, where provided, shall
ified and defined in NFPA 7 2 for connection to the fire remain operative .
alarm system shall be provided, and shall be (3) At the designated level
(a) installed in conformance with the requirements of (-a) the car shall not respond to hall calls
NFPA 7 2 (-b) hall call-registered lights, where provided,
(b) used to initiate Phase I Emergency Recall shall remain inoperative, except where associated cars
Operation of a group have been returned to group automatic
(c) located outside of any room or space requiring operation
Group I Security (see Section 8.1) (-c) position indicators and car-direction indica­
tors, where provided, shall remain operative
2.27.3.3 Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation. A
three-position ( " O F F," "HOL D," and "ON," in that (4) At all landings, except at the designated level
order) key-operated switch that will not change position (-a) the car shall not respond to hall calls
without a deliberate action by the user, shall be labeled (-b) hall call-registered lights, where provided,
"FI R E OPERATION," provided in an operating panel shall remain inoperative, except where associated cars
in each car, and shall be readily accessible. The label of a group have been returned to group automatic
"FI R E OPERATION" lettering shall be a minimum of operation
5 mm (0.25 in.) high. Text shall be either red on a back­ (-c) position indicators, car-direction indicators,
ground that contrasts with red, or a color that contrasts and hall lanterns, where provided, shall remain
with red on a red background. It shall become effective inoperative
only when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is in (c) Door open and close buttons shall be provided for
effect and the car has been returned to the recall level. power-operated doors only and located as required by
The switch shall be rotated clockwise to go from "OFF" 2.27.3.3.7.Buttons shall be a minimum of 19 mm (0.75 in.)
to "HOLD" to "ON." in the smallest dimension. The door open and door close
The key shall only be removable in the "OFF" and buttons shall be labeled "OPEN" and "CLOSE" and
"HOLD" position. For elevators with power-operated when applicable "REA R OPEN" and "REA R CLOSE"
doors, the "OFF," "HOLD," and "ON" positions shall or "SIDE OPEN" and "SIDE CLOSE" in lettering a mini­
not change the mode of operation within Phase I I mum of 5 mm (0.25 in.) in height with a contrasting
Emergency In-Car Operation until the car is at a landing background .The labeling shall be on or adjacent to the

130
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

buttons. Requirement 2.26.1 2 does not apply to these (k) Means used to remove elevators from normal
buttons. The door open and close buttons shall be opera­ operation shall not prevent Phase II Emergency In-Car
tive when the elevator is stopped within an unlocking Operation, except
zone (see 2.1 2.1). (1) as specified in this Code
(d) The opening of power-operated doors shall be (2) as controlled by elevator personnel
controlled only by a continuous-pressure door open but­ (l) No device, that measures load, shall prevent opera­
ton. If the button is released prior to the doors reaching tion of the elevator at or below the capacity and loading
the normal open position, the doors shall automatically required in Section 2.16.
reclose . Requirements 2 .13.3.3, 2 .13.3.4, 2 .13.4 .2 .l(b)( 2), (m) Every car shall be provided with a switch, con­
and 2.13.4.2.l(c) do not apply. All door open button(s) forming to the requirements of 2.26.2.33 and located as
in the car shall be operational. required in 2.27.3.3.7. When the switch is in the "ST OP"
(e) Open power-operated doors shall be closed only position, all registered calls shall be canceled and power
by continuous pressure on the door close button. If the shall be removed from the elevator driving-machine
button is released prior to the doors reaching the fully motor and brake. When the switch is moved to the
closed position, horizontally sliding doors shall auto­ "RUN" position from the "ST OP" position, the car shall
matically reopen, and vertically sliding doors shall auto­ not move, except for leveling, until a call is entered. If
matically stop or stop and reopen. W here provided, the type of switch used is a button, it shall be a minimum
additional door close button(s) in the car shall be of 19 mm (0.75 in.) in the smallest dimension.
operational. NOTE [2.27.3.3.l(m)] : This requirement does not limit the fire
(f) Opening and closing of power-operated car doors fighters' stop switch to a specific style of switch. Toggle switches
or gates that are opposite manual swing or manual slide and push/pull buttons are two possible styles. A switch, if pro
hoistway doors shall conform to 2.27.3.3.l(d) and (e). vided, should be operable to the "STOP" position by a firefighter
(g) All door reopening devices, except the door open wearing protective gloves (see NFPA 1971).
button(s), shall be rendered inoperative. Full-speed clos­ (n) If the normal power supply, emergency power
ing shall be permitted. supply, and standby power supply are not available and
Landing door opening and closing buttons, where the elevator is equipped with an alternate source of
provided, shall be rendered inoperative. power that can move the car to a floor, but is insufficient
(h) Every car shall be provided with a button labeled to move the car to all landings, the following require­
"CALL CANCEL," located as required in 2.27.3.3.7, that ments shall apply:
shall be effective during Phase II Emergency In-Car (1) The visual signal [ 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illuminate
Operation. When activated, all registered calls shall be intermittently.
canceled and a traveling car shall stop at or before the (2) A car that is not at a landing shall not start until
next available landing .The button shall be a minimum a car call is entered. After a car call is entered, the car
of 19 mm (0.75 in.) in the smallest dimension. Button shall move to the closest landing it is capable of reaching.
labeling shall be in lettering a minimum of 5 mm (3) A car stopped at a landing shall not move until
(0 .25 in .) in height with a contrasting background .The normal power, emergency power, or standby power
labeling shall be on or adjacent to the button. becomes available.
(i) Floor selection means shall be provided in the car
to permit travel to all landings served by the car, and 2.27.3.3.2 For elevators with power-operated
shall be operative at all times, except as in 2.27.3.3.2 doors, when the car is at a landing, with the doors open,
and 8.1 2.1. Means to prevent the operation of the floor and the "FI R E OPERATION" switch is in the "HOLD"
selection means or door-operating buttons shall be ren­ position, the car shall remain at the landing with the
dered inoperative. Floor selection means that provide doors open. The door close buttons shall be inoperative,
access to all landings served by the elevator shall be and car calls shall not be registered .
located below the firefighters' operation panel specified For elevators with manual doors, when the car is at
by 2.27.3.3.7. The floor selection means shall be operable a landing and the "FI R E OPERATION" switch is in the
without the use of keys, cards, tools, or special knowl­ "HOLD " position, the car shall remain at the landing
edge. The floor selection means shall be permitted to and car calls shall not be registered.
be located behind the locked cover specified in 2 .27 .3.3.7, If the normal power supply, emergency power supply,
and standby power supply are not available and the
only if floor selection means for all landings served are
elevator is equipped with an alternate source of power
included behind the locked cover. Where buttons not
and the "FI RE OPERATION" switch in the car is in the
accessible to the public are provided they shall be a
"HOLD " position, the visual signal [ 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall
minimum of 19 mm (0.75 in.) in the smallest dimension.
illuminate intermittently.
(j) A traveling car shall stop at the next available land­
ing for which a car call was registered. When a car stops 2.27 .3.3.3 When the car is at a landing other
at a landing, all registered car calls shall be canceled. than the recall level, with the doors in the normal open

131
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

The firefighters' operation panel shall be located as 2.27.3.5.1 The "FI R E RECALL" switch ( 2.27.3.1)
follows : shall be located at the designated level served by the
(a) The panel shall be on the same vertical centerline upper compartment.
as a floor selection means that provides access to all
2.27.3.5.2 The "FI R E OPERATION" switch (see
floors served by the elevator.
2.27.3.3) shall be located in the upper compartment.
(b) The panel and the floor selection means shall be
located on the wall of the car containing the door that 2.27.3.5.3 A means to display the entire floor
opens to the lobby where the "FI R E RECALL" switch area in the lower compartment shall be located in the
is located, or immediately adjacent to that wall on a upper compartment. The means shall display the lower
side wall. compartment only when Firefighters ' Emergency
Operation is in effect.
(16) 2.27.3.3.8 An additional visual signal shall be
prov ided and located as required by 2.27.3.3.7. The addi­ 2.27.3.5.4 A switch labeled " L O W E R
tional v isual signal shall be one of the symbols shown CA R LOCKOUT" with two positions marked "OFF"
in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h). The entire circular or square area and "ON" shall be located behind the firefighters' opera­
shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) shall be illuminated. This tion panel cover (see 2.27.3.3.7).
additional visual signal shall be activated and deacti­ NOTE (2.27.3.5.4): The switch should be operable by a firefighter
vated whenever the v isual signal in 2.27.3.1.6(h) is acti­ wearing protective gloves (see NFPA 1971).
vated and deactivated.
(a) The "LOW E R CA R LOCKOUT" switch shall only
2.27.3.4 Interruption of Power. The failure and sub­ be functional when Phase II is in effect.
sequent restoration of electrical power (normal, emer­ (b) When placed in the "ON" position, the "LOW E R
gency, or standby) shall not cause any elevator to be CA R LOCKOUT" switch shall
removed from Phase I Emergency Operation or Phase II (1) disable all door reopening devices in the lower
Emergency In-Car Operation. compartment, and
(a) Elevators on Phase I Emergency Operation shall (2) initiate closing of the lower compartment doors
be permitted to move only to the next floor in the direc­ in accordance with 2.13.4.2.l(c)
tion of the recall level to reestablish absolute car position (c) W hen the car is stopped at a landing and the
prior to conforming to 2.27.3.1 and 2.27.3.2. "LOW E R CA R LOCKOUT" switch is in the "OFF" posi­
(b) Elevators on Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation tion, the lower compartment doors shall be opened.
with the key in the "OFF" position shall be permitted
to move only to the next floor in the direction of the 2.27.4 Firefighters' Emergency Operation:
recall level to reestablish absolute car position prior to Nonautomatic Elevators
conforming to 2.27.3.3.3 and 2.27.3.3.4. If the key is Firefighters' Emergency Operation shall apply to all
moved to the "ON" or "HOLD" position before the nonautomatic elevators, except where the hoistway or
doors are fully closed, 2.27.3.4(c) or (d) shall apply, and a portion thereof is not required to be fire-resistive con­
automatic power-operated doors shall open if in a level­ struction (see 2.1.1.1), the rise does not exceed 2 000 mm
ing zone. (80 in.), and the hoistway does not penetrate a floor.
(c) Elevators on Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation
with the key in the "HOLD" position shall not move, 2.27.4.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation. A
except for leveling within a leveling zone. Automatic three-position key-operated switch shall be provided at
power-operated doors shall open if the doors are not the designated level for each single elevator or for each
fully closed and the car is in a leveling zone. group of elevators. The three-position switch shall be
(d) Elevators on Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation labeled "F I R E R E CA L L" and its posit ions marked
with the key in the "ON" position shall not move, except "RESET," "OFF," and "ON" (in that order), with the
for leveling within a leveling zone, until a car call is "O F F" pos it ion as the center pos ition. T he "F I R E
entered. Automatic power-operated doors shall not RECALL" letters shall be a minimum of 5 mm (0.25 in.)
move until a door open or close button is pressed; after high in red or a color contrasting with a red background.
which they shall conform to 2.27.3.3.l(d) and (e). After The three-position switch shall be located in the lobby
a car call is entered, the car shall be permitted to move within sight of the elevator or all elevators in that group
only to the next floor in the direction of the recall level and shall be readily accessible.
to reestablish absolute car position prior to answering An add it ional "F I R E R E CA L L" switch w ith two­
car calls. positions, "OFF" and "ON" (in that order), shall be per­
mitted only at the fire command center .
2.27.3.5 Multicompartment Elevators. Multicom­ The switch(es) shall be rotated clockwise to go from
partment elevators shall also conform to 2 .27 .3 .5 .1 the " R E S E T " (des ignated level switch onl y), to the
through 2.27.3.5.4. "OFF" and to the "ON" positions.

133
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

All keys shall be removable only in the "OFF" and (c) Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, when initi­
"ON" positions. ated by a Phase I Emergency Recall Operation fire alarm
Only the "FI R E RECALL" switch(es) or fire alarm initiating device, shall be maintained until canceled by
initiating devices located at floors that are served by the moving the "FIRE RECALL" switch to the "RESET,"
elevator, in the hoistway, or in an elevator machine room, then "OFF" position.
a control space, or a control room (see 2.27.3.2) shall (d) When a fire alarm initiating device in a location
initiate Phase I Emergency Recall Operation. specified by 2.27.4.2(a)( 2) or (3) initiates Phase I
All "FI R E RECALL" switches shall be provided with Emergency Recall Operation as required by 2 .27 .3.2 .3 or
an illuminated visual signal to indicate when Phase I 2.27.3.2.4, the visual signal [see 2.27.3.1.6(h) and
Emergency Recall Operation is in effect . Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illuminate intermittently only in
When all switches are in the "OFF" position, normal a car(s) with equipment in that location.
elevator service shall be in effect and the fire alarm 2.27.5 Firefighters' Emergency Operation: Automatic
initiating devices required by 2.27.4.2 shall be operative. Elevators With Designated-Attendant
When a "FI R E RECALL" switch is in the "ON" posi­ Operation
tion, a visual and audible signal shall be provided to
2.27.5.1 When designated-attendant operation is
alert the attendant to return nonstop to the designated
not in effect, elevators shall conform to 2.27.3and when
or alternate level. The visual signal shall read "FI R E
Occupant Evacuation Operation is provided shall also
RECALL - RET URN T O " [insert level t o which conform to 2 .27 .1 1 .6 .
the car should be returned (the designated or alternate
level)].The signal system shall be activated when Phase I 2.27.5.2 When operated by a designated attendant
Emergency Recall Operation is in effect. in the car, except hospital service
Where an additional "FI R E RECALL" switch is pro­ (a) elevators parked at the recall level shall conform
vided, both "FI R E RECALL" switches must be in the to 2.27.3 and when Occupant Evacuation Operation is
"ON" position to recall the elevator to the designated provided shall also conform to 2.27.1 1.6 without delay;
level if the elevator was recalled to the alternate level. elevators parked at a floor other than the recall level
Where an additional "FI R E RECALL" switch is pro­ shall conform to 2.27.3.1.6(h). At the completion of a
vided, it shall not affect the visual signal if the designated time delay of not less than 10 s and not more than 30 s,
level fire alarm initiating device (see 2.27.3.2.4) has been elevators parked at a floor away from the recall level
activated. shall conform to 2.27.3 and when Occupant Evacuation
Operation is provided shall also conform to 2 .27 .1 1 .6 .
To extinguish the audible and visual signals, the "FI R E
(b) a moving car shall conform to 2.27.3 and when
RECALL" switch shall be rotated first to the "RESET"
Occupant Evacuation Operation is provided shall also
and then to the "OFF" position, provided that
conform to 2.27.1 1.6.
(a) the additional two-position "F I R E R EC A L L"
switch, where provided, is in the "OFF" position 2.27.5.3 When an elevator that is provided with
(b) no fire alarm initiating device is activated (see also Firefighter s ' Emergency Operation or Occupant
2 .27 .3.2 .4) Evacuation Operation is on hospital service, a visual
No device, that measures load, shall prevent operation signal as shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) shall illuminate and
of the elevator at or below the capacity and loading a continuous audible signal, audible within the car, shall
required in Section 2.16. sound when the "FI R E RECALL" switch(es) (see 2.27.3.1
and 2.27.1 1.1.2) is in the "ON" position, or when a fire
2.27.4.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation by Fire alarm initiating device (see 2.27.3.2) is activated to alert
Alarm Initiating Devices the operator of an emergency. A means located in the
(a) Fire alarm initiating devices shall be installed, in car shall be permitted for manually silencing the audible
the locations listed in 2 .27 .4 .2(a)(l) through (3), in com­ signal, after the signal has been active for at least 5 s.
pliance with the requirements in NFPA 7 2 or NBCC, The signal shall be automatically reactivated when the
whichever is applicable (see Part 9), as follows: doors open.
(1) at each elevator lobby served by the elevator The car shall remain under control of the operator
(2) in the associated elevator machine room, until removed from hospital service. An elevator on
machinery space containing a motor controller or driv­ Firefighter s ' Emergency Operation or Occupant
ing machine, control space, or control room Evacuation Operation shall not be placed on hospital
(3) in the elevator hoistway, when sprinklers are
service.
located in those hoistways 2.27.6 Firefighters' Emergency Operation, Occupant
(b) Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, conforming Evacuation Operation: Inspection Operation
to 2.27.4.1, shall be initiated when any Phase I When an elevator that is provided with Firefighters'
Emergency Recall Operation fire alarm initiating device Emergency Operation or Occupant Evacuation Opera­
specified in 2.27.4.2(a) is activated. tion is on inspection operation (see 2.26.1.4 and 2.26.1.5)

13 4
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

Fig. 2.27.7.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation Instructions

FIREFIG HTERS' OPERATION

To recall elevators
Insert fire key and turn to uON"

or when the hoistway access switch(es) has been enabled entrance frame or adjacent to it at each emergency recall
(see 2.1 2.7.3.2), a continuous audible signal, audible at level. The identification on the entrance frame, or adja­
the location where the inspection operation is activated, cent to it, shall be a minimum of 50 mm ( 2 in.) in height.
shall sound when the "FI R E RECALL" switch(es) (see
2.27.3.1 and 2.27.1 1.1.2) is in the "ON" position or when 2.27.8 Switch Keys
the fire alarm initiating device (see 2.27.3.2 and 2.27.1 1.5) The key switches required by 2.27.2 through 2.27.5 and
is activated to alert the operator of an emergency. The 2 .27 .1 1 for all elevators in a building shall be operable by
car shall remain under the control of the operator until the FEO-Kl key. The keys shall be Group 3 Security (see
removed from inspection operation or hoistway access Section 8.1). A separate key shall be provided for each
operation .Inspection operation or hoistway access oper­ switch. These keys shall be kept on the premises in a
ation shall take precedence over Phase I Emergency location readily accessible to firefighters and emergency
Recall Operation, Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation, personnel, but not where they are available to the public.
and Occupant Evacuation Operation. This key shall be of a tubular, 7 pin, style 137 construction
and shall have a bitting code of 6 1 435 2 1 starting at the
2.27.7 Firefighters' Emergency Operation: Operating tab sequenced clockwise as viewed from the barrel end
Procedures of the key and cutting depths shall be in accordance
2.27.7.1 Instructions for operation of elevators with Fig. 2.27.8. The key shall be coded "FEO-Kl." The
under Phase I Emergency Recall Operation shall be possession of the "FEO-Kl" key shall be limited to eleva­
incorporated with or adjacent to the "FI RE RECALL" tor personnel, emergency personnel, elevator equipment
switch at the designated level. The instructions shall manufacturers, and authorized personnel during check­
include only the wording shown in Fig. 2.27.7.1. ing of Firefighters' Emergency Operation (see Section 8.1
and 8.6.1 1.1).
2.27.7.2 A sign containing instructions for opera­ Where provided, a lock box, including its lock and
tion of elevators under Phase I I Emergency In-Car other components, shall conform to the requirements of
Operation shall be incorporated with or adjacent to the UL 1037 (see Part 9).
switch in each car and shall be visible only when the
cover ( 2.27.3.3.7) is open. The sign shall include only NOTE (2.27.8): Local authorities may specify additional require
ments for a uniform keyed lock box and its location to contain the
the wording and graphics shown in Fig. 2.27.7.2, except
necessary keys.
(a) for elevators with manually operated doors, the
instructions for opening and closing the doors shall be 2.27.9 Elevator Corridor Call Station Pictograph
permitted to be replaced with short phrases such as
When the building code requires a sign be posted
"PUSH DOOR" or "PULL DOOR UP"
adjacent to hall call fixtures instructing occupants not
(b) for elevators with vertically sliding doors, the
to use the elevator in case of fire, the sign shown in
instructions for returning the car to the recall level shall Fig. 2.27.9 shall be provided. The sign shall include only
be permitted to be expanded to include instructions for
the wording and graphics shown in Fig. 2.27.9. When
closing the door the building code specifies a different design, 2.27.9 shall
2.27.7.3 Instructions shall be in letters not less not apply.
than 3mm (0.1 25 in.) in height and shall be permanently
installed and protected against removal or defacement . 2.27. 1 0 Reserved for Future Use

2.27.7.4 In jurisdictions that enforce the NBCC, a 2.27. 1 1 Occupant Evacuation Operation
symbol showing a red firefighters' hat on a contrasting Where elevators are provided for occupant evacua­
background, as shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) (figure not to tion, Occupant Evacuation Operation (OEO) shall be
scale), shall be used exclusively to identify elevators that provided to function prior to Firefighters' Emergency
comply with 2.27.3 and additional NBCC requirements. Operation and shall conform to 2.27.1 1.1 through
T his identification shall be located on the elevator 2.27.1 1.6. See also Nonmandatory Appendix V.

135
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

recall in this group occurs on an additional floor(s) at 2.27.11 .6.2 Automatic visual signal or variable
any time while Occupant Evacuation Operation in accor­ message sign, and voice notification in each car shall
dance with 2.27.1 1.6 is in effect, the evacuation zone indicate that the car is being used to evacuate the build­
shall be expanded to include all floors with an active ing. In the event that the car stops to pick up passengers
alarm, all floors between the highest and lowest floor at a floor other than the elevator discharge level, the
with an active alarm plus two floors above the highest signals shall instruct the passengers to remain in the car.
floor with an active alarm and two floors below the Upon or prior to arrival at the elevator discharge level,
lowest floor with an active alarm. If the active alarm is passengers shall be notified that they have arrived at
on the elevator discharge level, automatic initiation of the exit floor and to exit quickly. Message text shall
Occupant Evacuation Operation in accordance with be a minimum of 25 mm ( 1 in.) high and conform to
2.27.1 1.6 shall not be permitted. Manual initiation by A N S I / ICC A 1 17.1 or Nonman datory Appen dix E,
authorized or emergency personnel shall be permitted . Clause E-20, whichever is applicable (see Part 9 and
NOTE (2.27.11.5.1 ): An active alarm refers to the condition caused Clause E- 1). Voice notification shall be at least 10 dBA
by the "activation of an automatic fire alarm initiating device" as above ambient but not more than 80 dBA measured
used in this requirement. 1 5 25 mm (60 in.) above the floor, at the center of the car.
2.27.1 1 .5.2 A means to initiate total building 2.27.11 .6.3 All landing calls outside of the con­
evacuation, labeled "ELEVAT O R T OTAL BUILDING tiguous block of floors being evacuated shall be canceled
EVACUATION" shall be provided at the fire command and disabled. Building security systems that limit ser­
center location and installed in accordance with vice to these floors shall be overridden. Any landing
NFPA 7 2. When this means is actuated, the fire alarm call within the contiguous block of floors shall call an
system shall provide a signal to the elevator system elevator(s) to that landing .Landing calls entered at the
indicating that all floors are to be evacuated. floor with an active alarm shall be given higher priority
2.27.1 1 .6 When any of the signals provided in than the calls at the floors above and below it. If a
2.27.1 1.5 actuate, the elevators shall conform to subsequent active alarm is received from a different
2.27.1 1.6.1 through 2.27.1 1.6.10 in order to move occu­ floor, the evacuation priority shall be assigned in the
pants from the floors affected by the fire to the elevator sequence received. Once passengers have entered an
discharge level. elevator, it shall proceed only towards the elevator dis­
charge level. When total building evacuation is in effect
2.27.11.6.1 The variable message signs required and no calls are entered at an affected floor, priority
by 2.27.1 1.2 shall indicate one of the following messages : shall be based on distance from the elevator discharge
(a) On all floors being evacuated, they shall indicate level, with the furthest floor served getting highest
that the elevators are available for evacuation and the priority.
estimated time duration in minutes for the next elevator
to arrive. 2.27.11 .6.4 Car calls for all floors, except for the
NOTE: Sample text: "Elevators and stairs available for evacua
elevator discharge level, shall be canceled and disabled .
tion. Next car in about 2 minutes." A car call for the elevator discharge level shall be auto­
matically entered when any landing call is answered .
(b) On all floors not being evacuated, they shall indi­
cate that elevator service is not available . 2 . 2 7 . 1 1 . 6 . 5 Cars that are unoccupied when
Occupant Evacuation Operation is actuated shall move
NOTE: Sample text: "Elevators temporarily dedicated to other
floors." without delay to a floor that is being evacuated, and
park with their doors closed until a landing call is regis­
(c) On the elevator discharge level, they shall indicate tered. If the car is in motion away from the floors being
that the cars are in evacuation mode and that passengers evacuated, it shall stop at or before the next available
should not use elevators. floor, without opening the doors, reverse direction, and
NOTE (2.27.11 .6.1): Sample text: "Elevators dedicated to evacua move to a floor that is being evacuated.
tion. Do not enter elevator."
2 . 2 7 . 1 1 .6.6 Cars that are occupied when
(d) If no elevators are available for Occupant Occupant Evacuation Operation is actuated shall pro­
Evacuation Operation (fire service, inspection, shut off, ceed without delay to the elevator discharge level. If a
etc.), they shall indicate that elevator service is not avail­ reversal of travel direction is needed, it shall be done at
able. On all floors being evacuated they shall also indi­ or before the next available floor without opening the
cate that occupants should use the stairs. doors. After opening and closing the doors at the eleva­
NOTE: Sample text for floors being evacuated: "Elevators out tor discharge level, they shall proceed without delay to
of service. Use stairs to evacuate." Sample text for other floors: a floor that is being evacuated and park with their doors
"Elevators out of service." closed until a landing call is registered.

139
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

2.27.11 .6.7 When a car answers a landing call (e) the total static and impact loads imposed on
at a floor being evacuated, a car call for the elevator machinery and sheave beams, supports, and floors or
discharge level shall be automatically registered. The foundations (see Section 2.9)
system shall accept a new landing call as soon as the (f) the impact load on buffer supports due to buffer
doors have opened to permit loading at that floor, or engagement at the maximum permissible speed and
sooner. If a new landing call is registered at this floor, load (see 8.2.3 )
it shall be assigned to another car, and not canceled until (g) where compensation tie-down is applied (see
that car arrives. Actuation of the landing call device 2. 2 1. 4. 2 ) , the load on the compensation tie-down
shall not prevent a loaded car from closing its doors and supports
leaving the floor. (h) the total static and dyn amic loads from the gover­
nor, ropes, and tension system
2.2 7 .11 .6.8 While passengers are entering the car (i) the horizontal forces on the building structure stip­
at a floor being evacuated, when the load reaches no ulated by 2.11.11. 8 and 2.11.11.9
greater than 80% of car capacity, the door reopening
(j) the maximum upward movement (see 2.4.6)
device(s) shall be disabled and the doors shall initiate
closing at reduced kinetic energy in accordance with
2.13.4.2.l (c). If the doors stall while closing, they shall SECTION 2.29
reopen fully, then close. An audible signal shall sound I DENTIFICATION
until the doors are closed. If the load exceeds 100% of
2.29.1 Identification of Equipment
capacity, the doors shall reopen and remain open and
a voice notification and visual signal shall indicate that 2.29.1.1 In buildings with more than one elevator, (16)
the car is overloaded. each elevator in the building shall be assigned a unique
alphabetic, numeric, or alphanumeric identification.
2.27.11 .6.9 Once the block of floors being evacu­ Where destination-oriented control for operation is pro­
ated has been evacuated, as indicated by a 6 0 s period vided, the same unique identifier for each elevator shall
in which no landing calls are registered, one car shall be used for both the destination-oriented designation
park with its doors closed at the lowest floor of the block and the designation required by 2.29.1.1.
of floors ready to answer subsequent landing calls within
the block of floors; the rest shall park with doors closed at 2.29 . 1 . 2 T he identification assigned in 2.29.1.1 (16)
the elevator discharge level. A car parked at the elevator shall be a minimum of 5 0 mm (2 in.) in height unless
discharge level shall replace the car at the lowest floor otherwise specified, and of contrasting color to its back­
of the block, that has answered a landing call. ground. The identification shall be painted on, engraved
on, or securely attached to or adjacent to the following
2.27. 1 1 .6 . 1 0 Occupant Evacuation Operation equipment associated with each elevator or the enclo­
shall be terminated when the fire alarm system is reset sures housing the following equipment associated with
or the signals provided in 2.2 7.3. 2 are actuated (see each elevator:
2.27.11.1. 3 ). (a) the driving machine
(b) motor-generator set
(c) operation controller, motion controller, and motor
SECTION 2.28 controller
LAYOUT DRAWI NGS
(d) selector
2.28.1 Information Required on Layout Drawings (e) governor
(f) disconnecting means (see NFPA 70, Article 6 2 0, or
Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to other CSA C2 2.l , Section 3 8)
data, indicate the following: (g) the crosshead, or where there is no crosshead, the
(a) the maximum bracket spacing (see Section 2.2 3 ) car frame, such that it is visible from the hoistway
(b) the estimated maximum vertical forces o n the landing
guide rails on application of the safety or other retarding (h) the car operating panel, a minimum of 13 mm
device (see Section 2.23 and 2.19.3 ) (0.5 in.) in height
(c) in the case of freight elevators for Class B or C (i) on both doorjambs of every elevator entrance at
loading (see 2. 16.2.2 ), the horizontal forces on the guide­ the designated level, alternate level, level where means
rail faces during loading and unloading, and the esti­ necessary for tests is provided (see 2.7.6.4), and level
mated maximum horizontal forces in a post-wise direc­ where an inspection and test panel is provided (see
tion on the guide-rail faces on the application of the 2.7.6.5 ); this identification shall be a minimum of 5 0 mm
safety device (see Section 2.2 3 ) (2 in.) in height and shall be located immediately below
(d) the size and linear weight kg/m (lb/ft) of any rail the floor designation, where provided (see
reinforcement, where provided (see Section 2.2 3 ) Nonmandatory Appendix E, Clause E-17)

1 40
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(j) separately enclosed control components (e.g., SECTION 2 .30

motor circuit transformers, d ynamic braking resistors, SWAY CONTROL GUIDES
line rectifiers, or chokes) 2.30.1 General Requirements
(k) means to trip and /or reset the governor from out- Where provided, sway control guides shall conform
side the hoistway as permitted by 2 .7 .6 .3.4 to the following :
(I) means necessary for tests (see 2.7.6.4) (a) Sheaves and drums shall conform to requirements
(m) inspection and test panel (see 2.7.6.5) of 2.2 4.2.1 and 2.2 4.2.2(b).
(b) There shall be sufficient traction to lower, stop,
(n) buffers or pit channel in the pit, v isible from the
and hold the car in the event the sway control guide
pit access door landing
becomes separated from the elevator system.
(c) Safeties shall not be provided for the sway control
(1 6) 2.29.1.3 Where any of the following devices for guide.
more than one elevator are located in the same enclosure, (d) All members of the sway control guide shall be
such devices or a grouping of dev ices for one elevator designed to meet the strength requirements of 2.15.10.
with demarcation to establish that all devices within the (e) A sway control guide position switch shall be pro­
demarcation belong to that identified elevator shall be v ided, conforming to the requ irements of 2.25.1.2,
identified with the unique alphabetical or numerical located in the hoistway, and be operated by a cam
identification letter(s) or number(s) of its associated ele­ attached to the sway control guide frame. The switch
vator as assigned in 2.29.1.1: shall be located so that it operates after the car final
(a) means to trip the governor and /or means to reset terminal stop switch is actuated.
the governor from outside the hoistway as permitted by 2.30.2 Suspension Means
2.7.6.3.4
Suspension means systems for a sway control guide
(b) display dev ices or their equivalent as required by
shall conform to the following :
2.7.6.4.1 (a) It shall consist of not less than two suspension
(c) means to move the car from outside the hoistway members.
as required by 2 .7 .6 .4 .3 (b) The factor of safety of suspension members shall
(d) stop switches as required by 2.7.6.5.2 conform to the requirements of 2.20.3.
(e) landing inspection operation transfer switches and (c) Means shall be provided to prevent the displace­
operat ing dev ices as requ ired by 2 .7 .6 .5 .2 (see also ment of the suspension means of the sway control guide
2.26.1.4.4) during safety or buffer operations.
(f) "CA R DOO R BYPASS" and "HOISTWAY DOOR (d) It shall be prov ided with a slack suspension detec­
BYPASS" switches as required by 2.26.1.5 tion means conforming to the requirements of 2.26.2.39.
(g) means to manually reset the ascend ing car 2.30.3 Abrasion Protection
overspeed detection means as required by 2.19.1.2(a)( 4) Means shall be provided to minimize the abrasion
(h) means to manually reset the unintended motion between the sway control guide and the components
detection means as required by 2.19.2.2(a)( 4) being stabilized by this device.
(i) the earthquake reset button or switch as required 2.30.4 Guiding Members
by 8.4.10.1.l(d) Sway control frames shall be guided by guiding means
attached to the frame. Retention means shall be provided
to prevent the frame from being displaced by more than
2.29.2 Identification of Floors 13 mm (0.5 in.) from its normal running position should
any part of the guiding means fail, excluding the guiding
Hoistways shall have floor numbers, not less than member base and its attachment to the frame .The reten­
100 mm ( 4 in.) in height, on the hoistway side of the tion means shall be permitted to be integral with the
enclosure or hoistway doors. base .

1 41
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Part 3
Hydraulic Elevators

SCOPE therein, and to provide the minimum bottom clearance

and runby required by 3.4.1 and 3.4.2, respectively.
Part 3 applies to direct-acting hydraulic elevators and
the roped-hydraulic types.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to SECTION 3.3
hydraulic elevators. LOCATION AND GUARDING OF COUNTERWEIGHTS
The location and guarding of counterweights, where
SECTION 3.1 provided, shall conform to Section 2.3.
CONSTRUCTION OF HOISTWAYS AND HOISTWAY
ENCLOSURES
SECTION 3.4
Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related construc­ BOTTOM AND TOP CLEARANCES AN D RUNBYS FOR
tion shall conform to 2.1.1 through 2.1.6 and 2.2 9. 2 , CARS AND COUNTERWEIGHTS
except 2.1.2.3 and 2.1.3.1.2.
Section 2.4 does not apply to hydraulic elevators.
3.1.1 Strength of Pit Floor
3.4.1 Bottom Car Clearance
The pit equipment, beams, floor, and their supports
shall be designed and constructed to meet the applicable 3.4.1.1 When the car rests on its fully compressed
building code requirements and to withstand the follow­ buffers or bumpers, there shall be a vertical clearance
ing loads in the manner in which they occur: of not less than 600 mm (2 4 in.) between the pit floor
(a) the impact load due to car buffer engagement (see and the lowest structural or mechanical part, equipment,
8.2.3 and 3.2 2.2 ) or device installed beneath the car platform, including
(b) where a plunger gripper, or car, or counterweight a plunger-follower guide, if provided, except as specified
safety is furnished, the part of the load transmitted by in 3.4.1.2.
the application of such gripper(s) or safety(s)
3.4.1 .2 The 600 mm (2 4 in.) clearance does not
(c) loads imposed by the hydraulic jack apply to the following:
(1) to the cylinder during normal operation (a) any equipment on the car within 3 00 mm (12 in.)
(2) to the buffer when resting on the buffer or dur­ horizontally from any side of the car platform
ing conditions described in 3.1.l (a) (b) any equipment located on or traveling with the
(d) hoist rope up-pull, where applicable, for indirect car located within 3 00 mm (12 in.) horizontally from
roped-hydraulic elevators either side of the car frame centerline parallel to the
3.1.2 Floors Over Hoistways guide rails
(c) any equipment mounted in or on the pit floor
The floor shall be located entirely above the horizontal located within 3 00 mm (12 in.) horizontally from either
plane required for hydraulic elevator top car clearance. side of the car frame centerline parallel to the guide rails
When a hydraulic pump unit and/or control equip­
ment is located on a floor over the hoistway, access shall 3.4.1.3 In no case shall the available refuge space
comply with 2.7.3. be less than either of the following:
(a) a horizontal area 6 00 mm x 1 2 00 mm
(2 4 in. x 47 in.), with a height of 600 mm (2 4 in.)
SECTION 3.2 (b) a horizontal area 4 5 0 mm x 900 mm
PITS (18 in. x 35 in.), with a height of 1 070 mm (42 in.)
Pits shall conform to Section 2.2 , except 2.2.7.
3.4.1.4 Trenches and depressions or foundation
3.2.1 Minimum Pit Depths Required encroachments permitted by 2.2.2 shall not be consid­
ered in determining these clearances.
The pit depth shall not be less than is required for the
installation of the buffers, hydraulic jack, platform guard 3.4.1 .5 When the car is resting on its fully com-
(apron) , and all other elevator equipment located pressed buffers or bumpers, no equipment traveling

1 42
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

with the car, including a plunger-follower guide, if pro­ 3.4.6 Top Clearance and Bottom Run by of
vided, shall strike any part of the pit or any equipment Counterweight
mounted therein. Where a counterweight is provided, the top clearance
3.4.1.6 Where the vertical clearance outside the and the bottom runby of the counterweight shall con­
refuge space is less than 600 mm ( 2 4 in.), that area shall form to 3.4.6.1 and 3.4.6.2.
be clearly marked on the pit floor. Markings shall not 3.4.6.1 Top Clearance. The top clearance shall be
be required in the area under the apron and guiding not less than the sum of the following:
means. The marking shall consist of alternating 100 mm (a) the bottom car runby
( 4 in .) diagonal red and white stripes .In addition, a sign (b) the stroke of the car buffers used
with the words "DANGE R LOW CLEA RANCE" in a
(c) 150 mm (6 in.)
minimum 50 mm ( 2 in.) high letters shall be prominently
posted on the hoistway enclosure and shall be visible 3.4.6.2 Bottom Runby. The bottom runby shall be
from within the pit and at the entrance to the pit. The not less than the sum of the following:
sign shall conform to ANSI Z535.2 and ANSI Z535.4, or (a) the distance the car can travel above its top termi­
CAN /CSA-Z32 1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). nal landing until the plunger strikes its mechanical stop
The sign shall be made of a durable material and shall (b) 150 mm (6 in.)
be securely fastened. The letters and figures shall remain The minimum runby specified shall not be reduced
permanently and readily legible. by rope stretch (see 3.2 2.2 prohibiting counterweight
buffers).
3.4.2 Minimum Bottom and Top Car Runby
3.4.2.1 Bottom Car Runby. The bottom car runby 3.4.7 Equipment on Top of Car Not Permitted to
shall be
Strike Overhead Structure
(a) not less than 75 mm (3 in.) for operating speed(s) Equipment on top of the car shall conform to the
in the down direction up to 0.50 m /s ( 100 ft /min) requirements in 2.4.9.
(b) increased from 75 mm (3 in.) to 150 mm (6 in.) in
proportion to the increase in operating speed(s) in the 3.4.8 Clearances Above Hydraulic Jack Projecting
down direction from 0.50 m /s ( 100 ft /min) to 1 m /s Above the Car
( 200 ft /min) When the car has reached its maximum upward move­
(c) a minimum of 150 mm (6 in.) for operating ment, a vertical clearance of 100 mm ( 4 in.) shall be
speed(s) in the down direction exceeding 1 m /s provided from a hydraulic jack attached to the car and
( 200 ft /min) the jacks' attachment means to the horizontal plane
described by the lowest part of the overhead structure
3.4.2.2 Car Top Minimum Runby. The top runby of or other obstruction adjacent to the car enclosure top
the car shall be within the vertical projection of the hydraulic jack and
(a) not less than 75 mm (3 in.) for rated speeds up to its attachment means. Additionally a horizontal clear­
0.50 m /s ( 100 ft /min) ance in the direction of the centerline of the car top of
(b) increased from 75 mm (3 in.) to 150 mm (6 in.) in at least 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) shall be provided from the top
proportion to the increase in rated speed from 0.50 m /s of the hydraulic jack to any object creating a shearing
( 100 ft /min) to 1 m /s ( 200 ft /min) hazard .
(c) a minimum of 150 mm (6 in.) for rated speeds
exceeding 1 m /s ( 200 ft /min) NOTE (3.4.8): See Nonmandatory Appendix G, Fig. G 5.

3.4.3 Car Top and Bottom Maximum Runby

SECTION 3.5
Neither the top nor the bottom runby of the car shall HORIZONTAL CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT
be more than 600 mm ( 2 4 in.). CLEARANCES
3.4.4 Maximum Upward Movement The horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall
conform to Section 2 .5 .
The maximum upward movement shall be the dis­
tance the car sill is above the top landing when the
plunger stop (3.18.4) is engaged. SECTION 3.6
PROTECTION OF SPACES BELOW HOISTWAY
3.4.5 Top-of-Car Clearances
Section 2.6 does not apply to hydraulic elevators.
The top-of-car clearances shall conform to 2.4.7 except
Where there is space below the hoistway that is acces­
as specified in 3.4 .8 .
sible to persons, requirements of 3.6.1 through 3.6.4 shall
NOTE (3.4.5): See Nonmandatory Appendix G. be conformed to.

1 43
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

3.6.1 Jack-Supporting Structure suspension ropes in place; and for a direct-acting

The hydraulic jack shall be supported by a structure hydraulic elevator support not less than twice the weight
of sufficient strength to support the entire static load at of the car with rated load."
rated capacity that is capable of being imposed upon it. 3 . 7 . 1 .4 In 2. 7.5.l. 2 (c) , 2.7. 5.3.1, and 2.7. 5. 5 (a) ,
The design factor of safety shall be not less than 5 , based replace the words "elevator driving-machine motor and
on ultimate strength for static loads transmitted. brake" with the words " hydraulic machine."
3.6.2 Counterweight Safety Actuation 3.7.1 .5 In 2.7.5.1.2(e) and 2.7.5.2.l(b)(4), replace
Where the space referred to in Section 3.6 falls under­ the words " before maintaining or inspecting brake,
neath the counterweight and/or its guides, the counter­ emergency brake" with the words ''before maintaining
weight shall be provided with a safety device that or inspecting the hydraulic machine."
functions as a result of the breaking or slackening of the
3.7.1.6 In 2.7.5.2.l (b)(l ) and 2.7.5.S(d), replace the
counterweight suspension ropes.
words "115% of rated speed" with the words " operating
(16) 3.6.3 Buffer Types speed in the down direction."
The car shall be provided with buffers of one of the 3. 7.1 . 7 In 2.7.6.3.1, replace the words "electric driv­
following types: ing machine" with the words "hydraulic machine."
(a) oil buffers conforming to 3.2 2.1
3.7.1 .8 In 2.7.6.4, replace the wording with the
(b) spring buffers of a design that will not be fully
following: "Where hydraulic machine, or an elevator
compressed when struck by a car with rated load at the
motion controller or motor controller is located in the
operating speed in the down direction (see 3.2 2.1)
hoistway or pit, means necessary for tests that require
(c) elastomeric buffers of a design that will not be
movement of the car shall be provided and arranged so
fully compressed when struck by a car with rated load
that they can be operated from outside the hoistway
at the operating speed in the down direction (see 3.2 2.1)
and shall conform to 2.7.6.4.1 through 2.7.6.4.2. These
3.6.4 Buffer Supports means are also permitted to be used by elevator person­
nel for passenger rescue."
Car buffer supports shall be provided that will with­
stand, without permanent deformation, the impact 3.7.1.9 In 2.7.6.4.1, replace the first paragraph with
resulting from buffer engagement by a car with rated the following: "Where direct observation of the elevator
load at the operating speed in the down direction. The or ropes in the case of a roped-hydraulic elevator is not
design factor of safety shall conform to 2.2 2.4.3. possible from the location of the means necessary for
tests that require movement of the car, display devices
or the equivalent shall be provided. They shall be visible
SECTION 3.7 from the location of the means and shall convey the
MACHI N ERY SPACES, MACH I N E ROOMS, CONTROL following information about the elevator
SPACES, AN D CONTROL ROOMS simultaneously:".
A machinery space outside the hoistway containing
3.7.1 .10 Requirement 2.7.6.4.3 does not apply to
a hydraulic machine and a motor controller shall be a
hydraulic elevators.
machine room.

3.7.1
SECTION 3.8
Machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, WIRING, PIPES, AN D
control rooms shall conform to the requirements of 2.7.1 DUCTS I N HOISTWAY, MACH IN ERY SPACES,
through 2.7.7 and 2.7.9. MACHI N E ROOMS, CONTROL SPACES, AND
3.7.1.1 In 2.7.5.1.1, 2.7.5.2, and 2.7.5.2.4, replace the CONTROL ROOMS
words "elevator driving-machine brake or an emergency
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts shall
brake" with the words " hydraulic machine."
conform to Section 2. 8.
3. 7 .1 .2 In 2.7.5.1 and 2.7.5.l.2(a), replace the words
" elevator driving-machine brake, emergency brake"
with the words "hydraulic machine." SECTION 3.9
MACHIN ERY AN D SH EAVE BEAMS, SU PPORTS, AN D
3.7.1.3 In 2.7.5.1.2(b), replace the wording with FOU N DATIONS
the following: "for a roped-hydraulic elevator support
not less than twice the unbalanced weight of the system Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and founda­
with no load and up to rated load in the car and all tions shall conform to Section 2.9.

144
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

SECTION 3.10 3.1 5.1.1.1 The platform frame shall be of such

GUARDING OF EXPOSED AUXI LIARY EQUIPMENT design and construction that all eccentric loads are car­
ried through the structure and plunger attachment into
Guarding of exposed auxiliary equipment shall con­
the hydraulic j ack (see 3.18.2.3 ).
form to Section 2.10.
3.15.1 .1.2 The platform frame shall be guided
on each guide rail by single-guiding members attached
SECTION 3.1 1
to the frame.
PROTECTION OF HOISTWAY LAN DING OPEN INGS
3.1 5.1.1.3 The platform frame shall be designed
Protection of hoistway landing openings shall con­
to withstand the forces resulting from the class of load­
form to Section 2.11, except as excluded by 3.11.1.
ing for which the elevator is designed without exceeding
3.1 1.1 Emergency Doors the stresses and deflections in 2.15.10 and 2.15.11 (see
8.2.2.6).
Emergency doors, where required by 2.11.1, are
required only when car safeties are provided. 3.15.1 .1.4 The hydraulic j ack connection to the
car shall be designed to transmit the full eccentric
moment into the plunger with a factor of safety of not
SECTION 3.12
less than 4 (see 3.18.2.3 ).
HOISTWAY DOOR LOCKING DEVICES, ELECTRIC
CONTACTS, AN D HOISTWAY ACCESS SWITCHES 3.1 5.1.1.5 The hydraulic jack shall be designed
to withstand the stresses due to bending during the
3.1 2.1 General
loading and unloading of the platform based on the
The requirements of Section 2.12 shall apply. type of loading for which the elevator is designed (see
8.2. 8.1.2).
3.1 2.2 Car Door or Gate Electric Contacts and Car
Door Interlocks 3.1 5.1.1.6 Car safeties shall not be provided.
Car door or gate electric contacts and car door inter­ 3.1 5.1.2 Roped-hydraulic elevators shall be pro­
locks shall conform to 2.14.4.2. vided with car frames and platforms conforming to
Section 2.15.
SECTION 3.13 3.1 5.2 Maximum Allowable Stresses and Deflections
POWER OPERATION, POWER OPEN ING, AN D in Car Frame and Platform Members
POWER CLOSING OF HOISTWAY DOORS AN D CAR
DOORS OR GATES 3 . 1 5 .2 . 1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators. T he
stresses and deflections in car frame and platform mem­
Power operation, power opening, and power closing bers and their connections, based on the static load
of hoistway doors and car doors or gates shall conform imposed upon them, shall be not more than those per­
to Section 2.13. mitted by Section 2.15 , provided that the maximum
stresses in the car frame uprights that are normally sub­
SECTION 3.14 ject to compression shall conform to 8.2.9.1.1.
CAR ENCLOSU RES, CAR DOORS AN D GATES, AN D 3.1 5 .2.2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevators . T he stresses
CAR I LLUMI NATION and deflection in car frame and platform members and
Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and car illumina­ their connections, based on the static load imposed upon
tion shall conform to Section 2.14 except 2.14.2.3.3(b) them, shall be not more than those permitted by
does not apply where the elevator conforms to the Section 2.15 , and shall conform to 8.2.2.
requirements of 3 . 26.10.
3.1 5.3 Calculations of Stresses and Deflections in
Car Frame and Platform Members
SECTION 3.1 5
3.1 5.3.1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators. The cal­
CAR FRAMES AN D PLATFORMS
culations of the stresses and deflections in side-post car
3.1 5.1 Requirements frame and platform members shall be based on the for­
mulas and data in 8. 2 . 9.
3.1 5.1.1 Direct-acting hydraulic elevators shall be
For cars with comer-post or sub-post car frames, the
provided with car frames and platforms conforming to
formulas and specified methods of calculations do not
Section 2.15 , subj ect to the modification hereinafter spec­
generally apply and shall be modified to suit the specific
ified. (See 3.18.2.3 for connection between plunger and
conditions and requirements in each case.
platform or car frame.)
A car frame shall not be required, provided 3.15.1.1.1 3.1 5 .3.2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevators. T he calcula­
through 3.15.1.1.6 are conformed to. tions of the stresses and deflections in side-post car

1 45
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

frame and platform members shall be based on the for­ 3.16.9 Special Loading Means
mulas and data in 8.2.2. The requirements of 2.16.9 shall apply.
For cars with comer-post or sub-post car frames, or
where the rope hitches are not on the crosshead, the
formulas and specified methods of calculations do not SECTION 3.1 7
generally apply and shall be modified to suit the specific CAR SAFETIES, COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES,
conditions and requirements in each case. PLUNGER G RIPPER, AND GOVERNORS
3.1 7.1 Car Safeties
SECTION 3.16 Car safeties shall be provided for roped-hydraulic ele­
CAPACITY AND LOADING vators and shall be permitted to be provided for direct­
3.16.1 Minimum Rated Load for Passenger Elevators acting hydraulic elevators. When provided, car safeties
shall conform to Section 2.17, and to 3.17.1.1 through
The requirements of 2.16.1 shall apply.
3.17.1.3.
3.16.2 Minimum Rated Load for Freight Elevators 3.17.1.1 The slack-rope device required by 3.18.1.2
T he requirements of 2.16.2 shall apply, except, in shall be permitted to be an additional means of activat­
2.16.2.2.4(c) the wording "hydraulic jack, hydraulic ing the car safety on roped-hydraulic elevators using
machine, pressure piping and fittings" shall be substi­ hydraulic jacks equipped with plungers .The slack-rope
tuted for the wording "driving-machine motor, brake device required by 3.18.1.2.5 shall be an additional
and traction relation." means of activating the car safety on roped-hydraulic
elevators using hydraulic jacks equipped with pistons.
3.16.3 Capacity and Data Plates
3.17.1.2 The safety shall be of a type that can be
The requirements of 2.16.3 shall apply, except
released only by moving the car in the up direction. To
(a) requirement 2.16.3.2.l(a) shall not apply to
return a car to normal operation after a safety set, the
hydraulic elevators .
car shall be moved hydraulically in the up direction.
(b) on data plates (see 2.16.3.2.2), the weight of the
For repairs of obvious or suspected malfunction, the car
plunger is not to be included in the weight of the com­ shall be permitted to be raised by other means capable
plete car, even though it is attached. The plunger weight of holding the entire car weight. Prior to releasing the
is to be indicated independently. The operating speed other means, the car shall be run hydraulically in the
in the down direction shall also be indicated. up direction.
(c) requirement 2.16.3.2.2(c) applies only for If an auxiliary pump is used to move the car in the
roped-hydraulic elevators. up direction to release the safeties, it shall
(d) requirement 2.16.3.2.2(e) applies only where car (a) have a relief valve that limits the pressure to not
safeties are provided. more than 2.3 times the working pressure
3.16.4 Carrying of Passengers on Freight Elevators (b) be connected between the check valve or control
valve and the shutoff valve
The requirements of 2.16.4 shall apply, except 2.16.4.3
shall not apply to hydraulic elevators. 3.1 7.1 .3 T he switches required by 2.17.7 shall,
when operated, remove power from the hydraulic
3.16.5 Signs Required in Freight Elevators machine motor and control valves before or at the time
The requirements of 2.16.5 shall apply. of application of the safety.

3.16.6 Overloading of Freight Elevators 3.1 7 .2 Counterweight Safeties

The requirements of 2.16.6 shall apply, except 2.16.6(b) Counterweight safeties, where provided in accor­
shall not apply to hydraulic elevators. dance with 3.6.2, shall conform to Section 2.17, provided
that safeties shall be operated as a result of the breaking
3.16.7 One-Piece Loads Exceeding the Rated Load or slackening of the counterweight suspension ropes,
Requirement 2.16.7 shall not apply. One-piece loads irrespective of the rated speed of the elevator.
exceeding rated load shall not be carried on hydraulic
elevators. 3.1 7.3 Plunger Gripper
A plunger gripper shall be permitted to be provided
3.16.8 Additional Requirements for Passenger for direct-acting hydraulic elevators using hydraulic
Overload jacks equipped with plungers. A plunger gripper shall
Requirement 2.16.8 shall not apply.Hydraulic passen­ be capable of stopping and holding the car with its
ger elevators shall be designed based on 100 % of rated load from the actual measured tripping speed per
rated load. Table 2.18.2.1 and shall conform to 3.17.3.1 through

1 46
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

3.17.3.9. In Table 2.18.2.1 the words "rated speed " shall hydraulic system, or by other means capable of holding
be replaced by "operating speed in the down direction." the entire car weight.
3.1 7.3.1 Limits of Application. A plunger gripper 3.1 7.3.3.2 The elevator shall not be permitted to
shall be permitted, provided that be restarted without establishing at least no-load static
(a) the external pressure applied to the plunger by pressure on the hydraulic system.
the dev ice is symmetr ically d istributed at locat ions
around the circumference of the plunger. The resulting 3.1 7.3.4 Normally Retracted Position. In the nor­
stress in the plunger shall not exceed 67% of the yield mally retracted position, the following shall apply.
strength at any point of the plunger.
3.1 7.3.4.1 Clearance. In the normally retracted
(b) the external pressure applied to the plunger by position of the plunger gripper, any contact between
the device does not exceed 67% of the value that will the gripping surface and the plunger shall not cause
cause local buckling. W here the external pressure is degradation of the plunger or premature degradation
applied over substantially the full circumference of the of the gripping surface.
plunger, the maximum value shall be permitted to be
determined by 8.2.8.6. 3.1 7 .3.4.2 Hydraulic Holding Means. Hydraulic
(c) dur ing the app l icat ion, the plunger and the means are permitted to maintain the plunger gripper in
plunger gripper are capable of withstanding any vertical the normally retracted position.
forces imposed upon them, and transfer such forces to
the supporting structure. During the application of the 3.1 7.3.5 Deceleration. The deceleration of the ele­
device, any loading on the plunger shall not damage vator upon actuation of the plunger gripper shall comply
the cylinder . with the following criteria:
(d) power is removed from the hydraulic machine (a) The average deceleration rate at rated load shall
before or at the time of application. be not less than 0.1 grav ity nor more than 1.0 gravity.
(See Nonmandatory Appendix P for minimum and max­
3.1 7.3.2 Means of Application. A plunger gripper imum stopping distances.)
shall mechan ically gr ip the plunger when a loss of (b) Any peak deceleration rate in excess of 2.0 grav ity
hydraulic pressure or fluid causes uncontrolled down­ shall have a duration of not greater than 0.0 4 s.
ward motion to occur . The plunger gripper shall be
actuated by either a hydraulic means or an electrical 3.1 7.3.6 Minimum Factors of Safety and Stresses of
means. Safety Parts and Rope Connections
3.1 7.3.2.1 Electrical Actuation Means. Where an 3.1 7.3.6.1 Comp l iance w ith 2.17.1 2.1 and
electrical actuation means is provided, it shall comply 2.17.1 2.6 is required. Springs shall be permitted in the
with the following: operation of the plunger gripper. The maximum fiber
(a) The plunger gripper shall be fully operational dur­ stress in the spring shall not exceed 85% of the elastic
ing a primary electrical system power failure. limit in the material at any time. The factor of safety of
(b) The elevator shall not be permitted to restart after wire ropes, if provided in the construction of the plunger
a normal stop in the event of the failure within the gripper, shall not be less than 5. Tiller-rope construction
electrical means used to actuate the gripper of any of shall not be used.
the following :
(1) a single mechanically operated switch 3.1 7.3.6.2 Leaf and roller chains, if provided in
(2) a single magnet ically operated sw itch, con- the construction of the plunger gripper, shall conform
tactor, or relay to ASME B 29.100 or ASME B 29.8.
(3) a single solenoid
3.1 7.3.6.3 The factors of safety shall be based
(4) a single solid-state device upon the maximum stresses developed in the parts dur­
(5) a software system failure ing operation of the gripper when stopping rated load
(6) the occurrence of a single ground from the tr ipp ing speed (see 3.17.3) of the speed ­
3.1 7.3.2.2 Inspection and Test Means. Hydraulic measuring device.
or electrical means other than those required in 3.17.3.2 3.1 7 .3.6.4 Rope or tape used to drive an electrical
are permitted to actuate the plunger gripper for inspec­ encoder is not required to comply with the requirements
tion and test purposes. Electrical inspection and test for governor rope.
means are not required to comply with 3.17.3.2.1.
3.1 7.3.6.5 If a governor is used, it must comply
3. 1 7 .3.3 Release
with 2.18.5.1, except lang-lay construction is permitted
3.1 7.3.3.1 The plunger gripper shall be released and the diameter is permitted to be less than 9 .5 mm
by establishing at least no-load static pressure on the (0.375 in.).

1 47
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

3 . 1 7 .3.7 Corros ion-Res is tant Bearings in Plunger Any plunger or cylinder head mechanical connector
Gripper and Gripper Operating Mechanis ms . Compli­ or connection shall conform to 3.18.2.1, 3.18.2.4, 3.18.4,
ance with 2.17.13 is required. and 3.18.5.
3.1 7.3.8 Marking Plate for a Plunger Gripper. A 3.18.1 .2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevator
permanent marking plate shall be securely attached to 3.18.1 .2.1 The driving member of the hydraulic
each plunger gripper. The plate shall be of such material j ack shall be vertical. Cars shall be suspended with not
and construction that it is permanent and readily legible. less than two suspension members per hydraulic j ack
The letters and symbols shall be stamped, etched, cast, in conformance with 2.15.13 and Section 2.2 0.
or otherwise applied with depressed or raised letters
and symbols not less than 3 mm (0.12 5 in.) in height, 3.18.1 .2.2 The roping ratio that relates the driv­
indicating ing member of the hydraulic jack speed to the car speed
(a) that it is a plunger gripper. shall not exceed 1: 2.
(b) the maximum operating speed in the down direc­ 3.18.1 .2.3 Sheaves used to transfer load from the
tion in m/s (ft/min) for which the plunger gripper shall hydraulic jack to the car frame through wire ropes shall
be permitted to be used. conform to 2.2 4. 2 , 2.2 4.3, and 2.2 4.5.
(c) the maximum load in newtons (lbf) for which the
3.18.1 .2.4 Means shall be provided to prevent
gripper is designed and installed to stop and sustain. the ropes, if slack, from leaving the sheave grooves.
(d) the manufacturer's name or trademark and identi­
fication number of the device. 3.18.1 .2.5 A slack-rope device with an enclosed
(e) space for date of acceptance test. Date to be perma­ manually reset switch shall be provided that shall cause
nently marked following test. the electric power to be removed from the hydraulic
(f) the diameter and minimum wall thickness of the machine pump motor and the control valves should any
plunger for which the device is applicable. rope become slack.
3.18.1 .2.6 The traveling sheave shall be attached
3.17 .3.9 Flexible Hos es . Flexible hoses used for the
with fastenings having a minimum factor of safety of
operation of a plunger gripper shall be permitted, pro­
4, based upon the ultimate strength of the material used.
vided that their failure does not cause an uncontrolled
The load to be used in determining the factor of safety
descent. These flexible hoses are not required to meet
shall be the resultant of the maximum tensions in the
the requirements of 3.19.3.3.
ropes leading from the sheave with the elevator at rest
3.1 7.4 Governors and with rated load in the car.
Governors, when provided, shall comply with 3.18.2 Plungers
Section 2.18, except 2.18.4. In addition, governors shall 3.18.2.1 Material. The plunger and connecting cou­
conform to 3.17.4.1 and 3.17.4.2. plings for the plunger shall be of materials in accordance
3.1 7.4.1 The term "operating speed in the down with 3.18.2.1.1 and 3.18.2.1.2.
direction with rated load" shall be substituted for the 3.18.2. 1 . 1 Tensile, compressive, bending, and
words "rated speed" whenever these words appear. torsional loading shall have a factor of safety of not less
than 5 , based on ultimate strength.
3.1 7.4.2 For governors located inside the hoistway,
see 2.7.6.3.4. 3.18.2.1 .2 Pressure loadings shall have a factor
of safety not less than that calculated per 8.2. 8.5.
SECTION 3.1 8 3.18.2.2 Plunger Des ign. Plungers made of steel
HYDRAULIC JACKS shall be designed and constructed in compliance with
the applicable formula in 8.2. 8.1 for calculation of elastic
3.18.1 Hydraulic J ack and Connections stability, bending, and external pressure. For other mate­
Where multiple hydraulic j acks are used, they shall rials, the appropriate modulus of elasticity must be
be hydraulically connected to form a single hydraulic utilized.
system. Plungers subj ect to internal pressure shall also be
designed and constructed in accordance with cylinder
3 . 1 8. 1 . 1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators . T he design formula in 8.2. 8.2.
driving member of the hydraulic j ack shall be attached to
the car frame or car platform with fastenings of sufficient 3.18.2.3 Plunger Connection
strength to support that member with a factor of safety 3.18.2.3.1 When the hydraulic jack is not sub-
of not less than 4 and shall be capable of withstanding, j ected to eccentric loading, it shall
without damage, any forces resulting from a plunger (a) carry in tension the weight of the plunger with a
stop as described in 3.18.4.2. factor of safety not less than 4

148
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(b) restrict total vertical movement to less than 20% 3.18.2.7.2 Telescopic plungers shall have each
of the buffer stroke, where vibration damping means plunger section internally guided. If more than two
are provided movable sections are used, external guides shall be pro­
vided for each plunger section. External guides shall be
3.18.2.3.2 In addition, when the hydraulic jack designed and constructed to comply with all applicable
is subjected to eccentric loading, the following shall also requirements of Section 2.15.
apply:
(a) The plunger connection to the car shall also be so 3.18.3 Cylinders
designed and constructed as to transmit the full eccentric
3.18.3.1 Material. The cylinder and connecting cou­
moment into the plunger with a factor of safety not less
plings for the cylinder shall be made of materials in
than 4.
compliance with 3.18.3.1.1 and 3.18.3.1.2.
(b) The plunger and the plunger connection to the
car shall also be so designed and constructed that the 3.18.3.1.1 For tensile, compressive, bending, and
total vertical deflection of the loading edge of the car torsional loading, the cylinder and connecting couplings
platform due to eccentric loading of the car shall not shall have a factor of safety of not less than 5, based on
exceed 19 mm (0 .75 in .) . ultimate strength.

3 . 1 8.2.4 Plunger Joints. Plungers composed of 3.18.3.1 .2 For pressure calculations, the cylinder
more than one section shall have joints designed and and connecting coupling shall have a factor of safety
constructed to not less than that calculated as specified in 8.2.8.5.
(a) carry in tension the weight of all plunger sections 3 . 1 8 . 3 . 2 Cyl i n d e r Design . Cylinders shall be
below the joint with a factor of safety of not less than 4 designed and constructed in accordance with the for­
(b) transmit in compression the gross load on the mula in 8.2.8.2.
plunger with a factor of safety of not less than 5, based
3.18.3.3 Clearance at Bottom of Cylinder. Clearance
on ultimate strength
shall be provided at the bottom of the cylinder so that
(c) withstand without damage any forces resulting
the bottom of the plunger will not strike the safety bulk­
from a plunger stop as described in 3.18.4.2 head of the cylinder when the car is resting on its fully
(d) for eccentric loading, the joints shall conform to compressed buffer (see 3.2 2.1).
3.18.2.2 and 3.18.2.3
3.18.3.4 Safety Bulkhead. Cylinders buried in the
3.18.2.5 Plungers Subject to External Pressure. For ground shall be provided with a safety bulkhead having
plungers subjected to external pressure, the working an orifice of a size that would permit the car to descend
pressure shall be not greater than indicated by the for­ at a speed not greater than 0.075 m /s ( 15 ft /min), nor
mula in 8.2.8.1.3. less than 0.0 25 m /s (5 ft /min). A space of not less than
25 mm ( 1 in.) shall be left between the welds of the
3.18.2.6 Plunger Heads Subject to Fluid Pressure.
safety bulkhead and the cylinder head. Safety bulkheads
Heads of plungers subject to fluid pressure shall con­
shall conform to 3.18.3.6.
form to 3.18.3.6.
A safety bulkhead shall not be required where a dou­
3.18.2.7 Plunger-Follower Guide ble cylinder is used and where both inner and outer
cylinders conform to 3.18 .3.
3.18.2.7.1 A plunger-follower guide shall be per­
mitted to be used, provided it is arranged so that the 3.18.3.5 Cylinder Packing Heads. Cylinder packing
elevator is always in a position where the unsupported heads shall conform to appropriate requirements of
length of the plunger conforms to the "maximum free 3.18.4 and 8.2.8.3.
length" as defined in 8.2.8.1. If this length is exceeded, 3.18.3.6 Closed Cylinder and Plunger Heads. Closed
upward movement of the car shall immediately stop, heads of cylinders, and heads of plungers subject to fluid
and it shall be permitted to allow the car to return non­ pressure, shall conform to 3.18.3.6.1 through 3.18.3.6.3.
stop to the lowest landing; power-operated doors shall
open, and electric power shall be removed from the 3.18.3.6.1 Closed Cylinder Heads. Closed heads of
motor and the control valve. After not less than 15 s nor cylinders shall be only of dished seamless construction,
more than 60 s, the doors shall close in compliance with concave to pressure, except if the bottom of the cylinder
is supported, and if the cylinder is not buried.
2.1 1.3. A manual reset of the means shall be required
before the elevator is returned to service. The in-car door 3 . 1 8 . 3 . 6 . 2 Design Form u las. T hey shall be
open button shall remain operative. designed and constructed in accordance with the appli­
Plunger-follower guides shall be designed and con­ cable formulas in 8.2.8.3, provided that steel heads shall
structed to comply with all applicable requirements of in no case have a thickness less than that required for
Section 2.15. the adjoining shell.

149
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

3 . 1 8.3.6.3 Dish ed Seamless H eads, Convex to load pressure, should the normal terminal stopping
Pressure. Dished seamless heads, convex to pressure, device (see 3.2 5.1) fail to operate, or at a reduced speed
if used on plungers, shall have a maximum allowable when a terminal speed-reducing device is provided as
working pressure of not more than 60% of that for heads required by 3.2 5.2. No running test onto the stop ring
of the same dimensions with pressure on the concave is required [see 8.10.3.2.2(s)].
side.
3.18.4.2 Hydraulic System. The connections to the
3.18.3.7 Collection of Oil Leakage. Means shall be hydraulic machine, plunger, plunger connection, cou­
provided to collect for removal any oil leakage from plings, plunger j oints, cylinder, cylinder connecting cou­
the cylinder head seals or packing gland. The amount plings, or any other parts of the hydraulic system shall
collected before removal shall not exceed 19 L (5 gal). be designed and constructed to withstand, without dam­
age, a plunger stop in accordance with 3.18.4.1.
3.18.3.8 Cylinders Buried in the Ground
3.18.5 Welding
3.18.3.8.1 Cylinders buried in the ground shall
be protected from corrosion due to galvanic or electro­ All welding of hydraulic j ack components shall con­
lytic action, salt water, or other underground conditions. form to Section 8.8.
3.1 8.3.8.2 T he methods specified in 3.18.3. 8.3 3.18.6 Marking of Hydraulic Jack
shall be considered as acceptable, provided that they The hydraulic j ack shall be permanently and legibly
(a) are designed and installed with means for moni­ marked. The marking shall be visible after installation.
toring and maintaining them in accordance with The letters and symbols shall be stamped, etched, cast,
accepted industry practices applicable to the methods or otherwise applied with depressed or raised letters
(b) are effective for specific conditions where the cyl- and symbols not less than 3 mm (0.125 in.) in height
inder is installed with the following information:
(c) provide means for checking ongoing compliance (a) the name or trademark by which the organization
with 3.18.3.8.1 that manufactured the hydraulic j ack can be identified
3.18.3.8.3 Cylinders buried in the ground shall (b) the manufacturer's designation of the type or
be provided with protection from corrosion by one or model
more of the following methods: (c) year of manufacture
(a) The cylinder shall be constructed of a material
that is immune to the stated conditions. SECTION 3 . 1 9
(b) T he cylinder shall be completely covered or VALVES, PRESSURE PIPING, AND FITTINGS
encased in a material that completely surrounds the
3.19.1 Materials and Working Pressures
exterior surface and is immune to the stated conditions.
If the space between the protective casing and the cylin­ 3.19.1.1 Materials. Pressure piping, valves, fittings,
der is empty, the casing must be designed to withstand and mufflers shall be designed and made of materials
a static head of water from ground level to the bottom having properties such that a factor of safety not less
of the cylinder, based on the manufacturer's rating of than that calculated per 8.2. 8. 5 is achieved.
the material used. Piping and fittings of a grade not subjected to listed/
(c) The cylinder shall be protected by a monitored certified testing (ASTM or equivalent) shall not be used
cathodic protection system. for hydraulic pressure piping and fittings.
(d) The cylinder shall be protected by a means that NOTE (3.19.1.1): Examples of two acceptable pipe standards are
will provide an immunity level not less than that pro­ ASTM A106 and ASTM A53, Type E or S.
vided by the above methods for the stated conditions.
3.1 9. 1 .2 Working Pressures. The working pressure
3.18.3.9 Means for Relief of Air or Gas. Cylinders (see Section 1.3 ) shall not exceed the component rated
shall be provided with a means to release air or other gas. pressure (see Section 1.3 ) of the pipes, valves, mufflers,
and fittings used on the pressure side of the hydraulic
3.18.4 Plunger Stops system.
3.18.4.1 Metal Stops and/or Other Means. Metal 3 . 1 9.1 .3 Component Proof-Test. For elongations
stops and/or other means shall be provided at one end greater than or equal to 10%, the component design shall
of the plunger and at the packing head end of the cylin­ be substantiated either in accordance with 8.2.8.5 or by
der to prevent the plunger from traveling beyond the an unrestrained proof-test of 5 times the component
limits of the cylinder. rated pressure without resulting in fracture. For elonga­
T he metal stops and/ or other means shall be so tions of less than 10%, the test value shall be 1.5 times the
designed and constructed as to stop the plunger travel­ value indicated by 8.2.8.5 multiplied by the component
ing in the up direction at maximum speed under full rated pressure.

150
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

3.1 9.1 .4 Component Markings. Valves, fittings, and extends beyond the building containing the hydraulic
mufflers shall be pressure rated, and shall bear the man­ machine or machine room, the elevator shall be fitted
ufacturer's name or trademark by which the organiza­ with at least one of the following:
tion that manufactured the product can be identified, (a) a car safety conforming to 3.17.2
and identification symbols to indicate the materials and (b) an overspeed valve(s) conforming to 3.19.4.7
service designations for which the manufacturer's rating (c) a plunger gripper(s) conforming to 3.17.3
applies.
NOTE: Valves and fittings rated for a different system may be 3.1 9.3 Connections and Fittings
used in hydraulic elevator systems when substantiated in accor
dance with the elevator code. 3.1 9.3.1 Connections. All piping connections shall
be of the welded, grooved, threaded, or bolted flange
3.1 9.2 Pressure Piping type. Threads of valves, piping, and fittings shall con­
3.1 9.2.1 Wall Thickness. The minimum wall thick­ form to the requirements of A SME Bl.2 0. 1 or
ness shall conform to 8.2. 8.4. ASME Bl.20.3. Hydraulic tube fittings shall conform to
SAE J514.
3.1 9.2.2 Threading. Pipe lighter than Schedule 40
shall not be threaded. 3.1 9.3.2 Grooved Pipe Fittings
3.1 9.2.3 Pipe Supports. Piping shall be so sup­ 3.1 9.3.2.1 Grooved pipe fitting assemblies shall
ported as to eliminate undue stresses at j oints and fit­ be permitted to be used for hydraulic connections. They
tings, particularly at any section of the line subject to shall be installed in conformance with the manufactur­
vibration. er's specifications. They shall be installed in locations
that will permit disassembly and inspection of all of
3.1 9.2.4 Pipe, Tubing, or Fittings. Pipe, tubing, or
their component parts.
fittings shall be permitted to be used for instrument
or control purposes and shall conform to ASME B3 1.1, 3 . 1 9.3.2.2 Grooved pipe fittings shall be so
para. 122.3. designed and constructed that failure of a sealing ele­
3.1 9.2.5 Pressure Gauge Fittings. A pressure gauge ment will not permit separation of the parts connected.
fitting shall be provided on jack side of the check valve The devices or means used for preventing the separation
or immediately adjacent to the hydraulic control valve. of the parts connected shall be removable only with the
When a pressure gauge is permanently installed, a shut­ use of tools. Devices or means removable with hand­
off means shall be provided to protect the gauge. Where operated quick-release levers or toggles are prohibited.
the hydraulic machine is located in the hoistway, the 3.1 9.3.3 Flexible Hydraulic Connections. Flexible
pressure gauge fittings shall only be accessible to eleva­ hose and fitting assemblies, and flexible couplings, shall
tor personnel from outside the hoistway (see Section 8.1). be permitted to be used for hydraulic connections.
3.1 9.2.6 Hydraulic Pipeline Identification. A mark­ Where installed between the check valve or control valve
ing shall be applied, to accessible piping that is located and the cylinder, they shall conform to 3.19.3.3.1 and
outside the elevator machine room or hoistway, stating 3.19.3.3.2.
"Elevator Hydraulic Line" in letters that are at least
19 mm (0.75 in.) high in a contrasting color. The marking 3.1 9.3.3.1 Flexible hose and fitting assemblies
shall be visible after installation and applied at intervals shall
not greater than 3 000 mm (120 in.). (a) not be installed within the hoistway, nor project
into or through any wall. Installation shall be accom­
3.1 9.2.7 Where the hydraulic machine is located plished without introducing any twist in the hose, and
in the hoistway and any piping, tubing, or fitting permit­ shall conform with the minimum bending radius of
ted by 3.19.2.4 is located outside the hoistway, means SAE 100, R2 type, high pressure, steel wire reinforced,
shall be provided to rubber-covered hydraulic hose specified in SAE J517.
(a) protect the specified piping, tubing, or fittings (b) have a bursting strength sufficient to withstand
from damage, which would cause unsafe elevator opera­ not less than 10 times working pressure (see Section 1.3 ) .
tion; or They shall be tested in the factory o r i n the field prior
(b) prevent uncontrolled movement of the elevator in to installation at a pressure of not less than 5 times
the event of failure of the specified piping, tubing, or working pressure and shall be marked with date and
fittings pressure of test.
3.1 9.2.8 Where the pressure piping is outside the (c) conform to the requirements of SAE 100, R2 type
machine room, machinery space, or hoistway, the pres­ hose specified in SAE J517 and be compatible with the
sure piping shall be protected from external damage. fluid used.
Where the pressure piping is buried underground or (d) be of nonreusable-type fittings.

151
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(e) be permanently labeled/marked, indicating elevator car with rated load at any point when the pump
(1) the name or trademark by which the manufac- stops and the down valves are closed or the maintained
turer of the hose and fittings can be identified pressure drops below the minimum operating pressure.
(2) the type of hose and fitting 3.1 9.4.4 Manual Lowering Valve. A manually oper­
(3) the minimum factory test pressure ated valve, located on or adj acent to the control valves,
(4) the minimum bending radius of hose shall be provided and identified, which permits low­
(5) the date of installation ering the car at a speed not exceeding 0.10 m/s
(6) the inspection procedure (2 0 ft/min). This valve shall be so marked to indicate
(7) the name of elevator contractor the lowering position. Where the hydraulic machine is
(f) have a line overspeed valve conforming to 3.19.4.7. located in the hoistway, the manual lowering valve shall
3.1 9.3.3.2 Flexible couplings are permitted for only be accessible to elevator personnel from outside
hydraulic connections. Such couplings shall be so the hoistway (see Section 8.1).
designed and constructed that failure of the sealing ele­ 3.1 9.4.5 Reserved for Future Use
ment will not permit separation of the connected parts.
The devices or means used to prevent the separation of 3.1 9.4.6 Type Tests, Certification, and Marking Plates
the connected parts shall be removable only with the for Control Valves
use of tools. Any devices or means that are removable 3 . 1 9.4.6.1 Each type or model and make of
with hand-operated quick-released levers are hydraulic control valve shall be subj ected to the engi­
prohibited. neering tests and to the certification process as specified
in 8.3.5.
3.1 9.4 Valves
3 . 1 9.4.6.2 Hydraulic control valves shall be
3.1 9.4.1 Shutoff Valve. A manually operated shut­ plainly marked in a permanent manner with the follow­
off valve shall be provided between the hydraulic ing information:
machines and the hydraulic jack and shall be located
(a) certifying organization's name or identifying
outside the hoistway and adj acent to the hydraulic symbol
machine.
(b) the name, trademark, or file number by which
W here the hydraulic machine is located in the
the organization that manufactured the product can be
hoistway, the manually operated shutoff valve shall be
identified
permitted to be located inside the hoistway, provided
(c) statement of compliance with A SME A17. l /
that it is accessible from outside the hoistway to elevator
CSA B44
personnel only (see Section 8.1).
(d) type designation
3.1 9.4.2 Pump Relief Valve (e) component rated pressure
3.1 9.4.2.1 Each pump or group of pumps shall 3.1 9.4.6.3 The electrical coil data shall be marked
be equipped with one or more relief valve(s) conforming on each individual coil
to the following requirements:
3 . 1 9 . 4 . 7 Overs p eed Valves. W hen provided,
(a) Type and Location. The relief valve shall be located
overspeed valves and their connections and attachments
between the pump and the check valve and shall be of
shall conform to 3.19.4.7.1 through 3.19.4.7.6.
such a type and so installed in the bypass connection
that the valve cannot be shut off from the hydraulic 3.1 9.4.7.1 Overs peed Valve Tests . Each type or
system. model of overspeed valve shall be subj ected to the engi­
(b) Size. The size of the relief valve and bypass shall neering tests specified in 8.3.9.
be sufficient to pass the maximum rated capacity of the 3 . 1 9.4.7.2 Marking of Overs peed Valves. T he
pump without raising the pressure more than 5 0% above overspeed valves shall be plainly marked in a permanent
the working pressure. Two or more relief valves shall manner with the following:
be permitted to be used to obtain the required capacity. (a) the name or trademark by which the organization
(c) Sealing. Relief valves shall be sealed after being that manufactured the product can be identified
set to the correct pressure. (b) type designation
3.1 9.4.2.2 No relief valve is required for centrifu­ (c) component rated pressure
gal pumps driven by induction motors, provided the (d) maximum and minimum rated flow
shut-off, or maximum pressure that the pump can
3 . 1 9.4.7.3 I ns tallation of Overs peed Valves.
develop, is not greater than 135 % of the working pres­
Overspeed valves shall be installed and mounted as
sure at the pump. follows:
3.1 9.4.3 Check Valve. A check valve shall be pro­ (a) Single-Jack Arrangements. Where a single valve is
vided and shall be so installed that it will hold the used, it shall be located in the pressure piping within

152
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

300 mm ( 1 2 in.) of the hydraulic jack. Multiple parallel (b) a coating to protect the piping from corrosion that
valves are permitted in lieu of a single valve. These shall will withstand the installation process
be located so as to minimize the distance from the valves (c) a protective casing, immune to galvanic or electro­
to the hydraulic jack. lytic action, salt water, and other known underground
(b) Multiple-Jack Arrangemen ts . Multiple-jack conditions, completely surrounding the exterior sur­
arrangements shall conform with one of the following: faces of the piping
(1) A single overspeed valve shall be located in the
3.1 9.5.2 Seals. Piping buried in the ground shall
pressure piping within 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) of each hydraulic
not include seals or other elements potentially requiring
jack. Multiple parallel valves are permitted in lieu of
service or replacement .
single valves at each hydraulic jack. T hese shall be
located so as to minimize the distance from the valves
3.1 9.6 Welding
to each hydraulic jack .
(2) A single overspeed valve shall be located in the 3.1 9.6.1 All welding of valves, pressure piping,
pressure piping on the hydraulic machine side of, and and fittings shall conform to Section 8.8.
immediately before, the tee junction, wye junction, or
branch junction that connects the branch pressure pipes 3.1 9.6.2 Field welding of pressure piping and fit­
to the jacks. Multiple parallel valves are permitted in tings shall also be permitted to be performed by welders
lieu of a single valve at the junction. For dual hydraulic certified to the requirements pertaining to pressure
jack systems, the total length of branch pressure pipe systems.
between the tee or wye junction and the jacks shall
3.1 9.7 Electrical Requirements
not exceed the distance between the jacks, measured
horizontally, plus 1 m (39 in.). For multiple-jack systems, Hydraulic control valves shall conform to the electrical
the length of branch pressure piping shall be minimized. requirements in Clause 4 of CSA C 2 2.2 No. 139.
3.1 9.4.7.4 Strength of Overspeed Valve Pressure
Piping and Fittings Between the Overspeed Valve and SECTION 3.20
the Jacks. The factor of safety of the overspeed valve ROPES AN D ROPE CON N ECTIONS
pressure piping and fittings shall be not less than
1.5 times the value obtained using 8.2.8.5, provided that W here a counterweight is provided, the counter­
the minimum factor of safety is not less than 4.5, and weight shall be connected to the car by not less than
the minimum percentage elongation is not less than 5 two steel wire ropes.
for the overspeed valve and fittings and not less than The wire ropes and their connections shall conform
20 for the pressure piping. to Section 2.20, except that the factor of safety of the
wire ropes shall be not less than 7.
3 . 1 9 . 4 . 7 . 5 Performance Req u i rements. T he
overspeed valve shall be constructed, installed, and
adjusted to ensure that the elevator obtains the following SECTION 3.21
performance: COU NTERWEIGHTS
(a) The overspeed valve tripping speed shall be not
less than 1 10% nor greater than 1 40% of the elevator 3.2 1 . 1 Counterweights
operating speed in the down direction, but in no case Counterweights, where provided, shall conform to
shall exceed 0.3m /s (60 ft /min) above the rated elevator Section 2.2 1. In the event of the separation of the counter­
speed. weight from the car, the static pressure shall be not more
(b) The average deceleration rate shall be not less
than 1.96 m /s 2 (6.4 4 ft /s 2) nor more than 9.8 1 m /s 2
than 1 40% of the working pressure.

(32 .2 ft /s 2) . 3.21 .2 Counterweight Sheaves

(c) Any peak deceleration rate in excess of 2 4.53m /s 2
Sheaves for counterweight ropes shall conform to
(80.5 ft /s 2) shall have a duration of not greater than
2.2 4.2, 2.2 4.3, and 2.2 4.5.
0.0 4 s.
3.1 9.4.7.6 Sealing of the Overspeed Valve. Field­
adjustable overspeed valves shall be sealed after field SECTION 3.22
setting. BU FFERS AN D BUMPERS
3.1 9.5 Piping Buried in the Ground 3.22.1 Car Buffers or Bumpers
3.19.5.1 Protection. Piping buried in the ground Car buffers or bumpers shall be provided and shall
shall be provided with protection from corrosion by one conform to Section 2.2 2, provided that in applying the
or more of the following methods : requirements of Section 2.2 2 to hydraulic elevators
(a) monitored cathodic protection 3.2 2.1.1 through 3.2 2.1.5 are complied with.

153
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

3.22.1.1 The term "operating speed in the down 3.23.2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevators
direction with rated load" shall be substituted for the 3.23.2.1 Car and counterweight guide rails, guide­
words "rated speed" wherever these words appear. rail supports, and their fastenings shall conform to
3.22.1 .2 In place of 2.2 2.3.2, the requirements speci­ Section 2.23.
fied in 3.2 2 .1 .2 .1 and 3.2 2 .1 .2 .2 shall be substituted . 3.23.2.2 The traveling sheave, if provided, shall
(16) 3.22.1 .2.1 Spring buffers shall be capable of with- be guided by means of suitable guide shoes and guide
standing the loading per 8.2.3.2 without being com­ rails adequately mounted and supported.
pressed solid. Elastomeric buffers shall be capable of
withstanding the loading per 8.2.3.1 without being com­ SECTION 3.24
pressed 90% of the installed buffer height (see 2.2 2.5.4). HYDRAU LIC MACHI N ES AN D TAN KS
(16) 3.22.1 .2.2 Spring buffers shall be compressed 3.24.1 Hydraulic Machines (Power Units)
solid with a loading of 2 times that described in 8.2.3.2. 3.24. 1 .1 Marking Plate. The working pressure that
3.22.1 .3 Requirement 2.2 2.4.1.2 shall not apply. is developed in the system shall be measured at the
Reduced stroke buffers shall not be provided on hydrau­ acceptance inspection and test. This pressure shall be
lic elevators.Car buffers or bumpers shall be so located labeled /marked on a marking plate. The marking plate
that the car will come to rest on the bumper or fully shall be mounted permanently on the hydraulic
compressed buffer, or to a fixed stop, before the plunger machine. The marking plate shall be of such material
reaches its down limit of travel. and construction that it is permanent and readily legible.
The letters and symbols shall be stamped, etched, cast,
3.22.1.4 When multiple buffers are used, each shall or otherwise applied with a height not less than 3 mm
be identical and designed for an equal proportion of the (0.1 25 in.).
loading described in 3.2 2.1.2.
3.24.2 Tanks
3.22.1.5 Plunger weight, less buoyant effects of
the plungers at the buffer strike point, shall be added, 3.24.2.1 Capacity. Tanks shall be of sufficient capac­
if applicable, and used in buffer calculations. ity to provide for an adequate liquid reserve in order
to prevent the entrance of air or other gas into the system.
3.22.1 .6 Solid bumpers are permitted on hydraulic
elevators having an operating speed in the down direc­ 3.24.2.2 Minimum Level Indication. The permissible
tion of 0 .25 m /s (50 ft /min) or less .See 2 .2 2 .2 for solid minimum liquid level shall be clearly indicated .
bumper material. 3.24.3 Atmosphere Storage and Discharge Tanks
3.22.2 Counterweight Buffers 3.24.3.1 Covers and Venting. Tanks shall be covered
and suitably vented to the atmosphere. Where tanks are
Where counterweights are provided, counterweight
located in the hoistway, they shall be vented to prevent
buffers shall not be provided. (See 3.4.6 for required
accumulation of fumes in the hoistway and their covers
counterweight runby.)
shall be of sufficient strength to resist falling objects.

SECTION 3.23 3.24.3.2 Factor of Safety. Tanks shall be so designed

GUIDE RAI LS, GUIDE-RAI L SU PPORTS, AN D and constructed that when completely filled, the factor
of safety shall be not less than 4, based on the ultimate
FASTENI NGS
strength of the material.
3.23.1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators
3.24.3.3 Means for Checking Liquid Level. Tanks
Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their fastenings shall be provided with means for checking the liquid
shall conform to Section 2.23, with the exceptions speci­ level. Such means shall be accessible without the
fied in 3.23.1.1 through 3.23.1.4. removal of any cover or other part.
3.23.1 .1 Requirement 2.23.4.1 shall apply only 3.24.4 Welding
where car safeties are used and the maximum load on
the car side for direct-acting hydraulic elevators is the All welding of hydraulic machine components shall
conform to Section 8 .8 .
maximum weight of the car and its rated load plus the
weight of the plunger or cylinder as applicable.
SECTION 3.25
3.23.1 .2 Requirement 2.23.4.2 shall apply only TERMI NAL STOPPING DEVICES
where safeties are used.
3.25.1 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices
3.23.1 .3 Requirement 2 .23.9 .1 .l(a) shall apply only
3.25.1.1 Where Required and Function. Upper and
where safeties are used.
lower normal terminal stopping devices shall be pro­
3.23.1 .4 Section 2.28 shall not apply. vided and arranged to detect the position of the car and

15 4
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

cause the car to slow down and stop automatically, at 3 . 2 5 .2 . 2 General Requirements. Terminal
or near the top and bottom terminal landings, with any speed-reducing devices shall conform to 3.25.2.2.1
load up to and including rated load in the car from through 3.25.2.2.3.
any speed attained in normal operation. The normal
terminal stopping device shall function independently 3.25.2.2.1 T hey shall operate by mechanical,
of the operation of the normal stopping means and the hydraulic, or electrical means independently of the nor­
terminal speed-reducing device, where provided, such mal terminal stopping device and function to reduce
that the failure of the normal stopping means and /or the speed of the car if the normal terminal stopping
the failure of the terminal speed-reducing device, where device fails to cause the car to slow down at the top
provided, shall not prevent the normal terminal stop­ terminal as intended such that the failure of the normal
ping device from functioning as specified except terminal stopping device shall not prevent the terminal
(a) a common actuating means (e.g., a cam, etc.) that
speed-reducing device from functioning as specified
is not physically part of the position sensing devices except
shall be permitted for the actuation of the position sens­ (a) a common actuating means (e.g., a cam, etc.) that
ing device of the normal terminal stopping device and is not physically part of the position sensing devices
the position sensing device of shall be permitted for the actuation of both the position
(1) the normal stopping means, and /or
sensing device of the terminal speed-reducing device
and the position sensing device of the normal terminal
(2) the terminal speed-reducing device
stopping device
(b) a common mounting means shall be permitted
(b) a common mounting means shall be permitted
for the position sensing device of the normal terminal
for the position sensing devices of the terminal speed­
stopping device and the position sensing device of
reducing device and the normal terminal stopping
(1) the normal stopping means, and /or
device
(2) the terminal speed-reducing device
The device shall be so designed and installed that it 3.25.2.2.2 They shall provide retardation not in
will continue to function until the car reaches its extreme excess of 9 .8 1 m /s 2 (32.2 ft /s 2) .
limits of travel.
The device shall be permitted to be rendered inopera­ 3.25.2.2.3 T hey shall be so designed and
tive during recycling operation (see 3.26.7). installed that a single short circuit caused by a combina­
tion of grounds or by other conditions shall not render
3.25.1.2 Location of Stopping Devices. Stopping the device ineffective.
devices shall be located on the car, in the hoistway, in
the machine room or control room, or in overhead 3.25.2.3 Requirements for Mechanical or Hydraulic
spaces, and shall be operated by movement of the car. Means. Where the terminal speed-reducing devices are
implemented by mechanical or hydraulic means, a
3.25.1.3 Requirements for Stopping Devices on the means shall be provided to prevent overheating of the
Car or in the Hoistway. Stopping devices located on drive system (pump and motor) .T he mechanical or
the car or in the hoistway and operated by cams on the hydraulic means shall not cause permanent deformation
car or in the hoistway shall conform to 2.25.1. to any part upon which the means act.
3.2 5 . 1 .4 Requirements for Stopping Devices in a 3.25.2.4 Requirements for Electrical Means. Where
Machine Room, Control Room, or Overhead Space. Stop­ the terminal speed-reducing devices are implemented
ping devices located in a machine room, control room, by electrical means, they shall conform to 3.25.2.4.1
or in an overhead space shall conform to 2.25.2.3, except through 3.25.2.4.5.
that the device required by 2.25.2.3.2 shall cause the
electric power to be removed from the main control 3.25.2.4.1 T hey shall be so designed and
valve or from its control switch operating magnets and, installed that a single short circuit caused by a combina­
in the case of electrohydraulic elevators, where stopping tion of grounds or by other conditions shall not render
the car is effected by stopping the pump motor, from the device ineffective.
the pump motor and associated valves.
3.25.2.4.2 Where magnetically operated, optical,
or solid-state devices are used for position sensing, a
3.25.2 Terminal Speed-Reducing Devices
single short circuit caused by a combination of grounds
3.25.2.1 Where Required. Terminal speed-reducing or by other conditions, or the failure of any single mag­
devices shall be installed for the up direction where the netically operated, optical, or solid-state device, shall not
car speed exceeds 0.25 m /s (50 ft /min), to ensure that (a) render the terminal speed-reducing device
the plunger does not strike its solid limit of travel at a inoperative
speed in excess of 0.25 m /s (50 ft /min) (see 3.18.4.1). (b) permit the car to restart after a normal stop

155
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

3 . 2 5 .2.4.3 Mechanically operated switches, (g) Requirements 2.26.9.1, 2.26.9.2, 2.26.9.5, 2.26.9.6,
where located on the car or in the hoistway, shall con­ and 2.26.9.7 do not apply.
form to the following : (h) Requirement 2 .26 .10 does not apply.
(a) be operated by the movement of the car
(b) have metal operating cams 3.26.2 Inspection O peration
(c) have contacts that are positively opened Top-of-car operating devices shall be provided and
mechanically shall conform to 2.26.1.4. In-car and those inspection
(d) be of the enclosed type operations conforming to 2.26.1.4.4 shall be permitted.
(e) be securely mounted in such a manner that hori­ The bottom normal terminal stopping device shall be
zontal movement of the car shall not affect operation of permitted to be made ineffective while the elevator is
the device under the control of the inspection operation device.
3.25.2.4.4 Electrohydraulic elevators with two 3.26.3 Anticreep and Leveling O peration
means to control upward movement (e .g ., pump motor
and valve) shall conform to the following : 3.26.3.1 Anticreep Operation. Each elevator shall
(a) One or both means to control upward movement be provided with an anticreep operation to correct auto­
of the elevator shall be controlled by the terminal matically a change in car level. It shall conform to
speed-reducing device, either directly or through an 2.26.1.6.2 and 2.26.1.6.3, and 3.26.3.1.1 through 3.26.3.1.5.
intermediate device. 3.26.3.1.1 The anticreep device shall operate the
(1) Where an intermediate device is implemented car at a speed not exceeding 0.1 25 m /s ( 25 ft /min).
with a solid-state device or software system to satisfy
3.25 .2 .4 .4(a), the failure of any single solid-state device 3.26.3.1 .2 The anticreep device shall maintain
or a software system failure in the intermediate device the car within 25 mm ( 1 in.) of the landing, irrespective
shall not render the terminal speed-reducing device of the position of the hoistway door.
ineffective. 3.26.3.1 .3 For electrohydraulic elevators, the
(2) Redundant devices used to satisfy anticreep device shall be required to operate the car only
3.25.2.4.4(a)(l) shall be checked prior to each start of the in the up direction.
elevator from a landing, when on automatic operation.
When a failure as specified occurs the car shall not be 3.26.3.1 .4 Operation dependent on the availabil­
permitted to restart. ity of the electric power supply is permitted, provided
(b) The other means or both means to control upward
that
movement of the elevator are to be controlled by the (a) the mainline power disconnecting means is kept
normal terminal stopping device, either directly or in the closed position at all times except during mainte­
through an intermediate device. nance, repairs, and inspection
(b) a sign is placed on the switch stating, "KEEP
3.25.2.4.5 Electrohydraulic elevators with one SW I T C H CLOSED E XC E P T DU RING
means to control upward movement (e .g ., pump motor MAINT ENANCE, REPAI RS, AND INSPECT IONS"
only). One or both of the devices required in 3.26.6.4(a) (c) the sign shall be made of durable material and
shall be controlled by the terminal speed-reducing securely fastened and have letters with a height of not
device and the other device or both devices by the nor­ less than 6 mm (0.25 in.)
mal terminal stopping device.
3.26.3.1.5 Only the following, when activated,
3.25.3 Final Terminal Stopping Devices shall prevent operation of the anticreep device:
Final terminal stopping devices are not required. (a) the electrical protective devices listed in 3.26.4.1
(b) recycling operation (see 3.26.7)
(c) inspection transfer switch
SECTION 3.26 (d) hoistway access switch
OPERATING DEVICES AN D CONTROL EQUIPMENT (e) low oil protection means (see 3.26.9)
3.26.1 Operating Devices and Control Equipment (f) oil tank temperature shutdown (see 3.26.5 and
Operating devices and control equipment shall con- 3.26.6.5)
form to Section 2.26, except as modified by the following: 3.26.3.2 Operation in Leveling or Truck Zone. Oper­
(a) Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply. ation of an elevator in a leveling or truck zone at any
(b) Requirement 2 .26 .1 .4 applies as specified by 3.26 .2 . landing by a car-leveling or truck-zoning device, when
(c) Requirement 2.26.1.6 applies as specified by 3.26.3. the hoistway doors, or the car doors or gates, or any
(d) Requirement 2.26.2 applies as specified by 3.26.4. combination thereof, are not in the closed position, is
(e) Requirement 2.26.6 does not apply. permissible, subject to the requirements of 2.26.1.6.1
(f) Requirement 2.26.8 does not apply. through 2.26.1.6.5. A leveling or truck-zoning device

156
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

shall operate the car at a speed not exceeding 0.1 25 m /s elevator (e.g., a pump motor and a valve), at least one
( 25 ft /min). means shall be directly controlled by an electromechani­
cal contactor or relay unless the terminal speed-reducing
3.26.4 Electrical Protective Devices device (see 3.25.2) directly removes power from one of
Electrical protective devices shall be provided in con­ the control means.
formance with 2.26.2, and the following requirements,
3.26.6.4 For electrohydraulic elevators where the
except the words "driving-machine motor and brake"
only means of controlling upward movement of the ele­
in 2.26.2 shall be replaced with "hydraulic machine,"
vator is the pump motor, the pump motor control shall
and shall conform to 3.26.4.1 and 3.26.4.2.
conform to the following :
3.26.4.1 When in the open position, the electrical (a) Two devices shall be provided to remove power
protective devices shall prevent operation by all independently from the pump motor.At least one device
operating means, except as specified in 3.26.4.2. shall be an electromechanical contactor .
(b) The contactor shall be arranged to open each time
3.26.4.2 When in the open position, the following
devices shall initiate removal of power from the hydrau­ the car stops.
lic machine in such a manner as to produce an average (c) The electrical protective devices shall control both
deceleration rate not greater than 9.8 m /s 2 (32.2 ft /s 2) devices [see 3.26.6.4(a)] in accordance with 3.26.4.
and shall prevent operation by all operating means 3.26.6.5 In the pump motor controller for electro­
except the anticreep device: hydraulic elevators, when the occurrence of a single
(a) emergency stop switches, where required by ground or the failure of any single magnetically operated
2.26.2.5 switch, contactor, or relay; or any single solid-state
(b) broken rope, tape, or chain switches provided in device; or a software-system failure causes the liquid in
connection with normal stopping devices, when such the hydraulic driving machine to rise in temperature
devices are located in the machine room, control room, above its maximum operating temperature, the follow­
or overhead space ing shall occur :
(c) hoistway door interlocks or hoistway door (a) Power shall be removed from the hydraulic
contacts driving-machine motor .
(d) car door or gate electric contacts; or car door (b) The hydraulic driving-machine motor shall not be
interlocks permitted to restart .
(e) hinged car platform sill electric contacts (c) When the doors are closed, the car shall automati­
(f) in-car stop switch, where required by 2.26.2.2 1 cally be brought to the lowest landing and then operate
in conformance to 3.26.9.2 and 3.26.9.3.
3.26.5 Phase Reversal and Failure Protection
Hydraulic elevators powered by a polyphase AC 3.26.7 Recycling Operation for Multiple or
motor shall be provided with the means to prevent over­ Telescopic Plungers
heating of the drive system (pump and motor) due to Recycling operation shall permit the car to be lowered
phase rotation reversals or failure. more than 25 mm ( 1 in.) below the bottom landing,
but not require lowering in order to restore the relative
3.26.6 Control and Operating Circuits
vertical position of the multiple plunger sections, pro­
T he design and installation of the control and vided that
operating circuits shall conform to 3.26 .6 .1 and 3.26 .6 .2 . (a) the car is at rest at bottom landing
3.26.6.1 Springs, where used to actuate switches, (b) the doors and gates are closed and locked
contactors, or relays to stop an elevator at the terminals (c) no car calls are registered
or to actuate electrically operated valves, shall be of the (d) the speed during recycling does not exceed normal
compression type. down leveling speed but in no case shall be more than
0.10 m /s ( 20 ft /min)
3.26.6.2 The completion or maintenance of an (e) normal operation cannot be resumed until car is
electric circuit shall not be used to interrupt the power returned to bottom landing and normal terminal stop­
to the control valve, or to the pump driving motor of ping devices are restored to normal operation
electrohydraulic elevators, or both under the following
conditions: 3.26.8 Pressure Switch (16)
(a) to stop the car at the terminals
When cylinders are installed with the top of the cylin­
(b) to stop the car when any of the electrical protective
der above the top of the storage tank, a pressure switch
devices operate
shall be provided in the line between the cylinder and
3.26.6.3 For electrohydraulic elevators where there the valve, which shall be activated by the loss of positive
are two means of controlling upward movement of the pressure at the top of the cylinder. The switch shall

157
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

prevent automatic door opening and the operation of be permitted to allow one or more intermediate stops,
the lowering valve or valves. The door(s) shall be permit­ and then, after a predetermined interval, the car shall
ted to open by operation of the in-car open button(s), proceed to the lowest landing, provided the auxiliary
when the car is within the unlocking zone (see 2.1 2.1). power supply is of sufficient capacity to open and close
doors at each intermediate stop.
3.26.9 Low Oil Protection
3.26.1 0.3 If the car and landing doors are power
3.26.9.1 A means shall be provided to render the operated, and if the auxiliary power supply is of ade­
elevator on normal operation inoperative if for any rea­ quate capacity, the doors shall open when the car stops at
son the liquid level in the tank falls below the permissible the lowest landing and shall close after a predetermined
minimum. Suitable means include, but are not limited interval.
to, the following:
(a) direct sensing of liquid level NOTE (3.26.10): For the main disconnect switch auxiliary contact,
see ANSI/NFPA 70 and CSA C22.1 requirements, where applicable
(b) a pump-run timer (see Part 9).
Actuation of the means shall automatically bring the
car down to the lowest landing, when the doors are
closed. SECTION 3.27
EMERGENCY OPERATION AN D SIGNALING DEVICES
3.26.9.2 When at the lowest landing, the doors
shall comply with the following : Emergency operation and signaling devices shall con­
(a) For elevators with power-opera ted doors that form to Section 2.27, except as modified by the following :
automatically close, the door(s) shall open and shall The requirements of 3.26 .9 and 3.18 .2 .7 shall be modified
initiate automatic closing within 15 s. when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and Phase
(b) For elevators with manual doors or with doors II Emergency In-Car Operation are in effect, as specified
that do not automatically close, they shall be provided in 3.27.1 through 3.27.4. The requirements of 2.27.3.2.l(b)
with a signal system to alert an operator to close the and 2.27.3.2.2(b) shall be modified to include a machin­
doors. ery space containing a hydraulic machine.
3.26.9.3 The car shall then shut down. The means 3.27.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation After
shall require manual reset before returning the car to Device Actuation
service. For elevators with power-operated doors, the
in-car door open button(s) shall remain operative, but If Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is activated
the doors shall not be able to be power-opened from while the elevator is responding to any of the following
the landing . devices, the car shall return to the recall level :
(a) low oil protection (see 3.26.9)
3.26.10 Auxiliary Power Lowering Operation (b) plunger-follower guide protection, provided the
Where the auxiliary power supply is provided solely car is capable of being moved (see 3.18.2.7)
for the purpose of lowering the car, in the case of main (c) auxiliary power lowering (see 3.26.10)
power supply failure, the auxiliary lowering operation (d) oil tank temperature shutdown (see 3.26.6.5)
shall conform to 3.26.10.1 through 3.26.10.3. If the elevator is incapable of returning to the recall
level, the car shall descend to an available floor. Upon
3.26.1 0.1 Auxiliary lowering shall be permitted arrival, automatic power-operated doors shall open, and
to be initiated, provided that all operating and control then reclose within 15 s. The door open button(s) shall
devices, including door open and close buttons, function remain operative. The visual signal [ 2.27.3.l.6(h)] shall
as with normal power supply, except that the following extinguish.
devices shall be permi tted to be bypassed or made
inoperative: 3.27.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation Prior to (16)
(a) landing and car floor registration devices (or call Device Actuation
buttons)
(a) If any of the devices specified in 3.27.l(a), (b),
(b) devices enabling operation by designated atten­
(c), or (d) is activated, while Phase I Emergency Recall
dant (hospital service, attendant operation) Operation is in effect but before the car reaches the recall
(c) devices initiating emergency recall operation to
level, the car shall do one of the following :
the recall level, unless otherwise specified in Section 3.27
(1) If the car is above the recall level, it shall com­
(d) "F I R E OPE RAT ION" switch , unless otherwise plete Phase I Emergency Recall Operation.
specified in Section 3.27
(2) If the car is below the recall level, it shall descend
3.26.1 0.2 When the auxiliary lowering operation to an available floor.
has been initiated, the car shall descend directly to the (b) Upon arrival, automatic power-operated doors
lowest landing, except that the operating system shall shall open, and then reclose within 15 s .The door open

158
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

button(s) shall remain operative. The visual signal [see the guide-rail faces during loading and unloading, and
Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall extinguish. the estimated maximum horizontal forces in a post-wise
direction on the guide-rail faces on the application of
3.27.3 Device Actuation at Recall Level the safety device, where provided (see Section 3.23)
If any of the devices specified in 3.27.l(a), (c), or (d) (e) the size and weight per meter (foot) of any rail
is activated while the car is stationary at the recall level reinforcement, where provided (see Section 3.23)
and Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect, the (f) the impact loads imposed on machinery and
following shall apply: sheave beams, supports, and floors or foundations (see
(a) Automatic power-operated doors shall close Section 2.9)
within 15 s. (g) the impact load on buffer supports due to buffer
(b) The door open button(s) shall remain operational. engagement at the maximum permissible load and
(c) The visual signal [see Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illu­ operating speed in the down direction (see 8.2.3)
minate intermittently. (h) the net vertical load from the elevator system,
(16) 3.27.4 Device Actuation With Phase II Emergency In­ which includes the total car weight and rated load;
Car Operation in Effect plunger, cylinder, and oil; and any structural supports
(i) the outside diameter and wall thickness of the cyl­
If any of the devices specified in 3.27.l(a), (b), (c), or inder, plunger, and piping, and the working pressure
(d) activate while the elevator is on Phase II Emergency
(j) the total static and dynamic loads from the gover­
In-Car Operation, an upward-traveling car shall stop
nor, ropes, and tension system
and a downward-traveling car shall stop at or before
(k) rated speed and operating speed in the down
the next available floor. All calls shall be canceled. The
direction
visual signal [see Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illuminate inter­
(l) the minimum "grade" of pipe (AST M or recog­
mittently. The elevator shall accept calls only to landings
below its location and respond in compliance with the nized standard) required to fulfill the installation
requirements for Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation. requirements for pressure piping, or in lieu of a specific
"grade" of pipe, the minimum tensile strength of pipe
to be used for the installation (see Section 3.19)
SECTION 3.28 (m) the horizontal forces on the building structure
LAYOUT DATA stipulated by 2.1 1.1 1.8
3.28.1 Information Required on Layout Drawing (n) the length of the plunger and cylinder
Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to other (o) the clearance between the bottom of the plunger
data, indicate the following : and the bottom head of the cylinder as required by
(a) required clearances and basic dimensions 3.18.3.3
(b) the bracket spacing (see Section 3.23)
(c) the estimated maximum vertical forces on the
SECTION 3.2 9
guide rails on application of the safety, where provided IDENTIFICATION
(see Section 3.23)
(d) in the case of freight elevators for Class B or Identification of equipment and floors shall conform
Class C loading (see 2.16.2.2), the horizontal forces on to Section 2.29, as applicable.

159
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Part 4
Elevators With Other Types of Driving Machines

SCOPE 4.1 .6.1 Space Underneath the Counterweight and/or

Its Guides. Where the space below the hoistway is
Part 4 applies to elevators with other types of driving underneath the counterweight and/or its guides, the
machines. following shall apply:
(a) Section 4.1 applies to rack-and-pinion elevators. (a) The counterweight shall be provided with a coun­
(b) Section 4.2 applies to screw-column elevators. terweight safety conforming to 4.1.17.
(c) Section 4.3 applies to hand elevators. (b) When spring buffers are used, they shall conform
to 4.1.2 2 , except that they shall not be fully compressed
when struck by the counterweight at the following
(16) SECTION 4.1 speeds:
RACK-AN D-PINION ELEVATORS (1) governor tripping speed (see Table 4.1. 1 8.1)
where the counterweight safety is governor operated
This Section applies to an elevator with a car raised (2) 12 5 % of the rated speed where the counter­
and lowered by a pinion(s) on a rack(s). weight safety is not governor operated
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to 4 . 1 .6.2 Where the Sp ace Is U n dern eath the Car
rack-and-pinion elevators. and/or Its Guides. Where the space below the hoistway
is underneath the car and/or its guides, spring buffers,
4.1.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway when used, shall be so designed and installed that they
Enclosures will not be compressed solid or to a fixed stop when
struck by the car with its rated load at the governor
Hoistways and hoistway enclosures shall conform to
tripping speed (see Table 4.1.18.1).
2.1.1, 2.1. 2 , 2.1.4, 2.1.5, and 2.1.6. When a floor is pro­
vided over a hoistway, it shall conform to 2.1.3. 4.1.7 Mach inery Spaces, Control Spaces, and Control
Rooms
4.1 .2 Pits 4 . 1 . 7 . 1 Location of Mach i n ery S p aces, Con trol
Pits shall conform to Section 2.2. Spaces, and Control Rooms
4.1.7.1.1 Location of Control Rooms. Rack-and­
4.1.3 Location and G uarding of Counterweights pinion elevator control rooms, where provided, shall
When provided, counterweights shall conform to conform to 2.7.6.1.
Section 2.3. 4.1 .7.1 .2 Location of Machinery Spaces and Control
Spaces. The location of machinery spaces and control
4.1.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars and spaces shall conform to 2.7.6.2.
Counterweights NOTE: For rack and pinion elevators, inside the hoistway is lim
ited to on or in the car.
Vertical clearances and runbys for cars and counter­
weights shall conform to Section 2.4. 4.1 .7.1 .3 Location of Equipment. The location of
equipment used directly in connection with the rack­
4.1 . 5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances and-pinion elevator shall conform to 2.7.6.3.1 through
2.7.6.3.4.
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall
conform to Section 2.5. 4.1 .7.1 .4 Means Necessary for Test. Where a rack­
and-pinion elevator driving-machine brake or an emer­
gency brake, elevator brake, or elevator motion control­
4.1.6 Protection of Space Below Hoistways
ler or motor controller is located in the hoistway, means
Where a hoistway does not extend to the lowest floor necessary for tests that require movement of the car or
of the building or structure and there is space below the release of the driving-machine brake or emergency brake
hoistway that is accessible, the requirements of 4.1.6.1 shall be provided and arranged so that they can be
and 4.1.6.2 shall apply. operated from outside the hoistway.

160
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

4.1 .7.1 .5 Equipment Exposed to the Weather. (2) All edges of the top emergency exit shall be
Equipment exposed to the weather shall conform to smooth and free of burrs.
2.7.6.6. (3) Means shall be provided to ascend and descend
4.1.7.2 Control Rooms. Control rooms shall con­ safely between the floor of the elevator and the car top.
form to the following: (4) T he top emergency exit shall be keyed to
(a) Where the building code requires fire-resistive Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1).
construction, control rooms shall be separated from the (c) Machinery spaces and control spaces on the car
remainder of the building. top shall be provided with permanent lighting providing
(b) Where the building code does not require fire­ minimum illumination of 2 00 Ix (19 fc) at the standing
resistive construction of the control room, control rooms surface on the car top. The lighting control switch shall
shall be enclosed with noncombustible material to a be located at the point of entry.
height not less than 2 000 mm (79 in.). The enclosure, if
of openwork material, shall reject a ball 5 0 mm (2 in. ) 4.1 .7.4 Machinery Spaces and Control Spaces in the
in diameter. Car. Machinery spaces and control spaces in the car
(c) They shall provide a clear maintenance path of shall conform to the following:
not less than 450 mm (18 in.) to all components that (a) They shall be protected by noncombustible solid
require maintenance. enclosure(s) to prevent accidental contact.
(d) They shall have clear headroom of not less than
(b) They shall be provided with an access panel sub­
2 13 0 mm (84 in.).
ject to the following:
(e) They shall be provided with natural or mechanical
(1) The access panel shall be provided with an elec­
means to keep the ambient air temperature and humid­
ity in the range specified by the elevator equipment tric contact and lock.
manufacturer. (2) The access panel shall not be self-closing and
(f) They shall be provided with permanent lighting shall be self-locking.
providing minimum illumination of 2 00 lx (19 fc) at the (3) The access panel shall be kept closed and locked.
floor level. The lighting control switch shall be located (4) The electric contact shall be designed to prevent
within easy reach of the access door. operation of the rack-and-pinion machine when the
(g) They shall be provided with an access door having access panel is open.
a minimum width of 7 5 0 mm (2 9.5 in.) and a minimum (5) T he access panel shall be keyed to Group 1
height 2 03 0 mm (80 in.). The door shall be self-closing Security (see Section 8.1).
and self-locking, provided with a spring-type lock
(c) Machinery spaces and control spaces in the car
arranged to permit the door to be opened from the inside
shall be provided with permanent lighting having a min­
without a key, and kept closed and locked.
imum illumination of 2 00 Ix (19 fc) at the floor level.
(h) A permanent means of communication shall be
The lighting control switch shall be located at the point
provided between the elevator car and a remote control
of entry.
room.
(i) Keys to unlock the access door shall be of Group 2
Security (see Section 8.1). 4.1.7.5 Machinery Space Beneath the Car. Machin­
ery spaces beneath the car shall conform to the following:
4.1 .7.3 Machinery Spaces and Control Spaces on the (a) The rack-and-pinion machine shall be protected
Car Top. Machinery spaces and control spaces on the by noncombustible enclosure(s) to prevent accidental
car top shall conform to the following: contact. Openwork noncombustible enclosure material
(a) A rack-and-pinion machine and its controls shall shall be permitted to be used for rack-and-pinion
be protected by a noncombustible enclosure(s) to pre­ machines located beneath the car, provided the open­
vent accidental contact. Openwork noncombustible work material will reject a ball 5 0 mm (2 in.) in diameter.
enclosure material shall be permitted to be used for (b) Access to the machinery space shall be permitted
rack-and-pinion machines located on top of the car, pro­
by means of the pit access and shall comply with 2.2.4.
vided the openwork material will reject a ball 5 0 mm
(2 in.) in diameter. (c) A retractable stop shall be permanently installed
(b) Access to the machinery space and/ or control
and shall be subj ect to the following:
space located on the car top shall be permitted by means (1) The retractable stop shall maintain the car no
of the top emergency exit and shall be subject to the less than 2 100 mm (83 in.) from the pit floor position
following: when in its extended position.
(1) The top emergency exit shall conform to the (2) Means shall be provided to secure the retract­
requirements of 2.14.1.5. able stop in its fully extended position.

161
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(3) Hoistway access operation or pit inspection 4.1 . 1 0 Guarding of Equipment and Standard Railing
operation shall be provided to position the car at the
4.1 .10.1 Equipment. In machinery spaces, control
retractable stop.
spaces, and control rooms, the following shall be
(4) A retractable stop electric device (see 4.1.26.2.37)
guarded to protect against accidental contact:
shall be provided and shall comply with 2.7.5.S(a).
(a) sheaves
(d) The machinery space beneath the car shall be pro­
(b) exposed gears, sprockets, or drums of selectors,
vided with permanent lighting having a minimum illu­
floor controllers, or signal machines, and their driving
mination of 200 Ix ( 19 fc) at the level of the standing
ropes, chains, or tapes
surface when the car is in the blocked position. The
(c) keys, keyways, and screws in projecting shafts
lighting control switch shall be located at the point of
entry. 4. 1 . 1 0 . 2 Standard Rai ling. When required in
NOTE: For rack and pinion elevators, beneath the car is limited
Section 4.1, the railing shall conform to 2.10.2.
to on the car.
4.1 .1 1 Protection of Hoistway Openings
4.1 .7.6 Control Spaces Exterior to the Hoistway. Protection of hoistway openings shall conform to
Control spaces exterior to the hoistway shall conform Section 2.1 1 except that emergency doors in 2.1 1.1.2 are
to the following : not required when the elevator is restricted to access by
(a) They shall be protected by noncombustible solid authorized personnel and is equipped with a manually
enclosure(s) to prevent accidental contact. operated device that permits lowering the car at an auto­
(b) Access shall be provided to the control space and matically controlled speed to the nearest landing.
shall be subject to the following :
(1) Access panels to control equipment shall be pro­ 4.1 . 1 2 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric
vided with an electric contact and lock. Contacts and Hoistway Access Switches
(2) The access panel door(s) shall not be self-closing Hoistway door locking devices and electric contacts
and shall be self-locking. and hoistway access switches shall conform to
(3) The access panel shall be kept closed and locked. Section 2.1 2.
(4) An electric contact shall be provided to remove
power from the rack-and-pinion machine when the 4.1 . 1 3 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car
access panel is open. A means shall be provided to per­ Doors
mit operation of the rack-and-pinion machine while per­ Power operation of hoistway doors and car doors shall
forming testing and troubleshooting . conform to Section 2 .13 .
(5) Keys to access control equipment shall be of
Group 1 Security (see Section 8 .1) . 4.1 . 1 4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
(c) Control spaces shall be provided with permanent Illumination
lighting having a minimum illumination of 200 Ix ( 19 fc) Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and car illumina­
at the floor level. The lighting control switch shall be tion shall conform to Section 2.1 4.
located within easy reach of the access door.
4.1 .1 5 Car Frames and Platforms
4.1 .8 Equipment in Hoistways or Machinery Spaces, Car frames and platforms shall conform to
Control Spaces, and Control Rooms Section 2.15, except for 2.15.1 2 and 2.15.13.
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts in the
hoistway or machinery spaces, control spaces, and con­ 4.1 . 1 6 Capacity and Loading
trol rooms shall conform to Section 2.8, except that the Capacity and loading shall conform to Section 2.16.
main feeder of a rack-and-pinion machine located on
the car shall be permitted to be installed in the hoistway. 4.1 . 1 7 Car and Counterweight Safeties
The car shall be provided with one of the following
4.1 .9 Supports and Foundations safeties:
Supports and foundations shall be designed to sup­ (a) a rack-and-pinion safety. T he safety shall be
port all loads imposed by the elevator (including impact attached to the car frame. All rack-and-pinion car safe­
loading in the event of a safety application, the car strik­ ties shall be mounted on a single car frame and shall
ing the car buffers in accordance with 4.1.2 2, or the operate on one or more vertical rack(s). A rack-and­
counterweight striking the counterweight buffers in pinion safety shall be permitted to be located above,
accordance with 4.1.2 2) in accordance with the applica­ below, or in the car, provided that the members to which
ble building code. Allowable stresses for machinery and it is fixed are part of the car frame and are designed to
sheave beams or floors and their supports shall be in withstand the forces imposed. Rack-and-pinion safeties
accordance with 2 .9 .4 . are safeties in which a freely rotating safety pinion, a

162
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

governor, and a safety device shall be permitted to form (e) Minimum factors of safety of integral rack-and­
an integral unit. The freely rotating pinion travels on pinion speed governor(s) shall conform to 4.1.17.2.
a stationary rack mounted vertically on a supporting (f) Sealing and painting of rack-and-pinion speed
structure. The rotating pinion drives the governor.When governors shall conform to 2.18.3.
the speed of the car reaches the tripping value, the rotat­
4.1 .18.2 Speed Governors. Speed governors shall
ing governor actuates the safety device that, in turn,
conform to Section 2.18.
brings the car to a stop.
(b) a safety complying with Section 2.17. 4.1 . 1 9 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car
Movement Protection
4.1 .1 7.1 Stopping Distances. T he stopping dis­
tances for rack-and-pinion safeties and the travel of the Ascending car overspeed and unintended car move­
car measured from the governor tripping time to the ment protection, when required by Section 2.19, shall
full stop time shall not exceed the values based on rated conform to
speed given in Table 4.1.18.1. (a) 2 .19 .1, 2 .19 .2, and 2 .19 .3 as applicable to rack-and­
W hen calculating stopping distances, the kinetic pinion elevators, or
energy from the driving unit shall be taken into account. (b) on a multiple-drive system where each drive sys­
tem brake is capable of holding the car at a stationary
4.1 .17 .2 Minimum Factors of Safety and Stresses of position and where such brake conforms to 2.19.3.2(h)
Safety Parts. Parts of rack-and-pinion safeties comply­ through G)
ing with 4.l.17(a), except springs, shall have a factor of
safety of not less than 3.5, and the materials used shall 4.1 .20 Suspension Ropes and Their Con nections
have an elongation of not less than 15% in a length of When provided, suspension ropes and their connec­
50 mm ( 2 in.) when tested in accordance with AST M E8. tions shall conform to Section 2.20.
Forged, cast, or welded parts shall be stress relieved .
4.1.21 Counterweights
4 . 1 . 1 7 . 3 Marki n g P lates fo r Rack-an d - P i n i o n
Safeties. A metal plate shall be securely attached to W hen provided, counterweights shall conform to
each safety so as to be readily visible, and shall be Section 2.2 1. In addition, where a hoisting sheave or
marked in a legible and permanent manner with letters sheaves are mounted in the frame, the requirements for
and figures not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in height indicat­ sheaves in 2.2 4.2 and 2.2 4.3 shall apply.
ing the following : 4.1 .22 Buffers and Bumpers
(a) the maximum tripping speed in meters per second
(feet per minute) for which the safety is permitted Buffers and bumpers shall conform to Section 2.2 2,
(b) the maximum weight in kilograms (pounds) for except that where car spring buffers are used, the follow­
which the safety is designed and installed to stop and ing apply:
sustain (a) The buffers shall be so designed and installed that
(c) the manufacturer 's date of expiration (see 8.6.6.1), they will not be fully compressed when struck by the
if applicable car with its rated load at the governor tripping speed.
(d) the manufacturer 's name or trademark
Kinetic energy from the drive unit shall be taken into
account in the design calculations. The effect of the coun­
4.1 . 1 8 Speed Governors terweight, where used, shall also be taken into account
in the design calculations.
Speed governors shall conform to 4.1.18.1 or 4.1.18.2. (b) The requirements of 2.2 2.3.2 do not apply to car
4.1 .18.1 Rack-and-Pinion Speed Governors. Rack­ buffers.
and-pinion speed governors shall conform to the
4.1 .23 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, G uide­
following :
Rail Supports, and Fasten ings
(a) Tripping speeds shall conform to those given in
Table 4.1.18.1. Car and counterweight guide rails, guide-rail sup­
(b) They shall be provided with a governor overspeed ports, and their fastenings shall conform to Section 2.23.
switch that shall open at 100% of the governor tripping 4.1 .24 Rack-and-Pinion Drive Machine
speed in the down direction and shall be actuated by the
action of the integral rack-and-pinion speed governor. Rack-and-pinion-type drives shall conform to 4.1.2 4.1
(c) The actuation of the governor overspeed switch
through 4.1.2 4.8.
shall cause power to be removed from the rack-and­ 4.1 .24.1 Rack-and-Pinion Drive Machine. The rack­
pinion drive motor(s) and brake(s). and-pinion drive machine shall
(d) The overspeed switch shall be positively opened, (a) consist of one or more power-driven rotating pin­
shall be of the manually reset type, and shall comply ions arranged to travel on a stationary rack mounted
with 4.1.26.2.10. on the supporting structure.

163
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Table 4.1 .1 8.1 Maximum and Minimum Stopping Distances for Rack-and-Pinion Safeties
With Rated Load
SI Units Imperial Units
Maximum Maximum
Rated Governor Stopping Distance, Rated Governor Stopping Distance,
Speed, Trip Speed, mm Speed, Trip Speed, in.
m/s m/s Min. Max. ft/min ft/min Min. Max.

0-0.63 0.90 80.0 1 650.0 0-1 2 5 175 3 65

0.75 1 .05 1 1 0.0 1 700.0 1 50 210 4 67
0.87 1 .3725 1 60.0 1 790.0 175 2 50 6 70
1 .00 1 .40 200.0 1 870.0 200 280 8 73
1.12 1.55 2 50.0 1 945.0 225 308 10 76

1.25 1 .70 300.0 2 030.0 250 337 12 80

1.50 2.00 410.0 2 240.0 300 395 16 88
1. 75 2.30 540.0 2 470.0 350 452 21 97
2.00 2.55 680.0 2 730.0 400 510 26 1 08
2.25 2.90 850.0 3 030.0 450 568 33 119

2.50 3.1 5 1 025.0 3 1 00.0 500 625 40 122

3.00 3.70 1 440.0 4 1 00.0 600 740 56 161
3.50 4.30 1 920.0 4 975.0 700 855 75 196
4.00 4.85 2 475.0 5 975.0 800 970 97 235
4.50 5.50 3 1 00.0 7 1 00.0 900 1 ,085 122 280

5 .00 6.00 3 775.0 8 300.0 1 ,000 1 ,200 149 327

5 . 50 6.60 4 575.0 9 800.0 1 , 1 00 1,320 1 80 385
6.00 7.20 5 450.0 1 1 400.0 1 ,200 1 ,440 214 448
6.50 7.80 6 400.0 13 1 00.0 1 ,300 1 , 560 252 515
7.00 8.40 7 420.0 1 4 900.0 1 ,400 1 ,680 292 588

7.50 9.00 8 070.0 16 900.0 1 , 500 1 ,800 333 667

8.00 9.60 9 640.0 1 9 050.0 1 ,600 1 ,920 381 750
8.50 10.20 1 0 940.0 2 1 300.0 1 ,700 2,040 430 839
9.00 1 0.80 12 260.0 2 3 700.0 1 ,800 2 , 1 60 483 934
9.50 1 1 .40 13 670.0 26 7 50.0 1 ,900 2,280 538 1 ,054
1 0.00 1 2.00 15 145.0 28 925.0 2,000 2,400 596 1 , 1 40

(b) have at least one pinion, one rack, and two backup (f) be provided with a sign that shall
rollers, where at least one pinion, one rack, and one (1) include information on checking tooth wear of
backup roller shall act on the same section of rack as the pinion and rack
the drive pinion. Driving machines utilizing a two-sided
(2) show the maximum allowable wear limits for
rack, where two drive pinions are located so that they
the rack and the pinion
are opposite each other and act as backup rollers, shall
be deemed to have met this requirement. (3) be of metal securely fastened and conspicuously
(c) have all moving parts of the driving machine prop­ displayed on top of the car with permanent lettering
erly protected from accidental contact (see 4.1.7.3 and not less than 3 mm (0.125 in.) high
4.1.7.4).
(d) have the rack and pinion so designed as to limit the 4.1 .24.2 Factor of Safety
separation of the pinion from the rack in all directions to (a) Pinions and racks shall be of steel or of material
25 % of the tooth depth or 6 mm (0.25 in.), whichever is having mechanical properties equivalent to or better
greater. than those of steel, with a minimum factor of safety of
(e) have the pinion guarded to prevent foreign mate­ 8 based on ultimate stress for the pinion and the rack.
rial from falling onto and lodging between the teeth of They shall be designed to conform to AGMA 218.01,
the pinion and rack. The clearance between the moving including surface hardening and an assumption of a
parts and the guard shall not exceed 5 mm (0.1875 in.). minimum of 2 00 000 life cycles.

164
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(b) Rack sections shall be fastened to the supporting 4.1 .26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
structure with a factor of safety of 5 based on ultimate Operating devices and control equipment shall con­
stress, and with dowels at each joint. form to 4 .1 .26 .1 through 4 .1 .26 .1 2 .
4.1 .24.3 Fasteners Transm itting Load. Fasteners 4.1 .26.1 Operating Devices
transmitting load shall conform to 4.1.2 4.3.1 and
4.1.2 4.3.2. 4.1 .26.1.1 Types of operating devices shall con­
form to 2.26.1.1.
4.1 .24.3.1 Fasteners and Rigid Connections. Set
screws or threaded portions located in the shear plane 4.1 .26.1 .2 Car-switch operation elevators shall
of bolts and screws shall not be used to transmit load. conform to 2.26.1.2.
Means shall be provided to ensure that there is no rela­ 4.1 .26.1.3 Rack-and-pinion elevators equipped
tive motion between rigidly joined components trans­ to carry one-piece loads greater than the rated load shall
mitting load. The factors of safety to be used in the conform to 2.16.7 and 2.26.1.3.
design of fasteners transmitting load in driving
machines and sheaves shall be not less than those speci­ 4.1 .26.1 .4 Inspection operation shall conform to
fied in 4.1.2 4.2. 2.26.1.4.1 through 2.26.1.4.4.
4.1 .24.3.2 Flexible Connections. W here flexible 4.1 .26.1.5 Inspection operation with open door
couplings are used to transmit load, means shall be circuits shall conform to 2.26.1.5, including 2.26.1.5.1
provided to prevent disengagement of the coupling com­ through 2.26.1.5.8.
ponents in the event of the failure of or excessive motion 4.1 .26.1 .6 Operation in leveling or truck zone
in the flexible connection . shall conform to 2.26.1.6, including 2.26.1.6.1 through
4.1 .24.4 Shaft Fillets and Keys. A fillet shall be 2.26.1.6.7.
provided at any point of change in the diameter of driv­ 4.1 .26.2 Electrical Protective Devices. W hen an
ing-machine shafts and sheave shafts to prevent exces­ electrical protective device is activated (operated,
sive stress concentrations in the shafts (see 4.1.2 4.3.1). opened), it shall cause the electric power to be removed
Shafts that support gears, couplings, and other mem­ from the rack-and-pinion driving-machine motor and
bers, and that transmit torque shall be provided with brake. Electrical protective devices, when provided,
tight-fitting keys . shall conform as indicated in 4.1.26.2.1 through
4.1 .24.5 Cast Iron Gears. Gears made of cast iron 4.1.26.2.39.
shall not be used in rack-and-pinion driving machines. NOTE: The requirements of 4.1.26.2 are organized to parallel
those in 2.26.2, as indicated by the last digit(s) of the paragraph
4.1 .24.6 Friction Gearing and Clutches. Friction designations (e.g., 2.26.2.1 and 4.1.26.2.1 both address slack rope
gearing or a clutch mechanism shall not be used to switch requirements).
connect a driving-machine pinion(s) to the main driving
mechanism. 4.1 .26.2.1 A slack-rope switch shall conform to
2.26.2.1.
4 . 1 . 2 4 . 7 B ra ki n g System a n d Rack-an d - P i n i o n
Driving-Machine Brakes. The braking system and rack­ 4.1 .26.2.2 A motor-generator running switch
and-pinion driving-machine brakes shall conform to shall conform to 2.26.2.2.
2.2 4.8. 4.1 .26.2.3 Compensating-rope sheave switches
4.1 .24.8 Means of Inspection of Gears. Each gear shall conform to 2.26.2.3.
case of geared machines shall have access to permit 4.1 .26.2.4 Motor field sensing means shall con­
inspection of the contact surfaces of the gears. Such form to 2.26.2.4.
access need not provide a direct view of all gears but
shall be located and sized adequately to allow access by 4.1 .26.2.5 An emergency stop switch shall con­
fiber optic or similar visual inspection instrumentation. form to 2.26.2.5.
4.1 .26.2.6 Broken rope, tape, or chain switches
4.1.25 Terminal Stopping Devices
shall conform to 2.26.2.6.
4.1.25.1 General. Terminal stopping devices shall
4.1 .26.2.7 A stop switch in pit shall conform to
conform to 2.25.1 through 2.25.3, except 2.25.2.2, 2.25.3.3,
2.26.2.7.
and 2.25.3.5. Terminal stopping devices shall be permit­
ted to be located on the car and operated by cams 4.1 .26.2.8 A stop switch on top of car shall con­
attached to the hoistway structure . form to 2.26.2.8.
4 . 1 . 2 5 . 2 E m e rgen cy Term i n a l Speed- L i m i t i n g 4.1 .26.2.9 A car safety mechanism switch con­
Devices. Emergency terminal speed-limiting devices forming to 2.26.2.9 shall be required where a car safety
shall conform to 2.25.4. is provided conforming to 4.l.17(b).

165
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

4.1 .26.2.10 A speed-governor overspeed switch, 4.1 .26.2.33 A firefighters' stop switch shall con­
when required by 4.1.18, shall conform to 4.1.18.1. form to 2.26.2.33.
4.1 .26.2.1 1 Final terminal stopping devices shall 4.1 .26.2.34 An unexpected car movement device
conform to 4.1.25. shall conform to 2.26.2.34.
4.1 .26.2.12 Emergency terminal speed-limiting 4.1 .26.2.35 An electric contact on equipment
devices shall conform to 4.1.25. access panels in the car shall conform to 2 .26 .2 .35 .
4.1 .26.2.13 Buffer switches for oil buffers used 4.1 .26.2.36 An electric contact used on a working
with Type C car safeties shall conform to 4.1.17. platform shall conform to 2.26.2.36.
4 . 1 .26. 2 . 1 4 Hoistway door interlocks and 4.1 .26.2.37 An electric contact used on a retract­
hoistway door electric contacts shall conform to 4 .1 .1 2 . able stop shall conform to 2.26.2.37.
4.1 .26.2.1 5 Car door and gate electric contacts 4.1 .26.2.38 An electric contact used on a retract­
shall conform to 2.26.2.15. able ladder shall conform to 2.26.2.38.
4 . 1 .26. 2 . 1 6 Emergency terminal stopping 4.1 .26.2.39 A sway control guide slack suspen­
devices shall conform to 2.26.2.16. sion detection means shall conform to 2.26.2.39.
4.1 .26.2.18 A car top emergency exit electrical 4.1 .26.3 Contactors and Relays for Use in Critical
device shall conform to 2.26.2.18. Operating Circuits. Contactors and relays for use in
critical operating circuits shall conform to 2.26.3.
4.1 .26.2.19 Motor-generator overspeed protec-
tion shall conform to 2.26.2.19. 4.1 .26.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring. Electrical
equipment and wiring shall conform to 2.26.4.1 through
4.1 .26.2.20 Electrical contacts for hinged car 2.26.4.5 and the following :
platform sills shall conform to 2.26.2.20.
(a) A disconnecting means shall be provided con­
4.1 .26.2.21 An in-car stop switch shall conform forming to NFPA 70 or CSA C 2 2.l, whichever is applica­
to 2.26.2.2 1. ble (see Part 9). The disconnecting means shall be located
in a control room or a machinery space or control space
4.1 .26.2.22 Buffer switches for gas spring-return located outside the hoistway.
oil buffers shall conform to 2.26.2.2 2. (b) When the controller is located on the car, an auxil­
4 . 1 .26.2.23 Stop switches in remote control iary disconnecting means conforming to NFPA 70 or
rooms shall conform to 2.26.2.23. CSA C 2 2.l, whichever is applicable (see Part 9), shall
be located adjacent to and within sight of the controller.
4.1 .26.2.24 A stop switch in an overhead
machinery space in the hoistway shall conform to 4.1 .26.5 System to Monitor and Prevent Automatic
2.26.2.2 4. Operation of t h e Elevator Wit h Faulty Door Contact
Circuits. The system to monitor and prevent automatic
4.1 .26.2.25 A blind hoistway emergency door operation of the elevator with faulty door contact circuits
locking device shall conform to 2.26.2.25. shall conform to 2.26.5.
4.1 .26.2.26 A pit access door electric contact shall 4.1 .26.6 Phase Protection of Motors. Phase protec­
conform to 2.26.2.26. tion of motors shall conform to 2.26.6.
4.1 .26.2.27 Stop switches in remote counter­ 4.1 .26.7 Installation of Capacitors or Other Devices
weight hoistways shall conform to 2.26.2.27. to Make Electrical Protective Devices Ineffective. Instal­
4.1 .26.2.28 A car door interlock shall conform lation of capacitors or other devices to make electrical
to 2.26.2.28. protective devices ineffective are prohibited in accor­
dance with 2 .26 .7 .
4.1 .26.2.29 An ascending car overspeed protec­
tion device shall conform to 2.26.2.29. 4.1 .26.8 Release and Application of Driving-Machine
Brakes. Release and application of driving-machine
4.1 .26.2.30 An unintended car movement device brakes shall conform to 2.26.8.
shall conform to 2.26.2.30.
4.1 .26.9 Control and Operating Circuits. Control
4.1 .26.2.31 A car access panel locking device and operating circuits shall conform to 2.26.9.
shall conform to 2.26.2.31.
4 . 1 .26 . 1 0 Absorption of Regenerated Power.
4.1 .26.2.32 A hoistway access opening locking Absorption of regenerated power shall conform to
device shall conform to 2.26.2.32. 2.26.10.

166
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

4.1 .26. 1 1 Car Platform to Hois tway Door Sills Vertical 4.2.2.2 Minimum and Maximum Bottom and Top Car
Dis tances . Vertical distances between the car platform Runby. The minimum bottom and top car runby shall
sill and the hoistway door sill shall conform to 2.26.11. be not less than
(a) 7 5 mm (3 in.) for rated speeds not exceeding
4 . 1 . 2 6. 1 2 Sym bols . Symbols shall conform to 0.5 m/s (100 ft/min)
2.26.12. (b) 15 0 mm (6 in.) for rated speeds exceeding 0.5 m/s
(100 ft/min)
4.1 .27 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices The maximum bottom and top car runby shall be not
Emergency operation and signaling devices shall con­ more than 600 mm (2 4 in. ).
form to Section 2.27. 4.2.2.3 Maximum Upward Movement of the Car. (16)
The maximum upward movement of the car shall be
4.1 .28 Layout Drawings the top maximum design car runby in 4.2.2.2.
Layout drawings shall, in addition to the data required 4.2.2.4 Top-of-Car Clearance. W hen the car has (16)
by 2.2 8.1, indicate the following: reached its maximum upward movement, the clearance
(a) the dimensions of the rack and its location with above the car top shall comply with 2.4.7.
respect to the guide rail
(b) the magnitude of the loads from the rack imposed 4.2.3 Horizontal Car Clearance
on the building structure T he horizontal car clearances shall conform to
Section 2.5 , except 2.5.1.2.
4.1 .29 Identification
4.2.4 Protection of Spaces Below Hois tway
Identification shall conform to Section 2.29.
Where the space below the hoistway is used for a
passageway, is occupied by persons, or if unoccupied,
4.1 .30 Sway Control Guides
is not secured against unauthorized access, the require­
Sway control guides shall conform to Section 2.30. ments specified in 4.2.4.1 through 4.2.4.3 shall be con­
formed to.
4.1.31 Welding 4.2.4.1 T he screw column, and any associated
Welding shall conform to Section 8. 8. framing, shall be supported by a structure of sufficient
strength to support the entire load imposed upon it,
including the impact if the drive nut should fail.
SECTION 4.2 4.2.4.2 The guide rails shall be supported by a
SCREW-COLUMN ELEVATORS structure of sufficient strength to withstand, without
This Section applies to an elevator having an uncoun­ permanent deformation, the impact of a safety applica­
terweighted car that is supported by a screw column tion with a fully loaded car.
and is raised and lowered by screw thread means. 4.2.4.3 The buffers shall be supported by a struc­
ture of sufficient strength to withstand, without perma­
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
nent deformation, the impact resulting from buffer
screw-column elevators.
engagement by the car with its rated load at the maxi­
mum speed in the down direction.
4.2.1 Hois tways , Hois tway Enclos ures , and Related
Cons truction 4.2.5 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces
Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related construc­ The machine rooms, machinery spaces, and location
t ion shall conform to Sect ions 2. 1, 2. 2 , and 2.10 of elevator components shall conform to 4.2.5.1 through
through 2.13. 4.2.5.6.
4.2.5.1 Motors and other integral mechanical or
4.2.2 Vertical Clearance and Runby for Cars electrical equipment shall be permitted to be located in
4.2.2.1 Bottom Car Clearance. The bottom car clear­ machinery space within the hoistway, on the car, in the
ance shall conform to 2.4.1, provided that, in the determi­ pit, or in a separate machine room or machinery space.
nat ion of the required clearance, any undercar 4.2.5.2 The controller shall be permitted to be
machinery and bracing that is located within 15 0 mm located on the car or on the exterior of the hoistway
(6 in.) horizontally from the edge of the car platform or wall or other location apart from the hoistway, machine
75 mm (3 in.) horizontally from the centerline of the room, or machinery space. A controller so located shall
guide rails is not considered. be readily accessible for maintenance and inspection at

167
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

all times. Controllers located apart from the hoistway, 4.2.7.2 Where stresses due to loads, other than
machine room, or machinery space shall be housed in elevator loads supported on the beams, floor, or struc­
a locked metal cabinet.The key shall be Group 1 Security ture, exceed those due to the elevator loads, 100% of the
(see Section 8.1). permitted stresses shall be permitted to be used.
4.2.5.3 A separate machine room or machinery NOTE: In determining unit stresses, the maximum normal load
space, apar t from the hois tway, shall conform to ing is doubled to take care of impact, accelerating stresses, etc.

Section 2.7.
4.2.8 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
4.2.5.4 A screw machine and its controls, if located I llumination
on the car, shall be protected by a noncombustible enclo­ The car enclosure, car doors and gates, and car illumi­
sure to prevent accidental contact .Openwork enclosures nation shall conform to Section 2.1 4.
of noncombustible material shall be permitted to be used
for screw machines located on top of the car, provided 4.2.9 Car Frames and Platforms
the openwork material rejects a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in T he car frame and platform shall conform to
diameter. Section 2.15, except 2.15.1 2 and 2.15.13.
4.2 . 5 . 5 Access shall be provided to the screw
machine for main tenance. Access panels to screw 4.2.1 0 Capacity and Loading
machines located on the car shall be provided with an T he capaci ty and loading shall conform to
electric contact and lock. The electric contact shall be Section 2.16.
designed to prevent operation of the screw machine
when the access panel is open. The access panel shall 4.2.1 1 Car Safeties and Speed Governor
be kept closed and locked. The key shall be Group 1 A car safety device and speed governor shall be pro­
Security (see Section 8 .1) . vided, which shall conform to the design and perform­
4.2.5.6 Where the screw machine is located in the ance requirements of Sections 2.17 and 2.18, except as
pit, means shall be permanently provided in the pit for specified in 4.2.1 1.1 and 4.2.1 1.2.
supporting the car and its frame or platform during 4.2. 1 1 .1 For elevators driven by an alternating-
repairs or adjustments. Clear headroom under the plat­ current squirrel cage induction motor and having a
form shall be not less than 2 130 mm (8 4 in .) when the down speed of not more than 0.37 m /s (75 ft/min), the
car is landed on the supports. car safety and governor are not required if another safety
device is provided to either
4.2.6 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine Rooms (a) limit the down speed of the car with rated load
Elec trical wiring, pipes, and duc ts in hois tways, to not over 0.87 m /s ( 175 ft/min) in the event of failure
machine rooms, and machinery spaces shall conform to of the driving means; or
Section 2.8, except the main feeder of a screw-column (b) limit the fall of the elevator in the event of failure
elevator shall be permitted to be installed in the hoistway of the driving nut to a distance not exceeding 13 mm
if the screw machine is located in the hoistway, provided (0.5 in.), by utilizing a safety nut or other equivalent
there is no intermediate access to the condu c tors means
between the disconnecting means and the termination
4.2.1 1 .2 T he capabili ty of the al terna te safety
at the motor or controller.
devices described in 4.2.1 1.l(a) and (b) to function as
4.2.7 Supports and Foundations required shall be verified by engineering tes ts as
described in 8.3.10.
4.2.7.1 The supports and foundations shall be
designed to support all loads imposed by the elevator 4.2.1 2 Safety N ut and Data Tag
in accordance with the building code, including impact
4.2. 1 2 . 1 A safe ty nut is required on all screw
loading in the event of a car safety application, stop by
machines that utilize a driving nut made of a material
a safety nut, or controlled descent by a speed-limiting
other than metal and shall be permitted to be provided
device . The unit stresses in elevator-supporting mem­
on all screw machines .The safety nut shall be made of
bers and their supports, based on two times the normal
metal and designed to withstand the impact without
loading, shall not exceed those permitted for static load­
damage if the driving nut should fail.
ing in accordance with the requirements of the following
standards : 4.2.12.2 A metal data tag shall be securely attached
(a) AISC Book No. S326 or CAN /CSA-S 16.l, which­ to each screw machine equipped with a safety nut bear­
ever is applicable (see Part 9) for structural steel ing the following data:
(b) A N S I / ACI 318 or CAN3-A 23.3, whichever is (a) date of installation of driving and safety nuts
applicable (see Part 9) for reinforced concrete (b) spacing between driving and safety nuts

168
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

4.2.1 2.3 The material and markings of the safety that the elevator car, while carrying 1 25% of rated load
nut spacing data tag shall conform to 2.16.3.3, except and traveling at rated speed, shall decelerate and stop
that the height of the letters and figures shall be not less in the event the driving-belt system or driving-chain
than 1.6 mm (0.06 25 in.). system should break.
4.2.1 3 Car Buffers 4.2.1 5.7 Means shall be provided to prevent the
disengagement of the nut from the screw column. This
Car buffers conforming to Section 2.2 2 shall be pro­
means shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent
vided, except that solid bumpers shall be permitted to
disengagement in the event of overtravel at full speed
be used for elevators provided with a safety nut [see
and without damage to any part of the elevator installa­
4 .2 .1 1 .l (b)] and having a maximum speed in the down
tion. Any additional loads imposed by this action shall
direction of 0.25 m /s (50 ft /min).
also be considered in the computations made in accor­
4.2.1 4 G uide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and dance with 4.2.15.8.
Fastenings 4.2.1 5.8 Where the screw column is a compression
Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their fastenings member, column formulas of 8.2.8.1.1 shall be used in
shall conform to Section 2.23, except 2.23.4.2, 2.23.4.3, the design with the words "screw column" substituted
2.23.9.1, and 2.23.10. for the word "plunger" and
The fastening of guide rails to brackets or to the eleva­ A = net cross-sectional area of screw at root of
tor-supporting frame shall be by clips, welds, or bolts . thread, mm 2 (in.2)
The rail structure and the structural members to which L maximum free length of screw, mm (in.)
it is attached shall withstand the forces specified in R radius of gyration of screw at root of thread,
2.23.5.2, and the application of the car safety shall be mm (in.)
within the deflection limits specified. W = the total weight with rated load plus one­
half the weight of the screw column, kg (lb)
4.2.1 5 Driving Machine and Screw Column W/A maximum allowable fiber stress
The screw machine shall function to raise or lower 4.2. 1 5 . 9 W here the screw column is a tension
the elevator car acting in conjunction with a screw col­ member, the unit stress (considering the root dimension
umn that directly supports the elevator car. and any associated stress concentration and / or the
T he screw column and machine shall conform to reduced section at any joints in the screw) shall not
2.2 4.4, 2.2 4.5, 2.2 4.6, 2.2 4.8, Section 2.29, and 4.2.15.1 exceed one-fifth of the ultimate strength of the material
through 4.2.15.1 1. with a maximum fiber stress not to exceed 1 2 4 MPa
4.2.1 5.1 Screws shall be made of steel. Nuts shall ( 18,000 psi).
be made of bronze or other materials having an elonga­ 4.2.15.10 Positive mechanical means shall be pro­
tion of at least 1 4% in a length of 50 mm ( 2 in.). vided to prevent rotation or separation of sections of a
4.2.1 5.2 Means shall be provided to maintain the multiple section screw column.
screw in its vertical position under all conditions of 4.2 . 1 5 . 1 1 Means shall be provided to permit
operation. Screws suspended from their upper end shall authorized personnel from a position outside the eleva­
be restrained at their lower end. tor car to raise or lower the car manually in the event
4.2.1 5.3 A vertical casing, closed at the end, shall of a power failure, unless emergency or standby power
be provided to enclose and protect the screw column is provided, except that for private residence elevators
in cases where the screw column extends outside the and special purpose personnel elevators, means to allow
hoistway and machine room. a passenger within a stalled car to manually move the
car to a landing is acceptable and no other means of
4.2 . 1 5 . 4 T he screw column and nut and their moving the stalled car is required.
attachments to the car frame, car platform, or other struc­
ture shall provide sufficient strength to support the loads 4.2.16 Terminal Stopping Devices
imposed on these connections with a factor of safety of 5.
4.2.1 6.1 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices. Nor­
4.2.1 5.5 Factors of safety for the driving machine, mal terminal stopping devices shall conform to 2.25.1
excluding the screw column and nut, their attachments and 2.25.2.
to the car frame, car platform, or other structure, shall
4.2.1 6.2 Final Terminal Stopping Devices. Final ter­
conform to 2.2 4.3, except that the load used in determin­
minal stopping devices, conforming to 2.25.3.1 and
ing the factor of safety shall be based on the total weight
2.25.3.3, shall be provided for elevators having a rated
supported with rated load in the car.
speed exceeding 0.5 m /s ( 100 ft /min). Final terminal
4.2.1 5.6 Screw machines of the indirect drive type stopping devices shall be located in the hoistway and
shall conform to 2.2 4.9. The elevator shall be so designed operated by cams attached to the car.

169
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Elevators having a rated speed of 0.5 m /s ( 100 ft/min) 4.2.1 9 Layout Drawings
or less shall be designed so that the elevator car will be Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to the other
brought to a stop without damage to the elevator system data required by Section 2.28, indicate the following :
in the event of overtravel of the elevator at either termi­ (a) the material and dimensions of the screw column,
nal due to a malfunction. including thread dimensions
(b) the location and amount of the maximum loadings
4. 2 . 1 6 . 3 Emergency Terminal Speed- Limiting
on the building structure
Devices. Emergency terminal speed-limiting devices
shall be installed where reduced stroke buffers are used 4.2.20 Welding
(see 2.2 2.4.1.2). These devices shall conform to 2.25.4.
All welding shall conform to Section 8.8.
4.2.1 7 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
SECTION 4.3
4.2 . 1 7 . 1 Applicable Req uirements. Opera ting HAND ELEVATORS
devices and control equipment shall conform to the
following : This Section applies to hand-operated elevators .
(a) Requirement 2.26.1.1, Types of Operating Devices. NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
(b) Requiremen t 2.26.1.4, Inspec tion Opera tion, hand elevators.
excep t tha t a top-of-car operating devices are not
required on private residence elevators and special pur­ 4.3.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and Related
pose personnel elevators. Top-of-car operating devices Construction
are not required on any screw-column elevator if there Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related construc­
is no mechanical or electrical equipment that requires tion shall conform to Part 2, except for the following,
maintenance from the top of the car . which do not apply:
(c) Requirements 2.26.2.5, 2.26.2.7 through 2.26.2.10,
2 .1 .3 Floor Over Hoistways
2.26.2.1 2 through 2.26.2.15, 2.26.2.18 through 2.26.2.2 1,
2.1.6 Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks in
2.26.2.25, and 2.26.2.28, Electrical Protective Devices.
Hoistway Enclosures
(d) Requirement 2.26.3, Con tactors and Relays in 2.2 Pits
Critical Operating Circuits. 2 .3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights
(e) Requiremen t 2.26.4, Elec trical Equipment and 2.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars
Wiring. and Counterweights
(f) Requiremen t 2.26.5, Sys tem to Moni tor and 2.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight
Prevent Au tomatic Opera tion of the Eleva tors With Clearances
Faulty Door Contact Circuits. 2.7.1.1 Fire- Resistive Construction
(g) Where the screw machine and its controller are 2.7.1.2 Non-Fire- Resistive Construction
loca ted on the car, in the hois tway, or ou tside the 2.7.2 Maintenance Path and Clearance
hoistway, the disconnecting means shall be located adja­ 2.7.4 Headroom in Machinery Spaces, Machine
cent to the controller. Rooms, Control Spaces, and Control Rooms
(h) Requirement 2.26.6, Phase Protection of Motors. 2.7.9.2 Temperature and Humidity
2 .8 Equipment in Hoistways, Machinery Spaces,
(i) Requirement 2 .26 .7, Installation of Capacitors or
Machine Rooms, Control Spaces, and
Other Devices to Make Electrical Protective Devices
Control Rooms
Ineffective .
2.10 Guarding of Equipment and Standard
(j) Requirement 2.26.8, Release and Application of Railing
Driving-Machine Brakes. 2.1 1.2.1 Passenger Elevators
(k) Requiremen t 2.26.9, Con trol and Opera ting 2.1 1.2.2 Freight Elevators
Circuits. 2.1 1.3 Closing of Hoistway Doors
(l) Requirement 2.26.1 1, Car Platform to Hoistway 2.1 1.7 Glass in Hoistway Doors
Door Sills Vertical Distance. 2.1 1.9 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Power
(m) Requirement 2.26.1 2, Symbols. Operation
2.1 2 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and
4.2.18 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices Electric Contacts, and Hoistway Access
Switches
Emergency operation and signaling devices shall con­ 2.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and
form to Section 2.27. Car Doors

1 70
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

4.3.2 Pits (e) for sidewalk elevator doors in sidewalks or other

Pits are not required. areas exterior to the building, see 5.5.1.11.2

4.3.3 Top Clearances 4.3.6.2 Closing of Hoistway Doors. All doors shall
be kept closed, except the door at the floor where the
4.3.3.1 Top Car Clearance. The top car clearance car is being operated or is being loaded or unloaded.
shall be not less than the sum of the following: Manually operated doors shall be equipped with
(a) the bottom counterweight runby, if any approved devices to close them automatically when
(b) the stroke of the counterweight buffer where a released by the action of heat. Self-closing doors
spring-type buffer is used (buffer not required for side­ equipped with hold-open devices shall be equipped
walk elevators) with fusible links that will release the door in case of
(c) 3 00 mm (12 in.) excessive heat.
4.3.3.2 Top Counterweight Clearance. The top coun­ Landing doors shall be provided with mechanical
terweight clearance shall be not less than the sum of the locks so arranged that the car cannot leave the landing
following: unless the door is closed. The lock or latch shall be
(a) the bottom car runby, if any arranged to ensure that the door is in a position to be
(b) the stroke of the car buffer where a spring-type locked when or before the car leaves the landing.
buffer is used (buffer not required for sidewalk elevators) These requirements do not apply to bottom landing
(c) 15 0 mm (6 in.) doors of sidewalk elevators.

4.3.4 Enclosures for Machines and Control 4.3.6.3 Signs on Hoistway Doors. Every hoistway
Equipment door shall have conspicuously displayed on the landing
side in letters not less than 5 0 mm (2 in.) high the words:
Elevator machines and their control equipment shall "DANGER-ELEVATOR-KEEP CLOSED."
be permitted to be located inside the hoistway enclosure
at the top or bottom without intervening enclosures or 4.3.7 Hoistway Gates for Landing Openings
platforms.
Machines of sidewalk elevators having a rise of not Hoistway landing openings equipped with horizon­
more than one floor, and having an opening into the tally sliding or swinging doors shall also be provided
building at the bottom terminal landing only, are not with vertically sliding semiautomatic gates, not less than
required to be enclosed. 1 070 mm (42 in.) high and of a design that will reject
a ball 5 0 mm (2 in.) in diameter. Gates shall be so con­
4.3.5 Overhead Beams and Supports, and Access to structed and guided as to withstand a lateral force of
Machines and Sheaves 445 N (100 lbf) concentrated at the center of the gate
4.3.5.1 Overhead Beams and Supports. Overhead without being deflected beyond the line of the landing
beams and their supports shall conform to Section 2.9. sill, and a force of 1 112 N (2 5 0 lbf) without forcing the
gate from its guides or without causing it to break or
4.3.5.2 Access to Machines and Sheaves. Adequate be permanently deformed.
and permanent means of access shall be provided to
machines and sheaves for maintenance and inspection 4.3.8 Hoistway Door and Hoistway Gate Locking
(see 2.7. 3 ). Devices
4.3.6 Hoistway Entrances Hoistway doors and hoistway gates, where required,
4.3.6.1 Types of Entrances. Entrances will be of the shall be provided with locking devices as specified in
following types: 4.3. 8.1 and 4.3. 8.2.
(a) self-closing or manually operated horizontally 4.3.8.1 Door Latches. Hoistway doors shall be pro­
sliding or swinging, single section vided with spring-type latches to hold them in the closed
(b) self-closing or manually operated horizontally position. Such latches shall be capable of being released
swinging, two section (Dutch type) with one section from both the hoistway and landing side, irrespective
above the other and the lower section extending not less of the position of the car.
than 1 070 mm (42 in.) above the floor, and arranged to
be opened only when the car is in the landing zone and 4.3.8.2 Gate Locks. Hoistway gates required with
after the upper section has been opened, and to be closed horizontally sliding or swinging type hoistway doors
by the closing of the upper section (see 4.3.7) shall be provided with hoistway gate separate
(c) manually operated vertically sliding counter­ mechanical locks.
weighted single- or multisection (a) Type Required. Hoistway gate separate mechanical
(d) manually operated vertically sliding biparting locks shall be of a type actuated only when the car is
counterbalanced within the landing zone by a cam attached to the car.

1 71
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(b) General Design Requirements. The lock shall hold 4.3.1 5 Car Safeties
the gate in the closed position by means of grav ity or Elevators having a rise of more than 4.6 m ( 15 ft) shall
by a restrained compression spring, or by both. be prov ided with a car safety, attached to the underside
(c) Closed Position. Hoistway gates prov ided w ith of the car frame, capable of stopping and sustaining the
hoistway gate separate mechanical locks shall be consid­ car with rated load.
ered to be in the closed position when the gate is within The car safety dev ice is not required to be operated
10 mm (0.375 in.) of contact with the landing sill. by a speed governor, and is permitted to be of the instan­
taneous type operated as a result of the breaking or
4.3.9 Car Enclosures
slackening of the suspension members.
Cars shall be enclosed on the s ides not used for Where the rise exceeds 1 2 .5 m ( 40 ft), driving machines
entrance. The deflection of the enclosure shall be not having hand-operated brakes shall also be equipped
more than 6 mm (0.25 in.) when subjected to a force of with an automatic speed retarder.
334 N (75 lbf) applied perpendicularly to the car enclo­
sure at any point. The enclosure shall be secured to the 4.3. 1 6 Suspension Means
car platform or frame in such a manner that it cannot
work loose or become displaced in ordinary serv ice. 4.3.16.1 Type and Number Required. Suspension
T hese requ irements do not apply to s idewalk means shall consist of not less than two wire ropes or
elevators. chains.
4.3.16.2 Factor of Safety. The factor of safety used
4.3.10 Use of Glass in Cars in determining the size and number of the suspension
Glass shall not be used in elevator cars, except as members shall be not less than 5, based on the weight
permitted in 2.1 4.1.8. of the car and its rated load.

4.3.1 1 Car Frames and Platforms 4 . 3 . 1 6 . 3 Len gth of Suspension Mem bers. T he
length of suspension members shall be such as to pro­
Car frames and platforms shall be of metal or sound v ide the minimum top car and counterweight clearances
seasoned wood designed with a factor of safety of not specified in 4 .3.3.
less than 4 for metal and 6 for wood, based on the rated
load uniformly distributed. Connection between frame 4.3.16.4 Securing of Drum Ends, and Turns on Drum.
members of the car frame and the platform shall be Drum ends of suspension members shall be secured to
riveted, bolted, or welded . the inside of the drum by clamps or babbitted sockets,
Sidewalk elevator platforms shall be provided with and there shall be not less than one complete tum of
steel bow irons or stanchions to open sidewalk doors the suspension members around the w inding drum
or covers (see 5.5.1.15.2). when the car or counterweight is resting on its buffers .

4.3.1 2 Car Com partments 4.3.16.5 Suspension Member Data. The capacity
plate required by 4.3.1 4.2 shall show the size, rated ulti­
Elevator cars upon which an operator is permitted to mate strength, and material of the suspension members.
ride shall have not more than one compartment. The date of installation of the suspension members shall
be shown on a metal tag attached to the suspension
4.3.1 3 Cars Counterbalancing One Another
fastening.
Elevator cars upon which persons are permitted to
ride shall not be arranged to counterbalance each other. 4.3. 1 7 Counterweights

4.3.1 4 Capacity and Loading 4.3.1 7.1 Counterweight Construction. Sections of

counterweights, whether carried in frames or not, shall
4.3.1 4.1 Minimum Rated Load. The rated load of
hand elevators shall be not less than 2 40 kg /m 2
be secured by at least two tie-rods passing through holes
in the sections. The tie-rods shall have locknuts at each
(50 lb/ft2) of inside net car area. end, secured by cotter pins.
4.3.14.2 Capacity Plate. A metal plate shall be fas­
tened in a conspicuous place in the elevator car and 4.3.18 Guide Rails and Fastenings
shall bear the following information in not less than 4.3. 1 8 . 1 Material and Fi n ish. Car and counter­
6 mm (0.25 in.) letters or numerals, stamped, etched, or weights shall be prov ided with guide rails of steel or
raised on the surface of the plate: straight-grained seasoned wood free from knots, shakes,
(a) rated load in kg (lb) dry rot, or other imperfections.
(b) the maximum number of passengers to be carried Guide rails for sidewalk elevators shall be of steel.
based on 68 kg ( 150 lb) per person (if passenger elevator) The guiding surfaces of the guide rails for elevators
(c) suspension data required by 4.3.16.5 equipped with car safeties shall be finished smooth.

172
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

4.3.18.2 Strength of Rails and Fas tenings . Guide 4.3.1 9.2 Driving-Machine Brakes . Driving machines
rails shall be securely fastened with through bolts or shall be equipped with a hand brake or an automatic
clips of such strength, design, and spacing that brake operating in either direction of motion of the ele­
(a) the guide rails and their fastenings shall not deflect vator, and capable of stopping and holding the car with
more than 6 mm (0.2 5 in.) under normal operation its rated load. When the brake has been applied, it shall
(b) the guide rails and their fastenings shall withstand remain in the "ON" position until released by the
the application of the safety, where provided, when stop­ operator.
ping the car with rated load or when stopping the
counterweight 4.3.20 Power Attachm ents
Power attachments are prohibited. Elevators shall not
4.3.18.3 Extens ion of Guide Rails at Top and Bottom be equipped with any means or attachment for applying
of Hois tway. Car and counterweight guide rails shall electric or other power unless the elevator is perma­
rest on suitable supports and extend at the top of the nently and completely converted into a power elevator
hoistway sufficiently to prevent the guide shoes from conforming to all requirements of this Code for electric
running off the guide rails in case the car or counter­ or hydraulic elevators.
weight travels beyond the terminal landings.
4.3.21 Layout Data
4.3.1 9 Driving Machines and Sheaves
The information provided on layout data shall con­
4.3.1 9.1 Factors of Safety. The factors of safety, form to Section 2.2 8.
based on static loads, to be used in the design of driving
machines and sheaves shall be not less than 8 for 4.3.22 Ins pections and Tes ts
wrought iron or wrought steel and 10 for cast iron or See Sections 8.10 and 8.11 for the testing requirements
other materials. for hand elevators.

1 73
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Part 5
Special Application Elevators

SCOPE the building code, the hoistway shall be enclosed as

specified in 5 . 1 .2.2.1 through 5.1 .2.2.4.
Part 5 applies to special application elevators as speci­
fied in the following requirements: 5.1 .2.2.1 Enclosures shall be of solid construction
(a) Section 5.1 applies to inclined elevators. or openwork at least 2 140 mm (84 in.) high. If of open­
(b) Section 5 . 2 applies to limite d-use / limited­ work, it shall reject a ball 19 mm (0.750 in.) in diameter
application elevators. and be located a minimum of 150 mm (6 in.) from the
(c) Section 5.3 applies to private residence elevators. nearest moving component, or shall reject a ball 50 mm
(d) Section 5.4 applies to private residence inclined (2 in.) in diameter and be located a minimum of 914 mm
elevators. (36 in.) from the nearest moving component. Areas of
(e) Section 5.5 applies to power sidewalk elevators. the enclosure located adjacent to landing entrances, and
(f) Section 5.6 applies to rooftop elevators. entrances of openwork construction, shall reject a ball
(g) Section 5.7 applies to special purpose personnel 13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter. All enclosures shall be sup­
elevators in jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC. ported and braced so as to deflect not more than 50 mm
(h) Section 5.8 applies to shipboard elevators. (2 in.) when subjected to a force of 444 N (100 lbf) applied
horizontally over any 101.6 mm2 (4 in.2) area of the
(i) Section 5.9 applies to mine elevators in jurisdic­
tions not enforcing NBCC. enclosure, nor shall the running clearance be reduced
to less than 25 mm (1 in.).
(j) Section 5 . 1 0 applies to elevators used for
construction. 5.1 .2.2.2 Those portions of the hoistway where
(k) Section 5 . 1 1 applies to elevators used in wind tur­ the lowest member of the guides or any moving compo­
bine towers. nent is at least 2 440 mm (96 in.) above the surface below
(I) Section 5 . 1 2 applies to outside emergency shall not be required to have any enclosure. Adjacent
elevators. hoistway enclosures shall be joined under the guides.
The underside of any area of the hoistway that crosses
any passageway, such as a pathway or roadway, shall
SECTION 5.1
be enclosed. The enclosure shall be of solid or openwork
INCLINED ELEVATORS
construction, shall be full width, and shall extend
Section 5 . 1 applies to inclined elevators (see beyond the area of the passageway on each side a dis­
Section 1 .3) at other than private residences. tance at least equal to one-half of the vertical distance
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to between the lowest member of the guides and each edge
inclined elevators. of the passageway, respectively. If of openwork construc­
tion, it shall reject a ball 19 mm (0.75 in.) in diameter.
5.1.1 General Requirements
5.1 .2.2.3 Structures used to support the hoistway,
5.1.1.1 Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and and located outside of the enclosure, shall be designed
related construction shall conform to 5.1 .2, Sections 2.1 to protect against climbing.
through 2. 13, and Section 2.29, except as modified by
5 . 1 . 1 through 5.1.6 and 5.1.8 through 5 . 1 .10. 5.1 .2.2.4 Acrylics, laminated glass, or wired glass
used for enclosures and doors shall be of the following
5.1.1.2 Machinery and equipment shall conform minimum thicknesses:
to Sections 2.14 through 2.28, 8.8, and 8.9, except as (a) acrylics, 6 mm (0.250 in.)
modified by 5.1 .7, and 5 . 1 . 1 1 through 5.1 .22. (b) laminated glass, 9.5 mm (0.375 in.)
5 . 1 .2 Construction of Hoistway and Hoistway (c) wired glass, 6 mm (0.250 in.)
Enclosures
5.1.3 Pits and Work Spaces
5.1 .2.1 Fire-Resistive Construction. Hoistway enclo­
5.1 .3.1 Work Space Dimensions. If not otherwise
sures shall conform to 2 . 1 . 1 . 1 .
provided by the pit design, each inclined elevator shall
5.1 .2.2 Non-Fire-Resistive Construction. Where fire­ be provided with a work space below the guides
resistive construction of the hoistway is not required by extending to each side a minimum of 450 mm (18 in.)

1 74
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

beyond the running line of the car or counterweight be weatherproofed with either exterior coatings, anodiz­
with a length in the direction of travel of not less than ing, plating, galvanizing, or noncorrosive metals or other
1 830 mm (7 2 in.) throughout the length measured from accepted forms of protection.
the top of the guides. Such work spaces shall be provided
with stop switches and lighting conforming to 2.2.5 and 5.1.8 Protection of Hoistway Openings
2.2.6 and shall be equipped with a convenience outlet. 5.1 .8.1 Hoistway Door Vision Panels. Where the
On exterior installations , these devices shall be hoistway enclosure is not required to be fire-resistive
weatherproof. construction (see 5.1.2.2), hoistway door vision panels
5.1 .3.2 Pit and Work Space Water Removal. In addi­ are not required to conform to 2.1 1.7. T he hoistway
tion to the requirements of Section 2 .2, the means pro­ entrances of such elevators shall be permitted to be pro­
vided for the removal of water on exterior installations vided with vision panels of larger size, including com­
shall be ample for weather-caused water collection. plete door panels, made of any materials conforming to
5.1.2.2.4 and ANSI Z97.l or 16 C F R Part 1 20 1 or CAN /
5.1 .4 Counterweight Pit Guards CGSB-1 2.1, CAN /CGSB-1 2.1 1, and CAN /CGSB-1 2.1 2,
whichever is applicable.
Requirement 2.3.2.1 does not apply.
5.1 .8.2 Landing-Sill Guards. When a car-leveling
5 . 1 . 5 Clearances for Cars and Counterweights device is provided, the landing sills shall be guarded in
conformance with 2.1 1.10.1.The guards shall also extend
5.1.5.1 Bottom Car Clearances. Inclined elevators 75 mm (3 in.) beyond the horizontal leveling zone.
shall conform to 2.4.1 or be provided with one of the
following refuge spaces: 5.1.9 Reserved for Future Use
(a) a minimum of 6 10 mm x 6 10 mm x 2 134 mm
5 . 1 . 1 0 Access to Hoistways for Inspection,
( 2 4 in. X 2 4 in. X 8 4 in.) high
Maintenance, and Repairs
(b) a minimum of 6 10 mm x 1 2 20 mm x 1 2 20 mm
( 2 4 in. X 48 in. X 48 in.) 5 . 1 . 1 0 . 1 H oistway Access Switches. Elevators
The refuge space shall be clear of the car and counter­ installed conforming to 5.1.2.2 are not required to con­
weight resting on their fully compressed buffers. This form to 2.1 2.7, provided that
space shall be located to either side of, or toward the (a) the means of access provides equivalent safety to
downhill end of, the pit in the direction of travel. that provided by 2.1 2.7
(b) if the means of access includes entrance through
5 . 1 .5.2 Top Car Clearance for Uncounterweighted the hoistway guarding, it is locked under Group 1
Inclined Elevators. The top car clearance for inclined Security (see Section 8.1) and is equipped with a contact
elevators of less than 20 deg inclination from the hori­ meeting the requirements of 2.26.2.26
zontal shall include the gravity stopping distance based
on 1 15 % of rated speed plus the top car clearance 5.1.1 0.2 Workspace Access. Where a workspace is
required by 2.4.7. required by 5.1.3.1, access to the workplace shall comply
with 2.1 2.7 or 5.1.10.1, except where a separate work­
5 . 1 .6 Protection of Spaces in Line With the Direction space access door is provided.
of Travel
5.1.1 0.3 Special Operating Requirements
Section 2.6 applies, except that where it states "below
5.1.1 0.3.1 The speed under 2.1 2.7.3.3(b) shall be
the hoistway," it shall mean ''beyond the bottom termi­
not greater than 0.6 4 m /s ( 1 25 ft /min).
nal in the direction of travel ."
(a) Where 2.6.1 states "underneath," it shall refer to 5 . 1 . 1 0.3.2 T he movement of the car under
the location stated in 5.1.6. 2.1 2.7.3.3(c) shall be limited to the point where the plat­
(b) Where 2.6.2 states "underneath," it shall refer to form guard is even with the uphill edge of the open
the location stated in 5 .1 .6 . hoistway door.
5.1.1 0.3.3 T he movement of the car under
5.1.7 Equipment in H oistways and Machine Rooms
2.1 2.7.3.3(d) shall be limited to the point where the
5.1 .7.1 Protection of Traveling Cables. Traveling uppermost chassis member is even with the downhill
cables shall be suitably protected against abrasion and edge of the open hoistway door.
fouling. This protection shall be permitted to be pro­
vided in conjunction with that protection required by 5.1.1 1 Car Enclosures
5 .1 .16 .1 . 5.1 .1 1 .1 Car Emergency Exits
5.1 .7.2 Weatherproofing. Components subject to 5 . 1 . 1 1 . 1 . 1 Top Emergency Exits. Requirement
corrosion on installations exposed to the weather shall 2.1 4.1.5 applies only where installations are at an angle

175
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

greater than 49 deg and where an unhill end emergency CAN/CGSB-12.11, and CAN/CGSB-12.12 , whichever is
exit is not provided. applicable.
5.1 . 1 1 .1 .2 Uphill End Emergency Exit. If the instal­ 5.1.1 1 .4 Res tricted Opening of Car Doors . Inclined (16)
lation arrangement is such that the car door cannot be elevators shall conform to 2.14. 5.7 , except that the
used for an emergency exit when the car is located unlocking zone (see 2.12.1) shall not exceed 15 2 mm
between landings, the car shall be provided with an (6 in.) beyond the landing measured in the direction of
emergency exit located in the uphill end of the car. The travel.
emergency exit door shall
5.1 . 1 1 . 5 Collaps ible Gates . Requirement 2.14.6.3
(a) be of the hinged type.
shall not apply. Collapsible-type gates are not permitted.
(b) open only into the car.
(c) extend from the floor or base moulding to a clear 5 . 1 . 1 2 Car Frames and Platforms
height of not less than 1 5 2 4 mm (60 in.) and shall pro­
vide a clear width of not less than 35 6 mm (14 in.) when 5 . 1 . 1 2 . 1 M aterials for Car Fram es and Platform
the door is open. Frames . Car frames and platform frames shall conform
to 2.15.6.1, except that cast iron shall not be used for
(d) be provided with a locking means with a nonre­
guiding supports or guide shoes.
movable handle that can be opened only from the exte­
rior of the car. T he device shall be permitted to be 5.1.12.2 Platform Guards (Aprons ). The entrance
openable from the interior of the car by use of a special side of the platform shall be provided with smooth metal
key, which shall be of Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1). guard plates of not less than 1.5 mm (0.05 9 in.) thick
(e) be provided with an electric contact, which shall steel, or material of equivalent strength and stiffness,
not permit the car to start or run, except under inspection reinforced and braced to the car platform and conform­
conditions as provided for in 5.1.10.1 and 5.1.10.3. The ing to 5.1.12.2.1 through 5.1.12.2.5.
contact shall conform to the following:
5.1.1 2.2.1 It shall extend not less than the full
(1) It shall not be accessible from the inside of
width of the widest hoistway door opening plus the
the car.
leveling zone in each direction.
(2) It shall be positively opened by a lever or other
device attached to and operated by the door. 5.1.1 2.2.2 It shall have a straight vertical face in
(3) The contacts shall be maintained in the open the direction of travel throughout the length described
position by the action of gravity or by a restrained com­ in 5.1.12 . 2.1 plus 75 mm (3 in.).
pression spring, or both, or by positive mechanical 5.1.1 2.2.3 The ends of the guard in each direction
means. of travel shall be bent back at an angle of not less than
(f) be of the same material and construction as 6 0 deg nor more than 75 deg from the face provided for
required for the car enclosure. in 5.1.12.2.2.
5.1 . 1 1 .1 .3 Emergency Exit Unloading Platforms . 5.1.1 2.2.4 The straight vertical facing wall shall
An emergency exit unloading platform is not required. extend a minimum of 2 5 mm (1 in.) below the landing
If provided, an emergency exit unloading platform shall sills at any position above or below the landing to the
be attached to the car and shall be retractable and opera­ extent of the leveling zones.
ble only from the exterior of the car. It shall be located
only on the uphill end of the car and shall be provided 5.1 .1 2.2.5 The guard plate shall be able to with­
with an electric contact conforming to 5.1.ll.1.2(e) and stand a constant force of not less than 667 N (15 0 lbf)
shall onl y be made in the retracted position of the applied at right angles to and at any position on its
platform. face without deflecting more than 6 mm (0.2 5 in.) and
without permanent deformation.
5.1.1 1 .2 Car Enclos ure Tops . Requirement 2.14.1.6
does not appl y. However, if equipment is placed or 5.1.1 2.2.6 Platform Stringers . Platform stringers
installed on inclined elevators that will require servicing made of wood are not permitted.
from the top of the car or a car top emergency exit
5 . 1 . 1 3 Capacity and Loading
is provided, the car top shall conform to 2.14.1.6 and
2.14.1.7. 5.1.1 3.1 Benches or Seats . The inside net platform
area (see Table 2.16.1) shall be permitted to be increased
5.1.1 1 .3 Glas s and Plas tic for Cars and Doors . Glass
by an amount not greater than 5 0% of the area of the
and safety plastic used in car or for doors shall be lami­
bench or seat, when a permanently located and nonfold­
nated glass or safety plastic conforming to the require­
ing bench or seat is installed.
ments of AN SI Z97.1 or 16 CFR Part 12 01.1 or 12 02.2;
or, be laminated glass or safety glass or safety plastic 5.1.1 3.2 Data Plates . Data plates shall be located
conforming to the requirements of CAN/CG SB-12.1, on the uphill member of the car chassis (frame).

176
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

5 . 1 . 1 4 Car and Counterweight Safeties 5 . 1 . 1 6 Suspension Ropes and Their Connections

5.1.14.1 Requirements for Safeties. Car and coun­ 5.1.16.1 Protection of Ropes. Suspension, governor,
terweight safeties shall meet the requirements of and compensation ropes shall be protected against
Section 2.17, except as modified by 5.1.14.2, 5.1.14.3 , abrasion.
5.1.15 , and 5.1.18.4.
5 . 1 . 1 7 Car and Counterweight Buffers
5 . 1 . 1 4 . 2 Functions and Sto p p i ng D istance of 5.1 .17.1 Type and Location. The maximum rated
Safeties. The safety device, or the combined safety speed of inclined elevators for the use of spring-type
devices where furnished, shall be capable of stopping buffers shall be 0.64 m/s (12 5 ft/min).
and sustaining the entire car with its rated load from
governor tripping speed (see also 2.16.8) with an average 5.1.17.2 Spring Buffer Stroke. The stroke of a spring
horizontal retardation, measured over the total retarda­ buffer shall be not less than as specified in Table 5.1.17.2.
tion time, not exceeding 2.46 m/s2 (8.05 ft/s2 ). 5 . 1 . 1 7 . 3 Verti cal and Horizontal Com ponents of
Type B safeties shall stop the car with its rated load Velocity. The speed shall be considered as having verti­
from governor tripping speed within range of the mini­ cal and horizontal components defined as in Fig. 5.1.17.3.
mum and maximum stopping distances as determined
by the formulas in 8.2.11. Table 5.1.14.2 shows the mini­ 5.1.17.4 Oil Buffers. Oil buffers shall conform to
mum and maximum stopping distances for various gov­ 2. 2 2. 4 , except as modified by 5.1.17. 4. 1 through
ernor tripping speeds, when tested in conformance with 5.1.17.4.5.
Sections 8.10 and 8.11. 5.1.1 7.4.1 The average horizontal retardation at
buffer engagement, with rated load in the car, measured
5.1.14.3 Limits of Use of Various Types of Safeties
over the stopping distance, shall not exceed 2.46 m/s2
5.1.14.3.1 Type A (Instantaneous) Safeties (8.05 ft/s2 ).
(a) Type A safeties shall not be used on inclined eleva­ 5.1.1 7.4.2 In 2.2 2.4.1.1, 2.2 2.4.1.2, and 2.2 2.4.2,
tors having a rated speed in excess of 0. 6 4 m/s the phrase "an average retardation of not more than
(12 5 ft/min) or with a governor tripping speed in excess 9. 81 m/s2 (3 2.2 ft/s2) " is replaced with the phrase "an
of 0.7 5 m/s (15 0 ft/min). average horizontal retardation not in excess of 2.46 m/s2
(b) Type A safeties that develop horizontal retarda­ (8.05 ft/s2 )."
tions exceeding 2.46 m/s2 (8.05 ft/s2) shall not be used
on inclined elevators. 5.1.1 7.4.3 In 2.2 2.4.2, the phrase "peak retarda­
tion greater than 2 4.5 4 m/s2 (80.5 ft/s2) " is replaced with

6.13 m/s2 (2 0.1 ft/s2 )."

5.1.14.3.2 Type C Safeties. Type C safeties shall the phrase "peak horizontal retardation greater than
conform to 2.17. 8.2, except as modified by the following:

tions exceeding 2.46 m/s2 (8.05 ft/s2) shall not be used

(a) Type C safeties that develop horizontal retarda­ 5 . 1 . 1 7.4.4 Tabl e 2. 2 2. 4. 1 is repl aced with
Table 5.1.17.4.4, which indicates the minimum buffer
on inclined elevators. strokes for the most usual rated speeds and selected
(b) The oil buffers shall conform to all requirements angles of inclination.
specified in 2.2 2 for oil buffers, except that the stroke
5.1.1 7.4.5 T he minimum buffer strokes for
average horizontal retardation not exceeding 2.46 m/s2
shall be based on governor tripping speed and on an
speeds differing from the values in Table 5.1.17.4.4 shall
(8.05 ft/s2) .
be based on the formula in 8.2.10.

5 . 1 . 1 8 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails,

5.1 .1 5 Speed-Governor Drive Guide-Rail Supports, and Fastenings
5 . 1 . 1 5 . 1 Rope-Driven Governors. Rope-driven 5 . 1 .18.1 Guide-Rail Section. T he guide-rail sec­
governors are not required. tions, in conjunction with the guiding members, shall
be so designed as to retain the car and counterweights
5.1.1 5.2 Other Driving Means of Governors. The on the rails in case of upthrust or side thrust force, such
means used to drive the speed governor shall be positive as caused by foreign objects in or on the guide rail, or
and fail-safe. from the effects of wind, frost, or snow.
5.1.1 5.3 Counterweight-Mounted Governor. Where 5.1.18.2 Maximum Load on Rails. On inclined eleva­
a counterweight operates on guide rail s, which are tors where a single system of guide rails or brackets is
located below the car guide rails and the governor, if employed, the sum of the car and counterweight forces
required, is located on the counterweight, the overspeed shall be used to determine the maximum acceptable
switch shall be permitted to be omitted. rated load. The guide rails, guide-rail brackets, and their

1 77
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-1 6

Table 5.1.14.2 Minimum and Maximum Stopping Distances at Given Angles From Horizontal
SI Units
Minimum and Maximum Stopping Distance, mm, at Angle From Horizontal, deg
Rated Governor
Speed, Trip, 30 45 60 70
m/s m/s Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
0-0.63 0.90 1 39 453 114 417 81 369 55 333
0.75 1 .05 201 541 1 64 489 116 420 79 367
0.87 1.25 285 661 232 586 1 64 489 113 41 5
1 .00 1 .40 357 765 292 671 206 549 14 1 456
1.12 1.55 432 872 353 758 249 611 171 498

1.25 1 .70 517 993 422 858 299 681 204 546
1.50 2.00 711 1 270 580 1 084 410 840 281 655
1 .75 2.30 930 1 584 760 1 340 537 1 022 368 780
2.00 2.55 1 1 85 1 948 967 1 637 684 1 232 468 923
2.25 2.90 1 469 2 355 1 200 1 970 848 1 467 580 1 084

2.50 3.1 5 1 779 2 798 1 453 2 331 1 027 1 723 700 1 259
3.00 3.70 2 494 3 820 2 036 3 1 66 1 440 2 313 985 1 663
3.50 4.30 3 329 5 01 5 2 718 4 1 41 1 922 3 003 1 315 2 134
4.00 4.85 4 285 6 382 3 499 5 257 2 474 3 792 1 692 2 674
Imperial Units
Minimum and Maximum Stopping Distance, in., at Angle From Horizontal, deg
Rated Governor
Speed, Trip, 30 45 60 70
ft/min ft/min Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
0-1 2 5 175 5.5 1 8.0 4.5 1 6. 5 3.5 14.5 2.5 13.0
1 50 210 8.0 21.5 6.5 19.5 5.0 1 7.0 3 .5 14.5
175 250 11.5 26.0 9.5 23.0 6.5 19.5 4.5 16.5
200 280 14.5 30.0 11.5 26.5 8.5 22.0 6.0 18.0
225 308 17.5 34.5 1 4.0 30.0 1 0.0 24.0 7.0 20.0

2 50 337 20.5 39.0 1 7.0 34.0 1 2.0 27.0 8.5 21.5

300 395 28.0 50.0 23.0 43.0 1 6. 5 33.0 11.5 26.0
350 452 37.0 62.5 30.0 53.0 21.5 40.5 14 . 5 3 1 .0
400 510 47.0 77.0 38.5 64. 5 27.0 48.5 18 . 5 36.5
450 568 58.0 93.0 47.5 77.5 33.5 58.0 23.0 43.0

500 625 70.5 1 1 0.5 57.5 92.0 40.5 68.0 28.0 50.0
600 740 98.5 1 50.5 80.5 1 2 5.0 57.0 91.0 39.0 65.5
700 855 131.5 197.5 1 07.5 1 63.0 76.0 1 1 8. 5 52.0 84.5
800 970 1 69.0 251.5 1 38.0 207.0 97.5 149.5 67.0 105.5

Table 5.1.1 7.2 Spring Buffer Stroke

Rated Car Speed, Stroke,
m/s (ft/min) mm (in.)

Less than 0.38 (75) 63 (2. 5)

0.38-0.63 (75-1 2 5) 1 2 5 (5 .0)

1 78
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

5.1 .20.2 Operating Requirements within the overtravel distance when the car is level with
(a) Requirement 2.26.1.3. The speed shall be limited to the terminal landing. Each buffer shall be provided with
not exceed 0.64 m/s (12 5 ft/min). a switch that shall prevent operation of the elevator by
(b) Req uirement 2.26. 1 .4. l (d)(l). T he speed shall be means of the normal operating device in the direction
limited to not exceed 0.64 m/s (125 ft/min). of travel towards that buffer unless it has returned to at
least 90% of its stroke.
5.1 .20.3 Top-of-Car Stop Switch. The top-of-car stop
switch is not required except where access is provided 5.1 .22.4 Final Terminal Stopping Devices . The final
to the top of car. terminal stopping devices shall conform to 2.2 5.3.1 and
2.2 5.3.2, except for 2.2 5.3.2(a) and shall be located to
5.1 .20.4 Machine Room Ins pection. Machine room
operate within the reduced runby of end-loading
inspection shall not be provided.
inclined elevators.
5 . 1 .20.5 Slack-Rope Devi ce. Slack-rope devices
5.1 .22.5 Retractable Sills . End-loading inclined ele­
shall be provided on traction driving machines of eleva­
vators shall be permitted to be equipped with retractable
tors having an inclination of less than 3 5 deg from hori­
sill conforming to the following:
zontal. The devices shall be located on both the car and
(a) They shall be designed so as to function without
counterweight sides of the driving machine and conform
to 2.26.2.1. creating any pinching or shearing hazards.
(b) They shall be equipped with return switches con­
5 . 1 . 2 0 . 6 Horizontal Retardations at Em ergency forming to 2.25.2.1.1 and 2.2 5.2.1.3 , which shall prevent
Electrical Stopping. Horizontal retardations induced the operation of the car in the direction of travel toward
on the car due to the emergency stopping of an inclined that terminal unless the retractable sill returns to its
elevator, caused by the removal of electrical power, shall normal position.
meet the requirements of 5.1.20.6.1 and 5.1.2 0.6.2.
5 . 1 . 2 2 . 6 Locking Car Doors . Car door locking
5.1 .20.6.1 T he average horizontal retardation, devices on end-loading inclined elevators shall conform

exceed 0.9 8 m/s2 (3.2 2 ft/s2) .

measured over the total retardation time, shall not to 2.14.4.2.
5.1 .23 Special Requirements for Inclined Elevator
exceeding 0.9 8 m/s2 (3.2 2 ft/s2) shall have a time dura­
5.1 .20.6.2 No peak horizontal retardation value
Layout Drawings
tion exceeding 0.125 s. The forces and loads covered by 2.2 8.l (b) , (c), and (f)
shall be calculated based on the angle of inclination from
5 . 1 .2 1 Emergency Operations and Signaling Devices the horizontal.
5 . 1 . 2 1 . 1 Em ergency S ignal and/or
Communications . Each elevator shall be equipped with SECTION 5.2
an alarm button or switch in the car operating station LIMITED-USE/LIMITED-APPLICATION ELEVATORS
and an alarm device mounted in a location that shall
be readily available to a person who is normally situated T his Section applies to limited-use/
in the vicinity when the elevator is in use; or a means limited-application elevators (see Section 1.3 ).
of voice communication to a receiving station always NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
attended when the installation is in use. If the alarm limited-use/limited-application elevators.
device or means of voice communication is normally
5.2.1 Electric Limited-Us e/Limited-Application
activated by utility power supply, it shall be backed up
Elevators
by a manual or battery operated device.
5 . 2 . 1 . 1 Cons truction of Hois tway and H o i s tway
5.1 .22 End-Loading Inclined Elevators Enclos ures . The construction of hoistway enclosures
5.1 .22.1 Additional Requirements . Inclined eleva­ shall conform to Section 2.1, except as modified by
tors that load and unload passengers through car doors 5.2.1.1.1 and 5.2.1.1.2.
located at the uphill and downhill ends of the car shall 5 .2. 1 . 1 . 1 Requirement 2 . 1. 1.4 does not apply.
conform to the following additional requirements of Elevators shall be installed in a single hoistway.
5.1.22.
5.2.1 . 1 .2 Requirement 2.1.3 applies only when a
5.1 .22.2 Speed. The rated speed shall not exceed floor is provided at the top of hoistway.
0.5 0 m/s (100 ft/min). (a) Requirement 2.1.3. 1 . 1 . If a floor is provided, it shall
5.1 .22.3 Buffers . The buffers shall be oil type only, be permitted to be of wood.
installed at both terminals, conforming to 5.1.17.4. (b) Requirement 2.1.3.2 does not apply. The floor shall
Requirement 2.2 2.4.8 does not apply to end-loading be designed in accordance with other floors in the build­
inclined elevators. The buffer shall be compressed to ing. W here the machine is to be supported by the

180
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

machine room floor, the floor shall be designed in accor­ device. The letters shall be not less than 25 mm ( 1 in.)
dance with 2.9.4 and 2.9.5. in height. The sign shall be made of a durable material
(c) Requirement 2.1.3.3. The floor shall be permitted and shall be securely fastened.
to be of wood.
5.2.1 .4.2.2 Where a machinery space or control
5.2.1.2 Pits. Pits shall conform to Section 2.2, except space is located in the pit, 2.7.5.2 applies.
that 2.2.2.5 does not apply.
5.2.1.4.3 Top Car Clearance Requirements. Top car
5.2.1 .3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights. clearance shall conform to Section 2.4 or 5.2.1.4.4.
The location and guarding of counterweights shall con­
form to Section 2.3, except as follows: Where counter­
5 . 2 . 1 .4.4 Alternative to To p Car Clearance
weight guards conforming to 2.3.2 are not provided,
Requirements. In existing buildings where the top car
clearance conforming to 5.2.1.4.3 cannot be provided,
lightweight chains, approximately 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) in
the following shall apply:
length shall be attached to the bottom of the counter­
(a) When the car has reached its maximum upper
weight. These chains shall be spaced at 150 mm (6 in.)
intervals to provide a warning to a person in the path movement, no part of the car or any equipment attached
of the descending counterweight. thereto, other than as permitted by 5.2.l.4.4(b), shall
strike the overhead structure or any part of the equip­
5.2.1 .4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars and ment located in the hoistway.
Counterweights. Bottom and top car clearances and (b) Nonremovable means, independent of the brake,
runbys for cars and counterweights shall conform to shall be provided to mechanically and electrically pre­
Section 2.4, except as specified in 5.2.1.4.1 through vent upward movement of the car to provide an area
5.2.1.4.4. above the car for maintenance and inspection, conform­
ing to the following :
5.2.1 .4.1 Bottom Car Clearance. Elevators shall
(1) The means shall prevent upward movement of
conform to 2.4.1 or 5.2.1.4.2.
the car to provide a refuge space complying with
5 . 2 . 1 .4.2 Alternative to Bottom Car Clearance 5.2.1.4.5.
Requirements. When the car rests on its solid bumper (2) The means shall be so designed and constructed
or fully compressed buffer, no part of the car or any as to stop upward movement of the car at governor­
equipment attached thereto shall strike the pit or any tripping speed with and without rated load in the car.
part of the equipment located therein. (3) T he means shall not cause the stresses and
deflections in car frame and platform members and their
5.2.1.4.2.1 Where a machinery space or control connections to exceed the limits specified in 2.15.10 and
space is not located in the pit, a nonremovable means
2.15.1 1.
shall be provided to mechanically hold the car above
(4) A sign conforming to A N S I Z 535.2 ,
the pit floor to provide an area in the pit for maintenance
ANSI Z535.4, or CAN /CSA-Z32 1, whichever is applica­
and inspection, conforming to the following :
ble (see Part 9), shall be conspicuously displayed inside
(a) It shall hold the car at a height of not less than
the hoistway, which shall include a warning that there
900 mm (35 in.) nor more than 2 000 mm (79 in.) above
is an insufficient top car clearance and instructions for
the pit floor and not less than 300 mm ( 1 2 in .) above
operating the means. The letters shall be not less than
the bottom landing sill, as measured from the underside
25 mm ( 1 in.) in height. The sign shall be made of a
of the car platform.
durable material and shall be securely fastened.
(b) The means shall be so designed and constructed
(5) The means shall be capable of being operated
as to stop and hold the car at governor tripping speed
without complete bodily entry into the hoistway.
with rated load in the car.
(6) The force to actuate the means shall not require
(c) It shall not cause the stresses and deflections in
more than 90 N ( 20 lbf).
car frame and platform members and their connections
(7) The top-of-car operating device shall not allow
to exceed the limits specified in 2.15.10 and 2.15.1 1.
car movement until the means is actuated.
(d) If the means does not automatically activate when
the lowest hoistway door is opened with the car not at 5.2.1.4.5 Refuge Space on Top-of-Car Enclosure
the landing (a) An unobstructed horizontal area of not less than
(1) it shall be capable of being operated without 0.5 m 2 (5.4 ft2) shall be provided on top of the car enclo­
complete bodily entry into the pit. sure for refuge space. It shall measure not less than
(2) a sign conforming to ANSI Z535.2, ANSI Z535.4, 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) on any side. This area shall be permitted
or CAN /CSA-Z32 1, whichever is applicable (see Part to include the space utilized for the top emergency exit
9), shall be conspicuously displayed inside the hoistway, [see 2.1 4.1.5.l(f)]. The minimum vertical distance in the
which shall include a warning that there is an insufficient refuge area between the top of the car enclosure and
bottom car clearance and instructions for operating the the overhead structure or other obstruction shall be not

181
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

less than 1 100 mm (43 in.) when the car has reached its 5.2.1.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric
maximum upward movement. Contacts, and Hoistway Access Switches. Hoistway
(b) In any area outside the refuge space where the door locking devices, hoistway door and car door elec­
vertical clearance between the top of the car enclosure tric contacts, and hoistway access switches shall conform
and the overhead structure or other obstruction is less to Section 2.12 , except as modified by the following:
than specified in 5.2.1.4.S(a), the top of the car enclosure (a) Requirement 2.12.1.5 does not apply. Combination
shall be clearly marked. The marking shall consist of mechanical locks and electric contacts are not permitted.
alternating 100 mm (4 in.) diagonal red and white (b) Requirement 2.12.2.3(a). Truck zoning devices are
stripes. In addition, a sign with the words "DANGER not permitted.
LOW CLEARANCE" shall be prominently posted on (c) Requirement 2.12.3 does not apply.
the crosshead and be visible from the entrance. The (d) Requirement 2.12.7.3.3(b). The car cannot be oper­
sign shall conform to AN SI Z 5 3 5.2 or CAN/CSA-Z3 2 1, ated at a speed greater than 0.15 m/s (3 0 ft/min).
whichever is applicable (see Part 9). The sign shall be
5.2.1.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car (16)
of such material and construction that the letters and
Doors. Power operation of hoistway doors and car
figures stamped, etched, cast, or otherwise applied to
the face shall remain permanently and readily legible. doors shall conform to Section 2.13 except that vertically
sliding doors shall not be permitted.
5 . 2 . 1 . 5 H orizontal Car and Counterweight
5 . 2 . 1 . 1 4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors, and Car (1 6)
Clearances. Horizontal car and counterweight clear­
Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors, and car illumi­
ances shall conform to Section 2.5.
nation shall conform to Section 2.14, except as modified
5.2.1 .6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways. The by the following:
protection of spaces below hoistways shall conform to (a) Requirement 2 . 1 4 . 1 .4. Cars shall not have more
Section 2.6. than one compartment.
(b) Requirement 2.14.1.5 applies only where manual
5.2.1 .7 Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control
operation (see 5.2.1.2 8) is not provided. If a top emer­
Spaces, and Control Rooms. Machinery spaces,
gency exit is provided, it shall conform to 2.14.1.5.
machine rooms, control spaces, and control rooms shall
(c) Requirement 2.14.1.9.l (c) does not apply. Equip­
conform to Section 2.7, except as modified by 5.2.1.7.1.
ment mounted to the car for freight handling shall not
Equipment shall be permitted to be located in rooms
be permitted.
containing other equipment essential to the operation
(d) Requirement 2.14.3 does not apply.
of the building.
(e) Requirement 2.14.4.1 does not apply. An unperfo-
NOTE: See 5.2.1.1.2 for floors of machine room and machinery rated door shall be provided at each entrance to the car.
spaces over or at the top of hoistway. (f) Requirement 2.14.4.4 does not apply.
5.2.1.7.1 Requirement 2.7.4.l does not apply. The (g) Requirement 2.14.4.7 does not apply.
minimum headroom shall be 2 000 mm (79 in.). (h) Requirement 2.14.4.9 does not apply.
(i) Requirement 2.14.4.l l (b) does not apply.
5.2.1.8 Equipment in Hoistways, Machinery Spaces, (j) Requirement 2.14.5.1 does not apply. There shall
Machine Rooms, Control Spaces, and Control Rooms. not be more than two entrances to the car.
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts in (k) Requirement 2.14.5.3 does not apply.
hoistways, machinery spaces, machine rooms, control
(l) Requirement 2 . 1 4. 5. 7. T he dimension for the
spaces, and control rooms shall comply with Section 2. 8.
unlocking zone (see 2.12.1) shall be not more than the
5.2.1 .9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and straight vertical face of the platform guard minus 75 mm
Foundations. Machinery and sheave beams, supports, (3 in.).
and foundations shall conform to Section 2.9. (m) Requirement 2.14.6.4 does not apply. Folding
doors are not permitted.
5.2.1.10 Guarding. The guarding of exposed auxil­
iary equipment shall conform to Section 2.10. 5.2.1 . 1 5 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
platforms shall conform to Section 2.15 , except as modi­
5.2.1.1 1 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings. fied by 5.2.1.15.1 and 5.2.1.15.2.
The protection of hoistway landing openings shall con­
form to Section 2.11, except as modified by the following: 5 . 2 . 1 . 1 5 . 1 U nderslung or Sub-Post Frames.
(a) Requirement 2.11.2. Entrances shall be of the hori- Requirement 2.15.4 applies, except the term "guiding
zontal slide or single-section swing type. surfaces" shall be substituted for the term "guide rails."
(b) Requirement 2.11.10.3 does not apply. 5.2.1 .1 5.2 Platform Guards. Requirement 2.15.9.2 (1 6)
(c) Requirement 2.11.12 does not apply. does not apply. The platform guard shall have a straight
(d) Requirement 2.11.13.5 does not apply. vertical face, extending below the floor surface of the
(e) Requirement 2.11.15.3 does not apply. platform of not less than the depth of the unlocking

182
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

zone (see 2.1 2.1) plus 75 mm (3 in.) but in no case less 5 . 2 . 1 . 1 9 . 1 Marki n g Plate Req u i rements. T he
than the maximum distance from the landing that it marking plate requirements in 2.19.3.3 shall include the
takes to stop and hold the car upon detection and actua­ maximum distance from the landing that it takes to stop
tion of the device as prescribed in 2.19.2. and hold the car upon detection and actuation of the
device as prescribed in 2.19.2.
5.2.1 .16 Capacity, Loading, Speed, and Rise
5.2.1 .20 Suspension Ropes and Their Connections.
5 . 2 . 1 . 1 6.1 Rated Load and Platform Area. T he Suspension ropes and their connections shall conform
minimum rated load shall conform to 2 .16 .1, except as to Section 2.20, except for 2.20.1 and 2.20.3. Suspension
follows : ropes and their connections shall also conform to
(a) The maximum rated load shall not exceed 635 kg 5.2.1.20.1 and 5.2.1.20.2.
( 1, 400 lb) .
(b) T he inside net platform area shall not exceed 5.2.1 .20.1 Suspension Means. Cars shall be sus­
1.67 m 2 ( 18 ft2). pended by ropes attached to the car frame or passing
(c) Requirements 2.16.1.2 and 2.16.1.3 do not apply.
around sheaves attached to the car frame specified in
2.15.1. Ropes that have previously been installed and
5.2.1.1 6.2 Capacity and Data Plates used on another installation shall not be reused. Only
(a) Capacity plates shall indicate the rated load of the rope having the following classifications shall be used
elevator in kilograms (kg), pounds (lb), or both . for the suspension of limited-use /limited-application
(b) Data plates shall conform to 2.16.3.2.2. elevator cars and for the suspension of counterweights :
(c) The material and marking of plates shall conform (a) Iron (low-carbon steel) or steel wire rope, having
to 2.16.3.3. the commercial classification "Elevator Wire Rope," or
wire rope specifically constructed for elevator use. The
5.2.1.1 6.3 Additional Requirements for Passenger wire material for these wire ropes shall be manufactured
Overload. Elevators shall conform to 2.16.8. by the open-hearth or electric furnace process or their
5 . 2 . 1 . 1 6.4 Maxi m u m Rated Speed. T he rated equivalent.
speed shall not be more than 0.15 m /s (30 ft /min). (b) Aircraft cable rope of 7 x 19 construction, classi­
fied as MIL-DT L-834 20M Spec, shall be permitted in
5 . 2 . 1 . 1 6 . 5 Maximum Rise. T he maximum rise those applications where aircraft cable rope is not sub­
shall not be more than 7.6 m ( 25 ft). jected to crushing pressures, with the following excep­
tions permitted :
5.2.1 . 1 7 Car and Counterweight. Car and counter­ (1) nonjacketed, carbon steel, tin- or zinc-coated
weight safeties shall conform to Section 2.17, except as
( Type l A) 7 x 19 construction ( Section 3.4.3.3 of
modified by 5 .2 .1 .17 .1 .
MIL-DT L-834 20M Spec)
5.2.1.17.1 Application of Safeties. The force pro­ (2) identifying color tracer filaments are not
viding the stopping action shall conform to 2.17.9.4 or required (Section 3.6.2 of MIL-DT L-834 20M Spec)
the following : Where guide-rail sections other than those 5.2.1 .20.2 Factor of Safety. The factor of safety
specified in 2.23.3(a) are used, the application of safety shall be specified in accordance with the following:
stopping forces shall not cause deformation of the guide­ (a) "Elevator Wire Rope" [see 5 .2 .1 .20 .l(a)] shall com­
rail section upon whose dimensional stability the stop­ ply with 2.20.3.
ping capability is dependent.
(b) "Aircraft Cable Rope" [see 5.2.1.20.1(b)] shall have
5.2.1.18 Speed Governors. Speed governors shall a factor of safety of not less than 7.5.
conform to Section 2.18, except as modified by the 5.2. 1 .21 Counterweights. Counterweights shall
following : conform to 2.2 1, except as modified by 5.2.1.2 1.1.
(a) Requirement 2.18.2.l(b) does not apply. The trip­
ping speed shall not exceed 0 .38 m /s (75 ft /min) . On 5.2. 1 .2 1 . 1 I ndependent Car Counterweights.
the breakage of the suspension means, the safety shall Requirement 2.2 1.1.4 applies, except that the counter­
operate without delay and independently of the gover­ weight shall be permitted to utilize the same guide rails
nor 's speed action. as the car.
(b) Requirement 2.18.4 does not apply. 5.2.1 .22 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers (16)
(c) Requirement 2.18.5. Governor ropes shall be not shall conform to Section 2.2 2.
less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in diameter.
5.2.1 .23 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide­
5.2.1.19 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Rail Supports, and Fastenings. Car and counterweight
Car Movement Protection. Ascending car overspeed guide rails, guide-rail supports, and fastenings shall
and unintended car movement protection shall conform conform to Section 2.23, except as modified by 5.2.1.23.1
to Section 2.19 and 5.2.1.19.1. and 5.2.1.23.2.

183
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

5.2.1 .23.1 Use of Common Guide Rails. The same 5.2.1.25 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stop­
set of guide rails shall be permitted to be used for both ping devices shall conform to Section 2.2 5 , except as
the car and counterweight. follows:
(a) Requirement 2.25.4 does not apply.
5.2.1 .23.2 Guide-Rail Sections. Requirements
2.2 3.3(a) and 2.2 3.3(b)(l ) do not apply. Guide rails, sup­ (b) If the driving machine is of the winding-drum
ports, j oints, fishplates, and fastenings that do not con­ type, a lower final terminal stopping device shall be
form to Section 2.23 are permitted, provided that the used in addition to the slack-rope switch, and two inde­
strengths and stresses are consistent with Section 2.2 3 pendent upper final terminal stopping devices shall be
for the loads imposed. provided. A separate device shall be used to operate
Where guide-rail sections other than those specified the lower final terminal and one upper final terminal
in 2.2 3.3 (a) are used stopping device. All final terminal stopping and slack­
(a) requirement 2.2 3.10.2 does not apply. rope devices shall operate independently of one another.
(b) the rail j oints shall be designed in accordance with
The power feed lines to the driving machine and brake
2.2 3.5.1 and shall adequately maintain the accuracy of shall be opened by one or both of the upper final termi­
the rail alignment. nal stopping devices and either the slack-rope switch or
(c) the deflections shall comply with Section 2.2 3. The the lower terminal stopping device, or both.
allowable deflection of the guide rail shall be limited to 5.2.1 .26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
prevent the safety device from disengaging the rail dur­ Operating devices and control equipment shall conform
ing the application of the load. to Section 2.26, except as modified by the following:
5.2.1 .24 Driving Mach ine and Sheaves. Driving (a) Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply.
machines and sheaves shall conform to Section 2.24, (b) Requirement 2.26.2.5 does not apply.
except for 2.2 4.1, 2.2 4.2.1, and 2.2 4.2.2. Driving machines (c) Requirement 2.26.2.10 does not apply.
and sheaves shall also conform to 5.2.1.24.1 through (d) Requirement 2.26.2.12 does not apply.
5.2.1.24.3. (e) Requirement 2.26.2. 16 does not apply.
5.2.1 .24.1 Type of Driving Machines. All driving 5 . 2 . 1 . 2 7 E m e rgen cy O p e ratio n s a n d S i gnali n g
machines shall be of the traction type, except that Devices. Emergency operation and signaling devices
winding-drum machines that do not have multiple cable shall conform to Section 2.2 7 , except that Phase II
layers on the drum shall be permitted for elevators,
Emergency In-Car Operation shall not be provided.
subject to the following: They shall not be provided with
counterweights. 5.2.1 .28 Manual Operation. Elevators shall be per­
mitted to be arranged for manual operation in case of
5.2.1 .24.2 Material and Grooving. Sheave material
and grooving shall be subj ect to the following: power failure. The manual operating device shall con­
form to the following:
(a) Sheaves and drums used with " Elevator Wire
Rope" [see 5.2.1.20.l (a)] shall be of metal and provided (a) It shall not be accessible from inside the car.
with finished grooves for ropes or shall be permitted to (b) It shall not release the brake.
be lined with nonmetallic groove material. (c) Upon removal of the device, the car shall not move.
(b) Sheaves and drums used with " Aircraft Cable (d) It shall be actuated by mechanical means only.
Rope" [see 5.2.1. 2 0.l (b)] shall be of metal and provided (e) Instructions shall be posted at or near the manual
with finished "U" grooves that do not subj ect the aircraft operating device.
cable rope to crushing pressure.
5.2.1.29 Layout Data. The information provided on
5.2.1 .24.3 Minimum Pitch Diameter. Sheaves and layout data shall conform to Section 2.2 8.
drums used with suspension and compensating ropes
shall have a pitch diameter of not less than the following: 5 . 2 . 1 . 3 0 Weld i n g. Wel ding shall conform to
(a) For all "Elevator Wire Rope," the diameter shall Section 8. 8.
not be less than 3 0 times the diameter of the rope, where
5.2.1 .31 Identification. Identification shall conform
used with suspension ropes.
to Section 2.29.
(b) For all "Elevator Wire Rope," the diameter shall
not be less than 3 0 times the diameter of the rope, where
used with compensating ropes.
5.2.2 Hydraulic Limited-Use/Limited-Application
Elevators
(c) For "7 x 19 Aircraft Cable Rope," the diameter
shall not be less than 2 1 times the diameter of the rope, Hydraulic limited-use/limited-application elevators
where used with either suspension ropes or compensat­ shall conform to 5.2.1, except as modified by 5.2.2.1
ing ropes. through 5.2.2.15.

184
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-1 6

5.2.2.1 Bottom and Top Clearances and Runbys. 5.2.2.8 Counterweights. Counterweights shall con­
Bottom and top clearances and runbys for cars and coun­ form to Section 3.2 1.
terweights shall conform to Section 3. 4 , except as
5.2.2.9 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers
follows:
shall conform to Section 3.2 2 , except as modified by
(a) Bottom car clearances shall conform to 3.4.1 or
5.2.1.2 2.1.
5.2.1.4.2.
(b) Requirement 3.4.2.1 does not apply. The bottom 5.2.2.1 0 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and Their
car runby shall not be less than 5 0 mm (2 in.). Fastenings. Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their
(c) The top car clearances shall conform to 5.2.1.4.4 fastenings shall conform to Section 2.2 3 , except as modi­
or 5.2.2.1.1. fied by Section 3.2 3 and 5.2.1.2 3.2.
5.2.2.1.1 Top Car Clearance. The top car clearance 5.2.2.1 1 Hydraulic Machines and Tanks. Hydraulic
shall not be less than the sum of the following two items machines and tanks shall conform to Section 3. 2 4.
(see Nonmandatory Appendix G): Requirement 5.2.1.24 does not apply, except as modified
(a) the top car runby by 5.2.2.6.
(b) the height of the refuge space on top of the car (see 5.2.2.12 Terminal Stopping Devices. Requirement
3.4.7) or the clearance required for equipment projecting 5.2.1.2 5 does not apply. Terminal stopping devices shall
above the car top or crosshead (see 3.4.5 ), whichever is conform to 3.25.1 and 3.25.3.
greater
5.2.2.13 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
5.2.2.2 Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control Requirement 5.2.1.26 does not apply. Operating devices
Spaces, and Control Rooms. Machinery spaces, and control equipment shall conform to Section 3.26.
machine rooms, control spaces, and control rooms shall
comply with Section 3.7, except as modified by 5.2.1.7. 5 .2 . 2 . 1 4 Emergency Operations and Signaling
Devices. Requirement 5.2.1.27 does not apply. Emer­
5.2.2.3 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
gency operations and signaling devices shall conform
platforms shall conform to Section 3.15 , except as modi­
to Section 3.27, except that Phase II Emergency In-Car
fied by 5.2.1.15.2.
Operation shall not be provided.
5.2.2.4 Capacity and Loading. T he capacity and
5.2.2.1 5 Layout Data. Requirement 5.2.1.29 does not
loading shall conform to Section 3.16, except as modified
apply. The information provided on layout data shall
by 5.2.1.16.1 and 5.2.1.16.2. Requirement 5.2.1.16.3 does
conform to Section 3.2 8.
not apply.
(1 6) 5.2.2.5 Car Safeties, Counterweight Safeties, Plunger
Gripper, and Governors. Car and counterweight safeties SECTION 5.3
and plunger gripper shall conform to Section 3.17, except PRIVATE RESIDENCE ELEVATORS
as modified by 5.2.2.5.1. Requirements in Section 5.3 apply to elevators
NOTE: See also 5.2.1.18. installed in or at a private residence. Section 5.3 also
applies to similar elevators installed in buildings as a
5.2.2.5.1 The safeties on roped-hydraulic eleva­ means of access to private residences within such build­
tors shall be operated by a speed governor, or, where
ings provided the elevators are so installed that they are
an overspeed valve conforming to 3.19.4.7 is provided,
not accessible to the general public or to other occupants
the safeties shall be permitted to be operated by inertia.
in the building. Elevators conforming to the require­
Upon the parting of the suspension ropes, the safeties
ments of Part 2 , Part 3 , or Sections 4.1, 4.2 , or 5.2 are
shall apply without appreciable delay and their applica­
not prohibited from being installed in or at a private
tion shall be independent of the location of the break in
residence.
the ropes and shall be permitted to be accomplished by
the use of restrained compression springs or by the NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
action of gravity, or by both, or by positive mechanical private residence elevators.
means. 5.3.1 Private Residence Electric Elevators
5.2.2.6 Hydraulic Jacks and Sheaves. Hydraulic 5 .3 . 1 . 1 Construction of H oistway and H oistway
jacks and sheaves shall conform to Section 3.18. The Enclosures. T he hoistway shall be solidly enclosed
reference in 3.18.1.2.1 to Section 2.2 0 shall be modified throughout its height without grillwork or openings
by 5.2.1.2 0. The reference in 3.18.1.2.3 to 2.2 4.2 shall be other than for landing or access doors, except that any
modified by 5.2.1.2 4.2 and 5.2.1.2 4.3. exterior windows within the hoistway shall be protected
5 . 2 . 2 . 7 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings. by metal grillwork. Grillwork shall reject a ball 76 mm
Valves, pressure piping, and fittings shall conform to (3 in.) in diameter and shall be securely fastened from the
Section 3.19. Requirement 5.2.1.2 8 does not apply. inside of the hoistway. Enclosures shall be of sufficient

185
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

strength to support in true alignment the hoistway doors 5.3.1 .2.3 Stop Switch in Pits. Stop switches con­
and gates and their locking equipment. The fire resist­ forming to 2.2.6 shall be installed in the pit of each
ance rating shall be in accordance with the requirements elevator.
of the building code. Non-fire-resistive enclosures shall
5.3.1.3 Top Car Clearance. The top car clearance
be permitted to be glass complying with 2.1.1.2.2(e).
shall be not less than 15 2 mm (6 in.) plus 25 mm ( 1 in.)
5.3.1.1.1 The enclosure shall be permitted to be for each 0.0 17 m /s (3.3 ft /min) of the rated speed in
om itted on the lowest landing served , prov ided the excess of 0.15 m /s (30 ft /min). Where the machine or
elevator its controls are located on the top of the car, a refuge
(a) does not open directly into a garage . space on top of the car enclosure shall be provided in
(b) has continuous-pressure operation. conformance with 2.4.1 2.
(c) car platform is equipped with a device that, if the 5.3.1.4 Horizontal Car Clearances
platform is obstructed in its downward travel by a force
of 18 N ( 4 lbf) or more applied anywhere at its lower 5.3.1 .4.1 Between Car and Hoistway Enclosures or
surface, will open an electric contact in the control circuit Counterweight. There shall be a clearance of not less
and thus stop the downward travel of the car within than 20 mm (0.75 in.) between the car and the hoistway
75 mm (3 in.). The stroke of the device shall be not less enclosure, and between the car and its counterweight.
than the stopping distance of the platform .This dev ice 5.3.1 .4.2 Between Car and Landing Sill. The clear­
shall be of a type that will not reset unless it has been ance between the car platform sill and the landing sill
returned to its normal position. The elevator shall be shall be not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.) nor more than
permitted to operate in the up direction. 32 mm ( 1.25 in.).
5.3.1.1.2 The enclosure shall be permitted to be 5.3.1 .5 Pipes in Hoistways. Pipes conveying steam,
omitted on the upper landing on continuous-pressure gas, or liquids, which if discharged into the hoistway
operat ion elevators serv ing only adjacent land ings w ould endanger l ife, shall not be installed in the
(one-floor rise) conforming to one of the following : hoistway.
(a) The floor opening at the upper landing is protected
by a partial enclosure and gate at least 9 10 mm (36 in.) 5.3.1.6 Guarding of Suspension Means
high with openings that will reject a ball 25 mm ( 1 in.) 5 . 3 . 1 . 6 . 1 Suspension Means Passing Through
in diameter, and the gate is provided with a combination Floors or Stairs. Ropes and chains passing through a
mechanical lock and electric contact. floor or stairway outside the hoistway enclosure shall
(b) The floor opening is provided with a vertically be enclosed with a solid or openwork enclosure. If of
lifting hatch cover which is automatically raised and openwork, the enclosure shall reject a ball 13mm (0.5 in.)
lowered vertically by the ascending and descending car, in diameter. Means for inspection shall be provided. The
provided this cover meets the following requirements: floor openings shall not be larger than is necessary to
(1) It is fitted w ith gu ides to ensure its proper clear the suspension means.
seating.
5.3.1 .6.2 Suspension or Support Means Having an
(2) It is designed and installed to sustain a total
load of 3.6 kPa (75 lbf /ft2) or 135 kg (300 lb) at any one Opening Facing Away From the Stair. Suspension or
support means that operate w ith in a gu ide or track
point.
whose segments total a minimum of 270 deg shall be
(3) It is equipped with an electric contact that will
considered suitably guarded, provided that the center­
prevent the upward travel of the car when a force of
line of the opening in the guide or track is 180 deg
90 N ( 20 lbf) is placed at any point on the top of the
from the closest point of the stair. See Nonmandatory
hatch cover.
Appendix H, Fig. H- 1.
5.3.1.2 Pits
5.3.1 .7 Protection of Hoistway Openings
5.3.1 .2.1 Guarding of Pits. A pit provided in other
5.3.1.7.1 Hoistway Enclosure Provided. Where a (16)
than a fully enclosed hoistway shall be guarded by a
hoistway enclosure is provided, landing openings shall
sol id enclosure at least 2 130 mm (8 4 in .) h igh .The
be protected by swinging or horizontally sliding doors.
entrance shall be provided with a door conforming to
Landing openings in solid hoistway enclosures shall be
5.3.1.7. When the enclosure does not extend from floor
protected the full height by solid swinging or horizon-
to ceiling, only solid car doors or gates rejecting a 13mm
tally sliding doors. Their fire-protection rating shall be
(0.5 in.) diameter ball shall be used.
not less than requ ired by the bu ild ing code (see
5.3.1 .2.2 Pit Maintenance. W here a p it is pro­ Section 1.3). The doors shall be designed to withstand
v ided, it shall be kept clean and free from dirt and a force of 670 N ( 150 lbf) applied horizontally over an
rubbish and the accumulation of water. It shall not be area 100 mm x 100 mm ( 4 in. x 4 in.) in the center of the
used for storage purposes. doors without permanent displacement or deformation .

186
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(16) 5.3.1 .7.2 Clearance Between Hoistway Doors and (b) It shall extend not less than the width of the clear
Landing Sills. The distance between the hoistway face car opening exposed to the landing sill.
of the hoistway doors and the hoistway edge of the (c) It shall be securely braced and fastened in place
landing sill shall not exceed 19 mm (0.75 in.) for swinging to withstand a force of 670 N (15 0 lb£) applied horizon­
doors and 5 7 mm (2.2 5 in.) for sliding doors. tally over an area 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.) in
the center of the guard without permanent displacement
5.3.1. 7 .3 Projection of Hoistway Doors or Gates Into or deformation.
the Hoistway. The hoistway face of the hoistway door
or gate shall not project into the hoistway beyond the 5.3.1 .8 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
line of the landing sill. No hardware, except that required Illumination
for door-locking and door-operating or signaling 5.3.1 .8.1 Car Enclosure
devices, shall project into the hoistway beyond the line
(a) Car Enclosure Required. Except at entrances, cars
of the landing sill.
shall be enclosed on all sides and on the top. The enclo­
5.3.1 .7.4 Locking Devices for Hoistway Doors and sure shall be constructed of solid or of openwork mate­
Gates. Hoistway doors or gates shall be provided with rial that will reject a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter.
locking devices. (b) Securing Enclosures . Car enclosures shall be
The locking device shall be of a type that will either secured in conformance with 2.14.1.2 and 2.14.1.3.
(a) prevent car movement unless the door is locked (c) Glass, Plastic, or Acrylics in Elevator Cars. Glass,
in the closed position; or plastic, or acrylics, where used in elevator cars, shall
(b) permit the car to start if the door or gate is in the conform to the following:
closed position but not locked, provided that the device (1) If of glass, it shall meet the requirements of
stops the car if the door or gate fails to lock before the 2.14.1. 8.
car has moved 15 0 mm (6 in.) away from the landing. (2) If of plastic or acrylic, it shall meet the require­
The device shall also prevent the opening of the hoistway ments of AN SI Z 9 7.l , 16 CF R Part 12 01, or
door or gate unless the car is within 15 0 mm (6 in.) of CAN/CG SB-12.1, CAN /CG SB-12. 11, and
the landing. CAN/CGSB-12.12 , whichever is applicable.
The locking device shall conform to 2.12.4. (d) Access Panels for Elevator Equipment Outside of the
Car. Equipment access panels in the car for access to
5.3.1.7.5 Opening of Hoistway Doors or Gates. equipment outside the car shall comply with 2.7.5.1.4.
Hoistway doors or gates shall be so arranged that it will (e) Number of Compartments. The car shall not have
not be necessary to reach behind any panel, j amb, or more than one compartment.
sash to operate them.
5.3.1 .8.2 Car Doors and Gates. A car door or gate (16)
5.3.1 .7.6 Hangers and Stops for Hoistway Sliding that, when closed, will guard the opening to a height
Doors. Means shall be provided to prevent a sliding of at least 1 675 mm (66 in.) shall be provided at each
hoistway door from disengaging from its track. entrance to the car. Car doors shall be permitted to be
of solid or openwork construction that will reject a ball
5.3.1 .7.7 Access to the Hoistway for Emergency 75 mm (3 in.) in diameter.
Purposes. Hoistway door unlocking devices shall be Collapsible car gates shall be of a design that, when
provided for all hoistway doors and gates, conforming fully closed (extended position), will reject a ball 75 mm
to 2.12.6. (3 in.) in diameter.
5.3.1 .7.8 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and (a) Power Operation of Car Doors and Gates. Power
Gates. Power opening shall be permitted for hoistway opening shall be permitted for car doors and gates, and
doors and gates and shall conform to 2.13.2.2.1 and shall conform to 2.13.2.1 and 2.13.6. Power closing shall
2.13.2.2.2. Power closing shall be permitted for hoistway be permitted for car doors and gates, and shall conform
doors and gates and shall conform to 2.13.3.2 through to 2.13.3 through 2.13.6.
2.13.4, and 2.13.6. (b) Car Door or Gate Locking Devices. W here the
hoistway enclosure is not continuous for the full travel
5.3.1 .7.9 Landing-Sill Guards. Where the elevator of the car, the car door or gate shall be provided with
is equipped with a two-way leveling device or anticreep a mechanical lock that will lock the car door or gate if
device, and the hoistway landing sill projects into the the car is more than 15 0 mm (6 in.) vertically away from
hoistway, a landing-sill guard shall be provided con­ a landing.
forming to the following: (c) Car Door or Gate Electric Contacts. Every car door
(a) It shall have a straight vertical face extending or gate shall be provided with an electric contact con­
below the sill not less than the depth of the zone where forming to 2.14.4.2.3 and 2.14.4.2.5.
the hoistway door is unlocked below the landing sill The design of the car door or gate electric contacts
plus 5 0 mm (2 in.). shall be such that for a sliding door or gate, the car

187
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

cannot move unless the door or gate is within 50 mm user to detach or disconnect either door from the opera­
( 2 in.) of the closed position. If the door or gate swings tor (such as in the event of operator failure) and such
outward to open, the car door or gate must be closed detachment or disconnection allows the user to operate
and locked before the car can move. the door manually, requirement 5.3.1.8.3(e) shall apply.
(d) Strength and Deflection of Doors, Gates, and Their (e) Swinging or Horizontally Sliding Hoistway Doors and
Guides, Guide Shoes, Track, and Hangers Manually Operated Horizontally Sliding Car Doors. Where
(1) Horizontally sliding car doors and gates shall swinging or horizontally sliding hoistway doors and
be designed and installed to withstand a force of 335 N manually operated horizontally sliding car doors are
(75 lbf ) applied horizontally on an area 100 mm x used and both doors are in the fully closed position,
100 mm ( 4 in. x 4 in.) at right angles to and at any the space between the swinging or horizontally sliding
location on the car door without permanent deforma­ hoistway doors and the manually operated horizontally
tion. The deflection shall not exceed 19 mm (0.75 in.) sliding car doors shall reject a 100 mm ( 4 in.) diameter
and shall not displace the door from its guides or tracks. ball at all points.
The force shall be applied while the door is in the fully
closed position. 5.3.1 .8.4 Light in Car. The car shall be provided
(2) Folding car doors shall be designed and with an electric light. The light shall be controlled by a
installed to withstand a force of 335 N (75 lbf) applied switch located in the car and near the car entrance, or
horizontally using a 100 mm ( 4 in.) diameter sphere at by automatic means in conformance with 2.1 4.7.2.2. The
any location within the folds on the car door without minimum illumination at the car threshold, with the
permanent deformation. The deflection shall not exceed door closed, shall be not less than 50 Ix (5 fc) .
19 mm (0.75 in.) and shall not displace the door from
its guides or tracks .The force shall be applied while the 5.3.1.9 Car Frames and Platforms
door is in the fully closed position.
5.3.1 .9.1 Car Frame
(16) 5 .3.1 .8.3 Clearance Between Hoistway Doors and
Car Doors or Gates. The distance between the hoistway (a) Where Required. Every elevator shall have a car
face of the landing door and the hoistway face of the frame to which the suspension or support means and
car door or gate shall conform to one of the following: the safeties are attached.
(a) Power-Operated Horizontally Sliding Hoistway and (b) Material Permitted. Car frames shall be made of
Car Doors. Where power-operated horizontally sliding metal.
hoistway and car doors are used, the measurement (c) Factor of Safety. The factor of safety shall be not
between the leading edge of the doors or sight guard, less than 5 based on the rated load.
if provided, shall not exceed 100 mm ( 4 in .) . If it is (d) Use of Cast Iron. Cast iron shall not be used in any
possible for a user to detach or disconnect either door member other than for guides or guide shoe brackets.
from the operator (such as in the event of operator fail­ (e) Location of Guiding Means. Primary guiding means
ure) and such detachment or disconnection allows the shall be attached to the car frame.
user to operate the door manual l y, requirement
5.3.1.8.3(e) shall apply. 5.3.1 .9.2 Platforms
(b) Swinging Hoistway Doors and Folding Car Doors. (a) Construction. Platforms shall be of non-perforated
Where swinging hoistway doors and folding car doors metal or wood. If constructed of wood, they shall be
are used and both doors are in the fully closed position, laminated.
the space between the hoistway door and the folding
Platforms shall be supported by a platform frame or
door shall reject a 100 mm ( 4 in.) diameter ball at all
formed metal support pan attached to the car frame.
points.
Platforms and platform frame assemblies shall have a
(c) Swinging Hoistway Doors and Car Gates. W here
safety factor of 5 .
swinging hoistway doors and car gates are used, the
space between the hoistway door and the car gate shall (b) Platform Guards (Aprons). Where the elevator is
reject a 100 mm ( 4 in.) diameter ball at all points. equipped with a two-way leveling device, the entrance
(d) Swinging Hoistway Doors and Power-Operated side(s) of the platform shall be provided with a guard
Horizontally Sliding Car Doors. Where car door(s) are conforming to 2.15.9, except that 2.15.9.2 does not apply.
power-operated and arranged so that the car door(s) The platform guard shall have a straight vertical face,
cannot be closed until after the hoistway door is closed, extending below the floor surface of the platform not
and car door(s) automatically open when the car is at less than the depth of the zone where the hoistway door
a landing and the hoistway door is opened, the measure­ is unlocked above the landing sill plus 50 mm ( 2 in.).
ment between the hoistway face of the hoistway door The platform guard shall not strike the pit floor or any
and the hoistway face of the car door at its leading edge obstruction when the elevator is at its lowest point of
shall not exceed 100 mm ( 4 in.). If it is possible for a travel.

188
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

5.3.1 .10 Capacity, Loading, Speed, and Ris e 5.3.1 .11.7 Speed-Governor Marking Plate. Where
a speed governor is provided, a metal plate shall be
platform area shall not exceed 1.4 m2 (15 ft2 ). The mini­
5.3. 1 . 1 0.1 Capacity. T he maximum inside net
securely attached to each speed governor and shall be
marked in a legible and permanent manner with letters
(a) For net platform areas up to and including 1.1 m2
mum rated load shall be not less than the following:
and figures not less than 6 mm (0. 2 5 in.) in height indicat­
(12 ft2 ), the rated load shall be not less than 195 kg/m2
ing the following:
(40 lb/ft2 ) or 15 9 kg (3 5 0 lb), whichever is greater. (a) the speed in m/s (ft/min) at which the governor
(b) For net platform areas greater than 1.1 m2 (12 ft2 ),
is set and sealed to cause the governor to trip
the rated load shall be based upon 3 05 kg/m2 (b) the size, material, and construction of the gover­
(62.5 lb/ft2 ). nor rope
(c) if the governor is of the governor rope retarding
5 . 3 . 1 . 1 0 . 2 Sp eed. T he rated speed shall not type, the governor pull-through tension (force) in N (lbf)
exceed 0.2 0 m/s (40 ft/min). (d) manufacturer's name or trademark
5.3.1.1 0.3 Ris e. The rise shall not exceed 15 m (e) statement "DO NOT LUBRICATE GOV ERNOR
(50 ft). ROPE"
5.3.1 . 1 1 Safeties and Governors 5.3.1.1 1 .8 Governor Ropes . The governor ropes,
5.3.1 .11.1 Safeties Required. Each elevator shall where used, shall be of iron, steel, monel metal, or phos­
be provided with a car safety as specified in 2 . 17.5. phor bronze not less than 6 mm (0.2 5 in.) in diameter.
Where the space below the hoistway is not permanently Tiller-rope construction shall not be used.
secured against access, the counterweight shall be pro­
5 .3.1 .12 Sus pens ion Means
vided with a safety.
5.3.1 . 1 1 .2 Operation of Safeties . The safety shall 5.3.1.12.1 Types Permitted
be of the inertia, rack and pinion, or other type operated (a) Suspension means shall be not less than two wire
by the breakage of the suspension means or by the action ropes or two steel roller-type chains conforming to
of a speed governor. If of the speed-governor type, the ASME B2 9.l.
governor shall operate the safety at a maximum tripping (b) Aircraft cable rope of 7 x 19 construction, classi­
speed of 0.3 8 m/s (75 ft/min). On the breakage of the fied as Mil Spec 83 420, shall be permitted in those appli­
suspension means, the safety shall operate without delay cations where aircraft cable rope is not subj ected to
and independently of the speed-governor action. crushing pressures. T he following exceptions to
Mil Spec 83 4 2 0 are permitted:
5.3.1 . 1 1 .3 Application of Safeties . The application
(1) nonj acketed carbon steel, tin-, or zinc-coated
of safeties shall conform to 2.17.9.1, 2.17.9.2, and 2.17.9.3.
The forces providing the stopping action shall conform (Type 1-A) 7 x 19 construction (Section 3. 2. 4 of
to 2.17.9.4 or the following: Mil Spec 83 4 2 0)
(a) Where guide-rail sections other than those speci­ (2) identifying color tracer filaments are not
fied in 2.2 3. 3 (a) are used, the application of safety required (Section 3.5.2 of Mil Spec 83 420)
stopping forces shall not cause deformation of the 5.3.1.1 2.2 Sus pens ion Ropes . On elevators hav­
guide-rail section upon whose dimensional stability the
ing a rated load of 2 3 0 kg (5 00 lb) or less and operating at
stopping capability of the safeties is dependent.
a rated speed of 0.15 m/s (3 0 ft/min) or less, suspension
(b) Where the car safety is of the rack-and-pinion type,
ropes shall be not less than 6 mm (0.2 5 in.) in diameter.
it shall conform to 4.1.17.
Where the rated load exceeds 2 3 0 kg (5 00 lb) or the rated
5.3.1 . 1 1 .4 Materials Us ed in Safeties . The mini­ speed exceeds 0.15 m/s (3 0 ft/min), the ropes shall be
mum factors of safety and stresses of safety parts and not less than 9 mm (0.375 in.) in diameter.
rope connections shall conform to 2.17.12.
5.3.1.1 2.3 Factor of Safety of Sus pens ion Means .
5.3.1 .11.5 Location of Speed Governor. Where a
not less than 7 for cars with less than or equal to 1.1 m2
The factor of safety of the suspension means shall be
speed governor is used, it shall be located where it is
readily accessible from outside the hoistway and it can­ (12 ft2 ) of net platform area, and not less than 7.5 for
not be struck by any moving obj ect in normal operation cars with more than 1.1 m2 (12 ft2 ) of net platform area,
or under conditions of overtravel, and where there is based on the manufacturer's rated breaking strength.
sufficient space for full movement of the governor parts. When the car and counterweight are suspended by
5.3.1 . 1 1 .6 Opening of the Motor and Brake Circuit steel ropes and the driving means is an endless steel
on Safety Application. Where a speed governor is used, roller-type chain, the factor of safety of such chain with
the motor circuit and the brake circuit shall be opened the rated load in the car shall be not less than 8 based
before or at the time that the safety applies. on the ultimate tensile strength.

189
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

5.3.1.12.4 Arc of Contact of Suspension Means on 5.3.1 .14 Buffers and Buffer Supports
Sheaves and Sprockets. The arc of contact of a wire
rope on a traction sheave shall be sufficient to produce 5.3.1 .14.1 The car and counterweight shall be (16)
traction under all load conditions up to rated load. The provided with spring, oil, or elastomeric buffers, except
arc of contact of a chain with a driving sprocket shall as specified in 5.3.1.1 4.3.
not be less than 1 40 deg. (a) Spring buffers shall be so designed and installed
that they will not be fully compressed when struck by
5.3.1 .12.5 Spare Rope Turns on Winding Drums. the car with its rated load or by the counterweight travel­
The spare rope turns on winding drums shall conform ing at 1 25% of the rated speed, or at governor tripping
to 2 .20 .7 . speed where a governor-operated safety is used.
5.3.1.12.6 Securing of Wire Suspension Ropes to (b) Oil buffers shall comply with 2.2 2.4.
Winding Drums. The securing of wire suspension ropes ( c) Elastomeric buffers capable of absorbing the
to winding drums shall conform to 2.20.6. energy of a fully loaded car shall be permitted to be used.
The average deceleration shall be less than 9.8 1 m /s 2
5 . 3 . 1 . 1 2 . 7 Faste n i n g of Wire Rope Suspension (32.2 ft /s 2) with any load between 6 1 kg ( 135 lb) and
Means to Car or to the Counterweight. The fastening of rated load.
a wire rope suspension means to a car or to a counter­ The elastomeric buffers shall be marked with the man­
weight shall conform to 2.20.9, or by properly attached ufacturer 's recommended replacement criteria.
fittings as recommended by wire rope manufacturers.
5.3.1 .14.2 Car and counterweight buffer sup­
5.3.1.13 Counterweights
ports shall be of sufficient strength to withstand without
5 . 3 . 1 . 1 3 . 1 G e n eral Req u i rements. Counter ­ failure the impact resulting from buffer engagement at
weights, where used, shall conform to the following : 1 25% of the rated speed, or at governor tripping speed
(a) Counterweights shall run in guide rails. where a governor-operated safety is used.
(b) Where a car counterweight is used, it shall not be
of sufficient weight to cause slackening of any rope dur­ 5.3.1 .14.3 Buffers shall be permitted to be omit­
ing acceleration or retardation of the car. ted when the striking speed is 0.25 m /s (50 ft /min) or
(c) The counterweight sections, whether carried in a
less if the space below the car and counterweight consists
frame or not, shall be fastened together and shall also of a nonoccupiable area, and the floor below the car
be secured to prevent shifting by an amount that will and counterweight has sufficient strength to withstand,
reduce the running clearance to less than 19 mm (0.75 in.) without failure, the impact of the car with rated load
between the counterweight and hoistway. and counterweight descending at 1 25% of rated speed
or governor tripping speed if a governor is provided.
5 . 3 . 1 . 1 3 . 2 Location and G u a rd i n g of
Counterweights 5 . 3 . 1 . 1 5 Car and Counterweight Guide Rai ls and
(a) Counterweight on Cars Operating Through Hatch Guide Fastenings. Car and counterweight guide rails
Covers. If a car operates through a hatch cover, the coun­ and their fastenings shall conform to 2.23.2, 2.23.5, 2.23.6,
terweight runway shall be enclosed throughout its 2.23.8, and 2.23.9. Where guide-rail sections other than
height. those specified in 2.23.3(a) are used, the allowable deflec­
(b) Counterweight Coming Down to Floors or Passing tion of the guide rail shall be limited to prevent the
Floors or Stairs. Where the counterweight runway comes safety device from disengaging the rail during the appli­
down to a floor or passes floors or stairs, it shall be cation of the load.
guarded to a height of at least 2 130 mm (8 4 in.) above 5 . 3 . 1 . 1 6 Drivi n g Mach i n es, Sh eaves, a n d Th e i r
the floor or the stair treads by a solid or openwork Supports
enclosure .Openwork enclosures shall reject a ball 13mm
(0.5 in.) in diameter. 5 . 3 . 1 . 1 6 . 1 Overh ead Mach i n ery Beams a n d
(c) Access to Enclosed Counterweights and Ropes. Access Supports
shall be provided for inspection, maintenance, and (a) Securing of Machinery Beams and Types of Supports.
repair of an enclosed counterweight and its ropes. Doors All machinery and sheaves shall be so supported and
on the counterweight enclosure shall be self-closing and secured as to prevent any part from becoming loose or
self-locking and openable from the outside only with a displaced.
suitable key. If the enclosure is of such size that the Beams supporting machinery shall be of steel, sound
door can be closed when the enclosure is occupied by timber, or reinforced concrete.
a person, the door shall be easily openable from the (b) Overhead Beams and Their Supports. Overhead
inside without the use of a key or other instrument. beams and their supports shall be designed for not less
A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.5 shall be located than the sum of the following :
adjacent to and inside the opening and operable without (1) the load resting on the beams and their sup­
entering the enclosure. ports, which shall include the complete weight of the

190
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

machine, sheaves, controller, and any other equipment drive gear. Couplings shall not be used for connecting
supported thereon the output shaft to the main drive gear.
(2) the sum of the tension on all suspension ropes (f) Use of Cast Iron in Gears. Worm gearing having
or chains times 2 cast iron teeth shall not be used.
(c) Factor of Safety for Overhead Beams and Supports. (g) Driving -Machine Roller Chains and Sprockets.
The factor of safety for overhead beams and supports Driving-machine chains and sprockets shall be of steel
based on ultimate strength of material shall be not less and shall conform in all particulars of design and dimen­
than 5 for steel, and 6 for timber and reinforced concrete. sions to ASME B 29.1.
(h) Driving-Machine Brakes. Driving machines, except
5 . 3 . 1 . 1 6 .2 Drivi n g Mach i n es : G e n eral hydraulic driving machines, shall be equipped with elec­
Requirements trically released, mechanically applied brakes conform­
(a) Types of Driving Means. The driving means shall ing to 2.2 4.8. The operation of the brake shall conform
be one of the following types : to 2.26.8.
(1) traction (i) Manual Operation. Private residence elevators shall
(2) winding drum (see 5 .3.1 .16 .3) be arranged for manual operation in case of power fail­
(3) direct plunger hydraulic (see 5.3.2) ure. The manual operating device shall conform to the
(4) roped-hydraulic (see 5.3.2) following :
(5) screw machine (see 5.3.1.16.4) (1) It shall not be accessible from inside the car.
(6) chain drive (2) It shall not release the brake.
(7) chain-hydraulic (see 5.3.2) (3) Upon removal of the device, the car shall not
(8) rack-and-pinion, in jurisdictions enforcing
move.
NBCC (4) It shall be actuated by mechanical means only.
(5) Elevators with hydraulic driving machines shall
(b) Material for Sheaves and Drums and Minimum
Diameter be provided with a manual lowering valve conforming
to 3.19.4.4.
(1) Winding drums, traction sheaves, and overhead
(6) Instructions shall be posted at or near the man­
and deflecting sheaves shall be of cast iron or steel and
ual operating device.
the pitch diameter shall be not less than one of the
(j) Car-Top-Mounted Machine or Controller. Where the
following :
machine or its controls are located on top of the car
(-a) 30 times the diameter of the wire suspension
(1) they shall be protected by a solid, noncombusti­
means
ble enclosure.
(-b) 2 1 times the diameter of the wire suspension
(2) the car top enclosure shall be designed and
means for 8 x 19 steel rope or for 7 x 19 aircraft cable installed in conformance with 2.1 4.1.6.
allowed by 5 .3.1 .1 2 .1 (3) a top-of-car operating device shall be provided
(2) T he rope grooves shall be machined and in conformance with 2 .26 .1 .4 .2 .
designed to conform to 2.2 4.2.1 and 2.2 4.2.3. (4) access shall be provided to the machine or its
(3) The factor of safety, based on the static load (the controls for maintenance. Access panels shall conform
rated load plus the weight of the car, ropes, counter­ to 5.3.1.8.l(d).
weights, etc.) to be used in the design of the driving
machine and sheaves shall be not less than 8 for wrought 5 .3 . 1 . 1 6.3 Windi ng-Drum Mach ines. Winding­
iron and steel, and 10 for cast iron and cast steel and drum machines shall not be provided with
other metals. counterweights.
(c) Fas tening of Driving Machines and Sheaves to 5 . 3 . 1 . 1 6.4 Screw Mach i n es. Screw machines,
Underside of Overhead Beams where used, shall conform to 4.2.15 and 4.2.20, except
(1) Overhead driving machines or sheaves shall not that the rated speed shall not e xceed 0.20 m /s
be fastened to the underside of the supporting beams, ( 40 ft /min).
except for idlers or deflecting sheaves including their 5.3.1.16.5 Traction Machines. Traction machines
guards and frames. shall be provided with a suspension means retainer or
(2) Cast iron in tension shall not be used for sup­ restraint on the drive sheave conforming to one of the
porting idler and deflecting sheaves where they are hung following :
beneath the beams . (a) Suspension Means Retainers. Suspension means
(d) Fastenings Transmitting Load. Fasteners transmit­ retainers shall be continuous over not less than
ting load shall conform to 2.2 4.4. two-thirds of the arc of contact between the suspension
(e) Friction Gearing, Clutch Mechanisms, or Couplings. means and its sheave or drum and shall be so located
Friction gearings or clutch mechanisms shall not be used that not more than one-sixth of the arc of contact is
for connecting the drum or drive sheave to the main exposed at each end of the retainer . For double-wrap

191
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

traction applications the arc of contact for sheaves or 5.3.1 .18 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
drums shall be that length of arc that is uninterrupted
5.3.1 .18.1 Type of Operation. The operation of the
by the entry / exit of the suspension means leading
car shall be by continuous-pressure means or by auto­
to /from the car or counterweight.
matic means.
(b) Suspension Means Restrain ts. One suspension
means restraint, where the arc of contact is 30 deg or 5 . 3 . 1 . 1 8. 2 Control and Operating Circuit
less, shall be located at the midpoint of the arc of contact; Requirements. T he design and installation of the
or, where the arc of contact exceeds 30 deg, suspension operating circuits shall conform to 5.3.1.18.2.1 and
means restraints shall be provided at intervals not 5.3.1.18.2.2.
exceeding 30 deg of arc along the arc of contact and at
each end of the arc of contact. 5.3.1.18.2.1 Design and Installation
(a) The completion or maintenance of an electric cir­
5.3.1 .17 Terminal Stopping Devices cuit shall not be used neither to interrupt the power to
5.3.1.1 7.1 Stopping Devices Required the elevator driving machine or brake at the terminal
(a) Upper and lower normal terminal stopping landings, nor to stop the car when any electrical protec­
devices operated by the car shall be provided, and shall tive device operates.
be set to stop the car at or near the upper and lower (b) If springs are used to actuate switches, contactors,
terminal landings . or relays to stop an elevator at the terminal landings,
(b) Upper and lower final terminal stopping devices they shall be of the restrained compression type.
operated by the car to remove power from the motor (c) The occurrence of a single ground or the failure
and the brake shall be provided. They shall be set to of any single magnetically operated switch, contactor,
stop the car after it travels past the normal terminal or relay, or the failure of any single solid-state device,
stopping device and before an obstruction is struck. or a software system failure, shall not
A slack-rope switch conforming to 2 .26 .2 .1 shall be ( 1 ) render any electrical protective devices
permitted to be used as the lower final terminal stopping ineffective
device. (2) permit the car to start if any hoistway door or
(c) If the driving machine is of the winding-drum or car door or gate is not in the closed position
sprocket-and-chain-suspension type (d) If an instantaneous reversible motor is not used,
(1) a final terminal stopping device operated by the a protective device or circuit shall be provided to prevent
driving machine shall also be provided. the motor from continuing in the same direction if the
(2) driving-machine-operated final terminal stop­ reversing control is actuated.
ping devices are not required when a lower final termi­ 5.3.1.18.2.2 Monitoring of the Car Door or Gate
nal stopping device is used in addition to the slack­ Switch Electric Contacts. The elevator controls shall be
rope switch, and two independent upper final terminal designed in such a manner that when the car stops at
stopping devices are provided. A separate device shall a floor and the landing door or gate and its related
be used to operate the lower final terminal and one electric contact are opened and closed and the car door
upper final terminal stopping devices. All final terminal or gate switch electric contact(s) fails to open, the car
stopping and slack-rope devices shall operate indepen­ shall not be permitted to respond to a call. The car shall
dently of one another.The power feed lines to the driving be permitted to answer a call only after the car door or
machine and brake shall be opened by one or both of gate switch electric contacts have cycled at least once.
the upper final terminal stopping devices and either the
slack-rope switch or the lower terminal stopping device, 5.3.1 .18.3 Key-Operated Switches. Any car exte­
or both. rior to a residence shall be operated by means of a key
(3) indirect connections between the final terminal switch . Key-operated switches shall be of continuous­
stopping device and the driving machine shall be pressure spring-return type, and shall be operated by a
designed to prevent slippage. cylinder-type lock having not less than a five-pin or five­
(d) Terminal stopping switches shall conform to disk combination with the key removable only when
2.25.1. the switch is in the off position. The key shall be Group 4
Security (see Section 8.1).
5.3.1.1 7.2 Operation of the Stopping Devices. The
final terminal stopping device shall act to prevent move­ 5.3.1 .18.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
ment of the car in both directions of travel. The normal (a) All electrical equipment and wiring shall conform
and final terminal stopping devices shall not control the to NFPA 70 or CSA C 2 2.l, whichever is applicable.
same switches on the controller unless two or more (b) Electrical equipment shall be listed /certified and
separate and independent switches are provided, two labeled /marked. CSA B 4 4.l / ASME A 17.5 defines the
of which shall be closed to complete the motor and brake scope and applicable requirements for this
circuit in each direction of travel . listing /certification.

192
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(c) The installation of capacitors or other devices, the 5.3.1 .20 Marking Plates
operation or failure of which will cause an unsafe opera­
tion of the elevator, is prohibited. 5.3.1.20.1 Capacity Plate. A capacity plate indi­
cating the rated load of the elevator in pounds shall
5.3.1.18.5 Disconnecting Means. Where the con­ be furnished by the manufacturer and fastened in a
troller is located on the car, the disconnecting means conspicuous place inside the car. The letters and figures
shall be located adjacent to the controller. Auxiliary dis­ on such plates shall be not less than 6 mm (0 .25 in .) in
connect means shall be provided at the main landing height.
when the main power supply disconnect means is
mounted adjacent to the controller on the car . 5.3.1.20.2 Data Plates. A data plate indicating the
weight of the elevator, the rated speed, the suspension
5.3.1.18.6 Phase Reversal and Failure Protection. means, the manufacturer 's name, and the date of instal­
If pol yphase alternating-current power supply is used, lation shall be furnished by the manufacturer. This plate
provide protection in conformance with 2 .26 .6 and shall be installed in a conspicuous place in the machinery
3.26.5. area. The letters and figures on such plates shall be not
5.3.1.18.7 Emergency Stop Switch. An emergency less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in height.
stop switch, conforming to 2.26.2.S(a), (b), and (c), shall
be provided in every car and shall have contacts that 5.3.2 Private Residence Hydraulic Elevators
are positively opened mechanically; their openings shall Machinery and equipment for hydraulic elevators
not be solely dependent on springs. shall conform to 5.3.2.
5.3.1.18.8 Slack-Rope and Slack-Chain Devices for 5.3.2.1 General Requirements for Hydraulic Private
Winding-Drum and Roller-Chain-Type Driving Machines. Residence Elevators. Hoistways, hoistway enclosures,
Winding-drum machines with rope suspension shall be and related construction; cars; counterweights; safeties
provided with a slack-rope device of the manually reset and governors; guide rails and fastenings; car and coun­
type that will remove power from the motor and brake terweight buffer; operating devices and suspension
if the car is obstructed in its descent and the hoisting means shall meet the requirements of 5 .3.1 .1 through
ropes slacken . 5.3.1.16, and 5.3.1.18 through 5.3.1.20, except as modified
Elevators with roller-chain suspension shall be pro­ in 5.3.2.
vided with a slack-chain device that will remove power
from the motor and brake if the car is obstructed in its 5.3.2.2 Driving Machines, Sheaves, and Supports for
descent and the suspension means slacken. This device Direct-Plunger and Roped-Hydraulic Driving Machines
need not be of the manually reset type if the chain 5.3.2.2.1 Direct-plunger, roped-hydraulic, and
sprockets are guarded to prevent the chain from becom­ chain-hydraulic private residence elevator driving
ing disengaged from the sprockets. machines, sheaves, valves, supply piping, fittings, and
(16) 5.3.1 .19 Emergency Signaling Devices tanks shall conform to Sections 3.18, 3.19, and 3.2 4,
except as modified by 5.3.1.16.2 and 5.3.2.
5 .3.1 . 1 9.1 Two-Way Com munications Means. A
two-way communications means permanently installed 5.3.2.2.2 A pressure switch shall be provided to
in the car shall be provided to summon personnel who remove power from the pump motor and the control
can take the appropriate action 2 4 h each day. The two­ valve unless there is positive pressure at the control
way communications means shall not be transmitted to valve.
an automated answering device.
If the normal power source for the communications 5.3.2.3 Terminal Stopping Devices. Direct-plunger,
means fails, the communications means shall automati­ roped-hydraulic, and chain-hydraulic private residence
cally transfer to a source of standby or emergency power elevator terminal stopping devices shall conform to
capable of providing service for at least 4 h . Section 3.25, except as modified in 3.25 .2 .

5.3.1.1 9.2 Emergency Signaling Device. An emer­ 5.3.2.4 Anticreep Leveling Devices. Each elevator
gency signaling device operable from inside the car and shall be provided with an anticreep leveling device con­
audible outside the hoistway shall be provided . The forming to 5.3.2.4.1 through 5.3.2.4.7.
operating means shall be labeled with "ALA RM" or the 5 .3.2.4.1 T he anticreep leveling device shall
appropriate symbol as defined in Table 2.26.1 2.1, Symbol maintain the car within 25 mm ( 1 in.) of the landing
Identification. irrespective of the position of the hoistway door.
If the normal power source for the emergency signal­
ing device fails, the emergency signaling device shall 5 .3.2.4.2 For electrohydraulic elevators, the
automatically transfer to a source of standby or emer­ anticreep leveling device shall be required to operate
gency power capable of providing service for at least 1 h . the car only in the up direction.

193
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

5.3.2.4.3 For maintained pressure hydraulic ele­ clearance shall be permitted to be reduced to 175 mm
vators, the anticreep leveling device shall be required to (7 in.). The exposed edge of the guard shall be rounded
operate the car in both directions. to eliminate shear hazards.
5.3.2.4.4 The operation of the anticreep leveling 5.4.2 Landing Enclosures and Gates (Where
device shall be permitted to depend on the availability Required)
of the electric power supply, provided that the power
supply line disconnecting means is kept in the closed 5.4.2.1 Landing Enclosures. Where a landing plat­
position at all times, except during maintenance, repairs, form is provided or if a portion of an existing structure
and inspection. is used as a landing platform, it shall be protected by
an enclosure not less than 9 15 mm (36 in.) high.
5.3.2.4.5 The anticreep leveling device shall be
permitted to be rendered inoperative during recycling 5.4.2.2 Landing Gates. The opening in the enclosure
operation . shall be guarded by a gate to a height equal to that of
the enclosure. The gates shall be permitted to be of the
5.3.2.4.6 T he follow ing dev ices shall prevent horizontally sliding or of the swinging type and shall
operation of the elevator by the normal operating device be equipped with a combination mechanical lock and
and also the movement of the car in response to the electric contact conforming to 2.1 2.4, 5.3.1.7.4, 5.3.1.7.5,
anticreep leveling dev ice: 5.3.1.7.6, and 5.3.1.7.7 where doors and gates exceed
(a) low-pressure switch when required by 5.3.2.2.2 9 15 mm (36 in.) in height.
(b) slack-rope switch when required by 3.18 .1 .2 .5
(c) platform switch when required by 5.3.1.1.1 5 .4.2.3 Construction of Lan d i n g Enclosures and
(d) hatch-cover switch when required by 5.3.1.l.3(c)
Gates. The landing enclosure and gates shall either be
of solid construction or of openwork rejecting a 25 mm
(e) speed-governor switch when required by 5.3.1.1 1.6
( 1 in.) ball. A force of 670 N ( 150 lb£) applied at any
5.3.2.4.7 The following devices shall prevent the area 100 mm x 100 mm ( 4 in. x 4 in.) on the walls of
operation of the elevator by the normal operating device, the enclosure shall not reduce the running clearance
but the anticreep leveling device shall remain operable: below 19 mm (0.75 in.) nor cause a deflection exceeding
(a) hoistway door locking device when required by 25 mm ( 1 in.).
5.3.1.7.4
5.4.2.4 Clearance Between Landing Doors or Gates
(b) car door or gate electric contacts when required
and Landing Sills and Car Doors or Gates. Clearances
by 5.3.l.8.2(c)
shall conform to 5.3.1.7.2.
(c) emergency stop switch when required by 5.3.1.18.7
5 .4 . 2 . 5 H orizontal Cleara n ce Betwee n Car a n d
Landing Sills. The horizontal clearance between the car
SECTION 5 .4 and landing sills shall conform to 5.3.1.4.2.
PRIVATE RESIDENCE I NCLI N ED ELEVATORS
Section 5.4 applies to inclined elevators installed in 5.4.3 Machinery Beams and Supports
or at a private residence. Section 5.4 also applies to 5.4.3.1 Securing of Machinery Beams and Type of
similar elevators installed in buildings as a means of Support. All mach inery and sheaves supports and
access to private residences within such buildings, pro­ machinery beams shall conform to 5.3.1.16.1.
v ided the inclined elevators are so installed that they
are not accessible to the general public or to other occu­ 5.4.3.2 Fastening of Driving Machines and Sheaves
pants in the building. Inclined elevators conforming to to Underside of Beams. Fastening of driving machines
the requirements of Section 5.1 are not prohibited from and sheaves shall conform to 5.3.l.16.2(c).
being installed in or at a private residence . 5.4.3.3 Factor of Safety of Beams and Supports.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to The factor of safety for beams and their supports shall
private residence inclined elevators. conform to 5.3.1.16.l(c).

5.4.1 Runway Protection 5.4.4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors, and Gates
If the car sides extend less than 1 8 25 mm (7 2 in.) 5.4.4.1 Car Enclosures
above the floor of the car, there shall be no obstruction
5.4.4.1.1 Car Enclosures Required. Except at the
along the runway, within the arc formed by a 600 mm
entrance, cars shall be enclosed on all sides to a height
( 2 4 in.) radius whose center is the outer corner of the
of not less than 1 070 mm ( 4 2 in.).
top rail of the car enclosure.
When solid guards are installed on the obstruction in 5.4.4.1 .2 Securing of Car Enclosures. Car enclo­
both directions of travel, which project at least 350 mm sures shall be secured in conformance with 2.1 4.1.2 and
( 1 4 in .) in line with the direction of travel, the running 2.1 4.1.3.

19 4
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

5.4.4.1.3 Deflection of Car Enclosure Walls. The 5.4.5.2 Chassis Construction. Inclined elevator
car enclosure walls shall be of such strength and so chassis shall be constructed of metal, except for guiding
designed and supported that when subjected to a force members. Chassis shall have a factor of safety of not
of 334 N (75 lbf) applied horizontally at any point on less than 5, based on the rated load. The chassis-guiding
the walls of the enclosure, the deflection will not reduce members shall be retained and /or enclosed in guides
the running clearance below 19 mm (0.75 in.) nor to or tracks in such a manner that the chassis cannot be
exceed 25 mm ( 1 in.). derailed.
5.4.4.1.4 Platform Guards (Aprons). Requirement 5.4.5.3 Use of Cast Iron. Cast iron shall not be used
5.3.1.9.l(b) applies, and the guard shall extend horizon­ in the construction of any member of the car frame or
tally within the zone where the doors or gates are chassis.
unlocked.
5.4.5.4 Number of Compartments. The car shall not
5.4.4.2 Car Doors or Gates have more than one compartment.
5.4.4.2.1 Doors or Gates Required. A car door or 5.4.6 Capacity
gate that, when closed, will guard the opening to a
height of at least 1 070 mm ( 4 2 in.) or to the height of 5.4.6.1 Rated Load and Platform Area. The rated
the car enclosure, whichever is greater, and shall be load and net platform area shall conform to 5.3.1.10.1.
provided at each entrance to the car. Through openings
5.4.6.2 Shelves or Benches. Shelves or benches per­
in car gates shall reject a ball 75 mm (3 in.) in diameter.
manently fixed to the car structure, which reduce the
The car door or gate shall be designed, constructed, and
standing area of the platform, are permitted and shall
installed in accordance with 5.3.1.8.2. Power operation
not exceed 0.55 m 2 ( 1.8 ft2). Fifty percent of the net area
shall be permitted for car doors and gates, and shall
of shelves or benches shall be added to the standing
conform to 5.3.1.8.2(a).
platform area to calculate the net platform area.Baskets,
5.4.4.2.2 Door or Gate Electric Contacts. Car doors shelves, or other objects not necessary for operation of
or gates shall be provided with an electric contact con­ the elevator shall not protrude beyond the exterior of
forming to 2.1 4.4.2.3 and 2.1 4.4.2.5. the car enclosure.
5.4.4.2.3 Manual Operation. Car doors or gates 5.4.6.3 Rated Speed. The rated speed measured
shall be manually operated. along the incline shall not exceed 0.38 m /s (75 ft /min).
5.4.4.2.4 Latching of Swinging Gates. If the car 5.4.7 Safeties and Governors
gate is of the swinging type, opening outward from the
car, the electric contact required by 5.4.4.2.2 shall not 5.4.7.1 Car Safeties Required. Each inclined eleva­
close until the gate is securely latched. tor shall be provided with a car safety capable of stop­
ping and sustaining the car with rated load.
5.4.4.3 Use of Glass or Plastics
5.4.7.2 Operation of Car Safeties. The car safety
5.4.4.3.1 Glass or plastics, where used in elevator shall be of Type A, B, or C, as specified in 2.17.5, and
cars, shall conform to the following : shall be operated by a speed governor, complying with
(a) Glass shall meet the requirements of 2.1 4.1.8. the following requirements :
(b) Plastics shall meet the requirements of ANSI Z97.l, (a) The governor shall be set to trip at not less than
16 C F R Part 1 20 1, or C A N / C G SB- 1 2.1, 1 15% nor more than 1 40% of the rated speed.
CAN /CGSB- 1 2.1 1, and CAN /CGSB- 1 2.1 2, whichever is (b) Type A safeties shall operate as required by
applicable. 2.17.8.1.
5.4.4.3.2 Glass or plastics shall be secured as (c) Type C safeties shall operate as required by
required by 5.4.4.1.2. 2.17.8.2.

5.4.4.3.3 Weatherproof Material. Materials shall 5.4.7.3 Counterweight Safeties. If the construction
be of a weatherproof type. at the lower end of the rail is not at or below grade
at the termination of the rail, counterweight safeties
5.4.5 Car and Chassis Construction conforming to 5.4.7 shall be provided, except governor
operation of the safeties is not required.
5.4.5.1 Car and Platform. Inclined elevator cars shall
have frames and platforms of metal or combination 5.4. 7 .4 Location of Speed Governor. The speed gov­
metal and wood, or other materials of equal strength. ernor shall be located where it cannot be struck by the
Car frames and platforms shall have a factor of safety car or counterweight in case of overtravel and where
of not less than 5, based on the rated load, they suitably there is sufficient space for full movement of the gover­
prepared and /or protected for exposure to the weather. nor parts and where it is accessible for examination.

195
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

5.4.7.5 Opening of Brake and Motor Control Circuits 5.4.1 0.2 Construction and Requirements for Solid
on Safety Application. Power shall be removed from Bumpers. Solid bumpers shall be made of wood or
the driving-machine motor and brake before or at the other suitable resilient material of sufficient strength to
time the safety applies. withstand, without failure, the impact of the car with
rated load or the counterweight, descending at 125 % of
5.4.7.6 Governor Ropes. Governor ropes, where the rated speed.
used, shall conform to 5.3.1.11.7. The material used shall be of a type that will resist
5 .4. 7 . 7 Slack- Rope and Slack-Chain Devices for deterioration or be so treated as to resist deterioration.
Winding- Drum and Roller-C h ain-Type Driving 5.4.1 0.3 Spring Buffers. For rated speeds exceeding
Machines. Winding-drum and roller-chain-type driv­ 0.25 m/s (5 0 ft/min) , buffers of the spring type shall be
ing machines shall conform to 5.3.1.18. 8. installed.
5.4.7.8 Application of Car Safety. The application 5.4.10.4 Construction and Requirements for Spring
of car safeties shall comply with 5.3.1.11.3. Buffers. Spring buffers shall be constructed so as to
have a minimum stroke of 19 mm (0.75 in.) and a maxi­
5.4.7.9 Materials Used in Car Safeties. The mini­ mum stroke of 3 8 mm (1.5 in.) and shall not be fully
mum factors of safety and stresses of safety parts and compressed when struck by the car with its rated load
rope connections shall conform to 5.3.1.11.4. or counterweight traveling at 125 % of the rated speed.
5.4.7.10 Corrosion-Resistant Bearings in Safeties. 5.4.1 1 Car and Counterweight Guide and Track
Materials used in safeties shall meet the requirements Supports and Fastenings
of 2.17.13. Car and counterweight guide, track, and track sup­
ports and fastenings shall conform to 5.3.1.15. All sup­
5.4.8 Suspension Means porting structures shall meet the requirements of the
applicable building code.
Suspension means shall conform to 5.3.1.12 , except as
modified by 5.4.8.1. 5.4. 1 2 Driving Machines and Sheaves
5.4.12.1 Driving machines and sheaves shall con­
5.4.8.1 Types Permitted. Where the chassis is sus­ form to 5.3.1.16.2 through 5.3.1.16.5.
pended from the driving machine by a wire rope or roller
chain, a single suspension means shall be permitted to 5.4.1 2.2 Location of Driving Machine, Alignment, and
be used. Guarding of Sheaves. The driving machine shall be
permitted to be mounted on the car chassis or placed
5.4.8.2 Factor of Safety of Suspension Means. The at a remote location. If remotely located, all intervening
suspension means shall have a factor of safety of not sheaves or sprockets shall be placed to ensure that ropes
less than 8, based on the tension in the rope(s) or chain(s) or chains travel in proper alignment. All sheaves or
when raising the car and its rated load. In no case shall sprockets shall be guarded.
the rated breaking strength of the rope(s) or chain(s) be 5.4.12.3 Manual Operation. Manual operation shall
less than 17 800 N (4,000 lbf). conform to 5.3.l.16.2 (i).
5 . 4.8.3 Lengt h ening, Splicing, Repairing, or 5.4. 1 3 Terminal Stopping Devices
Replacing Suspension Means. No car or counterweight Terminal stopping devices shall conform to 5.3.1.17.
wire rope shall be lengthened or repaired by splicing. 5.4. 1 4 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
Broken or worn suspension chains shall not be repaired.
If one wire rope or a chain of a set is worn or damaged 5.4.14.1 Type of Operation. The inclined elevator
and requires replacement, the entire set of ropes or shall be operated by weatherproof constant pressure or
chains shall be replaced. In the event that a worn chain momentary pressure key switches at each landing and
is replaced, the drive sprocket shall also be replaced. on the car. Key-operated switches shall be of the spring­
return type and shall be operated by a cylinder-type
5.4.9 Counterweight Guiding and Construction lock having not less than five-pin or five-disk combina­
tion with the key removable only when the switch is in
Counterweight guiding and construction shall con­ the off position. The key shall be Group 4 Security (see
form to 5.3.1.13. Section 8.1).
5.4.1 4.2 Emergency Stop Switches in Cars. Emer­
5.4. 1 0 Bumpers and Buffers gency stop switches shall be provided in the cars and
5 . 4. 1 0 . 1 Solid Bumpers. For rated speeds not shall conform to 5.3.1.18.7.
exceeding 0.25 m/s (5 0 ft/min), if spring-or equivalent­ 5 . 4 . 1 4.3 Control and Operating Circuit Require­
type buffers are not used, solid bumpers shall be ments. The design and installation of the control and
installed. operating circuits shall conform to 5.3.1.18.2.

196
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

5.4.14.4 Hand Rope Operation. Hand rope opera­ 5.5.1.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys. Where a
tion shall not be used. car top is provided, bottom and top clearances and run­
bys for cars and counterweights shall conform to
5.4.14.5 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
Section 2.4.
5 . 4 . 1 4 . 5 . 1 Electrical Equipment and Wiring Where no car top is provided, they shall conform to
Requirements. Requirements 5.3.1.18.4, 5.3.1.18.5, and 2.4.1 through 2.4.4 and 2.4.9. When the car has reached
5.3.1.18.6 apply. its maximum upward movement, no equipment shall
strike the overhead structure or other obstructions.
5.4.14.5.2 Electrical Connections. If the driving On elevators with vertical lifting covers, there shall
machine is mounted on the car chassis, electrical connec­ be a clearance of not less than 600 mm ( 2 4 in .) between
tions between the car and power source shall be pro­ the top of the cover and any obstruction vertically above
vided with a means to remove power if the connecting it when the car has reached its maximum upward
traveling cable part. All electrical connections to the movement.
moving chassis and the stationary connections shall be The clearance required by 2.4.1 does not apply below
insulated flexible conductors, in accordance with underslung elevators with the car resting on its fully
NFPA 70 or CSA C 2 2.l, whichever is applicable (see compressed buffers, when a refuge space not less than
Part 9) . either of the following is provided :
5.4.14.5.3 Traveling Cables. Traveling cables shall (a) a horizontal area 600 mm x 1 200 mm ( 2 4 in. x
be Type E O , E T T , or E T P and shall conform to the 48 in.), with a height of 600 mm ( 2 4 in.)
requirements of NFPA 70 or CSA C 2 2.l, whichever is (b) a horizontal area 450 mm x 900 mm ( 18 in . x
applicable (see Part 9). Where traveling cable voltage 36 in.), with a height of 1 070 mm ( 4 2 in.)
exceeds 30 V, a means shall be provided to remove the 5 . 5 . 1 . 5 H orizontal Car and Counterweight
power automatically upon parting of the traveling cable. Clearances. Horizontal car and counterweight clear­
ances shall conform to Section 2.5, except as modified
5.4.1 5 Marking Plates
by 5.5.1.5.
Capacity, data, and code data plates shall be provided For sidewalk elevators with adjacent openings, the
as required in 5.3.1.20.1, 5.3.1.20.2, and Section 8.9. All maximum clearance required by 2.5.1.5 shall be permit­
plates shall be weather resistant. ted to be increased on the side where the overhead
sheaves are located, provided that in such cases this
clearance shall not be greater than that required for the
SECTION 5.5 installation of the sheaves or sheave beams plus running
POWER SIDEWALK ELEVATORS clearance of not more than 25 mm ( 1 in .) .
Section 5.5 applies to power sidewalk elevators. 5.5.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. Where
Requirement 5.5.1 applies to electric elevators. Require­ the hoistway does not extend to the lowest floor of the
ment 5.5.2 applies to direct-plunger hydraulic elevators. building, it shall conform to Section 2.6.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to 5.5.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
power sidewalk elevators.
Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform to
5.5.1 Electric Sidewalk Elevators Section 2.7.
5 . 5 . 1 .8 Equipment in H oistways and Machine
5 . 5 . 1 . 1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway
Rooms. Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts
Enclosures. The construction of hoistway enclosures
in hoistways and machine rooms shall conform to
shall conform to Section 2.1, except as modified by the
Section 2.8 and 5.5.1.8.1 through 5.5.1.8.3.
following :
(a) Requirement 2. 1 . 1 . 1 . Hoistways are not required to 5.5.1 .8.1 Slack-rope switches (where required),
be enclosed above the top landing. lower normal and final terminal stopping devices, and
(b) Requirement 2.1.1.3 does not apply. pit stop switches shall be located not less than 600 mm
(c) Requirement 2.1.2.1 does not apply. ( 2 4 in.) above the pit floor.
(d) Requirement 2 .1 .3 does not apply. 5.5.1 .8.2 All electrical equipment in the hoistway
5.5.1.2 Pits. Pits shall conform to Section 2.2.Means shall be weatherproof.
shall be provided to automatically remove water from 5.5.1 .8.3 Electrical metal tubing (EMT) shall not
the pit. be used .
5.5.1.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweight. 5.5.1.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and
The location and guarding of counterweights shall con­ Foundations. Machinery and sheave beams, supports,
form to Section 2.3. and foundations shall conform to Section 2.9.

197
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

5.5.1.10 Guarding. The guarding of exposed auxil­ and which will support a static load of not less than
iary equipment shall conform to Section 2.10. 1 135 N (300 lbf) applied on any area 600 mm ( 2 4 in.)
on a side and not less than 68 kg ( 150 lb) applied at
5.5.1 .11 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings
any point, are installed directly below the watertight
5.5.1 . 1 1 .1 Vertical Openings. Vertical hoistway sidewalk doors. Screen panels shall be opened and
landing openings shall conform to Section 2.1 1, except closed automatically by the ascending and descending
that 2 .1 1 .2 .1 does not apply. car and shall always be closed when the car is not at
the top landing.
5.5.1 .11.2 Horizontal Openings in Sidewalks and (e) Stops shall be provided to prevent the doors from
Other Areas Exterior to the Building opening more than 90 deg from their closed position.
(a) The clear opening in a sidewalk that is accessible
to the general public when the sidewalk door or cover is 5.5.1 .11.4 Vertical Lifting Sidewalk Covers
open shall be such that the sidewalk permits a minimum (a) The covers shall be raised and lowered vertically
1 200 mm ( 48 in.) wide unobstructed pedestrian path, by the ascending and descending car and shall not be
which is not normally accessible to vehicular traffic. held or fastened in the open position when the car is
(b) Hoistways shall not be located either wholly or not at the top landing.
partially in front of any entrance to a building. (b) Recesses or guides, which will securely hold the
(c) The side of the door opening nearest to any build­ cover in place on the stanchions, shall be prov ided on
ing wall or other obstruction shall be less than or equal the underside of the cover.
to 100 mm ( 4 in.), or greater than 9 1 4 mm (36 in.), from
5.5.1.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric
the wall or obstruction.
Contacts, and Hoistway Access Switches. Hoistway
(d) Horizontal openings in sidewalks or other areas
door locking dev ices, car door or gate electric contacts,
exterior to the building shall be protected by hinged and h o istway access sw itches shall conform to
metal doors or vertically lifting covers having a nonslip Section 2.1 2, except as modified by 5.5.1.1 2.1 through
upper surface. Such doors or covers shall not be used 5.5.1.1 2.3.
where the hoistway is located inside the building .Doors
or covers shall be of sufficient strength to safely support 5.5.1 .12.1 Requirement 2.1 2.1.1 does not apply.
a static load of not less than 1 460 kg /m 2 (300 lb /ft 2),
5.5.1.12.2 Interlocks or electric contacts are not
uniformly distributed.
required on horizontal hinged-type swinging covers and
(e) When in the closed position, doors shall be flush
vertical lifting covers used at the top landing in side­
with the adjacent sidewalk or other surface.
walks or other areas exterior to the building. Locks, if
(f) Such doors and covers shall conform to 5.5.1.1 1.3
used, shall be of the spring type and shall be automati­
or 5.5.1.1 1.4.
cally unlocked by the bow irons or stanchions of the
(g) All openings between sidewalk door panels and
car, unless the locks are of the type that permit operation
frames shall be provided with gutters to collect rain­ of the elevators to open the cover only if the locking
water. Their gutters shall be piped rigidly to a discharge device is in the unlocked position.
point exterior to the hoistway and pit or to the sump
pit when provided and designed in accordance with 5.5.1.12.3 Requirement 2.12.7. Hoistway access
5.5.1.2. switches are not required for access to the top of the car.
(h) When subject to vehicular traffic, the doors or
5.5.1 .13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car
covers shall be designed to safely support the loads
Doors. Power operation, power opening, and power
likely to be imposed on them .
closing of the hoistway doors and car doors or gates
5.5.1 .11.3 Hinged-Type Swing Sidewalk Doors shall conform to Section 2.13.
(a) The line of the hinges shall be at right angles to
5.5.1.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and
the building wall. Car Illumination
(b) There shall be a minimum clearance of 450 mm
( 18 in.) between the face of the doors and any obstruction 5 . 5 . 1 . 1 4.1 Car Enclosures. Car enclosures shall
when the doors are in the open position. conform to 2.1 4.1 and 2.1 4.3, except as modified by the
(c) The doors shall be opened by the ascending car following :
and shall be self-closing as the car descends, and shall (a) Car tops are not required. Where provided, the
be kept in the closed position when the car is not at the distance between the top of the car and the bow iron
top landing, except as provided for in 5.5.l.ll.3(d). or stanchions shall be not less than 1 067 mm ( 4 2 in.).
(d) The doors shall be permitted to be held or fastened (b) Requ irements 2.1 4.1.5 and 2.1 4.1.6 apply only
in the open position when the car is not at the top when a car top is provided.
landing, provided self-closing hinged metal screen pan­ (c) The height of the car enclosure required by 2.1 4.3.1
els, which will reject a ball 50 mm ( 2 in.) in diameter shall be permitted to be reduced when the height of

198
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

the bow iron or stanchion is reduced as permitted by to close when the car is at the landing next to the top
5.5.1.15.2(a). terminal landing.
(b) They shall be so designed, installed, and braced
5.5.1.14.2 Car Doors and Gates. Car doors and
gates shall conform to 2.1 4.4 and 2.1 4.6. as to withstand the impact when striking the doors or
covers.
5.5.1 .14.3 Illumination of Cars. Illumination of (c) Bow irons shall be located approximately symmet­
cars and lighting fixtures shall conform to 2 .1 4 .7, except rical with respect to the center of the car platform.
as modified by the following : (d) Stanchions shall be framed together at their upper
(a) Lighting devices are not required in the car if there ends and provided with spring buffers at the top.
are lighting devices exterior to the car, which will
provide the minimum illumination specified in 5.5.1 .16 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and load­
2.1 4.7.1.2(b) for the full travel of the car. ing shall conform to Section 2 .16, except as modified by
(b) Requirement 2.1 4.7.1.3 does not apply. the following :
(c) Requirement 2.1 4.7.1.4 applies only where a car (a) Requirement 2.16.1 does not apply.
top is provided. (b) Requirement 2 .16 .4 does not apply.Sidewalk ele­
vators shall not be permitted to carry passengers.
5.5.1 . 1 5 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
platforms shall conform to Section 2.15. 5.5.1 .1 7 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Safeties
shall conform to Section 2.17, except as modified by the
5.5.1.1 5.1 Car Frames and Platforms of Elevators following :
Traveling Above the Level of the Sidewalk. Sidewalk W here the rated speed does not exceed 0 .25 m /s
elevators arranged to travel above the level of the side­ (50 ft /min), car safeties that operate as a result of break­
walk or other area exterior to the building shall conform ing or slackening of the hoisting ropes shall be permitted
to the following : to be used in lieu of governor-actuated safeties required
(a) Car frames of the underslung rope-suspended­ by 2.17.7.1. The safety shall operate without delay.
type elevators shall be of sufficient depth to provide the
minimum vertical clearance between the car rope hitches 5.5.1 .18 Speed Governors. Governors, where pro­
or car sheaves and any obstruction in the hoistway verti­ vided, shall conform to Section 2.18.
cally above them, as specified in 2 .4 .8, when the car floor
5.5.1 .19 Suspension Ropes. Suspension ropes shall
is level with its upper landing level.
conform to Section 2.20.
(b) The depth of the car frame and the length and
spacing of guiding members shall conform to 2.15.4 and, 5.5.1 .20 Counterweights. Counterweights shall
in addition, shall be such as to prevent tipping of the conform to Section 2.2 1.
platform when it is at the highest upper landing level.
(c) The car platform shall be provided with metal
5.5. 1 .21 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers
aprons or guards on all exposed sides conforming to shall conform to Section 2.2 2.
the following : 5.5.1 .22 Guide Rails. Guide rails shall conform to
(1) They shall be made of metal of not less than Section 2.23.
1.5 mm (0.059 in.) in thickness.
(2) They shall have a straight vertical face flush 5.5.1 .23 Driving Machines and Sheaves. Driving
with the outer edge of the platform having a depth of machines and sheaves shall conform to Section 2.2 4,
not less than the distance between the normal upper except that the ratio of the drum diameter to the rope
terminal landing level and the highest upper landing diameter (see 2.2 4.2) shall be permitted to be reduced
level plus 75 mm (3 in.). to 2 4.
(3) The lower portion of the guard shall be rounded 5.5.1 .24 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stop­
or beveled at an angle of approximately 75 deg with the ping devices shall conform to Section 2.25 (see also
horizontal. 5.5.1.8).
5 . 5 . 1 . 1 5.2 Bow I rons and Stanchions. W here 5.5.1 .25 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
hinged doors or vertically lifting covers are provided at Operating devices and control equipment shall conform
the sidewalk or other exterior area, bow irons or stan­ to Section 2.26, except as modified by 5.5.1.25.1 through
chions shall be provided on the car to operate the doors 5.5.1.25.4. Where the top opening is located in an area
or covers. exterior to the building, all electrical equipment on the
Bow irons and stanchions shall conform to the car shall be weatherproof.
following :
(a) They shall be not less than 2 130 mm (8 4 in.) high, 5.5.1.25.1 Types of Operating Devices. Operating
except that this height shall be permitted to be reduced devices shall be of the automatic or continuous-pressure
by an amount necessary to permit the doors or covers type. Operation through openings in the sidewalk or

199
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

other area exterior to the building shall conform to in place to protect the sidewalk opening when the eleva­
5.5.1.25.2. tor is being operated from on the car below the sidewalk
level. The secured barrier shall comply with 2.10.2.
5 . 5 . 1 . 2 5 . 2 O p e ration Th rough Open i n gs i n
(3) All of the required sidewalk level barriers are in
Sidewalk o r Other Area Exterior to the Building. The
place and their proper placement has electrically enabled
operation of elevators through openings in the sidewalk,
the car operating circuit.
or through openings in other exterior areas, and which
are protected by hinged doors or vertically lifting covers, 5.5.1 .25.3 Top-of-Car Operating Devices and Stop
shall conform to the following : Switch . T he requirement for a top-of-car operating
(a) The elevator shall be operated through the open­ device (see 2.26.1.4) applies only where a car top is
ing, in both the up and down directions, only from the provided. It shall operate the car at a speed not greater
sidewalk or other exterior area or from on the car as than 0.13 m /s ( 25 ft /min). It shall not operate when the
permitted by 5.5.l.25.2(g) and at a speed not exceeding bow iron or stanchions are in contact with the doors or
0.13m /s ( 25 ft /min). The operation shall be by means of covers in the sidewalk or other exterior area.
( 1 ) key-operated continuous-pressure-type The requirement for a stop switch on top of the car
up-and-down switches; or (see 2.26.2.8) applies only where a car top is provided.
(2) continuous-pressure-type up-and-down
5.5.1 .25.4 Maximum Rated Speed. Where the car
operating buttons on the free end of a detachable, flexi­
is not fully enclosed, the rated speed shall not exceed
ble cord not more than 1 5 25 mm (60 in.) in length.
0.25 m /s (50 ft /min), except as required by 5.5.l.25.2(a)
(b) Key-operated switches shall be of the continuous­
and 5.5.1.25.3.
pressure spring-return type and shall be operated by a
Where the car is fully enclosed, there is no limit on
cylinder-type lock having not less than a five-pin or five­
the rated speed, except as required by 5.5.1.25.2(a) and
disk combination with the key removable only when
5.5.1.25.3.
the switch is in the "OFF" position.
(c) Key-operated switches and plug receptacles for 5.5.1 .26 Car Emergency Signaling Devices. If car
flexible cords shall be weatherproof and shall be operating buttons are provided, car emergency signaling
installed above the sidewalk or other area on the side devices shall be provided conforming to 2.27.1.1.1 and
of the building wall, located 450 mm ( 18 in.) or less 2.27.1.2. If the rise is more than 7.6 m ( 25 ft), the signaling
horizontally from one side of the opening. devices shall also conform to 2.27.1.1.2.
(d) Operating buttons, if provided in the elevator car
5.5.1 .27 Layout Data. The information provided on
and at any landing below the top landing, shall operate
layout data shall conform to Section 2.28.
the car only when the bow iron or stanchions are not
in contact with the doors or covers in the sidewalk or 5 . 5 . 1 .28 We ld i n g. Welding shall conform to
other exterior area. Section 8.8.
(e) When the bow iron or stanchions are in contact
with the doors or covers at the sidewalk or other exterior 5.5.2 Direct-Plunger Hydraulic Sidewalk Elevators
area, it shall be possible to operate the car only by means
5.5.2.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and Related
of either the key switches or the continuous-pressure­
Construction. Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and
type up-and-down buttons on the free end of the flexible
related construction shall conform to 5.5.1.1 through
cord specified in 5.5.l.25.2(a).
5.5.1.13, and 5.5.2.1 through 5.5.2.18, except 5.5.1.4 and
(f) Flexible cords and operating keys shall not be left
5 .5 .1 .6 .
where they are accessible to unauthorized persons for
operation of the elevator. 5.5.2.2 Vertical Clearances and Runbys. Where a
(g) On sidewalk door openings protected by hinged car top is provided, bottom and top clearances and run­
doors and hinged metal screen panels, once the hinged bys for cars and counterweights shall conform to
sidewalk doors are in the full opened position the eleva­ Section 3.4.
tor shall be permitted to be operated from on the car Where no car top is provided, they shall conform to
with the sidewalk doors in the full opened position 3.4.1, 3.4.2.1, and 3.4.6.2. When the car has reached its
subject to the following: maximum upward movement, no equipment shall strike
(1) The elevator shall be provided with self closing the overhead structure or other obstruction.
hinged metal screen panels in accordance with 5.5.1.1 1.3
5.5.2.3 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. Where
which cover the entire sidewalk opening.
the hoistway does not extend to the lowest floor of the
(2) Where the side of the sidewalk door opening is
building, it shall conform to Section 3.6.
more than 100 mm ( 4 in.) from any building wall or
other obstruction it shall be provided with a secured 5.5.2.4 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
barrier that can be removed for loading and unloading Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform to
the elevator at the sidewalk level and that shall be put Section 3.7.

200
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

5.5.2.5 Emergency Doors. T he requirements for SECTION 5.6

emergency doors in single blind hoistways apply only ROOFTOP ELEVATORS
where a car safety is provided.
Section 5.6 applies to rooftop elevators. Requirement
5.5.2.6 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car 5.6. 1 applies to electric elevators. Requirement 5. 6. 2
Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and applies to direct-plunger hydraulic elevators.
car illumination shall conform to 5.5.1.14. NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
5.5.2.7 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and rooftop elevators.
platforms shall conform to 3.15, 5.5.1.15.1, and 5.5.1.15.2.
5.6.1 Electric Rooftop Elevators
5.5.2.8 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and loading
5 .6. 1 . 1 Construction of Hoistway and H oistway
shall conform to Section 2.16, except as modified by 3.16
Enclosures. The construction of hoistway enclosures
and 5.5.1.16.
shall conform to Section 2.1, except as modified by the
5.5.2.9 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Car safe­ following:
ties, where provided, shall conform to 5.5.1.17 and shall (a) Requirement 2. 1 . 1 . 1 . Hoistways are not required to
be of the type that can be released only by moving the be enclosed above the rooftop landing.
car in the up direction. (b) Requirement 2.1.1.3 does not apply.
Counterweight safeties, where provided, shall con­ (c) Requirement 2.1.2.1 does not apply.
form to 3.17.2. (d) Requirement 2.1.3 does not apply.
5.5.2.10 Hydraulic Jacks. Hydraulic jacks shall con­ 5.6. 1 .2 Pits. Pits shall conform to Section 2.2. Means
form to Section 3.18. shall be provided to automatically remove water from
5.5.2. 1 1 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings. the pit.
Valves, pressure piping, and fittings shall conform to 5.6.1 .3 Location and Guarding of Counterweight.
Section 3.19. The location and guarding of counterweights shall con­
5.5.2.12 Counterweights. Where provided, counter­ form to Section 2.3.
weights shall conform to Section 3.2 1. 5.6.1 .4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys. Bottom and (1 6)
5.5.2.13 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers top clearances and runbys for cars and counterweights
shall conform to Section 3.2 2. shall conform to Section 2.4, except as modified by the
following:
5 . 5 . 2 . 1 4 G u i d e Rai ls, G uide-Ra i l Supports, and (a) Table 2. 4. 2. 2 , maximum speed 0. 2 5 m/s
Fastenings. Guide rails and their supports and fasten­ (5 0 ft/min). See 5.6.1.2 5.4.
ings shall conform to Section 3.23. (b) Requirement 2.4.7 does not apply if rise is 6.1 m
5.5.2.1 5 Tanks. Tanks shall conform to Section 3.2 4. (2 0 ft) or less. When 5.6.1.25.3 is required, the top-of-car
clearance shall be measured to the underside of the roof
5.5.2.16 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stop­ door when the bow iron or stanchion is in contact with
ping devices shall conform to Section 3.2 5 (see also the door.
5.5.1. 8).
5 . 6. 1 . 5 H o rizontal Car a n d Counterweight
5.5.2.1 7 Operating Devices and Control Equipment Clearances. Horizontal car and counterweight clear­
5.5.2.1 7.1 Operating devices and control equip­ ances shall conform to Section 2.5.
ment shall conform to Section 3.26, 5.5.1.2 5.1, 5.5.1.2 5. 2 , 5.6.1 .6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. Where
and 5.5.1.25.4 and all electrical equipment on the car the hoistway does not extend to the lowest floor of the
shall be weatherproof. building, it shall conform to Section 2.6.
5 . 5 . 2. 1 7 .2 T he requirement for a top-of-car 5.6.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
operating device (see 3.26.2) applies only where a car Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform to
top is provided. It shall operate the car at a speed not Section 2.7, except as modified by the following:
greater than 0.13 m/s (25 ft/min). It shall not operate (a) Requirement 2.7.3.2.2 does not apply.
when the bow iron or stanchions are in contact with the
(b) Requirement 2.7.3.5 does not apply.
doors or covers in the sidewalk or other exterior area.
5 . 6 . 1 .8 Eq u i p m en t i n Hoistways a n d Mach i n e
5.5.2.1 7.3 The requirement for a stop switch on
Rooms. Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts
top of the car (see 2.26.2. 8 and 3.26.4.1) applies only
in hoistways and machine rooms shall conform to
where a car top is provided.
Section 2.8 and the following:
5.5.2.18 Layout Data. The information provided on (a) Slack-rope switches (where required), lower nor­
layout data shall conform to Section 3.2 8. mal and final terminal stopping devices, and pit stop

201
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

switches shall be located not less than 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) (e) The landing sill shall be substantially flush with
above the pit floor. the floor surface of the elevator landings.
(b) All electrical equipment in the hoistway shall be
weatherproof. 5.6.1 .1 1 .4 Vertical Lifting Rooftop Covers
(a) The covers shall be raised and lowered vertically
(c) Electrical metallic tubing (EMT ) shall not be used.
by the ascending and descending car and shall not be
5.6.1.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and held or fastened in the open position when the car is
Foundations. Machinery and sheave beams, supports, not at the top landing.
and foundations shall conform to Section 2.9. (b) Recesses or guides, which will securely hold the
cover in place on the stanchions, shall be provided on
5.6.1 .10 Guarding. The guarding of exposed auxil­ the underside of the cover .
iary equipment shall conform to Section 2.10.
(c) The landing sill shall be substantially flush with
5.6.1 .1 1 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings the floor surface of the elevator landings.

5 .6. 1 . 1 1 . 1 Vertical Openings. Vertical hoistway 5.6.1 .1 1 .5 Setting of the Door. The door shall be
landing openings shall conform to Section 2 .1 1 . set in the roof in such a manner that the upper surface
of the rooftop door is at least 25 mm ( 1 in.) above the
5.6.1 .1 1 .2 Horizontal Openings in Rooftops surface of the roof and pitched at the same angle. The
(a) The pedestrian path on a rooftop, when the door edge around the rooftop door and the surface of the
or cover is open, shall be such that it permits a minimum roof shall be such that a gradual change in surface height
1 200 mm ( 48 in.) wide unobstructed path that is not is provided.
normally accessible to vehicular traffic.
(b) Hoistways shall not be located either wholly or 5.6.1.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric
partially in front of any entrance to a building or open­ Contacts and Hoistway Access Switches. Hoistway door
able window. locking devices, car door or gate electric contacts, and
(c) The side of the door opening nearest to any build­ hoistway access switches shall conform to Section 2.1 2
ing wall or other obstruction shall be 100 mm ( 4 in.) or or 2 .1 4 .4, except as modified by the following :
less, or greater than 900 mm (36 in.), from the wall or (a) Requirements 2.12.2 and 2.12.3. Interlocks or elec­
obstruction. tric contacts are not required on hinged-type swinging
(d) Horizontal openings in rooftops shall be protected covers and vertical lifting covers used at the top landing
by hinged metal doors or vertically lifting covers having in rooftops. Locks, if used, shall be of the spring type
a nonslip upper surface. Doors or covers shall be of and shall be automatically unlocked by the bow irons
sufficient strength to safely support a static load of not or stanchions of the car, unless the locks are of the type
less than 1 4.4 kPa (300 lbf /ft 2), uniformly distributed. that permit operation of the elevators to open the cover
(e) When in the closed position, doors shall be flush only if the locking device is in the unlocked position.
with the landing sill. (b) Requirement 2.12.7. Hoistway access switches are
(f) Such doors and covers shall conform to 5.6.1.1 1.3 not required for access to the top of the car.
or 5 .6 .1 .1 1 .4 . 5.6.1 .13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car
(g) All openings between rooftop door panels and Doors. Power operation, power opening, and power
frames shall be provided with minimum 50 mm ( 2 in.) closing of the hoistway doors and car doors or gates
gutters to collect rainwater. The gutters shall be piped shall conform to Section 2 .13.
rigidly to a discharge point exterior to the hoistway
and pit. 5.6.1.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and
Car Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors, gates, and
5.6.1 .1 1 .3 Hinged-Type Rooftop Doors car illumination shall conform to Section 2.1 4, except as
(a) There shall be a minimum clearance of 450 mm modified by 5.6.1.1 4.1 and 5.6.1.1 4.2.
( 18 in.) between the face of the doors and any obstruction
when the doors are in the open position. 5.6.1 .14.1 Req uirement 2.14.3.1. The height of the
(b) The doors shall be opened by the ascending car car enclosure shall be permitted to be reduced when
and shall be self-closing as the car descends, and shall the height of the bow iron or stanchion is reduced as
be kept in the closed position when the car is not at the permitted by 5.6.l.15.2(a).
top landing.
5.6.1 .14.2 All electrical equipment on the car
(c) Stops shall be provided to prevent the doors from
shall be weatherproof.
opening more than 90 deg from their closed position.
(d) Means shall be provided at the meeting edge of 5.6.1 . 1 5 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
biparting rooftop doors to collect and discharge rain platforms shall conform to Section 2 .15, 5 .6 .1 .15 .1, and
water. 5.6.1.15.2.

202
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

5.6.1 .1 5.1 Platforms 5.6.1 .22 Guide Rails . Guide rails shall conform to
(a) Car frames of the underslung rope-suspended­ Section 2.23.
type elevators shall be of sufficient depth to provide the
minimum vertical clearance between the car rope hitches 5.6.1 .23 Driving Machines and Sheaves . Driving
or car sheaves and any obstruction in the hoistway verti­ machines and sheaves shall conform to Section 2.24,
cally above them, as specified in 2.4. 8, when the car floor except that on freight elevators the ratio of the drum
is level with its upper landing level. diameter to the rope diameter (see 2.2 4.2) shall be per­
(b) The depth of the car frame and the length and mitted to be reduced to 2 4 for elevators with a rated
spacing of guiding members shall conform to 2. 15.4 and, load of 1 15 0 kg (2 5 00 lb) or less.
shall be such as to prevent tipping of the platform when 5 . 6 . 1 .24 Term inal Sto p p ing Devices . Te rminal
it is at the highest upper landing level. stopping devices shall conform to Section 2.2 5 and
(c) The car platform shall be provided with metal
5.6.1. 8.
aprons or guards on all exposed sides conforming to
the following: 5.6.1.25 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
(1) They shall be made of metal of not less than Operating devices and control equipment shall conform
1.5 mm (0.059 in.) in thickness. to Section 2.26, except as modified by 5.6.1.2 5.1 through
(2) They shall have a straight vertical face flush 5.6.1.2 5.5.
with the outer edge of the platform having a depth of All electrical equipment on the car shall be
not less than the distance between the normal upper weatherproof.
terminal landing level and the highest upper landing Actuation of a landing call button when the car is at
level plus 7 5 mm (3 in.). the roof level shall illuminate a visual "in-use" signal
(3) The lower portion of the guard shall be rounded at the landing station at which the landing call was
or beveled at an angle of approximately 75 deg with the registered, and sound an audible and visual alarm at
horizontal. the roof level. The audible alarm shall have a sound
5 . 6. 1 . 1 5 . 2 Bow I rons and Stanch ions . W here pressure rating of not less than 80 dBA nor greater than
hinged doors or vertically lifting covers are provided at 90 dBA at 3.05 m (10 ft).
the rooftop bow irons or stanchions shall be provided Operation to the roof level shall be in accordance with
on the car to operate the doors or covers. Bow irons and 5.6.1.2 5.1.
stanchions shall conform to the following requirements:
5.6.1.25.1 Types of Operating Devices . Operating
(a) They shall be not less than 2 130 mm (84 in.) high,
devices in the car and at the lower landing are prohibited
measured from the finished car floor, except that this
on two-stop elevators.
height shall be permitted to be reduced by an amount
necessary to permit the doors or covers to close when 5.6.1.25.2 Operation to the Roof Level. The opera­
the car is at the landing next to the top terminal landing. tion of elevators shall conform to the following:
(b) They shall be so designed, installed, and braced (a) The operation of elevators between openings in
as to withstand the impact when striking the doors or the roof, which are protected by hinged doors or verti­
covers. cally lifting covers, and the first landing below the roof
(c) Bow irons shall be located approximately symmet­ level shall conform to the following:
rical with respect to the center of the car platform. (1) key-operated continuous-pressure-type up­
(d) Stanchions shall be framed together at their upper and-down switches; or
ends and provided with spring buffers at the top.
(2) continuous-pressure-type up-and-down
5.6.1 .16 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and load­ operating buttons on the free end of a detachable, flexi­
ing shall conform to Section 2.16. ble cord not more than 1 5 25 mm (60 in.) in length
(b) Key-operated switches shall be of the continuous­
5 . 6 . 1 . 1 7 S afeties . Safeties shall conform to
Section 2.17. pressure spring-return type and shall be operated by a
cylinder-type lock having not less than a five-pin or five­
5.6. 1 . 1 8 Governors . Governors, where provided, disk combination with the key removable only when
shall conform to Section 2.18. the switch is in the "OFF" position. The key shall be
5.6.1 .19 Sus pens ion Ropes . Suspension ropes shall Group 2 Security (see Section 8.1).
conform to Section 2.2 0. (c) Key-operated switches and plug receptacles for
flexible cords shall be weatherproof and shall be
5.6.1 .20 Counterweights . Counterweights, when installed above the roof level, located within 1 525 mm
provided, shall conform to Section 2.2 1.
(60 in.) horizontally from one side of the opening in
5.6. 1 .21 Buffers and Bumpers . Buffers and bumpers such a manner that the opening is within clear sight of
shall conform to Section 2.2 2. the operator.

203
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(d) It shall be possible to operate the car only by 5.6.2.4 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
means of either the key switches or the continuous­ Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform to
pressure-type up-and-down buttons on the free end of Section 3.7.
the flexible cord specified in 5.6.l.25.2(a). 5.6.2.5 Emergency Doors. T he requirements for
(e) Flexible cords and operating keys shall not be left emergency doors in single blind hoistways shall conform
where they are accessible to unauthorized persons for to Section 2.1 1.
operation of the elevator.
(f) Means of two-way communication shall be pro­ 5.6.2.6 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
vided between the car, lower terminal landing, the first Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors, gates, and car
landing below the roof level, and the rooftop operating illumination shall conform to Section 2.1 4.
station. 5.6.2.7 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
(g) On multiple-stop elevators, the car operating pan­ platforms shall conform to Section 3.1 4, 5.6.1.15.1, and
els shall only be operational for floors below the roof 5.6.1.15.2.
level. 5.6.2.8 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and loading
5.6.1 .25.3 Top-of-Car Operating Devices and Stop shall conform to 2.16, except as modified by Section 3.16.
Switch. A top-of-car operating device shall not be pro­ 5.6.2.9 Car and Counterweight Safeties
vided if the rise is 6.1 m ( 20 ft) or less.
Top-of-car operating devices, when required, shall 5.6.2.9.1 Car safeties, where provided, shall con­
conform to 2.26.1.4. form to Section 2.17, except as modified for freight eleva­
A stop switch shall be provided on top of the car, tors by 5.6.1.17 and shall be of the type that can be
conforming to 2.26.2.8. released only by moving the car in the up direction.
5 .6.2.9.2 Counterweight safeties, where pro­
5.6.1 .25.4 Maximum Rated Speed. When the car vided, shall conform to Section 3.16.
bow iron or stanchion is in contact with the rooftop
door or cover, the rated speed shall not exceed 0.13 m /s 5.6.2.1 0 Hydraulic Jacks. Hydraulic jacks shall con­
( 25 ft /min). form to Section 3.18.
When the car is fully enclosed, other than when it is 5.6.2. 1 1 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings.
running through the rooftop door or cover, there is no Valves, pressure piping, and fittings shall conform to
limit on the rated speed except as required by 5.6.1.25.2 Section 3.19.
and 5.6.1.25.3.
5.6.2.1 2 Counterweights. Where provided, counter­
5.6.1.25.5 Operation to the Roof Level. Operation weights shall conform to Section 3.15.
to the roof level shall be in accordance with 5.6.1.25.2. 5.6.2.13 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers
5 . 6 . 1 . 2 6 Emergency Operation and Signaling shall conform to Section 3.2 1 and 3.2 2.2.
Devices. Emergency operation and signaling devices 5.6.2.14 Guide Rails. Guide rails and their supports
shall conform to Section 2.27. and fastenings shall conform to Sections 3.23 and 3.28.
5 .6 . 1 . 2 7 Welding. Welding shall conform to 5.6.2.1 5 Tanks. Tanks shall conform to Section 3.2 4.
Section 8.8. 5.6.2.1 6 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stop­
ping devices shall conform to Section 3.25 and 5.6.1.8.
5.6.2 Direct-Plunger Hydraulic Rooftop Elevators
5.6.2.17 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
5.6.2.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and Related Operating devices and control equipment shall conform
Construction. Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and to Section 3.26 . Requirements 5 .6 .1 .2 5 .1, 5 .6 .1 .25 .2,
related construction shall conform to 5.6.1.1 through 5.6.1.25.4, 5.6.1.25.5, 5.6.1.26, and 5.6.1.27 and all electri­
5.6.1.13, and 5.6.2.2 through 5.6.2.5, except 5.6.1.4 and cal equipment on the car shall be weatherproof.
5.6.1.6.
5.6.2.1 7.1 Top-of-Car Operating Device and Stop
5.6.2.2 Vertical Clearances and Runbys. Where a Switch. Top-of-car operating device when required
car top is provided, bottom and top clearances and run­ shall conform to 5.6.1.25.3.
bys for cars and counterweights shall conform to
Section 3.4. SECTION 5.7
Where no car top is provided, they shall conform to SPECIAL PURPOSE PERSONNEL ELEVATORS
3.4.1, 3.4.2.1, and 3.4.6.2.
In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, Section 5.7
5.6.2.3 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. Where applies to elevators permanently installed in a wide vari­
the hoistway does not extend to the lowest floor of the ety of structures and locations to provide vertical trans­
building, it shall conform to Section 3.6. portation of authorized personnel and their tools and

204
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA B44-1 6

equipment only. Such elevators are typically installed in 5.7.3 Location and Enclosing of Counterweights
structures such as grain elevators, radio antennas and
bridge towers, underground facilities, dams, power 5.7.3.1 Counterweight Coming Down to Floors or
plants, and similar structures where, by reason of their Passing Floors or Stairs. Where a counterweight run­
limited use and the types of construction of the struc­ way comes down to a floor or passes a floor or stairs,
tures served, full compliance with Part 2 is not practica­ it shall be enclosed to a height of at least 2 130 mm
ble or necessary. (8 4 in.) above the floor or the stair treads by a solid or
Section 5.7 applies to special purpose personnel eleva­ openwork enclosure .The enclosure shall be of sufficient
tors having a traction, winding-drum, screw, or rack­ strength to prevent contact between the enclosure and
and-pinion driving machine . the counterweight when the enclosure is subjected to a
force of 1 100 N ( 250 lbf) applied at right angles at any
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
special purpose personnel elevators. point over an area of 100 mm x 100 mm ( 4 in. x 4 in.).
Openwork enclosures shall reject a ball 25 mm ( 1 in.)
5 .7.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway in diameter and shall be so located as to provide at least
Enclosures 100 mm ( 4 in.) between the outside of the enclosure and
the closest member of the counterweight assembly.
5.7.1 .1 Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures. Where
the hoistway is adjacent to areas permitting passage of 5 . 7.3.2 Access to Enclosed Counterweights and (1 6)
people (e.g., passageways, stairwells, elevator landings), Ropes. Access shall be provided for inspection, mainte­
it shall be enclosed to a height of not less than 2 130 mm nance, and repair of an enclosed counterweight and its
(8 4 in.) above the floor or stair treads. The enclosure ropes. Doors in the counterweight enclosures shall be
shall be of sufficient strength to prevent contact between self-closing and self-locking and shall be provided with
the enclosure and the car or counterweight when the (a) an electric contact, the opening of which will
enclosure is subjected to a force of 1 1 1 2 N ( 250 lbf) remove power from the elevator driving-machine motor
applied at right angles at any point over an area of and brake
100 mm x 100 mm ( 4 in. x 4 in.). Openwork enclosures
(b) a lock keyed to Group 1 Security
shall be permitted to be used and shall reject a ball
25 mm ( 1 in.) in diameter.
5.7.4 Vertical Clearances and Runby
(1 6) 5.7.1 .2 Floor Over Hoistway. Where a floor is pro-
vided, the floor shall conform to 2 .1 .3.1 through 2 .1 .3.4 . 5.7.4.1 Bottom Runby. Bottom runby shall conform
to 2.4.2, 2.4.3, and 2.4.4.
(1 6) 5.7.2 Pits
5.7.4.2 Top-of-Car Clearance. There shall be a clear- (1 6)
Pits shall conform to 5.7.2.1 through 5.7.2.8.
ance of not less than 76 2 mm (30 in.) from the highest
5.7.2.1 General. A pit shall be provided for every projection of the car top, the car crosshead, and the
special purpose personnel elevator. equipment mounted on the car top and the nearest part
of the overhead structure, when the car has reached its
5. 7 .2.2 Design and Construction of Pits. The design
uppermost limit of travel.
and construction of pits shall comply with 2.2.2.
5 . 7.2.3 G uards Between Adjacen t Pits. Guards 5 . 7.4.3 Top Counterweigh t Clearan ces. T he top (1 6)
between adjacent pits shall comply with 2.2.3. counterweight clearance shall be not less than the sum
of the following items :
5.7.2.4 Access to Pits. Access to pits shall comply (a) the bottom car runby (see 5.7.4.1)
with 2.2.4.
(b) the stroke of the car buffer used, or the remaining
5.7.2.5 I llum ination of Pits. Illumination of pits stroke when the buffer is compressed with the car at
shall comply with 2.2.5. the bottom terminal landing (see 2.4.2 and 2.2 2.4.8)
5.7.2.6 Stop Switch in Pits. A stop switch in the (c) 150 mm (6 in.)
pit shall comply with 2.2.6.
5.7.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances
5.7.2.7 Minimum Pit Depth Required. The pit depth
shall not be less than is required for the installation of the Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall
buffers, compensating sheaves, if any, all other special conform to 2.5 and 5.7.3.1.
purpose personnel elevator equipment located therein,
and vertical clearances and bottom runby conforming 5.7.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway
to 5.7.4.1.
Protection of spaces below hoistways not extending
5.7.2.8 Access to Underside of Car. Access to the to the lowest level of the structure shall conform to the
underside of the car shall comply with 2.2.8. applicable requirements of 2.6.1.

205
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

5.7.7 Overhead Machinery Beams and Supports test. Openwork entrances shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.)
in diameter.
5.7.7.1 Securing of Machinery Beams and Type of
Supports 5.7.8.2 Projections of Hoistway Doors or Gates Into
Hoistway. The hoistway face of the landing doors or
5.7.7.1 .1 All machinery and sheaves shall be so
gates shall not project into the hoistway beyond the
supported and secured as to effectively prevent any part
landing sill. No hardware, except that required for door
becoming loose or displaced.
locking devices or contacts, signals, or door operating
5.7.7.1 .2 Beams directly supporting machinery devices, shall proj ect into the hoistway beyond the line
shall be of steel or reinforced concrete. of the landing sill.
5.7.7.1.3 Machinery or equipment shall be 5 .7.8.3 Access to Hoistways for Em ergency and
secured to and supported on, or from the top of, over­ Inspection Purposes. A device to unlock and permit
head beams or fl oors, ex cept for the foll owing opening of the hoistway door from the landing side,
equipment: regardless of the location of the car in the hoistway, shall
(a) secondary or defl ecting sheaves of traction be provided at the top and bottom landings and shall
elevators be permitted at all l andings. T his device shall be
(b) devices and their accessories for l imiting or designed to prevent unlocking the door with common
retarding car speed tools.
(c) driving machines on the car The operating means for unlocking the door shall be
of Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1).
5.7.7.1 .4 Cast iron in tension shall not be used for
supporting members for sheaves where they are hung 5 .7.8.4 Opening of Hoistway Doors and Gates.
beneath beams. Hoistway doors or gates shall be so arranged that it will
not be necessary to reach behind any panel or jamb to
5.7.7.2 Loads on Overhead Beams and Supports. operate them.
The total load on overhead beams shall be equal to the
weight of all apparatus resting on the beams, plus twice 5 . 7.8.5 Hangers and Stops for Slidi ng Hoistway
the maximum load suspended from the beams. Doors. Hangers, conforming to 2.11. 11. 4. 1 and
2.11.11.4.2, shall be provided.
5.7.7.2.1 The load resting on the beams shall
include the complete weights of the driving machine, 5.7.8.6 Distance Between Hoistway Doors or Gates
sheaves, controller, etc. and Landing Sills and Car Doors or Gates. The distance
between the hoistway doors or gates and the hoistway
5.7.7.2.2 The load suspended from the beams edge of the landing sill shall not exceed 57 mm (2.2 5 in.),
shall include the sum of the tensions in all ropes sus­ and the distance between the hoistway faces of the land­
pended from the beams. ing door or gate and the car door or gate shall not exceed
NOTE (5.7.7.2): The object in doubling the suspended load is to 13 3 mm (5.2 5 in.).
allow for impact, accelerating stresses, etc.
5.7.9 Locking Devices for Hoistway Doors or Gates
5 . 7 . 7 . 3 Factor of Safety of Overh ead Beams and
Hoistway doors or gates shall be provided with
Supports. The factor of safety for overhead beams and
hoistway door interlocks or with locking devices and
their supports shall be not less than 5 for steel and 6
electric contacts conforming to Section 2.12.
for reinforced concrete.
5.7.7.4 Allowable Stresses and Deflections. Over­ 5.7.1 0 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
head beams and supports shall conform to 2.9.4 and Illumination
2.9.5. 5 . 7 . 1 0 . 1 Enclosures Req u i re d . Ex cept at the
entrance, cars shall be fully enclosed with metal at the
5.7.8 Hoistway Doors and Gates
sides and top. The enclosure at the sides shall be solid
5 .7.8.1 Where Req uired. T he full width of each or of openwork that will reject a ball of 25 mm (1 in.)
landing opening shall be protected by doors or gates. in diameter. The minimum clear height inside the car
The landing opening shall be at least 2 03 0 mm (80 in.) shall be 1 9 80 mm (7 8 in.).
in height. The entire entrance assembly shall be capable
5.7.1 0.2 Securing Enclosures. T he car enclosure
of withstanding a force of 1 100 N (25 0 lbf) applied on
shall be secured to the platform in such a manner that
the landing site at right angles to, and approximately
it cannot work loose or become displaced in regular
at the center of, a panel. This force shall be distributed
service.
over an area of 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.). There
shall be no permanent displacement or deformation of 5.7.1 0.3 Illumination in Car. Each car shall be pro­
any parts of the entrance assembly resulting from this vided with an electric light and a light control switch.

206
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

The light shall provide illumination of at least 27 lx The inside net platform area shall not exceed 1.208 m 2
( 2.5 fc) at the landing edge of the car platform. ( 13 ft 2). The minimum rated load shall not be less than
that based on 3.35 kPa (70 lbf /ft 2) of inside net platform
5.7.1 0.4 Emergency Exits. When car size and con­
area or 1 13 kg ( 250 lb), whichever is greater. The rated
struction permit, and other conditions warrant, an emer­
speed shall not exceed 0.76 m /s ( 150 ft /min). Winding­
gency exit with a cover shall be permitted in the top
drum machines shall comply with 2.2 4.1.
of the car enclosure conforming to 5.7.10.4.1 through
5.7.10.4.4. 5.7. 1 3 Car Safeties and Governors
5.7.1 0.4.1 The exit opening shall have an area
of not less than 0.26 m 2 ( 400 in.2), and shall not measure
(1 6)
5.7.13.1 Car Safeties and Governors for Traction and (1 6)
Winding-Drum-Type Elevators. Cars suspended by wire
less than 400 mm ( 16 in .) on any side . ropes shall be provided with a car safety capable of
5.7.1 0.4.2 The exit shall be so located as to pro­ stopping and sustaining the car with rated load. The
vide a clear passageway unobstructed by fixed elevator safeties shall be Type A and shall conform to 2.17.5.1.
equipment located in, or on top of, the car. The car safety shall be actuated by a speed governor.
The governor shall be operated to set the safety in accor­
5.7.1 0.4.3 The exit cover shall open outward and
dance with Table 2.18.2.1, with the maximum permissi­
shall be hinged, or otherwise attached, to the car top. ble speed allowed being 1.05 m /s ( 2 10 ft /min). The
5.7.1 0.4.4 The exit cover shall be equipped with operation of the safety shall conform to 2.17.8.1.
a switch or contact that, when opened, will cause a The speed governor shall be located where it cannot
device to remove power from the machine motor and be struck by the car or counterweight in case of
brake. The exit cover switch or contact shall be of a overtravel and where there is sufficient space for full
manual-reset type . movement of the governor parts .Governor ropes shall
conform to 2.18.5.1 through 2.18.5.3.
5.7.10.5 Car Doors or Gates. A car door or gate
that, when closed, shall guard the opening to its full 5.7.1 3.2 Car Safeties and Governors for Rack-and- (1 6)
height, shall be provided at each entrance to the car.Car Pinion-Type Elevators. The car shall be provided with
doors shall be of solid or openwork construction that one or more safeties identified in 4.1.17.
will reject a ball 25 mm ( 1 in.) in diameter. Collapsible
car gates shall be of a design that, when fully closed 5.7.13.2.1 Stopping Distances. The travel of the
car measured from the governor tripping to the full stop
(extended position), will reject a ball 75 mm (3 in.) in
diameter. shall not exceed the following values:
(a) for car safeties: 1 6 25 mm (6 4 in.)
5.7.1 1 Car Construction (b) for counterweight safeties: 1 980 mm (78 in.)
5.7.1 1.1 Car Frames and Platforms. Elevator car 5.7.13.2.2 Governor Ropes. Governor ropes shall
frames shall be metal. Elevator car platforms shall be conform to 2.18.5, when applicable.
metal or a combination of metal and wood. Where wood
is used, the platform shall conform to 2.15.8. Car frames 5.7.1 3.3 Opening of Brake and Motor Control Circuits
and platforms shall have a factor of safety of not less on Safety Application. The motor control circuit and
than 5, based on the rated load. the brake control circuit shall be opened before, or at
the time, the safety applies.
5.7.1 1 .2 Use of Cast Iron. Cast iron shall not be
used in the construction of any member of the car frame 5.7.1 3.4 Application of Car Safety. A car safety
or platform other than for guide shoes and guide-shoe device that depends upon the completion or mainte­
brackets. nance of an electric circuit for the application of the
safety shall not be used .Car safeties shall be applied
5.7.1 1 .3 Use of Glass. Glass shall not be used in mechanically.
elevator cars, except for the car light and accessories
necessary for the operation of the car or car vision panels 5.7.13.5 Minimum Factors of Safety and Stresses
that, if provided, shall conform to 2.1 4.2.5. of Safety Parts and Rope Connections. The minimum
factors of safety and stresses of safety parts and any
5.7.1 1 .4 Number of Compartments. The car shall associated rope connections shall conform to 2.17.1 2.
not have more than one compartment.
5.7.14 Suspension Ropes
5.7.12 Capacity and Loading
5.7.14.1 Types Permitted. Suspension means shall
5.7.12.1 Capacity and Data Plates. Capacity and
consist of not less than two wire ropes.
data plates, conforming to 2.16.3, shall be provided.
Only iron (low-carbon steel) or steel wire ropes, hav­
5.7.1 2.2 Lim itation of Load, Speed, and Platform ing the commercial classification "Elevator Wire Rope,"
Area. The rated load shall not exceed 45 4 kg ( 1,000 lb). or wire rope specifically constructed for elevator use

207
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

shall be used for the suspension of elevator cars and for 5.7.1 5.3 Types of Counterweight Construction
the suspension of counterweights. The wire material (a) One-piece solid or laminated steel counterweights
for ropes shall be manufactured by the open-hearth or shall be permitted to be used .
electric furnace process or their equivalent. (b) Means shall be provided to retain counterweight
sections, if used, in place if they become broken, whether
5.7.14.2 Minimum Diameter of Suspension Ropes.
carried in a frame or not. If tie rods are used, the sections
The minimum diameter of any suspension rope shall be
shall be fastened together by a minimum of two tie rods
not less than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.).
that pass through all weight sections. Tie rods shall be
5.7.14.3 Factor of Safety of Suspension Means. The prov ided with locknuts and cotter pins at each end .
factor of safety of the suspension means shall be not
5.7. 1 6 Car and Counterweight Buffers (16)
less than 7.95.
Car and counterweight buffers shall
5 .7.1 4.4 Arc of Contact of Suspension Means on (a) conform to the app l icable requ irements of
Sheaves. The arc of contact of a wire rope on a traction 2 .2 2 .1 .1 .1, 2 .2 2 .1 .2, 2 .2 2 .2, and 2 .2 2 .3, or
sheave and the shape of the grooves shall be sufficient (b) be so designed and installed that they will not be
to produce adequate traction under all load conditions. fully compressed when struck by the car with its rated
5 . 7 . 1 4 . 5 Arrangement of Wire Ropes on Winding load at the governor tripping speed. Kinetic energy from
Drums. All wire ropes anchored to a winding drum the drive unit and the effect of the counterweight shall
shall have not less than one full turn of rope on the be taken into account in the design. The effect of the
drum when the car or counterweight has reached its counterweight, where used, shall also be taken into
limit of possible overtravel, including a fully compressed account in the design calculations. The requirements of
buffer. Each tum of the wire rope on the winding drum 2.2 2.3.2 do not apply to car buffers.
shall be in a separate groove on the drum. 5.7.1 7 Car Guide Rails and G uide-Rail Fastenings (16)
5 . 7 . 1 4.6 Le n gt h e n i n g, S p l i c i n g, Re p a i r i n g, o r Car guide rails shall be prov ided and shall conform
Replacing Suspension Means. N o car o r counterweight to 5.7.17.1 through 5.7.17.3.
rope shall be lengthened or repaired by splicing .If one
wire rope of a set is worn or damaged and requires 5.7.1 7.1 Material. Guide rails and guide-rail fasten­
replacement, the entire set of ropes shall be replaced. ings shall be of steel, or where steel presents a hazard,
as in chemical or explosive atmospheres, guide rails shall
5 . 7 . 1 4. 7 Securi n g Ends of Suspension Ropes i n be permitted to be of selected wood or other suitable
Winding Drums. The winding-drum ends of car and nonferrous materials.
counterweight wire ropes shall be secured by clamps 5.7.1 7.2 Fastenings, Deflections, and Joints. Guide
on the inside of the drum or by one of the methods rails shall be securely fastened, shall not deflect more
specified in 5.7.1 4.8 for fastening wire ropes to car or than 6 mm (0.25 in.) under normal operation, and shall
counterweight. have their joints well-fitted and strongly secured. Guide
5.7.1 4.8 Fastening of Rope Suspension Means to Cars rails and their joints and fastenings shall withstand with­
and Counterweights. The car or counterweight ends of out failure the application of the car safety when stop­
wire ropes shall be fastened by properly made individ­ ping the car with its rated load .
ual tapered babbitted sockets or by properly attached 5.7.1 7.3 Extension of Guide Rails at Top and Bottom
fittings as recommended by wire-rope manufacturers. of Hoistway. Guide rails shall extend from the bottom
Tapered babbitted rope sockets and the method of of the hoistway to a sufficient height above the top land­
babbitting shall conform to 2 .20 .9 .4 and 2 .20 .9 .6 . The ing to prevent the guide shoes from running off the rails
diameter of the hole in the small end of the socket shall when the car or counterweight is at its extreme upper
not exceed the nominal diameter of the rope by more position.
than 2 .4 mm (0 .09 4 in .) .
5.7.18 Driving Machines and Sheaves
5.7.1 5 Counterweight Guiding and Construction 5 . 7 . 1 8. 1 Types of D rivi n g Mach i n es. D r iv ing
5.7.1 5.1 Guiding. Counterweights shall be guided machines shall be of the traction, drum, screw, or rack­
to prevent hor izontal movement. Gu ide rails, where and-pinion type.The installation of belt-drive and chain­
used, shall conform to 5.7.17. drive machines is prohibited.
5.7.18.1 .1 Screw Machines. Screw machines shall
5.7.1 5.2 Car Counterweights. A car counterweight
conform to 4.2.15.
on winding-drum elevators shall not be of sufficient
weight to cause slackening of any car hoisting rope dur­ 5.7.18.1 .2 Rack-and-Pinion Machines. The rack- (16)
ing acceleration or retardation of the car. and-pinion drive shall comply with 4.1.2 4.

208
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA B44-1 6

(1 6) 5.7.18.1.3 Traction Machines. The traction drive 5.7.1 9.2 Electrical Protective Devices. W hen an
shall comply with Section 2.2 4. electrical protective device is activated (operated,
opened), it shall cause the electric power to be removed
(1 6) 5.7.18.1 .4 Winding-Drum Machines. The winding-
from the elevator driving-machine motor and brake.
drum drive shall comply with Section 2.2 4.
Electrical protective devices shall be provided as speci­
5 . 7 . 1 8.2 Material and G roovin g for Sh eaves and fied in 5.7.19.2.1 through 5.7.19.2.39.
Drums. Winding drums, traction sheaves, and overhead
NOTE: The requirements of 5.7.19.2 are organized to parallel
and deflecting sheaves shall be of cast iron or steel and those in 2.26.2, as indicated by the last digit(s) of the paragraph
of a pitch diameter of not less than 30 times the diameter designations (e.g., 2.26.2.1 and 5.7.19.2.1 both address slack rope
of the wire suspension ropes, except that where 8 x 19 switch requirements). Where numbers skip (e.g., 5.7.19.2.11 is fol
steel ropes are used on a drum-type machine installa­ lowed by 5.7.19.2.14), 5.7.19.2 has no requirement parallel to that
tion, the pitch diameter of drums and sheaves shall be in 2.26.2.
permitted to be reduced to 2 1 times the diameter of the 5 .7.1 9.2.1 Slack-Rope Switch. Winding-drum
rope. The rope grooves shall be machined. machines shall be provided with a slack-rope device
(1 6) 5.7.18.3 Factor of Safety for Driving Machines and equipped with a slack-rope switch of the enclosed manu­
Sheaves. The factor of safety for driving machines and ally reset type. This switch shall operate whenever the
sheaves shall conform to 2.2 4.3.1 and 2.2 4.3.2, and ropes are slack.
4.1.2 4.2 for rack-and-pinion machines. 5.7.1 9.2.2 Motor-Generator Run n i n g Switch.
5.7.18.4 Bolts Transmitting Torque, and Set Screws. Where motor-generator field control is used, it shall con­
Bolts transmitting torque, and set screws shall conform form to 2.26.2.2.
to 2.2 4.4. 5.7.1 9.2.3 Compensating-Rope Sheave Switch.
5.7.18.5 Friction-Gearing or Clutch Mechanism. Compensating-rope sheave switches, when provided,
Friction-gearing or clutch mechanisms shall not be used shall conform to 2.26.2.3.
for connecting the drum or sheaves to the main driving
5.7.1 9.2.4 Motor Field Sensing Means. Motor field
mechanism.
sensing means shall conform to 2.26.2.4.
5 . 7 . 1 8.6 Use of Cast I ron i n Gears. Worms and
5.7.1 9.2.5 Emergency Stop Switch. An emergency
worm gears made of cast iron shall not be used.
stop switch shall conform to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c).
5.7.18.7 Driving-Machine Brakes. Driving machines
shall be equipped with electrically released spring­ 5.7.1 9.2.6 Broken Rope, Tape, or Chain Switches.
applied friction brakes . Broken rope, tape, or chain switches shall be provided
when required by 2.25.2.3.2 or 2.25.4.l.8(b).
5.7.18.8 Operation of Brake. A single ground or
short circuit, a countervoltage, or a motor field discharge 5.7.1 9.2.7 Stop Switch in Pit. A stop switch con­
shall not prevent the brake magnet from allowing the forming to 2.26.2.S(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided in
brake to set when the operating device is placed in the the pit of every elevator (see 2.2.6).
stop position. 5 . 7 . 1 9.2.8 Stop Switch on To p of Car. A stop
5.7.18.9 Access to Machines and Sheaves. A per­ switch conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall be
manent, safe, and convenient means of access to elevator provided on the top of every elevator car.
machine rooms and overhead machinery spaces shall 5.7.1 9.2.9 Car Safety Mechanism Switch. A switch
be provided for authorized personnel. conforming to 2.17.7.1 through 2.17.7.4 or to 4.1.18.1 for
(1 6) 5.7.1 9 O perating Devices and Control Equipment rack-and-pinion safeties with integral speed governors
shall be required where a car safety is provided.
Operating devices and control equipment shall con­
form to 5.7.19.1 through 5.7.19.10. 5.7.1 9.2.10 Speed-Governor Overspeed Switch. A
speed-governor overspeed switch shall be provided and
5.7.1 9.1 Operation and Operating Devices shall conform to 2.18.4.1.1, 2.18.4.1.2, and 2.18.4.2.3, or
5.7.1 9.1 .1 Types of Operating Devices. Types of to 4.1.18.1 for integral rack-and-pinion speed governors.
operating devices shall conform to 2.26.1.1. 5.7.1 9.2.11 Final Terminal Stopping Devices. Final
5.7.19.1.2 Inspection Operation. Inspection oper­ terminal stopping devices shall conform to 2.25.3.1
ation, if provided, shall conform to 2 .26 .1 .4 . through 2.25.3.5.
5.7.19.1.3 Inspection With Open Door Circuits. If 5.7.1 9.2.14 Hoistway Door Interlocks and Hoistway
inspection operation is provided (see 5.7.19.1.2), inspec­ Door Electric Contacts. Hoistway door interlocks or
tion operation with open door circuits shall be provided hoistway door electric contacts conforming to 5.7.9.2 and
and shall conform to 2.26.1.5. 5.7.9.3 shall be provided for all elevators.

209
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

5.7.19.2.1 5 Car Door and Gate Electric Contacts. 5.7.1 9.2.36 Working Platform Electrical Device. A
Car door and gate electric contacts conforming to working platform electrical contact, where provided,
5.7.9.1.4 shall be provided for all elevators except when shall conform to 2.26.2.3 6.
car door interlocks conforming to 5.7. 19. 2. 2 8 are
5.7.1 9.2.37 Retractable Stop Electrical Device. A
provided.
retractable stop electrical device contact, where pro­
5 . 7 . 1 9.2 . 1 8 Car To p Emergen cy Exit Electrical vided, shall conform to 2.26.2.37.
Device. A car top emergency exit electrical device, when 5.7.1 9.2.38 Retractable Ladder Electrical Device.
provided, shall conform to 5.7.10.4.4.
A retractable ladder electrical device contact, where pro­
5 . 7 . 1 9.2 . 1 9 Motor-Generator Overspeed vided, shall conform to 2.26.2.3 8.
Protection. When a motor-generator set is provided, 5.7.1 9.2.39 Sway Control Guide Slack Suspension
means shall be provided to cause the electric power to Detection Means. A sway control guide slack suspen­
be removed automatically from the elevator driving­ sion detection means, when provided, shall meet the
machine motor and brake should a motor-generator set, requirements of 2.26.2.3 9.
driven by a DC motor, overspeed excessively.
5.7.19.3 Contactors and Relays for Use in Critical
5.7.19.2.23 Stop Switch in Remote Machine Rooms Operating Circuits. Where electromechanical contactors
and Control Rooms. A stop switch conforming to or relays are provided, they shall conform to 2.26.3.
2.2 6.2.5 (a) , (b) , and (c) shall be provided in remote
machine and control rooms where required by 2.7. 8. 5.7.1 9.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring. All elec­
trical equipment and wiring shall conform to 2.26.4.
5.7.1 9.2.24 Stop Switch in Overhead Machinery
Space in the Hoistway. A stop switch conforming to 5.7.19.5 System to Monitor and Prevent Automatic
2.26.2.S(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided in the overhead Operation of the Elevator With Faulty Door Contact
machinery space in the hoistway where required by Circuits. W hen power-operated car doors that are
2.7.3.5. mechanically coupled with the landing doors are pro­
vided, they shall conform to 2.26.5.
5.7.19.2.26 Pit Access Door Electric Contact. An
electric contact shall be provided on each pit access door 5.7.19.6 Phase Protection of Motors. Elevators hav­
where required by 2.2.4.5. ing a polyp hase AC power supply shall conform to
2.26.6.
5.7.19.2.27 Stop Switch in Remote Counterweight
Hoistways. A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.S(a), (b), 5.7.1 9.7 Installation of Capacitors or Other Devices
and (c) shall be provided in the remote counterweight to Make Electrical Protective Devices Ineffective. The
hoistway where required by 2.3.3.3. installation of capacitors or other devices to make electri­
cal protective devices ineffective shall conform to 2.26.7.
5.7.19.2.28 Car Door Interlock. A car door inter­
lock conforming to 5.7.9.1.4 shall be provided where 5.7.1 9.8 Release and Application of Driving-Machine
required by 2.14.4.2.1. Brakes. The release and application of driving-machine
brakes shall conform to 2.26. 8.
5.7.1 9.2.29 Ascending Car Overspeed Protection
Device. An ascending car overspeed device shall be 5.7.19.9 Control and Operating Circuits. The design
provided on counterweighted elevators, where the coun­ and installation of the control and operating circuits
terweight is heavier than the empty car. The ascending shall conform to 2.26.9.
car overspeed device, when provided, shall meet the 5.7.19.10 Absorption of Regenerated Power. The
requirements of 2.19.1.2 (a). absorption of regenerated power shall conform to
5.7.19.2.30 Unintended Car Movement Device. An 2.26.10.
unintended car movement device, when provided, shall 5.7.20 Operation
meet the requirements of 2.26.2.3 0.
5.7.20.1 Types of Operation. The following types
5.7.19.2.33 Firefighters' Stop Switch. A firefight­ of operation shall be permitted:
ers' stop switch, where provided, shall conform to the
(a) continuous-pressure operation.
requirements of 2.26.2.3 3.
(b) momentary-pressure operation with up-down
5.7.19.2.34 Unexpected Car Movement Device. An buttons or switches in the car and up-down buttons or
unexpected car movement device, where provided, shall switches, or call buttons, at each landing. It is not
conform to 2.26.2. 3 4. required that the operation be selective.
(c) single automatic operation.
5 . 7 . 1 9.2.35 Equipment Access Panel Electrical
Device. An electric contact on equipment access panels, 5.7.20.2 Hand-Rope Operation. Hand-rope opera­
where provided, shall conform to 2.26.2.3 5. tion shall not be used.

210
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

5 .7.21 Emergency Signal and/or Com munication angles at any point over an area of 100 mm x 100 mm
Each elevator shall be equipped with an alarm button (4 in. X 4 in.).
or switch in the car operating station and an alarm 5.8.1.3 Protection of Space Below Hoistway. All
device mounted in a location that shall be readily avail­ elevators shall be provided with elevator counterweight
able to a person who is normally situated in the vicinity safeties conforming to 2.17.4.
when the elevator is in use, or a means of voice commu­
nication to a receiving station always attended when 5 .8.1.4 Hoistway Entrances. Except when opening
the installation is in use. If the alarm device or means and closing in response to control signals, each hoistway
of voice communication is normally activated by utility door shall have means to prevent door movement and
power supply, it shall be backed up by a manual or slamming when the vessel is subjected to conditions
battery-operated device. up to and including a 3 0-deg roll and a 10-deg pitch
simultaneously.
(16) 5.7.22 Layout Drawings
5.8.1.5 Top Emergency Exits. It shall be permissible
Information provided on layout drawings shall con­ to open the top emergency exit cover from the top of
form to 2.2 8.1 or, for rack-and-pinion elevators, 4.1.2 8. car or from within the car. This exit cover shall be pro­
vided with an electric contact conforming to 2.12.5. The
5.7.23 Welding breaking of this contact shall cause the power to be
All welding shall conform to Section 8. 8. removed from the elevator driving motor and brake and
the power shall be restored only by a manually operated
reset switch located inside the elevator enclosure. Means
SECTION 5.8 shall be provided within the elevator car to gain access
MARINE ELEVATORS to the top emergency exit. A fixed vertical ladder of
Section 5. 8 applies to elevators installed on board a noncombustible material shall be provided on the inside
marine vessel. See also Part 8 for additional requirements of the hoistway to permit access from the top of the car
that apply to marine elevators. to the hoistway entrance above. Means shall be provided
to snap latch the cover closed or fully open.
5 .8.1 Electric Marine Elevators
5.8.1.6 Illumination of Cars. Elevators used primar­
Electric marine elevators shall conform to Part 2 , ily for the movement of personnel shall have the electri­
except as modified by Section 5. 8. cal power meet the requirements of IEEE 45 with car
5.8. 1 .1 Hoistway Enclosures. The hoistway shall be enclosure lighting to be supplied from the vessel's final
entirely enclosed over all of its height by means of a emergency power source. In addition, a standby (emer­
continuous solid steel fire-resistive enclosure with an gency) lighting power source shall be furnished con­
equivalent fire-resistance rating of 1 h as defined in the forming to 2.14.7.1.3.
197 4 Amendment of SOLAS Regulation 3. Elevators with 5 .8.1.7 Traction Driving Machines
total travel within one compartment of the vessel shall
be permitted to be enclosed with expanded metal having 5.8.1 .7.1 Traction driving machines shall be pro­
openings the maximum of 2 5 mm (1 in.). The hoistway vided with a device to cause the elevator to stop and
enclosure shall be of sufficient strength to prevent con­ remain stopped if
tact between the enclosure and the car or counterweight (a) when a start is initiated, the driving machine does
when the enclosure is subjected to a force of 1 112 N not rotate
(2 5 0 lbf) applied at right angles at any point over an (b) the car or counterweight is stopped in a downward
area of 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.). motion by an obstruction that causes the suspension
ropes to slip on the driving sheave
5.8. 1 .2 Separate Counterweight Hoistways. T he
hoistway shall be entirely enclosed over all of its height 5.8.1 .7.2 This device shall function in a time that
by means of a continuous solid steel fire-resistive enclo­ does not exceed the smaller of the following values:
sure with an equivalent fire-resistance rating of 1 h as (a) 45 s
defined in the 1974 Amendment of SOLAS Regulation (b) time for car traveling the full travel, plus 10 s with
3. Where a separate counterweight hoistway is provided a minimum of 2 0 s if the full travel time is less than 10 s
on an elevator that has total travel within a single com­
5.8.1 .7.3 This device shall not affect operation
partment of the vessel, it shall be permitted to be
from top-of-car inspection station.
enclosed with expanded metal having openings the
maximum of 25 mm (1 in.). The hoistway enclosure shall 5.8. 1 .7.4 Driving machines shall be provided
be of sufficient strength to prevent contact of the car or with a manual means of operation, allowing the car to
counterweight and its enclosure when the enclosure is be moved to the nearest landing in the event of a power
subjected to a force of 1 112 N (2 5 0 lbf) applied at right failure. This shall be done by having the end of the drive

211
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

motor shaft arranged to receive a crank. The manual (d) heaving amplitude: A 3.8, period 10 s, calculated
effort required to move the car in the upward direction by the formula A = 3.8 - 0.0 1 (L - 250), where L is the
with rated load shall not exceed 400 N (90 lbf). One length of the ship, in meters, measured between the
crank or tool shall be furnished for this purpose. perpendicular taken at extremities of the deepest subdi­
vision loadline
5.8.1.8 Emergency Operation and Signal Devices
(a) Shipboard elevators shall be required to conform 5.8.2.3 Handrails. Cars shall be fitted with at least
to 2.27.1.1. one handrail.
(b) In ships or offshore drilling rigs in which a watch­
man is not continuously available to take action when 5 .8.2.4 Flooring. Cars shall be fitted with slip­
the required emergency signal is operated, the elevator resistant flooring.
shall be provided with one of the following additional
emergency signaling devices : 5.8.3 Rack-and-Pinion Shipboard Elevators
(1) a telephone connected to a central telephone Rack-and-pinion shipboard elevators shall conform to
exchange system Section 4 .1, except as modified by 5 .8 .1 and 5 .8 .3.
(2) means within the car for communicating with
or signaling to an emergency service that operates 2 4 h 5 .8.3.1 Special Con d itions. Elevators shall be
each day designed and installed to function in accordance with
Section 4.1 when operating under the following condi­
5.8. 1 .9 Special Con ditions. Elevators shall be tions inherent to the installation location :
designed and installed to function in accordance with (a) continuous vibration : 2 mm peak to peak of fre-
Sections 2.1 4 through 2.28 when operating under the quency 0 to 25 Hz
following conditions inherent to the installation
(b) rolling : ± 10 deg, period 10 s
location :
(c) pitching : ±5 deg, period 7 s
(a) continuous vibration : 2 mm (0.08 in.) peak to peak
of frequency 0 to 25 Hz (d) heaving amplitude: A 3.8, period 10 s, calculated
(b) rolling : ± 10 deg, period 10 s
by the formula A = 3.8 - 0.0 1 ( L - 250), where L is the
length of the ship, in meters, measured between the
(c) pitching : ±5 deg, period 7 s
perpendicular taken at extremities of the deepest subdi­
(d) heaving amplitude: A 3.8, period 10 s, calculated
vision loadline
the formula A = 3.8 - 0 .0 1 ( L - 250), where L is the
length of the ship, in meters, measured between the 5.8.3.2 Handrails. Cars shall be fitted with at least
perpendicular taken at extremities of the deepest subdi­ one handrail.
vision loadline
5 .8.3.3 Flooring. Cars shall be fitted with slip­
5.8.1.10 Handrails. Cars shall be fitted with at least resistant flooring.
one handrail.
5.8.1 . 1 1 Flooring. Cars shall be fitted with slip­ SECTION 5.9
resistant flooring. MINE ELEVATORS
5.8.2 Hydraulic Shipboard Elevators In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, Section 5.9
Hydraulic shipboard elevators shall conform to Part 3, applies to elevators as covered by Part 2, permanently
except as modified by 5.8.1 and 5.8.2. installed in mine shafts. The purpose is to provide verti­
cal transportation of mine personnel, their tools, equip­
5.8.2.1 Storage Tanks. Power unit oil storage tanks ment, and mine supplies . By reason of their limited
shall be constructed in such a manner to prevent spillage use and the types of construction of the mines served,
of hydraulic fluid under the following conditions inher­ compliance with Part 2 is modified as follows (see also
ent to the installation location : Section 1 .3):
(a) rolling : ± 45 deg (a) Substitute "Title 30 Code of Federal Regulations"
(b) pitching : ±5 deg or "State Mine Laws" (if applicable) for "building code ."
5.8.2.2 Special Con d itions. Elevators shall be (b) Substitute "mine" for ''building."
designed and installed to function in accordance with (c) Requirements modified in Section 5.9.
Part 3 when operating under the following conditions
NOTES (Section 5.9):
inherent to the installation location :
(1) Title 30 Code of Federal Regulations provides for certain addi
(a) continuous vibration : 2 mm peak to peak of fre­
tional and more stringent requirements. Where applicable,
quency 0 to 25 Hz Title 30 requirements have been addressed in this Section.
(b) rolling : ± 10 deg, period 10 s (2) See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to mine
(c) pitching : ±5 deg, period 7 s elevators.

212
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

5 .9.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway 5.9.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces
Enclosures Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform
The construction of hoistway enclosures shall conform to Section 2.7, except as modified by the following:
to Section 2.1, except as modified by the following: (a) Requirement 2.7.1.1.2 does not apply.
(a) Requirement 2.1.1 does not apply, except for 2.1.1.3 (b) Note (3 ) in 2.7.1.1 does not apply.
and 2.1.1.5 , which do apply.
(b) Requirement 2.1.6.2 does not apply.
5 .9.8 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine Rooms
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts in
5.9.2 Pits hoistways and machinery rooms shall comply with
Pits or the area below the elevator shall conform to Section 2.8, except as modified by 5.9. 8.1 and 5.9. 8.2.
Section 2.2 , except as modified by 5.9.2.1 and 5.9.2.2. 5.9.8.1 Hoistway and Car Wiring. In addition to the
requirements of 2. 8.1, all wiring, raceways, and traveling
5.9.2.1 When the pit extends below the mine level,
cables installed in the hoistway or on the car, used
a pit water level alarm shall be provided in an attended
directly in connection with the elevator, shall be suitable
location to annunciate water accumulation in the eleva­
for weatherproof (NEMA 4) application. Suitable expan­
tor pit. This water level alarm shall be powered from
sion j oints shall be provided in vertical raceways, if nec­
the elevator electrical source. The elevator shall return
essary, to prevent damage caused by extreme
to the surface and shall not be permitted to start if the
temperature changes.
power to the water level annunciator is interrupted.
5 .9.8.2 Requirement 2. 8.2 does not apply.
5 .9.2.2 When the bottom of the hoistway is located (a) All pipes shall be secured to prevent interference
at or above the mine level, a walk-in pit is permitted. with the elevator equipment.
A ramp shall be permanently installed to provide access
(b) The clearance between pipes, fittings, brackets,
to the mine level from the bottom landing. Required
and elevator equipment shall be not less than 2 5 mm
bottom runby and space for the buffers, tension frames,
(1 in.).
and other equipment normally installed in the pit must
(c) All pipes shall be suitably identified as to its
be considered when determining the location of the bot­
contents.
tom landing. The pit floor shall be so designed to prevent
accumulation of water in the area. The area shall be NOTE (5.9.8): Note (1) in 2.8.4 does not apply.
protected with either an unperforated metal guard, or
if of openwork, guards shall reject a ball 5 0 mm (2 in.) 5.9.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and
in diameter. Guards shall extend not less than 2 000 mm Foundations
(7 8 in.) above the level of the pit floor. Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and founda­
tions shall conform to Section 2.9.
5 .9.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights
5.9. 1 0 Guarding
The location and guarding of counterweights shall
conform to Section 2.3. The guarding of equipment and standard railing shall
conform to Section 2.10.
5 .9.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars and
5.9. 1 1 Protection of Hoistway Openings
Counterweights
The protection of hoistway landing openings shall
Bottom and top car clearances and runbys for cars
conform to Section 2.11, except as modified by the
and counterweights shall conform to Section 2.4, except
following:
2.4.12 shall have the minimum vertical distance in the
(a) Requirement 2. 11. 7. 2 does not apply. Glass
refuge area increased from 1 100 mm (43 in.) to 2 000 mm
hoistway doors are prohibited.
(7 8 in.).
(b) Requirement 2.11.14 does not apply.
5.9.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances (c) Requirement 2.11.15 does not apply.
(d) Requirement 2.11.16 does not apply.
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall (e) Requirement 2.11.17 does not apply.
conform to Section 2.5 , except as modified by 5.9.5. (f) Requirement 2.11.18 does not apply.
Requirement 2.5.1. 5 only applies when the car is (g) Requirement 2.11.19 does not apply.
located at the lower landing.
5.9. 1 2 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric
5 .9.6 Protection of Space Below Hoistways Contacts, and Hoistway Access Switches
The protection of space below the hoistways shall Hoistway door locking devices, hoistway door and
conform to Section 2.6. car door or gate electric contacts, and hoistway access

213
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

switches shall conform to Section 2.1 2, except as modi­ 5.9.1 4.3 Car Top Protection. Protection from falling (16)
fied by the following : debris shall be provided on all car tops. The car top
(a) In addition, a car door interlock shall be provided. protection shall
(b) Hoistway access switches are not required if a car (a) not interfere with the use of the car top access
top access panel is provided. panel
(b) be solid without perforations and shall comply
5.9. 1 3 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car with strength requirements of 2 .1 4 .1 .6
Doors (c) provide a minimum head height clearance of 2 m
When provided, power operation of hoistway doors (78 in.)
and car doors and gates shall conform to Section 2.13. (d) be removable if the car top protection interferes
with normal inspection, maintenance, repairs, or rescue
5.9. 1 4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
I llumination 5.9.14.4 Requirement 2.1 4.1.7.2 does not apply.
Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and car illumina­ 5.9.14.5 Requirement 2.1 4.7.1.3 does not apply.
tion shall conform to Section 2.1 4, except as modified
by 5 .9 .1 4 .1 through 5 .9 .1 4 .5 . 5.9.1 5 Car Frames and Platforms
5.9.14.1 Car Top Access Panel. A car top access Car frames and platforms shall conform to Section 2.15
panel shall be provided in the top of all elevator cars. and 5 .9 .15 .1 .
Car top access panels shall conform to the following : 5.9. 1 5 . 1 Corrosion Protection. Car frames, plat­
(a) Requirement 2.1 4.1.5 applies, except as modified forms, bolts, rivets, and fastenings shall be treated with
by this requirement. The car top access panel will substi­ a corrosion-resistant protective coating, be electroplated,
tute for the car top emergency exit panel. or be made of corrosion-resistant material.
(b) The car top access panel shall have an area of not
less than 0.58 m 2 (900 in.2) and shall measure not less 5.9. 1 6 Capacity and Loading
than 635 mm ( 25 in.) on any side. The panel shall open Capacity and loading requirements shall conform to
outward or slide over the car top. It shall be hinged, or Section 2.16.
be retained in a track. The movable portion of the access
panel, if hinged, shall be provided with means to coun­ 5.9. 1 7 Car and Counterweight Safeties
terbalance the panel and restrain it from closing when Car and counterweight safeties shall conform to
in the open position . The force required to open the Section 2.17, except as modified by 5.9.17.1 through
access panel or prevent it from closing shall not exceed 5.9.17.6.
45 N ( 10 lbf). When in the fully opened position, the
access panel shall resist accidental closing. The movable 5.9.1 7.1 Requirement 2.17.7.2 applies, except every
portion of the access panel shall not reduce the running safety shall be provided with a switch, operated by the
clearance. The access panel shall be openable without safety mechanism (see 2.26.2.9).
the use of tools or keys. The counterweight safety switch shall be operated by
(c) The car top access panel shall be provided with a the safety mechanism or a means to detect application of
switch whose contacts are positively opened mechani­ the safety independent from the counterweight governor
cally and their opening shall not be dependent on switch(es) shall be provided .
springs that will initiate a controlled slow down and 5.9.1 7.2 Requirement 2 .17 .7 .3 applies to both car
stop when the access panel is opened. A permanently and counterweight safety mechanism switches.
mounted emergency stop switch shall be located on top
of the car, adjacent to the access panel to secure the car 5.9.1 7.3 Requirement 2.17.7.4 applies to both car
prior to transferring to inspection operation. and counterweight safety mechanism switches.
5.9.1 4.2 A permanent fixed ladder shall be pro- 5.9.1 7.4 Requirement 2.17.9.1 applies, except safe­
vided for passage through the car top access panel. The ties applied by rope drums are prohibited.
ladder shall project through the car canopy at least
5.9.1 7.5 Requirement 2 .17 .9 .3 applies to both car
1 070 mm ( 4 2 in.) above the car top, or handgrips shall
and counterweight safeties. W hen the counterweight
be provided to the same height.
safeties are furnished, means shall be provided to release
The rungs, cleats, or steps shall be spaced 300 mm
the safeties if both safeties are applied simultaneously.
( 1 2 in.) on center.A clear distance of not less than 1 15 mm
( 4.5 in.) from the centerline of the rungs, cleats, or steps 5.9.1 7.6 Requirement 2.2 1.4.2 does not apply.
to the nearest permanent object in the back of the ladder
shall be provided .Handgrips, if provided, shall have a 5.9. 1 8 Speed Governors
clear distance of not less than 1 15 mm ( 4.5 in.) from Speed governors shall conform to Section 2.18, except
their centerline to the nearest permanent object. as modified by 5.9.18.1.

214
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

5.9.18.1 Governor Rope Tens ion Sheaves . In addi­ 5 .9.26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment (1 6)
tion to the requirements of 2.18.7, the governor rope
Operating devices and control equipment shall con­
tension sheave shall be provided with a governor rope
form to Section 2.2 6 , except 2.2 6.2.5 , 2.2 6.2.21, and
tension sheave switch or switches mechanically opened
2.26.12.
by the governor rope tension sheave before the sheave
reaches its upper or lower limit of travel, to cause the 5.9.26.1 An emergency stop switch shall be pro­
elevator speed to be reduced to 0.75 m/s (15 0 ft/min). vided in the car and located in or adjacent to each car
This switch shall be manually reset. operating panel.
When open (" STOP" position), this switch shall cause
5 .9.1 9 Ascending Car Overs peed and U nintended Car the electric power to be removed from the elevator
Movem ent Protection driving-machine motor and brake.
Ascending car overspeed and unintended car move­ Emergency stop switches shall
ment protection shall conform to Section 2.19. (a) be of the manually opened and closed type
(b) have red operating buttons of the push-to-stop
5 .9.20 Sus pens ion Ropes and Their Connections configuration and shall be designed, installed, or
Suspension ropes and their connections shall conform guarded to protect against inadvertent movement of the
to Section 2.2 0. switch
(c) be conspicuously and permanently marked
5.9.20.1 Sus pens ion and Compens ating Means and " STOP," and shall indicate the " STOP" and " RUN"
Governor Ropes . When elevator suspension or compen­ positions
sating means or governor ropes are exposed to an envi­ (d) while open, cause the audible device to sound (see
ronment that will cause corrosion, surface pitting, or 2.27.1.2)
loss of cross-sectional area, the wire ropes shall be con­ (e) conform to 2.26.4.3
structed of electrogalvanized or other type of corrosion
resistant material suitable for the environment and 5.9.26.2 Inspection operation shall not be used to
application. transport miners in elevators with defects in the auto­
matic operation except in an emergency.
5 .9.21 Counterweights
Counterweights shall conform to Section 2.2 1. 5.9.27 Emergency Operations and Signaling Devices (1 6)

Elevators shall be provided with an emergency or

5 .9.22 Buffers and Bumpers standby power system to operate the elevator if the
Buffers and bumpers shall conform to Section 2.2 2 , normal power supply fails. The emergency or standby
except as modified b y the following: power system shall be capable of operating the elevator
(a) Oil buffers shall be suitable for operation at
with rated load. The emergency or standby power sys­
extreme temperatures experienced in the anticipated tem shall be capable of providing rated load power for
mining environment. a period of at least 4 h.
The transfer between the normal power system and
(b) Requirement 2.2 2.4.5.l (c) applies, except that all
the emergency or standby power system shall be
oil buffers shall be provided with a switch conforming
automatic.
to 2.26.4.3 that will cause the power to be removed from
Conformance to Section 2.27 is not required, except
the driving machine when the plunger is not within
2.27.1.1.1 and 2.27.1.2 apply.
13 mm (0.5 in.) of the fully extended position.

5 .9.23 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails , Guide- 5.9.28 Layout Drawings
Rail Supports , and Fas tenings Information required on layout drawings shall con­
Car and counterweight guide rails, guide-rail sup­ form to Section 2.2 8.
ports, and fastenings shall conform to Section 2.2 3.
5.9.29 Identification
5 .9.24 Driving Machines and Sheaves Identification of equipment shall conform to
Driving machines and sheaves shall conform to Section 2.29, except 2.2 9.2 does not apply.
Section 2.2 4.
5.9.30 Welding
5 .9.25 Terminal Stopping Devices
Welding shall conform to Section 8. 8, except when
Terminal stopping devices shall conform to welding in or above the hoistway, requirements of
Section 2.2 5. 3 0 CFR 75.1106 and 75.1106-1 apply.

215
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

SECTION 5 . 1 0 (3) be so supported and braced that when subj ected

ELEVATORS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION to a pressure of 4.79 kPa (100 lbf/ft2 ) applied horizon­
t ally at any point, t he deflection shall not exceed
Section 5.10 applies to elevators temporarily used for 25 mm (1 in.)
construction or demolition to provide transportation for
construction personnel, tools, and materials only. 5.1 0.1 .1.2 Working Requirements in the Hois tway
Such elevators utilize temporary or permanent equip­ (a) Hoist ing of mat erials in any port ion of the
ment in a temporary or permanent location. Because of hoistway of the elevator used for construction is prohib­
their special use in a special environment, full compli­ ited unless the car is not in use and is unoccupied.
ance with Part 2 and Part 3 is not practical or necessary. (b) Conformance with 5.10. 1.1.l (c) is required to allow
Requirement 5.10.1 applies to electric elevators used work in adjacent portions of a multiple hoistway.
for construction. (c) Hoisting of materials in adjacent portions of a mul­
Requirement 5.10.2 applies to hydraulic elevators of tiple hoistway is prohibited unless under the direct
the direct-plunger type used for construction. supervision of the elevator contractor.
Elevators used for construction shall not be accessible 5.10.1.2 Pits
to the general public unless they comply with Part 2 or (a) A pit shall be provided for every elevator.
Part 3. (b) The design shall conform to 5.10.1.1.1.
NOTE (Section 5.10): See also Part 8 for additional requirements (c) Guards between adj acent pits shall conform to
that apply to elevators used for construction. 5.10.1.1.l (c).
(d) The minimum pit depth required shall conform
5.1 0.1 Electric Elevators U s ed for Con s truction to 2.2.7.

5 . 1 0 . 1 . 1 Cons truction of Hois tways and Hois tway 5.10.1.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights
Enclos ures 5.1 0.1 .3.1 Location of Counterweights . The loca­
tion of the counterweights shall conform to 2.3.1.
5.1 0.1 .1.1 Hois tway Enclos ures
(a) Where the hoistway is adjacent to areas permitting 5.1 0.1 .3.2 Counterweight Pit Guards
passage of people (e.g., stairwells, floors, and work space (a) Counterweight guards shall be installed in the pit
exterior to the hoistway), it shall be fully enclosed. The on all open sides of the counterweight runway, except
enclosure shall be of sufficient strength to prevent con­ as follows:
tact between the enclosure material and the car or coun­ ( 1 ) W here compensat ing chains or ropes are
terweight when the enclosure is subj ected to a force of attached to the counterweight, the guard shall be permit­
890 N (2 00 lbf) applied at right angles at any point on ted to be omitted on the side facing the elevator car.
an area 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.). Openwork (2) Where pit-mounted buffers are used, the guard
enclosures shall be permitted to be used on all but the is permitted to be omitted where the bottom of the
entrance side of the hoistway and shall reject a ball counterweight rest ing on its compressed buffer is
25 mm (1 in.) in diameter. Openwork enclosures shall be 2 13 0 mm (84 in.) or more above the pit floor.
so located as to provide at least 150 mm (6 in.) clearance (b) T he design, construction, and locat ion of the
between the outside of the enclosure and the closest guards shall conform to 2.3.2.2. Perforated material that
member of the car or counterweight assembly. Open­ will reject a ball 2 5 mm (1 in.) in diameter shall be
work enclosures shall not be used on elevators with car permitted to be used.
speeds of over 1.7 5 m/s (35 0 ft/min). 5.10.1 .3.3 Separate Counterweight Hois tways .
(b) Overhead protection shall be provided across the Where separate counterweight hoistways are provided,
entire cross-sectional area of the hoistway. It shall be they shall conform to
located above the machine when the machine is located (a) requirement 2. 3.3 for permanent separat e
directly over the elevator, and shall be capable of sus­ hoistway
taining a concentrated load of 1 3 3 5 N (3 00 lbf) on any (b) requirement 5. 10.1.1.1 for temporary separate
area 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.). hoistway
(c) W here the elevator is operating in a multiple
hoistway, and work is to be performed in an adjacent 5.10.1.4 Vertical Car Clearances and Runby. Top
portion of that multiple hoistway, the construction eleva­ and bottom car clearances and runby shall conform to
tor's hoistway shall be fully separated. The material used Section 2.4.
for this separation shall 5 . 1 0 . 1 . 5 H o rizontal Car and Coun terweight
(1) be equal to or stronger than 1 mm (0.0437 in.) Clearances
diameter wire (a) Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall
(2) have openings not exceeding 2 5 mm (1 in.) conform to 2.5.1.1, 2.5.1.2, 2.5.1.3 , and 2.5.1.6.

216
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(b) The clearance between the car and landing sills (e) The area to be covered by the floor shall conform
shall conform to 2.5.1.4, except that the maximum clear­ to 2.1.3.5.
ance shall be not more than 100 mm (4 in.).
5.1 0.1 .8 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports,
5.1 0.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways. and Foundations. Beams, supports, and foundations
Protection of spaces below hoistways not extending to shall conform to Section 2.9.
the lowest level of the structure shall conform to the
applicable requirements of Section 2.6 , or the space NOTE: Temporary structural reinforcement shall be permitted to
be used to meet the requirements of 5.10.1.
below the hoistway shall be temporarily secured from
occupancy with a fence or wall. 5.1 0.1.9 Hoistway Doors and Gates
5.10.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces 5.1 0.1 .9.1 Where Required. The full width of each
5.1 0.1 .7.1 General Requirements landing opening shall be protected to its full height by
(a) Spaces containing machines, control equipment, doors, gates, transoms, or any combination thereof. The
sheaves, and other machinery shall be fully enclosed entire entrance assembly shall be capable of withstand­
and protected from the elements. Enclosures shall be so ing a force of 1 112 N (2 5 0 lbf) applied on the landing
supported and braced as to deflect not over 2 5 mm (1 in.) side at right angles to and approximately at the center
when subjected to a force of 450 N (100 lbf) applied of a panel. This force shall be distributed over an area
horizontally over an area of 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. of 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.). There shall be no
x 4 in.). The overhead protection of the machine room permanent displacement or deformation of any parts of
shall conform to 5.10.1.1.l (b). The floor of the machine the entrance assembly resulting from this test. Open­
room shall conform to 5.10.1.7.2. work entrances shall reject a ball 2 5 mm (1 in.) in diame­
(b) A safe means of access to the machine room and ter. Where permanent doors are provided, they shall
machinery spaces shall be provided for authorized per­ conform to Sections 2.11 through 2.13.
sonnel. Access doors shall be of a minimum height of
5.1 0.1 .9.2 Emergency Doors. Emergency doors
1 83 0 mm (72 in.), and shall be kept closed and locked.
shall conform to 2.11.1.2.
(c) Temporary electric lighting shall be provided in
the machine room and machinery spaces. The illumina­ 5.1 0.1 .9.3 Projection of Hoistway Doors or Gates
tion shall be not less than 100 Ix (10 fc) at the floor level. Into the Hoistway. All projections of hoistway doors or
(d) Machine rooms shall be maintained free of refuse, gates into the hoistway shall conform to 2.11.5.
and shall not be used for the storage of material unneces­
sary for the construction, maintenance, or operation of 5.1 0.1 .9.4 Hoistway Door Vision Panels
the elevator. Flammable liquids having a flash point of (a) Where permanent hoistway doors are installed,
less than 3 8° C (100° F) shall not be kept in the machine vision panels shall conform to 2.11.7.
room. (b) Where temporary swinging solid hoistway doors
are used, a vision panel covered with material that will
5 . 1 0.1 .7.2 Machine Room and Machinery Space reject a ball 2 5 mm (1 in.) in diameter and have a deflec­
Floors tion not greater than any other part of the door shall be
(a) A metal, concrete, or wood floor shall be provided,
not more than 0.016 m2 (2 5 in.2) and it shall be located
provided. The total area of the vision panel shall be
except that floors are not required below:
(1) secondary and deflecting sheaves of traction­ between 1 370 mm (54 in.) and 1 675 mm (66 in.) above
type machines located over the hoistway the floor level.
(2) overhead sheaves, governors, and other equip­
ment where the elevator machine is located below or at 5.1 0.1 .9.5 Openings of Hoistway Doors or Gates
the side of the hoistway, provided that From the Landing Side
(-a) means of access for inspection and servicing (a) For elevators with car speeds of up to 1.75 m/s
of governors is provided (3 5 0 ft/min), hoistway doors or gates shall be provided
(-b) sheaves and other equipment (except gover­ with means that will latch the doors or gates mechani­
nors) shall be permitted to be inspected and serviced cally so that they cannot be opened from the landing
from the top of the car or by other means side, conforming to 5.10.1.21.1. Means shall be provided
(b) The floor shall be located above, level with, or at a designated landing for unlatching the hoistway door
directly below the machine beams. or gate from the landing side to permit access to the car.
At this landing, positive means shall be provided to lock
load of 195 kg/m2 (40 lb/ft2 ).
(c) Floors shall be designed to carry a minimum live
the elevator entrance out of service.
(d) Floors shall be of concrete, wood, or of metal with (b) For elevators with car speeds over 1.7 5 m/s
or without perforations. Wood planking, when used, (3 5 0 ft/min), hoistway doors shall be provided with
shall be scaffold grade or equivalent as recognized by either of the following:
approved grading rules for the species of wood used. (1) interlocks conforming to 2.12.2

217
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(2) combination mechanical locks and electric con­ 5.1 0.1 .10.4 Top Emergency Exits. Emergency exits
tacts conforming to 2.1 2.3 with a cover shall be provided in the top of all elevator
(c) The mechanical locking device, when used on tem­ cars and shall conform to the following :
porary doors, shall be self-latching. (a) The exit opening shall have an area of not less
than 0.26 m 2 ( 400 in.2), and shall measure not less than
NOTE [5.10.1 .9.S(c)]: When permanent doors are installed, it is 400 mm ( 16 in.) on any side.
recommended that the mechanical locking function of the perma (b) The exit shall be so located as to provide a clear
nent interlocks be used. passageway unobstructed by fixed elevator equipment
located in or on top of the car.
5.1 0.1 .9.6 Closing of Hoistway Doors and Gates.
(c) The exit cover shall open outward and shall be
Temporary hoistway doors and gates shall be considered
hinged or otherwise attached to the car top and so
to be in the closed position when the door or gate is arranged that the cover can be opened from the top of
fully closed and latched. the car only.The cover when opened shall not protrude
Permanent hoistway doors shall conform to 2.1 2.1. beyond the perimeter of the car.
The electrical circuitry for hoistway door interlocks, or (d) Operation of the car with the top emergency exit
combination mechanical locks and electric contacts, does open is prohibited, except as specified in 5.10.l.10.4(e).
not have to be operational at this time unless the car (e) Operation of the car with the top emergency exit
speed is over 1.75 m /s (350 ft /min). open is permissible only when the load cannot be carried
totally within the car enclosure and the operation is
5.1 0.1 .9.7 Hangers and Stops for Sliding Hoistway
under the direct supervision of authorized personnel.
D o o rs . Hangers conforming to 2.1 1.1 1.4 shall be
The car shall not be operated at a speed of more than
provided.
0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min).
Where permanent hoistway doors are installed, they
shall conform to Sections 2.1 1, 2.1 2, and 2.13. 5.1 0.1 .10.5 Use of Glass. Glass shall not be used
in elevator cars, except for the car light and accessories
5 . 1 0.1 .9.8 Weights for Closing and/or Balan cing necessary for the operation of the car . Glass used for
Temporary Hoistway Doors or Gates. Weights used to the car light and accessories shall be laminated and meet
close or balance hoistway doors or gates should be the requirements of ANSI Z97.l or CAN /CGSB-1 2.1,
located outside the hoistway enclosure and shall run whichever is applicable (see Part 9), except for
in guides or be enclosed . Weights located inside the transparency.
hoistway enclosure shall conform to 2 .1 1 .8 .Guides shall
be of metal, and the bottom of the guide or enclosure 5.1 0.1 .10.6 Number of Com partments. The num­
shall be so constructed as to retain the weights if their ber of compartments shall conform to 2.1 4.1.4.
suspension members fail . 5.1 0.1 .10.7 Car Emergency Signal. Elevators shall
be provided with an audible signaling device, or a per­
5.1 0.1 . 1 0 Car Enclosure, Car Doors and Gates, and manent or portable means of two-way communication .
Car Illumination
5.10.1.1 0.8 Car Doors or Gates. A car door or gate
5 . 1 0.1 . 1 0. 1 En closures Req uired. Except at the shall be provided at each entrance to the car. When
entrance, cars shall be fully enclosed with metal or wood closed, it shall guard the opening to its full height. Car
on the sides and top. The enclosures shall be solid. The doors shall be solid or openwork construction that will
minimum clear height inside the car shall be 1 980 mm reject a ball 25 mm ( 1 in.) in diameter. Collapsible car
(78 in.).Car top enclosures shall be constructed to sustain gates shall be of a design that, when fully closed
a load of 135 kg (300 lb) on any 0.09 m 2 ( 1 ft 2) area. (extended position), will reject a ball 75 mm (3 in.) in
diameter. Each door or gate shall be equipped with a
5 . 1 0 . 1 . 1 0.2 Securi n g Enclosure. T he enclosure car door or gate electric contact conforming to the
shall be securely fastened to the car platform and so requirements of 2.1 4.4.2. Operation of the car with the
supported that it cannot loosen or become displaced in car door or gate open is prohibited.
regular service, on application of the car safety, or on
engagement of the buffer. 5.1 0.1 . 1 1 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames
and platforms shall conform to Section 2.15, except for
5.1 0.1 .10.3 Illumination in the Car. Each car shall 2.15.8.
be provided with an electric light and a light control
5.1 0.1 . 1 2 Rated Load and Speed
switch. The light shall provide illumination of at least
50 Ix (5 fc) at the landing edge of the car platform. 5.1 0.1 .12.1 Rated Load. The inside net platform
Light bulbs and tubes shall be suitably protected against area shall be determined by the temporary rated load
accidental breakage. and shall conform to 2.16.1.

218
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

The maximum number of passengers shall be based 5 . 1 0 . 1 . 1 6 . 5 Splicing and Replacement of

on the temporary rated load divided by 90 kg ( 200 lb). Suspension Ropes. Suspension wire ropes shall not be
lengthened or repaired by splicing. Damaged ropes in
5.10.1.12.2 Reduction of Inside Net Platform Area. a set shall be permitted to be replaced without replacing
Temporary partitions shall be permitted to be installed the whole set.
for the purpose of restricting the inside net platform
area. Such partitions shall be securely fastened to pre­ 5.10.1.16.6 Securing of Suspension Wire Ropes to
vent unauthorized removal. Winding Drums. Ropes shall conform to 2.20.6.
The temporary partitions shall be so installed as to
5.10.1.16.7 Suspension-Rope Fastenings. The car
prov ide for approximately symmetrical loading.
and counterweight ends of suspension wire ropes, or
Temporary partitions used within a car enclosure to
the stationary hitch-ends where multiple roping is used,
reduce the inside net platform area shall be permitted
shall be fastened in such a manner that all portions of
to be removed only under the supervision of the elevator
the rope, except the portion inside the rope sockets, shall
contractor to accommodate bulky loads that do not
be readily v isible. Fastening shall be
exceed the temporary capacity.
(a) by individual tapered babbitted rope sockets (see
5.10.1.12.3 Speed. The car speed shall not exceed 2.20.9.4)
5 m /s ( 1,000 ft /min) unless perm ission to do so is (b) by means of clamps and wire-rope thimbles or by
granted by the authority having jurisdiction . Related special fastening dev ices. Where clamps are used, the
devices such as governors and buffers shall be calibrated fastening shall conform to the following :
to the car speed. (1) Clamps shall not be of the U-bolt type .
(2) Both members of the clamps shall be provided
5.1 0.1 .13 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Car and with seats conforming to the lay of the rope .
counterweight safeties shall conform to Section 2.17.
5.10.1.16.8 Rope Data Tag. Tags shall conform to
5.1 0.1 .14 Governors. Governors shall conform to 2.20.2.2.
Section 2.18.
5.1 0.1 .17 Counterweights. Counterweight guiding
5.1 0.1 .1 5 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended and construction shall conform to Section 2 .2 1 .
Car Movement Protection. Ascending car overspeed
and unintended car movement protection shall be pro­ 5.1 0.1 .18 Car and Counterweight Buffers. Car and
vided on new elevators, and on elevators being altered if counterweight buffers shall conform to Section 2.2 2.
required in Section 8.7, in conformance with Section 2.19.
5 . 1 0 . 1 . 1 9 Car Guide Rails and Guide- Rail
5.1 0.1 .16 Suspension Means. Elevator cars shall be Fastenings. Car guide rails and guide-rail fastenings
suspended by steel wire ropes attached to the car frame shall conform to Section 2.23.
or passing around sheaves attached to the car frame as
required by 2.15.1 2, except as specified in 5.10.1.16.1 5.1 0.1 .20 Driving Machines and Sheaves
through 5.10.1.16.8. 5 . 1 0 . 1 . 2 0 . 1 Driving Machines. All d r iv ing
Elevator cars arranged for progressive rises with con­ machines shall conform to 2.2 4.1, except that winding­
tinuous suspension ropes on storage reels shall have drum machines shall be permitted to be used for passen­
steel wire ropes attached to the car frame or the station­ ger elevators subject to the requirements of 2.2 4.l(a), (b),
ary hitch-ends with suitable anchorages on the basis of and (c).
tensile and fatigue in accordance with manufacturer 's
specifications and conforming to 5.10.1.16.7. 5.1 0.1 .20.2 Material and Grooving for Sheaves and
Drums. Permanent sheaves and drums shall conform
5.1 0.1 .16.1 Types Permitted. Suspension means to 2.2 4.2. Temporary sheaves and drums shall conform
shall conform to 2.20.1. to 5.7.18.2.
5 . 1 0 . 1 . 1 6.2 Minimum Number and Diameter of 5.1 0.1 .20.3 Factor of Safety for Driving Machines
Suspension Ropes. Ropes shall conform to 2.20.4. and Sheaves. The factor of safety for driving machines
and sheaves shall conform to 2.2 4.3.
5.1 0.1 .16.3 Factor of Safety. Ropes shall conform
to 2.20.3. The factor of safety of the suspension wire 5 . 1 0.1 .20.4 Bolts Transmitting Torque, and Set
ropes shall be based on the requirements for freight Screws. Bolts transmitting torque, and set screws shall
elevators. conform to 2.2 4.4.
5.1 0.1 .16.4 Spare Rope Turns on Winding Drums. 5.1 0.1 .20.5 Friction Gearing or Clutch Mechanism.
Ropes shall conform to 2.20.7. Friction gearing or clutch mechanism is prohibited.

219
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

5.10.1 .20.6 Use of Cast Iron in Gears. Worms and as to be legible. The height of the letters and figures
worm gears made of cast iron are prohibited. shall be not less than
(a) 2 5 mm (1 in.) for capacity plates
5 . 1 0.1 .20.7 Driving-Mach ine Brakes. Driving­
(b) 3 mm (0.12 5 in.) for data plates
machine brakes shall conform to 2.16. 8, 2.2 4. 8, and
2.26. 8. 5.1 0.2 Hydraulic Elevators Used for Construction
5.10.1.21 Operating Devices and Control Equipment 5.1 0.2.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway
5.10.1 .21 .1 Applicable Requirements En closures. Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and
(a) Operating devices and control equipment on ele­ related construction shall conform to 5.10.1.1.
vators with a car speed of up to 1.75 m/s (3 5 0 ft/min) 5.10.2.2 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
shall conform to 2.2 6 , except for 2.2 6.1.6, 2.2 6.2.14, Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform to
2.26.4.4, and 2.26.12 that do not apply. See 5.10.1.21.3 5.10.1.7.
regarding temporary wiring requirements.
(b) Operating devices and control equipment on ele­ 5.10.2.3 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. Pro­
vators with a car speed of over 1.75 m/s (3 5 0 ft/min) tection of the space below the hoistway shall conform
shall also conform to 2.26.2.14, where applicable. to Section 3.6.
(c) Elevators used for construction shall not be 5.10.2.4 Vertical Clearances and Runby for Cars and
required to conform to 2.26.11. Counterweights. Bottom and top clearances and runby
for cars and counterweights shall conform to Section 3.4.
5.1 0.1 .21 .2 Operation and Operating Devices.
Operating devices shall conform to 2.26.1.1. All auto­ 5.10.2.5 Emergency Doors. Emergency doors shall
matic operation elevators shall conform to Section 2.14. conform to 3.11.1.
5.10.1 .21.3 Temporary Wiring. Temporary wiring 5.1 0.2.6 Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical equip­
shall conform to Article 3 05 of NFPA 70 or Section 76 ment shall conform to 5.10.1.10, 5.10.1. 11, 5.10. 1.13
of CSA C2 2.1, Part I, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). through 5.10.1.15 , 5.10.1.17 through 5.10.1.19, and
5.10.1.23.
5 . 1 0.1 .22 Floor Numbers. Hoistways shall have
floor numbers, not less than 100 mm (4 in.) in height, 5.10.2.7 Hydraulic Jack. Hydraulic j acks shall con­
on the hoistway side of the enclosure or hoistway doors. form to Section 3.18.
5.10.1 .23 Capacity and Data Plates or Signs 5 . 1 0.2.8 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings.
Valves, supply piping, and fittings shall conform to
5 . 1 0 . 1 . 2 3 . 1 Plates or Signs Req u i red and Section 3.19.
Locations. Every elevator car shall be provided with a
capacity plate or sign and a data plate or sign temporar­ 5.1 0.2.9 Counterweight Ropes, Rope Connections,
ily fastened in place. The capacity plate or sign shall be and Sheaves. Counterweight ropes, rope connections,
located in a conspicuous position inside the car. and sheaves shall conform to Section 3.2 0.
The data plate or sign shall be located on the car 5 . 1 0 . 2 . 1 0 Tan ks. Tanks shall conform to
crosshead, or if there is no crosshead, inside the car. Section 3.2 4.
5 . 1 0 . 1 .23.2 Information Req u i red on Plates or 5 . 1 0.2.1 1 Term inal Stopping Devices. Terminal
Signs stopping devices shall conform to Section 3.2 5.
(a) Temporary capacity plates or signs shall indicate
the maximum load and the maximum number of passen­ 5 . 1 0 . 2. 1 2 Operati n g Devices a n d Con tro l
gers allowed in the car during the use of the elevator Equipment. Operating devices and control equipment
for construction. shall conform to 5.10. 1.21.
(b) Temporary data plates or signs shall indicate
(1) the approximate temporary weight of the car SECTION 5.1 1 (16)
including the car safety and all auxiliary equipment WIN D TURBINE TOWER ELEVATORS
attached to the car
(2) the temporary rated load and temporary speed Elevators used in wind turbine towers shall conform
(3) the wire rope data required by 2.2 0.2.1 to ASME A17.8.
(4) the manufacturer's name and date of
installation SECTION 5.12
5.10.1 .23.3 Marking of Plates or Signs. Plates or
OUTSIDE EMERGENCY ELEVATORS
signs shall have letters and figures stamped, cast, etched, Section 5.12 applies to outside emergency elevators.
stenciled, or painted on the surface in such a manner These elevators are not designed to replace or lessen

220
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

the number or availability of Firefighters' Emergency 5.12.1 .4 Global Essential Safety Requirement 3.5.5,
Operation (FEO) elevators, stairways, or other required Restrictions on Equipment in Elevator Spaces, shall
means of firefighter or occupant access or egress, nor is apply. The car shall not operate or continue to operate
this elevator intended for firefighting operations. when equipment or other obstructions are present in its
NOTE (Section 5.12): See also Part 8 for additional requirements path, except when the risk of entrapment exceeds the
that apply to outside emergency elevators. risk of moving the car.
5 . 1 2.1 G uidance in Use of ASM E A1 7.7/CSA B44.7
5.1 2.2 Performing Risk Assessm ents
5.12.1.1 Design and testing of outside emergency
elevators shall conform to the requirements of T he risk assessment team in conformance with
ASME A 17.7 /CSA B 4 4.7, Performance-based safety codefor ASME A 17.7 /CSA B 4 4.7, requirement 2.7.2, used to eval­
elevators and escalators, except as modified in 5.1 2.1.2 uate an outside emergency elevator, shall include a mini­
through 5.1 2.1.4. mum of one member of the fire service experienced
in high-rise fire fighting and building evacuation. This
5.12.1.2 Global Essential Safety Requirement 3.1.6,
person shall represent the viewpoint of emergency per­
Locking Landing Doors and Closing LCU (Car) Doors,
sonnel who operate these elevators.
shall not apply. Movement of the car shall be permitted
without locking the landing doors when the risk of not
moving from the landing exceeds the risk of moving the 5.1 2.3 Operating Instructions
car without locking the landing doors. Comprehensive operating instructions including all
5.12.1.3 Global Essential Safety Requirement 3.3.5, pertinent warnings shall be provided
Gap Between the Landing Doors and LCU (Car) Doors, (a) to the fire department or fire service having juris­
shall not apply. Means shall be provided to protect users diction, and
from hazard of falling or crushing when in the gap (b) with the Maintenance Control Program. See
between the landing door and the car door. 8.6.2.1.

221
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Part 6
Escalators and Moving Walks

SCOPE 6.1 .3.3 Balustrades. Balustrades shall be installed

on each side of the escalator. (See Nonmandatory
Part 6 applies to escalators and moving walks used
Appendix I, Fig. 1-3.)
to transport passengers.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to 6.1 .3.3.1 Construction
escalators and moving walks. (a) For
(1) escalators not equipped with dynamic skirt pan­
SECTION 6.1 els, the balustrade on the step side shall have no areas
ESCALATORS or moldings depressed or raised more than 6.4 mm
6.1.1 Protection of Floor Openings (0.25 in.) from the parent surface, except as permitted
in 6.1.3.3.10
Floor openings for escalators shall be protected
(2) escalators equipped with dynamic skirt panels,
against falls, the passage of flame, heat, and/ or smoke
the balustrade on the step side shall have no areas or
in accordance with the provisions of the applicable
moldings parallel to the direction of travel that are
building code (see Part 9).
depressed or raised more than 12 mm (0.47 in.) from
6.1 .2 Protection of Trusses and Machine Spaces the parent surface
Against Fire (3) all escalators, the depressed or raised areas or
The sides and undersides of an escalator truss or moldings shall have boundary edges bevelled or
group of adjacent trusses in a single wellway shall be rounded
enclosed in materials defined as either noncombustible (b) The balustrade shall be totally closed, except
or limited-combustible by the building code or (1) where the handrail enters the newel base (see
NFPA 101, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). Means 6.1 .3.4.3).
provided for adequate ventilation of the driving (2) gaps between interior panels shall be not wider
machine and control spaces, when included in the truss than 5 mm (0.19 in.). The edges shall be rounded or
enclosure area, shall be permitted. beveled.
(3) where the dynamic skirt panels enter the balus­
6.1.3 Construction Requirements
trade [see 6.l.3.3.7(c)].
6.1.3.1 Angle of Inclination. The angle of inclination (c) The width between the balustrade interior panels
shall be designed not to exceed 30 deg from the hori­ in the direction of travel shall not be changed.
zontal, but due to field conditions at the site shall be
permitted to exceed this maximum by 1 deg. The angle 6.1 .3.3.2 Strength. Balustrades shall be designed
shall be measured at the centerline of the steps. to resist the simultaneous application of a static lateral
6.1 .3.2 Geometry distributed force of 585 N/m (40 lbf/ft) applied to the
side of the handrail and a vertical distributed force of
6.1 .3.2.1 The width of the escalator shall be the 730 N/m (50 lbf/ft), applied to the top of the handrail.
width of the step tread. See 6.1 .3.5.2 for step width
requirements. 6.1 .3.3.3 Use of Glass or Plastic. Glass or plastic,
if used in balustrades, shall conform to the requirements
6.1 .3.2.2 The handrail shall be a minimum of
100 mm (4 in.) horizontally and 25 mm (1 in.) vertically of the following standards, whichever is applicable (see
away from adjacent surfaces, except that rounded fillets Part 9):
or beveled sides of the handrail stand are permitted to (a) ANSI Z97.l or 16 CFR Part 1201; or
reduce the 25 mm (1 in.) clearance between the handrail (b) one of the following CGSB Standards: CAN/
and the point where the handrail stand is connected to CGSB-12.1, CAN/CGSB-12. 1 1 , or CAN/CGSB-12. 12;
the balustrade. The centerline of the handrail shall be except that there shall be no requirement for the panels
not more than 240 mm (9.5 in.), measured horizontally, to be transparent
from the vertical plane through the edge of the exposed Plastic bonded to basic supporting panels is not
step. (See Nonmandatory Appendix I, Figs. 1-1 and 1-2.) required to conform to these requirements.

222
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

6.1 .3.3.4 Interior Low Deck. The interior low deck, (f) The distance between the d ynamic skirt panel and
where provided, shall conform to the following (see the dynamic skirt panel cover shall not exceed
Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig. I-1): 5 mm (0.20 in.).
(a) The width from the vertical face of the interior
panel to the vertical plane of the skirt panel, or dynamic 6.1 .3.3.8 Dynamic Skirt Panel Loaded Gap. The
skirt panel cover, where provided, shall not exceed gap clearance (loaded gap) at any point between the
150 mm (6 in.). step tread and the adjacent dynamic skirt panel shall
(b) The angle between the surface of the deck and the
not exceed 5 mm (0.20 in.) when 1 10 N ( 25 lbf) is laterally
plane of the nose line of the steps shall be not less than applied from the step to the adjacent dynamic skirt
20 deg nor more than 30 deg. panel. T he applied load shall not deviate from
1 10 N ( 25 lbf) by more than ± 1 1 N (± 2.5 lbf). The load
(c) A horizontal section shall be permitted immedi­
shall be distributed over an area not less than
ately adjacent to the interior panel. It shall be not greater
1 9 40 mm 2 (3in.2) and not more than 3 870 mm 2 (6 in.2) .
than 35 mm ( 1 .25 in .) .
(d) The deck and the d ynamic skirt panel cover, where 6.1 .3.3.9 Step/Skirt Performance Index
provided, at the point closest to the step shall withstand (a) This requirement is not applicable to escalators
a force of 900 N ( 200 lbf) perpendicular to the line of with d ynamic skirt panels. The step /skirt performance
attachment of the element without detachment or per­ index, when the escalator is subjected to the test speci­
manent deformation. The force shall be applied to an
area of 6 45 mm 2 ( 1 in.2) .
fied in 8.6.8.15.19, shall be the maximum value of the
recorded instantaneous step /skirt index eY /(eY + 1),
6.1 .3.3.5 Loaded Gap Between Skirt and Step. The where
clearance (loaded gap) between the step tread and the
adjacent skirt panel shall be not more than 5 mm (0.2 in.) (SI Units)
when 1 10 N ( 25 lbf) is laterally applied from the step e 2.7 183
to the adjacent skirt panel. The applied load shall not y -3.77 + 2.37 (µ) + 0.37 (Lg)
deviate from 1 10 N ( 25 lbf) by more than ± 1 1 N (± 2 .5 lbf) . Lg the clearance between the step and the adjacent
The load shall be distributed over an area not less than skirt panel when 1 10 N is applied from the step
1 9 40 mm 2 (3 in.2) and not more than 3 870 mm 2 (6 in.2) . to skirt panel, mm
6.1 .3.3.6 Skirt Panels µ the sliding coefficient of friction of a polycarbo­
(a) The height of the skirt above the tread nose line nate test specimen on the skirt panel at the
shall be at least 25 mm ( 1 in.) measured vertically (see measurement point calculated when subjected
Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig. I- 4). to a 1 10 N normal load. The coefficient of fric­
(b) Skirt panels shall not deflect more than 1.6 mm tion shall be measured without addition of any
(0.06 25 in.) under a force of 667 N ( 150 lbf). field-applied lubricant.
(c) The exposed surfaces of the skirt panels adjacent
to the steps shall be smooth. The applied load shall not deviate from 1 10 N by
more than ± 1 1 N. The load shall be distributed over a
round or square area not less than 1 9 40 mm 2 and not
6.1 .3.3.7 Dynamic Skirt Panels. Dynamic skirt
more than 3 870 mm 2 •
panels, where provided, shall conform to the following :
(a) The height of the d ynamic skirt panel above the
step tread nose line shall be at least 25 mm ( 1 in .) mea­
sured vertically (see Nonmandatory Appendix I, (Imperial Units)
Fig .I-4) . e = 2.7 183
(b) The exposed surfaces of the d ynamic skirt panels y = - 3.77 + 2.37 (µ) + 9.3 (Lg)
adjacent to the step treads shall be smooth and in one Lg the clearance between the step and the adjacent
plane. Exposed edges shall be rounded or beveled. skirt panel when 25 lbf is applied from the step
(c) Guarding shall be provided at the point where the to skirt panel, in.
dynamic skirt panels enter the balustrade .The clearance µ = the sliding coefficient of friction of a polycarbo­
between the guard and the dynamic skirt panels shall nate test specimen on the skirt panel at the
not exceed 3 mm (0 .1 25 in .) . measurement point calculated when subjected
(d) The exposed panels that comprise the dynamic to a 25 lbf normal load. The coefficient of fric­
skirt shall overlap or interlock such that no clear-through tion shall be measured without addition of any
spaces exist. The distance between exposed edges of field-applied lubricant.
dynamic skirt panel elements shall not exceed
4 mm (0.16 in.). The applied load shall not deviate from 25 lbf by more
(e) There must be a positive mechanical connection than ± 2 .5 lbf .The load shall be distributed over a round
between the dynamic skirt panels and the running gear. or square area not less than 3in.2 and not more than 6 in.2

223
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

handra il, or on adjacent escalators when the unob­ 6.1 .3.4.5 Vertical Height. The vertical height from
structed distance between the edge of the facing handrail step nose to top of handrail shall be not less than 900 mm
is greater than 300 mm ( 1 2 in.). (35 in.) nor more than 1 000 mm (39 in.). See 6.1.1.1 for
These devices shall consist of raised objects fastened floor opening protection adjacent to escalator wellways.
to the decks, no closer than 100 mm ( 4 in.) to the handrail
6.1 .3.4.6 Handrail Clearance. The horizontal clear­
nor greater than 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) from the handrail. They
ance between either lip of the handrail and the handrail
shall be spaced not greater than 2 000 mm (78 in.) apart
stand shall not exceed 10 mm (0.375 in.). ( See
as measured on a line parallel to the direction of travel
Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig .1-2 .)
and not greater than 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) as measured on a
horizontal line perpendicular to the direction of travel. 6.1.3.5 Steps
The height shall be not less than 50 mm ( 2 in.). There 6.1.3.5.1 Material and Type
shall be no sharp comers or edges. See Nonmandatory
(a) Step frames, treads, risers, and d ynamic skirt pan­
Appendix I, Fig. 1-6.
els, excluding the step 's attachments or inserts, shall be
6.1 .3.3.13 Deck Barricades metal, except that magnesium alloys shall not be used;
(a) A barricade to restrict access to the outer deck on or the materials, in their end-use configuration, shall
low deck exterior balustrades shall be prov ided at the have a flame spread index of O to 50 based on the tests
top and bottom ends of each escalator where the outer conducted in accordance w ith the requ irements of
deck width exceeds 1 25 mm (5 in.). On parallel abutting AST M E8 4, UL 7 23, NFPA 255, or CAN /ULC-S 10 2.2,
units, this protection shall be provided where the com­ whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
bined outer deck width exceeds 1 25 mm (5 in.). The (b) Nonmetallic attachments and inserts (excluding
barr icade shall extend to a height that is nom inally wheels) shall be classified 9 4 HB or better in accordance
100 mm ( 4 in.) below the top of the handrail. with ANSI/UL 9 4.
(b) When an escalator is not located at the edge of a (c) Step treads shall be horizontal, and shall afford a
floor surface, the barricade shall be installed on the outer secure foothold. The step supporting system shall be so
deck at a point 1 000 mm ( 40 in.) above the floor where designed so that the back of the step cannot tip upward
the bottom of the barricade intersects the outer deck . more than 6 mm (0.25 in.) at any point.
(c) On parallel adjacent escalators, where the common 6.1 .3.5.2 Dimensions of Steps. The depth of any
low deck between adjacent inter ior panels exceeds step tread in the direction of travel shall be not less than
400 mm ( 16 in.), deck barricades should be spaced evenly 400 mm ( 15.75 in.), and the rise between treads shall be
up the incline at no greater than 4.6 m ( 15 ft) measured not more than 2 20 mm (8.5 in.). The width of a step
on a line parallel to the direction of travel. tread shall be not less than 560 mm ( 2 2 in.) nor more
(d) Barricades made of glass or plastic shall conform than 1 0 20 mm ( 40 in.). (See Nonmandatory Appendix I,
to the requirements of 6.1.3.3.3. All exposed barricade Fig. 1-7.)
attachment fastener heads shall be of the tamper­
resistant type. 6.1 .3.5.3 Cleated Step Risers. The step riser shall
be provided with vertical cleats, which shall mesh with
6.1 .3.4 Handrails slots on the adjacent step tread wherever the steps are
exposed. (See Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig. 1-8.)
6.1 .3.4.1 Type Required. Each balustrade shall be
prov ided with a handrail mov ing in the same direction 6.1 .3.5.4 Clearance Between Steps. T he max i­
and at substantially the same speed as the steps. In the mum clearance between step treads on the horizontal
case of curved escalators, this shall be substantially the run shall be 6 mm (0.25 in.). ( See Nonmandatory
same angular velocity. The speed of the handrail shall Appendix I, Fig. I-1 2.)
not change when a retarding force of 450 N ( 100 lbf) is 6.1.3.5.5 Slotting of Step Treads. The tread sur­
applied to the handrail opposite to the direction of travel . face of each step shall be slotted in a direction parallel
6.1 .3.4.2 Extension Beyond Com b plates. Each to the travel of the steps. Each slot shall be not more
moving handrail shall extend at normal handrail height than 6.5 mm (0.25 in.) wide and not less than 9.5 mm
not less than 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) beyond the line of points (0.375 in.) deep, and the distance from center to center of
of the combplate teeth at the upper and lower landings. adjoining slots shall be not more than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.).
Slots shall be so located on the step tread surface as
6.1 .3.4.3 Guards. Hand or finger guards shall be to form a cleat on each side of the step tread adjacent
prov ided at a point where the handrail enters the to the skirt or d ynamic skirt panel.
balustrade.
6.1 .3.5.6 Step Demarcation. There shall be demar­
6.1 .3.4.4 Splicing. Splicing of handrails shall be cation lines on the step tread along the back of the step
done in such a manner that the joint is free of any pinch­ to delineate the div ision between steps. These lines shall
ing effect. be marked by a yellow str ip a m in imum of

225
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

38 mm ( 1.5 in.) in width and a maximum of 50 mm ( 2 in.). Where tightening devices are operated by means of
[See 6.1.3.5.l(b).] tension weights, provision shall be made to retain these
There shall be demarcation lines on the step tread weights in the truss if they should be released.
along the sides of the step. These side lines shall be
6.1 .3.8 Step Wheel Tracks. Step wheel tracks shall
yellow and at least 13 mm (0.5 in.) wide and shall not
be designed so as to prevent displacement of the running
exceed 50 mm ( 2 in.). [See 6.1.3.5.l(b).]
gear if a step chain breaks.
6.1.3.5.7 Step Fatigue Tests. Each step width shall
6.1 .3.9 Rated Load
be subjected to the step fatigue test as described in 8.3.1 1.
6.1 .3.5.8 Step Wheels. W here support wheels 6.1 .3.9.1 Structural. For the purpose of structural
attached to the steps are not located within the width design, the rated load shall be considered to be not less
of the step, provision shall be made to prevent the step than the following :
from falling into the escalator interior due to a loss of (SI Units)
one or more of the support wheel assemblies.
6.1 .3.6 Entrance and Egress Ends Structural rated load (kg) = D 1 (W + 203)A/1 000

6.1 .3.6.1 Combplates (Imperial Units)

(a) There shall be a combplate, to which the combs
shall be fastened, at the entrance and at the exit of every Structural rated load (lb) = D2 (W + 8)A/12
escalator.
where
(b) The comb teeth shall be meshed with and set into
A = length of the horizontal projection of the entire
the slots in the tread surfaces so that the points of the truss measured along its centerline, m (ft)
teeth are always below the upper surface of the treads. Loading Factor = 270 kg /m 2
D1
(c) Combplates shall be adjustable vertically. Sections
D2 Loading Factor = 55 .2 lb / ft2
forming the comb teeth shall be readily replaceable. W = width of the escalator, mm (in.) (see 6.1.3.2)
(d) The comb section, combplate, and landing plate
assemblies shall not make contact with the step treads 6.1 .3.9.2 Machinery
when a weight of 160 kg (350 lb) is applied to any area (a) For the purpose of driving machine and power
200 mm x 300 mm (8 in. x 1 2 in.) centered on the transmission calculations, the rated load for all single
plates with the 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) dimension parallel to driving machines shall be considered to be not less than
the direction of travel. the following:
6.1 .3.6.2 Distinction Between Comb and Step. (SI Units)
There shall be a visual contrast between the comb and
step, achieved by color, pattern, or texture. Machinery rated load (kg) = D3 (W + 203)B i /1 000
6.1 .3.6.3 Adjacent Floor Surfaces. T he adjacent (Imperial Units)
floor surfaces at each landing shall be continuous with
the top of the landing plate with no abrupt change in Machinery rated load (lb) = D4 (W + 8)B i /12
elevation of more than 6 mm (0.25 in.).
(b) The rated load per module for two or more modu­
6.1 .3.6.4 Safety Zone. The entry and exit zone lar driving machines shall be considered to be not less
shall be kept clear of all obstacles. The width of the zone than :
shall be not less than the width between the centerlines
of the handrails plus 200 mm (8 in .) .The length of the (SI Units)
zone, measured from the end of the newel, shall be not
less than twice the distance between the centerlines of Machinery rated load (kg) = D3 (W + 203)B2 /1 000
the handrails. Space shall be provided to accommodate
all traffic in the safety zone. (Imperial Units)
NOTE: These dimensions are absolute minimums . Machinery rated load (lb) = D4 (W + 8)B 2 /12
6.1 .3.6.5 Flat Steps. There shall be a minimum of
where
two and a maximum of four flat steps at the entrance
B1 = cot 0 x total rise, m (ft)
and exit of every escalator.(See Section 1.3and 6.1.3.5.2.)
B2 = cot 0 x rise per module, m (ft)
6.1 .3.7 Trusses or Girders. The truss or girder shall D3 Loading Factor = 2 10 kg /m 2

W =
be designed to safely sustain the running gear in opera­ D4 Loading Factor = 4 2.0 lb / ft2
tion. In the event of failure of the track system, it shall width of the escalator, mm (in.) (see 6.1.3.2)
retain the running gear within the confines of this truss. 0 = the angle of inclination, deg (see 6.1.3.1)

226
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

6.1 .3.9.3 Brake 6.1 .3.1 0 Des ign Factors of Safety. Factors of safety
(a) For the purpose of brake calculations, the rated are based on either single driving-machine design or
load for all single driving machines shall be considered modular driving-machine design.
to be not less than the following: The factors of safety shall be those stated in 6.1.3.10.1
(1) with escalator stopped through 6.1.3.10.4.

(SI Units) 6.1.3.10.1 Trusses and all supporting structures, (1 6)

including tracks, shall conform to AN SI/AISC 360-05
Brake rated load (kg) = D5 (W + 203)B i / 1 000 or CAN/C SA-S16.l -09, whichever is applicable (see
Part 9), based on the maximum static load calculated
(Imperial Units) per 6.1.3.9.1.
Brake rated load (lb) = D6 (W + S)B i /12 6.1 .3.1 0.2 For driving-machine parts, the factors (ED)
of safety shall be as follows, based on loads not less
(2) with escalator running than those calculated per 6.1.3.9.2:
(a) 8 where the parts are made of steel or bronze
(SI Units)
(b) 10 where the parts are made of cast iron or other
Brake rated load (kg) = D3 (W + 203)B i / 1 000 materials
6.1 .3.10.3 For power transmission members, the
(Imperial Units) factor of safety shall be 10, based on not less than the
Brake rated load (lb) = D4 (W + S)B i /12 loads calculated per 6.1.3.9.2.
6.1 .3.1 0.4 For steps, the factor of safety shall be
(b) The rated load per module for two or more modu­ 5 , based on not less than the loads designated in 6.1.3.9.4.
lar driving machines shall be considered to be not less
than the following: 6.1.3. 1 1 Chains . The use of chains with cast iron
(1) with escalator stopped links shall not be permitted.

(SI Units) 6.1 .3.12 Headroom. The minimum headroom shall

be 2 13 0 mm (84 in.) measured vertically from the step
Brake rated load (kg) = D5 (W + 203)B2 / 1 000 noseline, landing plates, and landings.

(Imperial Units) 6 . 1 . 3 . 1 3 Welding. Welding shall conform to

Section 8. 8.
Brake rated load (lb) = D6 (W + 8)B2 /12 6.1.3.14 Non-Es calator-Related Equipment. Com­
(2) with escalator running
ponents not used directly in connection with the escala­
tor are prohibited to be installed on, in, or through the
(SI Units) escalator.

Brake rated load (kg) = D3 (W + 203)B2 / 1 000

6 . 1 . 3 . 1 5 Water Accum ulation. Permanent provi­
sions shall be made to prevent accumulation of ground­
(Imperial Units) water in the pit. Drains and sump pumps, where
provided, shall comply with the applicable plumbing
Brake rated load (lb) = D4 (W + 8)B2 /12 code.

where 6.1.4 Rated Speed

B1 cot 0 x total rise, m (ft)
6.1 .4.1 Limits of Speed
B2 cot 0 x rise per module, m (ft)
D3 Loading Factor = 2 10 kg/m2 6.1 .4.1.1 The rated speed shall be not more than
D4 = Loading Factor = 42. 0 lb/ft2
Loading Factor = 360 kg/m2
0.5 m/s (100 ft/min), measured along the centerline of
Ds the steps in the direction of travel.
D6 Loading Factor = 73.7 lb/ft2 The speed attained by an escalator after start-up shall
w width of the escalator, mm (in.) (see 6.1.3.2) not be intentionally varied, except as permitted by
0 = the angle of inclination, deg (see 6.1.3.1) 6.1.4.1.2.
6.1 .3.9.4 Step. The step shall be designed to sup­ 6.1 .4.1.2 Variation of the escalator speed after
port a load of 13 5 kg (3 00 lb) on a 15 0 mm x 25 0 mm start-up shall be permitted provided the escalator instal­
(6 in. x 10 in.) plate placed on any part of the step with lation conforms to all of the following:

exceed 0.3 m/s2 (1.0 ft/s2 ).

the 25 0 mm (10 in.) dimension in the direction of step (a) The acceleration and deceleration rates shall not
travel.

227
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(b) The rated speed is not exceeded. than 0.9 1 m /s 2 (3ft /s 2) as measured over the total retar­
(c) The minimum speed shall be not less than 0.05 m /s dation time. No peak horizontal retardation value
( 10 ft /min). exceeding 0.9 1 m /s 2 (3 ft /s 2) shall have a time duration
(d) T he speed shall not automatically vary during greater than 0.1 25 s (see Nonmandatory Appendix I,
inspection operation. Fig. I- 1 1). (See also 6.1.6.3.6.)
(e) Passenger detection means shall be provided at (d) The escalator brake shall be provided with a data
both landings of the escalator such that plate that is readily visible, located on the machine
(1) detection of any approaching passenger shall brake, and when necessary, a duplicate data plate with
cause the escalator to accelerate to or maintain the full the certification mark shall be placed adjacent to the
escalator speed conforming to 6 .l .4 .l .2(a) through (d) machine brake. The data plate shall indicate
(2) detection of any approaching passenger shall (1) brake torque and related data as follows :
occur sufficiently in advance of boarding to cause the (-a) for fixed torque brakes, the range of brake
escalator to attain full operating speed before a passen­ torque that complies with 6.1.5.3.1 and 6.1.6.3.6
ger walking at normal speed [ 1.35 m /s ( 270 ft /min)] (-b) for variable torque brakes, the minimum
reaches the combplate brake torque for a loaded escalator and the minimum
(3) passenger detection means shall remain active stopping distance for the unloaded escalator that comply
at the egress landing to detect any passenger with 6.1.5.3.1 and 6.1.6.3.6
approaching against the direction of escalator travel and (2) the method of measuring the torque, designated
shall cause the escalator to accelerate to full rated speed "B REAKAWAY" or "DYNAMIC," based on the method
and sound the alarm (see 6.1.6.3.1) at the approaching used when measuring the torque
landing before the passenger reaches the combplate (3) the location where the torque is to be measured,
(f) Automatic deceleration shall not occur before a e.g., "MOT O R SHAFT," "MACHINE INPUT SHAFT,"
period of time has elapsed since the last passenger detec­ "MAIN D RIV E SHAFT "
tion that is greater than 3 times the amount of time (4) the type of brake as fixed or variable torque
necessary to transfer a passenger between landings.
(5) the maximum stopping distance with rated load
(g) Means shall be provided to detect failure of the
in the down direction that corresponds to the minimum
passenger detection means and shall cause the escalator
distance between
to operate at full rated speed only.
(-a) the comb and the step when the step is posi­
6.1 . 5 Driving Machine, Motor, and Brake tioned to activate any of the safety devices required in
6.1.6.3.6, 6.1.6.3.9, 6.1.6.3.1 1, 6.1.6.5, or
6 . 1 . 5 . 1 Con n ection Between Driving Machine and (-b) the activation point of the Dynamic Skirt
Main Drive Shaft. The driving machine shall be con­ Panel Obstruction Device (see 6.1.6.3.1 6) and the
nected to the main drive shaft by toothed gearing, a entrance of the skirt panel into the balustrade
mechanical coupling, or a chain . (e) W here means other than a continuous shaft,
6.1 .5.2 Driving Motor. An electric motor shall not mechanical coupling, or toothed gearing is used to con­
drive more than one escalator driving machine. A driv­ nect the motor to a gear reducer, the escalator driving­
ing machine shall not operate more than one escalator. machine brake shall be located on the gear reducer or
main drive shaft.
6.1.5.3 Brakes
6.1.5.3.2 Main Drive Shaft Braking. If the escalator (1 6)
6.1.5.3.1 Escalator Driving-Machine Brake driving-machine brake is separated from the main drive
(a) Each escalator driving machine shall be provided shaft by chain used to connect the driving machine to
with an electrically released and mechanically or mag­ the main drive shaft, either
netically applied brake. If the brake is magnetically (a) a mechanically or permanent magnet applied
applied, a ceramic permanent magnet shall be used. brake capable of stopping and holding a down-running
There shall be no intentional time delay designed into escalator with brake rated load (see 6.1.3.9.3) shall be
the application of the brake . provided on the main drive shaft, or
(b) The brake shall be applied automatically if the (b) multiple and separate chains, each with an indi­
electrical power supply is interrupted. The brake shall vidual drive-chain device in accordance with 6 .1 .6 .3.4
be capable of stopping the down-running escalator with and each with connection to the escalator driving­
any load up to the brake rated load [see 6.l.3.9.3(a)( 2) machine brake(s) and /or other brake(s) with capacity
or (b)( 2)].The brake shall hold the stopped escalator with capable of stopping and holding a down-running escala­
any load up to the brake rated load [see 6.1.3.9.3(a)(l) or tor with brake rated load (see 6.1.3.9.3), shall be provided
(b)(l)].
(c) Driving-machine brakes shall stop the down­ 6.1.5.3.3 Escalator driving-machine brakes shall
running escalator steps at an average rate not greater be certified to the requirements of 8.3.1 and 8.3.6.

228
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

6.1.6 O perating and Safety Devices (-f) be arranged so that if more than one inspec­
6.1 .6.1 General. Operating and safety devices con­ tion transfer switch is in the "IN SPECTION" position,
forming to the requirements of this Section shall be pro­ then all constant pressure operating devices at all loca­
vided. W hen more than one driving machine per tions shall be inoperative
escalator is utilized, actuation of devices covered by this (-g) be protected against accidental contact
Section shall simultaneously control all driving (2) Constant pressure operating devices shall
machines. (-a) allow movement of the escalator only by con­
stant application of manual pressure
6.1.6.1.1 Automatic Operation. Automatic start­ (-b) be distinctly recognizable from indications
ing by any means, or automatic stopping, except as on the device as to the direction of travel controlled
required in 6.1.6, shall be prohibited. (-c) be protected against accidental contact
6.1 .6.2 Starting and Inspection Control Switches (-d) be located so that the escalator steps are
6.1 .6.2.1 Escalators shall be provided with start­ within sight
ing switch(es) conforming to the following: (3) A stop switch conforming to 6.1.6.3.15 shall be
(a) Location and Design. The switch(es) shall be provided adjacent to the constant pressure operating
(1) located so that the escalator steps are within devices.
sight. (4) When portable control stations are used, the
(2) key operated, of the continuous-pressure cord length shall not exceed 3 000 mm (12 0 in.) in length.
spring-return type, and shall be operated by a cylinder­ (b) Plug-in Portable Control Station. A plug-in portable
type lock having not less than a five-pin or five-disk control station shall be permitted, provided that
combination. ( 1 ) either a transfer switch conforming to
(3) clearly and permanently marked "DOWN," 6.l.6.2.2 (a)(l ) is complied with, or when plugged in,
" RUN," and "UP," in that order, with the key removable the escalator shall automatically transfer to inspection
only in the " RUN" (spring return) position. T he operation
switch(es) shall be rotated clockwise to go from the (2) when the switch, if provided, is in the
"DOWN" to " RUN" to "UP" position. "IN SPECTION" position, or when the control station is
(b) Operating Requirements . T he operation of the plugged in, it shall cause the movement of the escalator
switch(es) shall initiate movement of the escalator. The to be solely under the control of constant pressure
escalator shall not start (restart) unless all starting operating devices contained in the portable unit
switch(es) were first in the " RUN" position. (3) the plug-in portable control station is stored at
(c) T he starting switch(es) shall be located within the upper landing machinery space
reach of an emergency stop button (see 6.1.6.3.1).
6.1 .6.3 Electrical Protective Devices. Electrical pro­
(d) T he key shall be of Group 2 Security (see
tective devices shall be provided in accordance with
Section 8.1).
6.1.6.3.1 through 6.1.6.3.16.
6.1 .6.2.2 Inspection Control. Each escalator shall
be equipped with inspection controls not accessible to 6.1 .6.3.1 Emergency Stop Buttons
the general public during normal operation to provide (a) Location. A red stop button shall be visibly located
constant pressure operation during maintenance, repair, at the top and the bottom landings on the right side
or inspection by means of a manually operated control facing the escalator. In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC,
device. remote stop buttons are prohibited. In j urisdictions
(a) General Requirements enforcing NBCC, if remote buttons are provided, they
(1) Switches for transferring the control of the esca­ shall be located within view of the escalator.
lator to inspection operation shall be provided or a (1) On high deck balustrades, they shall be located
switch shall be provided at each landing in a portable on the curved newel deck in the upper quadrant, with
control station; the switch(es) shall function as follows: the centerline of the button at a 45 deg angle from the
(-a) be through a contact that shall be positively horizontal.
opened mechanically and whose opening shall not (2) On low deck balustrades, they shall be located
depend solely on springs below the handrail height. The centerline of the button
(-b) be manually operated shall be located on a radial line 45 deg above the hori­
(-c) be labeled "IN SPECTION" zontal, such that no part of the button assembly is within
(-d) have two positions, labeled "IN SPECTION" 3 8 mm (1.5 in.) of the bottom of the handrail and the
or "IN SP" and "NORMAL" or "NORM" button is no more than 90 mm (3.5 in.) from the bottom
(-e) when in the "IN SPECTION" position, it shall of the handrail.
cause the movement of the escalator to be solely under (b) Cover, Alarm, and Marking. The buttons shall be
the control of constant pressure operating devices at that covered with a transparent cover that can be readily
landing or in that portable control station lifted or pushed aside. When the cover is moved, an

229
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

audible warning signal shall be activated. The signal 6.1 .6.3.6 Escalator Skirt Obstruction Device.
shall have a sound intensity of 80 dBA minimum at the Means shall be provided to cause the electric power to
button location. T he cover shall be marked be removed from the escalator driving-machine motor
"EMERGENCY STOP," "MOV E COV ER" or equivalent and brake if an object becomes caught between the step
legend (e.g., "LIFT COV ER," " SLIDE COV ER," ), and and the skirt as the step approaches the upper or lower
"PUSH BUTTON." "EMERGENCY STOP" shall be in combplate. The device shall be located at a point at
letters not less than 12 mm (0.5 in.) high. Other required which the step assumes a flat step position (see 6.1.3.6.5 ).
wording shall be in letters not less than 4. 8 mm (0.188 in.) The escalator shall stop before that object reaches the
high. The cover shall be self-resetting. combplate with any load up to full brake rated load
(c) Operation. The operation of either of these buttons with escalator running [see 6.l.3.9.3(a)(2 ) and (b)(2)].
shall cause the electric power to be removed from the The device shall be of the manual-reset type or it shall
escalator driving-machine motor and brake. It shall not be permitted to automatically reset not more than one
be possible to start the escalator by these buttons. time within 2 4 hr of operation and thereafter require a
manual reset before the next restart. Interruption of
6.1.6.3.2 Escalator Speed-Monitoring Device. An power during operation should not cause the device to
escalator speed-monitoring device shall be provided.
lose the status of the timer nor the count of events.
(a) The operation of the device shall cause the electric
power to be removed from the driving-machine motor 6.1 .6.3.7 Escalator Egress Restriction Device.
and brake should the speed exceed the rated speed by Egress restrictors that would prevent the free and contin­
more than 2 0%. uous exiting of passengers, if used, shall provide a signal
(b) The device shall be of the manual-reset type. to a device on the escalator that shall cause the electric
power to be removed from the escalator driving­
6.1.6.3.3 Broken Step-Chain Device machine motor and brake when the exit restrictors begin
(a) A broken step-chain device shall be provided,
to close.
which shall cause the electric power to be removed from
the driving-machine motor and brake 6.1 .6.3.8 Reversal Stop Device. Means shall be
(1) if a step chain breaks provided to cause the electric power to be removed from
(2) where no automatic chain tension device is pro­ the driving-machine motor and brake in case of reversal
vided, if excessive sag occurs in either step chain of travel while the escalator is operating in the ascending
(b) The device shall be of the manual-reset type. direction. The device shall be of the manual-reset type.
(16) 6.1 .6.3.4 Drive-Chain Device. When the driving 6.1 .6.3.9 Step Upthrust Device. Means shall be
machine is connected to the main drive shaft by chain, provided in the passenger-carrying line of the track sys­
a device shall be provided that will cause the application tem to detect a step forced upward in the lower transi­
of the brake on the main drive shaft, if so equipped [ see tion curve at or prior to the point of tangency of the
6.l.5.3.2(a)] , and will also cause the electric power to be horizontal and curved track. The means shall actuate
removed from the driving-machine motor and brake if when the riser end of the step is displaced upward more
any drive chain between the machine and the main than 5 mm (0.2 0 in.) at the lower landing. Actuation of
drive shaft becomes disengaged from the sprockets. The the means shall cause power to be removed from the
device shall be of the manual-reset type. driving-machine motor and brake. The escalator shall
stop, before the detected step reaches the combplate
6.1.6.3.5 Stop Switch in Machinery Spaces. A stop
with any load up to brake rated load with escalator
switch shall be provided in each machinery space and
running [see 6.1.3.9.3(a)(2 ) and (b)(2 )]. The device shall
other spaces where means of access to the interior space
be of the manual-reset type or it shall be permitted to
is provided (see 6.1.7. 3 ) , except for the machinery space
automatically reset not more than one time within 2 4 hr
where the mainline disconnect switch is located. The
stop switch shall of operation and thereafter require a manual reset before
the next restart. Interruption of power during operation
(a) when opened (" STOP" position), cause the electric
should not cause the device to lose the status of the
power to be removed from the escalator driving­
timer nor the count of events.
machine motor and brake
(b) be of the manually opened and closed type 6.1 .6.3.10 Disconnected Motor Safety Device. If
(c) have red operating handles or buttons the drive motor is attached to a gear reducer by means
(d) be conspicuously and permanently marked other than a continuous shaft, mechanical coupling, or
" STOP," and shall indicate the " STOP" and " RUN" toothed gearing, a device shall be provided that will
positions cause the electric power to be removed from the driving­
(e) have contacts that are positively opened mechani­ machine motor and brake (see 6.1.5.3.1), if the motor
cally and their opening shall not be solely dependent becomes disconnected from the gear reducer. The device
on springs shall be of the manual-reset type.

230
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

6.1 .6.3.1 1 Step Level Device. Step level devices (c) have red operating handles or buttons
shall be located at the top and bottom of the escalator. (d) be conspicuously and permanently marked
These devices shall detect downward displacement of " STOP," and shall indicate the " STOP" and " RUN"
3 mm (0.12 5 in.) or greater at the riser end at either side positions
of the step. When activated, the device shall cause the (e) shall have contacts that are positively opened
escalator to stop before the step enters the combplate. mechanically and their opening shall not be solely
The device shall cause power to be removed from the dependent on springs
driving-machine motor and brake. Devices shall be of
the manual-reset type. 6 . 1 .6. 3 . 1 6 Dynamic Skirt Panel Obstruction
Device. Means shall be provided to cause the electric
6.1 .6.3.12 Handrail Entry Device. A handrail entry power to be removed from the escalator driving­
device shall be provided at each newel. It shall be opera­ machine motor and brake if an object becomes caught
tive in the newels in which the handrail enters the balus­ between the dynamic skirt panel and the dyn amic skirt
trade. It shall cause the escalator to stop by removing panel cover in the upper or lower transition zone. The
power from the driving-machine motor and brake. It device shall be of the manual-reset type. The escalator
shall operate if either of the following occurs: shall stop before that obj ect reaches the balustrade with
(a) an object becomes caught between the handrail any load up to full brake rated load with the escalator
and the handrail guard running [see 6.1.3.9.3(a)(2 ) and (b)(2 )].
(b) an obj ect approaches the area between the hand­
rail and the handrail guard 6.1 .6.4 Handrail Speed-Monitoring Device. A hand­
For those units that rely on an opening of the balus­ rail speed-monitoring device shall be provided that will
trade to prevent entrapment, all handrail entry devices cause the activation of the alarm required by 6.1.6.3.l (b)
shall be operative whenever the handrails are operating. without any intentional delay, whenever the speed of
The device shall be of the manual-reset type or it shall either handrail deviates from the step speed by 15% or
be permitted to automatically reset not more than one more. The device shall also cause electric power to be
time within 2 4 hr of operation and thereafter require a removed from the driving-machine motor and brake
manual reset before the next restart. Interruption of when the speed deviation of 15% or more is continuous
power during operation should not cause the device to within a 2 s to 6 s range. The device shall be of the
lose the status of the timer nor the count of events. manual-reset type or it shall be permitted to automati­
cally reset not more than one time within 2 4 hr of opera­
6.1 .6.3. 1 3 Comb-Step Impact Devices. Devices tion and thereafter require a manual reset before the
shall be provided that will cause the opening of the next restart. Interruption of power during operation
power circuit to the escalator driving-machine motor should not cause the device to lose the status of the
and brake if either timer nor the count of events.
(a) a horizontal force not greater than 1 7 80 N (400 lbf)
in the direction of travel is applied at either side, or not 6 . 1 .6.5 Missing Step and Missing Dynamic Skirt
greater than 3 5 6 0 N (800 lbf) at the center of the front Devices
edge of the comb-plate; or (a) A device shall be provided to detect a missing
(b) a resultant vertical force not g reater than step and bring the escalator to a stop, before the gap
670 N (15 0 lbf) in the upward direction is applied at the resulting from the missing step emerges from the comb.
center of the front of the combplate The device shall cause power to be removed from the
These devices shall be of the manual-reset type. driving-machine motor and brake. The device shall be
of the manual-reset type.
6.1 .6.3.1 4 Step Lateral Displacement Device. A (b) For escalators with dynamic skirts, a device shall
device shall be provided on curved escalators to cause be provided to detect a missing dyn amic skirt panel and
the opening of the power circuit to the escalator driving­ bring the escalator to a stop, before the gap resulting
machine motor and brake, should a step be excessively from the missing dyn amic skirt panel emerges from the
displaced horizontally due to a failure in the lateral balustrade. The device shall cause power to be removed
support system. T he device shall be of the manual­ from the driving-machine motor and brake. The device
reset type. shall be of the manual-reset type.
6.1 .6.3.1 5 Stop Switch in Inspection Controls. A 6.1 .6.6 Tandem Operation. Tandem operation esca­
stop switch conforming to the following requirements lators shall be electrically interlocked where traffic flow
shall be provided when required by 6.1.6.2.2: is such that bunching will occur if the escalator carrying
(a) when opened (" STOP" position), cause the electric passengers away from the intermediate landing stops.
power to be removed from the escalator driving­ The electrical interlocks shall stop the escalator carrying
machine motor and brake passengers into the common intermediate landing if the
(b) be of the manually opened and closed type escalator carrying passengers away from the landing

231
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

stops. These escalators shall also be electrically inter­ 6.1.6.10 Control and Operating Circuits. The design
locked to assure that they run in the same direction. and installation of the control and operating circuits
shall conform to 6.1.6.10.1 through 6.1.6.10.4.
(16) 6 . 1 .6.7 Escalator Braki ng-Distance Mon itor. A
device shall be provided to monitor the performance of 6.1 .6.1 0.1 The occurrence of a single ground or
the driv ing-machine brake(s) . Whenever the driving­ the failure of any single magnetically operated switch,
machine brake is applied, the device shall detect when contactor, or relay; or any single solid-state device; or a
the max imum stopp ing d istance as determ ined by software system failure, shall not
6.1.5.3.l(d)(5) or the minimum stopping distance based
(a) permit the escalator to start
on the average stopp ing rate in 6.1.5.3.l(c) is not
achieved and prevent the escalator from restarting. The (b) render ineffective any electrical protective device
device shall be of the manual-reset type (see 6.1.6.1 4). required by 6 .1 .6 .3
(c) render ineffective the handrail speed-monitoring
6.1 .6.8 Escalator Smoke Detectors. Smoke detectors device required by 6.1.6.4
shall be permitted that shall activate the alarm required
(d) render ineffective the missing step device required
by 6.1.6.3.l(b) and, after at least 15 s, shall cause the
by 6.1.6.5
interruption of power to the driv ing-machine motor and
(e) render ineffect ive the m issing dynam ic sk irt
brake.
device required by 6.1.6.5
6.1 .6.9 Signs (f) permit the escalator to revert to normal operation
6.1 .6.9.1 Caution Signs. A caution sign shall be when on inspection operation (see 6.1.6.2.2)
located at the top and bottom landing of each escalator,
readily v isible to the boarding passengers . NOTE [6.1 .6.10. l (b) through (e)]: Requirements apply only to the
The sign shall include the following wording : circuits in which the devices are used and not to the devices
themselves.
(a) "Caution"
(b) "Passengers Only" 6.1 .6. 1 0.2 Methods used to sat isfy 6.1.6.10.1
(c) "Hold Handrail" using software systems are permitted, provided that a
(d) "Attend Children" non-software-controlled means is also used to remove
(e) "Avoid Sides" power from the driv ing-machine motor and brake.
The sign shall be standard for all escalators and shall
be identical in format, size, color, wording, and pictorials 6 . 1 . 6 . 1 0 . 3 Methods used in the control and
as shown in Fig. 6.1.6.9.1. The sign shall be durable and operating circuits to satisfy the requirements of 6.1.6.10.1
have a maximum thickness of 6.4 mm (0.25 in.), with shall be checked prior to each start of the escalator.When
rounded or beveled comers and edges . a single ground or failure as specified in 6.1.6.10.1 occurs,
6.1 .6.9.2 Signs or Graphics Relating to Safety. the escalator shall not be permitted to restart.
Signs or graphics relating to safety shall not be permitted
6 . 1 .6.1 0.4 Escalators w ith driv ing-mach ine
on the escalator in such a manner nor adjacent to the
motors employing static control shall conform to the
escalator in such a manner that obstructs boarding pas­
following :
senger view of the signs required in 6.1.6.9.1, physically
obstructs passenger flow at the landings as specified in (a) Two dev ices shall be prov ided to remove power
the safety zone (see 6.1.3.6.4), nor obstructs or reduces from the driving-machine motor. At least one device
passenger access to the handrails. They shall be legible shall be an electromechanical contactor.
and not be distracting, create passenger flow hazards, (1) The contactor shall be arranged to open each
or impair function of safety devices. time the escalator stops.
(2) The contactor shall cause the removal of power
6.1 .6.9.3 Additional Signs or Graphics. Signs or
from the dr iv ing-mach ine brake in accordance w ith
graph ics other than those specif ied in 6.1.6.9.1 and
6.1.6.3.4.
6.1.6.9.2 shall not be permitted adjacent to the escalator
in such a manner that obstructs boarding passenger view (b) An additional contactor shall be provided to also
of the signs required in 6.1.6.9.1, obstructs or reduces open the driving-machine brake circuit. This contactor
passenger access to the handrails, within the safety zone is not required to h ave contacts in the driv ing-machine
(see 6.1.3.6.4), nor on the escalator except for signs, motor circuit.
graphics, or markings required by this Code, manufac­ (c) The electrical protective devices required by 6.1.6.3
turer 's identification, owner 's identification, step riser shall control the solid-state device and both contactors.
signs or graphics, and handrail signs or graphics that are (d) After each stop of the escalator, the escalator shall
permitted on the escalator .They shall not be distracting, not respond to a signal to start unless both contactors
create passenger flow hazards, or impair function of [see 6 .l .6 .10 .4(a) and (b)] are in the de-energ ized
safety devices. position.

232
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

6.1.6.14 Es calator Manual Res et. Where manual 6.1 .7.3.2 Access plates at the top and bottom
reset is required, interruption of power to the escalator landings shall be securely fastened by a mechanical
shall not cause a safety device to lose the status of the means.
event upon return of power. The cause of the malfunc­
6.1 .7.3.3 If access doors are provided in the side
tion shall be indicated in some manner, so that an exami­
of the escalator enclosure, they shall be kept closed and
nation will be made prior to restarting the escalator. The
locked. The key shall be removed only when in the
starting switch shall not be operable until the reset for
locked position. The key shall be of Group 2 Security
each activated device is accomplished.
(see Section 8.1).
6.1 .6.1 5 Contactors and Relays for Us e in Critical 6.1 .7.3.4 Where access is provided to a machin­
Operating Circuits . Where electromechanical contactors ery enclosure, a fixed guard shall be provided to prevent
or relays are provided to fulfill the requirements of accidental contact with the moving steps by a person
6.1.6.10.1 through 6.1.6.10.4, they shall be considered to servicing equipment from within the enclosure. T he
be used in critical operating circuits. If contact(s) on guard shall be made of material that will reject a 13 mm
these electromechanical contactors or relays are used (0.5 in.) diameter ball and shall extend the full width of
for monitoring purposes, they shall be prevented from the step treads. A guard is not required where the only
changing state if the contact(s) utilized in a critical equipment normally serviced from within the enclosure
operating circuit fail to open in the intended manner. is within the step band.
The monitoring contact(s) shall be positively actuated
and shall not be solely dependent upon springs. 6.1 .7.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
6 . 1 . 7 .4.1 All electrical equipment and wiring
6.1.7 Lighting, Acces s , and Electrical Work shall conform to NFPA 70 or CSA C2 2.l , whichever is
applicable (see Part 9 ). In j urisdictions enforcing
6.1.7.1 Lighting of Machine Room and Trus s Interior
C SA C2 2.1, power supply-line disconnecting means
6.1.7.1 .1 Remote Machine Room. Permanent elec­ shall not be opened automatically by a fire alarm system.
tric lighting and at least one duplex receptacle rated at 6.1 .7.4.2 Electrical equipment shall be listed/
not less than 15 A, 12 0 V shall be provided in every certified and labeled/marked. CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5
remote machine room. defines the scope and applicable requirements for this
The illumination shall be not less than 100 Ix (10 fc) listing/certification.
at the floor level. The lighting control switch shall be
located within easy reach of the access to such rooms 6.1 .7.4.3 Control equipment shall be tested in (16)
and so located that it can be operated without passing accordance with the testing requirements of
over or reaching over any part of the machinery. ISO 2 2 2 00: 2 009. Control equipment tested in accordance
with the testing requirements of EN 12 016:199 8 prior
6.1.7.1 .2 Trus s Interior. A duplex receptacle rated to 1 yr after the effective date of ASME A17.l -2 016/
at not less than 15 A, 12 0 V, accessibly located, shall be CSA B44-16 need not be retested in accordance with the
provided under the access plates (see 6.1.7.3 ) at the top testing requirements of I SO 2 2 2 00: 2 009.
and bottom landings and in any machine areas located The control equipment shall be exposed to interference
in the incline. levels at the test values specified for "safety circuits."
The interference shall not cause any of the conditions
6.1 .7.2 Lighting of Es calator. Landing floor plates described in 6.1.6.10.l (a) through (f). If enclosure doors
and all exposed step treads shall be illuminated with or suppression equipment must remain installed to meet
a lighting intensity of not less than 5 0 Ix (5 fc). The the above requirements, warning signs to that effect shall
illumination of these surfaces shall be of uniform inten­ be posted on the control equipment.
sity and not contrast materially with that of the sur­
rounding area. 6.1 .8 Outdoor Es calators
6.1 .7.3 Acces s to Interior. Reasonable access to the 6.1 .8.1 Weatherproofing. Escalators shall be so con­
interior of the escalator shall be provided for inspection structed that exposure to the weather will not interfere
and maintenance. with normal operation.

6.1 .7.3.1 Access plates requiring no more than 6.1 .8.1 .1 The escalator equipment and its sup-
3 10 N (70 lbf) effort to open shall be provided at the ports shall be protected from corrosion.
top and bottom landing for inspection and maintenance. 6.1 .8.1 .2 Electrical equipment shall be provided
The plates shall be made of a material that will afford with a degree of protection of at least Type 4 construction
a secure foothold. The use of stone, terrazzo, or concrete as specified in NEMA 2 5 0, and wiring shall be identified
as a fill material is prohibited in panels within the con­ for use in wet locations in accordance with NFPA 70 or
fines of the escalator truss. C SA C2 2.1 as applicable (see Part 9).

234
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

6.1.8.2 Precipitation. A cover, directly over the hori­ 6.2.3.2.3 The handrail shall be a minimum of
zontal projection of the escalator, shall be provided. The 100 mm ( 4 in.) horizontally and 25 mm ( 1 in.) vertically
cover shall extend outward from the centerline of the away from adjacent surfaces, except that rounded fillets
handrail so that a line extended from the edge of the or beveled sides of the handrail stand are permitted to
cover to the centerline of the handrail forms an angle reduce the 25 mm ( 1 in.) clearance between the handrail
of not less than 15 deg from the vertical. and the point where the handrail stand is connected to
the balustrade. The centerline of the handrail shall be
6.1 .8.2.1 When the escalator is subjected to blow­ not more than 2 40 mm (9.5 in.), measured horizontally,
ing snow or freezing rain, heating systems shall be oper­ from the vertical plane through the edge of the exposed
ated to prevent accumulation of snow or ice on the
treadway (see Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig .I-9) .
steps, landings, and skirt deflector devices. The heating
systems operation shall be thermostatically controlled 6.2.3.3 Balustrades. Balustrades shall be installed
and independent of the escalator operation. on each side of the moving walk (see Nonmandatory
Appendix I, Fig. I-7).
6.1 .8.2.2 Drains suitable for all weather condi­
tions shall be provided to prevent the accumulation of 6.2.3.3.1 Construction
water where groundwater and runoff can collect within (a) The balustrade on the tread side shall have no
the equipment. areas or mold ings depressed or ra ised more than
6.4 mm (0.25 in.) from the parent surface. Such areas
6.1 .8.3 Slip Resistance. Landing plates and com­ or moldings shall have all boundary edges beveled or
bplates shall be designed to provide a secure foothold rounded.
when wet. (b) The balustrade shall be totally closed except
(1) where the handrail enters the newel base (see
SECTION 6.2 6.2.3.4.3).
MOVING WALKS (2) gaps between interior panels shall not be wider
than 5 mm (0.19 in.). The edges shall be rounded or
6.2.1 Protection of Floor Openings beveled.
Floor openings for moving walks shall be protected (c) The width between the balustrade interior panels
against the passage of flame, heat, and /or smoke in in the direction of travel shall not be changed.
accordance with the provisions of the applicable build­ 6.2.3.3.2 Strength. Balustrades shall be designed
ing code (see Part 9). to resist the simultaneous application of a static lateral
distributed force of 585 N /m ( 40 lbf /ft) applied to the
6.2.2 Protection of Supports and Machine Spaces side of the handrail and a vertical distributed force of
Against Fire 730 N /m (50 lbf /ft) applied to the top of the handrail .
The sides and undersides of the moving walk truss
6.2.3.3.3 Use of Glass or Plastic. Glass or plastic,
or group of adjacent trusses in a single wellway shall
if used in balustrades, shall conform to the requirements
be enclosed in materials defined as either noncombusti­
of one of the following standards, whichever is applica­
ble or limited-combustible by the building code or NFPA
ble (see Part 9):
10 1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).Means provided
(a) ANSI Z97 .1 or 16 CF R Part 1 20 1
for adequate ventilation of the driving machine and
(b) one of the following CGSB Standards : CAN 2- 1 2.l,
control spaces, when included in the truss enclosure
area, shall be permitted. CAN 2-1 2 .l l, or CAN 2-1 2 .1 2; except that there shall be
no requirement for the panels to be transparent
6.2.3 Construction Requirements Plast ic bonded to basic support ing panels is not
required to conform to these requirements.
6.2.3.1 Angle of Inclination. The angle of inclination
from the horizontal shall not exceed 3deg within 900 mm 6.2.3.3.4 Interior Low Deck. The interior low deck,
(36 in.) of the entrance and egress ends and shall not where provided, shall conform to the following (see
exceed 1 2 deg at any point. Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig. I-9):
(a) The width from the vertical face of the interior
6.2.3.2 Geometry panel to the vertical plane of the skirt panel shall not
exceed 150 mm (6 in.).
6.2.3.2.1 The width of the mov ing walk shall be
(b) The angle between the surface of the deck and the
the width of the exposed tread (see 6.2.3.7).
plane of the noseline of the treadway shall be not less
6.2.3.2.2 The height of the balustrade shall be than 20 deg nor more than 30 deg.
not less than 900 mm (35 in.) nor more than 1 000 mm (c) A horizontal section shall be permitted immedi­
(39 in.) from the treadway to the top of handrail, mea­ ately adjacent to the interior panel. It shall be not greater
sured perpendicular to the treadway surface. than 35 mm ( 1.25 in.).

235
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

6.2.3.3.5 Skirtless Balustrade. On moving walks (b) The barricades shall be located wherever the exte­
where the balustrade covers the edge of the treadway rior deck exceeds the 9 15 mm (36 in.) height above
(a) the clearance between the top surface of the the floor.
treadway and the underside of the balustrade shall not (c) On parallel adjacent moving walks, where the
exceed 6 mm (0.25 in.) common low deck between adjacent interior panels
(b) the balustrade shall be vertical and smooth for at exceeds 400 mm ( 16 in.), deck barricades should be
least 25 mm ( 1 in.) including the 6 mm (0.25 in.) clearance spaced evenly along the treadway at not greater than
above the top of the tread 4.6 m ( 15 ft) measured on a line parallel to the direction
of travel.
6.2.3.3.6 Skirt Panels. W here skirt panels are
provided (d) Barricades made of glass or plastic shall conform
(a) the clearance between each side of the treadway
to the requirements of 6.2.3.3.3.
and the adjacent skirt panel shall be not more than 6 mm All exposed barricade attachment fastener heads shall
(0.25 in.) be of the tamper-resistant type.
(b) the height of the skirt above the top of the tread 6.2.3.4 Handrails
shall be at least 25 mm ( 1 in.), measured vertically
(c) skirt panels shall not deflect more than 1.6 mm 6.2.3.4.1 Type Required. Each balustrade shall be
(0.06 in.) under a force of 670 N ( 150 lb£) provided with a handrail moving in the same direction
(d) the exposed surface of the skirt panels adjacent to and at substantially the same speed as the treadway.
the tread shall be smooth T he speed of the handrail shall not change when a
retarding force of 450 N ( 100 lb£) is applied to the hand­
6.2.3.3.7 Guard at Ceiling Intersections rail opposite to the direction of travel.
(a) On high deck balustrades, a solid guard shall be
rovided in the intersection of the angle of the outside 6.2.3.4.2 Extension Beyond Combplates. The mov­
balustrade deck and ceiling or soffit under either of the ing handrail at both the entrance and exit landings shall
following conditions: extend at normal height not less than 300 mm ( 1 2 in.)
(1) where the clearance between the outside edge beyond the end of the exposed treadway. The point at
of the deck and the ceiling or soffit is 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) which the moving handrail enters or leaves an enclosure
or less shall be not more than 250 mm ( 10 in .) above the
(2) where the projected intersection of the outside floor line.
deck and the ceiling or soffit is 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) or less
6.2.3.4.3 Guards. Hand or finger guards shall be
from the centerline of the handrail
provided at points where the handrails enter the
(b) On low deck balustrades, a solid guard shall be
balustrade.
provided to protect the intersection formed by the top
of the handrail and the plane of the ceiling or soffit 6.2.3.4.4 Splicing. Splicing of handrails shall be
where the centerline of the handrail is 350 mm ( 1 4 in.) done in such a manner that the joint is free of any pinch­
or less from the ceiling or soffit. ing effect.
(c) The vertical edge of the guard shall be a minimum
of 350 mm ( 1 4 in .) in length . 6.2.3.4.5 Handrail Clearance. The horizontal clear­
(d) The moving walk side of the vertical face of the
ance between either lip of the handrail and the handrail
guard shall be flush with the face of the wellway. stand shall not exceed 10 mm (0.375 in.).
(e) The exposed edge of the guard shall present a 6.2.3.5 Pallet-Type Treadway
minimum width of 25 mm ( 1 in.) and a minimum radius
of 1 2 mm (0.5 in.). 6.2.3.5.1 Slotting of Treadway. The treadway sur­
(f) Guards made of glass or plastic shall conform to face of each pallet shall be slotted in a direction parallel
the requirements of 6.2.3.3.3. See also Nonmandatory to its travel . Each slot shall be not more than 6 .5 mm
Appendix I, Fig. I-5. (0.25 in.) wide at the treadway surface and not less than
9.5 mm (0.375 in.) deep; and the distance from center
6.2.3.3.8 Deck Barricades to center of adjoining slots shall be not more than 9.5 mm
(a) A barricade to restrict access to the outer deck on (0.375 in.). Sides of the slots shall be permitted to slope
low deck exterior balustrades shall be provided on each for mold draft purposes and shall be permitted to be
moving walk when the exterior deck is greater than filleted at the bottom. Slots shall be so located on each
9 15 mm (36 in.) above the floor in any part of its travel side of the pallet to form a cleat adjacent to the skirt
and the exterior deck width exceeds 1 25 mm (5 in.). On panel. (See Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig. I- 10.)
parallel abutting units, this protection shall be provided
where the combined outer deck width exceeds 1 25 mm 6.2.3.5.2 lntermeshing Pallets. Alternate cleats on
(5 in.). The barricade shall extend to a height that is adjacent pallets shall intermesh so that there is no contin­
nominally 100 mm ( 4 in .) below the top of the handrail . uous transverse gap between adjacent pallets.

236
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

6.2.3.5.3 Alignment of Pallet Tread Surfaces. Adja­ (b) The comb teeth shall be meshed with and set into
cent ends of pallets shall not vary in elevation more than the slots in the tread surfaces so that the points of the
1.6 mm (0.06 in.). teeth are always below the upper surface of the treads.
(c) Combplates shall be adjustable vertically. Sections
6.2.3.5.4 Pallet Fatigue Tests. Each pallet width
forming the comb teeth shall be readily replaceable.
shall be subjected to the pallet fatigue test as described
(d) The comb section, combplate, and landing plate
in 8.3.11.
assemblies shall not make contact with the pallet or belt
6.2.3.5.5 Material and Type treadway surfaces when a weight of 160 kg (35 0 lb) is
(a) Pallet frames and treads, excluding their attach­ applied to any area 2 00 mm x 3 00 mm (8 in. x 12 in.)
ments or inserts, shall be metal, except that magnesium centered on the plates with the 3 00 mm (12 in.) dimen­
alloys shall not be used; or the materials, in their end­ sion parallel to the direction of travel.
use configuration, shall have a flame spread index of
0 to 5 0, based on the tests conducted in accordance with 6.2.3 .8.2 Disti n ction Between Com b and
the requirements of ASTM E84, UL 72 3 , NFPA 2 5 5 , or Treadway. There shall be a visual contrast between the
CAN/ULC-S102.2 , whichever is applicable (see Part 9). comb and tread, achieved by color, pattern, or texture.
(b) Nonmetallic attachments and inserts (excluding 6.2.3.8.3 Adjacent Floor Surfaces. T he adj acent
wheels) shall be classified 94 HB or better, in accordance floor surfaces at each landing shall be continuous with
with AN SI/UL 94. the top of the landing plate, with no abrupt change in
(c) Pallet treads shall afford a secure foothold. elevation of more than 6 mm (0.25 in.).
6.2.3.5.6 Pallet Wheels. Where support wheels 6.2.3.8.4 Safety Zone. The entry and exit zones
are attached to the pallets and are not located within shall be kept clear of all obstacles. The width of the
the width of the pallet, provision shall be made to pre­ zones shall be not less than the width between the center­
vent the pallet from falling into the moving walk interior lines of the handrails plus 2 00 mm (8 in.). The length
due to a loss of one or more of the support wheel of the zones, measured from the end of the newel, shall
assemblies. be not less than twice the distance between the center­
6.2.3.6 Belt-Type Treadway. Belt-type treadways lines of the handrails. Space shall be provided to accom­
shall conform to 6.2.3.6.1 and 6.2.3.6.2. modate all traffic in the safety zone.
NOTE: These dimensions are absolute minimums.
6.2.3.6.1 Splices. Splicing of the treadway belt
shall be made in such a manner as to result in a continu­ 6.2.3.8.5 Floor Open ing Protection Adjacent to
ous unbroken treadway surface of the same characteris­ Moving Walk Wellway. Floor openings adjacent to the
tics as the balance of the belt. entire length of the moving walk wellway shall be pro­
6.2.3.6.2 Slotting of Treadway. The treadway sur­ vided with protection in accordance with the applicable
face shall be slotted in a direction parallel to its travel building code (see Part 9).
for purposes of meshing with combplates at the land­ 6.2.3.9 Supporting Structure. Supports shall con­
ings. Each slot shall be not more than 6.4 mm (0.2 5 in.) form to the following:
wide at the treadway surface and not less than 4. 8 mm (a) Slider -Bed Type. T he carrying portion of the
(0.188 in.) deep, and the distance from center to center treadway shall be supported for its entire width and
of adjoining slots shall be not more than 13 mm (0. 5 0 in. ). length, except where it passes from a support to a pulley.
Sides of slots shall be permitted to slope for mold draft The surface of the slider bed shall be reasonably smooth.
purposes and shall be permitted to be filleted at the It shall be so constructed that it will not support
bottom. Slots shall be so located on each side of the belt combustion.
to form a cleat adj acent to the skirt panel.
(b) Roller-Bed Type. Where the treadway is supported
6.2.3.7 Width. The width of a moving walk (see on a series of rollers, the combination of roller spacing,
6.2.3.2.1) shall be not less than 5 6 0 mm (2 2 in.). The belt tension, and belt stiffness shall be such that the
maximum width shall depend both on the maximum deflection of the treadway surface, midway between roll­
slope at the point on the treadway and on the treadway ers, shall not exceed the quantity 0.2 5 mm (0.094 in.)
speed. The width shall not exceed the value shown in plus 0.004 times the center-to-center distance of rollers
Table 6.2.3.7. in millimeters (inches) when measured as follows:
(1) The treadway surface shall be loaded midway
6.2.3.8 Entrance and Egress Ends
between rollers with a 11.3 kg (2 5 lb) weight, concen­
6.2.3.8.1 Combplates trated on a cylindrical foot-piece 5 0 mm (2 in.) long by
(a) There shall be a combplate, to which combs shall 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter, placed with its long axis across
be fastened, at the entrance and at the exit of every the belt. Deflection of this footpiece from its unloaded
moving walk. position shall not exceed the figure obtained above.

237
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Table 6.2.3.7 Treadway Width

Maximum Treadway, Maximum Moving Walk Treadway Width, mm (in.)
Slope at Any Point Maximum Treadway Speed, Treadway Speed,
on Treadway, Treadway Speed, Above 0.45 m/s (90 ft/min) Above 0.7 m/s (140 ft/min)
deg 0.45 m/s (90 ft/min) to 0.7 m/s (140 ft/min) to 0.9 m/s (180 ft/min)
O to 4 U n restricted 1 5 2 5 (60) 1 020 (40)
Above 4 to 8 1 020 (40) 1 020 (40) 1 020 (40)
Above 8 to 1 2 1 020 (40) 1 020 (40) Not permitted

(2) The rollers shall be concentric and true running 6.2.3.1 0.2 Machinery
within commercially acceptable tolerances . (a) For the purpose of driving machine and power
(c) Edge-Supported Belt Type. When the treadway belt transmission calculations, the rated load for all single
is transversely rigid and is supported by rollers along driv ing machines shall be considered to be not less than
its edges, the following requirements shall apply: the following:
(1) W ith the belt tensioned through the take-up
system, the permissible slope of a straight line from the (SI Units)
top of a treadway rib adjacent to the centerline of the
treadway to the top of a treadway rib adjacent to the Machinery rated load (kg) = D9 (W )Ci /1 000
balustrade, in a plane perpendicular to the path of the
treadway, shall not exceed 3% when the treadway is (Imperial Units)
loaded w ith a 68 kg ( 150 lb) weight on a
150 mm x 250 mm (6 in. x 10 in.) plate, located on the Machinery rated load (lb) = D 10 (W )Ci /12
centerline of the treadway with the 250 mm ( 10 in.)
(b) The rated load per module for two or more modu­
dimension in the direction of treadway travel.
(2) In order to support the treadway in case of local­
lar driv ing machines shall be considered to be not less
ized overload, supports shall be supplied at intervals than the following :
not exceeding 1 830 mm (7 2 in.) along the centerline of
the treadway. The supports shall be located at a level (SI Units)
not more than 50 mm ( 2 in.) below the underside of
Machinery rated load (kg) = D9 (W )C2 /1 000
the treadway when it is loaded under test conditions
required by 6.2.3.9.l(c)(l). (Imperial Units)
(d) Pallet Type. Pallet wheel tracks shall be so
designed and located as to prevent more than 3 mm Machinery rated load (lb) = D 10 (W )C2 /12
(0.1 25 in.) vertical displacement of the treadway should
the pallet connection means break. where
6.2.3.10 Rated Load C1 length of exposed treadway, m (ft)
C2 length of exposed treadway per module, m (ft)
6.2.3.1 0.1 Structural. For the purpose of struc­ D9 Loading Factor = 370 kg /m 2
tural design, the rated load shall be considered to be D 10 Loading Factor = 75.0 lb /ft 2
not less than the following : W = w idth of the mov ing walk, mm ( in.) (see
6.2.3.2.1 and 6.2.3.7)
(SI Units)
6.2.3.1 0.3 Brake
Structural rated load (kg) = D7 (W )A/ 1 000
(a) For the purpose of brake calculations, the rated
(Imperial Units) load for all single driv ing machines shall be considered
to be not less than the following :
Structural rated load (lb) = D8 (W )A/12 (1) with moving walk stopped

where (SI Units)

A = length of the horizontal projection of the entire
truss, m (ft) Brake rated load (kg) = D7 (W )Ci /1 000
D7 Loading Factor = 490 kg /m 2
D8 Loading Factor = 100 lb /ft 2 (Imperial Units)
W = w idth of the mov ing walk, mm ( in.) (see
6.2.3.2.1 and 6.2.3.7) Brake rated load (lb) = D8 (W )Ci /12

238
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Table 6.2.4 Treadway Speed magnetically applied brake. If the brake is magnetically
Maximum Treadway Slope applied, a ceramic permanent magnet shall be used.
at Any Point on Treadway, Maximum Treadway Speed, There shall be no intentional time delay designed into
deg m/s (ft/min) the application of the brake.
(b) The brake shall be applied automatically if the
O to 8 0.9 (1 80) electrical power supply is interrupted. The brake shall
Above 8 to 1 2 0.7 (1 40)
be capable of stopping the down- or horizontal-running
moving walk with any load up to the brake rated load
[see 6.2.3.10.3(a)( 2) or (b)( 2)]. The brake shall hold the
(a) The acceleration and deceleration rates shall not stopped moving walk with any load up to the brake
exceed 0.3 m /s 2 ( 1.0 ft /s 2). rated load [see 6.2.3.10.3(a)(l) or (b)(l)].
(b) The rated speed is not exceeded. (c) Driving-machine brakes shall stop the down- or
(c) The minimum speed shall be not less than 0.05 m /s horizontal-running moving walk treadway at an average
( 10 ft /min) . rate not greater than 0.9 1 m /s 2 (3 ft /s 2) as measured
(d) T he speed shall not automatically vary during over the total retardation time. No peak horizontal retar­
inspection operation. dation value exceeding 0.9 1 m /s 2 (3 ft /s 2) shall have a
(e) Passenger detection means shall be provided at time duration greater than 0.1 25 s (see Nonmandatory
both landings of the moving walk such that Appendix I, Fig. 1- 1 1).
(1) detection of any approaching passenger shall (d) The moving walk brake shall be provided with a
cause the moving walk to accelerate to or maintain the data plate that is readily visible, located on the machine
full moving walk speed conforming to 6.2.4.l.2(a) brake and, when necessary, a duplicate data plate with
through (d) the certification mark shall be placed adjacent to the
(2) detection of any approaching passenger shall machine brake. The data plate shall indicate
occur sufficiently in advance of boarding to cause the (1) brake torque and related data as follows :
moving walk to attain full operating speed before a pas­ (-a) for fixed torque brakes, the range of brake
senger walking at normal speed [ 1.35 m /s ( 270 ft /min)] torque that complies with 6.2.5.3.1
reaches the combplate (-b) for variable torque brakes, the minimum
(3) passenger detection means shall remain active brake torque for a loaded moving walk and the mini­
at the egress landing to detect any passenger mum stopping distance for the unloaded moving walk
approaching against the direction of moving walk travel that comply with 6.2.5.3.1
and shall cause the moving walk to accelerate to full (2) the method of measuring the torque, designated
rated speed and sound the alarm (see 6.2.6.3.1) at the "B REAKAWAY" or "DYNAMIC," based on the method
approaching landing before the passenger reaches the used when measuring the torque
combplate (3) the location where the torque is to be measured,
(f) Automatic deceleration shall not occur before a e.g., "MOT O R SHAFT," "MACHINE INPUT SHAFT,"
period of time has elapsed since the last passenger detec­ "MAIN D RIV E SHAFT"
tion that is greater than 3 times the amount of time (4) the type of brake as fixed or variable torque
necessary to transfer a passenger between landings. (5) the maximum stopping distance with rated load
(g) Means shall be provided to detect failure of the that corresponds to the minimum distance between the
passenger detection means and shall cause the moving comb and the pallet when the pallet is positioned to
walk to operate at full rated speed only. activate any of the safety devices required in 6.2.6.3.9
and 6.2.6.5
6.2.5 Driving Machine, Motor, and Brake
(e) W here means other than a continuous shaft,
6.2. 5.1 Connection Between Driving Mach ine and mechanical coupling, or toothed gearing is used to con­
Main Drive Shaft. The driving machine shall be con­ nect the motor to a gear reducer, the moving walk
nected to the main drive shaft by toothed gearing, a driving-machine brake shall be located on the gear
mechanical coupling, or a chain . reducer, main drive shaft, or a specially attached braking
surface attached directly to the treadway.
6.2.5.2 Driving Motor. An electric motor shall not
drive more than one moving walk driving machine. A 6.2.5.3.2 Main Drive Shaft Brake. If the moving
driving machine shall not operate more than one mov­ walk driving-machine brake is connected to the main
ing walk. drive shaft by a chain, and the moving walk, with the
drive chain disconnected, is capable of running under
6.2.5.3 Brakes
gravity with any load up to and including rated load
(1 6) 6.2.5.3.1 Moving Walk Driving-Machine Brakes (see 6.2.3.10.2), a mechanically or magnetically applied
(a) Each moving walk driving machine shall be pro­ brake capable of stopping a down-running moving walk
vided with an electrically released and mechanically or with brake rated load (see 6 .2 .3.10 .3) shall be provided

2 40
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

on the main drive shaft or specially attached braking (-d) have two positions, labeled "INSPECT ION"
surface attached directly to the treadway. If the brake is or "INSP" and "NO RMAL" or "NO RM"
magnetically applied, a ceramic permanent magnet shall (-e) when in the "INSPECT ION" position, it shall
be used. cause the movement of the moving walk to be solely
under the control of constant pressure operating devices
6.2.6 O perating and Safety Devices at that landing or in that portable control station
6.2.6.1 General (-f) be arranged so that if more than one inspec­
tion transfer switch is in the "INSPECT ION" position,
6.2.6.1.1 Operating and safety devices conform­
then all constant pressure operating devices at all loca­
ing to 6 .2 .6 shall be provided . When more than one
tions shall be inoperative
driving machine per moving walk is utilized, actuation
(-g) be protected against accidental contact
of devices covered by 6.2.6 shall simultaneously control
(2) Constant pressure operating devices shall
all driving machines.
(-a) allow movement of the moving walk only by
6.2.6.1 .2 Automatic Operation. Automatic start­ constant application of manual pressure
ing by any means, or automatic stopping, except as (-b) be distinctly recognizable from indications
required in 6.2.6, shall be prohibited. on the device as to the direction of travel controlled
6.2.6.2 Starting and Inspection Control Switches (-c) be protected against accidental contact
(-d) be located so that the moving walk treadway
6.2.6.2.1 Moving walks shall be provided with surface is within sight
starting switch(es) conforming to the following : (3) A stop switch conforming to 6.2.6.3.1 2 shall be
(a) Location and Design. The switch(es) shall be provided adjacent to the constant pressure operating
( 1 ) located so that the exposed treadway is devices.
within sight. (4) When portable control stations are used, the
(2) key operated , of the continuous-pressure cord length shall not exceed 3 000 mm ( 1 20 in.) in length.
spring-return type, and shall be operated by a cylinder­ (b) Plug-in Portable Control Station. A plug-in portable
type lock having not less than a five-pin or five-disk control station shall be permitted provided that
combination. ( 1 ) either a transfer switch conforming to
(3) clearly and permanently marked "T OWARDS," 6.2.6.2.2(a)( l)(-a), (a)( l)(-b), and (a)(l)(-c) is complied
"RUN," and "AWAY," in that order, with the key remov­ with, or when plugged in, the moving walk shall auto­
able only in the "RUN" (spring return) position. The matically transfer to inspection operation
switch(es) shall be rotated clockwise to go from the (2) when the switch , if provided , is in the
"T OWARDS" to "RUN" to "AWAY" position. "INSPECT ION" position, or when the control station is
(b) Operating Requirements. T he operation of the plugged in, it shall cause the movement of the moving
switch(es) shall initiate movement of the moving walk. walk to be solely under the control of constant pressure
The moving walk shall not start (restart) unless all start­ operating devices contained in the portable unit
ing switch(es) were first in the "RUN" position. (3) the plug-in portable control station is stored at
(c) T he starting switch(es) shall be located within
the upper landing machinery space
reach of an emergency stop button (see 6.2.6.3.1).
(d) T he key shall be of Group 2 Security (see 6.2.6.3 Electrical Protective Devices. Electrical pro­
Section 8 .1) . tective devices shall be provided in accordance with
6.2.6.3.1 through 6.2.6.3.1 2.
6.2.6.2.2 Inspection Control. Each moving walk
shall be equipped with inspection controls not accessible 6.2.6.3.1 Emergency Stop Buttons
to the general public during normal operation to provide (a) Location. A red stop button shall be visibly located
constant pressure operation during maintenance, repair, at the top and the bottom landings on the right side
or inspection by means of a manually operated control facing the moving walk. In jurisdictions not enforcing
device. NBCC, remote stop buttons are prohibited. In jurisdic­
(a) General Requirements tions enforcing NBCC, if remote buttons are provided,
(1) Switches for transferring the control of the mov­ they shall be located within view of the moving walk.
ing walk to inspection operation shall be provided or a (1) On high deck balustrades, they shall be located
switch shall be provided at each landing in a portable on the curved newel deck in the upper quadrant, with
control station; the switch(es) shall function as follows: the centerline of the button at a 45 deg angle from the
(-a) be through a contact that shall be positively horizontal.
opened mechanically and whose opening shall not (2) On low deck balustrades, they shall be located
depend solely on springs below the handrail height .The centerline of the button
(-b) be manually operated shall be located on a radial line 45 deg above the hori­
(-c) be labeled "INSPECT ION" zontal, such that no part of the button assembly is within

2 41
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

38 mm ( 1.5 in.) of the bottom of the handrail and the (e) shall have contacts that are posit ively opened
button is no more than 90 mm (3.5 in.) from the bottom mechan ically and their open ing shall not be solely
of the handrail. dependent on springs
(b) Cover, Alarm, and Marking. The buttons shall be
covered with a transparent cover that can be readily 6.2.6.3.6 Moving Walk Egress Restriction Device.
lifted or pushed aside. When the cover is moved, an Egress restrictors, if used, that would prevent the free
audible warning signal shall be activated. The signal and continuous exiting of passengers, shall prov ide a
shall have a sound intensity of 80 dBA minimum at the signal to a device on the moving walk that shall cause
button locat ion. T he cover shall be marked the electric power to be removed from the mov ing walk
"EME RGENCY ST OP," "MOV E COV E R" or equivalent d r iv ing-mach ine motor and brake when the e x it
legend (e .g ., "LIFT COV E R," "SLIDE COV E R," etc .), and restrictors begin to close .
"PUSH BUT T ON." "EME RGENCY ST OP" shall be in 6.2.6.3.7 Reversal Stop Device. Means shall be
letters not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.) high. Other required prov ided to cause the electric power to be removed from
wording shall be in letters not less than 4.8 mm (0.188 in.) the driving-machine motor and brake in case of reversal
high. The cover shall be self-resetting. of travel while the moving walk is operating in the
(c) Operation. The operation of either of these buttons ascending direction. The device shall be of the manual­
shall cause the electric power to be removed from the reset type.
moving walk driving-machine motor and brake. It shall
not be possible to start the moving walk by these buttons. 6.2.6.3.8 Disconnected Motor Safety Device. If the
6.2.6.3.2 Moving-Walk Speed-Monitoring Device. drive motor is attached to a gear reducer by means other
A mov ing-walk speed-mon itor ing dev ice shall be than a continuous shaft, mechanical coupling, or toothed
provided. gearing, a device shall be provided that will cause the
(a) The operation of the device shall cause the electric
electric power to be removed from the driving-machine
power to be removed from the driv ing-machine motor motor and brake (see 6.2.5.3.1) if the motor becomes
and brake should the speed exceed the rated speed by disconnected from the gear reducer. The device shall be
more than 20%. of the manual-reset type.
(b) The device shall be of the manual-reset type. 6 . 2 . 6 . 3 . 9 Pallet Leve l Device. Mov ing walks
6 . 2 . 6 . 3 . 3 Broken Treadway Devi ce. A broken equipped with pallets with trail wheels shall be provided
treadway dev ice shall be provided that shall cause the with pallet level devices located at the top and bottom of
electric power to be removed from the driving-machine the moving walk. These devices shall detect downward
motor and brake if the connecting means between the displacement of 3mm (0.1 25 in.) or greater at either side
pallets or the belt breaks. The device shall be of the of the trailing edge of the pallet. When activated, the
manual-reset type. device shall cause the moving walk to stop before the
pallet enters the combplate .The dev ice shall cause the
6.2.6.3.4 Drive-Chain Device. W hen the driv ing
power to be removed from the driving-machine motor
machine is connected to the main drive shaft by a chain,
and brake. Devices shall be of the manual-reset type.
a device shall be provided that will cause the application
of the brake on the main drive shaft and also cause the 6.2.6.3.10 Handrail Entry Device. A handrail entry
electric power to be removed from the driving-machine device shall be provided at each newel. It shall be opera­
motor and brake if the drive chain between the machine tive in the newels in which the handrail enters the balus­
and the main drive shaft becomes disengaged from the trade.It shall cause the moving walk to stop by removing
sprockets. The dev ice shall of the manual-reset type. power from the driv ing-machine motor and brake. It
6.2.6.3.5 Stop Switch in Machinery Spaces. A stop shall operate if either of the following occurs :
switch conforming to the following requirements shall (a) an object becomes caught between the handrail
be provided in each machinery space and other spaces and the handrail guard
where means of access to the interior space is provided (b) an object approaches the area between the hand­
(see 6.2.7.3), except for the machinery space where the rail and handrail guard
main line disconnect switch is located : For those units that rely on an opening of the balus­
(a) when opened ("ST OP" position), cause the electric trade to prevent entrapment, all handrail entry devices
power to be removed from the moving walk driving­ shall be operative whenever the handrails are operating.
machine motor and brake The dev ice shall be of the manual-reset type or it shall
(b) be of the manually opened and closed type be permitted to automatically reset not more than one
(c) have red operating handles or buttons time within 2 4 h of operation and thereafter require a
(d) be consp icuously and permanently marked manual reset before the next restart. Interruption of
"ST O P," and shall ind icate the "ST O P" and " RUN" power during operation should not cause the device to
positions lose the status of the timer nor the count of events.

2 42
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

6.2.6.3.1 1 Comb-Pallet Impact Devices. Devices The electrical interlocks shall stop the moving walk
shall be provided that will cause the opening of the carrying passengers into the common intermediate land­
power circuit to the moving walk driving-machine ing if the moving walk carrying passengers away from
motor and brake if either the landing stops. These moving walks shall also be
(a) a horizontal force not greater than 1 7 80 N (400 lbf) electrically interlocked to assure that they run in the
in the direction of travel is applied at either side, or not same direction.
greater than 3 5 60 N (800 lbf) at the center of the front 6.2.6.7 Movi n g Walk Smoke Detectors. Smoke
edge of the comb-plate; or detectors shall be permitted, which shall activate the
(b) a resultant vertical force not greater than 670 N alarm required by 6.2.6.3.l (b) and, after at least 15 s,
(15 0 lbf) in the upward direction is applied at the center shall cause the interruption of power to the driving­
of the front of the combplate machine motor and brake.
These devices shall be of the manual-reset type.
6.2.6.8 Moving Walk Braking-Distance Monitor. A (1 6)
6.2.6.3.12 Stop Switch in Inspection Controls. A device shall be provided to monitor the performance of
stop switch conforming to the following requirements the driving-machine brake(s). Whenever the driving­
shall be provided when required by 6.2.6.2.2. The stop machine brake is applied, the device shall detect when
switch shall the maximum stopping distance as determined by
(a) when opened (" STOP" position) , cause the electric 6.2.5.3.l (d)(5 ) or the minimum stopping distance based
power to be removed from the moving walk driving­ on the average stopping rate in 6. 2.5.3.l (c) is not
machine motor and brake achieved and prevent the moving walk from restarting.
(b) be of the manually opened and closed type T he device shall be of the manual-reset type (see
(c) have red operating handles or buttons
6.2.6.14).
(d) be conspicuously and permanently marked 6.2.6.9 Signs
" STOP," and shall indicate the " STOP" and " RUN" 6.2.6.9.1 Caution Signs. A caution sign shall be
positions located at the top and bottom landings of each moving
(e) have contacts that are positively opened mechani­ walk, readily visible to the boarding passengers.
cally and their opening shall not be solely dependent The sign shall include the following wording:
on springs (a) "Caution"
6.2.6.4 Handrail Speed-Monitoring Device. A hand­ (b) "Passengers Only"
rail speed-monitoring device shall be provided that will (c) "Hold Handrail"
cause the activation of the alarm required by 6.2.6.3.l (b) (d) "Attend Children"
without any intentional delay whenever the speed of (e) "Avoid Sides"
either handrail deviates from the treadway speed by The sign shall be standard for all moving walks and
15 % or more. The device shall also cause electric power shall be identical in format, size, color, wording, and
to be removed from the driving-machine motor and pictorials as shown in Fig. 6.1.6.9.1.
brake when the speed deviation of 15 % or more is contin­ The sign shall be durable and have a maximum thick­
uous within a 2 s to 6 s range. The device shall be of ness of 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) with rounded or beveled comers
the manual-reset type or it shall be permitted to automat­ and edges.
ically reset not more than one time within 2 4 hr of opera­ 6.2.6.9.2 Signs or Graphics Relating to Safety.
tion and thereafter require a manual reset before the Signs or graphics relating to safety shall not be permitted
next restart. Interruption of power during operation on the moving walk in such a manner nor adjacent to the
should not cause the device to lose the status of the moving walk in such a manner that obstructs boarding
timer nor the count of events. passenger view of the signs required in 6.2.6.9.1, physi­
cally obstructs passenger flow at the landings as speci­
6.2.6.5 Missing Pallet Device. A device shall be fied in the safety zone (see 6.2.3. 8.4), nor obstructs or
provided to detect a missing pallet and bring the moving reduces passenger access to the handrails. They shall be
walk to a stop before the gap resulting from the missing legible and not be distracting, create passenger flow
pallet emerges from the comb. The device shall cause hazards, or impair function of safety devices.
power to be removed from the driving-machine motor
and brake. The device shall be of the manual-reset type. 6.2.6.9.3 Additional Signs or Graphics. Signs or
graphics other than those specified in 6. 2.6.9.1 and
6.2.6.6 Tandem Operation. Tandem-operation mov­ 6.2.6.9.2 shall not be permitted adj acent to the walk in
ing walks shall be electrically interlocked where traffic such a manner that obstructs boarding passenger view
flow is such that bunching will occur if the moving walk of the signs required in 6.2.6.9.1, obstructs or reduces
carrying passengers away from the intermediate landing passenger access to the handrails, within the safety zone,
stops. nor on the moving walk except for signs, graphics, or

243
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

markings required by this Code, manufacturer 's identifi­ 6.2.6.1 1 Electrically Powered Safety Devices. If the
cation, owner 's identification, and handrail signs or handrail speed-monitoring device required by 6.2.6.4,
graphics that are permitted on the moving walk. They the missing pallet device required by 6.2.6.5, or any
shall not be distracting, create passenger flow hazards, electrical protective device required by 6.2.6.3 requires
or impair function of safety devices. electrical power for its functioning
6.2.6.1 0 Control and Operating Circuits. The design (a) a loss of electrical power to the device shall cause
and installation of the control and operating circuits power to be removed from the moving walk driving­
shall conform to 6.2.6.10.1 through 6.2.6.10.4. machine motor and brake
(b) the occurrence of a single ground or the failure of
6.2.6.10.1 The occurrence of a single ground or
any single magnetically operated switch, contactor, or
the failure of any single magnetically operated switch,
relay; or any single solid-state device; or a software
contactor, or relay; or any single solid-state device; or a
system failure shall not render the missing pallet device
software system failure shall not
or handrail speed-monitoring device or electrical protec­
(a) permit the moving walk to start
tive device inoperative
(b) render ineffective any electrical protective device
(c) when a single ground or failure as described in
required by 6 .2 .6 .3
6 .2 .6 .l l(b) occurs, the moving walk shall not be permit­
(c) render ineffective the handrail speed-monitoring
device required by 6.2.6.4 ted to restart
(d) render ineffective the missing-pallet device 6.2.6.1 2 Installation of Capacitors or Other Devices
required by 6.2.6.5 to Make Electrical Protective Devices Ineffective. The
(e) permit the moving walk to revert to normal opera­ installation of capacitors, or other devices, the operation
tion when on inspection operation (see 6.2.6.2.2) or failure of which will cause an unsafe operation of the
NOTE [6.2.6.10.l(b) through (d)): Requirements apply only to moving walk, is prohibited .No permanent device shall
the circuits in which the devices are used and not to the devices be installed, except as provided for in this Code, which
themselves.
will make any required electrical protective device
6.2.6. 1 0.2 Methods used to satisfy 6.2.6.10.1 ineffective.
using software systems are permitted, provided that a
non-software-controlled means is also used to remove 6.2.6.13 Completion or Maintenance of Circuit. The
power from the driving-machine motor and brake. completion or maintenance of an electric circuit shall
not be used to stop the moving walk when the emer­
6.2.6. 1 0.3 Methods used in the control and gency stop switch is opened or when any of the electrical
operating circuits to satisfy the requirements of 6.2.6.10.1
protective devices operate. These requirements do not
shall be checked prior to each start of the moving walk .
apply to electrically assisted braking or speed control
When a single ground or failure as specified in 6.2.6.10.1
switches (see 6.2.6.3.2, 6.2.6.3.7, and 6.2.6.4).
occurs, the moving walk shall not be permitted to restart .
6.2.6.1 0.4 Moving walks with driving-machine 6.2.6.14 Moving Walk Manual Reset. Where manual
motors employing static control shall conform to the reset is required, interruption of power to the moving
following : walk shall not cause a safety device to lose the status
(a) Two devices shall be provided to remove power of the event upon return of power. The cause of the
from the driving-machine motor. At least one device malfunction shall be indicated in some manner, so that
shall be an electromechanical contactor. an examination will be made prior to restarting the
(1) The contactor shall be arranged to open each moving walk. The starting switch shall not be operable
time the moving walk stops. until the reset for each activated safety device is
(2) The contactor shall cause the removal of power accomplished.
from the driving-machine brake in accordance with
6.2.6.3.4. 6.2.6.1 5 Contactors and Relays for Use in Critical
(b) An additional contactor shall be provided to also Operating Circuits. Where electromechanical contactors
open the driving-machine brake circuit. This contactor or relays are provided to fulfill the requirements of
is not required to have contacts in the driving-machine 6.2.6.10.1 through 6.2.6.10.4, they shall be considered to
motor circuit. be used in critical operating circuits. If the contact(s) on
(c) The electrical protective devices required by 6.2.6.3 these electromechanical contactors or relays is used for
shall control the solid-state device and both contactors. monitoring purposes, it shall be prevented from chang­
(d) After each stop of the moving walk, the moving ing state if the contact(s) utilized in a critical operating
walk shall not respond to a signal to start unless both circuit fails to open in the intended manner.The monitor­
contactors [see 6.2.6.10.4(a) and (b)] are in the de­ ing contact(s) shall be positively actuated and shall not
energized position . be solely dependent upon springs.

244
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

6.2.7 Lighting, Access, and Electrical Work applicable (see Part 9). In jurisdictions enforcing
CSA C 2 2.l, power supply-line disconnecting means
6.2.7.1 Lighting of Machine Room and Truss Interior
shall not be opened automatically by a fire alarm system.
6.2.7.1.1 Remote Machine Room. Permanent elec­
6.2.7.4.2 Electrical equipment shall be listed /
tric lighting and a duplex receptacle rated at not less
certified and labeled /marked. CSA-B 4 4.1 / ASME A 17.5
than 15 A, 1 20 V shall be provided in every remote
defines the scope and applicable requirements for this
machine room.
listing /certification.
The illumination shall be not less than 100 Ix ( 10 fc)
at the floor level. The lighting control switch shall be 6.2.7.4.3 Control equipment shall be tested in (1 6)
located within easy reach of the access to such rooms accordance with the testing requirements of
and so located that it can be operated without passing ISO 2 2 200: 2009.Control equipment tested in accordance
over or reaching over any part of the machinery. with the testing requirements of EN 1 20 16: 1998 prior
to 1 yr after the effective date of ASME A 17.l- 20 16/
6.2.7.1 .2 Truss Interior. A duplex receptacle rated
CSA B 4 4-16 need not be retested in accordance with the
at not less than 15 A 1 20 V accessibly located, shall be
testing requirements of ISO 2 2 200: 2009.
provided under the access plates (see 6.2.7.3) at both
The control equipment shall be exposed to interference
landings and in any machine areas located within the
levels at the test values specified for "safety circuits."
moving walk.
The interference shall not cause any of the conditions
6.2.7.2 Lighting of Treadway. Treadways shall be described in 6.2.6.10.l(a) through (e). If enclosure doors
illuminated with a light intensity of not less than 50 Ix or suppression equipment must remain installed to meet
(5 fc). The illumination shall be of uniform intensity and the above requirements, warning signs to that effect shall
should not contrast materially with that of the sur­ be posted on the control equipment.
rounding area.
6.2.8 Outdoor Moving Walks
6.2.7.3 Access to Interior. Reasonable access to the
interior of the moving walk shall be provided for inspec­ 6.2.8.1 Weatherproofing. Moving walks shall be
tion and maintenance. so constructed that exposure to the weather will not
interfere with normal operation.
6.2.7.3.1 Access plates requiring no more than
310 N (70 lbf) of effort to open shall be provided at the 6.2.8.1.1 The moving walk equipment and its
top and bottom landings for inspection and mainte­ supports shall be protected from corrosion.
nance. The plates shall be made of a material that will 6.2.8.1.2 Electrical equipment shall be provided
afford a secure foothold. The use of stone, terrazzo, or with a degree of protection of at least Type 4 construction
concrete as a fill material is prohibited within the con­ as specified in NEMA 250, and wiring shall be identified
fines of the moving walk truss. for use in wet locations in accordance with NFPA 70 or
6.2.7.3.2 Access plates at the top and bottom CSA C 2 2.l, as applicable (see Part 9).
landings shall be securely fastened by a mechanical 6.2.8.2 Precipitation. A cover, directly over the hori­
means. zontal projection of the moving walk, shall be provided.
6.2.7.3.3 If access doors are provided in the side The cover shall extend outward from the centerline of
of the moving walk enclosure, they shall be kept closed the handrail so that a line extended from the edge of
and locked. The key shall be removable only when in the cover to the centerline of the handrail forms an angle
the locked position. The key shall be of Group 2 Security of not less than 15 deg from the vertical.
(see Section 8.1).
6.2.8.2.1 When the moving walk is subjected to
6.2.7.3.4 Where access is provided to a machin­ blowing snow or freezing rain, heating systems shall be
ery enclosure, a fixed guard shall be provided to prevent operated to prevent accumulation of snow or ice on the
accidental contact with the moving pallets and moving treadway and landings. The heating systems operation
treadways by a person servicing equipment from within shall be thermostatically controlled and independent of
the enclosure. The guard shall be made of material that the moving walk operation.
will reject a 13 mm (0.5 in.) diameter ball and shall
6.2.8.2.2 Drains suitable for all weather condi­
extend the full width of the pallet treads. A guard is
tions shall be provided to prevent the accumulation of
not required where the only equipment normally ser­
water where groundwater and runoff can collect within
viced from within the enclosure is within the pallet band.
the equipment.
6.2.7.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
6 . 2 . 8 . 3 S l i p Resistan ce. Landing plates and
6.2.7.4.1 All electrical equipment and wiring comb-plates shall be designed to provide a secure foot­
shall conform to NFPA 70 or CSA C 2 2.l, whichever is hold when wet.

2 45
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Part 7
Dumbwaiters and Material Lifts

SCOPE 7.1 .2.2 Requirement 2.2.4 does not apply. The

access door shall be provided with an electric contact,
Part 7 applies to dumbwaiters and material lifts.
which will cause the interruption of power to the motor
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to and brake when the door is open.
dumbwaiters and material lifts.
7.1 .2.3 Requirement 2.2.5 does not apply. If the
Where the term "elevator" is used in a referenced level of illumination in the pit, where provided, does
requirement, it shall mean "dumbwaiter" or "material not meet the requirements of 2.2.5, then a permanent or
lift." portable lighting means complying with 2.2.5.1 shall be
provided.
SECTION 7.1 7.1 .2.4 Requirement 2.2.6 applies only where pit
POWER AN D HAN D DUMBWAITERS WITHOUT access is provided by means of a ladder (see 2.2.4.2).
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICES
7.1 .2.5 Requirement 2.2.7 does not apply.
Section 7.1 applies to all power and hand dumbwaiters
without automatic transfer devices. 7.1 .2.6 Requirement 2.2.8 does not apply.

7.1.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway 7.1 .3 Location and G uarding of Counterweights
Enclosures Section 2.3 does not apply to the location and guarding
The construction of hoistways and hoistway enclo­ of counterweights, except that the location of counter­
sures shall comply with Section 2.1, except as modified weight shall comply with 2.3.1.
by 7.1.1.1 through 7.1.1.4. 7.1.4 Vertical Car Clearances and Runbys for Cars
7.1 .1.1 Requirement 2.1.1.1 applies, except where and Counterweights
dumbwaiters are installed in a private residence. In pri­ Section 2.4 does not apply. Bottom and top car clear­
vate residences, fire-resistive construction shall conform ances and runbys for cars and counterweights shall con­
to the requirements of the building code. form to 7.1.4.1 through 7.1.4.2.
7.1 .1.2 Requirement 2.1.2.1 does not apply. Where 7.1 .4.1 When the car or counterweight reaches its
a hoistway extends into the top floor of a building, the maximum limit of downward travel, no part of the car
hoistway or machinery space enclosures, where or counterweight or any equipment attached thereto
required, shall be constructed in accordance with the shall strike any part of the pit or floor beneath the lowest
requirements of the building code (see Section 1 .3). landing or equipment located in the hoistway, except a
7.1 .1.3 Requirement 2.1.3.1 does not apply. If a buffer or bumper.
floor is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall 7.1 .4.2 When the car or counterweight reaches its
comply with 7.1.1.4. maximum limit of upward travel, no part of the car or
7.1 .1.4 Requirement 2.1.3.2 does not apply. The counterweight or any equipment attached thereto shall
floor shall be designed in accordance with other floors strike any part of the overhead structure or equipment
in the building. Where the dumbwaiter machine is to located in the hoistway, except a mechanical stop or
be supported by machine room floor, the floor shall be buffer.
designed in accordance with 2.9.4 and 2.9.5. 7.1 .4.3 Where a top-of-car operating device is pro­
vided, a minimum vertical space shall be provided on
7.1.2 Pits the car top when the car reaches its maximum limit of
Pits are not required, but shall be permitted. Where upward travel. The space shall comply with 7.1.4.3.1
a pit is provided, it shall conform to Section 2.2, except and 7.1 .4.3.2.
as modified by 7.1.2.1 through 7.1 .2.6.
7.1 .4.3.1 The horizontal unobstructed area on (ED)
7.1 .2.1 Requirement 2.2.1 does not apply. Pits shall the car top shall be not less than 0.370 m2 (570 in. 2),
be permitted to be provided. measured not less than 500 mm (20 in.) on one side.

246
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(ED) 7.1 .4.3.2 The vertical height of the area on the (b) Where a dumbwaiter machine is located at the
car top shall be not less than 1 100 mm ( 43in.), measured bottom of the hoistway, the control equipment shall be
vertically between the top of the car enclosure and the located outside the hoistway or in a cabinet on the inside
overhead structure or other obstruction. surface of the access door.
7.1 . 5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances 7 . 1 .7.4 Requirement 2.7.3.1 does not apply. A
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall means of access to dumbwaiter machine rooms and
conform to Section 2.5, except as modified by 7.1.5.1 overhead machinery spaces shall be provided, from out­
through 7.1.5.4. side the hoistway, for elevator personnel.

7.1.5.1 Requirement 2.5.1.1 applies for dumbwait­ 7.1.7.5 Requirement 2.7.3.3 applies only where a
ers with rated load over 2 27 kg (500 lb). For dumbwaiters machine room or control room is provided for machine
with a rated load of 2 27 kg (500 lb) or less, the clearance and control equipment.
between the car and hoistway enclosure shall be not less 7.1.7.6 Access doors and openings shall conform
than 13 mm (0.5 in.). to 2.7.3.4 except as modified by 7.1.7.6.1 and 7.1.7.6.2.
7.1 .5.2 Requirement 2.5.1.2 applies for dumbwait­ 7.1 .7.6.1 Requirements 2.7.3.4.3, 2.7.3.4.4, and
ers with a rated load over 2 27 kg (500 lb). For dumbwait­ 2.7.3.4.5 do not apply.
ers with a rated load of 2 27 kg (500 lb) or less, clearances
between the car and counterweight shall be not less than 7.1 .7.6.2 Requirement 2.7.3.4.6 applies, except
13 mm (0.5 in.). the maximum width of an access opening located not
more than 1 5 25 mm (60 in.) above the lowest point of
7.1 .5.3 Requirement 2.5.1.4 applies, except when the hoistway, contiguous to and in vertical alignment
a counterbalanced car door is provided. The clearance with a hoistway entrance, shall be the lesser of
shall be measured between the landing side of the car 1 2 20 mm ( 48 in.) or the hoistway entrance width.
door sill and the hoistway edge of any landing sill, or Hoistway access openings shall be provided with an
the hoistway side of any vertically sliding counter­ electric contact that will cause interruption of power to
weighted or counterbalanced hoistway door or of any the motor and brake when the access door is open.
vertically sliding counterbalanced biparting hoistway
door sill . 7.1 .7.7 Requirement 2.7.3.5 does not apply.
7.1.5.4 Requirement 2.5.1.5 does not apply. 7.1 .7.8 Requirement 2.7.4 does not apply.

7.1 .6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway 7.1 .7.9 Lighting, temperature, and humidity shall
conform to 2.7.9, except 2.7.9.2 does not apply. Where
Section 2.6 applies, except as modified by 7.1.6.1 there is a machine room, it shall be provided with natural
through 7.1.6.3.
or mechanical ventilation to avoid overheating of the
7.1 .6.1 Car and counterweight safeties shall be electrical equipment to ensure normal operation of the
provided conforming to 7.2.4. dumbwaiter.
7 .1 .6.2 Buffers shall be provided conforming to 7.1.7.10 Requirement 2.7.6 does not apply except (16)
7.2.8.1 or 7.2.8.2. as follows: Controllers located outside the hoistway and
7.1 .6.3 Direct-plunger hydraulic dumbwaiters not in machine rooms, control rooms, machine spaces,
shall conform to Section 3.6. or control spaces shall be enclosed in a locked cabinet.
The locked cabinet shall comply with 2.7.6.3.2.
7.1.7 Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control
Spaces, and Control Rooms 7.1 .7.1 1 Requirement 2.7.8.4 does not apply.
Machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and 7.1 .8 Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes, Ducts, and
control rooms shall comply with Section 2.7, except as HVAC in Hoistways and Machine Rooms
modified by 7.1.7.1 through 7.1.7.1 1. Electrical equipment, pipes, and ducts in hoistways,
7.1.7.1 Requirement 2.7.1.1 applies only where a machine rooms, and machinery spaces shall comply
separate machinery space is provided. with Section 2.8, except as modified by 7.1.8.1 through
7 .1 .8 .3.
7.1 .7.2 Requirement 2 .7 .1 .2 applies only where a
separate machinery space is provided. 7.1 .8.1 Type SF or equivalent wire is not required
for the wiring to the hoistway door interlock from the
7.1 .7.3 Dumbwaiter machine rooms shall conform
hoistway riser.
to 2.7.2, or the following :
(a) Guards on dumbwaiter equipment shall prevent 7.1 .8.2 Requirement 2.8.1 does not apply. Dumb­
accidental contact with moving parts and shall permit waiter machine and control equipment shall be permit­
visual inspection without complete removal. ted to be located in a room or space containing other

2 47
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

equipment essential to the operation of the building, ( e) vert ical sl ide counterwe ighted, s ingle- or
provided that all exposed mov ing parts are guarded. multisection
7.1 .8.3 Requirement 2.8.3.3 does not apply. Sprin­ 7.1 . 1 1 .2.2 For hand dumbwaiters, entrances
klers shall be permitted in the hoistway when conform­ shall be one of the following types:
ing to NFPA 13 or the NBCC, whichever is applicable (a) manually operated vert ical s l ide counter­
(see Part 9). All sprinkler risers and returns shall be weighted, single- or multisection
located outside the hoistway.
(b) manually operated vert ical s l ide b ipart ing
7.1 .9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and counterbalanced
Foundations (c) manually operated swing, single-section
Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and founda­
tions shall comply with Section 2.9, except as modified 7 . 1 . 1 1 . 3 Closi n g of H o istway Doors. Requ ire­
by 7.1.9.1 through 7.1.9.4. ment 2.1 1.3 does not apply.
7.1 .9.1 Requirement 2.9.3.1 does not apply. 7 . 1 . 1 1 .3.1 For power dumbwaiters, all doors
7.1 .9.2 Machines and equipment directly over the shall be kept closed, except the door at the floor at which
hoistway shall be permitted to be hung underneath the the car is being loaded or unloaded.
supporting beams at the top of the hoistway. 7.1 .1 1 .3.2 For hand dumbwaiters
7.1 .9.3 Requirement 2.9.3.2 applies to the machine (a) all doors shall be kept closed, except the door at
or sheave connections between the machine or sheave the floor at which the car is being loaded, unloaded, or
and the beams, foundations or floor, and machinery that operated
is hung underneath beams. (b) each entrance shall have conspicuously displayed
7 . 1 .9.4 Requ irement 2.9.3.3.1 does not apply. on the landing side, above the door opening, in letters
Machines, sheaves, equipment, and hitches shall be per­ not less than 50 mm ( 2 in.) high, the words : "DANGER -
mitted to be secured to and supported by the guide rails DUMBWAIT E R - KEEP CLOSED"
and structural walls. (c) all doors shall be equipped with devices to close
7.1 . 1 0 G uarding of Equipment them automatically when the devices are actuated by
Section 2.10 does not apply, except that the guarding heat or smoke
of equipment shall comply with 2.10.1. Hand and power 7.1 . 1 1 .4 Location of Hoistway Door Openi ngs.
dumbwaiter machines and sheaves shall be permitted Requirement 2.1 1.4 does not apply.
to be located inside the hoistway enclosure at the top
or bottom without intervening enclosures or platforms. 7 . 1 . 1 1 .4.1 T he bottom of the hoistway door
opening shall be not less than 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) above
7.1 .1 1 Protection of Hoistway Openings the floor, except for power dumbwaiters' applications
The protection of hoistway openings shall conform conforming to 7.1.1 2.1.2 or 7.1.1 2.1.3.
to Section 2.1 1, except as modified by 7.1.1 1.1 through
7.1.1 1.1 4. 7 . 1 . 1 1 .4.2 Hor izontally slid ing or sw inging
7.1 . 1 1 . 1 Entrances. Requirement 2.1 1.1 does not doors shall be so located that the distance from the
apply. All hoistway-landing openings shall be provided hoistway face of the doors to the edge of the hoistway
with entrances that shall guard the full height and width landing sill, measured from the face of the door section
of the opening. nearest to the car, shall not be more than 75 mm (3 in .)
for horizontally sliding or single-section swinging doors.
7.1 .1 1 .1 . 1 For power dumbwaiters, the doors
shall not open to a 25 mm ( 1 in.) greater width and 7.1 . 1 1 . 5 Hoistway Access Doors. Access openings
height than the width and height of the car, unless the shall be permitted to be provided in the hoistway enclo­
car is being removed or installed. sure for maintenance and inspection. Access openings
7.1 . 1 1 .1 .2 For hand dumbwaiters, the width of when provided shall conform to 7.1.7.5.
the door openings shall not exceed the width of the car 7.1 .1 1 .6 Projection of Equipment Beyond Landing
by more than 150 mm (6 in.). The height of the door Sills. Requirement 2 .1 1 .5 does not apply.
shall not exceed 1 375 mm (5 4 in.).
7.1 .1 1 .2 Types of Entrances. Requirement 2.1 1.2 7.1 .1 1 .7 Opening of Hoistway Doors From Hoistway
does not apply. Side. Requirement 2.1 1.6 does not apply.
7.1 .1 1 .2.1 For power dumbwaiters, entrances 7.1 .1 1 .8 Hoistway Door Vision Panels. Hoistway
shall be one of the following types: door v ision panels (see 2.1 1.7) are not required. Where
(a) horizontal slide, single- or multisection prov ided, they shall comply with 2.1 1.7.1.2, 2.1 1.7.1.3,
(b) swing, single-section 2.1 1.7.1.4, and 2.1 1.7.1.6, and the total area of one or
(c) combination horizontal slide and swing more v ision panels in any hoistway door shall not exceed
(d) vertical slide biparting counterbalanced 0.0 16 m 2 ( 25 in.2).

2 48
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

7.1 . 1 1 .9 Hois tway Door Locking Devices and Power landing side at right angles to, and approximately at
Operation. Requirement 2.11.9 does not apply. Doors the center of a panel. This force shall be distributed over
shall be provided with door-locking devices conforming an area of approximately 100 mm x 100 mm
to 7.1.12. Where hoistway doors are power operated or (4 in. x 4 in.). There shall be no appreciable permanent
are opened or closed by power, they shall conform to displacement or deformation of any parts of the entrance
7.1.13. assembly resulting from this test.
7.1 . 1 1 . 1 0 Landings and Landing Sills . Requirement 7.1 . 1 1 .1 2.8 Requirement 2. 11.12. 5.3 does not
2.11.10.1 does not apply. apply. Guide members shall be designed to withstand
the forces specified in 7.1.11.12.7.
7.1.1 1 . 1 1 Horizontal Slide-Type Entrances . Require­
ment 2.11.11.l (b) does not apply. 7.1 .11 .12.9 Requirement 2.11.12.6 does not apply
to hand-operated dumbwaiters covered in 7.1.11.3.
7.1 . 1 1 .1 2 Vertical Slide-Type Entrances . Require­
ments 2.11.12 . 1, 2.11.12 . 2 , 2.11.12.3 , 2 . 11.12.7 , and 7.1 . 1 1 . 1 3 Swing-Type Entrances . For swing-type
2.11.12.8 do not apply. entrances, 2.11.13 applies, except as modified by
7.1.11.3.1 through 7.1.11.13.3.
7. 1 . 1 1 .12.1 L anding sills shall be of metal,
securely fastened to the frame or building structure and 7.1 . 1 1 .13.1 Requirements 2. 11.13.l (b) and
of sufficient strength to support the rated load of the 2.11.13.3.3 do not apply.
dumbwaiter, applied vertically over an area of 100 mm 7.1 . 1 1 . 1 3.2 Requirement 2. 11.13.3. 5 does not
x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.) at the center of the sill, with apply. The panels and their assembled accessories shall
no permanent displacement or deformation of the sill. be capable of withstanding normal attempts to open a
7.1 .11 .12.2 Either the panel guide rails or the closed and locked door by pulling the handle. The panel
j ambs used to frame the opening shall be securely shall be so designed to withstand a force of 1 110 N
anchored to a masonry wall, or securely fastened to the (2 5 0 lbf) applied on the landing side at right angles to
building structure or wall-supporting members. and approximately at the center of the panel. This force
shall be distributed over an area of approximately
7.1 .11 .12.3 Panel guide rails, not fastened in con­ 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.). There shall be no
formance with 7.1.11.12.2, shall be securely fastened to appreciable permanent displacement or deformation of
the j ambs at intervals throughout the frame height, and any parts of the entrance assembly resulting from this
shall be permitted to be fastened to the building struc­ force.
ture where the rails extend past the frame. Rails and
their fastenings shall withstand the forces specified in 7.1 . 1 1 .13.3 Requirement 2.11.13 . 3.7 applies,
7.1.11.12.1, and any reactions resulting from the loading except it shall be in conformance with 7.1.11.13.1.
and unloading operations, that are capable of being 7 . 1 . 1 1 . 1 4 Marking. Marking (see 2.11.15 ) shall
transmitted to the rails. apply, except as modified by 7.1.11.14.1 and 7.1.11.14.2.
7.1 .11 .12.4 Requirement 2.11.12.4.2 applies only 7.1 .11 .14.1 Requirement 2.11.15.1.l (c) does not
where truckable sills are required. apply.
7.1 .11 .12.5 Requirements 2.ll.12.4.3(a) and (b) 7.1 . 1 1 . 1 4.2 Requirement 2.11.15.1.2(b) applies,
do not apply. Panels of biparting counterbalanced except it shall be in conformance with 2.11.11.5.1 and
entrances shall conform to the following: 2.11.11.5.2 or 7.1.11.12.6.
(a) They shall be provided with means to stop the
closing panels when the distance between the closing 7.1 . 1 2 Hois tway Door Locking Devices , Acces s
rigid members of the upper and lower panels is not less Switches , and U nlocking Devices
than 2 0 mm (0. 8 in.). Hoistway door locking devices, access switches, and
(b) A fire-resistive, nonshearing, and noncrushing unlocking devices shall comply with 7.1.12. Section 2.12
member of either the meeting or overlapping type shall does not apply, except as referenced in 7.1.12.
be provided on the upper panel to close the distance
7.1.12.1 Hois tway Door Locking Devices for Power
between the rigid door panels when in contact with the
Dumbwaiters . Hoistway door locking devices for power
stops.
dumbwaiters shall comply with 7.1.12.1.1 through
7 . 1 . 1 1 . 1 2.6 Requirement 2.11.12.4.4 applies, 7.1.12.1.3.
except that the overlap shall be not less than 13 mm
7.1 .12.1.1 Hoistway door interlocks in confor- (1 6)
(0.5 in.).
mance with 7.1.12.1.3 are required at all landings, except
7.1 . 1 1 . 1 2 . 7 Requirement 2.11.12.4.6 does not that hoistway door combination mechanical locks and
apply. The entrance assembly shall be capable of with­ electric contacts conforming to 7. 1.12.1. 2 shall be
standing a force of 1 110 N (2 5 0 lbf) applied on the permitted to be used at landings where the bottom of

249
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

the door opening is 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) or more above members before the interlock contacts are closed and
the floor. before the driving machine can be operated except as
permitted by 7.l.1 2.l.3(b)( 2).
7.1 .1 2.1 .2 Hoistway door combination mechani­
(-c) requirement 2.1 2.2.4.6 applies, but the force
cal locks and electric contacts, where provided, shall
conform to the following : used shall be 2 25 N (50 lbf).
(4) requirement 2.1 2.2.5.
(a) requirement 2.1 2.3.2
(b) requirement 2.1 2.3.3 (5) requirement 2.1 2.2.6.
(c) requirement 2.1 2.3.4, except that (6) requirement 2 .1 2 .4 .
(1) requirement 2.1 2.3.4.4 applies to all types of 7.1.1 2.2 Hoistway Door Locking Devices for Hand
multisection doors Dumbwaiters. Hoistway doors shall be provided with
(2) requirement 2.1 2.3.4.5 applies but the force used spring-type latches to hold them in the closed position.
should be 2 25 N (50 lbf) Such latches shall be releasable from both the hoistway
(d) requirement 2.1 2.3.5 and landing side, irrespective of the position of the car.
(e) requirement 2.1 2.4
(f) arranged so that the hoistway door is locked when 7 . 1 . 1 2 . 3 H o istway D o o r U n locki n g Devi ces.
the car is more than 75 mm (3 in.) from the landing Hoistway door unlocking devices conforming to
2.1 2.6.2.1, 2.1 2.6.2.2, 2.1 2.6.2.4, and 2.1 2.6.2.5 shall be pro­
(16) 7.1 .1 2.1 .3 Hoistway door interlocks, where pro- vided at the top and bottom terminal landings.
vided, shall conform to the following:
(a) where the rated speed of the dumbwaiter is greater 7 . 1 . 1 2.4 H o istway Access Switches. Hoistway
than 0.5 m /s ( 100 ft /min) access switches shall be permitted at the top and bottom
(1) requirement 2.1 2.2.2 landing. Requirement 2.1 2.7 does not apply. W here
(2) requirement 2 .1 2 .2 .3 hoistway access switches are provided, they shall con­
(3) requirement 2.1 2.2.4, except that form to the following requirements :
(-a) requirement 2.1 2.2.4.1 does not apply (a) Requirement 2.1 2.7.2 applies.
(-b) requirement 2.1 2.2.4.6 applies, but the force (b) Requirement 2.1 2.7.3 applies, except 2.1 2.7.3.2(b)
used shall be 2 25 N (50 lbf) does not apply.
(4) requirement 2.1 2.2.5
7.1 .1 3 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car
(5) requirement 2.1 2.2.6
Doors or Gates
(6) requirement 2.1 2.4
(b) where the rated speed of the dumbwaiter is less The power operation, power opening, and power clos­
than or equal to 0.5 mls ( 100 ft /min) ing of hoistway doors and car doors or gates shall com­
(1) requirement 2.1 2.2.2. ply with Section 2.13, except as modified by 7.1.13.1
(2) the operation of a dumbwaiter driving machine through 7 .1 .13.9 .
when a hoistway door is not in the closed position (see
7.1.1 3.1 Requirement 2 .13.2 .1 .2 does not apply.
2.1 2.2.2) shall be permitted by a car-leveling device (see
7.2.1 2.6), a hoistway access switch (see 7.1.1 2.4), or an 7.1.1 3.2 Requirement 2.13.2.2.3 does not apply.
anticreep device (see 7.3.1 1.3). The operation of a dumb­
waiter driving machine when a hoistway door is 7.1.1 3.3 Requirement 2.13.3.1 does not apply.
unlocked but in the closed position shall be permitted 7.1 .1 3.4 Requirements 2.13.3.2.3and 2.13.3.2.4 do
by a car-leveling device, a hoistway access switch, or an not apply. A closing means shall not be provided in
anticreep device, or by the normal operating device the car.
when the car is within 75 mm (3 in.) above or below
the landing. Hoistway door close contacts (see 7.2.1 2.31) 7.1.13.5 Requirement 2.13.3.3.2 does not apply.
shall be provided when the driving machine is operated
7.1.1 3.6 Requirement 2.13.3.4.2 does not apply;
with the hoistway door or gate unlocked but in the
sequence operation is not required, however, if pro­
closed position. The hoistway door close contacts shall
vided, it shall conform to 2.13.6.2. Requirement 2.13.3.4.3
be positively opened by the opening action of the door
does not apply when the only means for controlling the
or gate. They shall be maintained in the open position
door is by a momentary-pressure switch at the landing
by the action of gravity or by a restrained compression
within sight of the door, that, when operated, shall cause
spring, or by both, or by a positive mechanical means.
the doors to stop or to stop and reopen. Requirement
(3) requirement 2.1 2.2.4, except that
2.13.3.4.4 does not apply.
(-a) requirement 2 .1 2 .2 .4 .1 does not apply.
(-b) requirement 2.1 2.2.4.3 does not apply. The 7.1.1 3.7 Requirement 2.13.4 also applies to power­
interlock shall lock the door in the closed position with operated vertically sliding doors . Requirements
a minimum engagement of 7 mm (0.28 in.) of the locking 2.13.4.2.3 and 2.13.4.2.4 do not apply.

250
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

7.1.1 3.8 Requirement 2.13.5 applies only to power­ assemblies fastened to or adjacent to the car enclosure
operated hoistway doors and car doors or gates where top.
closing is by automatic means. Requirement 2.13.5.4
7.2.1 .1.6 Requirement 2.1 4.1.7.1 does not apply.
does not apply.
7.2.1.1.7 Requirement 2.1 4.1.8 does not apply.
7.1.1 3.9 Requirement 2.13.6 does not apply.
7.2.1 .1.8 Requirement 2.1 4.1.9 does not apply.
7.1 . 1 4 Identification
7.2.1.1.9 Requirement 2.1 4.1.10 does not apply.
Section 2.29 does not apply. When the machinery of
more than one dumbwaiter is in the machine room, each 7.2.1 . 1 . 1 0 Requirement 2.1 4.2 does not apply.
driv ing machine shall be assigned a different number V ision panels are not required . Where provided, the
that shall be painted on or securely attached to the driv­ perforated portions shall reject a ball 38 mm ( 1.5 in.) in
ing machine. diameter .Glass v ision panels shall be either laminated
or wire glass and shall not exceed 0.0 16 m 2 ( 25 in.2) .
SECTION 7.2 7.2.1.1 .11 Requirement 2.1 4.3 does not apply.
ELECTRIC AN D HAND DUMBWAITERS WITHOUT 7.2.1 .2 Car Doors and Gates. Car doors or gates
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICES shall be provided at entrances to the car, shall guard the
Section 7.2 applies to electric and hand dumbwaiters full width of the opening, and shall conform to 7.2.1.2.1
without automatic transfer devices. through 7.2.1.2.1 2.
7.2.1 .2.1 Requirement 2.1 4.4.1 does not apply.
7.2.1 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
I llumination 7.2.1 .2.2 Requirement 2.1 4.4.2 does not apply.
Car enclosures and car doors and gates shall comply Each door or gate shall be equipped with a contact that
with Section 2.1 4, except as modified by 7.2.1.1 through will prevent operation of the driving machine, unless
7 .2 .1 .3. the door or gate panel(s) is in the closed position as
defined in 2.1 2.2.2(c) or 2.1 2.3.2.
7.2.1.1 Car Enclosures
7.2.1 .2.3 Requirement 2.1 4.4.3 does not apply.
7.2.1.1.1 Requirement 2.1 4.1.2 does not apply. Car doors shall be of the horizontal or vertical sliding
The enclosure shall be securely fastened to the car plat­ type and of material conforming to 7.2.1.1.2.
form or the point of suspension .
7.2.1 .2.4 Requirement 2 .1 4 .4 .4 does not apply.
7.2.1 .1.2 Requirement 2.1 4.1.3 does not apply. Gates shall be of the horizontally sliding collapsible type
The car enclosure walls shall be of solid, grille, or perfo­ or of the vertically sliding type .
rate construction. Car enclosure walls shall be of such (a) Horizontally sliding collapsible gates shall con­
strength and so designed and supported that when sub­ form to the following:
jected to a leaning or falling rated load on the car, the (1) They shall not be power operated, except as
car enclosure walls will not deflect or deform to the permitted by 2.13.2.1.2.
extent that the running clearances are reduced below (2) They shall not be used with power-operated
the minimum specified in 7.1.5. Grilled or perforated vertically sliding hoistway doors.
portions of the enclosure shall reject a ball 38 mm ( 1.5 in.) (3) W hen fully closed (extended posit ion), they
in d iameter. Nonmetal cars shall be reinforced w ith shall reject a ball 1 13 mm ( 4.5 in.) in diameter.
metal from the bottom of the car to the point of suspen­ (4) They shall have at least every fourth vertical
sion. Metal car sections shall be r iveted, welded, or member guided at the top and every second vertical
bolted together .Cars shall be permitted to be provided member guided at the bottom.
with hinged, permanent, or removable shelves.The max­ (5) Collapsible gate handles shall be prov ided with
imum inside height of the car at any point shall not finger guards.
exceed 1 2 20 mm ( 48 in.) (see also 7.2.3). Hinged or (b) Vertically sliding type gates shall conform to the
removable panels shall not be prov ided in car tops. following :
7.2.1 .1.3 Requirement 2 .1 4 .1 .4 does not apply. (1) They shall be of the balanced counterweighted
type or the biparting counterbalanced type .
7.2.1 .1.4 Requirement 2.1 4.1.5 does not apply.
(2) They shall reject a ball 50 mm ( 2 in.) in diameter.
7.2.1.1.5 Requirement 2.1 4.1.6 does not apply. (3) Balanced counterweighted gates shall be per­
Car tops shall be capable of sustaining a load of 3.5 kPa mitted to be either single- or multisection and permitted
(75 lbf / ft 2) w ithout permanent deformat ion. T he to slide either up or down to open.
resulting deflection under this load shall be limited to (4) They shall be permitted to be either manually
prevent damage to any equipment, device, or lighting or power operated.

251
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

7.2.1 .2.5 Requirement 2.1 4.4.5 does not apply. (c) be made of smooth metal plates of not less than
1.5 mm (0.059 in.) thick steel or material of equivalent
7.2.1 .2.6 Requirement 2.1 4.4.6 applies, except
strength, stiffness, and braced to the car
that the forces applied shall be not greater than the
weight of the rated load or that specified in 2.1 4.4.6, 7 .2.2.8.2 The guards shall have a straight vertical
whichever is less. face, extending not less than the following :
(a) for the car platform guard, the maximum length
7.2.1 .2.7 Requirement 2.1 4.4.7 does not apply.
of the car travel in the up direction permitted by the
7.2.1 .2.8 Requirement 2 .1 4 .4 .9 does not apply. car-leveling or inching device as installed, plus 13 mm
Suspension members of vertically sliding car doors or (0.5 in.)
gates, and of weights used with car doors or gates, shall (b) for car head guard, the maximum length of the
have a factor of safety of not less than 5. car travel in the down direction permitted by the car­
7.2.1 .2.9 Requirement 2 .1 4 .4 .10 applies, except leveling or inching device as installed, plus 13 mm
that they shall conform to 7.1.13instead of Section 2.13. (0 .5 in .)
7.2.2.9 Requirement 2.15.1 1 does not apply.
7.2.1 .2.1 0 Requirement 2 .1 4 .5 does not apply.
7.2.2.10 Requirement 2 .15 .1 2 does not apply.
7.2.1.2.1 1 Requirement 2.1 4.6 does not apply.
7.2.2.1 1 Requirement 2.15.13 does not apply.
7.2.1 .2. 1 2 W here car door o r gate horizontal
structural members are not fixed to the movable panel, 7.2.2.12 Requirement 2.15.1 4 does not apply.
they shall not be capable of entering into the access 7.2.2.13 Requirement 2.15.15 does not apply.
door area.
7.2.2.14 Requirement 2.15.16.1 applies, except that
7.2.1 .3 Lighting Fixtures. Requirement 2 .1 4 .7 does either hinged platform sill electric contact or car door
not apply; however, if lighting is provided in the car, it electric contacts shall prevent operation of the car if the
shall conform to 2.1 4.7.3 and 2.1 4.7.4. sill is not retracted.
7 .2.2 Car Frames and Platforms 7.2.3 Capacity and Loading
Car frames and platforms shall comply with Section 2.16 does not apply to dumbwaiters.
Section 2.15, except as modified by 7.2.2.1 through 7.2.3.1 Rated Load and Platform Area. The rated
7.2.2.1 4. load shall be not less than 2 2 1 kg /m 3 ( 13.9 lb/ft') of the
7.2.2.1 Requirement 2.15.1 does not apply. inside net car volume. The inside net platform area shall
be not more than 1 m 2 ( 10 .75 ft2) .
7.2.2.2 Requirement 2 .15 .2 does not apply. Cars
shall be guided on each guide rail by upper and lower 7.2.3.2 Capacity Plate. A capacity plate shall be (16)
guiding members. fastened in a conspicuous place in the car. The plate
shall be of such material and construction that the letters
7.2.2.3 Requirement 2.15.3 applies, except that and figures stamped, etched, cast, or otherwise applied
frames are not required . to the face shall remain permanently and readily legible.
7.2.2.4 Requirement 2.15.5 does not apply. The car It shall indicate the rated load in letters and numerals
shall be provided with a platform capable of withstand­ not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) high.
ing the loading conditions for which the dumbwaiter is 7 .2.3.3 Data Plate
designed.
7.2.3.3.1 A data plate shall be located on the
7.2.2.5 Requirements 2.15.6.1.2 and 2.15.6.1.3 do car crosshead, on the car top, or inside the car. If the
not apply. Requirements 2 .15 .6 .1 .1 and 2 .15 .6 .1 .4 apply information required on the data plate is provided on
only where car frames and car platform frames are used. the capacity plate inside the car (see 7.2.3.2), then a
7.2.2.6 Requirement 2 .15 .7 .3 does not apply. separate data plate is not required on the car top or
crosshead.
7.2.2.7 Requirement 2.15.8 does not apply.
7.2.3.3.2 The data plate shall indicate
7.2.2.8 Requirement 2 .15 .9 does not apply.Level- (a) the weight of the complete car including the car
ing devices are not required. Guards shall be provided safety and all auxiliary equipment attached to the car
to close any opening to the hoistway above and below (b) the rated load and rated speed
the car that occur when leveling or inching devices are (c) the suspension means (see 7.2.6)
operated with the hoistway door(s) in the open position. (d) the manufacturer 's name and date of installation
7.2.2.8.1 The guards shall 7 .2.3.3.3 The letters and numerals on the data
(a) be located on the entrance side of the car plate shall be not less than 3 mm (0.1 25 in.) high,
(b) extend the full width of the car stamped, etched, or raised on the surface of the plate.

252
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

7 .2.3.4 " N o Riders" Signs. A sign stating "NO to be less than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.), however, it shall be
RIDE RS" shall be located in the car in letters not less not less than the diameter of the suspension ropes.
than 13 mm (0.5 in.) high.
7 .2.6 Suspension Means
7 .2.4 Car and Counterweight Safeties
Suspension means shall comply with Section 2.20,
Car and counterweight safeties, where provided, shall except as modified by 7 .2 .6 .1 through 7 .2 .6 .8 .
conform to Section 2 .17, except as modified by 7 .2 .4 .1
through 7.2.4.8. 7.2.6.1 Type of Suspension Means. Requirement
2.20.1 does not apply.
7.2.4.1 Where Required and Located. Requirement
2.17.1 does not apply. Where required by 7.1.6, the car 7.2.6.1.1 Power Dumbwaiters
shall be provided with one or more safety devices identi­ (a) Cars and counterweights for power dumbwaiters,
fied in 2.17.5. Car safeties shall be attached to the sup­ except for dumbwaiters having rack-and-pinion or
porting structure of the car. screw-type driving machines, shall be suspended by one
or more iron or steel-wire hoisting ropes or chains.
7 .2.4.2 Function and Stopping Distances. Require­ (b) Wire ropes shall be permitted to have marlin
ment 2.17.3 does not apply. The safety device shall be covers.
capable of stopping and sustaining the entire car with
(c) Chains, where used, shall be roller, block, or
its rated load, within the maximum stopping distances
multiple-link silent type.
as determined in Tables 2.17.3 and 8.2.6.
7.2.6.1 .2 Hand Dumbwaiters
7.2.4.3 Application of 2.1 7.6. Requirement 2.17.6
(a) Dumbwaiters having a rated load exceeding 35 kg
does not apply.
(75 lb) shall be suspended by steel wire ropes or chains
7 .2.4.4 Governor-Actuated Safeties and Car Safety having a factor of safety of not less than 4.5.
Mechanism Switches. Requirement 2.17.7 does not (b) Dumbwaiters having a rated load 35 kg (75 lb)
apply.Car and counterweight safeties shall be actuated or less shall be permitted to be suspended by manila,
by speed governors or as a result of breaking or slack­ braided-cotton, or equivalent ropes having a factor of
ening of the suspension means, and shall be permitted safety of not less than 6.
to be of the inertia type without governors.
Every car safety shall be provided with a switch, oper­ 7 .2.6.2 Rope Data. Requirement 2.20.2 only applies
ated by the car safety mechanism. This switch shall to dumbwaiters suspended by wire or non-wire rope.
conform to 2.18.4, except that the switch does not have The information required in 2.20.2.1 shall be located
to be on the safety, provided that it is operated by the on the car crosshead, on the car top, or inside the car.
action of the safety. Requirement 2.20.2.2 0) does not apply.

7.2.4.5 Limits of Use of Various Types of Safeties. 7.2.6.3 Chain Data

Requirement 2.17.8 applies, except that Type A safeties 7.2.6.3.1 The data plate required by 7.2.3.3 shall (16)
shall be permitted to be used regardless of the rated bear the following chain data:
speed. (a) number of chains
7.2.4.6 Application of Safeties. The application of (b) type of chains
safeties shall conform to 2.17.9.1, 2.17.9.2, and 2.17.9.3. (c) standard chain number
The forces providing the stopping action shall conform (d) the manufacturer 's minimum ultimate tensile
to 2.17.9.4 or 7.2.4.6.1. strength per chain in pounds
7.2.4.6.1 Where guide-rail sections other than 7.2.6.3.2 A metal data tag shall be securely (16)
those specified in 2.23.3(a) are used, the application of attached to one of the chain fastenings. This data tag
safety stopping forces shall not cause deformation of shall bear the following chain data:
the guide-rail section upon whose dimensional stability (a) type of chain
the stopping capability of the safeties is dependent. (b) standard chain number
7.2.4.7 Marking Plates for Safeties. Requirement (c) manufacturer 's minimum ultimate tensile
2 .17 .1 4 applies only for governor-operated safeties . strength
(d) month and year the chains were installed
7.2.4.8 Rail Lubricants. Requirement 2.17.16 applies (e) name of the person or firm who installed the
only where safeties are provided. chains
7 .2.5 Speed Governors (f) name of the manufacturer of the chains
Speed governors are not required. Where provided, 7.2.6.3.3 A new tag shall be installed at each
they shall conform to Section 2.18, except that the diame­ chain renewal. The material and marking of the chain
ter of the governor rope (see 2.18.5.1) shall be permitted data tag shall conform to 2.16.3.3, except that the height

253
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA B44-1 6

Table 7.2.6.4 Factors of Safety for Wire Rope and Table 7.2.8.1 Minimum Spring Buffer Strokes
Rated Speed,
Chains Stroke,

Rope o r Chain Speed, Factor of Safety m/s (ft/min) mm (in .)

m/s (ft/min) Ropes Chains 1.00 or less (200 or less) 40 (1.5)

1.01-1.25 (201-250) 65 (2.5)
0.25 (50) 4.8 6.0
1.26-1.50 (251-300) 100 (4.0)
0.50 (100) 5.2 6.5
0.75 (150) 5.5 6.9
1.00 (200) 5.9 7.4
1.25 (250) 6.2 7.8 of rope fastening, provided that they develop at least
80% of the ultimate breaking strength of the strongest
1.50 (300) 6.6 8.3
rope to be used in such fastenings.
1.75 (350) 7.0 8.8
2.00 (400) 7.3 9.1 (b) The fastening of car and counterweight ends of
2.25 (450) 7.7 9.6 suspension chains shall be such as to develop at least
2.50 (500) 8.0 10.0 80% of the minimum ultimate tensile strength of the
strongest chain used in such fastenings.
7.2.6.8.2 Requirement 2. 2 0. 9. 2 applies onl y
of the letters and figures shall be not less than 1.6 mm where adjustable shackle rods are provided.
(0.063 in.).
7.2.7 Counterweights
7.2.6.4 Factors of Safety. Requirement 2.2 0.3 does Counterweights shall comply with Section 2.2 1, except
not apply. The factor of safety, based on the static load, as modified by 7.2.7.1 through 7.2.7.4.
of car and counterweight suspension means shall be not
less than the value specified in Table 7.2.6.4 for actual 7.2.7.1 Requirement 2. 2 1. 1. 1 does not appl y.
speed of rope or chain corresponding to the rated speed Frames are not required. Counterweights shall be per­
of the dumbwaiter. mitted to be solid or sectional in design.
(1 6) 7.2.6.5 N u m ber of Ropes or Chains Req u i red. 7.2.7.2 Requirement 2.2 1.1.3 does not apply. Coun­
Requirement 2.2 0.4 does not apply. The number of sus­ terweights shall be guided on each guide rail by upper
pension ropes or chains shall be determined by multi­ and lower guiding members.
plying the static load (weight of the car plus rated load 7.2.7.3 Requirement 2.2 1.1.4 does not apply. The
plus the weight of the hoisting ropes or chains) by the same set of guide rails shall be permitted to be used for
required factor of safety, and dividing the result by the both the car and counterweight.
manufacturer's
(a) rated ultimate strength of one of the ropes of the 7 .2. 7 .4 Requirement 2.2 1.2.5 does not apply. Ropes
size and construction to be used and chains shall be secured to the counterweight or
(b) minimum ultimate tensile strength of one of the suspension-rope hitch conforming to 7.2.6.
chains of the size and construction to be used
Where 2:1 roping is used, one-half the static load shall 7.2.8 Buffers and Bumpers
be used in the formula. Requirements 2.2 2.1 and 2.2 2.2 do not apply. Cars
and counterweights shall be provided with buffers or
7 .2.6.6 Suspension-Rope Equalizers. Requirement
bumpers. Buffers shall be provided where required by
2.2 0.5 does not apply.
7.1.6.
7.2.6.7 Splicing and Replacement of Suspension
7.2.8.1 Spring Buffers. Spring buffers shall conform
Ropes. Requirement 2.2 0. 8 does not apply. to 2.2 2.3, except that Table 2.2 2.3.1 shall substitute for
7.2.6.8 Fastening of Suspension Means Table 7.2. 8.1. Spring buffers, where required by 7.1.6,
shall not be used for rated speeds greater than 1.5 m/s
(1 6) 7.2.6.8.1 Requirement 2.2 0.9.1 does not apply. (300 ft/min).
Fastening of suspension means shall conform to the
following: 7 .2.8.2 Oil Buffers. Oil buffers shall conform to
(a) The car and counterweight ends of suspension 2.2 2.4, except that Ta ble 2.2 2.4.1 shall substitute for
wire ropes, or the stationary hitch-ends where multiple Table 7.2. 8.2.
roping is used, shall be fastened in such a manner that
all portions of the rope, except the portion inside the 7.2.9 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide-Rail
rope sockets, shall be readily visible. Fastenings shall Supports, and Fastenings
be by individual tapered babbitted rope sockets con­ Car and counterweight guide rails, guide-rail sup­
forming to 2.2 0.9.3 through 2.2 0.9.6; or by other types ports, and their fastenings shall compl y with

254
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Table 7.2.8.2 Minimum Oil B uffer Strokes 7.2.1 0.2.2 Operation of a hand dumbwaiter shall
Rated Speed, Stroke, not cause any part of the operator's body to be in the
m/s (ft/min) mm (in .) travel path of the car or counterweight.

1.50 (300) 70 (2.75) 7 . 2 . 1 0 . 3 Types of Drivi n g Mach i n es. Driving

1 . 60 (3 2 5) 90 (3.50) machines shall be one of the following types:
1. 7 5 (3 50) 110 (4. 2 5) (a) winding-drum
2.00 (400) 1 60 (6. 2 5) (b) traction
(c) rack and pinion, conforming to 4.1.24
2.25 (450) 2 1 0 (8. 2 5)
2.50 (500) 280 (1 1 .00) (d) screw-column, conforming to 4.2.15
2.75 (5 50) 350 (1 3.75) (e) belt drive
3.00 (600) 430 (1 7.00) (f) chain drive
(g) hydraulic, conforming to Section 7.3
3.50 (700) 630 (24.75)
4.00 (800) 845 (33 . 2 5) 7 .2.1 0.4 Belt Drive Machines. Belts used as the driv­
4.50 (900) 1 110 (43.75) ing means between the motor and the machine of power
5.00 (1 ,000) 1 410 (5 5.50) dumbwaiters shall conform to 7.2.10.4.1 and 7.2.10.4.2.
7.2.1 0.4.1 Where flat belts are used, the rated
speed of the dumbwaiter shall be not more than 0.2 5 m/s
Section 2.2 3 , except as modified by 7.2.9. The same set (5 0 ft/min).
of guide rails shall be permitted to be used for both the
car and counterweight. 7.2.1 0.4.2 Where multiple V-belts are used, the
rated speed of the dumbwaiter shall be not more than
7.2.9.1 Guide-Rail Section. Requirements 2.2 3. 3 ,
0.75 m/s (15 0 ft/min).
2.2 3.7.2.l (a), (b), and (e), 2.2 3.9.1.3 , 2.2 3.9. 3 , and 2.2 3.10.2
do not apply. Guide rails, supports, j oints, fishplates, 7.2. 1 1 Terminal Stopping Devices
and fastenings that are not covered by Section 2.2 3 shall
be permitted to be used, provided that the strengths, Terminal stopping devices shall conform to
Section 2.2 5 , except as specified in 7.2.11.1 through
stresses, and deflections are consistent with the require­
7.2.11.4.
ments of Section 2.2 3 for the loads to be imposed.
Where guide-rail sections other than those specified 7.2.1 1 .1 Requirement 2.2 5.2.2.2 does not apply.
in 2.2 3.3(a) are used, the allowable deflection of the guide
rail shall be limited to prevent the safety device from 7 .2.1 1 .2 Requirement 2.2 5.3.3 does not apply. Final
disengaging the rail during the application of the load. terminal stopping devices shall be provided in the
hoistway and shall be directly operated by the move­
7.2. 1 0 Driving Machines and Sheaves ment of the car.
7.2. 1 0.1 Power Dumbwaiters. Driving machines 7.2.1 1 .3 Requirement 2.2 5.3. 5 does not apply.
and sheaves for power dumbwaiters shall conform to Where final terminal stopping switches are located on
Section 2.2 4 as modified by 7.2.10.1.1 through 7.2.10.1.3. and operated by the driving machine, they shall comply
with 2 . 2 5.3.5.
7.2.10.1.1 Requirement 2.2 4.1 does not apply.
7.2.1 1 .4 Requirement 2.2 5.4 does not apply.
7.2.10.1.2 Requirement 2.2 4.2.2 does not apply.
Sheaves and drums shall have a pitch diameter of not 7.2.1 2 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
less than 3 0 times the diameter of the rope.
Operation of power dumbwaiters shall be of the auto­
7.2.1 0.1 .3 Requirement 2.2 4. 8 does not apply. matic or continuous pressure type. Operating devices
The driving machine shall be equipped with a friction and control equipment shall comply with Section 2.26,
brake applied by a spring or springs, or by gravity, and except as modified by 7.2.12.1 through 7.2.12.40.
electromechanically or electrohydraulically released.
7.2.12.1 Requirement 2.26.1.1 applies to power
The brake shall be designed to have a capacity sufficient
dumbwaiters only.
to hold the car at rest with its rated load (also see 7.2.3.1).
7.2.12.2 Requirement 2.26.1.2 does not apply.
7.2.10.2 Hand Dumbwaiters
7.2.12.3 Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply.
7 . 2 . 1 0 .2 . 1 Hand driving machines shall be
equipped with automatic brakes that will sustain the 7.2.1 2.4 Requirement 2.2 6.1.4 does not apply.
car and its rated load. When the brake is applied, it shall Top-of-car operating devices are not required. Where
remain locked in the "ON" position until released by provided, they shall conform to 7.2.12.4.1 and 7.2.12.4.2,
the operator. and the installation shall also comply with 7.2.12.4.3.

255
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

7.2.1 2.4.1 Requirement 2. 2 6. 1. 4. 2 applies. 7.2.12.22 Requirement 2.26.2.2 5 does not apply.
Requirement 2.26.1.4.l(d)(2 ) applies, except that it shall
7.2.12.23 Requirement 2.26.2.26 does not apply.
be subj ect to the electrical protective devices required
by 7.2.12. 7.2.12.24 Requirement 2.26.2. 2 8 does not apply.
7.2.12.4.2 Safeties shall be provided in accor- 7.2.12.25 Requirement 2.26.2.29 does not apply.
dance with 7.2.4. 7.2.12.26 Requirement 2.26.2.30 does not apply.
7.2.12.4.3 A hoistway access switch conforming 7.2.12.27 Requirement 2.26.2.31 does not apply.
to 7.1.12.4 shall be provided for access to the top of
the car. 7.2.12.28 Requirement 2.26.2.33 does not apply.
7.2.12.5 Requirement 2.26.1.5 does not apply. 7.2.12.29 Requirement 2.26.2.34 does not apply.
7.2.12.6 Requirement 2.26.1.6 applies, except that 7.2.12.30 Requirement 2.26.3 does not apply.
the devices shall be located at that landing and car plat­ 7.2.12.31 Hoistway door close contacts conform- (1 6)
form guards shall conform to 7.2.2. 8, and landing-sill ing to 7.l.12. l.3(b)(2 ) shall be provided for all dumbwait­
guards are not required. ers that can be operated with hoistway doors closed but
7.2.12.7 Requirement 2.2 6 . 2 . 5 does not apply. not locked within 75 mm (3 in.) above or below a landing
and that are provided with interlocks. These contacts
7.2.12.8 Requirement 2.26.2.6 does not apply. are electrical protective devices.
7.2.12.9 Requirement 2.2 6.2.7 does not apply. 7 .2.1 2.32 Requirement 2.26.4.3 does not apply. The
Where a stop switch in the pit is provided (see 7.1.2 ), it following switches shall have contacts that are positively
shall conform in design and operation to 2.26.2.S(a), (b), opened mechanically; their opening shall not be solely
and (c). dependent on springs:
7.2.1 2.1 0 In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, (a) stop switch in pit (see 2.26.2.7)
2.26.2. 8 does not apply. Where a top-of-car operating (b) stop switch on top of car (see 2.26.2. 8)
device is provided, a stop switch conforming in design (c) car safety mechanism switch (see 2.26.2.12 )
and operation to 2.26.2.S(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided (d) speed-governor overspeed switch (see 2.26.2.10)
on the top of the car. (e) final terminal stopping device (see 7.2.11)
In j urisdictions enforcing NBCC, 2.2 6.2. 8 does not (f) hoistway door locking devices for power dumb-
apply, except that for platform areas in excess of 0.5 m2 waiters (see 7.1.12.1)
(5.3 8 ft2 ), or where a top-of-car operating device is pro­ 7.2.12.33 Requirement 2.26.4.4 does not apply.
vided, a stop switch conforming in design and operation
to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided on the top 7.2.12.34 Requirement 2.26.4.5 does not apply.
of the car. 7.2.12.35 Requirement 2.26.5 does not apply.
7.2.1 2.1 1 Requirement 2.2 6.2.10 applies only 7.2.1 2.36 Requirement 2. 2 6.6 applies. W hen
where a speed governor is provided. single-phase AC motors are provided, they shall come
7.2.12.12 Requirement 2.26.2.11 applies, except as to a complete stop before electrically reversing direction.
modified by 7. 2.11.2 and 7.2.11.3. 7.2.12.37 Requirements 2.26.9.3.l(c), (d), and (e)
7.2.12.13 Requirement 2.26.2.12 does not apply. do not apply.

7.2.12.14 Requirement 2.26.2.14 applies, except it 7.2.1 2.38 Requirements 2.26.9.3.2 and 2.26.9.4 do
shall conform to 7.1.12.1. not apply.

7.2.1 2.1 5 Requirement 2.26.2.15 does not apply. 7.2.12.39 Requirement 2.26.12 does not apply.
Car door or gate electric contacts, conforming to 7.2.12.40 Section 2.27 does not apply. (1 6)
7.2.1.2.2, shall be provided for all dumbwaiters.
7.2.1 3 Layout Data
7.2.12.16 Requirement 2.26.2.18 does not apply.
The information provided on layout data shall con­
7.2.12.1 7 Requirement 2.26.2.20 does not apply. form to Section 2.2 8, except that 2.2 8.l (c) and (d) do not
apply. Requirement 2.2 8.l (b) applies only where safeties
7.2.12.18 Requirement 2.26.2.21 does not apply.
are provided.
7.2.12.19 Requirement 2.26.2.22 does not apply.
7.2.14 Welding for Dumbwaiters
7.2.12.20 Requirement 2.26.2.23 does not apply.
Section 8. 8 applies, except for tack welds and other
7.2.12.21 Requirement 2.26.2.24 does not apply. non-load-carrying welds.

256
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

SECTION 7.3 with rated load" shall substitute for the term "rated
HYDRAULIC DUMBWAITERS WITHOUT AUTOMATIC speed."
TRANSFER DEVICES 7.3.8.2 Counterweight Buffers. Requirement 7.2. 8
Section 7.3 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters without applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
automatic transfer devices. W here counterweights are provided for hydraulic
dumbwaiters, counterweight bumpers or buffers shall
7.3.1 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car not be provided.
Illumination
7.3.9 Guide Rails, G uide-Rail Supports, and
Requirement 7.2.1 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
Fastenings
7 .3.2 Car Frames and Platforms Requirement 7.2.9 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
Requirement 7.2.2 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters. 7.3. 1 0 Terminal Stopping Devices
7.3.3 Capacity and Loading Direct-plunger and roped-hydraulic dumbwaiter ter­
Requirement 7.2.3 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters. minal stopping devices shall conform to the require­
ments of Section 3.25.
7 .3.4 Car and Counterweight Safeties
7.3. 1 1 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
7.3.4.1 Car Safeties. Car safeties, where provided 7.3.1 1.1 Types of Operating Devices. Requirement
(see 7.1.6), shall conform to 7.2.4, 7.3.4.1.1, and 7.3.4.1.2. 7.2.12.1 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
7.3.4.1.1 The safety shall be of a type that can 7.3. 1 1 .2 Top-of-Car Operating Devices. Require­
be released only by moving the car in the up direction. ment 7.2.12.4 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
7.3.4.1.2 The switches required by 2.18.4.1 shall, 7.3. 1 1 .3 Anticreep Leveling Devices. Each dumb­
when operated, remove power from the driving­ waiter shall be provided with an anticreep leveling
machine motor and control valves before or at the time device conforming to 7.3.11.3.1 through 7.3.11.3.4.
of application of the safety.
7.3.1 1 .3.1 T he anticreep leveling device shall
7 .3.4.2 Counterweight Safeties. Counterweight maintain the car within 25 mm (1 in.) of the landing
safeties, where provided (see 7.1.6), shall conform to irrespective of the position of the hoistway door.
7.2.4, provided that safeties are operated as a result of the
breaking or slackening of the counterweight suspension 7.3.11 .3.2 For electrohydraulic dumbwaiters, the
ropes, irrespective of the rated speed of the dumbwaiter. anticreep leveling device shall be required to operate
the car only in the up direction.
7 .3.5 Hydraulic Driving Machines 7.3. 1 1 .3.3 For maintained pressure hydraulic
Jacks shall conform to Section 3.18; valves, pressure dumbwaiters, the anticreep leveling device shall be
piping, and fittings shall conform to Section 3.19; and required to operate the car in both directions.
hydraul ic machine and tanks shall conform to
7.3.11 .3.4 The operation of the anticreep leveling
Section 3.2 4.
device shall be permitted to depend on the availability
7 .3.6 Rope, Rope Connections, and Sheaves of the electric power supply provided that
(a) the power suppl y l ine disconnecting means
7.3.6.1 Ropes and Rope Con n ections. T he wire required by 7.3.11.7 is kept in the closed position at all
ropes and their connections, where provided, shall con­ times except during maintenance, repairs, and
form to 7.2.6. inspection
7 .3.6.2 Sheaves. Sheaves, where provided, shall (b) the electrical protective devices required by
conform to 7.2.10. 7.3.11.4.2 shall not cause the power to be removed from
the device
7.3.6.3 Welding. Welding shall comply to 7.2.14.
7 .3. 1 1 .4 Electrical Protective Devices. Electrical
7 .3. 7 Counterweights protective devices conforming to 7. 2. 12 shall be
Requirement 7.2.7 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters provided.
where counterweights are provided. 7.3.11 .4.1 The following devices shall prevent
operation of the dumbwaiter by the normal operating
7 .3.8 Buffers and Bumpers device and also the movement of the car in response to
7.3.8.1 Car Buffers or B u m p ers. Requirements the anticreep leveling device:
7.2. 8.1 and 7.2. 8.2 appl y to hydraulic dumbwaiters, (a) stop switches in the pit
except the term "maximum speed in the down direction (b) stop switches on top of car

257
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(c) slack-rope switch when required by 3.18.1.2.5 7.4.1 General Requirement

(d) speed-governor switch when required by 7.2.5 Material lifts shall be operated by authorized person­
7 .3. 1 1 .4.2 The following devices, when actuated, nel only.
shall prevent the operation of the dumbwaiter by the 7 .4.2 Classification
normal operating device, but the anticreep leveling
Material lifts without automatic transfer devices are
device required by 7.3.1 1.3 shall remain operative:
classified as either Type A or Type B Material Lifts.
(a) broken rope, tape, or chain switches on normal
stopping devices when such devices are located in the 7.4.2.1 Type A Material Lifts shall be controlled
machine room or overhead space from landing-mounted operated devices only.
(b) hoistway door interlocks or hoistway door Car-mounted operating devices shall not be permitted.
contacts It is a materials-only device, and riders shall not be
(c) car door or gate electric contacts permitted .
(d) hinged car platform sill electric contacts 7.4.2.2 Type B Material Lifts shall be permitted to (1 6)

7.3.1 1.5 Electrical Equipment and Wiring carry one operator and be provided with in-car ­
mounted operating devices, subject to the following
7.3. 1 1 .5.1 All electrical equipment and wiring limitations:
shall conform to the requirements of N F PA 70 or (a) Access to and usage of Type B Material Lifts is
CSA-C 2 2.l, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). restricted to authorized personnel.
7.3. 1 1 .5.2 Electrical equipment shall be listed / (b) T he rated speed is not to exceed 0.15 m /s
certified and labeled /marked. CSA B 4 4.1 / ASME A 17.5 (30 ft /min) .
defines the scope and applicable requirements for this (c) Travel does not exceed 7 .6 m ( 25 ft) .
listing /certification. (d) They are operated only by continuous-pressure
control devices.
7 .3.1 1 .6 Installation of Capacitors or Devices to Make (e) They shall not be accessible to the general public.
Electrical Protective Devices Inoperative. Requirement (f) The upper limit of travel shall be
2.26.7 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters. (1) level with the top penetrated floor, or
7.3.1 1.7 Control and Operating Circuits. Require­ (2) level with the top landing where no floor is
ments 2 .26 .9 .3.l(a) and (b) and 3.26 .6 apply to hydraulic penetrated
dumbwaiters. (g) They are permitted to serve one or more interme­
diate landings, provided that these landings have doors
7 . 3 . 1 1 .8 Recycling O peration for Multiple or as required in 7.4.1 4.
Telescopic Plungers. Requirement 3.26.7 applies to
hydraulic dumbwaiters. 7 .4.3 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway
Enclosures
7 . 3 . 1 1 .9 Pressure Switch . Requirement 3.26.8
The construction of hoistway enclosures shall conform
applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
to Section 2.1.
(1 6) 7.3.1 1 . 1 0 Requirement 7.2.1 2.40 applies to hydrau- W here fire-resistive construction is not required,
lic dumbwaiters . Section 2.1 does not apply for Type B Material Lifts.
Type B Material Lifts shall conform to the following:
7.3. 1 2 Layout Data (a) Hoistway and top landing enclosures shall be pro­
The information provided on layout data shall con­ vided in compliance with Table 7.4.3.
form to Section 3.28, except as modified in 7.3.1 2.1 (b) W here openwork construction is permitted, it
through 7.3.1 2.3. shall reject a 25 mm ( 1 in.) diameter ball and shall include
toe-boards at least 1 25 mm (5 in .) high .
7.3.1 2.1 Requirement 3.28.l(c) applies only where (c) Enclosures shall not deflect more than 20 mm
safeties are provided. (0.75 in.) when a concentrated force of 340 N (75 lbf) is
7.3.12.2 Requirement 3.28.l(d) does not apply. applied at the center of any panel.
(d) No section or part of a top landing enclosure shall
7.3.12.3 Requirement 3.28.l(e) does not apply. be lower than the corresponding and adjacent part of
the platform enclosure when the platform is at the top
SECTION 7.4 landing.
MATERIAL LI FTS WITHOUT AUTOMATIC TRANSFER 7.4.4 Pits
D EVICES
Pits for Type A Material Lifts and for Type B Material
Section 7.4 applies to material lifts without automatic Lifts where the pit depth exceeds 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) shall
transfer devices. conform to Section 2.2.

258
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA 844-16

Table 7 .4.3 Type B Material Lifts

Item Minimum Requirements Requirement Reference
Enclosures 7.4.3, 7.4.13
Hoistway [Note (1)) Fully enclosed below top landing
Sides: height Open work
construction
Sides: height 2 030 mm (80 in.)
Gate: height Open work
construction

To p landing [Note (1)) 7.4.3, 7 . 4 . 1 3

Sides: height 2 030 mm (80 in.)
construction Open work
Gate: height 2 030 mm (80 in.)
construction Open work

Car 7.5.1
Sides: height 2 030 mm (80 in.)
construction Open work
Gates None

Clearances 7.4.14
Nonaccess side to car 20 mm (0.75 in.) min. 2.5.1.1
Car sill to door sill 13 mm (0.50 in.) min. 2.5.1.4
32 mm (1.25 in.) max. 2.5.1.4
Car sill to hoistway 125 mm (5 in.) max. 2.5.1.5.l (b)
In jurisdictions enforcing NBCC 190 mm (7.5 in.) max. 2.5.1.5.l (a)

Landing/Car Controls CPPB with emergency stop 7.5.12.2

NOTE:
(1) Non-fire-resistive construction.

7 .4.5 Location and Guarding of Counterweights or any equipment attached thereto shall strike any part
Section 2.3 applies only when the car rated speed of the pit or floor beneath the lowest landing or equip­
exceeds 0.5 m/s (100 ft/min). ment located in the hoistway, except a buffer or bumper,
Where the car rated speed is 0.5 m/s (100 ft/min) or and no part of the counterweight or any equipment
less, counterweight guards conforming to 2.3.2 shall not attached thereto shall strike any part of the overhead
be required provided that the installation conforms to structure or equipment located in the hoistway, except
either 7.4.5.1 or 7.4.5.2. a mechanical stop or buffer.
7.4.5.1 A chain loop or equivalent shall be hung 7.4.6.1 .2 When the car reaches its maximum lirnit
from the bottom of the counterweight to the bottom of of upward travel, no part of the car or counterweight
the car. or any equipment attached thereto shall strike any part
7.4.5.2 Lightweight chains, approximately 600 mm of the overhead structure or equipment located in the
(2 4 in.) in length, shall be attached to the bottom of the hoistway, except a mechanical stop or buffer, and no
counterweight. These chains shall be spaced at 15 0 mm part of the counterweight or any equipment attached
(6 in.) intervals, except at the point of buffer (or bumper) thereto shall strike any part of the pit or floor beneath
engagement. the lowest landing or equipment located in the hoistway,
except a mechanical stop or buffer.
7 .4.6 Vertical Clearances and Run bys for Cars and
Counterweights 7.4.6.1 .3 When complete or partial entry into the
Section 2.4 does not apply. pit is required for maintenance or inspection and the
car is resting on its fully compressed buffer or bumper
7.4.6.1 For Type A Material Lifts, bottom and top where the distance from the underside of the car plat­
car clearances and runbys for cars and counterweights form to the pit access door sill, when provided, is less
shall conform to 7.4.6.1.1 through 7.4.6.1.4. than 460 mm (18 in.) or the pit floor is less than 920 mm
7.4.6.1.1 When the car reaches its maximum lirnit (3 6 in.) a nonremovable means shall be provided to
of downward travel, no part of the car or counterweight mechanically hold the car above the pit floor to provide

259
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

an area in the pit for maintenance and inspection con­ 7.4.7 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances
forming to the following: Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall
(a) It shall hold the car at a height of not less than conform to Section 2.5, except as modified by 7.4.7.1
9 20 mm (36 in.) nor more than 2 030 mm (80 in.) above through 7.4.7.4.
the pit floor and not less than 460 mm ( 18 in.) above
the bottom landing sill or pit access door sill, as mea­ 7.4.7.1 Requirement 2.5.1.1 applies, except that for
sured from the underside of the car platform. Type A Material Lifts the clearance between the car and
hoistway enclosure shall be not less than 13mm (0.5 in.).
(b) The means shall be so designed and constructed
For Type B Material Lifts the clearance between the car
as to stop and hold the car at governor tripping speed
and the hoistway enclosure shall be not less than 50 mm
with the rated load in the car.
( 2 in .).
(c) It shall not cause the stresses and deflections in
the car frame and platform members and their connec­ 7.4.7.2 Requirement 2.5.1.2 applies, except that the
tions to exceed the limits specified in 2.15.10 and 2.15.1 1. clearance between the car and the counterweight, and
(d) If the means does not automatically activate when the counterweight and the hoistway enclosure shall be
the lowest hoistway door or pit access door is opened not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.).
with the car not at the landing 7.4.7.3 Requirements 2.5.1.4 and 2.5.1.5.1 apply,
(1) it shall be capable of being operated without except where a counterbalanced car door is provided,
complete bodily entry into the pit. the clearance shall be measured from the landing side
(2) a sign shall be conspicuously displayed inside of the car door sill rather than the car platform sill.
the hoistway, that includes a warning that there is an
7.4.7.4 Beveling and Clearance Req uirements for
insufficient bottom car clearance, and instructions for
Type B Material Lifts
operating the device and that the power source be dis­
connected. The letters shall be not less than 25 mm ( 1 in.) 7.4.7.4.1 Where the door is recessed more than
in height. 15 mm (0 .6 in .) the door frame header shall be beveled
(e) A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.7 shall be (see Nonmandatory Appendix K).
provided . 7.4.7.4.2 Any projections on the access side of
(16) 7.4.6.1 .4 The top-of-car clearance shall comply the hoistway wall that are in excess of 6 mm (0.25 in.)
with 2.4.7. If a 1 100 mm ( 43 in.) vertical distance is not shall be beveled.
available when the car has reached its maximum upward 7.4.7.4.3 Where beveling is required it shall be
movement, a stopping device shall be provided that at an angle not less than 60 deg from horizontal (see
shall be functional when the car is under the control of Nonmandatory Appendix K).
the top-of-car operating device and shall be so located
in the hoistway as to maintain the minimum vertical 7 .4.8 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways
distance of 1 100 mm ( 43 in.). Protection of spaces below the hoistway shall conform
to Section 2 .6 . Where safeties are required they shall
7.4.6.2 For Type B Material Lifts, bottom and top conform to 7.5.4. Where buffers are required they shall
car clearances and runbys for cars and counterweights conform to 7.5.8.
shall conform to 7.4.6.2.1 through 7.4.6.2.3. Type B Material Lifts shall conform to 7.4.8 or the
floor shall be designed and constructed to safely support
7.4.6.2.1 When the platform is at the bottom and
the maximum load that would be applied to it by a free­
does not have a minimum under-platform clearance of
falling platform that is carrying its rated load.
9 20 mm (36 in .), a nomemovable means shall be pro­
vided conforming to 7.4.6.1.3(a) through (e). 7.4.9 Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control
Spaces, and Control Rooms
7.4.6.2.2 Except as required by 7.4.6.2.3, the mini­
mum overhead clearance when the platform is at the Machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and
top landing shall be control rooms shall conform to Section 2 .7 except as
modified in 7.4.9.1 through 7.4.9.3. Section 2.7 does not
(a) 600 mm ( 2 4 in.) over the highest anticipated load
apply to Type B Material Lifts.
(b) 2 000 mm (79 in.) over the empty platform
7.4.9.1 Requirement 2.7.3.4.6 applies to Type A
7.4.6.2.3 If a platform is equipped with a ceiling Material Lifts except the maximum width .
it shall be solid and capable of sustaining a load of
360 kg /m 2 (73 lb /ft 2 ) equally distributed, or 45 kg 7.4.9.2 Requirement 2.7.4 does not apply to Type A
( 100 lb) at any point; and the clearance shall conform Material Lifts.
to 7.4.6.1.4. A stop switch conforming to 7.5.1 2.2.7 shall 7.4.9.3 Requirement 2.7.5 does not apply to Type A
be provided on the top of the car. Material Lifts except 2.7.5.1 applies only to Type A

260
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Material Lifts, where a machine room is provided and 7.4.13.1.2 The clear entrance height to the plat­
full bodily entry is necessary. If maintenance or inspec­ form shall be a minimum of 2 030 mm (80 in.).
tions of the material lift driving-machine brake or an
emergency brake, or of material lift motion controllers 7.4.13.1.3 Solid gates or doors shall have a vision
or motor controllers located in the hoistway, is to be panel in accordance with 2.1 1.7.1.
carried out from inside the car or from the car top, a 7.4.1 3.2 For Types A and B Material Lifts where
means shall be provided to prevent uncontrolled and fire-resistive construction is required, the protection of
unexpected vertical car movement that poses a hazard hoistway landing openings shall conform to Section 2.1 1,
to maintenance or inspection personnel. If maintenance except as modified by 7 .4 .13.2 .1 through 7 .4 .13.2 .1 1 .
or inspections of the material lift driving-machine brake
or an emergency brake or of material lift motion control­ 7.4.13.2.1 Requirement 2.1 1.1 does not apply.All
lers or motor controllers is to be carried out from the hoistway entrances shall guard the full height and width
pit, a mechanical device shall be provided to stop the of the openings. Entrance opening size for Type A
car to create a vertical clearance as required by 7.4.6.1.3. Material Lifts shall not exceed 2 290 mm (90 in.) in height
A platform located in the car, on the car, or in the and 1 220 mm ( 48 in.) in width and shall not exceed the
hoistway shall be permitted for access to and mainte­ height and width of the car entrance opening.
nance and inspection of equipment in machinery spaces
or control spaces in the hoistway and shall comply with 7.4.1 3.2.2 Requirement 2.1 1.2 does not apply.
2.7.5.3.1 through 2.7.5.3.4. Only the following types of entrances shall be used with
material lifts :
7.4. 1 0 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine Rooms (a) horizontal slide
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts in (b) swing single section only with manual load /
hoistways and machine rooms shall conform to unload material lifts
Section 2.8, except as modified by 7.4.10.1 and 7.4.10.3. (c) vertical slide biparting counterbalanced
(d) vertical slide counterweighted single- or multi­
7.4.10.1 Type SF or equivalent wire is not required section
for the wiring to the hoistway door interlock from the (e) center-opening, two-section, horizontally swing
hoistway riser. only with manual load /unload material lifts, subject to
7.4.1 0.2 Requirement 2.8.3.3 does not apply. Stan­ the restrictions of 2.1 1.2.3
dard sprinkler protection conforming to NFPA 13or the
7.4.13.2.4 Requirement 2.1 1.4 does not apply.
NBCC, whichever is applicable, shall be permitted to
be installed in a material lift hoistway when all risers 7.4.1 3.2.5 Requirement 2.1 1.6 does not apply. (1 6)
and returns are located outside the hoistway. When the car is within the unlocking zone (see 2 .12 .1),
the material lift hoistway doors shall be manually open-
7.4. 1 0 .3 Requirement 2.8.1 does not apply to
able from within the car.
Type B Material Lifts.
7.4.1 3.2.6 Requirement 2.1 1.7.1 applies, except
7.4.1 1 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and that hoistway door vision panels are not required on
Foundations Type A Material Lifts.
Section 2.9 applies to Type A Material Lifts. Type B
Material Lifts shall conform to 2.9.1.1, 2.9.2.2, 2.9.3.2, 7.4.13.2.7 Requirement 2.1 1.7.2 does not apply.
2 .9 .3.3, and 2 .9 .4 . 7.4.13.2.8 Requirement 2.1 1.10.1 does not apply.
For Type B Material Lifts, see 7.4.7.4.
7.4. 1 2 G uarding of Equipment and Standard Railing
Requirement 2.10.1 applies. Requirement 2.10.2 does 7.4.1 3.2.9 Requirement 2.1 1.10.3 applies, except
not apply. that car to landing bridging sills shall be permitted to
be hinged on the lift and shall be permitted to form the
7.4. 1 3 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings bridge only when the hoistway doors are in the fully
opened position.
7.4.13.1 For Type B Material Lifts, where fire-
resistive construction is not required, 7.4.13.1.1 through 7.4.13.2.10 Requirement 2.1 1.12 applies, except
7.4.13.1.3 shall apply. the pull straps required by 2.1 1.12.8 for Type A Material
Lifts shall be mounted on the landing side of manually
7.4. 1 3 . 1 . 1 Entrances to the platform shall be operated, vertically sliding doors.
equipped with doors or gates with a minimum height
of 2 030 mm (80 in .), constructed as required in 7 .4 .3(b), 7.4. 1 3 . 2 . 1 1 Requirement 2 .1 1 .13.5 does not
(c), and (d). apply.

261
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(16) 7.4.14 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric 7.4.1 5.2 Requirement 2. 1 3. 3. 3. 2. For Type A
Contacts, and Hoistway Access Switches Material Lifts, a momentary pressure switch shall be
Hoistway door locking devices, hoistway door and provided at each landing.
car door or gate electric contacts, and hoistway access 7.4.15.3 Requirement 2.13.3.4. For Type A material
switches shall conform to Section 2.12 , except as modi­ lifts, in nonrestricted areas and restricted areas where
fied by 7.4.14.1 through 7.4.14.7. the hoistway is accessible to personnel, all requirements
7.4.14.1 Requirement 2.12.1.4 does not apply. of 2.13.3. 4 , ex cept 2.13.3.4.2 , apply. Requirement
2.13.3.4.4 applies, except that for Type A Material Lifts,
7.4.14.2 Requirement 2.12.2.3 does not apply to a momentary pressure button will not be provided in
Type B Material Lifts. The operation of a Type B Material the car.
Lift driving machine when a hoistway door or gate is
not in the closed position (see 2.12.2.2) shall be permitted 7.4. 1 5.4 Requirement 2.13.4 does not apply to
by a car-leveling or truck-zoning device (see 7.5.12.2.5 ), Type A Material Lifts.
or by an anticreep device (see 7.6. 8.2). The operation of 7.4. 1 5 . 5 Requirement 2.13.6 does not apply to
a Type B Material Lift driving machine when a hoistway Type A Material Lifts.
door or gate is unlocked, but in the closed position, shall
be permitted by a car-leveling or truck-zoning device, 7.4.1 5.6 For Type A Material Lifts, no door
by an anticreep device, or by continuous pressure control operating buttons shall be in the car.
devices located inside the car or at a landing when the 7.4.1 5.7 Requirement 2.14.5.7 does not apply.
car is within 75 mm (3 in.) above or below the landing.
Hoistway door close contacts (see 7.5.12.2.18) shall be 7.4. 1 6 Identification of Equipment
provided when the driving machine is operated with Requirement 2.2 9.1 applies.
the hoistway door or gate unlocked, but in the closed
position. The hoistway door close contacts shall be posi­
tively opened by the opening action of the door or gate. SECTION 7.5
They shall be maintained in the open position by the ELECTRIC MATERIAL LIFTS WITHOUT AUTOMATIC
action of gravity or by a restrained compression spring, TRANSFER DEVICES
or by both, or by positive mechanical means. Section 7.5 applies to electric material lifts without
7.4.14.3 Requirement 2.12.2.4.3 applies to Type B automatic transfer devices.
Material Lifts, except a device to permit operation of
7.5.1 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
the driving machine when the door or gate is closed but
Illumination
before it is locked shall be permitted in accordance to
7.4.14.2. Car enclosures and car doors and gates shall conform
to Section 2.14, except as modified by 7.5.1.1 through
7.4.14.4 Requirement 2.12.6 applies except that 7.5.1.3.
unlocking devices are required at only the lowest and
top landings. 7.5.1.1 Car Enclosure
7.4.14.5 Requirement 2.12.7 applies only to Type A 7.5.1 .1.1 Requirement 2.14.1 applies, except (16)
Material Lifts. (a) for Type A Material Lifts
(1) the height of the enclosure walls shall not exceed
7.4.14.6 For Type B Material Lifts, the interlock 2 2 80 mm (90 in.)
shall not be readily accessible from inside the platform. (2) the width of the enclosure shall not exceed
7.4.14.7 Requirement 2.12.3 applies only to Type A 1 2 2 0 mm (4 8 in.) unless the height of the enclosure is
Material Lifts. Combination mechanical lock and con­ 1 5 25 mm (60 in.) or less
tacts are not permitted for Type B Material Lifts. (b) for Type B Material Lifts, the platform enclosure
NOTE (7.4.14): Type B Material Lifts must have full interlocks.
on nonaccess sides shall be 2 030 mm (80 in.) high, shall
be permitted to be of openwork construction, and shall
7.4.1 5 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car be in compliance with 7.4.3(b) , (c), and (d)
Doors and Gates 7.5.1 .1.2 Requirement 2.14.1.2 does not apply.
When provided, power operation, power opening, The enclosure shall be securely fastened and so sup­
and power closing of hoistway doors and car doors and ported that it cannot loosen or become displaced in
gates shall conform to Section 2.13, except as modified ordinary service, on the application of the car safety, or
by 7.4.15.1 through 7.4.15.7. on buffer engagement.
7.4.1 5.1 Requirement 2.13.3.2.4 does not apply to 7.5.1 .1.3 Requirement 2.14.1.3 does not apply.
Type A Material Lifts. T he car enclosure shall be of such strength and so

262
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

designed and supported that when subjected to a lean­ 2.1 4.6.2.1 and 2.1 4.6.2.3. Balanced counterweighted ver­
ing or falling rated load on the car, the car enclosure tically sliding doors shall be permitted to be either single
walls will not deflect or deform to the extent that the or multiple section.
running clearances are reduced below the minimum
7.5.1 .2.4 Requirement 2.1 4.4.4 does not apply.
specified.
Car gates shall be of the horizontally sliding collapsible
7.5.1.1.4 Requirement 2.1 4.1.4 does not apply. type or of the vertically sliding type. Horizontally sliding
W here the car enclosure contains multiple compart­ collapsible gates shall conform to 2 .1 4 .6 .3.1, 2 .1 4 .6 .3.2,
ments, the rated load shall be the sum of the rated loads and 2.1 4.6.3.4. Collapsible-type gates shall be permitted
of the individual compartments. to be arranged to swing inward when in the fully opened
(collapsed) position. Vertically sliding gates shall con­
7.5.1.1.5 Requirement 2 .1 4 .1 .5 does not apply. form to 2.1 4.6.2.1 and 2.1 4.6.2.3, and shall be of a design
7.5.1.1.6 Requirement 2.1 4.1.6 applies for Type A that will reject a ball 50 mm ( 2 in.) in diameter.Balanced
Material Lifts and for Type B Material Lifts where a car counterweighted gates shall be permitted to be either
top is provided. single or multiple section.
7.5.1.1.7 Requirement 2.1 4.1.7.1 does not apply. 7.5.1 .2.5 Requirement 2.1 4.4.7 does not apply.

7.5.1.1.8 Requirement 2.1 4.1.8 does not apply. 7.5.1 .2.6 Requirement 2.1 4.4.8 does not apply.
Enclosures that incorporate glass in their construction Weights used to close or balance doors or gates shall
are prohibited on material lifts. run in guides or be boxed in. Guides shall be of metal,
and the bottom of the guides or boxes shall be so con­
7.5.1.1 .9 Requirement 2 .1 4 .1 .9 does not apply. structed as to retain the weights if the suspension mem­
Apparatus or equipment not used in connection with ber fails.
the function or use of the material lift shall not be
7.5.1 .2.7 Requirement 2.1 4.4.10 does not apply.
installed inside of any material lift car, except for lift
The operation of power-operated and power-opened or
hooks, conveyor tracks, and support beams for freight
power-closed door or gates shall conform to 7 .4 .15 .
handling.
7.5.1 .2.8 Requirement 2.1 4.5 does not apply.
7.5.1 .1.10 Requirement 2.1 4.1.10 does not apply.
7.5.1 .2.9 Requirement 2.1 4.6 does not apply.Gate
7.5.1 .1.11 Requirement 2.1 4.2 does not apply. handles of manually operated collapsible gates shall be
7.5.1.1.12 Requirement 2.1 4.3.1 does not apply. provided with finger guards.
Perforated construction shall reject a ball 38 mm ( 1.5 in.) 7 . 5 . 1 .3 Car I llum ination and Lighting Fixtures.
in diameter. Requirement 2.1 4.7 does not apply. Cars shall be pro­
7.5.1 .1.13 Requirement 2 .1 4 .3.3 does not apply. vided with an electric light or lights providing a mini­
If ventilating grilles or louvers are provided in the enclo­ mum of 27 lx ( 2.5 fc) at the car threshold and conforming
sure, they shall reject a ball 38 mm ( 1.5 in.) in diameter. to 2 .1 4 .7 .4 .

7.5.1.2 Car Doors and Gates 7.5.2 Car Frames and Platforms
Car frames and platforms shall conform to
7.5.1 .2.1 Requirement 2.1 4.4.1 applies to Type A
Section 2.15, except as modified by 7.5.2.1 through
Material Lifts. It also applies to Type B Material Lifts
7.5.2.7.
where car doors or gates are provided.
7.5.2.1 Requirement 2.15.5 does not apply. The
7.5.1 .2.2 Requirement 2.1 4.4.2 does not apply. platform shall be designed to withstand the forces devel­
Each door or gate shall be equipped with a contact that oped under the loading conditions for which the lift is
will prevent operation of the driving machine, unless designed and installed.
the door or gate panel(s) is in the closed position as
defined in 2.1 4.4.1 1. Operation of the driving machine 7.5.2.2 Requirements 2.15.6.1.2 and 2.15.6.1.3 do
when a car door or gate is not in the closed position is not apply.
permissible under any of the following conditions: 7.5.2.3 Requirement 2.15.8 does not apply.
(a) by an inching, car-leveling, or truck-zoning device
(b) when a hoistway access switch is operated
7.5.2.4 Requirement 2.15.9.2 applies to Type A
Material Lifts and Type B Material Lifts that operate in
7.5.1 .2.3 Requirement 2.1 4.4.3 does not apply. a leveling or truck zone in accordance to 7.5.1 2.2.5 only,
Car doors shall be of the horizontally or vertically sliding except the minimum allowance of 1 2 20 mm ( 48 in.) in
type and shall be of solid, grill, or perforate construction. 2.15.9.2(a) does not apply to Type A and Type B Material
Perforated portions shall reject a ball 38 mm ( 1.5 in.) Lifts and the minimum allowance of 5 25 mm ( 2 1 in.) in
in diameter. Vertically sliding doors shall conform to 2.15.9.2(b) does not apply to Type B Material Lifts.

263
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

7.5.2.5 Requirement 2.15.9.3 does not apply. speed, within the maximum stopping distances as deter­
mined in 8.2.6 and Table 2.17.3.
7.5.2.6 Requirement 2.15.1 1 does not apply. For
Type B Material Lifts the vertical deflection of the plat­ 7.5 .4.2 Requirement 2.17.7 applies, except the
form when the rated load is in any position on the rated speed shall be modified to read 1 m /s ( 200 ft /min).
platform shall not exceed 5 mm per 1 000 mm (0 .25 in .
per 50 in.) of platform length. The maximum allowable 7.5 .4.3 Requirement 2.17.8 applies, except that (16)
deflection shall be 50 mm ( 2 in.). Type A safeties shall be permitted to be used for rated
speeds of 1 m /s ( 200 ft /min) or less. Safeties actuated
7.5.2.7 For Type B Material Lifts by broken or slack suspension ropes are permitted only
(a) platform surfaces shall be skid-resistant for material lifts having a rated speed of 1 m /s
(b) all materials and freight carried on platforms, ( 200 ft /min) or less where the space below the material
including wheeled vehicles, shall be blocked, locked, or lift is not accessible.
otherwise positively located on the platform
7.5.4.4 Requirement 2.17.9 applies, except as modi­
7.5.3 Capacity and Loading fied by 7.5.4. The application of safeties shall conform
to 2.17.9.1, 2.17.9.2, and 2.17.9.3. The forces providing
Capacity and loading shall conform to Section 2.16,
the stopping action shall conform to 2.17.9.4 or 7.5.4.4.1.
except as modified by 7.5.3.1 through 7.5.3.5.
7.5.3.1 Requirement 2 .16 .1 does not apply. 7.5.4.4.1 Where guide-rail sections other than
those specified in 2.23.3(a) are used, the application of
7.5.3.2 Requirement 2.16.2 applies, except that for safety stopping forces shall not cause deformation of
Type A Material Lifts the class of loading shall not the guide-rail sections upon whose dimensional stability
include Industrial Truck Loading: Class Cl and C 2. the stopping capability of the safeties is dependent.
7.5.3.3 Requirement 2.16.4 does not apply. Type A
7.5.5 Speed Governors
Material Lifts shall be restricted to handling of material
only and shall not be used to carry persons. A sign Speed governors shall conform to Section 2.18, except
conforming to 2.16.5 and reading " N O R I D E R S as modified by 7.5.5.1 through 7.5.5.3.
PE RMIT T ED" or equivalent verbiage shall be provided. 7.5.5.1 Requirement 2.18.1 applies, except the
7.5.3.4 For Type B Material Lifts, 2 .16 .5 does not rated speed shall be modified to read 1 m /s ( 200 ft /min) .
apply, except as modified by 7.5.3.4.1 through 7.5.3.4.3.
7 . 5 . 5 .2 Requirement 2.18.4 applies, except the
7.5.3.4.1 The following signs shall be provided : rated speed shall be modified from 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min)
(a) at each control station in the hall : MAXIMUM to 1 m /s ( 200 ft /min).
LOAD kg (lb) and NO R I D E R S EXC E P T O N E
7.5.5.3 Requirement 2.18.5 applies, except that
OPERATO R O R F REIGHT HANDLE R
when the suspension ropes are less than 9 .5 mm
(b) at the control station in the lift : N O R I D E R S
(0.375 in.), the diameter of the governor rope shall be
EXCEPT ONE OPERATO R O R F REIGHT HANDLE R
permitted to be less than 9 .5 mm (0 .375 in .), but not less
(c) at each entrance or gate : A U T H O R I Z E D
than the diameter of the suspension ropes.
PERSONNEL ONLY O N T HIS MATE RIAL LIFT
7.5.3.4.2 Signs shall comply with 2.16.5.2, except 7.5.6 Suspension Ropes and Their Con nections
that the height of characters for the signs required by Suspension ropes and their connections shall conform
7.5.3.4(a) shall be not less than 25 mm ( 1 in.). to Section 2.20, except as modified by 7.5.6.1 through
7.5.3.4.3 Signs for class of loading shall be pro­ 7.5.6.6.
vided in the lift and shall comply with 2.16.5.1.1. 7.5.6.1 Requirement 2.20.1 does not apply. Cars
7.5.3.5 Requirement 2 .16 .7 shall not apply. One­ and counterweights for material lifts shall be suspended
piece loads exceeding rated load shall not be carried on by iron or steelwire hoisting ropes or chains . Ropes
material lifts without automated transfer devices . that have previously been installed and used on another
installation shall not be reused . Chains, where used,
7.5.4 Car and Counterweight Safeties shall be roller, block, or multiple-link silent type.
Car and counterweight safeties shall conform to 7 .5.6.2 Chain Data
Section 2.17, except as modified by 7.5.4.1 through (a) The crosshead data plate required by 2.20.2.1 shall
7.5.4.4. bear the following chain data:
7.5.4.1 Requirement 2.17.3 does not apply. The (1) number of chains
safety device shall be capable of stopping and sustaining (2) type of chain
the entire car with its rated load from governor tripping (3) standard chain number

264
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(4) the manufacturer 's rated breaking strength per 7.5.8.5 Solid bumpers are permitted where the
chain in pounds (lb) rated speed does not exceed 0.25 m /s (50 ft /min).
(b) A metal data tag shall be securely attached to one
of the chain fastenings. A new tag shall be installed at 7.5.9 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, G uide-Rail
each chain renewal. The material and marking of the Supports, and Fasten ings
chain data tag shall conform to 2.16.3.3, except that the Car and counterweight guide rails, guide-rail sup­
height of the letters and figures shall be not less than ports, and fasten ings shall conform to Sect ion 2.23,
1.5 mm (½ 6 in.). This data tag shall bear the following except as modified by 7.5.9.1 and 7.5.9.2.
chain data:
(1) type of chain 7.5.9.1 Use of Common Guide Rails. The same set
(2) standard chain number of guide rails shall be permitted to be used for both the
(3) the manufacturer 's rated breaking strength per car and counterweight.
chain in pounds (lb) 7 . 5 . 9 . 2 G u i d e - R a i l Sections. Requ irements
(4) month and year the chains were installed 2.23.3(a), (b)(l), 2.23.9.1, and 2.23.9.3 do not apply. Guide
(5) name of the person or firm who installed the rails, supports, joints, fishplates, and fastenings that are
chains not covered by Section 2.23 shall be permitted to be used,
(6) name of the manufacturer of the chains prov ided that the strengths, stresses, and deflections are
7 .5.6.3 Requirement 2.20.3 applies, except as modi­ consistent with Section 2.23 for the loads imposed.
fied by the following : Where guide-rail sections other than those specified
(a) The applicable safety factor to be applied is that in 2.23.3(a) are used
of a freight elevator. (a) requirements 2.23.7.2.l(a), (b), (e), and 2.23.10.2 do
(b) Where chains are provided, the factor of safety not apply
shall be equal to 1.25 times the safety factor calculated (b) the allowable deflection of the guide rail shall be
for wire ropes. limited to prevent the safety device from disengaging
the rail during the application of the load
7.5.6.4 Requirement 2.20.4 does not apply. The
minimum number of hoisting ropes or chains used shall 7.5.1 0 Driving Machine and Sheaves
be two.
The driving means shall be one of the following types:
7.5.6.5 Requirement 2.20.5 applies, except where (a) Traction and winding-drum machines conforming
only two ropes are prov ided, single-bar-type equalizers to Section 2 .2 4, except as modified by the following:
shall be permitted to be used. (1) Requirement 2.2 4.2.2 does not apply. Sheaves
7.5.6.6 Requirement 2.20.9 applies. The fastening and drums shall have a pitch diameter of not less than
of car and counterweight ends of suspension chains shall 30 times the diameter of the rope.
be such as to develop at least 80% of the rated breaking (b) Cha in d r ive mach ines conform ing to the
strength of the strongest chain used in such fastenings. following :
(1) Friction gearing, clutch mechan isms, or cou­
7.5.7 Counterweights
plings shall not be used for connecting the sprockets to
Counterweights for Type A Material Lifts shall con­ the main drive gear.
form to Section 2.2 1. (2) The driving machine shall be equipped with
7 .5.8 Buffers and Bumpers electrically released, mechanically applied brakes con­
forming to 2 .2 4 .8 .The operation of the brake shall con­
Buffers and bumpers for Type A Material Lifts shall form to 2.26.8.
conform to Section 2.2 2, except as modified by 7.5.8.1 (3) The driving-machine chains and sprockets shall
through 7.5.8.5. be of steel with all particulars of design and dimensions
7.5.8.1 Requirement 2.22. 1 . 1 . 1 . Spring buffers or meeting ANSI B 29.1.
their equivalent shall be permitted to be used where the (c) Indirect drive machines conforming to 2.2 4.9.
rated speed does not exceed 1.5 m /s (300 ft /min). (d) Rack-and-pinion drive machines conforming to
7.5.8.2 Requirement 2.22.1.1.2. Oil buffers or their 4.1.2 4. The safeties on rack-and-pinion drive machines
equivalent shall be used where the rated speed is in shall conform to either 4.1.17 or 7.5.4.
excess of 1.5 m /s (300 ft /min). (e) Screw-column drive mach ines conform ing to
4.2.15.
7.5.8.3 Requirement 2.22.3.1. Table 7.9.2.1 4 shall be (f) For Type B Mater ial Lifts, the follow ing shall
used in place of Table 2 .2 2 .3 .1 . apply:
7.5.8.4 Requirement 2.22.4.1. Table 7.9.2.15 shall be (1) No part of the driving machine shall be located
used in place of Table 2.2 2.4.1. directly above the platform area.

265
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(2) Provision shall be made to allow manual low­ 7.5.12.1.4 Requirement 2.26.1.5 does not apply.
ering in the event of power failure.
7.5.1 2.1 .5 Requirement 2.26.1.6 applies, except
7.5.1 1 Terminal Stopping Devices that the devices shall be located at the landing .

7.5.1 1 .1 For Type A Material Lifts, the terminal 7.5.12.1.6 Requirement 2.26.2.5 does not apply.
stopping devices shall conform to 2.25, except as modi­ An emergency stop switch (switches) conforming to
fied by 7.5.1 1.1.1 through 7.5.1 1.1.3. 2.26.2.S(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided to stop opera­
tion of the material lift, and the door and gate operation
7.5.1 1 .1.1 Requirement 2.25.3.3 does not apply. (if power operated). The emergency stop switch shall
Final terminal stopping devices shall be provided in the be located in the car adjacent to each entrance in a posi­
hoistway and shall be directly operated by the move­ tion that shall be accessible to a person standing at the
ment of the car. floor adjacent to the car entrance.
7.5.1 1 .1 .2 Requirement 2.25.3.5 does not apply. 7.5.12.1.7 Requirement 2.26.2.6 does not apply.
Where final terminal stopping switches are located on
and operated by the driving machine, they shall conform 7.5.12.1 .8 Requirement 2.26.2.10 applies only
to 2 .25 .3.5 . where a speed governor is provided.
7.5.1 1 .1 .3 Requirement 2.25.4 does not apply. 7.5.12.1.9 Requirement 2.26.2.1 1 does not apply.
Final terminal stopping devices conforming to 7.5.1 1
7.5.1 1 .2 For Type B Material Lifts, the terminal
shall be provided for every electric material lift.
stopping devices shall conform to 7.5.1 1.2.1 through
7.5.1 1.2.4. 7.5.12.1 .10 Requirement 2.26.2.13 does not
apply.
7.5.1 1 .2.1 A normal terminal stopping device
(electrical switch) shall be provided at the top and bot­ 7.5.12.1 .11 Requirement 2.26.2.1 5 does not
tom landings; it shall positively and automatically stop apply. Car door or gate electric contacts conforming to
the lift at the landings. 7.5.1.2.2 shall be provided.
7.5.1 1 .2.2 Mechanical limits shall be provided at 7.5.12.1 .12 Requirement 2.26.2.16 does not
the top and bottom end of travel. The top and bottom apply.
limit shall be permitted to exceed the normal terminal
stopping device by 100 mm ( 4 in.). 7.5.1 2.1 .13 Requirement 2.26.2.20 applies,
except when a closed door or gate or closed hoistway
7.5.1 1 .2.3 Where a mechanical limit at the top door prevents the device from encroaching into the
of travel cannot be provided (because of the design of hoistway.
the hoisting machine), a final terminal stopping device
(electrical switch) shall be provided that shall, after an 7.5.12.1 .14 Requirement 2.26.2.2 1 does not
overtravel of 50 mm ( 2 in.), cause the power to be apply. A stop switch conforming to 7.5.1 2.1.6 shall be
removed from the hoisting machine automatically and provided in the car.
independently of the functioning of the device required
7.5.12.1 .1 5 Requirement 2.26.3 does not apply.
in 7.5.1 1.2.1.
7.5.1 1 .2.4 Normal and final terminal stopping 7.5.1 2.1 .16 Requirement 2.26.4.3does not apply.
devices shall be operated directly by the movement of The following switches shall have contacts that are posi­
the lift, and shall not be accessible from the landings. tively opened mechanically; their opening shall not be
solely dependent on springs.
7.5.12 Operating Devices and Control Equipment (a) stop switch in pit (see 2.26.2.7)
(b) stop switch on top of car (see 2.26.2.8)
7.5.12.1 Type A material lift operating devices
(c) car safety mechanism switch (see 2.26.2.1 2)
and control equipment shall conform to Section 2.26,
(d) speed-governor overspeed switch (see 2.26.2.10)
except as modified by 7.5.1 2.1.1 through 7.5.1 2.1.25.
(e) final terminal stopping device (see 7.5.1 1)
7.5.12.1.1 Requirement 2.26.1.2 does not apply. (f) hoistway door locking devices for power material
lifts (see 7.4.1 4)
7.5.12.1.2 Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply.
One-piece loads greater than the rated load are not (g) hoistway door close contacts (see 7.5.1 2.2.18)
permitted. 7.5.12.1 .17 Requirement 2.26.4.4 does not apply.
(16) 7.5.12.1.3 Requirement 2.26.1.4.l(a)(l)(-a) does 7.5.1 2.1 .18 Requirement 2.26.4.5 does not apply.
not apply for car sizes where the area of the platform
is less than 1.4 m 2 ( 15 ft2). 7.5.1 2.1 .19 Requirement 2.26.5 does not apply.

266
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

7.5.12.1.20 Requirement 2.26.6 applies for poly­ 7 .5.12.2.5.4 Requirement 2.26.1.6.5 shall apply.
phase motors. When single-phase AC motors are pro­
7.5.12.2.6 Requirement 2.26.2.5 does not apply. (16)
vided, they shall come to a complete stop before electri­
Each control station shall be provided with an emer­
cally reversing direction.
gency stop switch (switches) conforming to 2.26.2.5(a),
7.5.12.1.21 Requirements 2.26.9.3.l(c), (d), and (b), and (c) that when operated shall cause the power
(e) do not apply. to be removed from the driving machine. Requirement
2.26.2.S(a) does not apply to the emergency stop switch
7.5.12.1 .22 Requirements 2.26.9.3.2 and 2.26.9.4
located at each landing. When a constant-pressure-type
do not apply. When a single ground or failure as speci­
emergency stop switch at a landing is released, the car
fied in 2.26.9.3.l(a) or (b) occurs, the car shall not be
shall not move, except for anticreep operation, until all
permitted to restart.
operating devices in the car and at the landings have
7.5.12.1 .23 Requirement 2.26.1 2 does not apply. been returned to their nonactuated state. The car shall
7 . 5 . 1 2 . 1 .24 Operating devices that initiate continue to remain stationary, except for leveling, until
motion of the car shall not be located in the car. an operating device in the car or at the landing is
actuated.
(16) 7.5.12.1.25 Requirement 7.2.1 2.40 applies.
7.5.12.2.7 Requirement 2.26.2.6 does not apply.
7.5.1 2.2 Type B Material Lift operating devices
and control equipment shall conform to Section 2.26, 7 . 5 . 1 2.2.8 Requirement 2.26.2.8 applies only
except as modified by 7.5.1 2.2.1 through 7.5.1 2.2.34. where a car top is provided.

7.5.12.2.1 Requirement 2.26.1.2 does not apply. 7.5.1 2.2.9 Requirement 2.26.2.10 applies only
where a speed governor is provided.
7.5.12.2.2 Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply.
One-piece loads greater than the rated load are not 7 . 5 . 1 2.2 . 1 0 Requirement 2.26.2.1 1 does not
permitted. apply. Final terminal stopping devices conforming to
7.5.1 1 shall be provided for every electric material lift.
7.5.12.2.3 Requirement 2.26.1.4 does not apply.
W here top-of-car inspection operation is provided, 7 . 5 . 1 2.2 . 1 1 Requirement 2.26.2.1 2 does not
2.26.1.4.2 applies. apply.
7.5.12.2.4 Requirement 2.26.1.5 does not apply. 7.5.1 2.2.12 Requirement 2.26.2.13 does not
apply.
7.5.12.2.5 Operation in Leveling or Truck Zone.
Requirement 2.26.1.6 does not apply. Operation of a 7.5.12.2.13 Requirement 2.26.2.15 does not
material lift in a leveling or truck zone at any landing by apply. Car door or gate electric contacts conforming to
a car-leveling or truck-zoning device, when the hoistway 7.5.1.2.2 shall be provided.
doors, or the car doors or gates, or any combination
thereof, are not in the closed position, is permissible, 7.5.1 2.2.14 Requirement 2.26.2.16 does not
subject to the requirements of 7.6.8.2.5.1 through apply.
7.6.8.2.5.4. 7 . 5 . 1 2.2 . 1 5 Requirement 2.26.2.20 applies,
7.5.1 2.2.5.1 Operating devices of manually except when a closed door or gate or closed hoistway
operated car-leveling devices or truck-zoning devices door prevents the device from encroaching into the
shall be of the continuous-pressure type and located in hoistway.
the car. 7.5.12.2.16 Requirement 2.26.2.2 1 does not
7.5.12.2.5.2 The material lift leveling zone at apply. A stop switch conforming to 7.5.1 2.2.6 shall be
any landing shall not extend more than 75 mm (3 in.) provided in the car.
above and below any landing. Operation in the leveling 7 . 5 . 1 2.2 . 1 7 Requirement 2.26.2.2 4 does not
zone above any landing shall only be permitted when apply.
a car apron conforming to 2.15.9 is provided, except the
minimum allowances of 1 2 20 mm ( 48 in.) in 2.15.9.2(a) 7 . 5 . 1 2 . 2 . 1 8 H o istway Door Close Con tacts.
and 5 25 mm ( 2 1 in.) in 2.15.9.2(b) do not apply. Hoistway door close contacts, conforming to 7.4.1 4.2,
shall be provided for all Type B Material Lifts that can
7.5.12.2.5.3 The material lift truck zone at any operate with hoistway doors or gates closed but not
landing shall not extend more than 1 700 mm (67 in.) locked within 75 mm (3 in.) above or below a landing
above the landing. Truck zones shall only be permitted
and are provided with interlocks. These contacts are
when a car apron conforming to 2.15.9 is provided, electrical protective devices.
except the minimum allowances of 1 2 20 mm ( 48 in.) in
2.15.9.2(a) and 5 25 mm ( 2 1 in.) in 2.15.9.2(b) do not apply. 7.5.12.2.19 Requirement 2.26.3 does not apply.

267
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

7.5.1 2.2.20 Requirement 2.26.4.3does not apply. 7.5.14 Welding

The following switches shall have contacts that are posi­ Section 8.8 applies, except for tack welding and other
tively opened mechanically; their opening shall not be non-load-carrying welds .
solely dependent on springs :
(a) stop switch in pit (see 2.26.2.7)
(b) stop switch on top of car (see 2.26.2.8)
SECTION 7.6
(c) car safety mechanism switch (see 2.26.2.1 2)
HYDRAULIC MATERIAL LIFTS WITHOUT AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER DEVICES
(d) speed-governor overspeed switch (see 2.26.2.10)
(e) final terminal stopping dev ice (see 7.5.1 1) Section 7.6 applies to hydraulic material lifts without
(f) hoistway door locking devices for power material automatic transfer devices.
lifts (see 7.4.1 4)
7.6.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and Related
7.5.1 2.2.21 Requirement 2 .26 .4 .4 does not apply. Construction
7.5.12.2.22 Requirement 2.26.4.5 does not apply. Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related construc­
tion shall conform to Sections 3.1 through 3.13and 3.29,
7.5.1 2.2.23 Requirement 2.26.5 does not apply. except as modified by 7.4.3 through 7.4.16.
7.5.12.2.24 Requirement 2.26.6 applies for poly­
7.6.2 Mechanical Equipment
phase motors .When single-phase AC motors are pro­
v ided, they shall come to a complete stop before electri­ Mechanical equipment shall conform to Section 7.5.
cally reversing direction.
7.6.3 Hydraulic Driving Machines
7.5.1 2.2.25 Requirements 2.26.9.3.l(c), (d), and Driving machines shall conform to Section 3.18, except
(e) do not apply. as modified by 7.6.3.1.
7.5.1 2.2.26 Requirements 2 .26 .9 .3.2 and 2 .26 .9 .4 7 .6.3.1 Requirement 3.23.2 applies, except as modi­
do not apply. When a single ground or failure as speci­ fied in 7 .6 .3.1 .1 and 7 .6 .3.1 .2 .
fied in 2.26.9.3.l(a) or (b) occurs, the car shall not be
permitted to restart. 7.6.3.1 .1 Roped-hydraulic elevators shall be sus­
pended with not less than two wire ropes or chains in
7.5.1 2.2.27 Requirement 2.26.1 1 does not apply. conformance with 2.15.13 and 7.5.6.
7.5.1 2.2.28 Requirement 2.26.1 2 does not apply. 7.6.3.1 .2 Sheaves used to transfer load from the
7.5.1 2.2.29 All operating devices shall be of the driv ing machine to the car frame through wire ropes or
continuous-pressure type (CPPB in Table 7 .4 .3) . chain shall conform to 7.5.10.
7.5.1 2.2.30 A control station located at a landing 7.6.4 Valves, Pressure Pipings, and Fittings
shall be in the v icinity of, and in full view of, the material Valves, pressure piping, and fittings shall conform to
lift entrance. Section 3.19, except as modified by 7.6.4.1 and 7.6.4.2.
7.5.1 2.2.31 Controls and equipment shall be pro­ 7.6.4.1 W here cylinders are equipped w ith an
tected against unauthorized use. overspeed valve in conformance w ith 3.19.4.7, the
7.5.1 2.2.32 The center of the car control station requirement of 3.19.3.3.l(a) does not apply.
shall be located at a vert ical height between 7.6.4.2 For Type B Material Lifts, 3.19.4.4 does not
1 500 mm (59 in.) and 1 700 mm (66 in.) from the platform apply.
surface and horizontally at least 1 000 mm (39 in.) from
the car sill. In the case of front and rear entrances with 7.6.5 Counterweight Ropes, Rope Con nections, and
a car depth of less than 2 000 mm (79 in.), the car control Sheaves
station shall be located horizontally at the center of the Counterweight ropes, rope connections, and sheaves
side enclosure. shall conform to Section 3.20, except as modified by
7.5.1 2.2.33 No landing control devices, except 7 .6 .5 .1 and 7 .6 .5 .2 .
emergency stop switch(es), shall override a car control 7.6.5.1 Section 3.20 does not apply. Ropes and
device that is in operation. Means shall be provided rope connections shall conform to 7.5.6.
within the car that shall render inoperative landing con­
7 .6.5.2 Requirement 3.2 1.2 does not apply. Sheaves
trol devices.
for counterweights shall conform to 7.5.10.
(16) 7.5.1 2.2.34 Requirement 7.2.1 2.40 applies.
7.6.6 Hydraulic Machines and Tanks
7.5.1 3 Layout Data Hydraul ic mach ines and tanks shall conform to
Layouts shall conform to Section 2.28. Section 3.2 4.

268
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

For Type B Material Lifts, the machines and tanks following devices shall not prevent operation of the
shall be enclosed and access shall be through a panel anticreep device:
or door, that shall normally be locked. (a) emergency stop switch, 7.5.1 2.2.5
(b) hoistway door interlocks or hoistway door con-
7.6.7 Terminal Stopping Device tacts, 2.26.2.1 4
Terminal stopping devices shall conform to 7.5.1 1. (c) car door or gate electric contacts (7.5.1 2.2.1 2)
(d) hinged car platform sill electric contacts ( 2.26.2.20)
7 .6.8 Operating Devices and Control Equipment (e) hoistway door close contacts (7.5.1 2.2.18)
7.6.8.1 Operating Devices and Control Equipment. 7.6.8.4 Requirements 3.26.5 through 3.26.8 apply
Operating devices and control equipment shall conform to all hydraulic material lifts. Requirements 3.26.9 and
to Section 2.26 as specified by 7.5.1 2, except as modified 3.26 .10 shall apply to Type A hydraulic Material Lifts
by the following: only.
(a) Requirements 7.5.1 2.1.6 through 7.5.1 2.1.1 4 and
7.5.1 2.2.5 through 7.5.1 2.2.16 for electrical protective 7 .6.8.5 Low Oil Protection. A means shall be pro­
devices apply as specified in 7.6.8.3. vided to render normal control of a Type B hydraulic
(b) Requirements 2.26.6, 7.5.1 2.1.20, and 7.5.1 2.2.2 2 do Material Lift inoperative if for any reason the liquid
not apply. level in the tank falls below the permissible minimum.
(c) Requirement 2.26.8 does not apply.
Suitable means include, but are not limited to, the
following :
(d) Requirements 2.26.9.1, 2.26.9.2, 2.26.9.5, 2.26.9.6,
(a) direct sensing of liquid level
and 2 .26 .9 .7 do not apply.
(b) a pump-run timer
(e) Requirement 2.26.10 does not apply.
T he words "driving-machine motor and brake" in Actuation of the means shall prevent the hydraulic
Section 2.26 and 7.5.1 2 shall be replaced with "hydraulic pump from running, preventing further upward motion.
machine." Continuous pressure operation shall continue to func­
tion in the downward direction. The means shall require
7 .6.8.2 Anticreep Operation. Each hydraulic Type A local manual reset before returning the car to service.
Material Lift shall be provided with anticreep operation
in conformance with 3.26.3. Each hydraulic Type B 7 .6.9 Layout Data
Material Lift shall be provided with an anticreep opera­ Layout data shall conform to 7.5.13and 3.28.l(g), (h),
tion to correct automatically a change in car level below and G).
any landing. It shall conform to 7.6.8.2.1 through
7.6.8.2.5.
7.6.8.2.1 The anticreep leveling zone shall not SECTION 7.7
extend more than 75 mm (3 in.) below any landing. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER D EVICES

7 .6.8.2.2 The anticreep device shall maintain the 7.7.1 General

car within 25 mm ( 1 in.) of the landing. A flashing light and an audible signal shall be actuated
7 .6.8.2.3 The anticreep device shall be required on the start of the door opening prior to transfer. Where
to operate the car only in the up direction. used in nonrestricted areas, the automatic transfer
device shall be so designed that the kinetic energy of
7.6.8.2.4 W hen operation dependant on the the load during discharge shall not exceed 40 J (30 ft-lbf)
availability of electric power is provided, 3.26.3.1.4 shall and the speed shall not exceed 0.5 m /s ( 1.5 ft /s). The
apply. automatic transfer device shall stop the load at the com­
pletion of a discharge operation.
7.6.8.2.5 Only the following, when activated,
shall prevent operation of the anticreep device:
7.7.2 Clearances
(a) all electrical protective devices except those listed
in 7.6.8.3 Where the transfer of load is in a nonrestricted area,
(b) recycling operation (3.26.7) there shall be a clearance of not less than
(c) inspection transfer switch [ 2.26.1.4.l(b)] 1 2 20 mm ( 48 in.) between the end of the transferred
(d) low oil protection means (7.6.8.5) load and any fixed obstruction in line with the end of the
(e) oil tank temperature shutdown devices
load .Where the automatic transfer device is designed to
carry out multiple cart transfers, the 1 2 20 mm ( 48 in.)
7 .6.8.3 Electrical Protective Devices. When in the clearance space shall be measured from the leading edge
open position, all electrical protective devices shall of the first cart to be ejected, once the multiple transfer
prevent operation by all operating means except the operation has been completed.

269
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

7.7.3 Guarding 7 .8.3 Emergency Stop Switch

In nonrestricted areas, discharge shall not take place An emergency stop switch (switches) conforming to
unless the area is clear or a protective device or suitable 2.26.2.S(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided to stop opera­
guarding is provided. Guarding shall be by one of the tion of the dumbwaiter and stop the door operation and
following methods: transfer device operation. A stop switch shall be located
(a) railings or suitable barriers to prevent persons in the car adjacent to each entrance in a position that is
from entering the path of the transferring load. accessible to a person standing at the floor adjacent to
(b) mechanical or electrical devices designed to pre­ the car entrance.
vent or stop transfer if a person or object is in the path
of the transferring load. 7 .8.4 Structural Capacity Load

have a net inside platform area of 0.3 5 m2 (3.75 ft2 ) or

(c) providing a table or a raised section not less than Dumbwaiters with automatic transfer devices that
460 mm (18 in.) above the floor and of such dimensions
that the load does not overhang the table or raised sec­ more shall be rated for a lifting load of not less than
tion. The distance between the car platform sill and the 13 5 kg (3 00 lb).
nearest edge of the table shall not exceed 15 0 mm (6 in.).
7. 7 .4 Floor Level SECTION 7.9
ELECTRIC MATERIAL LIFTS WITH AUTOMATIC
Where the automatic transfer device transfers the load
TRANSFER DEVICES
directly on the landing floor, the maximum variation in
over all floor level within the emerging single or multiple Section 7.9 applies to electric material lifts with auto­
loads tracking area shall not exceed 6 mm (0. 2 5 in.). matic transfer devices.

7.9.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and Related

SECTION 7.8 Construction
POWER DUMBWAITERS WITH AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER DEVICES Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related construc­
tion shall conform to Sections 2.1 through 2.13 and 2.29,
7.8.1 Requirements except as modified by 7.9.1.1 through 7.9.1.10.
Power dumbwaiters with automatic transfer devices 7.9.1.1 Requirement 2. 1 . 1 . 1 . Cutouts are permitted
shall conform to Sections 7.1 through 7.3 , except as modi­ in doors for the accommodation of the automatic trans­
fied in 7. 8.1.1 through 7. 8.1.4. fer device. Cutouts shall be of minimum area to accom­
7.8.1.1 Requirement 7.1.12.1.3 does not apply. All modate the transfer mechanism, and if not substantially
hoistway doors shall be equipped with interlocks con­ filled with a fire-resistive automatic transfer device
forming to 7.1.12.1.2. when the hoistway doors are in the fully closed position,
the cutout area shall be covered by a shield that will
7.8.1 .2 Requirement 7.2.2.4. The transfer device on automatically seal the cutout area and maintain the
the floor of the dumbwaiter shall be permitted to serve fire-protection rating of the hoistway entrance assembly.
as a platform. Open areas in the floor shall be covered
with solid flooring, grille, or perforated metal, and open­ 7.9.1.2 Requirements 2.5. 1 .4 and 2.5. 1 .5. 1 . Where
ings in such material shall reject a ball 5 0 mm (2 in.) in a counterbalanced car door is provided, the clearance
diameter. between the landing side of the car door sill and the
hoistway edge of any landing sill shall be not more than
7.8.1.3 Requirement 7.2.1. Where the placement of 12 5 mm (5 in.).
the load is controlled and secured in transit, 7.2.1 does
not apply. W here a car enclosure is provided, 7.2. 1 7.9. 1 .3 Requirement 2.11.1 does not apply. All
applies. hoistway landing openings shall be provided with doors
that shall guard the full height and width of the
7.8.1.4 Requirement 7.2.1.1.2. The effective inside openings.
height of the car above or below the transfer device shall
not exceed 1 2 2 0 mm (4 8 in.). 7.9. 1 .4 Requirement 2.11.2.2. Only the following
types of entrances shall be used with material lifts with
7.8.2 Safety Devices automatic transfer devices:
Where the gross load (i. e., car, transfer device, rated (a) power-operated horizontal slide, single- or
load, gates, operating devices, etc.) exceeds 7 00 kg multisection
(1,5 00 lb), or the rated speed is greater than or equal to (b) power-operated vertical slide, biparting counter­
1 m/ s (2 00 ft/ min) , car safeties conforming to balanced
Section 2.17 shall be provided and comply with 7.9.2. 8, (c) power-operated vertical slide, counterweighted,
7.9.2.9, and 7.9.2.10. single- or multisection

270
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

7.9.1.5 Requirement 2.11.5. The automatic transfer Table 7.9.2 . 1 4 Mi n im um Spring Buffer Strokes
mechanism or stationary track shall not project into a Rated Speed, Stroke,
hoistway beyond the line of the landing sill unless solid m/s (ft/min) mm (in.)
type guide shoes are provided on the car.
1 .00 or less (200 or less) 40 (1 . 5)
7.9.1.6 Requirement 2.11.7. Hoistway door vision 1 .01-1.25 (201-250) 65 (2. 5)
panels are not required on material lifts with automatic 1 .26-1 .50 (2 5 1 -300) 1 00 (4.0)
transfer devices.
7.9.1.7 Requirement 2.12.3.1. In restricted areas only
and when access to the hoistway doors is blocked by a
permanently floor-mounted automatic transfer device, 7.9.2.5 Requirement 2.15.5. The transfer device on
the hoistway doors shall close and lock before the car the floor of the material lift shall be permitted to serve
has traveled not more than 455 mm ( 18 in.) away from as a platform. Open areas in the platform shall be cov­
the landing . ered with solid flooring, grille, or perforated metal. Also,
any openings in such material shall reject a ball 50 mm
7 . 9 . 1 .8 Requirement 2.1 2.6.1 . Hoistway door (2 in.) in diameter.
unlocking devices are required at only the top and bot­
tom terminal landings. 7.9.2.6 Requirement 2.1 6.2. The rated load of the
material lifts shall be based on the weight of the maxi­
7.9.1.9 Requirement 2.13.3.4 mum load to be handled or on 2 40 kg /m 2 (50 lb /ft2) of
(a) In nonrestricted areas, all the requirements of inside net platform area, whichever is greater.
2.13.3.4 shall apply, except for 2.13.3.4.2 and 2.13.3.4.4.
7.9.2.7 Requirement 2.1 6.4. Material lifts with trans- (1 6)
(b) In restricted areas, 2.13.3.4 does not apply where
fer devices shall carry materials only and shall not carry
the hoistway entrance is blocked by a permanently floor­
persons. Signs conforming to 2.16.5 and reading "NO
mounted automatic transfer device. In restricted areas,
PE RSONS PE RMIT T ED" or an equivalent warning shall
where the hoistway entrance is accessible to personnel,
be provided within the car enclosure and on the landing
2.13.3.4 shall appl y, except 2.13.3.4.2 and 2.13.3.4.4,
side of each entrance door.
which do not apply.
7.9.2.8 Requirement 2.1 7.4.Counterweight safeties, (1 6)
7.9.1.10 Requirement 2 .13.4 .2 .4 does not apply.
where required for material lifts with automatic transfer
devices, shall conform to the requirements for car safe-
7 .9.2 Machinery and Equipment
ties, except as modified by 7.9.2.9, 7.9.2.10, and 7.9.2.1 1.
T he machinery and equipment shall conform to
Sections 2.1 4 through 2.28, 8.8, and 8.9, except as modi­ 7.9.2.9 Requirement 2.1 7.7. The rated speed shall
fied by 7.9.2.1 through 7.9.2.2 1. be modified to read 1 m /s (200 ft /min).

7.9.2.1 Requirement 2.14.1.5. Top emergency exits 7.9.2.10 Requirement 2.17.8. 1 . Type A safeties are
are not required. permitted for material lifts having a rated speed of
1 m /s (200 ft /min) or less. Safeties actuated by broken
7.9.2.2 Requirement 2.14.3. 1 . Grille or perforated or slack suspension ropes are permitted for material lifts
construction shall be permitted to be used for the full having a rated speed of 0.50 m /s ( 100 ft /min) or less.
height and top-of-car enclosure. The car enclosure shall
7.9.2.1 1 Requirement 2.18. 1 . The rated speed shall
be the same height as the hoistway entrance. T he
be modified to read 1 m /s (200 ft /min).
1 825 mm (72 in.) minimum height limitation shall not
apply. 7.9.2.12 Section 2.19 does not apply.
7.9.2.3 Requirement 2 .1 4 .6 .2. When car doors or 7.9.2 . 1 3 Requirement 2.22.1.1. Spring buffers or
gates are provided and where the car entrance height their equivalent shall be permitted to be used where the
exceeds 1 825 mm (72 in.), the doors or gates shall extend rated speed does not exceed 1.5 m /s (300 ft /min).
from the car floor to a height of not less than 1 825 mm
7.9.2.14 Requirement 2.22.3.1. Table 7.9.2.1 4 shall
(72 in.).Where the car entrance height is 1 825 mm (72 in.)
be used in place of Table 2.22.3.1.
or less, the car doors or gates shall extend to the full
height of the car entrance . 7.9.2.1 5 Requirement 2.22.4.1. Table 7.9.2.15 shall
be used in place of 2 .22 .4 .1 .
(1 6) 7.9.2.4 Transfer devices located in the car shall
not be deliberately obscured. Transfer devices in the car 7 . 9 .2 . 1 6 Requirement 2.2 6.1. Car-mounted
that are obscured shall be marked. The marking shall operating devices shall not be permitted unless required
consist of alternating 100 mm ( 4 in .) diagonal yellow for maintenance. Where furnished for such purposes,
and black stripes. operating devices shall consist of key-operated switches

271
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

or be mounted behind a key-locked cabinet. The key Table 7.9.2.1 5 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes
shall be Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1). Rated Speed, Stroke,
m/s (ft/min) mm (in.)
7.9.2. 1 7 Requirement 2.26.1.4 does not apply,
except where the gross weight (i.e., car, transfer device, 1.50 (300) 70 (2.75)
1 . 60 (3 2 5) 90 (3. 5 0)
rated load, operating devices, etc.) exceeds 680 kg 1.75 (3 50) 110 (4. 2 5)
( 1,500 lb) a top-of-car operating device conforming to 2.00 (400) 1 60 (6. 2 5)
2 .26 .1 .4 .2 shall be provided .
2.25 (450) 2 1 0 (8. 2 5)
7.9.2.18 Requirement 2.26.1.5 does not apply. 2.50 (500) 280 (1 1 .00)
2.75 (5 50) 350 (1 3.75)
3.00 (600) 430 (1 7.00)
7.9.2.1 9 Requirement 2.26.2.5. An emergency stop
switch (switches) conforming to 2.26.2.5 shall be pro­ 3.50 (700) 630 (24.75)
vided to stop operation of the material lifts, the door 4.00 (800) 845 (33.25)
4.50 (900) 1 110 (43.75)
operation, and automatic transfer device operation. The
5.00 (1 ,000) 1 410 (5 5.50)
emergency stop switch shall be located in the car adja­
cent to each entrance in a position that shall be accessible
to a person standing at the floor adjacent to the car SECTION 7.1 0
entrance. If a permanently mounted automatic transfer HYDRAULIC MATERIAL LIFTS WITH AUTOMATIC
device, located at the landing, blocks the entrance to the TRANSFER DEVICES
car, an emergency stop switch shall be located at that Hydraulic material lifts shall conform to Sections 3.1,
landing in a position accessible to a person standing 3.18 through 3.20, 3.23 through 3.26, and 3.28, except as
near that landing in addition to the emergency stop modified by 7.9.1 and 7.9.2.
switch in the car.

7.9.2.20 Section 2.27 does not apply. SECTION 7.11 DELETED (16)

7.9.2.21 Section 8 .8 applies, except for tack welds

and other non-load-carrying welds.

272
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-1 6

Part 8
General Requirements

SCOPE (j) Requirement 2.12.6.2.4, hoistway door unlocking device.

(Shall also be made available to emergency personnel during an
Part 8 contains general requirements for new and emergency.)
existing equipment. (k) Requirement 2.12.7.2.3, hoistway access switch.
(l) Requirement 2.12.7.3.1, hoistway access enabling switch or
NOTE: Sections 8.1, 8.6, 8.7, 8.9, 8.10, and 8.11 apply to both new
its locked cover.
and existing installations.
(m) Requirement 2.26.l.4.3(b), in car inspection operation trans
fer switch.
SECTION 8.1 (n) Requirement 2.26.2.21, in car stop switch or its locked cover.
SECURITY (o) Requirement 3.19.4.4, access to a manual lowering valve.
(p) Requirement 3.19.4.5, access to pressure gauge fittings.
8.1 . 1 General (q) Requirement 4.l.7.3(b)(4), machinery spaces and control
spaces on the car top.
Key(s) used to access or operate elevator, escalator,
(r) Requirement 4 . l . 7.6(b)(5), machinery spaces and control
moving walk, dumbwaiter, and material lift equipment spaces in the car.
shall conform to the following: (s) Requirement 4.2.5.2, screw machine controllers located away
(a) Keys used to open any other lock in the building from hoistway, machine room, or machinery space.
shall not access or operate the devices classified as (t) Requirement 4.2.5.5, screw machine access panels.
Security Group 1, 2, 3, or 4. (u) Requirement 5.1.10.l(b), inclined elevator hoistway access
(b) The same key shall be permitted to access or oper­ switch.
ate all of the devices within only one assigned group (v) Requirement 5.l .ll.1.2(d), inclined elevator uphill end emer
gency exit.
(see 8.1 .2, 8.1.3, 8.1 .4, or 8.1.5), and not those in any
(w) Requirement 5.7.8.3, hoistway door unlocking device.
other group except as indicated in 8.1.l(c). (x) Requirement 7.1.12.4, power and hand dumbwaiters without
(c) The keys for Group 1 devices shall also be permit­ automatic transfer devices hoistway access switch.
ted to operate Group 2, 3, and 4 devices. The keys for (y) Requirement 7.9.2.16, electric material lifts with automatic
Group 2 devices shall be permitted to operate Group 3 transfer devices car mounted operating devices.
and 4 devices.
(d) Keys shall be kept on the premises in a location 8.1 .3 Group 2: Authorized Personnel (16)
readily accessible to the personnel in the assigned group, Group 2 covers access or operation of equipment by
but not where they are accessible to the general public. authorized and elevator personnel.
(e) Elevator personnel shall have access to all assigned
groups. NOTE: See the following:
(a) Requirement 2.7.3.4.2, machine room and control room
(1 6) 8.1.2 Group 1 : Restricted access doors.
(b) Requirements 2.7.3.4.3 and 2.7.3.4.4, machinery spaces and
Group 1 covers access or operation of equipment control spaces as specified.
restricted to elevator personnel, except as noted. (c) Requirement 2.11.1.4, access openings for cleaning of car and
NOTE: See the following: hoistway enclosures.
(a) Requirement 2.2.4.4(e), pit access doors. (d) Requirement 2.14.2.6(b), access openings for cleaning of car
(b) Requirement 2.7.3.4.6, access openings in machinery space and hoistway enclosure.
floor, etc. (e) Requirement 2.14.7.2. l (b), car light control switch or its
(c) Requirement 2.7.3.4.7(c), hoistway access doors. locked cover.
(d) Requirement 2.7.5.1.4, equipment access panels. (f) Requirement 3.19.4.1, access to manually operated shutoff
(e) Requirement 2.7.6.3.2(b), motor controller cabinet door(s) or valve.
panel(s). (g) Requirement 4.l.7.2(i), control rooms.
(f) Requirement 2.7.6.4.3(b), access to the means to move the car (h) Requirement 4 . l . 7.4(b) (5), control spaces exterior to the
from outside the hoistway. hoistway.
(g) Requirement 2.7.6.4.3(d), access to removable means to move (i) Requirement 5.6.l.25.2(b), rooftop elevator keyed operation
the car from outside the hoistway. switch.
(h) Requirement 2.7.6.5.2(b ), inspection and test panel enclosure. (j) Requirement 6.1.6.2.l(d), escalator starting switch.
(i) Requirement 2.ll.1 .2(h), emergency access doors. (Shall also (k) Requirement 6.1.7.3.3, escalator side access door to interior.
be made available to emergency personnel during an emergency.) (l) Requirement 6.2.6.2.l (d), moving walk starting switch.

273
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

inside net platform area, m2 (ft2 ), as specified

(m) Requirement 6.2.7.3.3, moving walk side access door to where
interior. A
(16) 8.1.4 Group 3: Emergency Operation in Fig. 8.2.1.2
w minimum rated load, kg (lb)
Group 3 covers access or operation of equipment by
emergency, authorized, and elevator personnel. Figure 8.2.1.2 gives the minimum rated loads for vari­
NOTE: See the following: ous inside net platform areas.
(a) Requirements 2.27.2.4.1 and 2.27.8, emergency or standby
power access selector switch. 8.2.2 Electric Elevator Car Frame and Platform
(b) Requirements 2.27.3.1.1 and 2.27.8, Phase I emergency recall Stresses and Deflections
operation switch.
(c) Requirements 2.27.3.3 and 2.27.8, Phase II emergency in car 8.2.2.1 Gen eral Requirements. T he stresses and
operation switch. deflections in side-post-type car frame and platform
(d) Side emergency exit doors on existing equipment. members shall be based on the data and formulas listed
(e) Requirements 8.4. 10.1. l (e)(l) and 8.4.10.l .3(d), earthquake
in 8.2.2.
hoistway scan.
All stresses and their resultant deflections, not only
8.1 . 5 Group 4: Other those based on the data and formulas listed in this
Section, shall be considered when side-post-type car
Group 4 covers access or operation of equipment not
frames are located off the platform centerline by more
classified as Group 1, 2 , or 3.
than one-eighth of the distance from the front to the
NOTE: See the following: back of the platform.
(a) Requirement 5 . 3 . 1 . 1 8 . 3, private residence elevator
For cars with corner-post, underslung-type, or other
key operated switch for exterior operation.
(b) Requirement 5.3.1.18.3, private residence inclined elevator
special car frame and platform construction, the formu­
keyed operation switch. las and specified methods of calculation of loads and
the resulting stresses and deflections do not generally
apply and shall be modified to suit the specific condi­
SECTION 8.2 tions and requirements in each case.
DESIGN DATA AN D FORMU LAS The maximum allowable stresses and deflections of
Section 8.2 contains certain design data, formulas, and members of all car frames and platforms shall be not
charts for the designer. It is not intended to limit design. more than those permitted by 2.15.10 and 2.15.11.
More detailed design and calculation methods shall be
8.2.2.1.1 Formula Symbols. The symbols used in
permitted to be used, provided that the stresses and
the formulas in 8.2.2 shall have the following meaning:
deflections required by other sections of this Code are
A net area of section, m2 (in.2)
not exceeded.
B inside clear width of car, mm (in.)
8.2.1 Minimum Rated Load for Passenger Elevators C net weight of complete elevator car, kg (lb)
The following formulas shall be used for determining D distance between guide rails, mm (in.)
the minimum rated load of passenger elevators (see also E modulus of elasticity of material used, MPa
2.16.1). (psi)
G load supported by crosshead with the maxi­
8.2.1.1 For an elevator having an inside net plat­ mum load for the class of loading in car at rest
form area of not more than 4.6 5 m2 (5 0 ft2 ) at top terminal landing, kg (lb)
(SI Units) H vertical center distance between upper and
lower guide shoes (or rollers), mm (in.)
W = 35A2 + 325A I moment of inertia of member, gross section,
mm4 (in.4 )
(Imperial Units)
K turning moment as determined by class of
W = 0.667A 2 + 66.7A loading, N· mm (lbf-in.)
L free length of uprights (distance from lowest
form area of more than 4.6 5 m2 (5 0 ft2 )
8.2.1 .2 For an elevator having an inside net plat­ fastening in crosshead to top fastening in
plank), mm (in.)
(SI Units) R = least radius of gyration of section, mm (in.)
W rated load, kg (lb)
W = 2.45A2 + 610A - 620 Z combined section moduli of plank members,
(Imperial Units) gross section, mm3 (in.3 )
Zu section modulus of one upright, gross section,
W = 0.0467A 2 + 125A - 1,367 mm3 (in.3 )

274
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Fig. 8.2.1 .2 Minimum Rated Load for Passenger Elevators (Cont'd)

1 4 0 0 0 (30,837)

r+
I I I I

I I I I
t t t
I I
13 000 ( 28,634)

t ... +
I
7 /

t t t
1 2 0 0 0 (26,432)

1 1 000 (24,229)
t ...
A �

I I I k, I
+--
I I
10 000 (22,026) I I

:0
I I vi I I
I
t Y- t t
9 000 ( 1 9,824)

t
Ol I
+ �

/-
8 00 0 ( 1 7,62 1 )

II I I
10

-t-I I / I I
I I
7 00 0 ( 1 5,4 1 9 )
10

-t--
I I
6 00 0 ( 1 3,2 1 6)

I I
I
/ I I

'%- t t t
5 0 0 0 ( 1 1 ,0 1 3 )
+ �

--✓,
4 0 0 0 (8,8 1 1 )

I I I
I I I I I
I I I
3 0 0 0 (6,608)
I

I I I
2 000 (4,405 )
1// I I I I I

5 10 15 20 25
(53.8) ( 1 07.6) ( 1 6 1 .5) ( 2 1 5.3) (269. 1 )

Inside N et Platform Area, m 2 (ft 2 )

276
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

8.2.2.2 Car Frame Crosshead. The stresses in the Where KL/4HZ u is the bending stress in each upright in
car frame crosshead shall be based on the total load the plane of the frame due to live load W on the platform
supported by the crosshead with the car and the maxi­ for the class of loading A, B, or C for which the elevator
mum load for the class of loading in the car when at is to be used (see 2.16.2.2); G/2A is the tensile strength
rest at the top terminal landing. in each upright, and K is determined by the following
formulas [see Fig. 8.2.2.5.1]:
8.2.2.3 Car Frame Plan k (Normal). The stresses in
(a) For Class A freight loading or passenger loading
the car frame plank when the stringers are supported
directly on the plank members shall be based on the
sum of five-eighths of the platform weight uniformly (SI Units)
distributed plus the concentrated loads due to the ten­
sion in the compensation means and the traveling cables
with car at top of its travel plus the loading specified K = 9.807 (W:)
in 8.2.2.3(a) or (b).
(a) For passenger and Class A freight loading, five­ (Imperial Units)
eighths of the rated load uniformly distributed.
(b) For Classes B and C freight loading, the loading
WB
as specified in 8.2.2.6. K =
8
(16) 8.2.2.4 Car Frame Plank (Buffer Engagement). In
calculating the stress resulting from oil buffer or elasto­ (b) For Class B freight loading
meric buffer engagement, one-half the sum of the weight
of the car and its rated load shall be considered as being (SI Units)
concentrated at each end of the plank with the buffer
force applied at the middle. The buffer force shall be
considered to be that required to produce gravity retar­
dation with rated load in the car.
K = 9.807 W (� 1 .219) or K = 9.807 (�B )
The following formula shall be used to determine the
stress resulting from buffer engagement: whichever is greater.

(SI Units)
(Imperial Units)
D (C + W )
Stress (MPa) = 9.807
22 B WB
K = W ( - 48 ) or K =
2 8
(Imperial Units)

. D (C + W ) whichever is greater.
Stress (psi) = 22 (c) For Class C freight loading

Where more than one buffer is used, the formula shall

be modified to suit the location of the buffers. (SI Units)
NOTE (8.2.2.4): Symbols used in the preceding formula are
defined in 8.2.2.1.1. K = 9.807 (W: )
8.2.2.5 Car Frame Uprights (Stiles). The total stress
in each car frame upright due to tension and bending,
(Imperial Units)
and the slenderness ratio of each upright and its moment
of inertia, shall be determined in accordance with the
WB
formulas in 8.2.2.5.1 through 8.2.2.5.3. K =
4
8.2.2.5.1 Stress Due to Bending and Tension
NOTE (8.2.2.5.1): Symbols used in the preceding formulas are
(SI Units) defined in 8.2.2.1.1.
KL 9.807G 8.2.2.5.2 Slenderness Ratio. The slenderness ratio
Total stress (MPa) = 2A
4HZ u + L/R for uprights subject to compressions other than those
resulting from safety and buffer action shall not exceed
(Imperial Units)
12 0. Where the upper side-brace connections on passen­
Total stress (psi) =
4
t�u + 2� ger elevator car frame uprights are located at a point
less than two-thirds of L from the bottom, (top fastening

277
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Fig. 8.2.5 Maximum Governor Tripping Speeds

+. + +. wn±
4.0 (787.4) I I I I I I I I I
-

++++ -
�
3.5 (689.0) �

-
·e
C:

3.0 (590.6) /�

i i1 i i nt i
;g

t t t
: : : ·
+ + + #-=f=+ +
1
Q) �+ +
2.5 (492 . 1 )
Q)
Q. �+
(/)

C:
'i5..
-

*+ *
Q.

�
0 2.0 (393.7)

-J/4 Yi-r- *
-

+. rid'/p- w +
E
1 .5 (295.3) �
:::J

·E
x
:iE -

* T + ++ +
1 .0 ( 1 96.9) �
�
-

0.5 (98.4)
0 0.5 1 .0 1 .5 2.0 2.5 3.0
(98.4) ( 1 96.9) (295.3) (393.7) (492. 1 ) (590.6)

Rated Car S peed, m/s (ft/m i n )

281
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Fig. 8.2.5 Maximum Governor Tripping Speeds (Cont'd)

it * 1# +w + it it
1 3 ( 2,559)
I , I I I I I I I ' ' I I I I

;a_ L � + �

½ + + + ir j(
1 2 (2,362)

i:- i t�

ir ½ + + + -d3/' W +�
1 1 ( 2 , 1 65)

i-

* * ++ * +�
10 ( 1 ,969)

it) ,fIf-
. C:E

* * xr±t * * +�=
E
-a
Q)
9 ( 1 ,772)

4
Q)
0.
(/)

* * + +. * * +
Ol
· 0.C:o. �
8 ( 1 ,575) 7/ �
�... /_
0
C:

it +.vir- + + it it +�
0
(!)
7 ( 1 ,378) ._ 17/
E
:J c/L
·E
x

ir + + + ir ir +�
�
6 (1,181)

-Ji
/-
/�
+ ++ + * * +�
5 (984)

Ji-/ -+-
/
* * 4* +. * * 4-
4 (787)

3 (59 1 )
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
(59 1 ) (787) (984) (1 ,181 ) ( 1 ,378) ( 1 ,575) ( 1 ,772) ( 1 ,969) ( 2 , 1 65)

Rated Ca r S peed, mis (ft/m i n )

282
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Fig. 8.2.6 Stopping Distances for Type B Car and Counterweight Safeties (Cont'd)

1 2 ( 2,362 }
I I ---+-

++
� �
1 1 ( 2 , 1 65)
-
� � al'\r; �
oist
0 \l'(\g
((} !',\ 9
I
L ---+-

10 ( 1 ,969}
�\t'l{(\
I
0
J..--�
I I � ---+-

9 ( 1 ,772 }
�
.. -·--Cl
C
.E � � � � ... ... ... ... ...
"' 8 ( 1 ,575} I I
... ... ... ... ...

++
� � � �
7 ( 1 ,378}
Q)
Q) � �
- --+-

6 (1,181 }
Q)

----
a:
I I 1_____,.- d. tance

-=l--� ----- I JstoQ Pin9 I -

I
u rn ---+-

5 (984)
1111 a){ rn i
I I

++
� � � �
4 (787) I I
---+-

3 ( 59 1 )

5
I I 6 7 8 9 10
--+-

( 1 6.4) ( 1 9.7) (23.0) (26.2) (29.5) (32.8)

Sto p p i n g Dista nce, m (ft}

284
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA B44-1 6

i _+-__
Fig. 8.2.8. 1 . 1 Allowable Gross Loads

1
- _ 1____ 1 ----+--
1 -+-___1 ___1___1 __
20 (65.6) 1----- ______ 1__

-
• 1 ! ' I I ----.-+---+----+- ----.-+---+----+- ---+-----.-
-

- -\ � \ �
� � 1' � i �

J f�
r
-+--+ +-- ---+-+---+-+--- ---+--+---+--+--- -

i i ,i I <�
' --',- � \ �<a
I'.,
...
'�'»IJ-,
1 5 (49.2)
� , � \\ � ,,.�'1-; ,J I -+
� �--\ �IPr-, ' �0fleq,
- --+--+--+--�- -
3 \\ '-1 I,. ;::,
"''6>_,..�
�-+---+-- , • � o,o ' � iJ/,,.
'"'
-· \ "'.l ,-- "" ,,,, f/J -+---+----t--t-- -
g ?
f--+--+---+- _ ' ,"f:!9er
� �
1� I ",1

- \ ,_,,, ,r ' v�
, '111 \ 1.
, .

f ,-
E \ � J � ' �b� ...J St;:,e) -+---+-+--+
�I.<'>

1 t I
..

\\ tg 6>?
\� l'TO � '� � ,.. ,.. i

ii
C:

:...
Q)

l,.......-l ,l\J ... , J

t------+-,-\1�\ ��� ..'.J ,
/'loo ... ...
,_ 10 (32.8)
.... • ... I
r ......--.;,---...� . � .
Q)

J_J_
C:

t
Q)
,121
1%) '�
' � ,1
<s'>)
��(S-;:T-
... ...
----�- - i-
I
\ •1
-- --.
1
I--- -
\ ''.?
' I. "Ii ' .:_lj...
,J S.
.._CfJe,.., � I :
v. , /fJ.;--,I ,._ �v,... Ve r(1ca I rI nes =
1 1
�'-"1... ,�i, ,,.'1&q, ,J�
a,_____j ___,__
1
j P fo r m ax. _ _ 1 -�- -
o" , .,_vie Io I ex ernal p essu re I
80
5 ( 1 6.4) 1-------�� - . . : or p l u h g e r •

� j := ! J
f I I I

-+ +- !:±
• --+--+----+--

- I -+-- I -
�:-=:=:==== :r
I 1-t---,t---+---+-
- I I I I -+-- I _
I
I '--+- +---+ I_._ +---+ +-
'-----�'-�-�--� ·--�-� · -----�·�------+---�·'---�
0
0
5 10 15 20 25
( 1 1 ,0 1 3) (22,026) (33,040) (44,053) (55,066)

G ross We ig ht, W, kg x 1 0 3 ( l b)
G E N E RAL N OTES:
(a) Curves are based upon the rem oval of n ot more than 1 . 5 mm (0.0625 in.) from the wall thickness in machi ning.
(b) Curves stop at 1 8 m (59 ft) for convenience only. For plunger sizes or lengths not shown on this chart, see the applicable form ula in
8.2.8. 1 . 1 .

288
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Fig. 8.2.8. 1 . 1 Allowable Gross Loads (Cont'd)

20 (65.6)
' �J'
I I I
I
I
I
I I
I
I

_f\ �'�,J
.- -
�- I � � I

''
f'
'' - - ,,,
I I
,� - -
I
-- I -
-
- - -
,
� I Ve rtical I i es = I

''
--+
► I I P for m ax.

.!
---+-- , ,_ - ,- � I ,_, exte rnal L �,_
I .! I r I
. .
'
■ p ressu re ■
1 5 (49.2) on p l u ng e r
I I I I

-. -.- . --
r -•- _,_
-! r T
� ► I I I I
g - - - - -- ,_ I ,_ I I
E
� . L
I I I
Q)
I I I
... Q) I I I

:t
Q) 1 0 (32.8)
in

8-
C'l

'if
R.
C:

µ,
�· �·
::, Q)
C'l
CL
Q) - C:
::,
CL I
,_ I -,
I
__ -
e I e -o-1 -o l ol el
iI
0 0 0 0
'SI" 'SI" 'SI" 'SI" 'SI" OJ
Q) Q) Q) Q) Q) I a, � I
::,
-0
'S ::,
-0 -0
--s-0 'S 1 1---s
-0
--s-, 'S I -s-, 'S I
Q) Q) Q) Q) Cl) I al al I al I al I al I

7- h
5 ( 1 6.4) u l

- 'l �-
'u I u 15 I 'u I 'u I

�-•
u '-' '-' u
(/) (/) (/) (/) (/)
__'.1_ _1_ �
- � -� -� -� -�
,� � _1---t

- -- -
I c:: 2 I c::I c::I -� I
-,-- --
__
- Lo ..... ..... -'<:j"
N
..... -<D
..... OJ
..... I :;_
..... � I ,- ;; I OJ I
s,
I s, s, !:. I
- E E -f E -E I E- -E 1 E- 1 ,_ Et -, EI --
E E E E E I E E I E I E1 EI
0 0 0 0
::g I
0
g I ::g I 81 ::g I
'<:I" 1 1
LO 0 LO 0 LO

0
N (V) (V) 'SI" N
'r I 'f I 'SI"
I
'SI"
I
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1 00
(44,053) (88, 1 1 0) ( 1 32 , 1 60) ( 1 76,2 1 0) (220,260)

G ross Wei g ht, W, kg Ob)

G E N E RAL NOTES:
(a) Curves are based upon the rem oval of not more than 1 . 5 mm (0 .0 6 2 5 i n .) from the wall thickness in mach i n i n g.
(b) Curves stop at 1 8 m (59 ft) for convenience only. For plunger sizes or length s not sh own on this chart, see the applicable form ula in
8.2.8. 1 . 1 .

289
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(1) car and counterweight oil buffers, as required 8.3.1.3 Certification and Test Records
in 2.2 2.4.7 (see also 8.3.1 and 8.3.2)
8.3.1 .3.1 A certificate shall be issued for a com­
(2) hoistway door interlocks, hoistway door combi­
ponent or equipment that has been successfully tested.
nation mechanical locks, electric contacts, and hoistway­
The certificate shall include
door electric contacts, as required in 2.1 2.4 (see also 8.3.1
(a) the name of applicant (see 8.3.1.2.1)
and 8.3.3)
(b) the name of the manufacturer
(3) car door or gate electric contacts, and car door
(c) the manufacturer 's designation of the type or
interlocks as required in 2.1 4.4.2 (see 8.3.1 and 8.3.3)
model tested
(4) entrance fire tests as required by 2.1 1 (see 8.3.4)
(d) the certifying organization's label/mark and the
(5) hydraulic control valves as required in 3.19.4.6
method of affixing the label /mark to each component
(see 8.3.1 and 8.3.5)
or each piece of equipment subsequently manufactured,
(6) escalator brakes, as required in 6.1.5.3 (see 8.3.1
where required
and 8.3.6)
(e) the method of testing, the test report, and a list of
(7) elastomeric buffers (see 8 .3.1 and 8 .3.13)
the instruments used (Note: this may be attached to the
(b) engineering tests of
certificate)
(1) car enclosure wall materials, as required in
(f) the conditions for use of the certificate and
2.1 4.2.1.l(b) (see 8.3.1 and 8.3.7)
label /mark
(2) test method for evaluating room, fire growth,
(g) a statement to the effect that the component or
contribution of textile wall covering, as required in
equipment tested has met the specified test requirements
8.7.2.1 4 (see 8.3.7 and 8.3.8)
(h) any other information required in
(3) hydraulic overspeed valves, as required in
ASME A 17 .l /CSA B 4 4
3.19.4.7 (see 8.3.9)
(i) the edition of the Code under which the compo­
(4) safety nut and speed-limiting device of screw
nent was tested and certified
column elevators, as required in 4.2.1 1.2 (see 8.3.1 and
8.3.10) 8.3 . 1 .3.2 T he certificate shall be valid until
(5) escalator steps, as required in 6.1.3.5.7 and mov­ recalled by the certifying organization or until the appli­
ing walk pallets, as required by 6 .2 .3.5 .4 (see 8 .3.1 and cable requirements in A S M E A 17.l /C S A B 4 4 are
8.3.1 1) changed unless otherwise stated (see 8.3.1.4).
(6) suspension member, as required in 2.20.1 1 (see
8.3.1 .3.3 T he drawings and other documents
8.3.1 2)
submitted by the applicant (see 8 .3.1 .2), together with
8.3.1 General Requirements for Tests and the original test records, data, performance curves, and
Certification certificate shall be filed, as a permanent record for future
reference.
8.3.1 .1 General
(a) Type tests (see Section 1.3) shall be carried out 8.3.1 .3.4 T he applicant shall be permitted to
when required. examine and copy the test records upon request.
(b) Engineering tests (see Section 1.3) shall be carried 8.3.1.4 Changes to Listed/Certified Components or
out when required. Equipment
(c) The tests shall be permitted to be made by labora­
tories other than the certifying organization or manufac­ 8.3.1 .4.1 Where any change is made in the design
turers, but the responsibility shall remain with the of the component or equipment after certification,
original certifying organization. including changes resulting from the revisions in appli­
cable code requirements, revised drawings showing
8.3.1 .2 Application for Certification such changes shall be filed with the original or other
8.3.1 .2.1 The application for engineering or type certifying organization.The certifying organization shall
tests shall be made by the component manufacturer, issue to the applicant a revised certificate, based upon
equipment manufacturer, installer, or importer . the previous test results or any new tests that are needed,
depending on the nature of the changes.
8.3.1 .2.2 The application shall include
(a) the manufacturer 's name and the equipment or
8.3.1 .4.2 Changes in the design that do not affect
the performance of the component or equipment shall
component designation or model
be permitted to be made without the approval of the
(b) two sets of assembly and detail drawings showing
certifying organization.The certifying organization shall
details as specified in Section 8.3
be apprised in writing of the change.
(c) a description of the elevator component or equip­
ment, and its field of application, along with calculated 8.3.1.5 Testing Instruments. The precision of the
performance features instruments shall allow measurements to be made,

29 4
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

unless otherwise specified, within the following (1) The timing device shall record time in incre­
tolerances: ments of not more than ¼o s during the entire buffer
(a) ± 1 % - masses, forces, distances, time, speeds, and stroke.
hydraulic pressure (2) Time increments and total time shall be
(b) ± 2% -accelerations, retardations, and flow rating recorded with an error of less than ±0.5%.
(c) ±5% - voltages and currents (3) The position of the test weight at each time
(d) ± 10% - temperatures interval shall be recorded with an error of less than
±0.1%.
8.3.2 Type Tests of Car and Counterweight Oil (4) Time, travel, velocity, and retardation shall be
Buffers determined by means of a device that will provide the
accuracy specified .
8.3.2.1 Application for Certification
8.3.2.4 Installation of Buffer and Preparations for
8.3.2.1.1 The application required in 8.3.1.2 shall Tests
include information on the expected maximum impact
speed, maximum and minimum total loads, and com­ 8.3.2.4.1 Foundation and Location of Buffer. A
plete data for the oil porting in relation to the effective buffer of the spring-return type shall be placed on a
buffer stroke. foundation designed to withstand without appreciable
deformation the forces resulting from the buffer com­
8.3.2.1 .2 The drawings required in 8.3.1.2.2(b) pression on the drop tests. The buffer shall be installed
shall show in a vertical position and located centrally with relation
(a) the exact construction of the buffer to the drop-test weight.
(b) all dimensions of each part
(c) all pertinent information concerning materials, 8.3.2.4.2 Securing of Buffer. The buffer shall be
clearances, and tolerances secured by bolts in accordance with the manufacturer 's
(d) the data as marked on the buffer marking plate drawings or by equivalent means to
required by 2 .2 2 .4 .1 1 (a) the foundation for buffers of the spring-return
type
8.3.2.2 Test Sample. Tests shall be made on a buffer (b) the underside of the center of the test drop-weight
of each type or design to be installed. Each buffer shall for buffers of the gravity-return type
conform to the documents submitted and have the fol­ The centerline of the buffer, when secured in place,
lowing oil partings: shall be vertical to within 0.25 mm (0.0 1 in.) in the stroke
(a) the porting having the range of the maximum of the buffer.
loads for which the buffer is designed
(b) the porting having the range of the minimum 8.3.2.4.3 Special Adj ustments. T he buffer test
loads for which the buffer is designed shall be on a production model or a buffer identical
to the model to be produced. Modifications or special
8.3.2.3 Testing Equipment. The testing equipment adjustments for the purpose of meeting the test require­
shall be of such design as to perform the tests specified ments are prohibited.
herein and to determine that the buffer conforms to all
the requirements of Section 2.2 2 for oil buffers and shall 8.3.2.4.4 Filling Buffer With Oil. The buffer, after
also conform to 8.3.2.3.1 through 8.3.2.3.3. being installed, shall be filled with oil to a level at or
between the manufacturer 's gauge line or lines. The oil
8.3.2.3.1 Calibration of Test Weight. The required shall conform to 2.2 2.4.9 and the data specified on the
drop-test load shall be accurate to within ± 1 %. buffer marking plate.
After filling with oil, the procedure outlined below
8.3.2.3.2 Guiding of Test Weight. The test weight
shall be followed to ensure that a constant oil level has
shall be so guided as to ensure that when dropped onto
been established.
the buffer, its travel shall be substantially vertical.
(a) The buffer shall be fully compressed at slow speed,
8.3.2.3.3 Test Instruments. The instruments used and shall then be allowed to return to its fully extended
to measure the test results shall conform to the following position and remain there for at least 10 min. The oil
requirements : level shall then be checked.
(a) The instruments shall be of the recording type. (b) If the oil level as previously determined has
(b) The instruments shall provide data, for the plot­ changed, due to the elimination of entrapped air or due
ting of the buffer performance curves showing time to the retention of air under pressure within the buffer,
intervals, travel of test weight, velocity of test weight, the change in level shall be noted and the procedure
and retardation of test weight during the buffer stroke, repeated until a constant oil level is obtained when the
that shall be accurate to within the following tolerances : buffer is in its extended position.

295
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(c) If the oil level tends to remain above the level to test, the retardation shall not exceed the corresponding
which it was filled, the air vents, if provided, should be retardation developed in the test specified in 8.3.2.5.l(a)
checked for obstructions. by more than 5%.
(d) When a constant oil level has been established, (b) If for given stroke of buffer having more than one
the level shall be adjusted to the manufacturer 's lowest porting, the construction of the buffer varies for the
gauge line, and the exact level noted and recorded before different portings, then a strength test similar to that
making the drop tests hereinafter specified. specified in 8.3.2.5.2(a)(l) shall also be made for the
porting having the range at minimum loads for which
8.3.2.5 Buffer Tests. Each oil buffer with oil port­
the porting is designed as specified in 8.3.2.2(b).
ings as submitted shall be subjected to tests for retarda­
Following each drop test, the buffer shall be held in
tion, strength, oil leakage, plunger return, and lateral
its fully compressed position for a period of 5 min, and
plunger movement, as hereinafter specified.
shall then be allowed to freely return to its fully extended
8.3.2.5.1 Retardation Tests. The following drop position and stand for 30 min to permit return of the
tests shall be made for each buffer porting specified in oil to the reservoir and to permit the escape of any air
8.3.2.2, from a height such that the striking velocity of entrained in the oil .
the falling weight will be equal to 1 15% of the rated car
speed for which the buffer is designed :
8.3.2.5.3 Oil Leakage Tests. Tests for oil leakage
shall be made concurrently with the retardation tests
(a) three drop tests with a total test weight equal to
spec ified in 8.3.2.5.1, and the drop test specified in
the manufacturer 's rated maximum load for which the
8 .3.2 .5 .2(a)( 2), to determine the loss of oil during these
porting is designed [see 8.3.2.2(a)]
tests. The oil level shall be noted after the buffer has
(b) one drop test with a total test weight equal to
returned to its fully extended position following each
the manufacturer 's rated minimum load for which the
drop test, and after the time interval specified in 8.3.2.5.1.
porting is designed [see 2.7.2.2]
The drop in oil level, as indicated by these measure­
Following each drop test, the buffer shall be held its
ments, shall show no loss of oil exceeding 5 mm /m
fully compressed position for a period of 5 min, and
(0.06 in./ft) of buffer stroke, but in no case shall the loss
shall then be allowed to return free to its fully extended
be such as to lower the oil level below the bottom of
position and stand for 30 min to permit return of the
the plunger or below the highest metering orifice, which­
oil to the reservoir and to perm it escape of any a ir
ever is higher .
entrained in the oil.
Where the volume of oil above the porting is small
On each of these tests, the average retardation of the
when the buffer is filled to its normal working level, the
test weight, during the stroke of the buffer, shall not
exceed 9.8 1 m /s 2 (32.2 ft /s 2), and any retardation peak
laboratory shall be permitted to make additional tests
for oil leakage.
having a duration of more than 0.0 4 s shall not exceed
2 4.5 m /s 2 (80.5 ft /s 2). 8.3.2.5.4 Plunger Return Test. Dur ing the drop
On completion of the drop tests, no part of the buffer tests specified in 8.3.2.5.1 and 8.3.2.5.2, the time required
shall show any permanent deformation or injury. for the buffer plunger to return to its fully extended
position, measured from the instant the test weight is
8.3.2.5.2 Strength Tests
raised clear of the buffer until the plunger has returned
(a) Two drop tests shall be made as follows:
to its fully extended position, shall be noted. This time
(1) One drop test shall be made with the porting
shall be not more than 90 s.
as specified in 8.3.2.2(a), with a total test weight equal
Should the plunger fail to return to its fully extended
to 1 20% of the manufacturer 's rated maximum load, position, or should the time required for it to return to
from a height such that the maximum velocity attained
its fully extended position exceed the time specified, the
by the falling weight during the buffer compression shall
manufacturer shall either submit a duplicate buffer or
be equal to 1 25% of the rated car speed for which the
install a new pressure cylinder and piston, following
buffer is rated. In this test, the retardation shall be noted
which the plunger-return test shall be repeated. Should
and shall be permitted to exceed the values specified in
the buffer again fail to meet the plunger-return test
8.3.2.5.1.
requirements, it shall be rejected.
Immediately following this test, the buffer shall be
Buffers of the spring-return type shall be tested for
examined externally for v isible deformation or injury.
plunger return with a 20 kg ( 45 lb) test weight resting
If no damage is apparent, the buffer shall then be fully
on top of the plunger during the test .The plunger shall
compressed at low speed and then released to determine
be depressed 50 mm ( 2 in.) and when released, the
if it will return freely to its extended position.
plunger, while supporting the test weight, shall return
(2) After the buffer has been examined externally
to its fully extended position within 30 s.
and has returned freely to its extended position, a second
drop test shall be made from the same height and with 8.3.2.5.5 Tests for Lateral Movement. The follow­
the same load as specified in 8.3.2.5.l(a). During this ing tests shall be made for lateral movement.

296
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(a) Spring-Return-Type Buffers. The lateral movement constant resistance and in which a current of twice the
at the top of the fully extended plunger shall be accu­ rated current at rated voltage is flowing. The electric
rately measured, the upper end of the plunger being circuit shall be closed, but shall not be broken at the
manually moved from its extreme right to its extreme contact within the device on each cycle of operation
left position. One-half of the total movement measured during the tests.
shall be considered as being the true lateral movement
8.3.3.3.2 Retesting of Electric Contacts Previously
at the top of the plunger and shall not exceed 5 mm/m
Tested. If the electric contact of a device submitted for
(0.06 in./ft) of buffer stroke.
test has already been tested as part of another device,
(b) Gravity-Return-Type Buffers. A similar test for lat­ and has successfully met the test requirements (see
eral movement shall be made. The measurement shall 8.3.3), the electrical tests of the contact need not be
be taken at the lower end of the buffer cylinder when the
repeated.
buffer plunger is fully extended and braced to prevent
lateral movement. One-half of the total movement mea­ 8.3.3.3.3 Tests of Retiri ng Cams or Eq uivalent
sured shall not exceed 5 mm /m (0 .06 in ./ft) of buffer Devices. Tests of retiring cams or equivalent devices
stroke. used to operate interlocks shall not be required .
8.3.2.6 Certification 8.3.3.3.4 Tests of Hoistway Door (Runway Door)
Combination Mechanical Locks and Electric Contacts.
8.3.2.6.1 After the buffer has been subjected to The testing equipment shall actuate the mechanical lock­
all of the specified tests, and all test records and data ing members of hoistway door (runway door) combina­
indicate that it conforms to Section 2.2 2, and to the tion mechanical locks and electric contacts to unlock at
requirements of 8.3.2, the laboratory shall issue a test each cycle of operation during the tests specified by
report and a certificate to the manufacturer. 8.3.3.4.1, 8.3.3.4.3, and 8.3.3.4.4.
8.3.2.6.2 The certificate shall conform to 8.3.1.3.1 8.3.3.4 Required Tests and Procedure. Each device
and shall include the following : submitted shall be subjected to and shall successfully
(a) the maximum impact speed pass the following tests.
(b) the maximum total load
(c) the minimum total load 8.3.3.4.1 Endurance Test. The device, lubricated
(d) specification of the fluid in accordance with the manufacturer 's instructions, shall
(e) a statement to the effect that the buffer having
complete 960 000 cycles of operation without failure of
the particular stroke and portings tested has met the any kind, without excessive wearing or loosening of
requirements of Section 2.2 2 and 8.3.2 for the maximum parts, or without undue burning or pitting of the con­
and minimum loads as stated in the certificate tacts (see 8.3.3.3.1). For private residence elevators the
number of cycles shall be reduced to 25 000.
8.3.2.6.3 When the test results are not satisfac­
tory with the minimum and maximum total loads 8.3.3.4.2 Current Interruption Test. After comple- (1 6)

appearing in the application, the laboratory shall be tion of the test specified by 8 .3.3.4 .1, the device used
permitted to, in agreement with the applicant, establish therein shall satisfactorily complete the following addi­
the acceptable limits. tional tests, to check that the ability to break a live circuit
is adequate.
8.3.3 Type Tests of Interlocks, Combination The tests shall be carried out with the locking device
Mechanical Locks and Electric Contacts, and located in accordance with the manufacturer 's drawings.
Door or Gate Electric Contacts If several positions are indicated, the test shall be made
in the position that the laboratory judges to be the most
8.3.3.1 General. This Section specifies the type test unfavorable.
of hoistway door interlocks, car door interlocks, combi­ The sample tested shall be provided with covers and
nation mechanical locks and electric contacts, and electrical wiring in accordance with the manufacturer 's
hoistway door and car door or gate electric contacts. drawings.
8.3.3.2 Examination Before Test. Prior to testing, (a) AC rated locking devices shall have their electrical
the certifying organization shall examine each device parts connected to a test circuit comprised of a choke
submitted to ascertain that it conforms to the applicable (inductor) and resistor in series having a power factor
requirements in Part 2. of 0.7 ± 0.05 in which a current of 1 1 times the rated
current, at 1 10% of rated voltage, is flowing. The AC
8.3.3.3 General Requirements locking devices shall open and close 50 times, at normal
8.3.3.3.1 Con n ections for and Test of Electrical speed, and at intervals of 5 s to 10 s, with the contact
Parts. During the tests specified by 8.3.3.4.1, 8.3.3.4.3, remaining closed for at least 0.5 s.
and 8.3.3.4.4, the devices shall have their electrical parts (b) DC rated locking devices shall have their electrical
connected in a noninductive electrical circuit having a parts connected to a test circuit comprised of a choke

297
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(inductor) and resistor in series in which the current (-b) to the left 6 mm (0.25 in.)
reaches 95% of the steady-state value of 1 10% of the (b) Horizontally Sliding Doors. The device shall oper­
rated current in 0.27 s ± 0.03 s, at 1 10% of rated voltage. ate effectively
The DC locking devices shall open and close 20 times, (1) when the bottom of the door has been displaced
at normal speed, and at intervals of 5 s to 10 s, with the horizontally from its normal position in a direction per­
contact remaining closed for at least 0.5 s. pendicular to the plane of the door opening
(c) The test results are considered satisfactory if no (-a) backward 6 mm (0.25 in.)
evidence of insulation breakdown due to arcing or (-b) forward 6 mm (0.25 in.)
tracking occurs and if no deterioration occurs that could (2) when the top of the door has been displaced
adversely affect safety. horizontally from its normal position in a direction per­
8.3.3.4.3 Test Without Lubricant. After comple­ pendicular to the plane of the door opening
tion of the test specified by 8.3.3.4.2, the device used (-a) backward 3 mm (0 .1 25 in .)
therein shall be used for this test. (-b) forward 3 mm (0.1 25 in.)
The device, except self-lubricating bearings and bear­ (c) Swinging Doors. T he device shall operate effec­
ings of a type not requiring frequent replenishment of tively when the strike edge of the door has been
lubricant, shall then be taken apart and freed of lubricant displaced
by washing in nonflammable liquids having cleansing (1) perpendicular to the plane of the door opening
characteristics. (-a) forward 3 mm (0.1 25 in.)
After reassembling, the device shall, without other (-b) backward 3 mm (0.1 25 in.)
than the usual initial adjustment (i .e ., without adjust­ (2) parallel to the plane of the door opening
ment especially made to meet the conditions of the par­ (-a) 3 mm (0 .1 25 in .) to the right
ticular test) and without further attention, complete (-b) 3 mm (0.1 25 in.) to the left
25 000 cycles or 20 000 cycles for private residence eleva­ (-c) 3 mm (0.1 25 in.) up
tor of operation without failure of any kind, without (-d) 3 mm (0.1 25 in.) down
excessive wearing or loosening of parts, and without
(d) Vertically Sliding Doors. The device shall operate
undue burning or pitting of contacts.
effectively when the door has been displaced
8.3.3.4.4 Test in Moist Atmosphere. After comple­ (1) perpendicular to the plane of the door opening
tion of the test specified by 8.3.3.4.3, the device used (-a) forward 3 mm (0.1 25 in.)
therein shall be used for this test. (-b) backward 3 mm (0.1 25 in.)
T he device shall be subjected continuousl y, in an (2) parallel to the plane of the door opening
unventilated enclosure, to an atmosphere saturated with (-a) 3 mm (0.1 25 in.) to the right
a range of 3.5 % to 5% solution of sodium chloride for (-b) 3 mm (0.1 25 in.) to the left
7 2 consecutive hours. During this period, it shall be
operated for only 10 consecutive cycles at the end of 8.3.3.4.6 Insulation Test. T he insulation of the
each of the first two 2 4 h periods and shall be allowed electrical parts shall withstand a test with a root-mean
to stand exposed to the air for 2 4 h, and shall not fail square (effective) voltage of twice the rated voltage plus
in a manner that creates an unsafe condition. 1 000 V, 60 Hz, applied for 1 min.
The device shall again be lubricated and shall, without
8.3.3.4.7 Force and Movement Test. When testing
adjustment and without further attention, complete
devices of a type that are released by retiring cam (see
15 000 cycles or 10 000 cycles for private residence eleva­
2 .1 2 .2 .5 ), measurements shall be made of the force
tor of operation without failure of any kind.
required to release the device and of the movement of the
8.3.3.4.5 Misalignment Test element engaged by the cam, with the device mounted in
(a) All Types of Doors. The device shall operate effec­ its normal position as specified by the manufacturer,
tively when the car cam or other equivalent operating before and after the test specified by 8.3.3.4.1.
device used in making the test has been displaced hori­ The force and movement recorded in each test shall
zontally from its normal position (the position in which be, respectively
it was when the device was installed) successively as (a) the maximum force, measured in a horizontal
follows: plane, that must be applied to that member of the device
(1) in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the that is directly actuated by the cam to release the door­
door opening locking member of the device from locking engagement
(-a) backward 6 mm (0.25 in.) (b) the distance, projected on a horizontal plane, that
(-b) forward 6 mm (0.25 in.) the member of the device directly actuated by the cam
(2) in a direction parallel to the plane of the door travels from its position when the lock is fully engaged
opening to its position when the locking member is released from
(-a) to the right 6 mm (0 .25 in .) engagement

298
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

T he force and movement markings required by 8.3.5.2 Test Sample. Tests shall be conducted on
2.1 2.4.3(f) shall be not less than the average of these a representative sample in the sequence as stated in
recorded values. 8.3.5.3.
8.3.3 .4.8 Static Test. After completion of the 8.3.5.3 Test Procedure
endurance test in 8.3.3.4.1, a type test shall be made 8.3.5.3.1 Endurance Test. Test samples shall be
consisting of a static force applied over a period of 300 s subject to 100 000 operating cycles ( 100 000 up and
with the force increasing incrementally.The force shall 100 000 down) at the component rated pressure and
be applied in the opening direction of the door and at within the fluid specifications and temperature range
a location as near to the locking element as possible, but stipulated by the manufacturer. Each operating cycle
not to exceed 300 mm ( 1 2 in.). The force shall be 1 000 N shall be not less than 5 s nor more than 2 4 s.
( 2 25 lbf) in the case of a locking device intended for use
with sliding doors, and 3 000 N (675 lbf ) or 670 N 8.3.5.3.2 Seat Leakage
( 150 lbf) for private residence elevator applied at right (a) The hydraulic pressure shall be maintained at 1.5
angles to the panel evenly distributed over an area 5 cm 2 times the component rated pressure for a period suffi­
(0.78 in.2) in round or square section in thecase of a cient to establish the rate of leakage, but not less than
locking device intended for use with swinging doors. 1 h nor more than 2 4 h .The test shall be started at the
maximum stipulated fluid temperature for which the
8.3.3.4.9 Examination of Electrical Spacings. The valve is designed. The fluid temperature shall be permit­
electrical spacings shall comply with CSA B 4 4.1/ ted to gradually decrease during the test to 20 ° C (68 ° F).
ASME A 17.5, Section 16. (b) T he test shall be repeated using a pressure of
750 kPa ( 1 10 psi).
8.3.3.4.10 Examination of Operation. Verify that
(c) Total leakage from output to input during either
there is at least 7 mm (0.28 in.) engagement of the locking
elements before the hoistway door interlock contact test shall not exceed the flow rate of the valve divided
closes. by one million .
8.3.5.3.3 External Leakage. The hydraulic pres­
8.3.3.4.1 1 Testing of Bridging Means. The electri­
sure shall be maintained at twice the component rated
cal contact bridging means shall be tested to verify con­ pressure for a period of 10 min to establish the rate of
formance to 2.1 2.2.4.1. leakage. The rate of leakage shall not exceed 10% of the
rated flow of the valve.
8.3.4 Entrance Fire Type Tests
8.3.5.3.4 Valve Body Strength Test. For elonga­
8.3.4.1 Test of Entrance Assemblies, Horizontally tions greater than or equal to 10%, the pressure chambers
Sliding and Swinging Types and Vertically Sliding Types of the valve shall be subjected to a hydraulic pressure
8.3.4.1.1 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC, five times the component rated pressure.
the fire protection rating of entrances and doors shall For elongations of less than 10%, the test value shall
be determined in accordance with the requirements be 1.5 times the value indicated by 8.2.8.5 multiplied by
the component rated pressure.
specified in the NBCC. Requirement 8.3.4.1.2 does not
To test the strength, this hydraulic pressure shall be
apply.
maintained for a period of 5 min. During the test, the
8 . 3 . 4 . 1 .2 In jurisdictions not enforcing the valve body shall not rupture .
NBCC, test of elevator horizontal slide-type and swing­ NOTES (8.3.5.3.4):
type entrance assemblies and tests of elevator and (1) In order to obtain and maintain the test pressure, it is permissi
dumbwaiter vertical slide-type entrance assemblies shall ble to substitute alternate sealing material and to tighten bolts
be conducted in accordance with UL lOB, or NFPA 25 2. during the test.
Test entrance assemblies shall be constructed in accor­ (2) It is not expected that the valve will be able to perform its
function during or after the valve body strength test.
dance with Section 2.1 1.
8.3.5.3.5 Electrical Test. Valves shall be tested to
8.3.5 Type Tests for Hydraulic Control Valves the electrical requirements of CSA C 2 2.2 No. 139,
Clause 6.
8.3.5.1 Application for Certification. The application
required in 8.3.1.2 shall include information regarding 8.3.6 Escalator Brake Type Test
(a) the component rated pressure 8.3.6.1 General. Where required by 6 .1 .5 .3.3, escala­
(b) the flow rating tors shall be subjected to such tests as are necessary to
(c) the fluid specification certify that
(d) the operating temperature range of fluid (a) the escalator brakes can be adjusted to conform
(e) the coil voltage and current to 6.1.5.3

299
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(b) the relationship that exists between the range of large for the cabinet shall be tested under similar draft­
brake settings and stopping distances complies with free conditions.
6.1.5.3.1
8.3.7.4 Test. A minimum of three specimens shall
8.3.6.2 Measuring the Stopping Distances. T he be tested and the results averaged. For fabric, the direc­
stopping distance shall be measured by the movement tion of weave corresponding to the most critical flamma­
of a step along its path of travel after a stop has been bility conditions shall be parallel to the longest
initiated. dimension. Each specimen shall be supported vertically.
The specimen shall be exposed to a Bunsen or Tirrill
8.3.6.3 Location of Tests. The tests shall be permit­
burner with a nominal 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) I.D. tube
ted to be made in the manufacturer 's plant or on an
adjusted to give a flame of 38 mm ( 1.5 in.) in height. The
escalator installation.
minimum flame temperature measured by a calibrated
8.3.6.4 Extension of Type Test. Provided that design thermocouple pyrometer in the center of the flame shall
loads of the brake are not exceeded, it is permissible to be 8 40 °C ( 1,5 45 ° F). The lower edge of the specimen must
simulate on the test escalator, by means of alternative be 19 mm (0 .75 in .) above the top edge of the burner .
loads, a number of heights and widths, for the purpose The flame shall be applied to the centerline of the
of certification of an escalator type (design), provided lower edge of the specimen. The flame shall be applied
that those escalators for the additional widths and for 1 2 s and then removed. Flame time, bum length,
heights utilize the same motor and machine. and flaming time of drippings, if any, shall be recorded.
The bum length determined in accordance with 8.3.7.5
8.3.7 Vertical Burn Engineering Test shall be measured to the nearest 2.5 mm (0.1 in.).
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, napped,
8.3.7.5 Burn Length. Bum length is the distance
tufted , woven , looped , and similar materials [see
from the original edge to the farthest evidence of damage
2 .1 4 .2 .l .2(b)] shall be subjected to the engineering tests
to the test specimen due to flame impingement, includ­
specified in 8.3.7.1 through 8.3.7.6.
ing areas of partial or complete consumption, charring,
8.3.7.1 Conditioning. Specimens shall be condi­ or embrittlement, but not including areas sooted ,
tioned to 2 1 ° c ± 2 ° c (70 ° F ± 5 ° F) and at 50% ± 5% rela­ stained, warped, or discolored, and not areas where
tive humidity until moisture equilibrium is reached, or material has shrunk or melted away from the heat
for 2 4 h. Only one specimen at a time shall be removed source.
from the conditioning environment immediately before
8.3.7.6 Acceptance Criteria
subjecting it to the flame .
(a) The average bum length shall not exceed 203 mm
8.3.7.2 Specimen Configuration. Materials shall be (8 in.).
tested either as a section cut from a fabricated part as (b) The average flame time after removal of the flame
installed in the car or as a specimen simulating a cut source shall not exceed 15 s.
section, such as a specimen cut from a flat sheet of the (c) Drippings from the test specimen shall not con­
material or a model of the fabricated part. The specimen tinue to flame for more than 5 s.
shall be cut from any location in a fabricated part; how­
ever, fabricated units, such as sandwich panels, shall 8.3.8 Test Method for Evaluating Room Fire Growth
not be separated for test. T he specimen shall be no Contribution of Textile Wall Covering
thicker than the minimum thickness to be qualified for Textile wall covering shall be tested and meet the
use in the car. In the case of fabrics, both the warp and acceptance criteria of the N F PA 265, Fire Test for
fill direction of the weave shall be tested to determine Evaluating Room Fire Growth Contribution of Textile
the most critical flammability conditions. The specimen Wall Covering, when tested using the product mounting
shall be mounted in a metal frame so that the two long system, including adhesive, of actual use.
edges and the upper edge are held securely. The exposed
area of the specimen shall be at least 5 1 mm ( 2 in .) wide 8.3.9 Engineering Tests for Hydraulic Overspeed
and 305 mm ( 1 2 in.) long, unless the actual size used in Valves
the car is smaller. The edge to which the burner flame 8.3.9.1 General. The overspeed valve test shall be
is applied must not consist of the finished or protected based on the marking required by 3.19.4.7.2 and specifi­
edge of the specimen but shall be representative of the cations provided by the valve manufacturer.
actual cross section of the material or part installed in
the car. 8.3.9.2 Test Samples. Tests shall be conducted on
a representative sample of the overspeed valve.
8.3.7.3 Apparatus. Except as provided in 8.3.7.4,
8.3.9.3 Test Procedure
tests shall be conducted in a draft-free cabinet in accor­
dance with FED-ST D 19 1A, Method 5903.1, or other 8.3.9.3.1 Endurance Test. The test sample shall be
approved equivalent methods. Specimens that are too subjected to 1 000 closing cycles at the component rated

300
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

pressure, maximum flow rate, and within the fluid speci­ 4 57 2 mm ( 15 ft) above the lower limit of normal travel
fications and temperature range stipulated by the manu­ and allowing it to drop (free-fall) until the descent is
facturer. Additionally, the sample shall be subjected to controlled by the speed-limiting device. The elevator car
100 operating cycles at the minimum flow rate and pres­ shall be allowed to continue its descent until brought
sure, to ensure range coverage. to rest by the car buffer or bumper. The test shall be
instrumented so that a graph of velocity versus distance
8.3.9.3.2 Seat Leakage Test. The hydraulic pres­
can be plotted.The test shall be witnessed by, and the test
sure shall be maintained at 1.5 times the component
results certified by, a testing laboratory or a registered
rated pressure for a period sufficient to establish the
professional engineer. After the test, the screw column,
rate of leakage, but not less than 1 h and not more than
screw-column supports, speed-limiting device, guide
2 4 h. Total leakage of the valve from input to output
rails, car buffer or bumper, and car frame shall be
during the test period shall not exceed the flow rate of
inspected to determine that there has been no damage .
the valve divided by one million.
A test on a given capacity elevator shall be accepted for
8.3.9.3.3 Valve Body Strength Test. For elonga­ all similarly designed elevators by that manufacturer
tions greater than or equal to 10%, the valve shall be for the same or lesser capacity (rated load).
subjected to a hydraulic pressure 7.5 times the compo­
nent rated pressure. For elongations of less than 10%, 8.3.1 1 Step and Pallet Fatigue Engineering Test
the test valve shall be 2.25 times the value indicated by Step fatigue tests required in 6.1.3.5.7 and pallet
8.2.8.5 multiplied by the component rated pressure. The fatigue tests required by 6.2.3.5.4 shall be performed as
strength test for this hydraulic pressure shall be main­ indicated in 8.3.1 1.1 through 8.3.1 1.6.
tained for a period of 5 min. During the test, the valve
body shall not rupture. 8.3.1 1.1 The test shall be made at either the manu­
facturer 's facility or at a testing laboratory.
NOTES:
(1) In order to obtain and maintain the test pressure, it is permissi 8.3. 1 1 .2 Escalator steps shall be mounted in an
ble to substitute alternate sealing material and tighten bolts arrangement that duplicates the conditions on the esca­
during the test. lator incline and their attachment to the step chain.Mov­
(2) It is not expected that the valve will be able to perform its ing walk pallets shall be mounted in an arrangement
function during or after the valve body strength test.
that duplicates the condition of a horizontal moving
8.3.1 0 Engineering Tests: Safety N ut and walk and their attachment to the pallet chain.
Speed-Limiting Devices of Screw-Column 8.3.1 1 .3 The steps or pallets shall be subjected to (1 6)
Elevators a load varying from 450 N ( 100 lbf) to 3 000 N (650 lbf)
8.3.10.1 General. This Section specifies the engi­ at a frequency of 10 Hz ± 5 Hz for 5 000 000 cycles. An
neering tests of safety nuts and speed-limiting devices undisturbed harmonic force flow shall be achieved.
that are permitted as alternate safety devices on screw­ 8.3. 1 1 .4 The load shall be applied normal to the (1 6)
column elevators driven by alternating current squirrel tread surface to a plate 25 mm ( 1 in.) thick, 200 mm
cage motors and having a down speed of not more than (8 in.) wide, and 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) long, located at the
0.38 m /s (75 ft /min). center of the step or pallet, with the 300 mm ( 1 2 in .)
8.3.1 0.2 Test of Safety Nut. The test shall be made dimension in the direction of step or pallet travel.
in either the manufacturer 's plant, in a testing laboratory, 8.3.1 1 .5 The step or pallet shall have no fractures
or in the field by suspending the elevator car with rated or permanent tread surface deflection exceeding 4 mm
load a distance above the safety nut of at least 13 mm (0.16 in.) following the completion of the test.The deflec­
(0 .5 in .) and allowing it to drop (free-fall) until the entire tion of 4 mm (0.16 in.) does not include any set or wear
load rests on the safety nut. The test shall be witnessed in the supporting wheels.
by, and the test results certified by, a testing laboratory
or registered professional engineer. After the test, the 8.3.1 1 .6 This test is to be performed on each step
screw column, screw supports, safety nut, guide rails, or pallet width.
and car frame shall be inspected to determine that there
has been no damage. A test on a given capacity elevator 8.3.12 Suspension-Member Tests
shall be accepted for all similarly designed elevators by Suspension-member tests required in 2.20.1 1 shall be
that manufacturer for the same or lesser capacity (rated performed as required by 8.3.1 2.1 through 8.3.1 2.3. Test
load). results shall be documented as required by 8.3.1 2.4.
8.3.1 0.3 Test of Speed-Limiting Device. T he test 8.3 . 1 2 . 1 Gen eral Req u i rements. A test shall be
shall be made either in the manufacturer 's plant, in a required on each combination of suspension member,
testing laboratory, or in the field by suspending the driving sheave design, and materials of construction.
elevator car with rated load a distance of at least The test shall be conducted with the contact-surface

301
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

geometry of the test specimens that results in the highest (d) description of apparatus and equipment used to
surface-pressure condition between the suspension perform the tests
member and driving sheave. A test on a given suspen­ (e) description of instrumentation used to measure or
sion member at its maximum allowable load shall be record data
accepted for all similarly designed combinations by that (f) definition and description of the suspension mem­
manufacturer for any lesser load carried per suspension ber(s) and the driving sheave to which it (they) is (are)
member. The suspension members and driving sheave being applied, including part number, type designation,
combination shall be tested under the conditions for or other identification
which they were designed. (g) the values of the loads and speeds for which the
8.3.1 2.2 Inspection Speed Test. One or more sus­ suspension members and their sheaves are to be
pension member(s), loaded in tension to the maximum qualified
capacity to be qualified, shall be applied to its (their) (h) the sheave rotation speed for Test 8.3.1 2.2
driving sheave .The suspension member(s) shall be pre­ (i) description of the test procedure and pass /fail
vented from moving. The driving sheave shall be rotated criteria
at a speed no less than that corresponding to the maxi­ (j) observations noted during the test
mum inspection speed of the elevator to which the sus­ (k) test results and test data
pension means is to be applied. (l) conclusions indicating compliance with the accept­
ance criteria
8.3.1 2.2.1 Acceptance Criteria. As a result of the
test required by 8.3.1 2.2, no suspension member shall 8.3.1 3 Type Tests of Elastomeric Buffers (1 6)
part before a minimum of 4 min.
8.3.13.1 Application for Certification
8.3.12.3 Test Under Emergency-Stop Conditions.
One or more suspension member(s), loaded in tension 8.3 . 1 3 . 1 . 1 T he application required in 8 .3 .1 .2
to the maximum capacity to be qualified, shall be applied shall include information on the expected maximum
to its (their) driving sheave. The suspension member(s) impact speed and maximum and minimum total loads.
shall be run at a speed corresponding to the maximum
speed for which the suspension means is to be applied 8.3.13.1.2 The drawings required in 8.3.1.2.2(b)
with respect to its (their) drive sheave. The drive sheave shall show
shall be subjected to three successive emergency stops, (a) the exact construction of the buffer
each causing the suspension members to slip traction (b) all dimensions of each part
over the driving sheave [see 8.3.1 2.4(g)]. The tests shall (c) all pertinent information concerning materials,
be so arranged that slippage occurs over substantially clearances, and tolerances
the same portion of the suspension means during succes­ (d) the data as marked on the buffer marking plate
sive tests. The duration of the slip shall correspond to required by 2.2 2.5.5
that attained by the elevator counterweight and car with
rated load initially moving at rated speed, and decelerat­ 8.3.1 3.2 Test Sample. Tests shall be made on a
ing, on their own, to a complete stop. It shall be permit­ buffer of each type or design to be installed. Each buffer
ted to conduct this test on an installed elevator or in a shall conform to the documents submitted. The buffer
suitable testing facility. test shall be on a production model or a buffer identical
to the model to be produced. Modifications or special
8.3.1 2.3.1 Acceptance Criteria. As a result of the adjustments for the purpose of meeting the test require­
test required by 8.3.1 2.3, suspension member(s) shall not ments are prohibited.
sustain damage that would require replacement
according to the criteria of ASME A 17.6, Sections 1.10, 8.3.1 3.3 Testing Equipment. The testing equipment
2.9, and 3.7, as applicable. shall be of such design as to perform the tests specified
herein and to determine that the buffer conforms to all
8.3.12.4 Documentation of Test Results. For the the requirements of Section 2.2 2 for elastomeric buffers
tests required in 8.3.1 2.2 and 8.3.1 2.3, the testing facili­ and also to 8.3.13.3.1 through 8.3.13.3.3.
ties, test procedure, and test results shall be documented
in engineering reports. The following information shall 8. 3 . 1 3 .3 . 1 Cal i b ration of Test Weight. T he
be provided in each engineering report: required drop-test load shall be accurate to within ± 1 %.
See 8.3.1.5.
(a) date(s) of the test
(b) name and address of location where tests were 8.3.13.3.2 Guiding of Test Weight. The test weight
conducted shall be so guided as to ensure that when dropped onto
(c) name, position, and organization of the person(s) the buffer, its travel shall be substantially vertical .See
conducting, supervising, or witnessing the tests also 8.3.13.5.2.

302
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

8.3.1 3.3.3 Test Instruments. T he instruments 8.3.13.5.4 Number of Tests. Three tests shall be
used to measure the test results shall conform to the made with the maximum load called for, and three tests
following requirements: with the minimum load called for.
(a) The instruments shall be of the recording type and The time delay between two consecutive tests shall
be capable of detecting signals at intervals of 0.01 s. be not less than 5 min and not more than 30 min. In
(b) T he measuring chain, including the recording each of the three tests with maximum load, the value
device for the recording of measured values as a function of reference of the buffer force at a stroke equal to 5 0%
of time, shall be designed with a system frequency of of the real height of the buffer given by the applicant
at least 1,000 Hz. shall not vary by more than 5 %. For the tests with mini­
(c) The instruments shall provide data for the plotting mum load, the same procedure shall be followed.
of the buffer performance curves showing time intervals,
travel of test weight, velocity of test weight, and retarda­ 8.3.1 3.6 Test Results
tion of test weight during the buffer stroke, and the data
shall be accurate to within the following tolerances: 8.3.13.6.1 Retardation. The retardation shall con­
( 1 ) Time increments and total time shall be form to the following requirements:
recorded with an error of less than ±0.5 %. (a) The average retardation in case of free fall with
(2) The position of the test weight at each time rated load in the car from a speed equal to 115% of the
interval shall be recorded with an error of less than rated speed shall not exceed 1 x gravity. The average
± 0. 1%. retardation shall be evaluated taking into account the
time between the first two absolute minima of the
(3) Time, travel, velocity, and retardation shall be
retardation.
determined by means of a device that provides the accu­
racy specified. (b) Peaks of retardation with more than 2.5 x gravity
shall not be longer than 0.04 s.
8.3.1 3.4 Installation of Buffer and Preparations for
Tests 8.3.1 3.6.2 Condition of the B uffer After Tests.
After the tests with the maximum mass, no part of the
8.3.13.4.1 Foundation and Location of Buffer. An buffer shall show any permanent deformation or be so
elastomeric buffer shall be placed on a foundation damaged as to prevent the required operation of the
designed to withstand without appreciable deformation buffer.
the forces resulting from the buffer compression on the
drop tests. The buffer shall be installed in a vertical 8.3.1 3.7 Certification
position and located centrally in relation to the drop­
test weight. 8.3.13.7.1 After the buffer has been subj ected to
all of the specified tests, and all test records and data
8.3.13.4.2 Securing of Buffer. The buffer shall be
indicate that it conforms to Section 2.2 2 and 8.3.13, the
installed on the foundation in the same manner as in
laboratory shall issue a test report and a certificate to
normal service, or by equivalent means, in accordance
the manufacturer.
with the manufacturer's drawings.

(ED) 8.3.13.5 Test Procedure 8 . 3 . 1 3 . 7 . 2 T he certificate shall conform to

8.3.1.3.1 and include the following:
8.3.13.5.1 The buffer shall be tested as follows: (a) the maximum impact speed
Test weights shall be dropped and allowed to fall freely (b) the maximum total load
from a height that ensures the test weights will have (c) the minimum total load
reached the required maximum speed by the moment
(d) a statement to the effect that the buffer tested has
of impact. The falling distance, speed, acceleration, and met the requirements of Section 2.2 2 and 8.3.13 for the
retardation of each test weight shall be recorded from the maximum and minimum loads as stated in the certificate
moment of release to the moment of complete standstill.
(e) a list of any environmental and life-cycle condi-
8.3.13.5.2 The test weights shall correspond to tions (where applicable) for use of buffers with nonlinear
the maximum and minimum loads called for. They shall characteristics (see 2.2 2.1.1.5)
be guided vertically with the minimum friction possible,
so that at the moment of impact at least 0.9 x gravity 8.3.13.7.3 Procedure When Buffers Fail the Tests. (ED)
is reached. When buffers fail to perform satisfactorily in tests using
the minimum and maximum loads indicated on the
8.3 . 1 3 . 5 .3 T he ambient temperature shall be application, the laboratory may, in agreement with the
between 15 ° C (59 ° F) and 2 5 ° C (77 ° F). applicant, establish the acceptable limits.

303
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(16) SECTION 8.4 8.4.1 .1 .1 The clearance between the car and the
ELEVATOR SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS counterweight assembly shall be not less than 50 mm
(2 in.), except that where the counterweight is enclosed
(a) Section 8.4 applies to all electric elevators with by double U-brackets or where single U-brackets are
counterweights, and direct-acting or roped-hydraulic provided and are located within the space between the
elevators where applicable, where such elevators are car and its counterweight, the clearance shall be not less
installed in buildings assigned to one of the following: than 100 mm (4 in.) .
(1) Seismic Design Category C with Component
Importance Factor, Ip, equal to 1.5 as defined by IBC (see 8.4. 1 . 1 .2 The clearance between the counter­
Section 1 .3, building code) weight assembly and the hoistway enclosure or separa­
tor beams shall be not less than 50 mm (2 in.).
(2) Seismic Design Category D or greater as defined
by IBC (see Section 1 .3, building code)
8.4. 1 . 1 .3 The running clearance between the
(3) Design Spectral Response Acceleration for a
counterweight assembly and the nearest obstruction,
0.2 s time period [Sa(0.2)] greater than 0.12 and building
including counterweight screens, shall be not less than
designated as post-disaster building or hFa Sa (0.2) is equal
25 mm (1 in.).
to or greater than 0.35 as defined by NBCC-2005 or later
(see Section 1 .3, building code)
(4) Seismic Performance Category C with Seismic
8.4.2 Mach inery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and
Hazard Exposure Group II or higher as defined by earlier
Foundations
model building codes (see Note)
(5) Seismic Risk Zone 2 or greater as defined by
8.4.2.1 Securing Beams and Supports. Overhead
earlier building codes (see Note)
beams and supports including hitch-plate blocking
beams shall be anchored to prevent overturning and
NOTE [8.4(a)(4) and (a)(S)]: For example, SBC 1982, SBC 1994, etc. displacement as a result of seismic forces acting simulta­
neously, as specified in 8.4. 13 or 8.4. 14, or equal to

(b) The appropriate Component Seismic Force Level (a) Wp horizontally and 0.5Wp vertically (zone 3 or
is determined by the applicable building code (see Guide greater)
for Elevator Seismic Design Part 1 and Part 2, Sample (b) 0.5Wp horizontally and 0.25Wp vertically (zone 2)
Calculations la-g).
(1) Where the applicable building code references
Seismic Design Categories or Design Spectral Response where
Acceleration [Sa(0.2)], force levels as referenced by 8.4.14 Wp = component operating weight as defined by
shall be used (see Section 1 .3, building code). 8.4.15
(2) Where the applicable building code makes ref­
erence to ground motion parameters (such as Av or Zv), 8.4.2.2 Fastenings to Building Structure. Fastening
8.4.13 shall be used. devices including bolts used to secure machines, control
(3) Where the applicable building code makes ref­ panels, motor-generator units, machine beams, support
erence to Seismic Risk Zones, or Seismic Risk Zones and beams, and sheaves, including compensating sheave
component force level equations, force levels for the assemblies, to the building structure shall conform to
appropriate zone, as listed throughout Section 8.4, or 8.4.2.3. Requirement 2.9.3. 1 .2 shall not apply (see Guide
the calculated component force level shall be used, for Elevator Seismic Design, Part 2, S ample
whichever is greater. Calculation 2).
(c) The elevator seismic requirements contained in
Section 8.4 shall be in addition to the requirements in 8.4.2.3 Connections
the other parts of the Code unless otherwise specified.
(d) Section 8.4 shall not apply to the elevators required 8.4.2.3.1 Connections (for guide-rail brackets,
to conform to Sections 5.2, 5.3, and 5.4. see 8.4.8.4) used to attach equipment to the supporting
structure, that are not subject to impact loads, shall be
designed to withstand seismic component force levels
8.4.1 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances acting simultaneously, as defined in 8.4.13 or 8.4. 14, or
equal to either of the following:
8 . 4 . 1 . 1 Between Car a n d Co u n te rw e i g h t a n d (a) Wp horizontally and 0.5Wp vertically (zone 3 or
Counterweight Screen. The following clearances shall greater)
supersede those specified in 2.5 . 1 .2. (b) 0.5Wp horizontally and 0.25Wp vertically (zone 2)

304
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

to authorized persons, but not where it is available to assembly when it is subjected to a component seismic
the public. No other key to the building shall unlock the force level as defined by 8.4.13 or 8.4.1 4, or a horizontal
emergency exit lock except that where hoistway access seismic force equal to
switches conforming to 2.1 2.7 are provided, the key used (a) 0.S WP (zone 3 or greater)
to operate the access switches shall be permitted to also (b) 0.25 Wp (zone 2)
unlock the top emergency exit. This key shall be Group 1
Security (see Section 8.1). 8.4.7 . 1 .2 For counterweight assemblies with
weight sections that occupy two-thirds or more of the
8.4.5 Guiding Members and Position Restraints frame height, 8 .4 .8 .9 applies and Figs .8 .4 .8 .2-1 through
8.4.8.2-7 shall be permitted to be used in sizing the guide­
8.4. 5 . 1 Locat i o n . Upper and lower position rail system.
restraints attached to the car frame shall be provided.
T he distance between the upper and lower position 8.4.7.1 .3 T he clearance between the counter­
restraints shall be not less than the height of the car weight frame and the face of the counterweight guide
frame. Separate position restraints are not required rail measured at a point one-half the vertical distance
where such restraints are an integral part of the guiding between the upper and lower guiding members shall
member. not exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.).
8.4.5.2 Design 8.4.7.2 Guiding Members and Position Restraints
8.4. 5.2.1 Position restraints and their attach­ 8.4.7.2.1 Upper and lower position restraints
ments to car frames shall be designed to withstand a attached to the counterweight frame shall be provided.
seismic force acting horizontally on the weight of the T he distance between the upper and lower position
car plus 40% of its rated capacity as defined in 8.4.13 restraints shall be not less than the height of the counter­
or 8.4.1 4 (with WP = car weight + 40% capacity), or weight frame. Separate position restraints are not
equal to required where such restraints are an integral part of
(a) 0 .S WP (zone 3 or greater) guiding member.
(b) 0.25 WP (zone 2) 8.4.7.2.2 Position restraints and their attach­
8.4. 5 . 2 . 2 W hen the car is centrally located ments to counterweight frames shall be designed to
between its guide rails and the platform is level, the withstand a seismic component force level as defined
clearance between each running face of the guide rail by 8 .4 .13 or 8 .4 .1 4, or a seismic force acting horizontally
and the position restraint shall not exceed 5 mm upon the counterweight assembly equal to
(0 .187 in .) and the depth of engagement with the rail (a) 0.S WP (zone 3 or greater)
shall be not less than the dimension of the side running (b) 0 .25WP (zone 2)
face of the rail . 8.4.7.2.3 When the counterweight is centrally
located between its guide rails, the clearance between
8.4.6 Com pensating-Rope Sheave Assembly
each running face of the guide rail and the position
Where compensating ropes are used with a tension restraint shall not exceed 5 mm (0.187 in.) and the depth
sheave assembly, means shall be provided to prevent of engagement with the rail shall be not less than the
the tension sheave assembly from being dislocated from dimension of the side running face of the rail.
its normal operating position when subjected to seismic
forces acting simultaneously as specified in 8.4.13 or 8.4.8 Car and Counterweight G uide-Rail Systems
8.4.1 4, or equal to either of the following : 8.4.8.1 General. The car and counterweight guide­
(a) Wp horizontally and 0.5 Wp vertically (zone 3 or rail systems shall meet the requirements of 8.4.8 or the
greater) applicable requirements of Section 2 .23 (excluding
(b) 0.SWP horizontally and 0.25 Wp vertically (zone 2) 2.23.4.3 and Table 2.23.4.3.3), whichever are more
Compensating-rope sheaves shall be provided with a stringent.
compensating-rope sheaves switch or switches conform­
ing to 2.26.2.3. 8.4.8.1 .1 Elevator Guide-Rail Load Distribution.
The load distribution to the guide rails due to the inertial
8.4.7 Counterweights effects of the car and counterweight on their respective
guide rails shall be determined as follows:
8.4.7.1 Design
(a) Conventional Standard Designs. The seismic forces
8.4.7.1.1 The counterweight frame and its weight shall be assumed to be distributed one-third to the top
sections shall be so designed and arranged as to limit guiding members and two-thirds to the bottom guiding
the guide-rail force at the lower position restraint to not members of cars and counterweights.
more than two-thirds of the total seismic force due to (b) Nonstandard Designs. Where the design of the car,
the weight or effective weight of the counterweight or counterweight, employs either special construction or

306
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

location and quantity of guiding members, the formulas 8.4.8.2.4 For counterweight systems, intermedi­
and methods of calculation of the load distribution, and ate tie brackets conforming to 8.4.8.7 and approximately
resulting stresses and deflections, do not generally apply equally spaced between main brackets shall be provided
and shall be modified to suit the specific conditions and between guide rails as required by Figs.8.4.8.2- 1 through
requirements in each case. 8.4.8.2-7. Intermediate tie brackets are not required to
be fastened to the building structure.
8.4.8.2 Seismic Load Application
8.4.8.2.5 The total weight of the counterweight
8.4.8.2.1 assembly shall not exceed the maximum specified in
(a) For jurisdictions enforcing seismic zones or an Table 2.23.4.3.1 for a given rail size.
equivalent ground motion parameter (see 8.4.13), Wp
shall not exceed the maximums specified in 8.4.8.2.6 Rail Forces
Figs. 8.4.8.2- 1 through 8.4.8.2-7 for the size of rail and (a) The horizontal seismic forces used to determine
the bracket spacing used. guide-rail stresses and deflections are as follows:
(b) For jurisdictions enforcing IBC /NBCC, the per­ (1) For jurisdictions enforcing seismic zones
missible horizontal seismic force, Fp, based on Wp, per (-a) 0.5 Wp (zone 3 or greater); or
pair of guide rails shall not exceed the maximums speci­ (-b) 0.25Wp (zone 2)
fied in Figs. 8.4.8.2- 1 through 8.4.8.2-7 for the size of rail (2) For jurisdictions enforcing IBC /NBCC
and the bracket spacing used (see 8.4.1 2.1 and Guide for (-a) Fp when calculating deflection
Elevator Seismic Design Part 2, Sample Calculation 3). (-b) 0.7Fp when calculating stress
(b) For installations where the guide rails bear the
8.4.8.2.2 Where the ratio of the distance between
vertical loads imposed by machines, sheaves, or hitches,
the upper and lower car or counterweight position
the following vertical loads will be considered acting
restraints to the distance between adjacent brackets is
simultaneously in addition to those above:
0.65 or less, an adjusted weight shall be used to deter­
(1) For jurisdictions enforcing seismic zones
mine the required rail size for the bracket spacing used .
(-a) 0.25Wp (zone 3 or greater); or
The adjusted weight shall be determined by multiplying
(-b) 0.l 25Wp (zone 2)
the actual weight by a load factor Q obtained from
Fig. 8.4.8.2-8 as follows: (2) For jurisdictions enforcing IBC/NBCC
(-a) Fv when calculating deflection
Wa = QW (-b) 0.7Fv when calculating stress

where where Wp is defined in 8.4.15(b), Fp and Fv are defined

Q = load factor (see Fig. 8.4.8.2-8) in 8.4.1 4.
w = actual weight of the counterweight or of the NOTE: The forces above are the result of both any equipment
car plus 40% of its rated capacity, N (lb) attached to the rail and the tensions developed in the suspension
adjusted weight, N (lb) ropes by the car and counterweight .
Wa
8.4.8.3 Guide-Rail Stress
8.4.8.2.3 Where the guide rail is reinforced or a
rail of larger size is used, the bracket spacing shall be 8.4.8. 3 . 1 For jurisdictions enforcing seismic
permitted to exceed the values specified in Figs.8.4.8.2- 1 zones, stresses in a guide rail, or in a rail and its reinforce­
through 8.4.8.2-7 for a given car weight plus 40% of its ment, due to seismic loads specified in 8.4.8.2.6, shall
rated capacity, or counterweight, provided the variation not exceed 88% of the minimum yield stress of the mate­
conforms to 8.4.1 2. rial or materials used.
EXAMPLES: 8.4.8.3.2 For jurisdictions enforcing IBC /NBCC,
(1) SI Units. 5 543 kg counterweight, or car weight plus 40% rated stresses in the guide rail, or in a rail and its reinforce­
capacity, at a bracket spacing of 4 .88 m requires for zone 3 or ments, due to seismic loads specified in 8.4.8.2.6, shall
greater: not exceed 60% of the minimum yield stress of the mate­
(a) a 27.5 kg/m rail without reinforcement; or
rial or materials used.
(b) a 22 .5 kg/m rail with reinforcement having a combined
moment of inertia of 3 .33 E + 06 mm4 and a combined section 8.4.8.4 Brackets, Fastenings, and Supports
modulus of 5 .26 E + 04 mm3 about an axis parallel to the base
(axis x-x). 8.4.8.4.1 Guide-rail brackets and their fastenings
(2) Imperial Units. 12,000 lb counterweight, or car weight plus 40% and supports, such as building beams and walls, shall
rated capacity, at a bracket spacing of 16 ft requires for zone 3 be capable of withstanding the forces imposed by the
or greater: seismic loads specified in 8.4.8.2.6, with a total deflection
(a) an 18.5 lb rail without reinforcement; or at the point of support not to exceed 6 mm (0.25 in.).
(b) a 15 lb rail with reinforcement having a combined
moment of inertia of 8 in .4 and a combined section modulus 8.4.8.4.2 In jurisdictions enforcing IBC /NBCC,
of 3 .2 1 in. 3 about an axis parallel to the base (axis x-x). the Nonstructural Component Anchorage shall be in

307
 Fig. 8.4.8.2-1 12 kg/m (8 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing
66.72 ( 1 5)

\-' 1\
1 t t t t t t t t t t
62.27 ( 1 4)

57.83 ( 1 3)
I \ \ _It t t t t t t t t t
\I
�' \ t t t t t t t t t
t t t t
53.38 ( 1 2 )

-\- f\ \\ t t t t t
�''N
48.93 ( 1 1 )

,_
,_
Q)
-
-
...
"'
C.
44.48 ( 1 0)
f\ t �
O n e i n e r m e d i a e t i e b ra ket
� � �
t t t t -0
Cl)

"l\ ""
<tl · -

t
Q)

,_ ,_ _,., �- en
�Q.
O z
.>< I I I I � 1)�

t t t
'"
I
��
/ Two i nte�m e d i ate � i e b ra �ts >
I
0 0 0 Cl)
-·
--+,

40.03 ( 9 )
"'
�
r--- C a:
c,_
Ll_ M � :II
"' o3 ·

t t t t
� Q) <tl

-­°'...
=:

t I I N "<
t t
(.;J C) 0 � !!' N 0
0
-� -�
� N o ,... 0
z ::J
35.58 (8) 7 1 . 1 7 ( 1 6)

f' '' t
�
c--.i � - a..
I '"
� �
,_
- Cl)
n
· Q)
,... "->

t
-o" -
� a..
t t t t t
Q)
e m
� .:,.

62.27 ( 1 4)

�J I KI 1'
�� .:,.
3 1 . 1 4 (7)
I
�
°'
t t t �
.... t t t 53.38 ( 1 2 )

t t
26.69 ( 6 )
�
..........
I
1'... I 1
t �

r:r-
22.24 (5) 44.48 ( 1 0)

J-
� ��r-,....___
N o i nte r m e d i at � } e b racket /

t I
...............
t r-,-- 35.59 ( 8 )
1 7 .79 (4)

I I I I I I I I r--+--
��

I r-l..- l--
I I I I �

I I _ 26.69 ( 6 )
1 3.34 ( 3 )
1 .220 1 .525 1 .830 2 . 1 35 2 . 440 2 .745 3.050 3.355 3.660 3.965 4.270 4.575 4.878
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) ( 1 0) (1 1 ) ( 1 2) ( 1 3) ( 1 4) ( 1 5) ( 1 6)

B ra c ket S p a c i n g , m (ft)
 Fig. 8.4.8.2-2 1 6.5 kg/m (1 1 lb/ft) G uide-Rail Bracket Spacing

' \ I I I I I I I
f f f f f f f
1 1 5. 6 5 ( 2 6 )

\1 f\ + ... +

f' fl t t t f f f
1 06 . 7 6 ( 2 4 )
... +

'
f f f
97.86 (22)
� �
0 n e .i n�
I e d "1ate t .i e b rac det
l/
� +

f f f f f
88.96 (20)
� � I I

\ I� t
-0

-z
,._ _ ... m
Q) (/J
...
� + +
ltl · 0.
���
s.c.....
fl f f f f
80.07 ( 1 8)
-
Q)
� - ui )>

' f K
....
Ill
..,_

f
,,.,
(!)
,,., o� cnm �
0 0
.... · ..,
C.
IJ.. M �
� ... + :0 3 )>
� c=;· "';...
7 1 . 1 7 ( 1 6)

f f f f f
ltl
- Q)
I' C a: � !" N

' f
c o� .... A O �
� -� -�
VJ �N o z ::::i
--­°'n....
0 _ m 0
'° � � +
-c· -
A I\J

·- 1 24.55 ( 2 8 ) �
N � a..

f fl fl f
6 2 . 2 7 ( 1 4)
.... � �...

r
Q) Q)
� a.. � D:I
� + ... + �
°'....

.t t
1 06 . 7 6 ( 24 )

fr---k
53.38 ( 1 2 )
"l..
� ��

l
'- .... f
� + +
I
44.48 ( 1 0) 88.96 ( 2 0 )
� �

r r
---........
r _Ir
N o i ntJrm e d i ate t i e b rackJt /
...
---N--
� . .j__ .j__ � �
....
.t t t t t
35.59 ( 8 ) 7 1 . 1 7 ( 1 6)
I I I �

2 6 . 69 ( 6 )
� + ... +
r t --
1 53.38 ( 1 2)

1 .2 2 0 1 .5 2 5 1 .830 2 . 1 35 2 .440 2 .745 3.050 3.355 3.660 3.965 4.270 4.575 4.878
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) ( 1 0) (1 1) ( 1 2) ( 1 3) ( 1 4) ( 1 5) ( 1 6)

Bracket S paci n g , m (ft)

 Fig. 8.4.8.2-5 27 .5 kg/m (18.5 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing

\ \J f f f f f f f
249 . 1 (56)

� +

23 1 .3 (52)

,\ fl f f f f f f
1
+ � +

f f f f f f
2 1 3.52 (48)

-i\' \ � +

t f f
1 95.72 (44)

\ _Jf '�-\ i t f
\ ♦

� +

-
t
7J

f f
1 77 .93 (40)

i\ O n e i nterm e d i ate tie bracket CD

· I I ·
,._
+

- -·
/ � 'ti�
Q) (/)
....
(0
C.
·-
�
::; · cii �
\ 0 CD
Cl. Q)
:s:'"
1 60 . 1 4 (36)
VTwo
f f f
-::,. ..,.
,._ -
:s. Cl
0 ,._0 ..,.
Z �
IJ...Q. M � i nt e E e d i ate t i e brackel_
,._
3
I >
= c=;·
:c (/)
+ +
Q)
-..i
r-- C: a: !." N
,.- o
(0 ;...
ci O
� Q)

� N o
-­
K
1 42.34 (32) z CD

f f f f
284.69 ( 64)
�
°'...
� �� I I
M ·-
CJJ
..... '+­

f It
:::J
0
N tJ ,._ -

+ +
·-
O> ><" I\J

-�
N E g';_ � -c' - n

r'
\.- e.
� a.. 249 . 1 (56)

f r 't. l f f f
1 24.55 (28)
Q) Q)
� m

l r<' l
,.._ .:,.
.:,.
+ + °':..
'-.
t t '>
1 06 . 7 6 (24)

----..... -f �
..... 2 1 3.52 (48)

+ +
i
... � ��
88.96 (20) 1 77.93 (40)
� �
No i nter�diate �racket 1
.......
l
f 7
+
+
....__J___
�
............... I ........___
t t
�

t t
7 1 . 1 7 ( 1 6) 1 42.34 (32)
I I I �

+ ... �
r
�
r---l_
I ---.t::._ _[
53.38 ( 1 2) 1 06 . 7 6 (24)
1 .220 1 .525 1 .830 2. 1 35 2.440 2.745 3.050 3.355 3.660 3.965 4.270 4.575 4.878
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) ( 1 0) (11) ( 1 2) ( 1 3) ( 1 4) ( 1 5) ( 1 6)

B racket S pa c i n g , m (ft)
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Fig. 8.4.8.2-8 Car and Counterweight Load Factor (1 6)

1 . 60

1 . 55

"�
1 . 50

1 .45
a
0 1 .40
"'

"'
"'0
'O 1 . 35

...
..r::. 1 .30
·a;

''
1 . 25
�
'-

�"'.."
1 . 20
0

1.15

"
1.10

1 . 05
�

1 .0
r-,....
0.05 0. 1 5 0.25 0.35 0.45 0.55 0.65
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0. 7

Rati o ½

L = d i stance betwee n u p p e r a n d l ower cou nterwe i g ht positi o n restrai nts, m m ( i n . )

C = d i stance betwee n g u i d e brackets, m m ( i n . )
W = actua l wei g ht o f cou nterweig ht, k g ( l b )
Wa = adjusted wei g ht o f cou nterweig ht, k g ( l b )

F o r ratios o f L/C < 0.65, t h e adjusted cou nterwe i g ht Wa = QW is to be u s e d i n d eterm i n i n g

bracket spaci n g a n d t h e n u m be r o f i ntermediate t i e brackets req u i red.

EXA M P LE ( Pe r 15 l b G u ide R a i l ) :
(SI Units)
For ratio L/C = 0. 1 5, a n d act u al wei g ht of cou nterwe i g ht = 3 630 kg
Q = 1 .35
Wa = 1 .35 (3,630) = 4 900 kg
From F ig. 8.4.8.2-4 zone 3 or g reater
Req u i red b racket spaci n g = 3 200 mm (no tie bracket)
o r = u p to 4 2 1 5 m m (one tie b racket)
o r = up to 4 675 mm (two tie brackets)

(Imperial Units)
For ratio L/C = 0. 1 5, a n d act u al we i g ht of cou nterwe i g ht = 8,000 l b
Q = 1 .35
Wa I= 1 .35 (8,000) = 1 0,800 lb
From Fig. 8.4.8.2-4 zone 3 or g reater
Req u i red b racket spaci n g = 10 ft 6 in. (no tie bracket)
o r = u p to 1 3 ft 1 0 i n . ( o n e tie bracket)
o r = up to 1 5 ft 4 i n . (two tie brackets)

315
 (ED) Table 8.4.8.7 Stresses and Deflections of Guide-Rail Brackets and Supports
Allowable
Bracket [Notes (1) and (2)]
Guide- Moment Deflection,
Rail Bracket Vertical Typical of Inertia, Stress, mm (in .)
Bracket L Type Location Figure m m 4 (in . 4) Bracket Design Load, P, N (lb) MPa (psi) [Note (3)]

(� )
[Notes (4) and (5)]

Guide-Rail
CB ( p) Brackets:
F
3
2
span e
� Rail

[Note (6)] No
permanent
Main (car and Building 6
counterweight)
Any
supports
... . .. deformation
(0.25)
)>
Ill

3Le )
�
..,
( � )( 1 -
Fastenings: )>
span e
< Rail
[Notes (4) and (5)] 8.4.2.3.3.
"';..

-­
�

( )( ) °'...
(.>l
.....
Supports:
0

CB)( r 1 - 3Le
'l

p N/A
n
[Notes (4) and (6)] [Note (7)] D:I
�
°'...
Ir _) (� )
Double Mid-span
"U"
Intermediate bracket ½ span I I Id
[Notes (4) and (5)]
... . ..
(f)
tie (counter-
weight) Mid-span
Single
"U" 1/ span
3 Ir .., I 2/d CB
bracket [Notes (4) and (6)]

CB = building code reduction allowance factor

pL =
F = seismic component force, N (lb)
vertical distance between the upper and lower position restraints required by 8.4.5.1 and 8.4.7.2, mm (in.)
e = distance (rail span) between adjacent main guide-rail brackets, mm (in.)
Id = moment of inertia of single "U" intermediate, tie bracket, mm4 (in.4), in a double "U" bracket arrangement
P = horizontal seismic load, N (lb)
W = maximum weight of car with 40% rated capacity or counterweight, kg (lb)
 (ED) Table 8.4.8.7 Stresses and Deflections of Guide-Rail Brackets and Supports (Cont'd)
�
NOTES: :s:'"
(1) The maximum combined stresses in any structural component due to all causes shall be based on sound engineering practice, and shall not exceed the allowable values specified in
ANSI/AISC 360, Chapter H (Design of Members for Combined Forces and Torsion), for individual components.
...
>
'-I
;...
%.
(2) For jurisdictions enforcing seismic zones, allowable stresses may be increased by %
For jurisdictions enforcing the IBC or NBCC 2005 or later editions, no increase is allowed.

-­
�
°'...
CJJ
..... (3) This limitation includes the combined deflections of the guide-rail bracket, fastenings, and building supports. 0
c,;,
¼
(4) For hydraulic elevator main bracket design load (car), add the weight of the plunger (zone 3 or greater).
n
(5) For zone 2, multiply design load, P, by 0.5.
(6) CB = 0.7 for purposes of stress calculations. m
.:,.
CB = 1.0 for purposes of deflection calculations. .:,.

(7) The design of supports beyond deflection is the responsibility of the Structural Engineer of Record. °':...
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-1 6

Fig. 8.4.8.9 Guide-Rail Axes or ASCE/ SEI 7) or hx fhn 1 (for NBCC) (see 8.4.14.2 ),
are exempt from this requirement.
y (c) A counterweight displacement detection device
shall be provided for each elevator.
(d) An identified momentary reset button or switch
shall be provided for each elevator. Actuation of the
momentary switch shall terminate earthquake mode
[see 8.4.10.1.S(f)]. The switch shall be located outside
the hoistway in the inspection and test panel or in the
x- --+---,f--+- -x controller enclosure in a control room, a control space,
the machine room, a machinery space, or a motor con­
troller complying with 2.7.6.3.2 for the elevator. The lock
shall be Group 1 Security.
I l (e) Where earthquake mode slow-speed automatic
y operation is provided [see 8.4.10.l.3(d)] , the following
shall be provided in the elevator car operating panel:
(1) a Group 3 Security spring-loaded key switch
8.4.9 Driving Machines and Sheaves labeled "EARTHQUAKE HOISTWAY SCAN" with posi­
tions marked "INITIATE" and "OFF." Lettering shall be
(1 6) 8.4.9.1 Seismic Requirements for Driving Machine a minimum 5 mm (0.2 5 in. ) in height.
and Sheaves. All integral parts of driving machines (2) a visual indicator labeled or displaying
together with their supports shall be capable of with­ "EARTHQUAKE SLOW SPEED."
standing the inertia effect of their masses without per­ In elevators with more than one car operating panel,
manent deformation when subj ected to seismic forces only one car operating panel is required to have the
acting simultaneously as defined in 8.4.13 or 8.4.14, or switch and indication.
equal to
(a) WP horizontally and 0.SWP vertically (zone 3 or NOTE: For display /labeling purposes, "EQ" may be substituted
for the word "EAR1HQUAKE."
greater)
(b) 0.SWp horizontally and 0.2 5 Wp vertically (zone 2 ) (f) A visual indication labeled or displaying
"EARTHQUAKE MODE" shall be provided in the car
(1 6) 8.4. 1 0 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices operating panel.
8.4.10.1 Operation of Elevators Under Earthquake (g) An alphanumeric variable message display panel
Emergency Conditions. Earthquake emergency opera­ may be provided in the elevator car operating panel,
tion shall be provided and conform to 8.4.10. Earthquake instead of the indicators required in 8.4.10.1.l (e) and (f),
emergency operation is not required for to provide the functions specified for the visual indica­
(a) risk zone 2 , or Fp :,; 0.2 5 Wp with z/h = 1 (for IBC tions in 8.4.10.1.3 and 8.4.10.1.4. In elevators with more
or ASCE/ SEI 7) or hx f hn = 1 (for NBCC) [see 8.4.14.l(b)] , than one car operating panel, only one car operating
provided the car and counterweight guide-rail systems, panel is required to have the variable message display.
guiding members, and position restraints conform to (h) A visual indication labeled " SEISMIC STATUS"
the requirements and force levels for zone 3 or greater, (see Table 8.4.10.1.1) shall be provided on or adj acent to
or Fp � 0.5 Wp in 8.4.5 , 8.4.7, and 8.4. 8 where each inspection station (see 2.26.1.4.1).
WP = component operating weight as defined by (i) An audible signaling device shall be provided. It
8.4.15 shall be actuated from a momentary switch identified
as "ALARM," which shall be provided in a car operating
(b) elevators without counterweights panel. The audible signaling device shall be permitted
8 . 4 . 1 0 . 1 . 1 Eart h q ua ke Eq u i p m en t (See Also to be used for a group of elevators. The audible signaling
Fig. 8.4.1 0.1.1 and Table 8.4.10.1 .1) device shall
(a) All elevators with counterweights except those (1) have a rated sound pressure rating of not less
complying with 8. 4.10.l (a) shall conform with the than 80 dBA and not more than 90 dBA at 3 m (10 ft)
requirements in 8.4.10.1.1. (2) respond without delay after the switch has been
(b) There shall be at least one seismic detection device actuated
per elevator group. Where a group contains a mix of (3) be labeled in accordance with 2.26.12.1
elevators, some with nonvolatile memory and some with (4) be located inside the building and audible
only volatile memory, at least one seismic detection inside the car and outside the hoistway
device shall be provided for each type of elevator. Eleva­ (5) for elevators with a travel greater than 3 0 m
tors in risk zone 2 , or Fp :,; 0.2 5 Wp with z/h = 1 (for IBC (100 ft), be duplicated as follows: one device shall be

319
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Table 8.4.10.1.1 Visual Indication Matrix

Earthquake Phase Earthquake Mode Slow-Speed Earthquake Status
of Operation Indication Operation Indication Indication
Normal operation Off Off Off
Seismic switch actuation Flashing Off On
Seismic detection device reset; waiting Flashing Flashing On
for slow-scan initiation
Scan initiated or in progress Flashing On On
Scan complete; waiting to initiate On Flashing On
slow-speed operation
Slow-speed operation active On On On
Counterweight displacement detection On Off Flashing
device actuation

mounted on the car and a second device shall be placed 1 s shall be permitted to be disregarded. A counterweight
at the designated level displacement detection device signal that is actuated for
(6) remain operable during a failure of the normal more than 1 s shall be latched.
building power supply. The power source shall be capa­
ble of providing for the continuous operation of the 8.4.1 0.1 .3 Elevator Operation, Seismic Detection
audible signaling device(s) for at least 1 h. Device Actuation (See Fig. 8.4.1 0.1 .3)
(j) T he two-way voice communication means
(a) Upon actuation of a seismic detection device, the
required by 2.27.1.1.4 shall be provided regardless of rise.
" SEI SMIC STATU S" visual indication(s) provided at
8.4.1 0.1.2 Seismic Protective Device Requirements each operating station(s) (see 2.26.1.4.1) shall be set to
(a) Earthquake protective devices shall be of the fail­ illuminate continuously and the " EA RTHQUAKE
safe type. MODE" indication in the car operating panel shall illu­
(b) The seismic detection device shall be set to actuate minate intermittently on all elevators served by the seis­

acceleration, 9. 81 m/s2 (3 2.2 ft/s2) maximum. The fre­

upon excitation in a vertical direction of 0.15 gravity mic detection device. Where a variable message display
is provided in the car operating panel, the words
quency response of the device shall be 1 Hz to 10 Hz. "EARTHQUAKE MODE" shall be displayed. If the ele­
(c) The seismic detection device shall be mounted in vator is equipped for slow-speed earthquake operation,
an elevator machine room, control room, machine space, the "EARTHQUAKE SLOW SPEED" visual indication
control space, or hoistway adj acent to a vertical load­ shall remain extinguished.
bearing building structural member when installed at (b) Upon actuation of a seismic detection device, all
an elevation above ground level, or any structural mem­ elevators that are in inspection operation referred to in
ber if mounted at or below ground level, or any other 2.26.1.4, inspection operation with open door circuits
location approved by the structural engineer of record. (see 2.26.1.5), or hoistway access operation (see 2.12.7)
(d) A counterweight displacement detection device shall remain in that particular operation.
shall be activated by the derailment of either side of the
If the inspection or access operation is exited while
counterweight at any point in the hoistway, to provide
the seismic detection device is actuated, the car shall
information to the control system that the counterweight
not move unless another of the inspection or access
has left its guides.
operations is initiated, or the car is returned to normal
(e) Earthquake protective devices with exposed live
operation in accordance with 8.4.10.1.l (d). Releveling
electrical parts in the hoistway shall operate at not more
conforming to 2.26.1.6.7 in either direction is permitted.
than 2 4 VAC or 2 4 VDC above or below ground potential
and shall not be capable of supplying more than 0.5 A. (c) Upon actuation of a seismic detection device, all
(f) Counterweight displacement detection device elevators in modes of operation other than earthquake
components shall be permitted to be installed in the mode and operations referenced by 8.10.1.3 (b) that are
running clearance between the car and the counter­ in motion shall proceed to the nearest available floor.
weight required by 8.4.1. Elevators at a floor upon actuation of a seismic detection
(g) The use of fuses to detect counterweight displace­ device shall remain at the floor. When the car is at a
ment shall not be permitted. floor, the car shall open its doors and shut down, except
(h) A counterweight displacement detection device that where Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation is in
signal that is actuated for less than 100 ms shall be effect, door operation shall conform to 2.27.3.3. Rele­
disregarded. A counterweight displacement detection veling conforming to 2.26.1.6.7 in either direction shall
device signal that is actuated for between 100 ms and be permitted.

321
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(d) Elevators that are shut down in accordance with (1 0) Once the seismic detection device is reset and
8.4.10.1.3(c) and are equipped with a means of nonvola­ the reset switch referenced in 8.4.10.1.l(d) is actuated,
tile memory shall be permitted to be put back into auto­ the system shall return to normal operation. The
matic operation at a speed not to exceed 0.75 m /s "EA RTH QUAKE SLOW S P E E D," "EA RTH QUA KE
( 150 ft /min) maximum, subject to the requirements of MOD E," and "SEISMIC STATUS" visual indications
8.4.10.l.3(d)(l) through (d)(7). shall extinguish.
(1) The "EA RTHQUAKE MODE" visual indication
NOTE: Since the seismic detection device is required to be reset
in the car shall illuminate continuously. before entering slow scan operation, it may be actuated again by
(2) Emergency personnel shall reset the seismic aftershocks. In this manner, the slow speed operation can be initi
detection device, the elevator shall remain in earthquake ated multiple times.
operation mode, and the " E A R TH QU A KE S L O W
8.4. 1 0 . 1 .4 Elevator Operation, Counterweight
SPEED" and "EA RTHQUAKE MODE" visual indica­
Displacem ent Detection Device Actuation (See
tions shall illuminate intermittently.
Fig. 8.4.10.1 .3)
(3) Emergency personnel shall make sure the car
(a) Upon actuation of a counterweight displacement
is empty and actuate a momentary Group 3 key switch
detection device, the "SEISMIC STATUS" visual indica­
in the car labeled "EARTHQUAKE HOISTWAY SCAN." tion(s) at the operating station(s) (see 2.26.1.4.1) for that
The "EA RTHQUAKE SLOW SPEED" visual indication elevator shall be set to illuminate intermittently no mat­
in the car shall stay on continuously. ter the state of the seismic detection device servicing
(4) Upon "EA RTHQUAKE H O ISTWAY SCAN" that elevator.The "EARTHQUAKE MODE" visual indi­
key-switch actuation, the car shall wait 15 s, then close cation in the car operating panel shall illuminate inter­
the doors . mittently on the elevator served by the counterweight
(5) The car shall travel from terminal to terminal displacement detection device.
back to the starting floor at a speed of 0.75 m /s (b) When the counterweight displacement detection
( 150 ft /min) maximum, and open the car door. device is actuated, the elevator, if in motion, shall initiate
(6) The "EARTHQUAKE MODE" visual indication an emergency stop by the immediate removal of power
shall remain illuminated continuously; the "EA RTH­ from the driving-machine motor and brake. Then the
QUAKE SLOW SPEED" visual indication shall flash elevator shall proceed away from the counterweight at
intermittently. a speed of not more than 0.375 m /s (75 ft /min) and
(-a) If the emergency personnel actuates the stop at the nearest available floor, unless performing any
"EA RTHQUAKE HOISTWAY SCAN" key switch again of the following operations, in which case it shall remain
within 60 s, the car shall enter earthquake mode slow­ with that operation :
speed automatic operation at 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min). The (1) inspection operation referred to in 2.26.1.4
"EARTHQUAKE SLOW SPEED" visual indication shall (2) inspection operation with door open circuits
turn on and stay on continuously. (see 2.26.1.5)
(-b) If the emergency personnel does not actuate (3) hoistway access operation (see 2.1 2.7)
the "EARTHQUAKE HOISTWAY SCAN" key switch (c) If the inspection or access operation is exited while
within 60 s, the car shall remain shut down, and the the seismic detection device is actuated, the car shall
"EA RTHQUAKE MODE" and "EA RTHQUAKE SLOW not move unless another of the inspection or access
SPEED" visual indications shall illuminate intermit­ operations is initiated or the car is returned to normal
tently. The sequence shall be capable of being re-initiated operation [see 8.4.10.1.l(d)].
by repeating 8.4.10.l.3(d)(l) through (d)(7). (d) If the elevator was operating in slow-speed earth­
(7) The car in earthquake mode automatic slow­ quake operation, the "EARTHQUAKE SLOW SPEED"
speed operation shall perform identically to the car visual indication shall extinguish.
when it was in normal automatic operation, except that (e) If after the emergency stop the car and counter­
the speed shall be limited in all modes to 0.75 m /s weight are adjacent to each other (any overlap), the car
( 150 ft /min) maximum and the "EA R TH QU A KE is permitted to remain stopped and shut down. Once
MODE" visual indication shall remain on continuously. at the floor, the car shall open the doors and shut down,
(8) If the elevator is performing a slow-speed except that where Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation
hoistway scan or is running in slow-speed earthquake is in effect, door operation shall conform to 2.27.3.3.
mode and the seismic detection switch is actuated, the Releveling conforming to 2.26.1.6.7 in either direction is
elevator operation shall comply with 8.4.10.1.3. permitted.
(9) The elevator shall exit the earthquake hoistway (f) Once the counterweight displacement detection
scan and extinguish the "EA RTHQUAKE S L O W device and the seismic detection device are reset, and
SPEED" visual indication when any mode referenced the reset switch referenced in 8.4.10.1.l(d) is actuated,
in 8.4.10.l.3(b) is initiated. the system shall return to normal operation . The

323
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

" EA RTHQUAKE MODE" and " SEI SMIC STATU S" 8.4. 1 1 . 1 H o rizontal Car a n d Counterweight
visual indications shall extinguish. Clearances. Where hydraulic elevators are provided
with counterweights, clearances shall conform to 8.4.1.
8.4. 1 0 . 1 . 5 General Earthq uake Mode Elevator
Operations (See Fig. 8.4.1 0.1 .3) 8.4.1 1 .2 Beams, Supports, and Floors
(a) When the counterweight displacement detection
8.4.1 1 .2.1 Securing Beams and Supports. Over­
device is actuated, operation of the car by means of the head beams for attaching hitch plates shall be anchored
key described in 2.27.3.1 and 2.27.3.3 , hospital emer­ to prevent overturning and displacement as a result of
gency service key, and other similar types of operation seismic forces acting simultaneously as specified in
is prohibited. 8.4.13 or 8.4.14, or equal to
(b) Elevators with power-operated doors, upon reach­ (a) WP horizontally and 0.5 Wp vertically (zone 3 or
ing a landing, shall cause their doors to open and remain greater)
open, except that where Phase II Emergency In-Car (b) O.SWP horizontally and 0.2 5 Wp vertically (zone 2 )
Operation is in effect, door operation shall conform to
2.27.3.3. 8.4.1 1 .2.2 Floors. Fastening means in compliance
(c) Upon activation of an earthquake protective with 8.4.2.3 shall be provided to prevent hydraulic
device, an elevator standing at a floor with its doors machines, control panels, and storage tanks from being
open shall remain at the floor with its doors open. If its overturned or displaced.
doors are closed, it shall open its doors. Where Phase II 8.4.1 1 .3 Guarding of Equipment
Emergency In-Car Operation is in effect, door operation
shall conform to 2.27.3.3. 8.4.1 1 .3.1 Rope Retainers. Rope retainers pro­
(d) An elevator not in operation when an earthquake vided on traveling sheaves and deflecting sheaves, in
protective device is activated shall remain at the landing. accordance with 3.18.1.2.4, shall comply with 8.4.3.1.2
(e) Elevators stopped by an earthquake protective
through 8.4.3.1.4.
device with a volatile-type memory shall remain idle in 8.4.1 1 .4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and
the event of a power failure. Subsequent restoration of Car Illumination. Requirement 8.4.4 does not apply to
power shall not cancel the status of the earthquake pro­ hydraulic elevators.
tective devices nor the slow-speed status of the elevator
system if such existed prior to the loss of power. 8.4.11.5 Guiding Members and Position Restraints.
Guiding members and position restraints shall conform
(f) An elevator shall be permitted to be returned to
to 8.4.5 and 8.4.11.5.2.
normal service by means of the momentary reset button
or switch [see 8.4.10.1.l (d)] , provided the counterweight 8.4. 1 1 .5.1 Traveling Sheave Position Restraints
displacement detection device and the seismic detection Location. Position restraints attached to the traveling
device are not actuated. sheave shall be provided for roped-hydraulic elevators.
(g) Electrical protective devices required by 2.26.2 Separate position restraints are not required where such
shall not be rendered inoperative nor bypassed by earth­ restraints are an integral part of the guiding means.
quake protective devices. 8.4.1 1 .5.2 Design. Position restraints and their
(h) Actuation of the earthquake protective devices attachments to the traveling sheave shall be designed
shall render the governor tension carriage switch (see to withstand a seismic force acting in a horizontal direc­
2.18.7.2) ineffective until the car is stopped at a floor. tion as defined in 8.4.13 or 8.4.14, or equal to
8.4.10.1.6 Maintenance of Equipment. Earthquake (a) WP (zone 3 or greater)
protective devices shall be arranged to be checked for (b) 0.2 5 Wp (zone 2 )
on ½ the weight of the driving member of the hydraulic
satisfactory operation and shall be calibrated at intervals
specified by the manufacturer.
j ack plus the weight of the traveling sheave and its
8.4.1 0.2 Reserved for Future Use attachments.
8.4.1 1 .6 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Require­
8.4.1 1 Hydraulic Elevators ment 8.4.6 does not apply to hydraulic elevators.
Requirement 8.4.11 applies to all direct-acting hydrau­
lic elevators and roped-hydraulic elevators.
8.4.1 1 .7 Counterweights. Where counterweights
are provided, they shall conform to 8.4.7.
For roped-hydraulic elevators other than those
defined by Section 1.3 (Definitions), the requirements, 8.4. 1 1 .8 G u i d e Rails, G uide-Rai l Supports, and
formulas, and specified methods of calculation of loads Fastenings. Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their
and the resulting stresses and deflections do not gener­ fastenings shall conform to the following, whichever is
ally apply and shall be modified to suit the specific more restrictive:
conditions and requirements in each case. (a) Where car safeties are provided, 3.17.2 shall apply.

324
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(2) For traveling sheave position restraints where

Fx-x - � + � (Zone � 3)
3 4 guided on rails separate from car:
Fx-x - � + � (Zone 2) WP 1.5 x (weight of traveling sheave plus guide
6 8 attachments), N (lb)
Fx-x - � � Wptgr plunger weight, N (lb) (for roped-hydraulic
3 + 2 elevators)
(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
8.4.1 2 Design Data and Formulas for Elevators
(b) Where L < C (see Table 8.4. 8.7)

Fx-x
- (�) (
2
1-
L) �
3f + 4
(Zone � 3)
8.4.12.1 Maximum Weight Per Pair of Guide Rails.
The following formulas shall be used to determine the
maximum allowable weight per pair of guide rails.
Fx-x (�) (
4
1-
.!:..L ) �
3f +
� 8
(Zone 2) 8.4.1 2.1.1 Force Normal to (x-x) Axis of Rail (See

( )
8.4.8.9)
Fx-x Fp l - (a) No intermediate tie brackets (car and counter­
3f + 2
weight rails)
(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions) (1) Traction elevators, roped-hydraulic elevators, or
8.4. 1 1 .1 5.2 Force normal to 0;-y) axis of the guide hydraulic elevator counterweight rails (where provided)
rail (see 8.4. 8.9)
(SI Units)
(a) Where L � C (see Table 8.4. 8.7)

WP = Zx
4 948.2 7 (Zone � 3)
Fy-y - � + � (Zone � 3)
6 8
WP = Zx
9 896.4 7 (Zone 2)
Fy-y - � � (Zone 2)
12 + 16
2.93[0.7]Fp = 4 948.2 �x
Fy-y - � �
3 + 4 (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
(Imperial Units)

(1 - t) + �]
(b) Where L < C (see Table 8.4. 8.7)
Zx
WP = 717,671 C (Zone � 3)
Fy y = [ (�) (Zone � 3)
Zx
W = 1,435,342 7" (Zone 2)
Fy-y = [ (�) (1 - �) + �]
P

3 (Zone 2)
Zx
[(�) (1 - t) + �]
2.93[0.7]Fp = 717,671 7
Fy-y = (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
(2) Direct-acting hydraulic elevators (car guide rails
where only) or separately guided traveling sheaves
seismic component force as defined by (SI Units)
8.4.14
seismic component force as defined by
Wp ' = l 649.4 �x
8.4.14 substituting Wplgr for Wp
Fx x, fy y seismic force, N (lbf) (Seismic Zone Jurisdictions)
2.93[0.7]Fp ' = 1 649.4 �x
(1) For car and counterweight lower position
restraints: (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
Wp total weight of car plus 40% of rated capacity,
or the total weight of the counterweight, N (lb) (Imperial Units)
Wptgr = plunger weight, N (lb) (for direct-acting
hydraulic elevators), or Wp ' = 239 224 Zex
I

= 0 (for elevators provided with counterweights (Seismic Zone Jurisdictions)

and roped-hydraulic elevators), based on the
2.93[0.7]Fp ' = (239,224) �x
in-ground hydraulics. For other designs, the
load distribution might be different. (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)

326
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

where (1) Traction elevators, roped-hydraulic elevators, or

hydraulic elevator counterweight rails (where provided)
WP ' - � + � (Zone � 3) (SI Units)
3 4
WP ' - � + � (Zone 2) WP - �
- 9 896.4 f (Zone � 3)

(3Ir)
6 8
Fplgr
FP , = = 19 792.8 9
3 + 2 WP (Zone 2)
(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
2.93[0.7]Fp = 9 896.4 9
(b) One intermediate tie bracket located midway (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
between main counterweighted guide-rail brackets
(Imperial Units)
(SI Units)
Wp = 1,435,342 �
f (Zone � 3)
Wp = Zx
6 563. 7 (Zone � 3)
Wp = 2,870,684 �
f (Zone 2)
Wp = Zx
13 127.5 f (Zone 2)
2.93[0.7]Fp = 1,435,342 �
f
2.93[0.7]Fp = Zx
6 563.8 f (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions) (2) Direct-acting hydraulic elevators (car guide rails
only) or separately guided traveling sheaves
(Imperial Units)
(SI Units)
Zx
WP = 951,991 f (Zone � 3)
Wp ' = 3 298.8 9
Zx
WP = 1,903,982 f (Zone 2) (Seismic Zone Jurisdictions)

2.93[0.7]Fp = 951,991 �x 2.93[0.7]Fp = 3 298.8 9

(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions) (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)

(Imperial Units)
(c) Two intermediate tie brackets approximately
equally spaced between main counterweighted guide­
rail brackets
wp I =: 478I448 �
f

(SI Units) 2.93[0.7]Fp = 478,488 9

(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
WP =
Zx
7 263.6 f (Zone � 3)
where
WP = Zx
14 527.2 f (Zone 2) _ W Wplgr
WP , - (Zone � 3)
3 + 4
2.93[0.7]Fp = 7 263.6 �x _ W Wplgr
WP , - (Zone 2)
6 + 8

(Imperial Units)
(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
FP , =
3 + 2
(3Ir)
Fplgr

(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
Zx
WP = 1,053,495 f (Zone � 3) (b) One intermediate tie bracket located midway
Zx between main counterweighted guide-rail brackets
WP = 2,106,990 f (Zone 2)
(SI Units)
2.93[0.7]Fp = 1,053,495 �
WP = 13 127.5 9 (Zone � 3)
(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
8.4.12.1.2 Force Normal to (y-y) Axis of Rail (See WP = 26 255.1 9 (Zone 2)
8.4.8.9)
(a) No intermediate tie brackets (car and counter­
2.93[0.7]Fp = 13 127.5 9
weight rails) (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)

327
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(Imperial Units) 2F ,e3

Ix = (�)
Wp = 1,903,982 �
C (Zone � 3) (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)

Wp = 3,807,962 �
C (Zone 2) (b) Direct-acting hydraulic elevators (car guide rails

9 only) or separately guided traveling sheaves

- [£dE (.!'YL
2.93[0.7)Fp = 1,903,982

249 + .!'Y£!s!
267 )]
(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)

[dE (.!'YL
(Zone � 3)

- £
Ix -
Ix

498 + .!'Y£!s!
534 )]
(c) Tw o intermediate tie brackets approximately
equally spaced between main counterweighted guide­ (Zone 2)

- dE (249 + 267 )]
rail brackets
(SI Units) Ix - [£ 3IP. � (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
Wp = 14 527.2 �
C (Zone � 3)
8.4.1 2.2.2 Force Normal to (y-y) Axis of Rail (See
Wp = 29 054.4 �
C (Zone 2) 8.4.8.9)
(a) Traction elevators, roped-hydraulic elevators, or
2.93[0.7)Fp = 14 527.2 �
C hydraulic elevator counterweight rails (where provided)
(IBC / NBCC Jurisdictions)
3
(Imperial Units) "ieffu
ly = ( W ,e ) (Zone � 3)
3
WP = 2,106,990 �
C (Zone � 3) #fu
ly = ( W ,e ) (Zone 2)
C
2F 3 )
WP = 4,213,963 �
C (Zone 2) ly = (�

2.93[0.7]Fp = 2,106,990 9 (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)

(IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
(b) Direct-acting hydraulic elevators (car guide rails
where only) or separately guided traveling sheaves

- [£dE (.!'YL
498 + .!'Y£!s!
e distance between main car or counterweight

534 ) ]
guide-rail brackets, mm (in.)
(Zone � 3)

Ix = [ aE (.!'YL
component operating weight as defined by Ix

996 + .!'Y£!s!
1,068 )]
8.4.15 3
c (Zone 2)
Wp ' maximum weight per pair of guide rails

- aE (498 + 267 )]
Ix - [£ 3IP. �
(hydraulic direct-acting elevators and sepa­
rately guided traveling sheaves), N (lb)
= weight of hydraulic plunger, N (lb) (IBC/NBCC Jurisdictions)
elastic section modulus of rail about (x-x) axis,
mm3 (in.3 )
elastic section modulus of rail about (y-y) axis, where
E
105 MPa (3 0 X 106 psi)
mm3 (in.3 ) modulus of elast icit y for st eel = 2. 06 8 x
8.4.12.2 Required Moment of Inertia of Guide Rails.
The following formulas shall be used to determine the Ix moment of inertia of rail about (x-x) axis,
mm4 (in. 4 )

e = distance between main car and counterweight

minimum allowable moment of inertia of guide rails.
Iy = moment of inertia of rail about (y -y ) axis,
8.4.1 2.2.1 Force Normal to (x-x) Axis of Rail (See mm4 (in.4 )
8.4.8.9)
(a) Traction elevators, roped-hydraulic elevators, or guide-rail brackets, mm (in.)
hydraulic elevator counterweight rails (where provided) Wp component operating weight as defined by

Ix = ('iifu
wc3 )
(Zone � 3)
Wplgr
8.4.15
weight of hydraulic plunger, kg (lb)
3
"ieffu
,e
Ix = ( W ) (Zone 2)
A maximum allowable deflection at center of rail
span, mm (in.), based on Table 8.4.12.2.2.

328
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Ax height factor ( 1 + 2 hx f hn) with where

hx = height in structure of point of D dead load
attachment of component with E earthquake load = fP + Fv
respect to the defined building
base provided by the building 8.4.14.1.3 Stress Increases. Increases in allow ­
structural engineer. For items able stresses shall not be used.
at or below the base, z shall
be taken as 0. (See Definitions, 8.4.1 5 Component Operating Weight, Wp
Section 1.3 for base, building The component operating weight, Wp, shall be one of
and Guide for Elevator Seismic the following:
Design, Part 1)
(a) for support or restraint of specific components,
h n = average roof height of struc­
the component operating weight [N (lb)] will be used
ture with respect to the defined
(i .e ., counterweight, controller, etc .)
building base, provided by the
(b) for support or restraint of an elevator, the compo­
building structural engineer.
T he value of h x l h n need not nent operating weight [N (lb)] will include car weight
exceed 1.0. plus 40% capacity (i.e., guide rails)
C p = component factor as listed in
NBCC-20 10, Table 4.1.8.18 8.4.1 6 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces
R p = component response modifica ­ W here all electric elevator equipment cannot be
tion factor from NBCC- 20 10, located on one side of an expansion joint, the maximum
Table 4.1.8.18 displacement across the expansion joint as provided by
component operating weight as defined the building design shall not impair the function of the
by 8.4.15 elevator.
NOTES:
(1) For isolated components, refer to NBCC 2010, Table 4 .1.8.18.
(2) Fp shall be multiplied by a factor of 0.7 for stress calculations
in order to convert from Strength Design (NBCC 2010) to SECTION 8.5 (16)
Allowable Stress Design (ASME A17.1) .This factor is already ESCALATOR AND MOVING WALK SEISMIC
included in the load combinations in 8 .4 .14 .1 .2 . REQUIREMENTS
(3) Elevator equipment subject only to inertial accelerations of its
own mass are considered rigid components when referencing (a) Section 8.5 applies to all escalators and moving
NBCC 2010, Table 4.1.8.18 for variables Cp, A,, and Rp . Elevator walks where such equipment is installed in buildings
equipment subjected to accelerations and decelerations and assigned to one of the following :
subject to external forces independent of the mass of the compo (1) Seismic Design Category C with Component
nent itself are considered machinery.
Importance Factor, Ip, equal to 1.5 as defined by IBC (see
(16) 8.4.14.1.1 Components and Vertical Load Bearing Section 1.3, building code)
Guide Rails. T he seismic design force, Fp, shall be (2) Seismic Design Category D or greater as defined
applied at the component's center of gravity. In addition, by IBC (see Section 1.3, building code)
the component shall be designed for concurrent vertical (3) Design Spectral Response Acceleration for a
seismic force Fv equal to 0.2 s time period [Sa(0.2)] greater than 0.1 2 and building
(a) ±0.2 S os WP (for IBC) designated as post-disaster building, or hFaSa(0 .2) equal
(b) ±0.2 [1/:,FaSa(0.2)] Wp (for NBCC) to or greater than 0.35 as defined by NBCC- 2005 or later
NOTES:
(1) Guide rail mounted machinery would be an example of vertical (see Section 1.3, building code)
loads imposed on the guide rail in addition to the horizontal (4) Seismic Performance Category C with Seismic
inertial loads (see 8.4 .8 .2 .6 and 8 .4 .14.1 .1) . Hazard Exposure Group II or higher as defined by earlier
(2) F0 shall be multiplied by a factor of 0.7 for stress calculations model building codes (see Note)
in order to convert from Strength Design (NBCC 2010) to (5) Seismic Risk Zone 2 or greater as defined by
Allowable Stress Design (ASME A17.1) .This factor is already
included in the load combinations in 8 .4 .14 .1 .2 . earlier building codes (see Note)
(16) 8.4. 1 4 . 1 .2 Load Combinations Using Allowable NOTE [8.5(a)(4) and (a)(S)]: For example, SBC 1982, SBC 1994, etc.
Stress Design. Components and portions thereof shall
resist the most critical effects resulting from the follow­ (b) The appropriate Escalator Seismic Force Level is
ing combinations of loads: determined by the applicable building code.
For IBC/NBCC (1) Where the applicable building code references
(a) ( D + 0 .7 E), or Seismic Design Categories or Design Spectral Response
(b) (0.6 D + 0.7E) Acceleration [Sa(0 .2)], force levels as referenced by 8 .4 .1 4
whichever is more stringent shall be used (see Section 1.3, building code).

330
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Table 8.5.5 Com ponent-Based Allowable Design Stresses

Allowable Design Parameter
Seismic Zones Criteria Building Code
Component [Note (1)) IBC, ASCE/SEl-7 NBCC 2005 or Later
Structural, steel 0.88Fy 0.6Fy 0.6Fy
Structural, other materials Follow allowable limits as Follow allowable limits as Follow allowable limits as
recommended by design recommended by design recommended by design
specifications for material specifications for material specifications for material
of use of use of use

Balustrades < Fy 0.6Fy 0.6Fy

Structural glass in balustrades Minimum factor of safety Minimum factor of safety Minimum factor of safety
= 2 based on the modulus = 2 based on the modulus = 2 based on the modulus
of rupture of rupture of rupture

Structural fastenings and/or See 8.4.2.3.3 Per 8.4.2.3 Per 8.4.2.3

connections

GENERAL NOTE: Fy = yield strength.

NOTE:
(1) See 8.5.2(a).

non-side-by-side arrangement) or moving walk. For to seismic loading shall be capable of withstanding the
escalators or moving walks in a tandem operation (see specified seismic forces in combination with the
6.1.6.6) or side-by-side arrangement, a minimum of one dynamic or static loads occurring during normal
seismic detection device is required. The seismic detec­ operation.
tion device shall be mounted in the machine space or
adjacent to the escalator or moving walk. Where possi­
ble, a seismic detection device shall be mounted adj acent SECTION 8.6
to a vertical load-bearing building structural member
MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, REPLACEMENT, AND
when installed at an elevation above ground level, or
TESTING
any structural member if mounted at or below ground Section 8.6 applies to maintenance, repairs, replace­
level, or any other location approved by the structural ments, and testing. Maintenance, repair, and replace­
engineer of record. ment shall be performed to provide compliance with the
(a) T he seismic detection device shall conform to Code applicable at the time of installation or alteration.
8.4.10.l.2(a) and (b). NOTES:
(b) Actuation of the seismic detection device shall (1) See Section 8.7 for alteration requirements.
cause removal of power from the escalator and moving (2) See "General" in Preface for assignment of responsibilities.
walk driving-machine motor(s) and brake(s) on all units
controlled by the seismic detection device. 8.6.1 General Requirements
(c) Where a seismic detection device is used exclu­
8.6.1.1 Maintenance, Repair, and Replacement
sively to control the escalator or moving walk, it shall
be located in a machine room or machinery space and, 8.6.1.1.1 Equipment covered within the scope
where possible, shall be mounted adj acent to a vertical of this Code shall be maintained in accordance with
load-bearing member. Should no vertical load-bearing Section 8.6.
member be in close proximity, it shall be permitted to
8.6. 1 . 1 .2 Maintenance, repairs, replacements,
locate the seismic detection device at the nearest accessi­
and tests shall conform to Section 8.6 and the applicable
ble vertical load-bearing member at approximately the
(a) Code at the time of the installation; and
same horizontal level as the upper machinery space or
(b) Code requirements at the time of any alteration;
machine room.
and
8.5.5 Allowable Stresses Applicable to Seismic (c) ASME A17.3 if adopted by the authority having
Design jurisdiction
The allowable stress limits to be used in the design 8.6.1.1.3 It is not the intent of Section 8.6 to
of all escalator and moving walk components are listed require changes to the equipment to meet the design,
in Table 8.5.5. An escalator or moving walk subjected equipment nameplate(s), or performance standard other

333
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

than those specified in 8.6.1.1.2, unless specifically stated in the means necessary for test ( 2.7.6.4) in hard copy for
in Section 8.6 (see 8.6.3.2, 8.6.5.8, 8.6.8.3, and 8.6.8.4.3). each unit for elevator personnel.
The documentation specified in 8.6.l.2.2(d) shall be
8.6.1.2 General Maintenance Requirements
on-site and available to the specified personnel .
(1 6) 8.6. 1 . 2 . 1 A w ritten Maintenance Control (a) Up-to-date wiring diagrams detailing circuits of
Program shall be in place to maintain the equipment in all electrical protective devices (see 2.26.2) and critical
compliance with the requirements of Section 8.6. The operating circuits (see 2.26.3).
MCP shall specify examinations, tests, cleaning, lubrica­ (b) Procedures for inspections and tests not described
tion, and adjustments to applicable components at regu­ in ASME A 17.2 and procedures or methods required
lar intervals (see definition for maintenance) and shall for elevator personnel to perform maintenance, repairs,
comply with the following : replacements, and adjustments, as follows:
(a) A Maintenance Control Program for each unit (see (1) all procedures specifically identified in the Code
8.6.1.1.1) shall be provided by the person(s) and /or firm as required to be written (e.g., 8.6.4.20.8, check out proce­
maintaining the equipment and shall be viewable on­ dure for leveling; 8.6.5.16.5, check out procedure for
site by elevator personnel at all times from time of overspeed valve; and 8.6.8.15.7, check out procedure for
acceptance inspection and test or from the time of equip­ reversal stop switch, etc .)
ment installation or alteration (see 8.10.1.5). (2) unique maintenance procedures or methods
(b) The MCP shall include, but not be limited to, the required for inspection, tests, and replacement of SIL
Code required maintenance tasks, maintenance proce­ rated E/E /PES electrical protective devices and circuits
dures, and examination and tests listed with the associ­ [ See 2.26.4.3.2, 2.26.9.3.2(b ), 2.26.9.5.l(b ), and
ated requirement (see 8.6.4 through 8.6.1 1 ). W here 2.26.9.6.l(b).]
maintenance tasks, maintenance procedures, or exami­
(3) unique maintenance procedures or methods
nations or tests have been revised in Section 8.6, the
required for inspection, tests, and replacement of equip­
MCP shall be updated.
ment applied under alternative arrangements (see
(c) T he MCP shall reference On- Site Equipment
1.2.2.1 ) shall be provided by the manufacturer or
Documentation (see 8.6.1.2.2 ) needed to fulfill
installer
8 .6 .1 .2 .1 (b ) and On-Site Maintenance Records (see
8.6.1.4.1) that record the completion of all associated (4) unique maintenance procedures or unique
maintenance tasks specified in 8.6.1.4.l(a). methods required for inspection and test of equipment
(d) Where the MCP is maintained remotely from the specified in an A S M E A 17.7 /CSA B 4 4.7, Code
machine room, machinery space, control room, or con­ Compliance Document (CCD)
trol space (see 8.1 1.1.8), instructions for on-site locating (5) procedures for tests, periodic inspections, main­
or viewing the MCP either in hard copy or in electronic tenance, replacements, adjustments, and repairs for trac­
format shall be posted on the controller or at the means tion-loss detection means, broken-suspension-member
necessary for test (see 2.7.6.4). The instructions shall be detection means, residual-strength detection means, and
permanently legible with characters a minimum of 3mm related circuits [See 2.20.8.1, 2.20.8.2, 2.20.8.3, 8.6.4.19.1 2,
(0.1 25 in.) in height. 8.6.1 1.1 1, 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(3)(-c )(-2), and 8.10.2.2(ss ).]
(e) T he specified scheduled maintenance intervals (c) Written checkout procedures
(see Section 1.3) shall, as applicable, be based on (1) for elastomeric buffers (see 8.6.4.4.2)
(1) equipment age, condition, and accumulated (2) to demonstrate E/E /PES function as intended
wear (see 8.6.4.19.10)
(2) design and inherent quality of the equipment (3) for tw o-way communication means (see
(3) usage 8.6.4.19.15)
(4) environmental conditions (4) for elevator leveling speed with open doors (see
(5) improved technology 8.6.4.20.8)
(6) the manufacturer 's recommendations and origi­ (5) for hydraulic elevator overspeed valve (see
nal equipment certification for any SIL rated devices or 8.6.5.16.5)
circuits (see 8.6.3.1 2 and 8.7.1.9) (6) for escalator reversal stopping device (see
(7) the manufacturer 's recommendations based on 8.6.8.15.7)
any ASME A 17 .7 /CSA B 4 4 .7 approved components or (7) for escalator handrail retarding force (see
functions 8 .6 .8 .15 .13)
(1 6) 8.6.1 .2.2 On-Site Documentation. The following (d) Written procedures for the following:
documents specified in 8.6.l.2.2(a), (b), and (c) shall be (1) evacuation procedures for elevators by author­
written and permanently kept on-site in the machine ized persons and emergency personnel shall be available
room, machinery space, control room, control space, or on-site (see 8.6.1 1.5.2 and ASME A 17.4)

33 4
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA 844-16

(2) the procedure for cleaning of a car and hoistway person(s) and /or firm performing the task. The record
transparent enclosures by author ized persons (see of repairs and replacements shall be retained by the
8.6.1 1.4.2) owner of the equipment for the most recent 5 yr or from
the date of installation or adoption of this Code edition,
8.6. 1 .3 Maintenance Perso n n e l. Maintenance,
whichever is less, or as specified by the authority having
repairs, replacements, and tests shall be performed only
jurisdiction, and shall be a permanent record for the
by elevator personnel (see Section 1.3).
installation. These records may be kept remotely from
8.6.1.4 Maintenance Records. Maintenance records the site.
shall document compliance with Section 8.6. Instruc­ ( 1 ) Repairs (8 .6 .2 .1 through 8 .6 .2 .5) includ ing
tions for locating the maintenance records of each unit, repairs of components and dev ices listed in 8.6.4, 8.6.5,
for v iewing on-site, shall be posted on the controller or 8.6.6, 8.6.7, 8.6.8, 8.6.9, and 8.6.10.
at the means necessary for test (see 2.7.6.4). The provided (2) Replacements (8.6.3.1 through 8.6.3.1 1 except
instructions shall be permanently legible with characters 8.6.3.7 and 8.6.3.10) including replacements of compo­
a minimum of 3 mm (0.1 25 in.) in height. These records nents and devices listed in 8.6.4, 8.6.5, 8.6.6, 8.6.7, 8.6.8,
shall be retained for the most recent 5 yr or from the 8.6.9, and 8.6.10.
date of installation or adoption of this Code edition, (c) Other Records. The following written records shall
whichever is less or as specified by the authority having be kept on-site for each unit. Instructions for locating
jurisdiction. Existing maintenance records up to 5 yr the records of each unit for immediate v iew ing shall be
shall be retained . posted on the controller or at the means necessary for
8.6.1 .4.1 On-Site Maintenance Records test (see 2.7.6.4). The provided instructions shall be per­
(a) Maintenance Control Program Records manently legible with characters a minimum of 3 mm
(1) A record that shall include the maintenance (0.1 25 in.) in height. These records shall be retained for
tasks l isted w ith the assoc iated requ irements of the most recent 5 yr from of the date of installation or
Sect ion 8.6 ident if ied in the Maintenance Control adoption of this Code edition, whichever is less or as
Program (8.6.1.2.1), other tests (see 8.6.1.2.2), examina­ specified by the authority having jurisdiction.The record
tions and adjustments, and the specified scheduled inter­ shall include the date and name of person(s) and /or
vals shall be maintained . firm performing the task .
(2) The specified scheduled maintenance intervals (1) A record of oil usage (8.6.5.7).
(see Section 1.3) shall, as applicable, be based on the (2) A record of findings for firefighters ' serv ice
criteria given in 8.6.1.2.l(e). operation required by 8.6.1 1.1 with identification of the
(3) MCP records shall be viewable on-site by eleva­ person(s) that performed the operation.
tor personnel in either hard copy or electronic format (3) Periodic tests (see 8.6.1.7) shall be documented
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and shall or recorded in accordance with 8.6.1.7.2.
include, but are not limited to, the following : (4) Written record to document compliance with
(-a) site name and address replacement criteria specified in ASME A 17.6 require­
(-b) service prov ider name ment 1.10.1.l(c).
(-c) conveyance identification (I.D.) and type (d) Permanent Record. A permanent record of the
(-d) date of record
results of all acceptance tests as required by 8 .10 .1 .1 .4
(-e) a description of the maintenance task, inter­
and 8.10.1.1.5 shall be kept with the on-site records.
val, and associated requirements of Section 8.6 Test tags, complying with 2.16.3.3 for marking plates
(except lettering shall be 1.6 mm [0.06 25 in.]), perma­
(1) indication of completion of maintenance task
nently attached to or adjacent to the controller, shall
NOTE (8. 6 . 1 .4.l (a) l : Recommended format for documenting meet this requirement.
Maintenance Control Program records can be found in
Nonmandatory Appendix Y. This is only an example format. A NOTE: This requirement does not apply to equipment installed
specific maintenance control program that includes all maintenance under ASME A17.1 2010 and earlier editions.
needs is required for each unit.
8.6.1 .4.2 Callbacks (Trouble Calls). A record of
(b) Repair and Replacement Records. T he follow ing callbacks shall be maintained and shall include the
repairs and replacements shall be recorded and shall be description of reported trouble, dates, time, and correc­
kept on-site for viewing by elevator personnel in either tive action(s) taken that are reported by any means to
hard copy or electronic format. Instructions for locating elevator personnel. These records shall be made avail­
the records of each unit for immediate viewing shall be able to elevator personnel when performing corrective
posted on the controller or at the means necessary for action. For elevator personnel other than personnel per­
test (see 2.7.6.4). The provided instructions shall be per­ forming the corrective action, records will be available
manently legible with characters a minimum of 3 mm upon request .Instructions on how to report any need
(0.1 25 in.) in height. The record shall include an explana­ for corrective action (trouble calls) to the responsible
tion of the repair or replacement, date, and name of party shall be posted on the controller or at the means

335
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

necessary for test (see 2.7.6.4). The instructions shall be 8.6.1 .6.4 Painting. Care shall be used in the paint­
permanently legible with characters a minimum of 3mm ing of the equipment to make certain that it does not
(0.1 25 in.) in height. interfere with the proper functioning of any component.
Painted components shall be tested for proper operation
8.6.1.5 Code Data Plate. The Code data plate shall
upon completion of painting.
comply with Section 8 .9 .
8.6.1 .6.5 Fire Extinguishers. In jurisdictions not
8 . 6 . 1 . 6 General Maintenance Meth ods and enforcing NBCC, Class "ABC" fire extinguishers shall
Procedures be provided in elevator electrical machine rooms, control
8.6. 1 .6.1 Making Safety Devices Inoperative or rooms, and control spaces outside the hoistway intended
Ineffective. No person shall at any time make inopera­ for full bodily entry, and walk-in machinery and control
tive or ineffective any device on which safety of users rooms for escalators and moving walks; and they shall
is dependent, including any electrical protective device, be located convenient to the access door .
except where necessary during tests, inspections (see 8.6. 1 .6.6 Workmanship. Care should be taken
Sections 8.10 and 8.1 1), maintenance, repair, and replace­ during operations such as torquing, drilling, cutting, and
ment, provided that the installation is first removed from welding to ensure that no component of the assembly is
normal operation. damaged or weakened. Rotating parts shall be properly
Such devices shall be restored to their normal aligned.
operating condition in conformity with the applicable
requirements prior to returning the equipment to service 8.6.1 .6.7 Signs and Data Plates. Required signs
(see 2.26.7 and 8.6.1.6). and data plates that are damaged or missing shall be
repaired or replaced.
8.6.1 .6.2 Lubrication. All parts of the machinery
and equipment requiring lubrication shall be lubricated 8.6.1.7 Periodic Tests. The frequency of periodic
with lubricants equivalent to the type and grade recom­ tests shall be established by the authority having juris­
mended by the manufacturer . diction as required by 8.1 1.1.3.
Alternative lubricants shall be permitted when NOTE: Recommended intervals for periodic tests can be found
intended lubrication effects are achieved. in Nonmandatory Appendix N.
All excess lubricant shall be cleaned from the equip­
8.6.1 .7.1 Periodic tests shall be witnessed by an
ment. Containers used to catch leakage shall not be
inspector employed by the authority having jurisdiction
allowed to overflow .
or by a person authorized by the authority having juris­
8.6.1 .6.3 Controllers and Wiring diction. The inspector shall conform to the requirements
(a) The interiors of controllers and their components in 8.1 1.1.1.
shall be cleaned when necessary to minimize the accu­
8.6. 1 .7.2 Periodic Test Record. A periodic test
mulation of foreign matter that can interfere with the
record for all periodic tests containing the applicable
operation of the equipment.
Code requirement(s) and date(s) performed, and the
(b) Temporary wiring and insulators or blocks in the
name of the person or firm performing the test, shall be
armatures or poles of magnetically operated switches, installed to be readily visible and adjacent to or securely
contactors, or relays on equipment in service are attached to the controller of each unit in the form of a
prohibited. metal tag or other format designated by and acceptable
(c) W hen jumpers are used during maintenance, to the authority having jurisdiction. If any of the alterna­
repairs, or testing, all jumpers shall be removed and tive test methods contained in 8.6.4.20 were performed,
the equipment tested prior to returning it to service. then the test tag must indicate alternative testing was
Jumpers shall not be stored in machine rooms, control utilized for the applicable requirement.
rooms, hoistways, machinery spaces, control spaces,
escalator / moving walk well ways, or pits (see also 8.6.1 .7.3 No person shall at any time make any
8.6.1.6.1). required safety device or electrical protective device
ineffective, except where necessary during tests. Such
NOTE [8. 6 . l . 6.3(c) ] : See Elevator Industry Field Employees'
devices shall be restored to their normal operating condi­
Safety Handbook for recommended minimum jumper control
procedures.
tion in conformity with the applicable requirements
prior to returning the equipment to service (see 2.26.7).
(d) Control and operating circuits and devices shall
8.6.1 .7.4 All references to "Items" and "Parts"
be maintained in compliance with applicable Code
are to Items in ASME A 17.2.
requirements (see 8 .6 .1 .1 .2) .
(e) Substitution of any wire or current-carrying device 8.6. 1 . 7 . 5 Devices N ot Covered in (1 6)
for the correct fuse or circuit breaker in an elevator circuit Section 8.6. When any device on which the safety of
shall not be permitted. users is dependent is installed that is not specifically

336
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

covered in Section 8.6, it shall be inspected and tested requirements of ASME A 17.6. Replacement of suspen­
in accordance with the requirements of the manufactur­ sion means, compensation means, and governor ropes
er 's or the altering company's procedures (see 8.6.1.6.1 shall conform to the requirements of ASME A 17.6 as
and 8.7.1.2). Documentation that contains the testing stated in 8.6.3.2.1 through 8.6.3.2.3.
procedures of these devices shall remain with the equip­
8.6.3.2.1 For steel wire rope, A S M E A 17.6, (1 6)
ment and be available in the on-site documentation (see
Section 1.10 shall apply.
8.6.1.2.2). The removal or disabling of such devices shall
be considered an alteration and shall comply with 8.6.3.2.2 For aramid fiber ropes, ASME A 17.6,
8.7.1.2. Section 2 .9 shall apply.

8.6.2 Repairs 8.6.3.2.3 For noncircular elastomeric-coated

steel suspension members, ASME A 17.6, Section 3.7
See 8.6.2.1 through 8.6.2.6 for general requirements shall apply.
for repairs .
8 . 6 . 3 . 3 Rep lace m e n t of S u s p e n s i o n -Means
8.6.2.1 Repair Parts. Repairs shall be made with Faste n i n gs a n d H itch Plates. Replacement of
parts of at least equivalent material, strength, and design suspension-means fastenings and hitch plates shall con­
(see 8.6.3.1). form to the requirements in 8.6.3.3.1 through 8.6.3.3.5.
8.6.2.2 Welding and Design. Welding and design 8.6.3.3.1 When the suspension-means fastenings
of welding shall conform to 8.7.1.4 and 8.7.1.5. are replaced with an alternate means that conforms to
8.6.2.3 Repair of Speed Governors. Where a repair 2.20.9, load-carrying ropes shall be in line with the
is made to a speed governor that affects the tripping shackle rod.
linkage or speed adjustment mechanism, the governor 8.6.3.3.2 Existing hitch plates that do not permit
shall be checked in conformance with 8.6.4.19.2. the load-carrying ropes to remain in line with the shackle
Where a repair is made to the governor jaws or associ­ rods shall have the replacement fastening staggered in
ated parts that affect the pull-through force, the governor the direction of travel of the elevator and counterweight,
pull-through force shall be checked in conformance with or the hitch plates shall be replaced.
8.6.4.19.2(b). A test tag shall be attached, indicating the
date the pull-through test was performed. 8.6.3.3.3 Replacement hitch plates shall conform
to 2.15.13 and shall provide proper alignment of load­
(1 6) 8.6.2.4 Repair of Releasing Carrier. When a repair carrying ropes and shackle rods.
is made to a releasing carrier, the governor rope pull-out
and pull-through forces shall be verified in conformance 8.6.3.3.4 Replacement fastenings shall be permit­
with 8.6.4.20.2(b). ted to be installed on the car only, the counterweight
only, at either of the dead-end hitches, or at both attach­
8.6.2. 5 Repair of Suspension and Com p ensati ng ment points.
Means and Governor Ropes. Suspension and compen­
sating members and governor ropes shall not be length­ 8.6.3.3.5 Rope fastenings at the drum connection
ened or repaired by splicing (see 8.7.2.2 1). of winding-drum machines shall comply with 8.6.4.10.2.
8.6.3.4 Replacement of Governor or Safety Rope
8.6.2.6 Repairs Involving SIL Rated Device(s). SIL
rated device(s) used to satisfy 2.26.4.3.2, 2.26.8.2, 8.6.3.4.1 Governor ropes shall be of the same
2.26.9.3.2(b), 2.26.9.5.l(b), and 2.26.9.6.l(b) shall size, material, and construction as the rope specified by
(a) not be repaired in the field the governor manufacturer, except that a rope of the
(b) be permitted to be repaired in accordance with same size but of different material or construction shall
the provisions for repair where included in the listing / be permitted to be installed in conformance with
certification 8 .7 .2 .19 .
(c) not be affected by other repair(s) such that the
8.6.3.4.2 The replaced governor ropes shall com­
listing /certification is invalidated
ply with 2.18.5.
8.6.3 Replacements 8.6.3.4.3 After a governor rope is replaced, the (1 6)
governor pull-through force shall be checked as speci-
8.6.3.1 Replacement Parts. Replacements shall be
fied in 8 .6 .4 .20 .2(b) .
made with parts of at least equivalent material, strength,
and design . 8.6.3.4.4 A test tag indicating the date when the
pull-through test was performed shall be attached.
8.6.3.2 Replacement Suspension Means. Suspen­
sion means, compensation means, and governor ropes 8.6.3.4.5 T he safety rope shall comply with
shall be replaced when they no longer conform to the 2.17.1 2.4 and 2.17.1 2.5.

337
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8.6.3.4.6 A new rope data tag conforming to device documentation or as a listed /certified replace­
2.18.5.3 shall be installed at each rope replacement, and ment component (see 8.6.1.1).
the date of the rope replacement shall be recorded in Each replacement component shall be plainly marked
the maintenance records [8 .6 .l .4 .l(b)( 2)) . for identification in accordance with the certifying orga­
n izat ion 's procedures. In jurisdict ions not enforcing
8.6.3.5 Belts and Chains. If one belt or chain of a NBCC, door panels, frames, and entrances hardware
set is worn or stretched beyond that specified in the shall be prov ided w ith the instruct ions requ ired by
manufacturer 's recommendation, or is damaged so as 2.1 1.18.
to require replacement, the entire set shall be replaced.
NOTE (8.6.3.7) : Devices that may fall under this requirement
Sprockets and toothed sheaves shall also be replaced include, but are not limited to, hoistway door locking devices and
if worn beyond that specified in the manufacturer 's electric contacts, car door contacts and interlocks, hydraulic control
recommendations. valves, escalator steps, fire doors, and electrical equipment.

(1 6) 8.6.3.6 Replacement of Speed Governor

8.6.3.8 Replacement of Door Reopening Device. (1 6)
8.6.3.6.1 Where a speed governor is replaced, Where a reopening device for power-operated car doors
the replacement shall be considered an alteration and or gates is replaced, the following requirements shall
shall conform to 8.7.2.19 except when the replacement apply:
equipment has been authorized by the original equip­ (a) The door closing force shall comply with the Code
ment manufacturer as being equivalent to the original in effect at the time of the installation or alteration.
make and model or has been verified by a professional (b) The kinetic energy shall comply with the Code in
engineer as meeting the original design criteria of the effect at the time of the installation or alteration. Where
elevator system. The governor rope shall be of the type a data plate conforming to 2.13.4.2.4 is not required, see
and size specified by the governor manufacturer. Nonmandatory Appendix Z.
The governor shall be tested in accordance with the (c) When Firefighters' Emergency Operation is pro­
applicable requirements specified in 8.10.2.3.2(f). Where v ided , door reopen ing dev ices and door closing on
a Type A Safety is used, the inertia application shall be Phase I and Phase II shall comply with the requirements
tested as specified in 8.10.2.2.2 (ii)( 2)(-a). applicable at the time of installation of the Firefighters'
Emergency Operation, except door reopening devices
8.6.3.6.2 When a releasing carrier is provided, it
for power-operated doors that are sensitive to smoke or
shall conform to 2.17.15 except for replacements with
flame shall also conform to 2.27.3.l.6(e).
equipment of the same make, model, and manufacturer
as that being replaced, which shall conform to the Code 8.6.3.9 Replacement of Releasing Carrier. Where a (16)
under wh ich the releas ing carr ier was o r ig inally replacement is made to a releasing carrier, the governor
installed. rope pull-out and pull-through forces shall be verified
in conformance with 8.6.4.20.2(b).
8.6.3.7 Listed/Certified Devices
8.6.3 . 1 0 Replacement of Hydraulic Jack, Plun ger,
8.6. 3 . 7 . 1 W here a l isted /cert if ied dev ice is Cylinder, Tanks, and Anticreep Leveling Device
replaced, the replacement shall be subject to the applica­
8.6.3.10.1 A hydraulic jack replacement shall be
ble engineering or type test as specified in Section 8 .3, or
class if ied as an alterat ion and shall comply w ith
the requirements of CSA B 4 4.l / ASME A 17.5. Hoistway
8.7.3.23.1.
door interlocks, hoistway door combination mechanical
lock and electric contact, and door or gate electric con­ 8.6.3.1 0.2 A plunger replacement shall be classi­
tact, shall conform to the type tests specified in 2.1 2.4.1. fied as an alteration and shall comply with 8.7.3.23.2.
The device shall be labeled by the certifying organization 8.6.3.1 0.3 A cylinder replacement shall be classi­
(see 8.6.1.1). In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, door fied as an alteration and shall comply with 8.7.3.23.3.
panels, frames, and entrances hardware shall be pro­
v ided with the instructions required by 2.1 1.18. 8.6.3.1 0.4 A tank replacement shall be classified
as an alteration and shall comply with 8.7.3.29.
8.6.3. 7 .2 Where a component in a listed /certified
device is replaced, the replacement component shall be 8.6.3.10.5 An anticreep leveling device replace­
subject to the requirements of the applicable edition of ment shall be classified as an alteration and shall comply
CSA B 4 4.l / ASME A 17.5 and /or the engineering or type with 8.7.3.31.3.
test in Section 8 .3.Hoistway door interlocks, hoistway 8.6.3.1 1 Replacement of Valves and Piping. Where
door combination mechanical lock and electric contact, any valves, pipings, or fittings are replaced, replace­
and door or gate electric contact, shall conform to the ments shall conform to Section 3.19 with the exception
type tests specified in 2 .1 2 .4 .1 .The component shall be of 3.19.4.6. Replacement control valves must conform to
included in the original manufacturer 's listed /certified the Code under which it was installed.

338
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8.6.3. 1 2 Runby and Clearances After Reroping or ( 1 ) T he requirements of 2. 14. 4 apply, except
Shortening. T he minimum car and counterweight 2.14.4.10. The door closing force shall comply with the
clearances specified in 2.4.6 and 2.4.9 shall be maintained Code in effect at the time of the installation or alteration.
when new suspension means are installed or when (2) The requirements of 2.14.5 apply, except existing
existing suspension means are shortened. folding car doors shall be permitted to be replaced with
The minimum clearances shall be maintained by any folding car doors.
of the methods described in 8.6.3.12.1 through 8.6.3.12.4 (3) T he following apply to the replacement of
(see 8.6.4.11). existing folding car doors:
8.6.3.12.1 Limit the length that the suspension (-a) Requirement 8.6.3.15 (a)(l ).
means are shortened. (-b) Requirement 8.6.3.15 (a)(2 ) , except 2.14.5.3 ,
2.14.5.6.2, 2.14.5. 8, and 2.14.5.9 do not apply.
8.6.3.12.2 Provide blocking at the car or counter­ (-c) The effort needed to prevent a folding car
weight strike plate. The blocking shall be of sufficient door from closing shall conform to 2.13.4.2.3.
strength and secured in place to withstand the reactions (-d) Folding car doors shall not be power opened
of buffer engagement as specified in 8.2.3. If wood blocks to a distance exceeding one-third of the clear opening,
are used to directly engage the buffer, a steel plate shall and in no case shall the distance be more than 2 5 0 mm
be fastened to the engaging surface or shall be located (10 in.).
between that block and the next block to distribute the
(-e) Handles of manually operated folding car
load upon buffer engagements.
doors nearest the car operating device on elevators oper­
8.6.3.12.3 Provide blocking under the car or ated from the car only shall be so located that the nearest
counterweight buffer or both of sufficient strength and handle is not more than 1 2 2 0 mm (4 8 in.) from the car
secured in place to withstand the reactions of buffer operating device when the folding door is closed, and
engagement as described in 8.2.3. is between 1 2 2 0 mm (4 8 in.) and 3 80 mm (15 in.) above
the car floor.
8.6.3.12.4 Provide the month and year the sus­
(b) On Freight Elevators
pension means were first shortened. Appropriate data
(1 ) T he requirements of 2. 14. 4 apply, except
shall be recorded on the data tag (see 2.2 0.2.2.2 ).
2.14.4.10. The door closing force shall comply with the
8.6.3.13 Replacement of Demarcation Lights . Fluo­ Code in effect at the time of the installation or alteration.
rescent lighting fixtures shall be permitted to be replaced (2) The requirements of 2.14.6 apply.
by any type light source, except incandescent sources,
and shall comply with all other applicable step demarca­ 8.6.4 Maintenance and Tes ting of Electric Elevators
tion lighting requirements under which the escalator
The maintenance and testing of electric elevators shall
was installed or altered.
conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.4.
8.6.3.14 Replacements Involving SIL Rated Device(s )
8.6.4.1 Sus pens ion and Compens ating Means
(s ee Section 1 .3)
(a) A SIL rated device (see Section 1.3 ) used to satisfy 8.6.4.1.1 Suspension and compensating means
2. 2 6. 4. 3. 2 , 2. 2 6. 8. 2 , 2. 2 6. 9.3. 2 (b) , 2. 2 6. 9. 5.l (b) , or shall be kept sufficiently clean so that they can be visu­
2.26.9.6.l (b) shall not be affected by other replacement(s) ally inspected.
such that the listing/certification is invalidated.
(b) Where a SIL rated device (see Section 1. 3 ) used to 8.6.4.1 .2 Steel wire ropes shall be lightly lubri­
satisfy 2.26.4.3.2, 2.26.8.2, 2.26.9.3.2(b) , 2.26.9.5.l (b), or cated. Precautions shall be taken in lubricating suspen­
2.26.9.6.l (b) is replaced, it shall be considered a replace­ sion steel wire ropes to prevent the loss of traction.
ment only when the replacement device is the original Lubrication shall be in accordance with instructions on
manufacturer's listed/certified SIL rated device or the the rope data tag [see 2.2 0.2.2.2(n)] , if provided.
original manufacturer 's listed/ certified SIL rated 8.6.4 . 1 . 3 Equal tension shall be maintained
replacement device; otherwise, it shall be considered an between individual suspension members in each set.
alteration [see 8.7.l.9(d)]. Suspension members are considered to be equally ten­
(c) W here a non- SIL rated device used to satisfy sioned when the smallest tension measured is within
2. 2 6. 4. 3.1, 2. 2 6. 8. 2 , 2. 2 6. 9. 3 2 (a) , 2. 2 6. 9. 5.l (a) , or 10% of the highest tension measured. When suspension
2.26.9.6.l (a) is replaced with a SIL rated device, it shall member tension is checked or adj usted, an antirotation
be considered an alteration [see 8.7.l.9(c)]. device conforming to the requirements of 2.2 0.9. 8 shall
(16) 8.6.3. 1 5 Replacem ent of Car Doors and Gates . be permitted.
Where a car door or gate is replaced, the replacement 8.6.4.2 Governor Wire Ropes
shall conform as follows:
(a) On Passenger Elevators 8.6.4.2.1 The ropes shall be kept clean.

339
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8.6.4.2.2 Governor wire ropes shall not be lubri­ 8.6.4.5.2 T he required clearance between the
cated after installation. If lubricants have been applied safety j aws and the rail shall be maintained.
to governor ropes, they shall be replaced, or the lubricant
removed, and the governor and safety shall be tested 8.6.4.6 Brakes
as specified in 8.6.4.19.2 (b). 8.6.4.6.1 T he driving-machine brake shall be
8.6.4.3 Lubrication of Guide Rails maintained to ensure proper operations, including, but
not limited to, the following:
8.6.4.3.1 The lubrication of guide rails shall be (a) residual pads (antimagnetic pads)
in accordance with the requirements on the crosshead (b) lining and running clearances
data plate (see 2.17.16), where provided. (c) pins and levers
8.6.4.3.2 Where a data plate is not provided, the (d) springs
lubrication of guide rails shall conform to the following: (e) sleeves and guide bushings
(a) Guide rails, except those of elevators equipped (f) discs and drums
with roller or other types of guiding members not requir­ (g) brake coil and plunger
ing lubrication, shall be kept lubricated.
8.6.4.6.2 If any part of the driving-machine brake
(b) Where sliding-type safeties are used, the guide-rail
is changed or adj usted that can affect the holding capac­
lubricants, or prelubricated or impregnated guide shoe
ity or decelerating capacity of the brake when required
gibs, where used, shall be of a type recommended by
(see 2.2 4. 8.3 ), it shall be adj usted and checked by means
the manufacturer of the safety (see 8.6.1.6.2 and 2.17.16).
that will verify its proper function and holding capacity.
8.6.4.3.3 If lubricants other than those recom­ A test complying with 8.6.4. 2 0.4 shall be performed.
mended by the manufacturer are used, a safety test con­
8.6.4.6.3 If any part of the emergency brake is
forming to 8.6.4.2 0.1 shall be made to demonstrate that
changed or adjusted that can affect the holding capacity
the safety will function as required by 2.17.3.
or decelerating capacity of the emergency brake when
8.6.4.3.4 Rails shall be kept clean and free of lint required (see 2.19.3 ), it shall be adjusted and checked
and dirt accumulation and excessive lubricant. Means by means that will verify its proper function and holding
shall be provided at the base of the rails to collect excess capacity.
lubricant.
8.6.4.7 Cleaning of Hois tways and Pits
8.6.4.3.5 Rust-preventive compounds such as
paint, mixtures of graphite and oil, and similar coatings 8.6.4.7.1 Hoistways and pits shall be kept free
shall not be applied to the guiding surfaces, unless rec­ of dirt and rubbish and shall not be used for storage
ommended by the manufacturer of the safety. Once purposes.
applied, the safety shall be checked as specified in 8.6.4.7.2 Landing blocks and pipe stands shall
8.6.4.2 0.1. be permitted to be stored in the pit, provided that they
(16) 8.6.4.4 Buffers do not interfere with the operation of the elevator and
do not present a hazard for persons working in the pit.
8.6.4.4.1 Oil Buffers
(a) The oil level shall be maintained at the level indi­ 8.6.4.7.3 Pit access doors shall be kept closed
cated by the manufacturer. The grade of oil to be used and locked.
shall be as indicated on the buffer marking plate, where 8.6.4.7.4 Water and oil shall not be allowed to
required (see 2.2 2.4.10 and 2.2 2.4.11). accumulate on pit floors.
(b) Buffer plungers shall be kept clean and shall not
be coated or painted with a substance that will interfere 8.6.4.8 Machinery Spaces , Machine Rooms , Control
with their operation. Spaces , and Control Rooms
(c) Buffer oil shall not be stored in the pit or hoistway 8.6.4.8.1 Floors and machinery and control
or on top of the car. spaces shall be kept free of water, dirt, rubbish, oil, and
8.6.4.4.2 Elas tom eric Buffers . T he elastomeric grease.
buffer shall be verified for any life-cycle conditions that
8.6.4.8.2 Articles or materials not necessary for
may affect buffer performance, as specified by the the maintenance or operation of the elevator shall not
manufacturer. be stored in machinery spaces, machine rooms, control
8.6.4.5 Safety Mechanis ms spaces, and control rooms.
8.6.4.5.1 Safety mechanisms shall be kept lubri­ 8.6.4.8.3 Flammable liquids having a flash point
cated and free of rust, corrosion, and dirt that can inter­ of less than 44 ° C (110° F) shall not be kept in such rooms
fere with the operation of the safety. or spaces.

340
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

8.6.4.8.4 Access doors shall be kept closed and 8.6.4.1 1 Runby

locked. 8.6.4.11.1 The car and counterweight runby shall
8.6.4.8.5 Machinery spaces and control spaces be permitted to be reduced (see 2.4.2), provided the car
located in the hoistway shall not be used for storage or counterweight does not strike the buffer, the top car
purposes (see also 8.6.4.7.1). clearances are not reduced below that required at the
time of installation or alteration, and the final terminal­
8.6.4.9 Cleaning of Top of Cars. The tops of cars stopping device is still operational (see also 8.6.3.3.3).
shall be kept free of oil, water, dirt, and rubbish, and 8.6.4.1 1 .2 W here spring-return oil buffers are
shall not be used for storing lubricants, spare parts, tools, provided and compression was permitted with the car
or other items. at the terminals (see 2.4.2 and 2.2 2.4.8), the buffer com­
8.6.4.1 0 Refastening or Resocketing of Car-Hoisting pression shall not exceed 25% of the buffer stroke.
Ropes on Winding-Drum Machines 8.6.4.1 2 Governors
8.6.4.1 0.1 General. The hoisting ropes of eleva­ 8.6.4.1 2.1 Governors shall be examined to ensure
tors having winding-drum driving machines with 1: 1 that all seals are intact and manually operated to deter­
roping, if of the babbitted rope socket type, shall be mine that all moving parts, including the rope-grip jaws
resocketed, or for other type of fastenings, replaced or and switches, operate freely.
moved on the rope to a point above the existing fastening 8.6.4.1 2.2 Governors, governor ropes, and all
at the car ends at intervals no longer than sheaves shall be free from contaminants or obstructions,
(a) l yr, for machines located over the hoistway. or both, that interfere with operation or function, includ­
(b) 2 yr, for machines located below or at the side of ing the accumulation of rope lubricant or materials, or
the hoistway. both, in the grooves of governors or sheaves.
(c) where auxiliary rope-fastening devices conform­ 8.6.4.1 3 Door Systems
ing to 2.20.10 are installed, refastening at the periods
8.6.4.1 3.1 General. All landing and car-door or
specified is not required, provided that, where such
gate mechanical and electrical components shall be
devices are installed, all hoisting ropes shall be refas­
maintained to ensure safe and proper operation includ­
tened on the failure or indication of failure of any rope
ing but not limited to, the following :
fastening .
(a) hoistway door interlocks or mechanical locks and
(d) where the elevator is equipped with a drum coun­ electric contacts
terweight, the fastenings shall be examined for fatigue (b) car door electric contacts or car door interlocks,
or damage at the socket. Where fatigue or damage is where required
detected, the ropes shall be refastened in conformance (c) door reopening devices
with 8.6.4.10.2. (d) vision panels and grilles, where required
8.6.4.1 0.2 Procedure (e) hoistway door unlocking devices and escutcheons
(a) In resocketing babbitted rope sockets or replacing (f) hangers, tracks, door rollers, up-thrusts, and door
other types of fastenings, a sufficient length shall be cut safety retainers, where required
from the end of the rope to remove damaged or fatigued (g) astragals and resilient members, door space
portions .The fastenings shall conform to 2 .20 .9 .Where guards, and sight guards, where required
the drum ends of the ropes extend beyond their clamps (h) sills and bottom guides, fastenings, condition, and
or sockets, means shall be provided to prevent the rope engagement
ends from coming out of the inside of the drum and to (i) clutches, engaging vanes, retiring cams, and
prevent interference with other parts of the machine. engaging rollers
(j) interconnecting means
(b) The suspension wire ropes shall conform to 2.20.7.
(k) door closers, where required
8.6.4. 1 0 .3 Tags. A legible metal tag shall be (l) means to restrict hoistway or car door opening and
securely attached to one of the wire rope fastenings after expiration date for the alternate power source, where
each resocketing or changing to other types of fastenings required
and shall bear the following information : 8.6.4.1 3.2 Kinetic Energy and Force Limitation for (16)
(a) the name of the person or firm who performed the Automatic Closing, Horizontal Sliding Car and Hoistway
resocketing or changing of other types of fastenings and Doors or Gates. Where a power-operated horizontally
(b) the date on which the rope was resocketed or other sliding door is closed by momentary pressure or by
types of fastening changed automatic means, the closing kinetic energy and closing
The material and marking of the tags shall conform force shall be maintained to conform to 2.13.4 and 2.13.5.
to 2 .16 .3.3, except that the height of the letters and figures W here a data plate conforming to 2.13.4.2.4 is not
shall be not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 25 in.). required, see Nonmandatory Appendix Z.

3 41
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8.6.4. 1 4 Hois tway Acces s Switch es . Hoistway (2) Governor-operated wood guide-rail safeties
access switches, where provided, shall be maintained. shall be tested by manually tripping the governor with
the car at rest and moving the car in the down direction
8.6.4.1 5 Car Emergency Sys tem. Emergency opera­
until it is brought to rest by the safety and the hoisting
tion of signaling devices (see Section 2.27), lighting (see
ropes slip on traction sheaves or become slack on wind­
2.14.7 ) , communication (see 2.27.1.1.2, 2.2 7.1.1.3 , and
ing-drum sheaves [Item 2.29.2(d)].
2. 2 7. 1. 2 ) , and ventil ation (see 2.14. 2. 3 ) shall be
(3) Type A and wood guide-rail safeties without
maintained.
governors which are operated as a result of the breaking
8.6.4.16 Stopping Accuracy. The elevator shall be or slackening of the hoisting ropes shall be tested by
maintained to provide a stopping accuracy at the land­ obtaining the necessary slack rope to cause it to function
ings during normal operation as appropriate for the type (Item 2.2 9.2.1).
of control , in accordance with appl icabl e Code
8.6.4.1 9.3 Governors . Governors shall be oper­
requirements.
ated manually to determine that all parts, including
8.6.4. 1 7 As cending Car Overs peed and Unintended those which impart the governor pull-through tension
Car Movement Protection. Devices for ascending car to the governor rope, operate freely [Item 2.13.2.l (a)].
overspeed and unintended car movement protection
8.6.4.1 9.4 Slack-Rope Devices and Stop Motion
shall be maintained (see Section 2.19).
Switch on Winding-Drum Machines . Slack-rope devices
8.6.4.18 Compens ation Sheaves and Switches . Sus­ on winding-drum machines shall be operated manually
pension and compensation means shall be maintained and tested to determine conformance with the applica­
to prevent the compensation sheave from reaching the ble requirements. The final terminal stopping device and
upper or lower limit of travel and to prevent unintended the machine final (stop motion switch) shall be examined
actuation of compensation sheave switch(es) during nor­ and tested by disabling the normal stopping device,
mal operation. normal terminal stopping device, and final terminal
stopping device located in the hoistway and operating
8.6.4.1 9 Periodic Tes t Requirements - Category 1
the unit to verify proper operation (Item 2.2 0).
NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
8.6.4. 1 9. 5 N orm al and Final Term inal Stopping
8.6.4. 1 9.1 Oil Buffers . Car and counterweight Devices . Normal and final terminal stopping devices
buffers shall be tested to determine conformance with shall be examined and tested to determine conformance
the appl icabl e pl unger return requirements with the applicable requirements (2.2 5 ) (Items 2.2 0,
(Item 5.9.2.1). 2.2 8.2.1, 3.5.2.1, and 3.6.2.1).
(1 6) 8.6.4.1 9.2 Safeties 8.6.4.1 9.6 Firefighters ' Emergency Operation.
(a) Examinations. All working parts of car and coun­ Firefighters' Emergency Operation (Phase I and II) shall
terweight safeties shall be examined to determine that be tested to determine conformance with the applicable
they are in satisfactory operating condition and that requirements. Phase I recall shall be tested by individu­
they conform to the applicable requirements of 8.7.2.14 ally activating fire alarm initiating device inputs to the
through 8.7.2.2 8 (see 2.17.10 and 2.17.11). Test the func­ elevator control, the three-position key switch at the
tion and operation of the switch operated by the safety. designated l anding and, where provided, the
Check the level of the oil in the oil buffer and the opera­ two-position switch at the building fire control station
tion of the buffer compression switch on Type C safeties. (Part 6).
(b) Tests. Safeties shall be subjected to the following
tests with no load in the car: 8.6.4. 1 9 . 7 Standby or Em ergency Power
Operation. O peration of elevators equipped with
(1) Type A, B, or C governor-operated safeties shall
standby or emergency power shall be tested to deter­
be operated by manually tripping the governor with the
mine conformance with the applicable requirements
car operating at the slowest operating speed in the down
(Item 1.17.2.1). Tests shall be performed with no load in
direction.
the car.
In this test, the safety shall bring the car to rest
promptly. 8.6.4.19.8 Power Operation of Door Sys tem. The (1 6)
In the case of Type B safeties, the stopping distance closing forces and speed of power-operated hoistway
is not required to conform to 2.17.3. door systems shall be tested to determine conformance
In the case of Type C safeties, full oil buffer compres­ with the applicable requirements (Item 1. 8.1). For eleva-
sion is not required. tors required to comply with 2.13.4.2.4, the time in the
In the case of Type A, B, or C safeties employing door Code zone distance shall be measured and com­
rollers or dogs for application of the safety, the rollers pared with the time specified on the data plate. Where
or dogs are not required to operate their full travel a data plate conforming to 2.13.4.2.4 is not required, see
(Item 2.2 9.2.1). Nonmandatory Appendix Z.

342
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA 844-1 6

8.6.4.1 9.9 Broken Rope, Tape, or Chain Switch. Deficiencies shall be corrected. A record of findings shall
Where a rope, tape, or chain is used to connect the be available to the building owner and the authority
motion of the car to the machine room normal limit, the having jurisdiction.
switch that senses failure of this connection shall be
tested for compliance with 2.26.2.6 (Item 3.26.1.1). 8.6.4.1 9.1 5 Emergency Com m unications. Erner- (1 6)
gency communications shall be tested to determine con­
8 .6.4. 1 9 . 1 0 Functional Safety of S I L Rated formance with the applicable requirements (Item 1.6).
Device(s). Verify SIL rated device(s) used to satisfy A written checkout procedure shall be provided by the
2. 2 6. 4.3. 2 , 2. 2 6. 8. 2 , 2. 2 6.9.3. 2 (b) , 2. 2 6. 9. 5.l (b) , and manufacturer of the communications means or the per-
2. 2 6. 9.6.l (b) are as identified on wiring diagrams son or firm maintaining the equipment.
(8.6.1.6.3) with part identification, SIL, and certification
identification information. The person or firm installing 8.6.4.19.16 Means to Restrict Hoistway or Car Door
the equipment shall provide a written checkout proce­ Opening. Means to restrict hoistway or car door open­
dure and demonstrate that SIL rated devices, safety ing shall be tested to determine conformance with the
functions (see Table 2.26.4.3.2), and related circuits oper­ applicable requirements (Item 1.18).
ate as intended.
8.6.4.1 9.1 7 Earthq uake Operation. Earthquake (1 6)
(1 6) 8.6.4.1 9.1 1 Ascending Car Overspeed Protection operation shall be tested to determine conformance with
and Unintended Car Movement Devices, and Emergency the applicable requirements. Deficiencies shall be cor­
Brake rected. A record of findings shall be available to the
(a) Examinations. All working parts of ascending car building owner and the authority having jurisdiction.
overspeed protection and unintended car movement
devices shall be examined to determine that they are in 8.6.4.20 Periodic Test Requirements - Category 5
satisfactory operating condition and that they conform NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
to the applicable requirements of 2. 19.1. 2 (a) and
2.19.2.2(a). 8.6.4.20.1 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Types
(b) Tests. Ascending car overspeed protection shall be A, B, and C car and counterweight safeties shall be tested
subjected to tests with no load in the car at the slowest in accordance with 8.6.4.2 0.l(a) or subject to approval
operating (inspection) speed in the up direction. by the authority having jurisdiction with 8.6.4.2 0.l (b).
(c) Tests. Unintended car movement shall be sub­ (a) Rated Load and Rated Speed Test. Car safeties, except
jected to tests with no load in the car at the slowest those operating on wood guide rails, and their gover­
operating (inspection) speed in the up direction. nors, shall be tested with rated load in the car. Counter­
weight safety tests shall be made with no load in the
(1 6) 8.6.4. 1 9 . 1 2 Traction- Loss Detection Means.
car. Tests shall be made by tripping the governor by hand
Where provided, conformance with the traction-loss
at the rated speed. The following operational conditions
detection means specified in 2.2 0. 8.1 shall be demon­
shall be checked (Item 2.2 9.2):
strated by
(1) Type B safeties shall stop the car with the rated
(a) causing relative motion between the drive sheave
and the suspension means either by bottoming the car load within the required range of stopping distances for
or counterweight [see 8.6.4. 2 0.lO(b)] , or which the governor is tripped (Item 2.29.2) and the level
(b) an alternative test provided in the on-site docu­
of the platform checked for conformance to 2.17.9.2.
mentation [see 8.6.l.2.2(b)(5 )] (2) For Type A safeties and Type A safety parts of
Type C safeties, there shall be sufficient travel of the
8 .6.4. 1 9 . 1 3 Broken-S uspension-Mem ber and safety rollers or dogs remaining after the test to bring
Residual-Strength Detection Means. Where provided, the car and its rated load to rest on safety application
testing of broken-suspension-member and residual­ at governor tripping speed. The level of the platform
strength detection means shall comply with the shall be checked for conformance to 2.17.9.2.
following: (b) Alternative Test Method for Car Safeties. The alterna­
(a) The broken-suspension-member detection means tive test methods shall comply with 8.6.11.10 and the
shall be tested by simulating a slack suspension member following:
or a loss of a suspension member as appropriate (see (1) The testing of safeties with any load in the car,
2.2 0. 8.2). centered on each quarter of the platform symmetrically
(b) Suspension-member residual-strength detection with relation to the centerlines of the platform from no
means shall be tested to simulate a reduction of residual load up to rated load, and at not less than rated speed
strength to 2.2 0. 8.3. shall be permitted provided that
8.6.4.1 9.14 Occ upant Evac uation Operation. (-a) when the alternative test is performed, the
Occupant Evacuation Operation shall be tested to deter­ test shall stop the car and verify that the safeties will
mine conformance with the applicable requirements. be capable of stopping an overspeeding car in

343
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

accordance with the requirements of Section 2.17 appli­ remain operative and be temporarily relocated, if neces­
cable to the specific classification of safeties, and sary, to permit compression of the buffer during the test.
(-b) when applied, the method shall verify that (e) After completion of the test, a metal tag, indicating
the safeties perform or are capable of performing in the date of the test, together with the name of the person
compliance with 8 .6 .4 .20 .l(a) and the platform shall not or firm who performed the test, shall be attached to the
be out of level more than 30 mm /m (0.36 in./ft) in any buffer [Item 5.3.2(b)].
direction (f) Counterweight oil buffers shall be tested by run­
(2) A test tag as required in 8.6.1.7.2 shall be ning the counterweight onto its buffer at rated speed
provided. with no load in the car, except as specified in 8 .6 .4 .20 .3(b)
and (c) (Item 5.9.2.1), or at reduced speed if the require­
8.6.4.20.2 Governors ments of 8.6.1 1.10 are met.
(a) The tripping speed of the governor and the speed (g) A test tag as required in 8.6.1.7.2 shall be provided.
at which the governor overspeed switch, where pro­
vided, operates shall be tested to determine confor­ 8.6.4.20.4 Driving-Machine Brake(s). For passen­
mance with the applicable requirements and the ger elevators and all freight elevators, the driving­
adjustable means shall be sealed (Item 2.13.2.1). machine brake shall be tested for compliance with appli­
cable requirements, in accordance with 8.6.4.20.4(a), or
(b) T he governor rope pull-through and pull-out
subject to approval by the authority having jurisdiction
forces shall be tested to determine conformance with
with 8.6.4.20.4(b).
the applicable requirements, and the adjustment means
For elevators installed under ASME A 17.1- 2000 /
shall be sealed (Item 2.13.2.1).
CSA B 4 4-00 and later editions, have the brake setting
(c) After these tests in jurisdictions enforcing NBCC,
verified in accordance with the data on the brake mark­
a metal tag indicating the date of the governor tests, ing plate.
together with the name of the person or firm that per­ Upon completion of the test, the means of adjusting
formed the tests, shall be attached to the governor in a the holding capacity shall be sealed to prevent changing
permanent manner. the adjustment without breaking the seal. The seal shall
8.6.4.20.3 Oil Buffers bear or otherwise attach the identification of the person
(a) Car oil buffers shall be tested to determine confor­ or firm that installed it. (See also 8.6.1.7.2, Periodic Test
mance with the applicable requirements by Record .)
(a) Test with load per Table 8.6.4.20.4. Place the load
(1) running the car onto the buffer with rated load
as shown in Table 8.6.4.20.4 in the car. The driving­
at rated speed, or
machine brake, on its own, shall hold the car with this
(2) subject to approval by the authority having
load .With no load in the car the driving-machine brake
jurisdiction
shall hold the empty car at rest, and shall decelerate an
(-a) running the car with any load, from no load empty car traveling in the up direction from governor
up to rated load onto the buffer at rated speed when tripping speed. The driving-machine brake on freight
the requirements of 8.6.1 1.10 are complied with, pro­ elevators of Class C-2 loading, when loaded to their
vided that when applied the method verifies that the maximum design load, shall hold the elevator car at rest
buffer performs or is capable of performing in compli­ (Item 2.17.2.1).
ance with 8.6.4.20.3(a), except as specified in 8.6.4.20.3(b) (b) Alternative Test Method for Driving-Machine Brakes.
and (c) (Item 5.9.2.1). Counterweight oil buffers shall be The alternative test methods shall comply with 8.6.1 1.10
tested by running the counterweight onto its buffer at and the following:
rated speed with no load in the car, except as specified (1) Any method of verifying conformity of the
in 8.6.4.20.3(b) and (c) (Item 5.9.2.1), or driving-machine brake with the applicable Code
(-b) running the car onto the buffer with any load, requirements (see 2.2 4.8.3 and Table 8.6.4.20.4) shall be
from no load up to rated load, and at less than rated permitted, including the testing method of the brakes
speed, when the requirements of 8 .6 .1 1 .10 are complied with or without any load in the car, provided that when
with, provided that when applied, the method verifies applied the method verifies that the brake performs or
that the buffer performs or is capable of performing in is capable of performing in compliance with 8.6.4.20.4(a).
compliance with 8 .6 .4 .20 .3(a) (2) A test tag as required in 8.6.1.7.2 shall be
(b) For reduced stroke buffers, this test shall be made provided.
at the reduced striking speed permitted (Item 5.9.2.1).
(c) This test is not required where a Type C safety is
8.6.4.20.5 Reserved for Future Use
used (see 8.6.4.20.1). 8.6.4.20.6 Emergen cy Term i n a l Sto p p i n g and
(d) In making these tests, the normal and emergency Speed-Li m iting Devi ces. Emergency terminal
terminal stopping devices shall be made temporarily speed-limiting devices, where provided, shall be tested
inoperative. The final terminal stopping devices shall for conformance with applicable requirements ( 2.25.4;

344
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA 844-16

Table 8.6.4.20.4 Brake Test Loads

Class of Service Not Permitted to Carry Passengers Permitted to Carry Passengers
Passenger Not applicable 125% rated load
Freight Rated load 125% rated load
One-piece load by 2.16.7 Rated load or one-piece load, 125% rated load or one-piece load,
whichever is greater whichever is greater

and Item 5.3.2.1). For static control elevators, emergency (3) With a load in the car in accordance with Table
terminal stopping devices, when provided, shall be 8.6.4.2 0.4, the braking system and traction relation shall
tested for conformance with applicable requirements be tested to show the system can safely stop and hold
(2.2 5.4) (Item 2.2 8.2.1). the car, and where required by 2.16.2.2.4(c) shall relevel
8.6.4.20.7 Power Open ing of Doors. Determine the car.
that power opening of car and hoistway doors only (b) Alternative Test Method for Braking System, Traction,
occurs as permitted by the applicable requirements and Traction Limits. Alternative test methods shall com­
(Item 1.10.2). ply with 8.6.11.10 and the following:
8.6.4.20.8 Leveling Zone and Leveling Speed. (1) Other methods for verifying traction for compli­
Check that the leveling zone does not exceed the maxi­ ance with 2.2 4.2.3 , and traction limits in compliance with
mum allowable distance. Check that the leveling speed 2.2 4.2.3.4, shall be permitted provided the test method
does not exceed 0.75 m/s (15 0 ft/min). For static control complies with the following:
elevators, the person or firm installing or maintaining (-a) When applied, the method shall verify that
the equipment shall provide a written checkout proce­ the elevator traction system performs, or is capable of
dure and demonstrate that the leveling speed with the performing, in compliance with the performance
doors open is limit ed to a maximum of 0. 75 m/s requirements of 8.6.4.2 0.lO(a).
(15 0 ft/min) and that the speed-limiting (or speed moni­ (-b) T he braking system and traction relation
tor) means is independent of the normal means of con­ shall be tested to show the system can safely stop and
trolling this speed [Item l.10.2(b)]. hold the car, and where required by 2.16.2.2.4(c), shall
8.6.4.20.9 Inner Landing Zone. For static control relevel the car without load in the car.
elevators, check that the zone in which the car can move (2) A t est tag as required in 8.6. 1. 7. 2 shall be
with the doors open is not more than 75 mm (3 in.) provided.
above or below the landing (Item 1.10.2.1).
8.6.4.20.1 0 Braking System, Traction, and Traction 8.6.4.20.1 1 Emergency Brake (16)
Limits. Traction and traction limits on traction elevators (a) Emergency Brake and Ascending Car Overspeed
shall be verified for compliance with 2.2 4.2.3 in accor­ Protection. For passenger elevators and all freight eleva­
dance with 8.6.4.2 0.lO(a) or subject to approval by the tors, the emergency brake shall be tested for compliance
authority having j urisdiction, with 8.6.4.2 0.lO(b). with 2.19.3.2. Verify the setting of the ascending car
(a) Dynamic Stopping Test. Traction elevators shall be overspeed detection means.
tested to ensure that
(b) Emergency Brake and Unintended Car Movement
(1) during an emergency stop initiated by any of
Protection. Test the unintended car movement protec­
the electrical protective device(s) listed in 2.26.2 (except
tion and the emergency brake in the down direction
2.26.2.13 ) (except buffer switches for oil buffers used
with 12 5% of rated load at the landing above the bottom
with Type C car safeties) at the rated speed in the down
landing.
direction, with passenger elevators and freight elevators
permitted to carry passengers carrying 12 5% of their
rated load, or with freight elevators carrying their rated 8.6.4.21 Drive S h eaves With N o n m etallic G roove
load, cars shall safely st op and hold the load (see Surfaces and Steel Wire Ropes. Where steel wire ropes
2.2 4.2.3.1, 2.2 4.2.3.2 and 2.2 4.2.3.3 ); and have worn through a nonmetallic drive-sheave groove
(2) if either the car or the counterweight bottoms surface and have not damaged the supporting sheave
on its buffers or becomes otherwise immovable, one of surface beneath the nonmetallic sheave groove surface,
the following shall occur (see 2.2 4.2.3.4): the groove surfaces shall be replaced and the steel wire
(-a) the suspension means shall lose traction with ropes shall be inspected for conformance to the criteria
respect to the drive sheave and not allow the car or of ASME A17.6, Section 1.10, and replaced, if necessary.
counterweight to be raised; or Where the sheave-supporting surfaces have been dam­
(-b) the driving system shall stall and not allow aged, the drive sheave shall also be replaced or repaired
the car or counterweight to be raised and the groove surfaces shall be replaced.

345
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8.6.4.22 Maintenance of Seismic Devices equipped with an overspeed valve conforming to

3.19.4.7, shall be replaced not more than 6 years beyond
(16) 8.6.4.22.1 A seismic detection device, where pro-
the installation date. Existing hose assemblies that do
vided, shall be maintained in accordance with the manu­
not indicate an installation or replacement date shall
facturer 's recommendations.
be replaced. Replacements shall conform to 3.19.3.3.l(a)
(16) 8.6.4.22.2 T he counterweight displacement through (e) and 3.19.3.3.2.
detection device components, where provided, shall be
8.6.5.7 Record of Oil Usage. For systems where the
(a) maintained in accordance with the manufacturer 's
part of cylinder and /or piping is not exposed for visible
recommendations
examination, a written record shall be kept of the quan­
(b) properly aligned and tensioned and kept free of
tity of hydraulic fluid added to the system and emptied
dirt, debris, and other contaminants that may interfere
from leakage collection containers and pans. The written
with proper operation
record shall be kept in the machine room. When the
8.6.5 Maintenance and Testing of Hydraulic quantity of hydraulic fluid loss cannot be accounted for,
Elevators the test specified in 8.6.5.1 4.1 and 8.6.5.1 4.2 shall be
made.
The maintenance and testing of hydraulic elevators
shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3, and the applicable 8.6. 5 .8 Safety B ulkh ead. Hydraulic cylinders
requirements of 8.6.4 and 8.6.5. installed below ground shall conform to 3.18.3.4, or the
elevator shall conform to 8.6.5.8(a) or 8.6.5.8(b):
8.6.5.1 Pressure Tanks
(a) the elevator shall be provided with car safeties
8.6.5.1.1 Cleaning. Pressure tanks shall be thor­ conforming to 3.17.1 and guide rails, guide-rail supports,
oughly cleaned internally at least every 3 yr and prior and fastenings conforming to 3.23.1; or
to the inspection and test required by 8 .6 .5 .15 . (b) the elevator shall be provided with a plunger grip­
8.6.5.1 .2 Level. The liquid level in pressure tanks per conforming to 3.17.3. The plunger gripper shall grip
should be maintained at about two-thirds of the capacity the plunger when the applicable maximum governor
of the tank. tripping speed in Table 2.18.2.1 is achieved.

8.6.5.2 Piston Rods. Piston rods of roped-hydraulic 8.6.5.9 Relief-Valve Setting. The relief-valve adjust­
elevators shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to the test ment shall be examined to ensure that the seal is intact.
required by 8.6.5.15. If the relief-valve seal is not intact, tests shall be con­
ducted in accordance with 8 .6 .5 .1 4 .1 .
8.6. 5 . 3 Water- Hydraulic Plungers. Plungers of
water-hydraulic elevators shall be thoroughly cleaned 8.6. 5 . 1 0 Runby and Clearances After Reroping or
to remove any buildup of rust and scale prior to the test Shortening. T he minimum car and counterweight
required by 8.6.5.15. clearances and runby shall be maintained in compliance
with the applicable code when replacement suspension
8.6.5.4 Tank Levels. The level of oil in the oil tanks ropes are installed or when existing suspension ropes
shall be checked and, where necessary, adjusted to com­ are shortened.
ply with the prescribed minimum and maximum level.
8.6 . 5 . 1 1 Cylinder Corrosion Protection and
8.6.5.5 Gland Packings and Seals Monitoring
8.6. 5.5.1 Examination and Maintenance. W here 8.6.5 . 1 1 . 1 Corrosion Protection Monitoring.
pressure piping, valves, and cylinders use packing W here monitored cylinder corrosion protection is
glands or seals, they shall be examined and maintained required, the monitoring means shall be examined and
to prevent excessive loss of fluid. When a cylinder pack­ maintained .
ing or seal or a pressure-piping seal is replaced, the
integrity of the entire hydraulic system shall be verified 8.6.5.1 1 .2 Corrosion Protection Loss. If the moni­
by operating it at relief-valve pressure for not less toring means detects that loss of corrosion protection
than 15 s. has occurred, the means of corrosion protection shall be
repaired or replaced.
8.6. 5.5.2 Collection of Oil Leakage. Oil leakage
collected from each cylinder head seals or packing gland 8.6. 5 . 1 2 Anticreep and Low Oil Protection. T he
shall not exceed 19 L (5 gal) before removal. The con­ anticreep function and low oil protection shall be main­
tainer shall be covered and shall not be permitted to tained to operate in compliance with the applicable code.
overflow .
8.6. 5 . 1 3 Overspeed Valve Setting. Overspeed
8.6.5.6 Flexible Hoses and Fittings. Flexible hose valves shall be calibrated and maintained in accordance
and fittings assemblies installed between the check valve with the manufacturer 's recommendations including
or control valve and the cylinder, and that are not replacement of the valve seals or entire valves at intervals

3 46
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

specified. All elevators provided with field adjustable CAUTION: If the motor protection or motor overloads trip dur­
overspeed valves shall have the adjustment means exam­ ing this test, DO NOT change the adjustment or jumper the
ined to ensure the seal is intact. If the overspeed adjust­ overloads. Damage to the motor can result from running the
motor without adequate overload protection.
ment seal is not intact, compliance with 8.6.5.16.5 shall
be verified and a new seal shall be installed. 8.6.5.14.5 Pressure Switch. The pressure switch
and its related circuits shall be tested for conformance
8.6.5.14 Periodic Test Requirements - Category 1
with applicable requirements (3.26.8) (Item 2.37).
NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1 .3.
8.6.5.14.6 Power Operation of Door System. The (1 6)
8.6.5.14.1 Relief Valve Verification of Setting and closing forces and speed of power-operated hoistway
System Pressure Test. The relief valve setting shall be door systems shall be tested to determine conformance
tested to determine that it will bypass the full output with the applicable requirements (Item 1.8.2). For eleva-
of the pump before the pressure exceeds 150% of the tors required to comply with 2 .13.4 .2 .4, the time in the
working pressure.Once this is established, test the entire door Code zone distance shall be measured and com­
system to ensure that it will withstand this pressure. It pared with the time specified on the data plate .Where
shall be resealed if the relief valve setting is altered or a data plate conforming to 2.13.4.2.4 is not required, see
if the seal is broken (Item 2.31). Nonmandatory Appendix Z.
8.6. 5 . 1 4.2 Hydraulic Cylinders and Pressu re 8.6.5.1 4.7 Slack-Rope Device. T he slack-rope
Piping. This test shall be performed after the relief valve device shall be tested on a roped hydraulic elevator by
setting and system pressure test in 8.6.5.1 4.1. causing a slack-rope condition to occur and verify that
(a) Cylinders and pressure piping that are exposed it will remove power in compliance with 3.18.1.2.5
shall be visually examined. (Item 3.31.2).
(b) Cylinders and pressure piping that are not
exposed shall be tested for leakage, which cannot be 8.6.5.1 4.8 Earthquake Operation. Earthquake (1 6)
accounted for by the visual examination in 8.6.5.1 4.2(a) operation shall be tested to determine conformance with
(Item 2.36.2). the applicable requirements. Deficiencies shall be cor­
The duration of the test shall be for a minimum of rected. A record of findings shall be available to the
15 min (Item 2.36.2). building owner and the authority having jurisdiction.
8.6.5.1 5 Periodic Test Requirements - Category 3
(1 6) 8.6.5.1 4.3 Additional Tests. T he following tests NOTE: For test frequency, see 8 . 1 1 . 1.3.
shall also be performed:
(a) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (8.6.4.19.5) 8.6.5.1 5.1 Unexposed Portions of Pistons. Piston
(Item 3.5 .2) rods of roped water-hydraulic elevators shall be
(b) Governors (8.6.4.19.3) (Item 2.13.2.2) exposed, thoroughly cleaned, and examined for wear or
(c) Safeties (8.6.4.19.2) (Item 5.8.2) corrosion. The piston rods shall be replaced if at any
(d) Oil Buffers (8.6.4.19.1) (Item 5.1 2) place the diameter is less than the root diameter of the
(e) Firefighters' Emergency Operation (8.6.4.19.6)
threads (Item 5.1 1).
(Items 6 .1 through 6 .5, as applicable) 8.6.5.1 5.2 Pressure Vessels. Pressure vessels shall
(f) Standby or Emergency Power Operation be checked to determine conformance with the applica­
(8 .6 .4 .19 .7) (Item 1 .17 .2 .2) ble requirements, thoroughly cleaned, internally exam­
NOTE: Absorption of regenerated power (2.26.10) does not apply ined, and then subjected to a hydrostatic test at 150%
to hydraulic elevators. of the working pressure for 1 min (3.2 4.4) (Item 2.33).
(g) Power Operations of Door System (8 .6 .4 .19 .8 ) 8.6.5.16 Periodic Test Requirements - Category 5
(Items 4.6 and 4.7) NOTE: For test frequency, see 8 . 1 1 . 1.3.
(h) Emergency Terminal Speed-Limiting Device and
Emergency Terminal Stopping Device (3.25.2) 8.6.5.16.1 Governors, safeties, and oil buffers, (1 6)
(Item 3.6.2.2) where provided, shall be inspected and tested as speci-
(i) Low Oil Protection Operation (3.26.9) (Item 2.39.2) fied in 8.6.4.20.1, 8.6.4.20.2, and 8.6.4.20.3 at intervals
specified by the authority having jurisdiction. Where
8.6.5.14.4 Flexible Hose and Fitting Assemblies. activation is allowed or required by both a speed gover-
Flexible hose and fitting assemblies shall be tested at
nor and a slack rope, the safety shall have both means
the relief valve setting pressure for a minimum of 30 s.
of activation tested (Items 2.13, 2.29, and 5.1 2).
Any signs of leakage, slippage of hose fittings, damage
to outer hose covering sufficient to expose reinforce­ 8.6.5.16.2 Coated ropes shall be required to have (1 6)
ment, or bulging, or distortions of the hose body is cause a magnetic flux test capable of detecting broken wires,
for replacement. in addition to a visual examination (Item 3.23).

347
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(16) 8.6.5.1 6.3 Wire rope fastenings shall be exam- 8.6.6.2.1 Screw-Column Elevator Periodic Test.
ined in accordance with Item 3.2 2 of ASME A 17.2. Fas­ Screw-column elevators shall be subject to the applicable
tenings on roped-hydraulic elevators utilizing pistons periodic tests specified in 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.1 4
that are hidden by cylinder head seals shall also be through 8.6.5.16. The test requirements shall apply to
examined, even if it is temporarily necessary to support the corresponding requirements of Section 4.2. Any
the car by other means and disassemble the cylinder additional requirements for this equipment shall also be
head. checked during these tests.
8.6.5.1 6.4 A plunger gripper, where provided, 8.6.6.3 Hand Elevators. The maintenance of hand
shall be examined and tested per 8.10.3.2.S(n). elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the
8.6.5.16.5 Overspeed valves, where prov ided, applicable requirements of Section 8 .6 .
shall be inspected and tested to verify that they will 8.6.6.3.1 Hand Elevator Periodic Test. Hand eleva­
stop the car, traveling down with rated load, within the tors shall be subject to the applicable periodic tests speci­
specified limits of 3.19.4.7.S(a) using a written procedure fied in 8.6.4.19 and 8.6.4.20. The test requirements shall
supplied by the valve manufacturer or the person or apply to the corresponding requirements in Section 4.3.
firm maintaining the equipment. If the seal has been Any additional requirements for this equipment shall
altered or broken, the overspeed valve shall be resealed also be checked during these tests. The driving-machine
after successful test (Item 5.15.2). brake required by 4.3.19.2 shall be tested with both
8.6.5.1 6.6 Freight elevators of Class C 2 loading empty car and rated load in the car .
shall sustain and level the elevator car with the maxi­
mum load shown on the freight elevator loading sign 8.6.7 Maintenance and Testing of Special
(Item 2.17.2.2). Application Elevators
8.6.5.1 7 Plunger Gripper. Plunger grippers, where 8.6. 7 . 1 Inclined Elevators. T he maintenance of
provided, shall be maintained in accordance with the inclined elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3
manufacturer 's recommendations. and the applicable requirements of Section 8 .6 .

8.6.6 Maintenance and Testing of Elevators With 8.6.7.1 .1 Periodic Test. Inclined elevators shall be
Other Types of Driving Machines subject to the appl icable per iod ic tests specified in
8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.1 4 through 8.6.5.16. The test
(16) 8.6.6.1 Rack-and- Pinion Elevators. T he mainte- requirements shall apply to the corresponding require­
nance of rack-and-pinion elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 ments in Section 5.1. Any additional requirements for
through 8 .6 .3 and the applicable requirements of this equipment shall also be checked during these tests.
Section 8.6.Where the car and /or counterweight safeties
are sealed to prevent field adjustment and examination, 8.6.7.2 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Elevators.
or where the manufacturer has established replacement The maintenance of limited-use /limited-application ele­
criteria, the safeties shall be returned to the manufac­ vators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3and the appli­
turer for replacement of components and calibration at cable requirements of Section 8.6.
the interval recommended by the manufacturer. T he
date of expiration is the data that indicates when the 8.6.7.2.1 Periodic Test. Limited-use /limited­
next manufacturer 's maintenance-calibration is due. The applications elevators shall be subject to the applicable
date of expiration shall be shown on the safety device periodic tests specified in 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.1 4
data plate required in 4.l.17.3(c). Field testing of rack­ through 8.6.5.16. The test requirements shall apply to
and-pinion safeties in accordance with 8 .6 .6 .1 .1 shall be the corresponding requirements of Section 5.2. Any
required prior to placing the elevator in service after the additional requirements for this equipment shall also be
manufacturer replaces components or calibrates car or checked during these tests.
counterweight safeties. 8.6.7.3 Private Residence Elevators. The mainte­
(16) 8.6.6.1.1 Rack-and-Pinion Elevator Periodic Test. nance of private residence elevators shall conform to
Rack-and-pinion elevators shall be subject to the applica­ 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable requirements of
ble per iod ic tests specified in 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and Section 8.6.
8.6.5.1 4 through 8.6.5.16. T he test requirements shall 8.6. 7 .3.1 Periodic Test. Private residence elevators
apply to the corresponding requirements of Section 4.1. and lifts should be subject to the periodic tests specified
Any additional requirements for this equipment shall in 8 .6 .4 .19, 8 .6 .4 .20, and 8 .6 .5 .1 4 through 8 .6 .5 .16 . The
also be checked during these tests. test requirements shall apply to the correspond ing
8.6.6.2 Screw-Column Elevators. The maintenance requirements in Sect ion 5.3. Any add itional require­
of screw-column elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through ments for this equipment should also be checked during
8.6.3 and the applicable requirements of Section 8.6. these tests.

3 48
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

8.6.7.4 Private Res idence Inclined Elevators . The 8.6.7.9 Mine Elevators . Except in j urisdictions (1 6)
maintenance of private residence inclined elevators shall enforcing NBCC, maintenance of mine elevators shall
conform to 8.6. 1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable conform to 8.6. 1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable
requirements of Section 8.6. requirements of Section 8.6.
8.6.7.4.1 Periodic Tes t. Private residence inclined 8.6.7.9.1 Rails on mine elevators shall be kept
elevators and lifts should be subj ect to the periodic tests free of rust and scale that will prevent proper operation
specified in 8.6. 4.19, 8.6.4.2 0, and 8.6.5.14 through of the car (or counterweight) safety device.
8.6.5.16. The test requirements shall apply to the corres­
8.6.7.9.2 Oil buffers that are installed on eleva­
ponding requirements in Section 5.4. Any additional
tors where water can accumulate in the pit shall be
requirements for this equipment should also be checked
checked every 60 days for accumulation of water.
during these tests.
8.6.7.9.3 The mine elevator hoistway shall be
8.6.7.5 Power Sidewalk Elevators . The maintenance maintained to minimize the entry of water and forma­
of power sidewalk elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 tion of ice that would interfere with the operation of the
through 8.6.3 and the applicable requirements of elevator.
Section 8.6.
8.6.7.9.4 Sus pens ion, Compens ating, and Governor
8.6.7.5.1 Periodic Tes t. Sidewalk elevators shall Ropes . When elevator suspension, compensating, or
be subj ect to the applicable periodic tests specified in governor ropes show deterioration caused by corrosion,
8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.2 0, and 8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The test the replacement wire ropes shall be constructed of elec­
requirements shall apply to the corresponding require­ trogalvanized or other types of corrosion-resistant mate­
ments in Section 5.5. Any additional requirements for rial suitable for the environment and application. The
this equipment shall also be checked during these tests. installation shall conform to 8.7.2. 2 1 for suspension
8.6. 7 .6 Rooftop Elevators . The maintenance of roof­ ropes and 8.7.2.19 for governor ropes.
top elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and W here emergency replacement of wire ropes is
the applicable requirements of Section 8.6. required, non-corrosion-resistant wire ropes shall be per­
mitted to be installed for temporary use. These emer­
8.6.7.6.1 Periodic Tes t. Rooftop elevators shall be gency replacement non-corrosion-resistant wire ropes
subj ect to the applicable periodic tests specified in shall be replaced by corrosion-resistant wire ropes
8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.2 0, and 8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The test within 1 yr of installation.
requirements shall apply to the corresponding require­
8.6.7.9. 5 Periodic Tes t. Mine elevators shall be (1 6)
ments of Section 5.6. Any additional requirements for
subj ect to the applicable periodic tests specified in
this equipment shall also be checked during these tests.
8.6.4.19 and 8.6.4.2 0. The test requirements shall apply
8.6. 7. 7 Special Purpos e Pers onnel Elevators . Except to the corresponding requirements of Section 5.9. Any
in j urisdictions enforcing NBCC, maintenance of special additional requirements for this equipment shall also be
purpose personnel elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 checked during these tests.
through 8.6.3 and the applicable requirements of 8.6.7.1 0 Elevators Us ed for Cons truction. The main­
Section 8.6 (see Section 5.7). tenance of elevators used for construction shall conform
8.6.7.7.1 Periodic Tes t. Special purpose personnel to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable requirements
elevators shall be subject to the applicable tests specified of Section 8.6.
in 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.2 0, and 8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The 8 . 6 . 7 . 1 0 . 1 Periodic Tes t Req uirem ents
test requirements shall apply to the corresponding Category 1 . For electric elevators, test as specified in
requirements in Section 5.7. Any additional require­ 8.6.4.19.1 through 8.6.4.19.5. For hydraulic elevators, test
ments for this equipment shall also be checked during as specified in 8.6.5.14.1, 8.6.5.14.2, 8.6.5.14.3(a) through
these tests. (d), and 8.6.5.14.4.
8.6.7.8 Shipboard Elevators . The maintenance of Where permanent doors have been installed, test as
shipboard elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 specified in 8.6.4.19.8.
and the applicable requirements of Section 8.6. 8.6 . 7 . 1 0 . 2 Periodic Tes t Req uirem ents
Category 3. For hydraulic elevators, test as specified in
8.6.7.8.1 Periodic Tes t. Shipboard elevators shall
8.6.5.15.
be subj ect to the applicable periodic tests specified in
8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.2 0, and 8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The test 8.6 . 7 . 1 0 . 3 Periodic Tes t Req uirem ents
requirements shall apply to the corresponding require­ Category 5. For electric elevators, test as specified in
ments of Section 5.8. Any additional requirements for 8.6.4.2 0.1 through 8.6.4.2 0.4, and 8.6.4.2 0.6. For hydraulic
this equipment shall also be checked during these tests. elevators, test as specified in 8.6.5.16.

349
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8.6.7. 1 1 Wind Turbine Tower Elevator. The mainte­ 8.6.8 Maintenance and Testing of Escalators and
nance of wind turbine tower elevators shall conform to Moving Walks
the applicable requirements of 8.6.7. 11.1 through The maintenance of escalators shall conform to 8.6.1
8.6.7.11.3. through 8.6.3 and 8.6. 8.
8.6.7.1 1 .1 Periodic Test Requirements. Wire rope 8.6.8.1 Handrails. Handrails shall operate at the
gripping safeties with slack rope actuation, or wire rope speed specified in the applicable codes. The handrail
gripping safeties with an internal centrifugal governor, speed monitoring device, when provided, shall cause
shall be tested with rated load in the car. Tests for electric power to be removed from the driving-machine
governor-operated safeties shall be made by manually motor and brake when the speed of either handrail devi­
tripping the governor at the rated speed. The overspeed ates from the step speed by 15% or more and continu­
switch on the governor shall be made ineffective during ously within a 2 s to 6 s range. Cracked or damaged
the test. handrails that present a pinching effect shall be repaired
or replaced. Splicing of handrails shall be done in such
8.6.7.1 1 .2 Wind Turbine Tower Elevators. T he a manner that the j oint is free of pinching effect.
maintenance of wind turbine tower elevators shall con­
8.6.8.2 Step-to-Skirt Clearance. Clearances shall be
form to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable require­
maintained in compliance with the applicable codes.
ments of Section 8.6.
Alternatively, the clearance on either side of the steps
8.6.7.1 1 .3 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Types and between the steps and the adj acent skirt guard shall
A, B, and C car safeties except those operating on wood not exceed 4 mm (0.16 in.) and the sum of the clearances
guide rails, and their governors, wire rope gripping safe­ on both sides shall not exceed 7 mm (0.2 8 in.).
ties with slack rope actuation, or wire rope gripping NOTE: The allowable clearances are applicable as follows:
safeties with an internal centrifugal governor shall be (a) ASME A17.1 1955 through A 1 7 . l d 1970; not more than
tested with rated load in the car. Counterweight safety 4.8 mm (0.1875 in.) with a total of both sides not more than 6.4 mm
(0.25 in.), except where skirt obstruction devices are installed at the
tests shall be made with no load in the car. Tests for
lower entrance for escalators installed under the ASME A17.1 1965
governor operated safeties shall be made by manually through A17.ld 1970.
tripping the governor at the rated speed. The overspeed (b) ASME A17.1 1971 through A17.1 1979 editions: not more
switch on the governor shall be made ineffective during than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) on each side.
the test. Type A safeties and wire rope gripping safeties (c) ASME A17.1 1980 through A17.lc 1999 and ASME A17.3:
without governors that are operated as a result of the not more than 4.8 mm (0.1875 in.) on each side.
(d) For equipment installed under ASME A17.ld 2000 and later
breaking or slackening of the hoisting ropes shall be
editions, the clearance (loaded gap) not more than 5 mm (0.2 in.)
tested by obtaining the necessary slack rope to cause it when 110 N (25 lbf) force is laterally applied from the step to the
to function (Item 2.2 9.2.1) and hold the car with rated adjacent skirt panel. See 6.1.3.3.5.
load. T he following operational conditions shall be
NOTE (on CSA B44 Requirements): The allowable clearances are
checked (Item 2.2 9.2.1).
applicable as follows:
(a) B44 1960 through B44S3 1982 not more than 4 . 8 mm
8.6.7.12 Outside Emergency Elevators. The mainte­ (0.1875 in.) on each side. Sum of both sides not more than 6.4 mm
nance, repair, and replacement of outside emergency (0.25 in.).
elevators shall conform to 8.6. 1 through 8.6. 3 and (b) B44 1985 through B44S2 1998 Not more than 5 mm
ASME A17.7 /CSA B44.7, Requirement 2.12.2. (0.197 in.) on each side. Sum of both sides not more than 6 mm
(0.236 in.).
8.6. 7 . 1 2 . 1 Periodic Test Req u i rements (c) For equipment installed under CSA B44 00 not more than
Category 1 . Outside emergency elevators shall be sub­ 4 mm (0.157 in.) on each side. Sum of both sides not more than
j ect to applicable periodic tests specified in 8.6.4.19.1 7 mm (0.28 in.)
(d) For equipment installed under CSA B44 00 Update 1 and
through 8.6.4.19.5 , 8.6.4.19.7, 8.6.4.19.8, 8.6.4.19.10, and
later editions clearance (loaded gap) shall be not more than
ASME A17.7 /CSA B44.7, Requirement 2.12.3. Outside 5 mm (0.2 in.) when 110 N (25 lbf) force is laterally applied from
emergency elevators are not required to be powered by the step to the adjacent skirt panel. See 6.1 .3.3.5.
electric driving-machine motors.
8.6.8.3 Step/Skirt Performance Index
8.6. 7 . 1 2 . 2 Periodic Test Req u i rements 8.6.8.3.1 T he step/skirt performance index,
Category 5. Outside emergency elevators shall be sub­ when the escalator is subjected to the test specified in
j ect to applicable periodic tests specified in 8.6.4.2 0.1 8.6. 8.15.19, shall be the maximum value of the recorded
through 8.6. 4. 2 0. 11 and A SME A17.7 /C SA B4 4.7, instantaneous step/skirt index eY /(eY + 1), where
requirement 2.12.3. Outside emergency elevators are not
required to be powered by electric driving-machine (SI Units)
motors. e = 2.7183

350
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

y = -3.77 + 2.37 (µ.,) + 0.37 (Lg ) 8.6.8.4 Combplates

Lg = the clearance between the step and the adj acent
8.6.8.4.1 Combs with any broken teeth shall be
skirt panel when 110 N is applied from the step
repaired or replaced. Where two adj acent teeth are miss­
to skirt panel, mm
ing, the escalator shall be removed from operation.
µ., the sliding coefficient of friction of a polycarbo­
nate test specimen on the skirt panel at the 8.6.8.4.2 Combs shall be adj usted and main­
measurement point calculated when subjected tained in mesh with the slots in the step surface so
to a 110 N normal load. The coefficient of fric­ that the points of the teeth are always below the upper
tion shall be measured without addition of any surface of the treads.
field-applied lubricant.
8.6.8.4.3 For units installed under A17.l b-1992
The applied load shall not deviate from 110 N by and later editions of the Code, comb-step impact devices
more than ±11 N. The load shall be distributed over a shall be adj usted to operate in compliance with the forces
round or square area not less than 1 940 mm2 and not specified in 6.1.6.3.13.
more than 3 870 mm2 • 8.6.8.5 Es calator Skirt Panels and Skirt Obs truction
Devices
(Imperial Units)
(a) Damaged skirt or dynamic skirt panels shall be
e = 2.7183
replaced or repaired and the installation shall conform
y -3.77 + 2.37 (µ.,) + 9.3 (Lg ) to 8.6. 8.2 and 8.6. 8.3.3.
Lg = the clearance between the step and the adj acent
(b) The skirt obstruction devices shall be checked for
skirt panel when 2 5 lbf is applied from the step proper adj ustment and operation.
to skirt panel, in.
µ., the sliding coefficient of friction of a polycarbo­ 8.6.8.6 Steps
nate test specimen on the skirt panel at the
8.6.8.6.1 Steps with broken treads shall be
measurement point calculated when subj ected
repaired or replaced.
to a 2 5 lbf normal load. The coefficient of fric­
tion shall be measured without addition of any 8.6.8.6.2 Steps with dented or damaged risers
field-applied lubricant. shall be repaired or replaced.

The applied load shall not deviate from 2 5 lbf by more 8.6.8.6.3 Steps that are worn or damaged and
that do not provide proper engagement with the com­
or square area not less than 3 in.2 and not more than 6 in.2
than ± 2.5 lbf. The load shall be distributed over a round
bplates shall be repaired or replaced.

8.6.8.3.2 The step/skirt performance index poly­ 8.6.8.6.4 The width or depth of the slots in the
carbonate test specimen shall conform to the following tread surface of steps that do not meet the applicable
specifications: Code requirements shall be repaired or replaced.
(a) Material: Polycarbonate without fillers 8.6.8.7 Rollers , Tracks, and Chains . Rollers, tracks,
(b) Color: Natural, no pigments and chains shall be examined, repaired, or replaced
( c) Finish: Glossy (roughness less than 0. 8 µm when necessary to ensure required clearances.
(3 2 µin.)
8.6.8.8 Signs . Caution signs shall be provided in
2 900 mm2 ± 3 2 5 mm2 (4.5 in.2 ± 0.5 in.2) and at least
(d) Area in contact with skirt panel:
compliance with 6.1.6.9. Damaged or missing signs shall
0. 8 mm (0.03 in.) thick be replaced. Additional signs, if provided, shall comply
with 6.1.6.9.
(e) Specification: GE Lexan 100 series or equivalent
polycarbonate 8.6.8.9 Guards at Ceiling Inters ections . Damaged
or missing guards shall be repaired or replaced in com­
8.6.8.3.3 The escalator step/skirt performance
pliance with 6.1.3.3.11.
index shall be one of the following, w hichever is
applicable: 8.6.8.1 0 Antis lide Devices . Damaged or missing
(a) � 0.15 antislide devices shall be repaired or replaced.
(b) � 0. 2 5 for escalators installed under
8.6.8. 1 1 H andrail Guards . Damaged or missing
ASME A17.l a-2 002/CSA B44-00 Update 1 and later edi­
hand or finger guards shall be repaired or replaced.
tions and when a skirt deflector device complying with
the requirements of 6.1.3.3.7 is provided 8.6.8.12 Brakes . Brakes shall be maintained in com­
(c) � 0. 4 for escalators installed under pliance with the applicable requirements of 8.6.4.6, and
ASME Al7.l-2 000/CSA B44-00 and earlier editions and adjusted to the torque shown on the data plate, where
a skirt deflector device is provided provided.

351
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8.6.8.13 Cleaning. The interiors of escalators and 8.6.8. 1 5 . 1 0 Missing Step or Pallet Device. T he
their components shall be cleaned to prevent an accumu­ missing step or pallet device shall be tested by removing
lation of oil, grease, lint, dirt, and refuse. The frequency a step or pallet and verifying that the device will prop­
of the cleaning will depend on service and conditions, erly function (Items 8.10 and 10.10).
but an examination to determine if cleaning is necessary
shall be required at least once a year. 8.6.8.1 5.1 1 Step or Pallet Level Device. The step,
or pallet level device shall be tested by simulating an
8.6.8.14 Entrance and Egress Ends. Escalator land­ out of level step or pallet and verifying that the device
ing plates shall be properly secured in place. Landing functions properly (Items 8.1 1 and 10.1 1).
plates shall be kept free of tripping hazards and main­
tained to provide a secure foothold. All required 8.6.8.1 5.12 Steps, Pallet, Step or Pallet Chain, and
entrance and exit safety zones shall be kept free from Trusses. The steps, pallet, step or pallet chain, and
obstructions. trusses shall be visually examined for structural defects,
mechanical condition, and buildup of combustible mate­
8.6.8.1 5 Periodic Test Requirements - Category 1 rials (Items 8 .1 2 and 10 .1 2) .
NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1 .3.
8.6.8.15.13 Handrail Safety Systems. The hand­
(16) 8.6.8.1 5.1 Machine Room and Truss Interior. The rail operating system shall be visually examined for
condition of and access to machine rooms, the truss condition. The handrail entry device, and the stopped
interior, and all escalator components contained therein handrail or handrail speed monitoring device, shall be
shall be examined and, if required, cleaned to perform tested by disconnecting of handrail motion sensor
the required inspections and tests of 8.6.8.15. The opera­ (Items 8.13 and 10.13).
tion and adequacy of lighting and receptacles shall be The person or firm maintaining the equipment shall
checked (Items 8.1 and 10.1). provide a written checkout procedure and demonstrate
that the handrail speed does not change when a
8.6.8.1 5.2 Stop Switch. The machine space stop retarding force, up to the maximum required by code,
switches shall be tested (Items 8.2 and 10.2). is applied opposite to the direction of travel (Items 7.3
8.6.8.1 5.3 Controller and Wiring. Controller and and 9.3).
wiring shall be examined (Items 8.3 and 10.3).
8.6.8.1 5.14 For outdoor escalators and moving
8.6.8.1 5.4 Drive Mach ine and Brake. T he drive walks that require heaters, test the heaters for condition
machine and brakes shall be examined and tested , and operation (Items 8.3 and 10.3).
including test of the brake torque (Items 8.4 and 10.4).
8.6.8. 1 5 . 1 5 Perm iss i b le Stretch i n Escalator
8.6.8.15.5 Speed Governor. The mechanical speed Chains. Escalators shall have periodic examination of
governor, if required , shall be tested by manually the clearance between successive steps to detect wear
operating the trip mechanism (Items 8 .5 and 10 .5) . or stretch of the step chains. The clearance shall not
8.6.8.1 5.6 Broken Drive-Chain Device. Operation exceed 6 mm (0.25 in.) (Item 7.9).
of the broken drive-chain device, on the drive chain, 8.6.8.1 5.16 Disconnected Motor Safety Device.
shall be tested by manually operating the actuating Operation of the device shall be tested and verified (see
mechanism (Items 8.6 and 10.6). 6.1.6.3.10 or 6.2.6.3.8) (Item 8.6 or 10.6).
8.6.8.1 5.7 Reversal Stop Switch. The reversal stop 8.6.8.1 5 . 1 7 Response to Smoke Detectors. See
switch (to prevent reversal when operating in the 6.1.6.8 or 6.2.6.7 (Items 8.15 and 10.15).
ascending direction) shall be tested by manually
operating it to determine that it functions properly 8.6.8. 1 5 . 1 8 Co m b -Ste p o r Com b - Pallet I m pact
(Items 8 .7 and 10 .7) . Device. For escalator or moving walks required to com­
If the device cannot be manually operated, the person ply with Rules 805.lu, 805.3n , 905.lr, or 905.3k in
or firm maintaining the equipment shall provide a writ­ A 17 .ld- 2000 or earlier editions , or requirements
ten checkout procedure and demonstrate the device 6.1.6.3.13 or 6.2.6.3.1 1, the comb-step / pallet-impact
complies with the requirements of the Code. devices shall be tested in both the vertical and horizontal
directions by placing a vertical and horizontal force on
8.6.8.1 5.8 Broken Step-Chain or Treadway Device.
the combplate to cause operation of the device. The
The broken or slack step-chain or treadway device shall
vertical and horizontal tests shall be independent of each
be tested by manual operation (Items 8 .8 and 10 .8) .
other .The horizontal force shall be applied at the front
8.6.8.1 5.9 Step Upthrust Device. The operation of edge center and both sides; the force shall be applied
the step upthrust device shall be tested by manually in the direction of travel into the combplate. The vertical
displacing the step , causing the device to operate force shall be applied at the front edge center .Both the
(Items 7.9 and 8.9). vertical and horizontal forces required to operate the

352
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8.6.9.2.3 For units installed under A17.lb-1992 8.6.9.1 3 Clearances. The clearance between each
and later editions of the Code, comb-pallet impact side of the treadway and the adj acent skirt panels, when
devices shall be adj usted to operate in compliance with provided, shall be maintained in compliance with
the forces specified in 6.2.6.3.11. 6.2.3.3.6. The clearance between the top surface of the
treadway and the underside of the balustrade shall be
8.6.9.3 Pallets
maintained in compliance with 6.2.3.3. 5 for skirtless
8.6.9.3 . 1 Pallets with broken treads shall be balustrades.
repaired or replaced. 8.6.1 0 Maintenance and Testing of Dumbwaiters and
8.6.9.3.2 Intermeshing moving walk pallets that Material Lifts
are damaged at the mesh shall be repaired or replaced. 8.6.1 0.1 Material Lifts and Dum bwaiters Without
8.6.9.3.3 Pallets that are worn or damaged and Automatic Transfer Devices. The maintenance of mate­
that do not provide proper engagement with the rial lifts and dumbwaiters without automatic transfer
combplates shall be repaired or replaced. devices shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the
applicable requirements of Section 8.6.
8.6.9.3.4 The width or depth of the slots in the
tread surface of pallets that do not meet the applicable 8.6.1 0.1 .1 Periodic Test. Dumbwaiters shall be
Code requirements shall be repaired or replaced. subj ect to the applicable periodic tests specified in
8.6.4.19 and 8.6.5.14. The test requirements shall apply
8.6.9.4 Rollers, Tracks, and Chains. Rollers, tracks, to the corresponding requirements in Part 7. Any addi­
and chains shall be examined, repaired, or replaced tional requirements for this equipment shall also be
when necessary to ensure required clearances. checked during these tests.
8.6.9.5 Belt-Type Treadway. Belt-type treadways On winding-drum machines, the slack-rope devices
that are damaged or worn in such a manner that the required by 2.26.2.1 shall be permitted to be tested as
treadway does not provide a continuous unbroken specified in Item 2.18. The driving-machine brake shall
treadway surface or proper engagement with the be tested to determine conformance with 7. 2. 10
combplates shall be repaired or replaced. (Item 2.18).
8.6 . 1 0 . 2 Material Lifts a n d Dum bwaiters With
8.6.9.6 Signs. Caution signs shall be provided in
Automatic Transfer Devices. The maintenance of mate­
compliance with 6.2.6.9. Damaged or missing signs shall
rial lifts and dumbwaiters with automatic transfer
be replaced. Additional signs, if provided, shall comply
devices shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the
with 6.2.6.9.
applicable requirements of Section 8.6.
8.6.9.7 Guards at Ceiling Intersections. Damaged 8.6.10.2.1 Periodic Test. Material lifts and dumb­
or missing guards shall be repaired or replaced in com­ waiters with automatic transfer devices shall be subj ect
pliance with 6.2.3.3.7. to the applicable periodic tests specified in 8.6.4.19 and
8.6.9.8 Antislide Devices. Damaged or missing anti­ 8.6.5.14. The test requirements shall apply to the corres­
slide devices shall be repaired or replaced. ponding requirements in Part 7. Any additional require­
ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
8.6.9.9 Handrail Guards. Damaged or missing hand these tests.
or finger guards shall be repaired or replaced.
8.6.1 1 Special Provisions
8.6.9.1 0 Brakes. Brakes shall be maintained in com­
pliance with the applicable requirements of 8.6.4.6, and 8.6.1 1 .1 Firefighters' Emergency Operation. All ele­
adjusted to the torque shown on the data plate, where vators provided with Firefighters' Emergency Operation
provided. shall be subj ected monthly, by authorized personnel, to
Phase I recall by use of the key switch, and a minimum
8.6.9.1 1 Cleaning. The interiors of moving walks, of one-floor operation on Phase II, except in j urisdictions
and their components shall be cleaned to prevent an enforcing the NBCC. Deficiencies shall be corrected. A
accumulation of oil, grease, lint, dirt, and refuse. The record of findings shall be available to elevator personnel
frequency of the cleaning will depend on service and and the authority having jurisdiction.
conditions, but an examination to determine if cleaning
8.6.1 1 .2 Two-Way Com munications Means. T he
is necessary shall be required at least once a year.
two-way communications means shall be checked annu­
8.6.9.12 Entrance and Egress Ends. Moving walk ally by authorized personnel in accordance with the
landing plates shall be properly secured in place. Land­ following:
ing plates shall be kept free of tripping hazards and (a) Two-way communications means shall be checked
maintained to provide a secure foothold. All required to verify that two-way communications is established; or
entrance and exit safety zones shall be kept free from (b) All elevators installed under ASME A17.l a-2 002/
obstructions. C SA B44-00 Update 1 and later editions shall have the

354
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

two-way communications means checked by pressing elevator, and all persons who use special purpose per­
the "HELP" button in the car to verify that the visual sonnel elevators and wind turbine tower elevators, shall
indicator [ 2.27.l.l.3(c)] is functional and that the answer­ be given a copy of these procedures and all necessary
ing authorized personnel can receive the building loca­ training to assure that they understand and comply with
tion and elevator number [ 2.27.l.l.3(d)]; and the procedures.
(c) Where communications from the building into the
8.6.11 .5.5 These procedures shall be available to
elevator is provided, check the two-way communica­
authorized elevator and emergency personnel.
tions means to each car.
8.6. 1 1 . 5 . 6 A record of authorized personnel
8.6. 1 1 .3 Access Keys. Keys required for access,
trained, and all persons who use special purpose person­
operation, inspection, maintenance, repair, and emer­
nel elevators, as specified in 8.6.1 1.5.4, shall be kept on
gency access shall be made available only to personnel
the premises where the elevator is located and shall be
in the assigned security level , in accordance with
available to the authority having jurisdiction .
Section 8.1.
NOTE ( 8 . 6 . 1 1 . 5 ) : S e e ASME A1 7.4, Guide f o r Emergency
8.6.1 1 .4 Cleaning of a Car and Hoistway Transparent Personnel.
Enclosure
8.6.1 1 .6 Escalators and Moving Walks Startup and
8.6.1 1 .4.1 The cleaning of the exterior of trans­
Procedures
parent car enclosures or transparent hoistway enclosures
from inside the hoistway shall be performed only by 8.6.1 1 .6.1 (16)
authorized personnel (see Section 1.3) trained in compli­ (a) Escalators and moving walks shall be started only
ance with the procedures specified in 8.6.1 1.4.2 and by authorized personnel (see Section 1.3) trained in com­
8.6.1 1.4.3. pliance with the procedures specified in 8.6.1 1.6.2
through 8.6.1 1.6.4.
8.6.11 .4.2 A written cleaning procedure shall be
(b) Stopped escalators shall not be used as a means
made and kept on the premises where the elevator is
located and shall be available to the authority having of access or egress by non-authorized personnel and
jurisdiction. shall be properly barricaded if accessible to the general
public to prevent such use .
8.6.11 .4.3 The procedure shall identify the haz­
NOTE: Proper barricades are described in the Elevator Industry
ards and detail the safety precautions to be utilized.
Field Employees' Safety Handbook Escalator /Moving Walk
8.6. 1 1 .4.4 All personnel assigned to cleaning Barricades.
shall be given a copy of these procedures and all neces­ 8.6.11 .6.2 The following procedure shall be uti­
sary training to assure that they understand and comply lized when starting an escalator or moving walk :
with the procedures. (a) Prior to starting the unit, observe the steps or
8.6.1 1 .4.5 A record of authorized personnel pallets and both landing areas to ensure no persons are
trained as specified in 8.6.1 1.4.4 shall be kept on the on the unit or about to board. Run the unit away from
premises where the elevator is located and shall be avail­ the landing.
able to the authority having jurisdiction. (b) Verify correct operation of the starting switch.
(c) Verify correct operation of the stop buttons.
8 . 6 . 1 1 . 5 E m e rgen cy Evacuation Proce d u res for
(d) Verify correct operation of each stop button cover
Elevators
alarm, if furnished.
8.6.1 1 .5.1 T he evacuation of passengers from (e) Visually examine the steps or treadway for dam­
stalled elevators shall be performed only by authorized, aged or missing components; combplates for broken or
elevator, and emergency personnel (see Section 1 .3) in missing teeth; skirt or dynamic skirt panels and balus­
compliance with the procedures specified in 8.6.1 1.5.2 trades for damage.
through 8.6.1 1.5.6. (f) Verify that both handrails travel at substantially
8.6.11 .5.2 A written emergency evacuation pro­ the same speed as the steps or the treadway, are free
cedure shall be made and kept on the premises where from damage or pinch points, and that entry guards are
an elevator is located. in place .
(g) V isually verify that all steps, pallets, or the
8.6.11 .5.3 The procedure shall identify the haz­ treadway is properly positioned.
ards. The procedure shall also detail the safety precau­ (h) Verify that ceiling intersection guards, anti-slide
tions utilized in evacuating passengers from a stalled devices, deck barricades, and caution signs are securely
elevator. in place .
8.6.1 1 . 5 .4 All authorized personnel who are (i) Verify that demarcation lighting is illuminated, if
assigned to assist in evacuating passengers from a stalled furnished.

355
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(j) Check for uniform lighting on steps /tread not con­ 8.6.1 1 .1 0.2 Alternative Test Method and Tools
trasting with surrounding areas. (a) An alternative test method shall be
(k) Verify that the safety zone is clear of obstacles and (1) based on sound engineering principles
that the landing area and adjacent floor area are free (2) validated and documented v ia engineering tests
from foreign matter and slipping or tripping hazards. (b) The method, measuring devices, and tools shall
(l) Check for any unusual noise or v ibration during be capable of producing reliable and consistent measure­
operation. ments, suitable for the intended measurement. The mon­
If any of the conditions in 8.6.ll.6.2(a) through (1) is itoring and calibration of the measuring devices or tools
unsatisfactory, the unit shall be placed out of service. shall be in accordance with the provider 's guidelines.
Barricade the landing areas and notify the responsible
party of the problem.
8.6.1 1 .10.3 Alternative Test Method Procedure. (1 6)
8.6.11 .6.3 Escalators and mov ing walks subject The alternative test method shall
to 2 4-h operation shall be checked daily by authorized (a) include requirements to obtain and verify car and
personnel. counterweight masses if necessary for the test
(b) have a procedure document that
8.6. 1 1 .6.4 A record of author ized personnel
trained as specified in 8.6.1 1.6.2 shall be kept on the (1) defines the permissible equipment range and
premises where the escalator(s) or mov ing walk(s) or limitations regarding use
both is located and shall be available to the authority (2) establishes monitoring and calibration criteria
having jurisdiction. for tools or measuring devices as appropriate
(3) defines the test setup procedure
8.6.1 1.7 Operating Instructions for Means Specified (4) prov ides instructions on how to interpret results
in 2 . 7. 5 . 1 . 1 or 2 . 7 . 5 . 2 . 1 . A w r itten procedure for and correlate the results to pass-fail criteria
operating the means shall be posted in a permanent (c) describe how to correlate no-load test results with
manner in plain v iew at an appropriate location on or previously acquired full-load and no-load results
adjacent to the means (see 2.7.5.1.1 or 2.7.5.2.1). The (d) be included in the maintenance control program
posting shall conform to ANSI Z535.4 or CAN /CSA [see 8.6.1.2.l(a)]
Z32 1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). (e) include the information required by 8.6.l.2.2(b)(5)
8.6.1 1 .8 Egress and Reentry Procedure From Working where applicable, and
Areas in 2.7.5.1.3 or 2.7.5.2.3. A written procedure to (f) require a report conforming to 8.6.1 1.10.4
outline the method for egress and reentry shall be posted
8.6.1 1 .1 0.4 Alternative Test Method Report. The
in a permanent manner in plain view at an appropriate
alternative test method report shall
locat ion at the egress /reentry point (see 2.7.5.1.3 or
(a) identify the alternative test tool (make /model)
2.7.5.2.3). The posting shall conform to ANSI Z535.4 or
used to perform the test
CAN /CSA Z32 1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
(b) identify the company performing the tests, names
8.6. 1 1 .9 Operating I n structions for Retractable of personnel conducting and witnessing the tests, and
Platforms. A written procedure to outline the method testing dates
for the use of retractable platforms shall be posted in (c) contain all required printouts or record of tests
a permanent manner in plain v iew at an appropriate requ ired to demonstrate compliance to the test ing
location on or adjacent to the retractable platform (see requirement that were gathered during an acceptance
2.7.5.3.1). The posting shall conform to ANSI Z535.4 or test
CAN /CSA Z32 1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). (d) identify which results from the baseline test are
to be used for future compliance evaluation
8.6. 1 1 . 1 0 Category 5 Tests Without Load Via
(e) record the car and counterweight masses that were
Alternative Test Methodologies
obtained per 8.6.l l.10.3(a) during the acceptance test
8.6.1 1 . 1 0.1 Where Perm itted. Alternat ive test and during any subsequent Category 5 test if required
methods without load are permitted for Category 5 test­ by test method
ing subject to approval by the authority having jurisdic­ (f) contain all subsequent Category 5 results w ith
tion of pass-fail conclusions regarding Code compliance
(a) car and counterweight safeties per 8.6.4.20.1 (g) remain on site or shall be available to elevator
(b) oil buffers per 8.6.4.20.3 personnel and the authority having jurisdiction
(c) driv ing-machine brakes per 8.6.4.20.4, and
8 . 6 . 1 1 . 1 1 Exa m i n ation After Sh utdown D u e to (1 6)
(d) braking system, traction, and traction limits per
Traction Loss. Where the traction-loss detection means
8.6.4.20.10
has been actuated [see 2.20.8.1 and 8.6.l.2.2(b)(5)], the
NOTE: See Section 8.10, Note (2). elevator shall not be returned to service until a physical

356
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

examination of the drive sheave and suspension means SECTIO N 8.7

has been conducted. The elevator shall not be moved ALTERATIONS
until all passengers are out of the elevator and the eleva­
tor is posted out-of-service. In addition to the Section 8 .7 applies to alterations .
suspension-means evaluation criteria in 8.ll.2.l.3(cc), NOTES:
any suspension-means or drive-sheave condition that (1) See Nonmandatory Appendix L for an index of the require
would adversely affect the traction capability of the sys­ ments for alterations.
tem (see 2.2 4.2.3) shall be corrected before returning the (2) See Section 8.6 for maintenance, repair, and replacement
elevator to service. requirements.

NOTE: See lockout/tagout procedures in Elevator Industry Field 8.7.1 General Requirements
Employees' Safety Handbook for procedure for removing the eleva
tor from service. 8.7.1 .1 Applicability of Alteration Requirements.
When any alteration is performed, regardless of any
8.6.1 1 . 1 2 Examination After Safety Application. other requirements of Section 8.7, the installation, as a
After any safety application on a traction elevator has minimum, shall conform to the following applicable
occurred, whether due to testing or during normal ser­ Code requirements:
vice, the driving-machine sheave, all other sheaves, (a) the Code at the time of installation
where furnished, and retainers and suspension members (b) the Code requirements for the alteration at the
shall be examined throughout their complete length to time of any alteration
ensure that all suspension members are properly seated (c) ASME A 17.3 if adopted by the authority having
in their respective sheaves, and that no damage has jurisdiction
occurred to sheaves, suspension members, or retainers .
The elevator shall not be returned to service until this 8.7.1.2 Items Not Covered in Section 8.7. Where an
physical examination has been conducted and any alteration not specifically covered in Section 8.7 is made,
repairs made, if necessary. it shall not diminish the level of safety below that which
existed prior to the alteration. See also Section 1.2.
8.6.1 1.13 Occupant Evacuation Operation. All ele­
vators provided with Occupant Evacuation Operation 8.7. 1 .3 Testing. Where alterations are made, accept- (1 6)
shall be subjected, by authorized personnel, to a check of ance inspections and tests shall be conducted as required
the operation in conjunction with the fire alarm system by 8 .10 .2 .3 for electric elevators, 8 .10 .3.3 for hydraulic
testing in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 7 2. elevators, or 8.10.4.2 for escalators and moving walks.
Deficiencies shall be corrected. A record of findings shall See also 8 .10 .1 .5 .
be available to elevator personnel and the authority hav ­ 8.7.1.4 Welding. Welding of parts on which the
ing jurisdiction. support of the car, counterweight, escalator, or moving
walk depends, including driving machines, escalator, or
8 . 6 . 1 1 . 1 4 Examination After Sh utdown Due to
moving walks, trusses, girders, and tracks, shall conform
Broken-Suspension-Member Detection Means. After
to Section 8.8 and 8.7.1.5.
any application of the broken-suspension-member
detection means, whether due to testing or during nor­ 8 . 7 . 1 . 5 Design. Design shall be verified by a
mal service, the driving-machine sheave, all other licensed professional engineer for welding, repair, cut­
sheaves, where furnished, and retainers and suspension ting, or splicing of members upon which the support
members shall be examined throughout their complete of the car, counterweight, escalator, or moving walks,
length to ensure that all suspension members are prop­ trusses, girders, and tracks depends.
erly seated in their respective sheaves, and that no dam­
age has occurred to sheaves, suspension members, or 8.7.1 .6 Temporary Wiring. During alterations, tem­
retainers. The elevator shall not be returned to service porary wiring shall be permitted. The electrical protec­
until this physical examination has been conducted and tive devices of cars in normal operation shall not be
rendered inoperative or ineffective.
any repairs made, if necessary. Where a single suspen­
sion member has been damaged or broken, the entire 8.7. 1 . 7 Repairs and Replacements. Repairs and
suspension means shall be replaced in accordance with replacements shall conform to 8.6.2 and 8.6.3.
8.6.3.2.
8.7.1 .8 Code Data Plate. A data plate shall be pro­
(1 6) 8.6.1 1 . 1 5 Presence of Elevator Personnel When vided as required by 8.6.1.5. In jurisdictions enforcing
Motor Controllers Are Located in Public Spaces. Elevator NBCC, the data plate required by 8.9.1 shall include the
personnel are to maintain a closed and locked motor code and edition in effect at the time of alteration and
controller door when they are not present at the control­ the requirements in Section 8.7 that were applicable to
ler cabinet (see 2.7.6.3.2). the alteration.

357
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8.7.1 .9 Alterations Involving SIL Rated Device(s) (See of the building code. The horizontal clearances for the
Section 1 .3) added elevator and the clearances between the added
(a) A SIL rated device(s) used to satisfy 2.26.4.3.2, car and adjacent cars shall conform to Section 2.5.
2.26. 8.2, 2.26.9.3.2(b) , 2.26.9.5.l (b), or 2.26.9.6.l (b) shall
8.7.2.1.3 Construction at Top of Hoistway. Any
not be alteration to the construction at the top of the hoistway
(1) modified such that the modification invalidates
shall conform to 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.3. See also 8.7.2.4.
the listing/ certification or
(2) affected by other alteration(s) such that the 8.7.2.1 .4 Construction at Bottom of Hoistway. Any
listing/certification is invalidated alteration to the construction at the bottom of the
(b) Where a SIL rated device (see Section 1.3 ) used to hoistway shall conform to 2.1.2. 2 , 2.1.2.3 , and Section 2.2.
satisfy 2.26.4.3.2, 2.26. 8.2, 2.26.9.3.2(b), 2.26.9.5.l (b), or See also 8.7.2.4.
2.26.9.6.l (b) is replaced with a non-SIL rated device, the 8.7.2.1 .5 Control of Smoke and Hot Gases. Alter­
replacement shall meet the applicable requirements of ations to a hoistway that affect the means used to prevent
2. 2 6. 4. 3.1, 2. 2 6. 8. 2 , 2. 2 6. 9. 3. 2 (a) , 2. 2 6. 9. 5.l (a) , and the accumulation of smoke and hot gases in case of fire
2.26.9.6.l (a). shall conform to 2.1.4.
(c) W here a non-SIL rated device used to satisfy
2. 2 6. 4. 3.1, 2. 2 6. 8. 2 , 2. 2 6. 9. 3. 2 (a) , 2. 2 6. 9. 5. l (a) , or 8.7.2.2 Pits (1 6)
2.2 6.9.6.l (a) is replaced with a SIL rated device, the 8.7.2.2.1 Alterations made to the pit shall con-
replacement shall meet the applicable requirements of form to 2.1.2.3 and Section 2.2. See also 8.7.2.4.
2. 2 6. 4. 3. 2 , 2. 2 6. 8. 2 , 2.2 6. 9.3. 2 (b) , 2.2 6. 9. 5. l (b) , and
2.26.9.6.l (b). 8.7.2.2.2 Where a surface-mounted sump pump
(d) Where a SIL rated device used to satisfy 2.26.4.3.2, is added to an existing pit, the installation shall conform
2.2 6. 8. 2 , 2.2 6.9.3. 2 (b) , 2.2 6.9.5.l (b) , or 2.2 6.9.6.l (b) is to the following:
replaced with a SIL rated device that is not the original (a) The pump and any attachment thereof shall not
manufacturer's listed/certified SIL rated device or the be located in the refuge space or affect the clearances
original manufacturer's listed/ certified SIL rated specified in 2.4.1.
replacement device, the replacement shall meet the (b) The pump and any attachment thereof shall not
applicable requirements of 2. 2 6. 4. 3. 2 , 2. 2 6. 8. 2 , restrict or infringe upon the pit access.
2.26.9.3.2(b), 2.26.9.5.l (b) , and 2.26.9.6.l(b). (c) Requirement 2.2.2.4.
(e) An up-to-date Maintenance Control Program (d) Requirement 2.2.2.5.
(8.6.1.2.1) and wiring diagrams (8.6.1.6.3 ) shall be pro­ 8.7.2.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights.
vided where they are affected by an alteration involving Where new counterweights are installed or where coun­
a SIL rated device (see Section 1.3 ). terweights are relocated, their location, guarding, and
clearances shall conform to Section 2.3 and 2.5.1.2. The
8. 7 .2 Alterations to Electric Elevators installation shall also conform to Section 2.6.
8.7.2.1 Hoistway Enclosures 8.7.2.4 Vertical Car and Counterweight Clearances
8.7.2.1.1 Hoistway Enclosure Walls. Where alter­ and Runbys. No alteration shall reduce any clearance
ations are made to any portion of a hoistway enclosure or runby below that required by Section 2.4. Existing
wall, that portion which is altered shall conform to the clearances shall be permitted to be maintained, except
following: as required by 8.7.2.17.1, 8.7.2.17.2, and 8.7.2.2 5.2.
(a) Requirement 2.1.1. 8 . 7 . 2 . 5 H o rizontal Car a n d Co unterweight
(b) Requirement 2.1.5. Clearances. No alteration shall reduce any clearance
(c) Requirement 2.1.6. below that required by Section 2.5. Existing clearances
(d) Section 2.5. shall be permitted to be maintained, except as required
(e) Requirement 2.7.3.4.6. by 8.7.2.17.2.
(f) Section 2. 8.
(g) Requirement 8.7.2.10, where the portion of the
8.7.2.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways.
wall that is altered includes an entrance assembly. Where alterations are made to an elevator or the building
such that any space below the hoistway is not perma­
(h) Where a hoistway is altered so as to create a single
nently secured against access, the affected installation
blind hoistway, entrances and emergency doors shall be
shall conform to Section 2.6.
provided as required by 2.11.1.
8. 7 . 2 . 1 . 2 Add ition of Elevator to Existing 8.7.2.7 Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control
Hoistway. Where an elevator is added to an existing Spaces, and Control Rooms
hoistway, the number of elevators in that multiple 8.7.2.7.1 Enclosures. Where an alteration consists
hoistway shall be in accordance with the requirements of the construction of new machinery spaces, machine

358
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

rooms, control spaces, or control rooms, it shall conform (c) W here an alteration is made to any hoistway
to Section 2.7. Electrical equipment clearances shall con­ entrance, it shall conform to 2.1 1.3, 2.1 1.5, 2.1 1.7, 2.1 1.8,
form to NFPA 70 or CSA-C 2 2.1, whichever is applicable. and 8.7.2.10.5. The entire installation shall also conform
Where alterations are made to any portion of machinery to Sections 2.1 2 and 2.13, 2.1 4.5.7, and 2.29.2.
spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, or control rooms, (d) Where an emergency door is added or altered, it
that portion which is altered shall conform to Section 2.7. shall conform to 2 .1 1 .1 and 8 .7 .2 .10 .5 .
(e) Where access openings for cleaning are installed,
8.7.2.7.2 Means of Access. Any alteration that
they shall conform to 2.1 1.1.4 and 8.7.2.10.5.
affects the safe and convenient means of access to a
machine room, machinery space, control space, or con­ 8.7.2. 1 0.2 Horizontal Slide-Type Entrances. In
trol room shall conform to 2.7.3.1, 2.7.3.2, and 2.7.3.3 to addition to the requirements of 8.7.2.10.1, where any
the extent existing conditions permit. new horizontal slide-type entrance is installed, it shall
conform to 2.1 1.1 1.
8.7.2.7.3 Access Doors and Openings. Where an
New components that are installed as part of an alter­
alteration is made to any access door or opening, it shall
conform to 2.7.3.4. Where an alteration is made to an ation to an entrance shall conform as follows:
access door in an overhead machinery space, a stop (a) Landing sills shall conform to 2.1 1.10.1, 2.1 1.1 1.1,
switch shall be provided conforming to 2.7.3.5. and 2.1 1.1 1.6.
(b) Hanger tracks and track supports shall conform
8.7.2.7.4 Headroom. No alteration shall reduce to 2.1 1.1 1.2.
the headroom below that required by 2.7.4, or the (c) Entrance frames shall conform to 2.1 1.1 1.3. An
existing headroom, whichever is less. applied frame shall be permitted to be fastened to an
8.7.2.7.5 Windows and Skylights. Alterations existing frame, provided that the combination of the new
made to windows and skylights shall conform to 2.1.5. and existing frames conforms to 2.1 1.1 1.3, 2.1 1.1 1.5.1,
2 .1 1 .1 1 .5 .2, and 2 .1 1 .1 1 .5 .3.
8.7.2.7.6 Lighting. No alteration shall be made (d) Hangers shall conform to 2.1 1.1 1.4.
that diminishes the lighting of a machine room or (e) Panels shall comply with 2.1 1.1 1.5, 2.1 1.1 1.6, and
machinery space below that required by 2.7.9.1. 2 .1 1 .1 1 .7, except that the overlap required by 2 .1 1 .1 1 .5 .1
shall be not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.).
8.7.2.7.7 Ventilation. No alteration shall be made
that diminishes the ventilation of a machine room or (f) Door safety retainers shall conform to 2.1 1.1 1.8.
machinery space below that required by 2.7.9.2. 8.7.2.1 0.3 Vertical Slide-Type Entrances. In addi­
8.7.2.8 Electrical Eq uipment, Wiring, Pipes, and tion to the requirements of 8.7.2.10.1, where any new
Ducts in Hoistways and Machine Rooms. The installa­ vertical slide-type entrance is installed, it shall conform
tion of any new, or the alteration of existing, electrical to 2.1 1.1 2.
equipment, wiring, raceways, cables, pipes, or ducts New components that are installed as part of an alter­
shall conform to the applicable requirements of ation to an entrance shall conform as follows:
Section 2.8. (a) Landing sills shall conform to 2.1 1.10.3 and
2.1 1.1 2.1.
8.7.2.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and (b) Entrance frames shall conform to 2.1 1.1 2.2.
Foundations. Where new machinery and sheave beams, (c) Rails shall conform to 2 .1 1 .1 2 .3.
supports, foundations, or supporting floors are installed, (d) Panels shall conform to 2.1 1.1 2.3through 2.1 1.1 2.6,
relocated, or where alterations increase the original and 2.1 1.1 2.8.
building design reactions by more than 5%, they shall (e) Guides shall conform to 2 .1 1 .1 2 .5 .
conform to Section 2.9, and the adequacy of the affected
(f) Sill guards shall conform to 2.1 1.1 2.7.
building structure to support the loads shall be verified
(g) Pull straps shall conform to 2.1 1.1 2.8.
by a licensed professional engineer .
8.7.2.10 Entrances and Hoistway Openings 8.7.2.1 0.4 Swing-Type Entrances. In addition to
the requirements of 8.7.2.10.1, where any new swing­
(1 6) 8.7.2.1 0.1 General Requirements type entrance is installed, it shall conform to 2 .1 1 .13.
(a) Where all new hoistway entrances are installed, New components that are installed as part of alter­
they shall conform to Sections 2.1 1, 2.1 2, and 2.13; ation to an entrance shall conform as follows:
2 .1 4 .5 .7 ; and 2 .29 .2 . (a) Landing sills shall conform to 2.1 1.10.1, 2.1 1.10.3,
(b) Where one or more, but not all, new hoistway and 2.1 1.13.1.
entrances are installed, they shall conform to 2.1 1.2 (b) Entrance frames shall conform to 2.1 1.13.2 and
through 2.1 1.8 and 8.7.2.10.5. The entire installation shall 2.1 1.13.4.
also conform to 2.1 1.6, Sections 2.1 2 and 2.13, 2.1 4.5.7, (c) Panels shall conform to 2.1 1.13.3, 2.1 1.13.4, and
and 2.29.2. 2 .1 1 .13.5 .

359
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(d) Hinges shall conform to 2.1 1.13.4. (d) In elevators with a parking device, means shall
not be permitted to turn off the lighting inside the car.
8.7.2.1 0.5 Marking of Entrance Assemblies
(a) In jur isd ict ions enforcing the NBCC, when an 8 . 7 . 2 . 1 1 . 4 Access Switc h es and U nlocking
entrance or door panel is altered, the following shall Devices. Where the alteration consists of the installation
apply: of hoistway access sw itches and / or hoistway door
(1) It shall have the fire protection rating not less unlocking devices, the installation shall conform to
than that of the existing entrance assembly. (a) requ irements 2.1 2.6 and 2.2 4.8.3 for unlocking
(2) It shall be labeled in accordance with NBCC. devices
(b) In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, the following (b) requirements 2.1 2.7, 2.2 4.8, and 2.26.1.4 for access
shall apply: switches
(1) In fire-res ist ive construct ion, new hoistway 8.7.2.1 1 .5 Restricted Opening of Hoistway Doors or
entrances or door panels shall conform to 2 .1 1 .1 4 Car Doors of Passenger Elevators. Where a dev ice that
through 2.1 1.18, except for the following : restricts the opening of hoistway doors or car doors is
(-a) existing metal frames altered or installed, the device shall conform to 2.1 4.5.7.
(-b) existing tracks, sills, and sill supports
(-c) applied frames
8.7.2.1 2 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors. Where
the alteration consists of the addition of, or alteration
8.7.2. 1 1 Hoistway Door Locking Devices, Access to, power opening or power closing of hoistway doors,
Switches, and Parking Devices the installation shall conform to 8.7.2.10.1, 8.7.2.10.2,
8.7.2.10.3, and 8.7.2.10.5. All new equipment and wiring
(1 6) 8.7.2.1 1 .1 Interlocks. Where the alteration con- shall conform to 8.7.2.8 and 2.26.4.2.All modified equip­
sists of the installation of hoistway door interlocks, the ment and wiring shall conform to 8.7.2.8.
installation shall conform to 2.1 2.1, 2.1 2.2, 2.1 2.4 through
2.1 2.7, 2.1 4.5.7, and 2.2 4.8.3. 8 . 7 . 2 . 1 3 Door Reopening Device. W here a
reopening dev ice for power-operated car doors or gates
8 . 7 . 2 . 1 1 . 2 Mech anical Locks and Electric is added or is part of an alteration to the door system,
Contacts. Where the alteration consists of the installa­ the following requirements shall apply:
tion of hoistway door combination mechanical locks and (a) Requirement 2.13.4.
electric contacts, the installation shall conform to 2.1 2.1, (b) Requirement 2.13.5.
2.1 2.3, 2.1 2.4, 2.1 2.6, and 2.2 4.8.
(c) When Firefighters' Emergency Operation is pro­
(1 6) 8.7.2.1 1 .3 Parking Devices. Where an alteration v ided, door reopen ing dev ices and door closing on
is performed to an elevator operated from within the Phase I and Phase II shall comply with the requirements
car only, the installation shall conform to the following applicable at the time of installation of the Firefighters'
requirements : Emergency Operation .
(a) An elevator parking device shall be provided at 8.7.2.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and
every elevator land ing that is equ ipped w ith an Car Illumination
unlocking device, if
(1) the doors are not automatically unlocked when 8.7.2.1 4.1 Where an alteration consists of the (16)
the car is within the unlocking zone (see 2.1 2.1) installation of a new car, the installation shall conform
(2) the doors are not operable from the landing by to Section 2.1 4, except 2.1 4.5.7, and Sections 2.15 and
a door open button or floor button 2.17 (see also 8.7.2.15.1).
(b) Elevator parking devices shall be permitted to be 8.7.2.1 4.2 The following requirements shall be (1 6)
provided at other landings. conformed to where alterations are made to existing
(c) Elevator parking devices shall conform to the fol­ cars:
lowing requirements: (a) Car enclosures shall conform to 2.1 4.1.2.
(1) They shall be located at a height not greater (b) Where an alteration is made to a top emergency
than 2 108 mm (83 in.) above the floor. exit, or where a new one is installed, it shall conform
(2) T hey shall be mechan ically or electr ically to 2.1 4.1.5.
operated. (c) Where an alteration consists of the installation of
(3) They shall be designed and installed so that glass in an elevator car, it shall conform to 2.1 4.1.8.
friction or sticking or the breaking of any spring used (d) Any equipment added to an elevator car shall
in the dev ice will not permit opening or unlocking a door conform to 2.1 4.1.9.
when the car is outside the landing zone of that floor. (e) All side emergency ex its shall be permanently
(4) Springs, where used, shall be of the restrained fixed in the closed posit ion. T he corresponding side
compression type, which will prevent separation of the emergency exit on an adjacent car shall also be fixed in
parts in case the spring breaks. the closed position.

360
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(f) Any alteration to passenger car ventilation shall 8.7.2.14.5.2 Where conformance with 2.1 4.1.7
conform to 2.1 4.2.3. is not possible due to existing overhead conditions, a
(g) Any alteration to car illumination or lighting fix­ stowable design, e.g., foldable or collapsible, shall be
hires shall conform to 2.1 4.7. permitted provided that
(h) Where partitions are installed in elevator cars for (a) when the railing is in the fully stowed position,
the purpose of reducing the inside net platform areas the car shall be permitted to operate in any mode of
for passenger use, they shall conform to 2.16.1.2. Where operation except top-of-car inspection operation.
conditions do not permit symmetrical loading, guide (b) when the railing is in the fully extended position,
rails, car frames, and platforms shall be capable of sus­ the car shall be permitted to operate only in top-of-car
taining the resulting stresses and deflections. inspection operation in accordance with 2 .26 .1 .4 .2 .
(i) Where an alteration consists of the installation of (c) when the railing is neither stowed nor in the fully
a car door or gate on an existing elevator car, the installa­ extended position, the car shall not be permitted to
tion shall conform to 2 .1 4 .4; 2 .1 4 .5, except 2 .1 4 .5 .7 ; and operate.
2.1 4.6. (d) switches used to monitor the stowed position shall
8.7.2. 1 4.3 In jurisdictions not enforcing the have contacts that are positively opened mechanically
NBCC, where any alteration is made to the car enclosure, when the railing is moved from its stowed position.
other than as specified in 8.7.2.1 4.2, the installation shall (e) switches used to monitor the fully extended posi­
conform to the following : tion shall have contacts that are positively opened
(a) Where an existing metal enclosure is retained and mechanically when the railing is moved from its fully
new material, other than metal, is installed, the car enclo­ extended position.
sure shall conform to the 2.1 4.2.1.1. (f) the occurrence of a single ground, or the failure
(b) Where an existing enclosure other than as speci­ of a contactor, a relay, or any single solid-state device,
fied in 8.7.2.1 4.3(a) is retained and new material is or a failure of a software system in the circuits incorpo­
installed, the new material and adhesive shall conform rating these switches shall not permit operation other
to the following requirements, based on the tests con­ than as specified in 8.7.2.1 4.5.2(a), (b), or (c).
ducted in accordance with the requirements of (g) means shall be provided to prevent upward move­
AST M E8 4, ANSI/UL 7 23, or CAN /ULC-S 10 2: ment of the car beyond the point required to maintain
(1) flame spread rating of 0 to 75 top-of-car clearances when the railing is not in the fully
(2) smoke development of O to 450 stowed position. Activation of the means shall not cause
If the material or combination of materials installed an average retardation exceeding 9.8 1 m /s 2 (32.2 ft /s 2) .
exceeds 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) in thickness, the car enclosure (h) when in the fully extended position, the railing
shall conform to 2.1 4.2.1.1. shall meet the requirements of 2.10.2, and shall be
(c) Napped, tufted, woven, looped, and similar mate­ designed to prevent accidental disengagement.
rials shall conform to 2.1 4.2.1.1 or 8.7.2.1 4.3(b), 8.3.7, and (i) the force required to extend or retract the railing
8.3.8. Adhesives shall conform to 8.7.2.1 4.3(b). shall not exceed 2 20 N (50 lbf) .
(d) Floor covering, underlayment, and its adhesive
shall have a critical radiant flux of not less than 8.7.2.1 5 Car Frames and Platforms
0 .45 W /cm 2 as measured by AST M E6 48. 8 . 7 . 2 . 1 5 . 1 Alterations to Car Fra m es a n d
(e) Handrails, operating devices, ventilating devices, Platforms. Where alterations are made to a car frame
signal fixtures, audio and visual communications or platform, the frame and platform shall conform to
devices, and their housings are not required to conform Section 2 .15 .Where roller or similar-type guide shoes
to 8.7.2.1 4.3(a) through (d). are installed, that allow a definite limited movement of
8.7.2.14.4 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC, the car with respect to the guide rails, the clearance
where any alteration is made to the car enclosure, car between the safety jaws and rails of the car shall be such
doors, or car gates, other than as specified in 8.7.2.1 4.2, that the safety jaws cannot touch the rails when the car
the installation shall conform to 2.1 4.2.1.2, 2.1 4.2.1.3, and frame is pressed against the rail faces with sufficient
2.1 4.2.1.4, except that existing car enclosure materials force to take up all movement of the roller guides.
exposed to the hoistway are not required to conform to
the flame spread ratings. The existing flame spread rat­ 8.7.2.1 5.2 Increase or Decrease in Deadweight of (1 6)

ing shall not be diminished. Car. W here an alteration results in an increase or

decrease in the deadweight of the car that is sufficient
(1 6) 8.7.2.14.5 Addition of Car Top Railing. Where a to increase or decrease the sum of the deadweight and
car top railing is installed, the installation shall conform rated load, as originally installed, by more than 5%, the
to 8.7.2.1 4.5.1 or 8.7.2.1 4.5.2. installation shall conform to the following requirements :
8.7.2.14.5.1 The installation shall conform to (a) Section 2 .15, except the car platform guard (apron),
2.1 4.1.7. shall conform to 2.15.9 only to the extent the existing

361
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

pit shall permit, but in no case less than the leveling or 8.7.2.16.4 Increase in Rated Load. Where an alter- (16)
truck zone plus 75 mm (3 in.) ation involves an increase in the rated load, the installa-
(b) Section 2.16 tion shall conform to the following:
(c) Section 2.17 (a) Car doors or gates shall be provided at all car
(d) Section 2.18 entrances. Where new car doors or gates are installed,
they shall conform to 2.1 4.4; 2.1 4.5, except 2.1 4.5.7; and
(e) Section 2.20, except as specified in 8.7.2.2 1.4
2.1 4.6.
(f) Section 2 .2 1, except as covered by 8 .7 .2 .2 2 .2
(b) Section 2.15, except the car platform guard (apron)
(g) Section 2.2 2, except for 2.2 2.4.7, provided that con­ shall conform to 2.15.9 only to the extent the existing
formance with pit shall permit, but in no case less than the leveling or
(1) requirement 2.2 2.4.10 is established otherwise truck zone, plus 75 mm (3 in.).
(2) requirement 2.2 2.4.5.l(b) can be established by (c) Section 2.16.
other means such as adding a buffer switch conforming (d) Section 2.17.
to 2.26.2.2 2 (e) Section 2.18, except that the pitch diameters of
(h) Section 2 .23 existing governor sheaves are not required to conform
(i) Section 2 .2 4, except 2 .2 4 .1 to 2.18.7.
(j) requirement 8.7.2.9 (f) Section 2.19.
(g) Section 2.20, except as specified in 8.7.2.2 1.4.
8.7.2.16 Capacity, Loading, and Classification (h) Section 2.2 1, except as covered by 8.7.2.2 2.2.
(i) Section 2 .2 2, except 2 .2 2 .4 .5 .l(b), 2 .2 2 .4 .7, 2 .2 2 .4 .10,
(16) 8.7.2.1 6.1 Change in Type of Service. Where an
alteration consists of a change in type of service from and 2.2 2.4.1 1.
freight to passenger or passenger to freight, the installa­ (j) Section 2.23.
tion shall conform to (k) Section 2.2 4.
(a) requ irements 2.1 1.1 through 2.1 1.3, and 2.1 1.5 (I) Requirements 2.26.1.4 and 2.26.1.5.
through 2.1 1.8 (m) Requirement 2.26.5.
(b) Sections 2.1 2 and 2.13 (n) Requirement 8.7.2.9.
(c) Section 2.2 2, except 2.2 2.4.5.l(b), 2.2 2.4.7, 2.2 2.4.10, 8.7.2.1 7 Change in Rise or Rated Speed
and 2.2 2.4.1 1
(d) Sections 2.1 4 and 2.15, except the car platform 8.7.2.1 7.1 Increase or Decrease in Rise. Where an
guard (apron) shall conform to 2.15.9 only to the extent alteration involves an increase or decrease in the rise,
the existing pit shall permit, but in no case less than the the following requirements shall be conformed to:
leveling or truck zone, plus 75 mm (3 in.) (a) The terminal stopping dev ices shall be relocated
(e) Section 2.17, except that where gradual wedge­ to conform to Section 2.25.
clamp and drum-operated flexible guide-clamp safeties (b) Where the increase in rise is less than 4 570 mm
are reused, the stopping distances shall conform to the ( 180 in.), an existing winding-drum machine shall be
requirements of the Code at the time of installation [see permitted to be retained, provided the drum is of suffi­
ASME A 17.2, Table 2.29.2(c)] cient dimensions to serve the increased rise with not
(f) Section 2.18, except that the pitch diameters of less than one full tum of wire rope remaining on the
speed-governor sheaves and governor tension sheaves w inding drum when the car or counterweight has
are not required to conform to 2.18.7 reached its extreme limits of travel.
(g) Sections 2 .16; 2 .20, except as specified in 8 .7 .2 .2 1 .4; (c) The bottom and top clearances and runbys for cars
and 2.2 4 through 2.27, except 2.2 4.1 and counterweights shall conform to Section 2.4, except
as follows:
(h) Section 2.19
(1) Where the increase in rise is at the upper end
8.7.2.16.2 Change in Class of Loading. Where the of the hoistway, the existing bottom car clearance and car
class of loading of a freight elevator is changed, it shall and counterweight runby are not required to conform to
conform to 2.16.2 (see also 8.7.2.16.4). Where the freight Section 2.4. However, if existing clearances are less than
loading class of a passenger elevator is changed, it shall as required by Section 2 .4, they shall not be decreased
conform to 2.16.1.3. by the change in rise.
(2) Where the increase in rise is at the lower end
8 . 7 . 2 . 1 6 . 3 Carryi n g of Passe n gers o n Freight of the hoistway, the existing overhead car and counter­
Elevators. Where the alteration consists of a change in weight clearances are not requ ired to conform to
type of serv ice from a freight elevator to a freight elevator Section 2.4. However, if existing clearances are less than
permitted to carry passengers, the elevator shall conform as required by Section 2.4, they shall not be decreased
to 2.16.4. by the change in rise.

362
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(3) Where the decrease in rise is at the lowest end (2) exceed 1 m /s ( 200 ft /min) when spring buffers
of the rise, the installation shall conform to 2.2.4, 2.2.5, or elastomeric buffers are provided
2.2.6, and 2.2 1.4. Governors shall be adjusted to conform to 2.18.2.1
(d) Where the increase in rise creates a single blind and 2.18.2.2 (see also 8.7.2.27.3).
hoistway section greater than 1 1 m (36 ft) from sill to
8.7.2.1 7.3 Decrease in Rated Speed. Conformance
sill, the alteration shall comply with 2.1 1.1.2 and 2.1 1.1.3.
with the following requirements shall be required when
(1 6) 8.7.2.1 7.2 Increase in Rated Speed the alteration involves a decrease in the rated speed :
(a) Increase in the rated speed of a winding-drum (a) Where the bottom runbys and the top clearances
mach ine is proh ib ited , except as perm itted in for cars and counterweights are less than as required by
8.7.2.17.2(c). Section 2.4, they shall not be decreased by the speed
(b) Where the alteration involves an increase in the reduction.
rated speed, except as specified in 8 .7 .2 .17 .2(c), the fol­ (b) The tripping speed of the car speed governor and
lowing requirements shall be conformed to : the counterweight speed governor, where prov ided,
(1) The bottom runbys and the top clearances for shall be adjusted to conform to 2.18.2 for the new rated
cars and counterweights shall conform to 2.4.2 through car speed.
2.4.1 1. (c) T he capac ity and load ing shall conform to
(2) Hor izontal clearances shall conform to Section 2.16.
Section 2.5. (d) Capacity and data plates shall conform to 2.16.3,
(3) The car and counterweight buffers shall con­ except the information required by 2.16.3.2.2(d) shall
form to Section 2.2 2, except that existing buffers, where include the name of the company doing the alteration
retained, are not required to conform to 2.2 2.4.5.l(b), and the year of the alteration.
2.2 2.4.7, 2.2 2.4.10, and 2.2 2.4.1 1. (e) New electrical equipment and wiring shall con­
(4) Car doors or gates shall be provided at all car form to 2.26.4.1, 2.26.4.2, and 2.26.4.3.
entrances. Where new car doors or gates are installed,
they shall conform to Section 2 .1 4, except 2 .1 4 .5 .7 . 8.7.2.18 Car and Counterweight Safeties
(5) The car safety, the counterweight safety (where 8.7.2.18.1 Where the alteration consists of the
prov ided), and the governor shall conform to installation of new car safeties, the car safeties, car speed
Sections 2.17 and 2.18, except that the pitch diameters governor, and car gu ide rails shall conform to
of speed-gov ernor sheaves and governor ten s ion Sections 2.17, 2.18, and 2.23, except as noted in 8.7.2.19.
sheaves are not required to conform to 2.18.7. Where
the new rated speed is greater than 3.5 m /s (700 ft /min), 8.7.2.18.2 Where the alteration consists of the
compensating-rope tie-down shall be prov ided in com­ installation of new counterweight safeties, the counter­
pliance with 2.2 1.4.2. weight safet ies, counterweight speed governor, and
(6) T he capac ity and load ing shall conform to
counterweight guide rails shall conform to Sections 2.17,
Section 2.16. 2.18, and 2.23, except as noted in 8.7.2.19.
(7) The driving machine and sheaves shall conform 8.7.2.18.3 Where any alterations are made to
to Section 2 .2 4 . existing car or counterweight safeties, the affected safe­
(8) The terminal stopping devices shall conform to ties, governors, and guide rails shall conform to 2.17.1
Section 2.25. through 2 .17 .9 , 2 .17 .15, and Sections 2 .18 and 2 .23, except
(9) The operating devices and control equipment as noted in 8.7.2.19.
shall conform to Sect ion 2.26 , except that 2.26.4.1
8.7.2.18.4 Where existing rail reactions are not
through 2.26.4.3 shall apply only to the electrical wiring
and equipment altered. Requirement 2.26.4.4 does not increased by the installation of new safeties, the existing
apply. hoistway construction for bracket support need not be
modified.
(1 0) Suspension means and suspension member
connection shall conform to Section 2.20, except as speci­ 8.7.2.19 Speed Governors and Governor Ropes. (1 6)
fied in 8.7.2.2 1.4. Where any alteration is made to a speed governor, or
(11) Car overspeed protection and unintended car where a new governor is installed, it shall conform to
movement protection shall conform to Section 2.19. Section 2.18. Where there is a releasing carrier, it shall
(c) Where the increase in rated speed does not exceed conform to 2.17.15.
10% and does not exceed 0.20 m /s ( 40 ft /min), and is Governor ropes of a different material, or construction
a result of a power supply change, and the new motor than originally specified by the governor manufacturer
speed cannot match the existing motor speed, the instal­ shall be permitted, provided that
lation is not required to conform to 8.7.2.17.2(b), except (a) there is conformance with 2.18.6 and 2.18.7, except
that the new rated speed shall not that the pitch diameters of existing governor sheaves
(1) exceed 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min) for Type A safeties and tension sheaves are not required to conform to 2 .18 .7

363
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(b) a test is made of the car or counterweight safety 8.7.2.22.2 Rod-type counterweights shall be per­
and speed governor with the new rope to demonstrate mitted to be retained, provided they are equipped with
that the safety will function as required by 2.17.3 a minimum of two suspension rods and two tie rods.
Drum-operated safeties that require continuous ten­ The two suspension rods shall conform to 2.2 1.2.1 and
sion in the governor rope to achieve full safety applica­ 2.2 1.2.3 and shall be provided with locknuts and cotter
tion shall be checked as specified in 8.6.4.20.1. pins at each end. The tie rods shall conform to 2.2 1.1.2.
Means shall be provided on each side of the counter­
8.7.2.20 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended weight to maintain the distance between the top and
Car Movement Protection. T he requirements of bottom guide weights in the event the counterweight
Section 2.19 shall be conformed to where a device for lands on the buffer .
protection against ascending car overspeed and unin­
tended car movement is altered or installed . 8.7.2.22.3 W here roller or similar-type guide
shoes are installed, that allow a definite limited move­
8.7.2.21 Suspension Means and Their Connections ment of the counterweight with respect to the guide
(1 6) 8.7.2.21.1 Change in Suspension Members rails, the clearance between the safety jaws and rails of
the counterweight shall be such that the safety jaws
(a) Where the material, grade, number, or size of sus­
cannot touch the rails when the counterweight frame is
pension members is changed, the new suspension mem­
pressed against the rail faces with sufficient force to take
bers and their fastenings shall conform to Section 2 .20,
up all movement of the roller guides.
except as specified in 8.7.2.2 1.4. When existing sheaves
are retained using suspension members different from 8 . 7 . 2 . 2 3 Car and Counterweight Buffers and
those originally specified, the original elevator manufac­ Bumpers. Where alterations are made to car and coun­
turer or a licensed professional engineer shall certify terweight buffers or bumpers, they shall conform to
the sheave material to be satisfactory for the revised Section 2.2 2. The buffers are not required to conform to
application . 2.2 2.4.7 if
(b) Where there is a change to the type of suspension (a) the buffer 's load rating and properties defining
means, the installation shall conform to Section 2.20. method of absorbing and dissipating energy has not
been altered
8 . 7 . 2 . 2 1 . 2 Addition of Suspension-Member (b) the load rating of the buffer can be established by
Equalizers. Where suspension-member equalizers are other means such as using original design data, original
installed, they shall conform to 2.20.5. type testing data, marking plate, etc.
(1 6) 8 . 7 . 2 . 2 1 . 3 Addition of Auxiliary Suspension- (c) the conformance with 2 .2 2 .4 .5 .l(b) can be estab­
Member- Fastening Devices. W here auxiliary lished by other means such as adding a buffer switch
suspension-member-fastening devices are installed, conforming to 2.26.2.2 2
they shall conform to 2 .20 .10 . 8.7.2.24 Guide Rails, Supports, and Fastenings.
(16) 8.7.2 . 2 1 .4 Suspension Means Monitoring and Where alterations are made to car and counterweight
Protection guide rails, guide-rail supports, or guide-rail fastenings,
or where the stresses have been increased by more than
(a) If a traction-loss detection means is altered or
5%, the installation shall conform to Section 2.23. Guide
added, it shall comply with 2.20.8.1.
rails, supports, fastenings, and joints of different design
(b If a broken-suspension-member detection means
and construction than those provided for in Section 2.23
is altered or added, it shall comply with 2.20.8.2. shall be permitted to be retained provided they are in
(c) If a suspension member residual-strength detec­ accordance with sound engineering practice and will
tion means is altered or added, it shall comply with adequately maintain the accuracy of the rail alignment.
2.20.8.3.
(d) Elevators installed to editions prior to 8.7.2.25 Driving Machines and Sheaves
ASME A 17.1- 2007, including ASME A 17.la- 2008, are 8.7.2.2 5 . 1 Alterations to Driving Machines and (1 6)
exempt from the requirements of 2.20.8 and 2.20.1 1 if Sheaves
suspension means monitoring and protection were not (a) Where a driving machine is installed as part of an
previously provided or required by a subsequent alteration, the installation shall conform to 2.7.2 ;
alteration. Section 2.9; 2.10.1; Section 2.19; Section 2.20, except as
8.7.2.22 Counterweights specified in 8.7.2.2 1.4; Section 2.2 4; and 2.26.8. Require­
ment 2.7.2 applies to the extent existing installations
8.7.2.22.1 Where alterations are made to any permit.
part of a counterweight assembly, except guiding mem­ (b) Where alterations are made to driving-machine
bers, the installation shall conform to Section 2 .2 1, except components, the affected components shall conform to
as specified by 8.7.2.2 2.2. See also 8.7.2.3. 2.2 4.2 through 2.2 4.9 and 2.26.8.

364
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(c) Where an alteration consists of a change in the replacing the existing operation control, the installation
driving-machine sheave, the suspension means and their shall conform to the following :
connections shall conform to Section 2.20, except as spec­ (1) Requirements 2 .7 .2, 8 .7 .2 .7 .2, and 2 .7 .9 for the
ified in 8.7.2.2 1.4. The sheave shall conform to 2.2 4.2, newly installed equipment
2.2 4.3, and 2.2 4.4. (2) Requirement 8.7.2.8 and 2.26.4.2 for the newly
installed equipment
8.7.2.25.2 Change in Location of Driving Machine
(3) Section 2.19, except 2.19.2.2(a)(l) to 2.19.2.2(a)(3)
(a) W here the location of the driving machine is is not required if the Code at the time of the original
changed, the installation shall conform to 2.7.2, 2.7.6.3.1, installation was prior to ASME A 17.1- 2000
2.7.6.3.3, 2.7.6.4, 2.7.8, 2.7.9, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.19, 2.20, 2.2 4.1, (4) Requirement 2.26.9 for the newly installed
2. 2 4. 2.3, 2. 28, and 2. 29. 1. equipment
(b) W here the location of the driving machine is (5) Section 2.29
changed with an increase or decrease in rise, the installa­
(b) Where an operation controller is installed, and the
tion shall conform to 8.7.2.25.2(a) and 8.7.2.17.1.
type of operation control, if automatic remains auto­
8.7.2.26 Terminal Stopping Devices. Where an alter­ matic, or, if non-automatic remains continuous pressure,
ation is made to any terminal stopping device, the instal­ car switch, or other type of operation where the move­
lation shall conform to Section 2.25. ment or stopping of the car is under the manual control
of the operator (non-automatic), and the existing motion
8.7.2.27 Operating Devices and Control Equipment control equipment is retained, the installation shall con­
form to the following:
8.7.2.27.1 I n spection O peration and Inspection
(1) Requirements 2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.2, and 2.7.9 for the
Operation With Open Door Circuits
newly installed equipment
(a) Where there is an alteration to or addition of any
(2) Requirement 8.7.2.8 and 2.26.4.2 for the newly
type of inspection operation [see 2.26.1.4.l(a)], the alter­ installed equipment
ation shall conform to the applicable requirements in (3) Requirement 2.26.9.3.l(d) and (e), 2.26.9.3.2, and
2.26.1.4. 2.26.9.4 for the newly installed equipment
(b) Where there is an alteration to or addition of car (4) Section 2.29
door bypass or hoistway door b ypass switches, the alter­
ation shall conform to 2.26.1.5. NOTE: Where the installation of an operation control alters emer
gency operation and signaling devices, the requirements of
8.7.2.27.2 Car-Leveling or Truck-Zoning Devices. 8.7.2.28 apply.
Where there is an alteration to or addition of a car­
(c) Where both a motion controller and an operation
leveling device or a truck-zoning device, it shall conform
controller are installed without any change in the type
to 2.26.1.6.
of motion control as described in 8 .7 .2 .27 .4(a) and with­
8.7.2.27.3 Change in Power S u p p ly. W here an out any change in the type of operation control as
alteration consists of a change in power supply at the described in 8.7.2.27.4(b), the installation shall conform
mainline terminals of the elevator motion controller or to the following :
motor controller, involving one of the following, which­ (1) Requirements 2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.2, and 2.7.9 for the
ever is applicable: newly installed equipment
(a) change in voltage, frequency, or number of phases (2) Requirement 8.7.2.8 and 2.26.4.2 for the newly
(b) change from direct to alternating current or vice installed equipment
versa (3) Section 2.19
(c) change to a combination of direct and alternating (4) terminal stopping devices shall conform to
current Section 2.25
Electrical equipment shall conform to 2.26.1.1, 2.26.1.2, (5) the newly installed operating devices and con­
2 .26 .1 .3, 2 .26 .1 .4, 2 .26 .1 .6, 2 .26 .2, 2 .26 .6, 2 .26 .7, 2 .26 .9, and trol equipment shall conform to 2.26.1.2, 2.26.1.4,
2.26.10. All new and modified equipment and wiring 2.26.1.5, 2.26.1.6, 2.26.2 through 2.26.9, and 2.26.1 1
shall conform to 2.26.4.1, 2.26.4.2, and 2.26.4.3. (6) Requirement 2.27.2 applies when emergency
Brakes shall conform to 2.2 4.8 and 2.26.8. power is provided
Winding-drum machines shall be provided with final (7) in jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, 2.27.3
terminal stopping devices conforming to 2.25.3.5 [see through 2.27.9 apply
also 8 .7 .2 .17 .2(b)] . (-a) when travel is 8 m ( 25 ft) or more above or
below the designated landing; or
8.7.2.27.4 Controllers (-b) on installations when Firefighter s '
(a) Where a motion controller is installed, without Emergency Operation was required o r provided at the
any change in the type of motion control, and without time of installation

365
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(8) in jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, 2.27.3 through (g) Where conformance to 2.1 4.1.7.1 is not possible
2.27.9 apply only if Firefighters' Emergency Operation due to existing overhead conditions, an alternative solu­
was required or provided at the time of installation tion, acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, pro­
(9) Section 2.29 viding equivalency to 2.1 4.1.7.1 shall be permitted.
(d) Where a controller for the operation of hoistway (h) The car safety, the counterweight safety (where
doors, car doors, or car gates is installed, see 8.7.2.1 2. provided), and the governor shall conform to
(e) Where a controller for the elevator operation on Sections 2.17 and 2.18, except that
emergency or standby power systems or Firefighters' (1) where the safety factors required by 2.17.1 2.1
Emergency Operation is installed, see 8.7.2.28. cannot be ascertained, rated load testing shall be
accepted as demonstration of compliance, and
(16) 8.7.2.27.5 Change in Type of Motion Control. (2) the pitch diameter of speed-governor sheaves
Where there is a change in the type of motion control and governor tension sheaves are not required to con­
(the method of controlling acceleration, speed, retarda­ form to 2.18.7.4.
tion, and stopping), the installation shall conform to the (i) The capacity and loading shall conform to 2.16.8.
following : (j) Car overspeed protection and unintended move­
(a) Requirements 2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.2, and 2.7.9 for the ment protection shall conform to Section 2 .19 .
newly installed equipment (k) The terminal stopping devices shall conform to
(b) all new and modified electrical equipment and Section 2.25.
wiring to 8.7.2.8. (l) The operating devices and control equipment shall
(c) The protection of the hoistway landing openings conform to Section 2.26. The requirements of 2.26.4.2,
shall conform to 2.26.4.3, and 2.26.4.4 shall not apply to electrical equip­
(1) Requirement 2.1 1.1, except ment unchanged by the alteration.
(-a) existing entrance openings less than (m) In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, emergency
2 030 mm (79.9 in.) in height or 800 mm (31.5 in.) in operation and signaling devices shall be provided and
width are permitted to be retained shall conform to Section 2.27.
(-b) Requirement 2.1 1.1.4
In jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, the following shall
be complied with :
(2) Requirements 2.1 1.2 through 2.1 1.10,
(1) car emergency signaling devices complying
(3) Requirements 2.1 1.1 1.6 through 2.1 1.1 1.8, and
with 2.27.1, and
2.1 1.1 1.10
(2) emergency operation and signaling devices con­
(4) Requirement 2.1 1.1 2.8
forming to 2.27.2 through 2.27.9 where required by
(d) Section 2.1 2, except NBCC, or a prior edition of CSA B 4 4.
(1) a minimum engagement of 6 mm (0 .2 4 in .) is (n) Equipment and floors shall be identified as
permitted in 2.1 2.2.4.3 and required by Section 2.29.
(2) Requirement 2.1 2.4, where existing door locking
devices are being retained 8.7.2.27.6 Change in Type of Operation Control.
(e) Section 2.13
Where there is a change in the type of operation control,
from continuous pressure, car switch, or other type of
(J) Car enclosures and car doors or gates shall con­
operation where the movement or stopping of the car
form to Section 2.1 4, except that where existing car enclo­
is under the manual control of the operator, to any form
sures and /or car doors or gates are retained,
of automatic operation, or vice versa, the installation
conformance with the following requirements is not
shall conform to the following :
required :
(a) Pits to Section 2.2, except 2.2.2.1, 2.2.2.2, and
(1 ) Requirements 2.1 4.1.3, 2.1 4.1.5.1, 2.1 4.1.6.2,
2.2.2.5.
2.1 4.1.8, and 2.1 4.1.9
(b) Counterweight guarding to Section 2.3.
(2) Requirement 2.1 4.2.1, and 2.1 4.2.3 through
( c) Vertical clearances and runbys as required by
2.1 4.2.5 8.7.2.4.
(3) Requirements 2.1 4.2.6(d) and 2.1 4.2.6(f) (d) Horizontal car and counterweight clearances as
(4) Requirement 2.1 4.3 required by 8.7.2.5.
(5) Requirements 2.1 4.4.2.5 if existing interlocks or (e) Requirements 2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.2, 2.7.5, 2.7.6, and 2.7.9
contacts are retained, 2.1 4.4.3 and 2.1 4.4.6 for the newly installed equipment.
(6) Requirements 2.1 4.5.1, 2.1 4.5.6, and 2.1 4.5.8 (f) All new and modified electrical equipment and
(7) Requirement 2.1 4.6.2.2 except 2.1 4.5 shall be as wiring to 8.7.2.8.
amended in (6) (g) The protection of the hoistway landing openings
(8) Requirements 2.1 4.7.1.3, 2.1 4.7.1.4, and 2.1 4.7.2 shall conform to 2.1 1.1 through 2.1 1.13, and Sections 2.1 2
through 2.1 4.7.4 and 2.13.

366
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(h) Car enclosures and car doors or gates shall con­ faulty door contact circuits on power-operated car doors
form to Section 2.1 4, except that where existing car enclo­ that are mechanically coupled with the landing doors
sures and / or car doors or gates are reta ined, while the car is in the landing zone, the alteration shall
conformance w ith the follow ing requirements is not conform to the requirements in 2.26.5.
required :
8 . 7 .2.28 E m e rgen cy Operat i o n s a n d Signali n g (1 6)
(1) Requirement 2.1 4.1.3, except that with the speci­
Devices
fied force the required running clearances referenced in
(a) Where an alteration is made to car emergency
2.1 4.1.3 are achieved, and 2.1 4.1.8
signaling devices, the alteration shall conform to 2.27.1,
(2) Requirements 2.1 4.2.1, 2.1 4.2.3, and 2.1 4.2.4
except the v isual and aud ible s ignal requ ired by
(3) Requirements 2 .1 4 .4 .3 and 2 .1 4 .4 .6 except that
2.27.1.1.6(b) shall be perm itted to be located inside
with the specified force, the door or gate will not deflect
each car.
beyond the line of the car sill
(b) Where an alteration is made to, or consists of the
(i) Where conformance to 2.1 4.1.7.1 is not possible due
addition of, an emergency or standby power system,
to existing overhead conditions, an alternative solution,
the installation shall conform to the requirements of
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, provid­
2.27.2.
ing equivalency to 2.1 4.1.7.1 shall be permitted.
(c) Where an alteration is made to, or consists of the
(j) The car safety, the counterweight safety (where
addition of, Firefighters' Emergency Operation, the ele­
prov ided), and the governor shall conform to
vator and all elevators in the same group automatic
Sections 2.17 and 2.18, except that the pitch diameter of
operation shall conform to 2.27.3 through 2.27.8.
speed-governor sheaves and governor tension sheaves
(d) Where the alteration consists of the addition of
are not required to conform to 2.18.7.
an elevator to a group, all elevators in that group shall
(k) T he capac ity and load ing shall conform to
conform to Section 2.27.
Section 2.16.
(e) Where any of the alterations (a) through (d) above
(l) Ascend ing car overspeed and un intended car
occur, all new equipment and wiring shall conform to
movement protection shall conform to Section 2.19.
8.7.2.8 and 2.26.4.2, and all modified equipment and
(m) The terminal stopping dev ices shall conform to
wiring shall conform to 8.7.2.8. Equipment and floors
Section 2.25.
shall be identified as required by Section 2.29.
(n) T he operat ing dev ices and control equ ipment
shall conform to Sect ion 2 .26 . T he requ irements of 8.7.3 Alterations to Hydraulic Elevators
2.26.4.2, 2.26.4.3, and 2.26.4.4 shall not apply to electrical
equipment unchanged by the alteration . 8 . 7 . 3 . 1 H o istway E n c losures. Alterat ions to
(o) Emergency operation and signaling devices shall hoistway enclosures shall conform to 8.7.2.1.
be provided and shall conform to Section 2.27. 8.7.3.2 Pits (1 6)
(p) Equ ipment and floors shall be ident if ied as
required by Section 2.29 8.7.3.2.1 Alterations made to the pit shall con-
form to 2.1.2.3 and Section 2.2. See also 8.7.3.4.
8.7.2.27.7 In-Car Stop Switch. On passenger ele­
vators equipped with nonperforated car enclosures, the 8.7.3.2.2 Where a surface-mounted sump pump
emergency stop switch, including all markings, shall be is added to an existing pit, the installation shall conform
permitted to be removed and replaced by an in-car stop to the following :
switch conforming to the following : (a) The pump and any attachment thereof shall not
(a) It is either key operated or behind a locked cover, be located in the refuge space or affect the clearances
and located in or adjacent to the car operating panel. specified in 3.4.1.
The key shall be Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1). The (b) The pump and any attachment thereof shall not
switch shall be clearly and permanently marked "ST OP" restrict or infringe upon the pit access.
and shall indicate the "ST OP" and "RUN" positions. (c) Requirement 2.2.2.4.
When opened ("ST OP" position), this switch shall cause (d) Requirement 2.2.2.5.
the electric power to be removed from the elevator driv­
8.7.3.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights.
ing-machine motor and brake.
Where new counterweights are installed, they shall con­
(b) The device shall meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3.
form to Section 2.3 and 2.5.1.2. The installation shall also
8.7.2.27.8 Electrical Protective Devices. W here conform to Section 3.5.
there is an alteration to or addition of an electrical protec­
8.7.3.4 Vertical Car and Counterweight Clearances
tive device, it shall conform to 2.26.2 for that device.
and Runbys. No alteration shall reduce any clearance
8.7.2.27.9 Door Monitoring System. Where there or runby below that required by Section 3.4. Existing
is an alteration to or addition of a system to monitor clearances shall be permitted to be maintained, except
and prevent automatic operation of the elevator with as required by 8.7.3.2 2.1, 8.7.3.2 2.2, and 8.7.3.23.5.

367
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8 . 7 . 3 . 5 H o ri z o n ta l Car a n d Co u n te rwe i g h t 8. 7 .3.1 2 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors. Where

Clearances. No alteration shall reduce any clearance the alteration consists of the addition of, or alteration
below that required by Section 2.5. Existing clearances to, power opening or power closing of hoistway doors,
shall be permitted to be maintained, except as required the installation shall conform to 8.7. 2.10.1, 8.7.2.10.2,
by 8.7.3.22.1, 8.7.3.22.2, and 8.7.3.23.5. 8.7.2.10.3, 8.7.2.10.5, and 8.7.3.10.
All new equipment and wiring shall conform to 8.7.3. 8
8.7.3.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways.
and 2.26.4.2.
Where alterations are made to an elevator or the build­ All modified equipment and wiring shall conform to
ing, such that any space below the hoistway is not per­ 8.7.3. 8.
manently secured against access, the affected installation
shall conform to Section 3.6. 8.7 .3.13 Car Enclosures and Door Reopening Devices

8.7.3.7 Machine Rooms, Machinery Spaces, Control 8.7.3 . 1 3 . 1 Where alterations are made to car
Spaces, and Control Rooms. Alterations to a machine enclosures, they shall conform to 8.7.2.14.
room, machinery space, control space, or control room
8.7.3.1 3.2 Where a reopening device for power­
shall conform to 8.7.2.7.2 through 8.7.2.7.7. Where an
operated car doors or gates is altered or added, it shall
alteration consists of the construction of a new machine
conform to 8.7.2.13.
room, machinery space, control space, or control room
enclosure, it shall conform to Sections 2.7 and 3.7. Electri­ 8.7.3.14 Car Frames and Platforms. Where alter­
cal equipment clearances shall conform to the require­ ations are made to a car frame or platform, the frame
ments of NFPA 70 or CSA-C2 2.l , whichever is applicable and platform shall conform to Section 3.15.
(see Part 9). Where alterations are made to any portion If safeties are used and if roller or similar-type guide
of a machine room, machinery space, control space, or shoes are installed, that allow a definite limited move­
control room, the portion that is altered shall conform ment of the car with respect to the guide rails, the clear­
to Sections 2.7 and 3.7. ance between the safety jaws and rails of the car shall
be such that the safety j aws cannot touch the rails when
8 . 7 . 3 . 8 E lectrical W i ri n g, P i p e s, a n d D u cts i n
the car frame is pressed against the rail faces with suffi­
Hoistways and Machine Rooms. The installation of any
cient force to take up all movement of the roller guides.
new, or the alteration of existing, electrical equipment,
wiring, raceways, cables, pipes, or ducts shall conform 8.7.3.1 5 Safeties
to the applicable requirements of Section 2. 8.
8.7.3.1 5.1 Where the alteration consists of the
8.7.3.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and installation of car safeties, the car safeties and car guide
Foundations. Where new machinery and sheave beams, rails shall conform to 3.17.1 and Sections 3.23 and 3.2 8.
supports, foundations, or supporting floors are installed,
or where alterations increase the original building 8.7.3.1 5.2 Where the alteration consists of the
design reactions by more than 5%, they shall conform installation of counterweight safeties, the counterweight
to Section 2.9, and the adequacy of the affected building safeties and counterweight guide rails shall conform to
structure to support the loads shall be verified by a 3.17.2 and Sections 3.23 and 3.2 8.
licensed professional engineer. 8.7.3.1 5.3 Where any alterations are made to
8.7.3.10 Hoistway Entrances and Openings. Alter­
existing car or counterweight safeties, the affected safe­
ties and guide rails shall conform to Sections 3.17, 3.23,
ations to hoistway entrances shall conform to 8.7.2.10,
and 3.2 8, except for cross-referenced 2.17.10 through
except that emergency doors meeting the requirements
2.17.14, 2.17.16, and 2.2 1.4.2.
of 2.11.1 are only required to be installed in the blind
portion of the hoistway where required by 8.7.2.10 and 8.7.3 . 1 6 G overn ors and G overnor Ropes. Where
(a) for all elevators where car or counterweight safe­ alterations are made to governors or where they are
ties are used added, they shall conform to 8.7.2.19.
(b) for elevators where safeties are not used, emer­
8.7.3 . 1 7 Change in Type of Service. Where an alter­
gency doors are not required on elevators where a manu­
ation consists of a change in type of service from freight
ally operated valve is provided that will permit lowering
to passenger or passenger to freight, the installation shall
the car at a reduced speed in case of power failure or
conform to
similar emergency
(a) Requirements 2.11.1, 2.11. 2 , 2.11.3 , and 2.11.5
8.7.3. 1 1 H o istway Door Locki n g Devi ces. Alter­ through 2.11. 8, except that emergency doors meeting the
ations to hoistway door locking devices, access switches, requirements of 2.11.1 are only required to be installed in
parking devices, and unlocking devices shall conform the blind portion of the hoistway
to 8.7.2.11, except that conformance with 2.2 4.8 is not (1) for all elevators where car or counterweight
required. safeties are used

368
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(2) for elevators where safeties are not used, emer­ (d) The plunger shall conform to 3.18.2.
gency doors are not required on elevators where a manu­ (e) Where the decrease is at the lower end of the rise,
ally operated valve is provided that will permit lowering the installation shall conform to 2 .2 .4, 2 .2 .5, and 2 .2 .6 .
the car at a reduced speed in case of power failure or
similar emergency 8.7.3.22.2 In crease i n Rated Speed. W here an (1 6)
alteration increases the rated speed, the installation shall
(b) Sections 2.1 2 and 2.13
conform to the following :
( c) Section 2.2 2 and 3.2 2.2, except 2.2 2.4.5.1 (b ),
(a) Section 2.5.
2.2 2.4.7, 2.2 2.4.10, and 2.2 2.4.1 1
(b) Section 3.4.
(d) Sections 3.1 4, 3.15, 3.17, 3.2 1, and 3.23
(c) Requirements 3.2 2 .1 and 3.2 2 .2, except that
(e) Section 2.18, where governors are provided, except
existing buffers, where retained, are not required to con­
that the pitch diameters of existing governor sheaves
form to referenced 2 .2 2 .4 .5 .l(b), 2 .2 2 .4 .7, 2 .2 2 .4 .10, and
and tension sheaves are not required to conform to 2.18.7
2.2 2.4.1 1.
(f) Sections 3.16, 3.18, 3.19, 3.20, 3.2 4, 3.25, 3.26, and
(d) Car doors or gates shall be provided at all car
3.27
entrances. Where new car doors or gates are installed,
8.7.3.18 Change in Class of Loading. Where the they shall conform to the applicable requirements of
class of loading of a freight elevator is changed, it shall Section 3.1 4.
conform to 2.16.2 as modified by Section 3.16. Where the (e) Car and counterweight safeties and governors,
freight loading class of a passenger elevator is changed, it where provided, shall conform to Section 3.17, except
shall conform to 2.16.1.3 as modified by Section 3.16. that the pitch diameters of existing governor sheaves
8 . 7 . 3 . 1 9 Carryi n g of Passen gers on Freight and tension sheaves are not required to conform to
Elevators. Where the alteration consists of a change in 2.18.7.
type of service from a freight elevator to a freight elevator (f) Section 3.16.
permitted to carry passengers, the elevator shall conform (g) Section 3.25.
to 3.16.4. (h) Requirements 3.26.1 through 3.26.6.
(i) Requirement 3.20.
8.7.3.20 Increase in Rated Load. Where an alter­
ation involves an increase in the rated load, the installa­ 8.7.3.22.3 Decrease in Rated Speed. W hen the
tion shall conform to 2 .26 .1 .4, 2 .26 .1 .5 , 2 .26 .5 , and alteration involves a decrease in the rated speed, it shall
Sections 3.1 4 through 3.17, and 3.20 through 3.23 (see conform to the following :
also 8.7.3.23.4). (a) If the bottom runbys and the top clearances for
8.7.3.21 Increase in Deadwelght of Car. Where an cars and counterweights are less than as required by
alteration results in an increase in the deadweight of the Section 3.4, they shall not be decreased by the speed
car that is sufficient to increase the sum of the dead­ reduction.
weight and rated load, as originally installed, by more (b) The tripping speed of the car speed governor and
than 5%, the installation shall conform to Sections 3.1 4 the counterweight speed governor, where provided,
through 3.17, and 3.20 through 3.23 (see also 8.7.3.23.4). shall be adjusted to conform to 2.18.2 for the new rated
car speed.
8.7.3.22 Change in Rise or Rated Speed (c) T he capacity and loading shall conform to
(1 6) 8.7.3.22.1 Increase or Decrease in Rise. Where an Section 3.16.
alteration involves an increase or decrease in the rise (d) Capacity and data plates shall conform to
without any change in the location of the driving 3.16.3(b), except the information required by
machine, it shall conform to the following: 2.16.3.2.2(d) shall include the name of the company
(a) The terminal stopping devices shall be relocated doing the alteration and the year of the alteration.
to conform to Section 3.25. (e) New electrical equipment and wiring shall con­
(b) Where the increase in rise is at the lower end of form to 2.26.4.1 and 2.26.4.2.
the hoistway, bottom car and counterweight clearances 8.7.3.23 Hydraulic Equipment
and runbys shall conform to 3.4.1, 3.4.2, and 3.4.3, and
existing top car and counterweight clearances and run­ 8.7.3.23.1 Hydraulic Jack. Where a hydraulic jack
bys that are less than as required by Section 3.4 shall is installed, altered, or replaced, it shall conform to
not be decreased. Section 3.18.
(c) Where the increase in rise is at the upper end of
8.7.3.23.2 Plungers. W here a new plunger is
the hoistway, top car and counterweight clearances and
installed or an existing plunger is altered, it shall con­
runbys shall conform to Section 3.4, and existing bottom
form to 3.18.1.2 and 3.18.2.
car and counterweight clearances and runbys that are
less than as required by Section 3.4 shall not be 8 . 7 . 3 . 2 3 . 3 Cyli n d e rs. W here a cylinder is
decreased. installed, replaced, altered, or sleeved, it shall conform

369
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

to 3.18.3. If the plunger is not equipped with a stop previously uncounterweighted elevator, it shall conform
ring conforming to 3.18.4.1, the installation shall also Sections 3.4, 3.6, 3.1 4, and 3.15; requirement 3.17.2; and
conform to 3.18.1.2 and 3.18.2. Sections 3.18, 3.20, and 3.2 1. See also 8.7.3.3.
8.7.3.23.4 Increase in Working Pressure. Where 8.7.3.27 Car Buffers and Bum pers. W here alter- (16)
an alteration increases the working pressure by more ations are made to car buffers or bumpers, the installa-
than 5%, the installation shall conform to Sections 3.18 tion shall conform to 3.2 2.1 and 3.2 2.2. Existing buffers
and 3.19, and 3.2 4.1 through 3.2 4.4. Requirements are not required to conform to 2.2 2.4.5.l(b), 2.2 2.4.7,
3.18.3.8 and 3.19.4.6 do not apply to existing equipment. 2.2 2.4.10, and 2.2 2.4.1 1.
8.7.3.23.5 Change in Location of Hydraulic Jack. 8.7.3.28 Guide Rails, Supports, and Fastenings.
Where location of the hydraulic jack is changed, the Where alterations are made to car and counterweight
installation shall conform to Part 3. guide rails, guide-rail supports, or guide-rail fastenings,
or where the stresses have been increased by more than
8.7.3.23.6 Relocation of Hydraulic Machine (Power
5%, the installation shall conform to Sections 3.23 and
Unit). Where the hydraulic machine is relocated so that
3.28.
the top of the cylinder is above the top of the storage
tank, the installation shall conform to 3.26.8. 8.7.3.29 Tanks. Where a tank is installed as part
of an alteration or altered, the tank shall conform to
8.7.3.23.7 Plunger Gripper. Where the alteration
Section 3.2 4.
consists of the addition of a plunger gripper, the follow­
ing conditions shall be met: 8.7.3.30 Terminal Stopping Devices. Where an alter­
(a) The plunger gripper shall comply with 3.17.3. ation is made to any terminal stopping device, the instal­
(b) Requirement 3.1.l(b) shall apply. lation shall conform to Section 3.25.
(c) When buffers are compressed solid or to a fixed
stop in accordance with 3.2 2 .1, the plunger gripper shall
8.7.3.31 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
not strike the car structure. 8.7.3.31 . 1 Top-of-Car Operating Devices. W here
there is an alteration to, or addition of, a top-of-car
8.7.3.24 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings.
operating device, it shall conform to 3.26 .2 .
Where an existing control valve is replaced with a valve
of a different type, it shall conform to Section 3.19.Where 8.7.3.31 .2 Car-Leveling or Truck-Zoning Devices.
relief or check valves or the supply piping or fittings Where there is an alteration to, or addition of, a car­
are replaced as part of an alteration, the components leveling device or a truck-zoning device, it shall conform
replaced shall conform to the applicable requirements to 3.26.3.2.
of Section 3.19. W here electrically operated control
valves are installed in place of existing mechanically 8.7.3.31 .3 Anticreep Leveling Device. Where there
operated control valves, for rated speeds of more than is an alteration of an anticreep leveling device, it shall
0 .5 m /s ( 100 ft /min), existing terminal stopping devices conform to 3.26.3.1.
consisting of an automatic stop valve independent of 8.7.3.3 1 .4 Change i n Power Supply. W here an
the normal control valve and operated by the movement alteration consists of a change in power supply at the
of the car as it approaches the terminals, where provided, mainline terminals of the elevator motion controller or
shall be permitted to be retained. motor controller involving
8.7.3.25 Suspension Ropes and Their Connections (a) change in voltage, frequency, or number of phases;
(b) change from direct current to alternating current,
8.7.3.25.1 Change in Ropes. Where the material, or vice versa; or
grade, number, or diameter of ropes is changed, the new (c) change to a combination of direct or alternating
ropes and their fastenings shall conform to Section 3.20. current
When existing sheaves are retained using ropes different Electrical equipment shall conform to 3.26.1, 3.26.4,
from those originally specified, the original elevator 3.26.5, and 3.26.6 (not including 2.26.4.4).
manufacturer or a licensed professional engineer shall
certify the sheave material to be satisfactory for the 8.7.3.31.5 Controllers
revised application. (a) Where a motion controller is installed, without
any change in the type of motion control, and without
8.7.3.25.2 Addition of Rope Equalizers. W here replacing the existing operation control, the installation
rope equalizers are installed, they shall conform to shall conform to the following :
2.20.5.
(1) Requirements 2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.2, and 2.7.9 for the
8.7.3.26 Counterweights. W here alterations are newly installed equipment
made to counterweights, they shall conform to 8.7.2.2 2 (2) Requirements 8.7.2.8 and 2.26.4.2 for the newly
and Section 3.2 1. Where counterweights are added to a installed equipment

370
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(3) Requirement 2.26.9 for the newly installed 8.7.3.31 .6 Change in Type of Motion Control. (16)
equipment Where there is a change in the type of motion control
(4) Section 2.29 (the method of controlling acceleration, speed, retarda-
(b) Where an operation controller is installed, and the tion, and stopping), the installation shall conform to the
type of operation control, if automatic remains auto­ following :
matic, or, if nonautomatic remains continuous pressure, (a) Requirements 2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.2, and 2.7.9 for the
car switch, or other type of operation where the move­ newly installed equipment.
ment or stopping of the car is under the control of the
(b) All new and modified electrical equipment and
operator (nonautomatic), and the existing motion con­
trol equipment is retained, the installation shall conform wiring to 8.7.3.8.
to the following : (c) The protection of the hoistway landing openings
(1) Requirements 2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.2, and 2.7.9 for the shall conform to
newly installed equipment ( 1 ) Requirement 2.1 1.1, as modified by 3.1 1.1,
(2) Requirements 8 .7 .2 .8 and 2 .26 .4 .2 for the newly except
installed equipment (-a) existing entrance openings less than
(3) Requirements 2 .26 .9 .3and 2 .26 .9 .4 for the newly 2 030 mm (80 in.) in height or 800 mm (31.5 in.) in width
installed equipment are permitted to be retained
(4) Section 2 .29
(-b) Requirement 2 .1 1 .1 .4
NOTE: Where the installation of an operation control alters emer (2) Requirements 2.1 1.2 through 2.1 1.8, and 2.1 1.10
gency operation and signaling devices, the requirements of
8.7.3.31 .8 apply. (3) Requirements 2.1 1.1 1.6 through 2.1 1.1 1.8, and
2.1 1.1 1.10
(c) Where both a motion controller and an operation
(4) Requirement 2.1 1.1 2.8
controller are installed without any change in the type
of motion control as described in 8.7.3.31.S(a) and with­ (d) Requirement 3.1 2.1, except
out any change in the type of operation control as (1) a minimum engagement of 6 mm (0.2 4 in.) is
described in 8 .7 .3.31 .5(b), the installation shall conform permitted in 2.1 2.2.4.3, and
to the following : (2) Requirement 2.1 2.4, where existing door locking
(1) Requirements 2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.2, and 2.7.9 for the devices are being retained
newly installed equipment. (e) Section 3.13
(2) Requirements 8.7.2.8 and 2.26.4.2 for the newly
installed equipment . (f) Car enclosures and car doors or gates shall con­
(3) Terminal stopping devices shall conform to
form to Section 3.1 4, except that where existing car enclo­
Section 3.25. sures and /or car doors or gates are retained,
(4) The newly installed operating devices and con­ conformance with the following requirements is not
trol equipment shall conform to Section 3.26. Require­ required :
ments of 2.26.1.1, 2.26.1.3, and 2.26.1 2 do not apply. (1) Requirements 2.1 4.1.3, 2.1 4.1.5.1, 2.1 4.1.6.2,
(5) Requirement 2.2 7.2 applies when emergency 2.1 4.1.8, and 2.1 4.1.9
power is provided. (2) Requirements 2.1 4.2.1, 2.1 4.2.3 through 2.1 4.2.5
(6) In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, 3.27 .1 (3) Requirements 2.1 4.2.6(d) and 2.1 4.2.6(f)
through 3.27.4, and 2.27.3 through 2.27.9 apply
(4) Requirement 2.1 4.3
(-a) when travel is 8 m ( 25 ft) or more above or
below the designated landing; or (5) Requirement 2.1 4.4.2.5 if existing interlocks or
(-b) on installations when Firefighters ' contacts are retained, 2.1 4.4.3, and 2.1 4.4.6
Emergency Operation was required or provided at the (6) Requirements 2.1 4.5.1, 2.1 4.5.6, and 2.1 4.5.8
time of installation (7) Requirement 2.1 4.6.2.2, except 2.1 4.5 shall be as
(7) In jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, 3.27.1 through amended in (6)
3.2 7.4, and 2.2 7.3 through 2.2 7.9 apply only if
(8) Requirements 2.1 4.7.1.3, 2.1 4.7.1.4, and 2.1 4.7.2
Firefighters' Emergency Operation was required or pro­
through 2.1 4.7.4
vided at the time of installation .
(8) Section 2.29. (g) Where conformance to 2.1 4.1.7.1 is not possible
(d) Where a controller for the operation of hoistway due to existing overhead conditions, an alternative solu­
doors, car doors, or car gates is installed, see 8.7.3.1 2. tion, acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, pro­
(e) Where a controller for the elevator operation on viding equivalency to 2.1 4.1.7.1 shall be permitted.
emergency or standby power systems or Firefighters' (h) T he car safety (where provided), the counter ­
Emergency Operation is installed, see 8.7.3.28. weight safety (where provided), shall conform to

371
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Section 3.17 and the governor (where provided) shall (3) Requirements 2.1 4.4.3 and 2.1 4.4.6 to the extent
conform to Section 2.18, except that that with the specified force, the door or gate will not
(1) where the safety factors required by 2.17.1 2.1 deflect beyond the line of the car sill
cannot be ascertained, rated load test ing shall be (i) Where conformance to 2.1 4.1.7.1 is not possible due
accepted as demonstration of compliance, and to existing overhead conditions, an alternative solution,
(2) the pitch diameter of speed-governor sheaves acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, provid­
and governor tension sheaves are not required to con­ ing equivalency to 2.1 4.1.7.1 shall be permitted.
form to 2.18.7.4 (j) T he capac ity and load ing shall conform to
(i) T he capac ity and load ing shall conform to Section 3.16 .
Section 3.16. (k) The terminal stopping dev ices shall conform to
(j) The terminal stopping devices shall conform to Section 3.25 .
Section 3.25. (l) The operating dev ices and control equipment shall
(k) The operating devices and control equipment shall conform to Section 3.26. The requirements of 2.26.4.2,
conform to Section 3.26 . Requirements of 2 .26 .4 .2 and 2.26.4.3, and 2.26.4.4 shall not apply to electrical equip­
2.26.4.4 shall not apply to electr ical equ ipment ment unchanged by the alteration .
unchanged by the alteration . (m) Emergency operation and signaling devices shall
(l) In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, emergency be provided and shall conform to Section 3.27.
operat ion and s ignal ing dev ices shall conform to (n) Equ ipment and floors shall be ident if ied as
Section 3.27. In jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, the fol­ required by Section 2.29.
lowing shall be complied with : 8 . 7 . 3 . 3 1 .8 Emergen cy O peration and Signali n g (16)
(1) car emergency signal ing dev ices complying Devices
with 2.27.1, and (a) Where an alteration is made to car emergency
(2) emergency operation and signaling devices con­ signaling devices, the installation shall conform to 2.27.1,
forming to 3.27 where required by NBCC, or a prior except the v isual and aud ible s ignal requ ired by
edition of CSA B 4 4 2 .27 .l .l .6 (b) shall be perm itted to be located inside
(m) Section 2.29. each car.
8.7.3.31 . 7 Change in Type of Operation Control. (b) Where an alteration is made to, or consists of the
Where there is a change in the type of operation control, addition of, an emergency or standby power system,
from continuous pressure, car switch, or other type of the installation shall conform to the requirements of
operation where the movement or stopping of the car 2.27.2.
is under the manual control of the operator, to any form (c) Where an alteration is made to, or consists of the
of automatic operation, the installation shall conform addition of, Firefighters' Emergency Operation, the ele­
to the following : vator and all elevators in the same group, automatic
(a) P its to Sect ion 2.2, except 2.2.2.1, 2.2.2.2, and operation shall conform to Section 3.27, except 2.27.1
2.2.2.5. and 2.27.2.
(d) Where the alteration consists of the addition of
(b) Counterweight guarding to Section 2.3.
an elevator to a group, all elevators in that group shall
(c) Vertical clearances and runbys to 8 .7 .3.4 .
conform to Section 3.27.
(d) Horizontal car and counterweight clearances to
(e) Where any of the alterations of (a) through (c)
8.7.3.5.
above occur, all new equipment and wiring shall con­
(e) Requirements 2 .7 .2, 8 .7 .2 .7 .2, 2 .7 .5, 2 .7 .6, and 2 .7 .9
form to 8.7.3.8 and 2.26.4.2, and all modified equipment
for the newly installed equipment.
and w iring shall conform to 8.7.3.8. Equ ipment and
(f) All new and modified electrical equipment and floors shall be identified as required by Section 2.29.
wiring to 8.7.3.8.
(g) The protection of the hoistway landing openings 8.7.3.31 .9 Auxiliary Power Lowering Operation.
shall conform to 2.1 1.1 through 2.1 1.13 as modified by Where auxiliary power lowering operation is installed
3.1 1.1, and conform to 3.1 2.1 and Section 3.13. or altered, it shall conform to 3.26.10.
(h) Car enclosures and car doors or gates shall con­ 8.7.3.3 1 . 1 0 In-Car Stop Switch. On passenger ele­
form to Section 3.1 4, except that where existing car enclo­ vators equipped with nonperforated car enclosures, the
sures and / or car doors or gates are reta ined, emergency stop switch, including all markings, shall be
conformance w ith the follow ing requirements is not permitted to be removed and replaced by an in-car stop
required : switch conforming to the following:
(1) Requirements 2.1 4.1.3, except that with the spec­ (a) It is either key operated or behind a locked cover,
ified force the required running clearances referenced and located in or adjacent to the car operating panel.
in 2.1 4.1.3 are achieved, and 2.1 4.1.8 The key shall be Group 1 Security (see Section 8.1). The
(2) Requirements 2 .1 4 .2 .1, 2 .1 4 .2 .3, and 2 .1 4 .2 .4 switch shall be clearly and permanently marked "ST OP"

372
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

and shall indicate the "ST OP" and "RUN" positions. 8.7.4.3.7 Increase in Rise. Where the alteration
When opened ("ST OP" position), this switch shall cause involves an increase in the total rise to exceed 4 600 mm
the electric power to be removed from the elevator ( 15 ft), it shall conform to 4.3.3.1, 4.3.3.2, 4.3.15, and
hydraulic machine. 4.3.16.
(b) The device shall meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3.
8.7.4.3.8 Guide Rails and Fastenings. Where an
(c) The device shall meet the requirements of 3.26.4.2.
alteration involves the installation of guide rails, the
8.7.3.3 1 . 1 1 Electrical Protective Devices. W here guide rails and fastenings shall comply with 4.3.18.1,
there is an alteration to or addition of an electrical protec­ 4 .3.18 .2, and 4 .3.18 .3.
tion device, it shall conform to 3.26.4 for that device. 8.7.4.3.9 Overhead Beams and Supports. Where
8 . 7 . 3 . 3 1 . 1 2 Change of Hydraulic Pum p Motor the alteration involves a change in the arrangement of
Starter. Where there is a change to the hydraulic pump or load on the overhead beams and sheaves, the new
motor starter, and the starter solely controls the motion arrangement shall conform to 4.3.5.1 and 4.3.5.2, except
of the car in the up direction without the use of valves, that wood shall be permitted to be retained if it is struc­
the installation shall conform to 3.26.6.4 and 3.26.5. The turally sound.
new and modified equipment and wiring shall con­ 8.7.4.3.10 Power Attachments. No alteration shall
form to implement the use of a power other than hand power.
(a) Requirement 2.8.2.1
(b) Requirement 2.26.4.1 8.7.5 Alterations to Special Application Elevators
(c) Requirement 2.26.4.2 8.7.5.1 Inclined Elevators. Where any alteration is
made to an inclined elevator, the entire installation shall
8.7.4 Alterations to Elevators With Other Types of
comply with Section 5.1.
Driving Machines
8.7.5.2 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Elevators.
8.7.4.1 Rack-and-Pinion Elevators. Where any alter­
Reserved.
ation is made to a rack-and-pinion elevator, the entire
installation shall comply with Section 4.1. 8.7.5.3 Private Residence Elevators. When a build­
ing code occupancy classification of a private residence
8.7.4.2 Screw-Column Elevators. Where any alter­ is changed in which a private residence elevator is
ation is made to a screw-column elevator, the entire located, the elevator shall comply with the applicable
installation shall comply with Section 4.2. requirements in Parts 2, 3, 4, or Section 5.2.
8.7.4.3 Hand Elevators 8.7.5.4 Private Residence Inclined Elevators. When
8 . 7 . 4 . 3 . 1 Hoistway En clos ures and Mach i n e ry a building code occupancy classification of a private
Space. Where an alteration is made to any portion of residence is changed in which a private residence
a hoistway enclosure or machinery space, the altered inclined elevator is located, the elevator shall comply
portion shall conform to 4.3.1 and 4.3.4. with the applicable requirements in Parts 2, 3, 4, or
Section 5.1.
8.7.4.3.2 Top Car and Counterweight Clearances.
No alteration shall reduce any clearances or runby below 8.7.5.5 Power Sidewalk Elevators
that required by 4.3.3 or below the minimum clearances 8.7.5.5.1 Changes in Electrical Wiring or Electrical
as originally installed . Equipment. Where electrical wiring or equipment is
8. 7 .4.3.3 Hoistway Entran ces. W here new installed as part of an alteration, it shall conform to
entrances are installed, the new entrances shall conform 5.5.1.8.
to 4.3.6, 4.3.7, and 4.3.8. 8.7.5.5.2 Sidewalk Door. Where a sidewalk door
8.7.4.3.4 Car Enclosures. Where an alteration is is installed as part of an alteration, it shall conform to
made to a car enclosure, it shall conform to 4.3.9 and 5.5.1.1 1.2, 5.5.1.1 1.3, and 5.5.1.1 1.4.
4.3.1 1. 8.7.5.5.3 Change in Car Enclosure, Car Doors, and
8.7.4.3.5 Car Frame and Platform. Where an alter­ Gates. Where the car enclosure, car door, or car gate
ation is made to a car frame or platform, the frame or is installed as part of an alteration, it shall conform to
platform shall conform to 4.3.1 1, 4.3.1 2, 4.3.13, and 4.3.16. 5.5.1.1 4.

8.7.4.3.6 Capacity and Loading. No alteration 8.7.5.5.4 Bow Irons and Stanchions. Where the
bow iron and stanchion is installed as part of an alter­
shall reduce the rated load below that required by
ation, it shall conform to 5.5.1.15.2.
4.3.1 4.1 and 4.3.1 4.2. Where the alteration involves an
increase in rated load, the driving machine sheave shall 8.7.5.5.5 Increase in Rated Load. Where the alter­
comply with 4.3.19.1, 4.3.19.2, and 4.3.16. ation consists of an increase in rated load, the bottom

373
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

and top clearances and runbys shall conform to 5.5.1.16, conform to the requirements of 8.7.6.1 for that device or
5.5.1.18, 5.5.1.2 1, and 5.5.1.25.4. component.
When multiple driving machines per escalator are
8.7. 5 . 5 . 6 Increase in Rated Speed. W here the
utilized, operating and safety devices required by 8.7.6.1
alteration consists of an increase in rated speed, the
shall simultaneously control all driving machines.
capacity and loading shall conform to 5.5.1.15, 5.5.1.16,
The requirements of 6.1.3.6.5 do not apply to existing
5 .5 .1 .19, and 5 .5 .1 .2 2 .
escalators that were not required to comply with this
8.7. 5 . 5 . 7 Existing Driving Machine. W here the requirement at the time of the original installation.
driving machine is installed as part of an alteration, it
8. 7 .6.1 .2 Relocation of Escalator. Where an escala­
shall conform to 5.5.1.8, 5.5.1.9, 5.5.1.23, and 5.5.1.25.
tor is relocated, it shall comply with Section 6.1. The
8.7.5.5.8 Change in Type of Operating Devices and/ requirements of 6.1.7.4.2 do not apply to electrical equip­
or Control Equipment. Where the alteration consists of ment unchanged by the relocation. The requirements of
a change in the existing type of operation or control 6.1.3.6.5 do not apply to existing escalators that were
equipment, or both, the new operating devices and con­ not required to comply with this requirement at the time
trol equipment shall conform to 5.5.1.8 and 5.5.1.25. of the original installation.
8.7.5.6 Rooftop Elevators. Where any alteration is 8.7.6.1 .3 Protection of Floor Openings. Any alter­
made to a rooftop elevator, the entire installation shall ation to the floor openings in escalators shall comply
comply with Section 5.6. with 6.1.1.1.
8.7.5.7 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators. Where 8.7.6. 1 .4 Protection of Trusses and Machinery
any alteration is made to a special purpose personnel Spaces Against Fire. Any alteration to the sides and /
elevator, the entire installation shall comply with or undersides of escalator trusses and machinery spaces
Section 5.7. shall conform to 6.1.2.1.
8.7.5.8 Shipboard Elevators. Where any alteration 8.7.6.1 .5 Construction Requirements
is made to a shipboard elevator, the entire installation (a) Angle of Inclination. No alteration of an escalator
shall comply with Section 5.8. shall change the angle of inclination, as originally
8.7.5.9 Mine Elevators designed, by more than 1 deg.
(b) Geometry. Any alteration to the geometry of the
8.7.5.9.1 General Requirements. Where any alter­ escalator components shall conform to 6 .1 .3.2 .
ation is made to a mine elevator, the alteration shall (c) Balustrades. Any alteration to the balustrades shall
conform to the requirements of 8.7.1 and 8.7.2, except conform to 6.1.3.3 for the altered components.
as modified by Section 5.9. (d) Skirt Deflector Devices. Any alteration or addition
8.7.5.9.2 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended of skirt deflector devices shall conform to 6.1.3.3.10
Car Movement Protection. Ascending car overspeed and NOTE [8.7.6.1 .S(c)]: The balustrade does not include the handrail.
unintended car movement protection shall be provided
and shall conform to Section 2.19. NOTE [8.7.6.1 .S(d)]: The vertical dimensions on existing skirt
panels may not allow full compliance. See Section 1 .2.
8.7.5.9.3 Car Top Protection. The car top access
8.7.6.1 .6 Handrails. Any alteration to the hand­
panel size requirements in 5.9.1 4.l(b) do not apply where
rails or handrail system shall require conformance with
the existing car top is retained .The dimensions of the
6.1.3.2.2, 6.1.3.4.1 through 6.1.3.4.4, 6.1.3.4.6, 6.1.6.3.1 2,
existing car top access panel shall not be reduced by the
and 6.1.6.4.
alteration.
8.7.6.1 .7 Step System
8.7.5.10 Outside Emergency Elevators. Where an
(a) Any alteration to the step system shall require
alteration is made to an outside emergency elevator, the
alteration shall conform to the requirements of 8.7.1 and conformance with 6.1.3.3.5, 6.1.3.5 [except as specified in
ASME A 17.7 /CSA B 4 4.7, requirement 2.1 2.2. 8 .7 .6 .1 .7(b)], 6 .1 .3.6, 6 .1 .3.8, 6 .1 .3.9 .4, 6 .1 .3.10 .4, 6 .1 .3.1 1,
6.1.6.3.3, 6.1.6.3.9, 6.1.6.3.1 1, 6.1.6.3.1 4, and 6.1.6.5.
8.7.6 Alterations to Escalators and Moving Walks (b) Steps having a width less than 560 mm ( 2 2 in .)
shall not be reduced in width by the alteration.
8.7.6.1 Escalators
8 . 7 . 6 . 1 .8 Combplates. Any alteration of the
8.7.6.1 .1 General Requirements. A change in com­
combplates shall require conformance with 6 .1 .6 .3.13.
ponent parts that are interchangeable in form, fit, and
function is not considered an alteration and need not 8.7.6.1 .9 Trusses and Girders. Any alterations or
comply with the requirements in this Section. See 8.6.3.1. welding, cutting, and splicing of the truss or girder shall
The addition of a component or a device that was not conform to 8.7.1.4. Alterations shall result in the escala­
part of the original design is an alteration and must tor 's conforming to 6.1.3.7, 6.1.3.9.1, and 6.1.3.10.1.

374
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA 844-1 6

The installation of a new escalator into an existing conform to the requirements of 8.7.6.2 for that device or
truss shall conform to all of the requirements of component.
Section 6.1. When multiple driving machines per moving walk
are utilized, operating and safety devices required by
8.7.6.1.10 Step Wheel Tracks. Any alteration to 8.7.6.2 shall simultaneously control all driving machines.
the tracks shall result in the escalator 's conforming with
6 .1 .3.8, 6 .1 .3.9 .4, 6 .1 .3.10 .1, and 8 .7 .1 .4 . 8. 7 .6.2.2 Relocation of Moving Walk. W here a
moving walk is relocated, it shall comply with
8.7.6.1.11 Rated Load and Speed. Any alteration Section 6.2.
that increases the rated load or rated speed or both shall
result in the escalator 's conforming with Section 6.1. 8.7.6.2.3 Protection of Floor Openings. Any alter­
ation to the floor openings for moving walks shall com­
8.7.6.1.12 Driving Machine, Motor, and Brake ply with 6.2.1.1.
(a) Driving Machine. An alteration to the driving
machine shall result in the escalator 's conforming to 8. 7 .6.2.4 Protection of Trusses and Machinery
6.1.3.9.2, 6.1.3.10.3, 6.1.4.1, 6.1.5.1, 6.1.5.2, 6.1.5.3.1, Spaces Against Fire. Any alteration to the sides or
6 .1 .5 .3.2, 6 .1 .6 .3.4, and 6 .1 .6 .3.8 . undersides, or both, of moving walk trusses and machin­
(b) Driving Motor. An alteration to the drive motor ery spaces shall conform to 6.2.2.1.
shall result in the escalator 's conforming to 6.1.3.9.2, 8.7.6.2.5 Construction Requirements
6.1.3.10.3, 6.1.4.1, 6.1.5.2, 6.1.5.3.1, 6.1.5.3.2, 6.1.6.3.2, (a) Angle of Inclination. Alteration of a moving walk
6.1.6.3.8, and 6.1.6.3.10. that increases the angle of inclination shall require con­
(c) Machine Brake. An alteration to the machine brake formance with Section 6.2.
shall result in the escalator 's conforming to 6.1.3.9.3, (b) Geometry. Any alteration to the geometry of the
6.1.3.10.2, and 6.1.5.3.1. moving walk components shall require conformance
with 6.2.3.2.
8.7.6. 1 . 1 3 Operating and Safety Devices. Any
alteration to or addition of operating and or safety (c) Balustrades. Any alteration to the balustrades shall
require conformance with 6.2.3.3.
devices shall conform to 6.1.6 for that device.
NOTE (8.7.6.2.S(c)]: The balustrade does not include the handrail.
8.7.6.1.14 Lighting, Access, and Electrical Work.
An alteration to or addition of lighting, access, or electri­
cal work shall conform with the specific requirements 8.7.6.2.6 Handrails. An alteration to the handrails
within 6.1.7 for that change. or handrail system shall require conformance with
6.2.3.2.3, 6.2.3.4, 6.2.6.3.10, and 6.2.6.4.
8.7.6.1.1 5 Entrance and Egress. Any alteration to
8.7.6.2.7 Treadway System
the entrance or egress end shall comply with 6.1.3.6.1
(a) An alteration to the treadway system shall require
through 6.1.3.6.4.
conformance with 6.2.3.2.3, 6.2.3.3.5, 6.2.3.3.6, 6.2.3.5,
8. 7 .6 . 1 . 1 6 Controller. W here a controller is 6.2.3.6 [except as specified in 8.7.6.2.7(b)], 6.2.3.8, 6.2.3.9,
installed as part of an alteration, it shall conform to 6.2.3.10.4, 6.2.3.1 1.4, 6.2.3.1 1.5, 6.2.3.1 2, 6.2.6.3.3, 6.2.6.5,
6.1.6.10 through 6.1.6.15, and 6.1.7.4. and 6 .2 .6 .3.9 .
(b) The minimum width of the moving walk shall be
8 . 7 . 6 . 1 . 1 7 Variable Frequency Drive Motor permitted to be less than that required by 6.2.3.7. The
Control. Where the alteration consists of the addition existing width, if less than required by 6.2.3.7, shall not
of, or alteration to, a variable frequency drive motor be decreased by the alteration.
control, the installation shall conform to 6.1.6.3.2 and
6 .1 .6 .10 .3. 8.7.6.2.8 Combplates. An alteration of the com­
bplates shall require conformance with 6.2.3.8 and
(16) 8.7.6.1.18 Addition of Escalator Speed Variation. 6.2.6.3.1 1.
W here an escalator alteration introduces intentional
speed variation after start-up, the addition of speed vari­ 8.7.6.2.9 Trusses and Girders. Any alterations or
ation shall conform to 6 .1 .4 .1 .2 . welding, cutting, and splicing of the truss or girder shall
conform to 8.7.1.4. Alterations shall result in the moving
8.7.6.2 Moving Walks walk 's conforming to 6.2.3.9, 6.2.3.10.1, and 6.2.3.1 1.1.
The installation of a new moving walk into an existing
8.7 .6.2.1 General Requirements. A change in com­
truss shall conform to all of the requirements of
ponent parts that are interchangeable in form, fit, and
Section 6.2.
function is not considered an alteration and need not
comply with the requirements in this Section. See 8.6.3.1. 8.7.6.2 . 1 0 Track System. Any alteration to the
The addition of a component or a device that was not tracks shall result in the moving walk's conforming to
part of the original design is an alteration and must 6.2.3.9, 6.2.3.10, 6.2.3.1 1.1, and 8.7.1.4.

375
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8.7.6.2.1 1 Rated Load and Speed. Any alteration existing elevator or dumbwaiter, the resultant combina­
that increases the rated load or rated speed or both shall tion of material lift or dumbwaiter with automatic trans­
result in the moving walk 's conforming to Section 6.2. fer device shall conform to Part 7.
8.7.6.2.12 Driving Machine, Motor, and Brake 8 . 7 . 7 . 3 Materi al Lifts a n d D u m bwaiters With
(a) Driving Machine. An alteration to the driving Automatic Transfer Devices
machine shall result in the moving walk's conforming
to 6.2.3.10.2, 6.2.3.1 1.2, 6.2.3.1 1.3, 6.2.3.1 4, 6.2.3.15, 6.2.4, 8.7.7.3.1 Where any alteration is made to a mate­
6.2.5.1, 6.2.5.3.1, 6.2.5.3.2, 6.2.6.3.4, and 6.2.6.3.8. rial lift or dumbwaiter with an automatic transfer device,
(b) Drive Motor. An alteration to the drive motor shall the entire installation shall comply with Sections 7.7
result in the moving walk's conforming to 6.2.3.10.2, through 7.10.
6.2.3.1 1.2, 6.2.3.1 1.3, 6.2.4, 6.2.5.2, 6.2.5.3.1, 6.2.6.3.2, 8.7.7.3.2 Where an automatic transfer device is
6.2.6.3.7, and 6.2.6.3.8. removed from a material lift and is not replaced, the
(c) Machine Brake. An alteration to the machine brake installation shall conform to Section 7.4, Material Lifts
shall result in the moving walk 's conforming to W ithout Automatic Transfer Devices.
6.2.3.10.3, 6.2.3.1 1.2, 6.2.3.1 2.3, 6.2.5.3.1, and 6.2.5.3.2.
8.7.7.3.3 Where a material lift is altered to be an
8.7.6.2.13 Operating and Safety Devices. An alter­ elevator, it shall comply with Part 2 or Part 3.
ation to or addition of operating and /or safety devices
shall conform with the specific requirements within 6.2.6 8.7.7.3.4 Where a material lift or dumbwaiter
for that device. with an automatic transfer device is altered to a dumb­
waiter, it shall comply with Sections 7.1 through 7.3.
8.7.6.2.14 Lighting, Access, and Electrical Work.
An alteration to or addition of lighting, access, or electri­
cal work shall conform with the specific requirements SECTION 8.8
within 6.2.7 for that change. WELDING
8. 7 .6.2. 1 5 Controller. W here a controller is 8.8.1 Qualification of Welders (16)
installed as part of an alteration, it shall conform to
6.2.6.10 through 6.2.6.15, and 6.2.7.4. Where required elsewhere in this Code, welding of
parts, except for tack welds later incorporated into fin­
8.7.6.2. 1 6 Variable Frequency D rive Motor ished welds, shall be undertaken
Control. Where the alteration consists of the addition (a) by welders qualified in accordance with the
of, or alteration to, a variable frequency drive motor requirements of Section 4 of ANSI/ AW S D l.1, whereby
control, the installation shall conform to 6.2.6.3.2 and the welders shall be qualified by the manufacturer or
6.2.6.10.3. contractor; a professional consulting engineer; or a rec­
(1 6) 8.7.6.2.1 7 Addition of Moving Walk Speed Varia- ognized testing laboratory; or
tion. Where a moving walk alteration introduces inten­ (b) by a fabricator qualified to the requirements of
tional speed variation after start-up, the addition of CSA W 47.1
speed variation shall conform to 6.2.4.1.2. In jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, only the require­
ments of 8.8.l(b) apply.
8.7.7 Alterations to Dumbwaiters and Material Lifts
8.7.7.1 Dum bwaiters and Material Lifts Without 8.8.2 Welding Steel {1 6)

Automatic Transfer Devices Where required elsewhere in this Code, welding shall
conform to one of the following :
8.7.7.1 .1 General. When any alteration is made
(a) the design and procedure requirements of the
to a dumbwaiter or material lift, all work performed as
part of the alteration shall comply with Sections 7.1 applicable section of A N S I / AW S D l.1 or A N S I /
through 7.6. AW S D l.3, or
(b) the design and procedure requirements of
8.7.7.1 .2 Increase in Rated Load. Where an alter­ CSA W 59
ation involves an increase in the rated load, the installa­ In jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, only the require­
tion shall conform to either of the following : ments of 8.8.2(b) apply.
(a) Section 7.2, except 7.2.1 for hand and electric
dumbwaiters 8.8.3 Welding Metals Other Than Steel
(b) Section 7.3, except 7.3.4.1 for hydraulic dumb­
Where required elsewhere in this Code, welding of
waiters
materials other than steel shall be done in accordance
8.7.7.2 Addition of Automatic Transfer Device. with the latest AWS or CSA requirements applicable to
Where an automatic transfer device is installed on an the specific materials used.

376
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

SECTION 8.9 SECTION 8.1 0

CODE DATA PLATE ACCEPTANCE INSPECTIONS AN D TESTS
Section 8.9 contains requirements for all new and Section 8.10 covers acceptance inspections and tests
existing equipment within the Scope of this Code. of new or altered installations.
NOTES (Section 8.10):
8.9.1 Required Information (1) Compliance with certain requirements is verifiable through
review of design documents, engineering, or type tests.
An individual data plate shall be provided and main­
(2) Category 5 tests utilizing alternative test methods require a
tained for each unit (see 1.1.1). The data plate shall comparison against baseline measures made during acceptance
indicate the Code to be used for inspections and tests inspection tests. See 8.6.11.10 if alternative test methods are
(see 8.10.1.2). The data plate shall indicate the Code and contemplated on future Category 5 tests.
edition in effect at the time of installation. The data plate
shall also indicate the Code in effect at the time of any 8.1 0.1 General Requirements for Acceptance
alteration and indicate the applicable requirements of Inspections and Tests
Section 8.7. Where the installation or alteration contains
SIL rated devices, the following wording, "Installation 8.10.1 . 1 Persons Authorized to Make Acceptance
contains SIL rated devices," shall be included on the Inspections and Tests
data plate or on an additional plate located adjacent to 8.1 0.1 . 1 . 1 T he acceptance inspection shall be
the Code data plate. made by an inspector employed by the authority having
jurisdiction, or by a person authorized by the authority
8.9.2 Location having jurisdiction.
The data plate shall be in plain view, securely attached 8.1 0.1 .1.2 The person installing or altering the
to each main line disconnect or controller. It shall also equipment shall perform all of the tests required by
be permitted to locate the data plate in the controller as 8.10.2 through 8.10.5 in the presence of the inspector
long as it is in plain view with the controller door open. specified in 8.10.1.1.1.
An additional data plate shall be installed in the vicinity
of one of the starting switches on the exterior of escala­ 8.1 0.1.1.3 The inspector shall meet the qualifica­
tors and moving walks. tion requirements of A SME Q EI-1. Inspectors and
inspection supervisors shall be certified by an indepen­
(16) 8.9.3 Material and Construction dent, accredited, certifying organization as specified in
8.10.1.2 (see Section 1.3 ).
The data plate shall be of such material and construc­
tion that the letters and figures stamped, etched, cast, 8.1 0.1 .1.4 Acceptance Test Tags. A metal tag with
or otherwise applied to the face shall remain perma­ the applicable Code requirement(s) and date(s) per­
nently and readily legible. The height of the letters and formed, and the name of the person or firm performing
figures shall be not less than 3.2 mm (0.12 5 in.). the test and the inspector witnessing the test, including
All data plates not located in the controller shall be their inspector's ID number and certifying organization,
provided with either shall be installed to be readily visible and shall be perma­
(a) a durable means to prevent common contaminants
nently attached to the controller of each unit.
(such as paint, adhesives, oil, and grease) from adhering 8.1 0.1 .1.5 Acceptance Test Records. A permanent
to the data plate parent surface and permit the removal test record showing the test dates, the requirement num­
of these contaminants, without obscuring the Code­ ber for each test, the name of the person or firm per­
required data, or forming the test, the inspector's name that witnessed
(b) letters and figures that are raised or depressed a the tests, their inspector's ID number and certifying
minimum of 0. 8 mm (0.03 12 5 in.) from the plate surface organization, shall be made a permanent part of the
face, and have a minimum character-stroke width of maintenance records (8.6. 1. 4.1). The test record shall doc­
0.5 mm (0.02 in.) ument all applicable acceptance tests shown in
If the plates are exposed to weathering or a chemical Nonmandatory Appendix X (Tables X-1 through X-4).
atmosphere, then a durable means shall be provided to
8.1 0.1.2 Accreditation of Certifying Organizations.
protect the information from deterioration while permit­
All organizations that certify elevator inspectors and
ting the information to be easily read.
inspection supervisors shall be accredited by an accredit­
Existing Code data plates that comply with the edition
ing body (see Section 1.3 ) in accordance with
of the Code under which they were installed and have
AN SI/ISO/IEC 1702 4, or equivalent, and ASME QEI-1.
legible accurate information do not have to be changed
to comply with these material and construction 8. 1 0 . 1 . 3 Applicability of I n s p ection a n d Test
requirements. Requirements. Inspections and tests required by 8.10.2

377
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

through 8.10.5 are to determine that the equipment con­ Altered installations shall be inspected as specified in
forms with the following applicable requirements : 8.10.2.3.1. Altered installations shall be tested as speci­
(a) the Code at the time of installation fied in 8.10.2.3.2 before being placed back in service.
(b) the Code effective as applicable to and for each 8.1 0.2.2 Inspection and Test Requirements for New
alteration Installations
(c) the ASME A 17.3 Code if adopted by the authority
having jurisdiction 8.1 0.2.2.1 Inside Car (16)
(a) Door Reopening Device ( 2.13.5) (Item 1.1)
NOTES (8.10.1.3): (b) Stop Switches (Item 1.2)
(1) The ASME A17.2 Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, (1) emergency stop switch ( 2 .26 .2 .5)
and Moving Walks (see Preface, ASME Elevator Publications)
(2) in-car stop switch ( 2.26.2.2 1)
is a guide for inspections and tests.
(2) References to "Items" of the ASME A17.2 Guide for Inspection (c) Operating Control Devices (Item 1.3)
of Elevators, Escalators, and Moving Walks and to the require ( 1 ) operating devices ( 2.26.1.1, 2.26.1.2, and
ments of this Code are indicated in parentheses as a convenient 2 .26 .1 .6)
reference to the applicable testing procedures and require (2) in-car inspection ( 2.26.1.4.3)
ments. It is important to understand that suggested test and (3) inspection operation with open door circuits
inspection methodologies represent an approach but are nei
( 2.26.1.5)
ther exclusive nor comprehensive.
(d) Car Floor and Landing Sill (Item 1 .4)
8 . 1 0 . 1 .4 Making Safety Devices I noperative or (1) car floor ( 2.15.5)
I neffective. No person shall at any time make any (2) clearance ( 2.5.1.4 and 2.5.1.5)
required safety device or electrical protective device (3) landing-sill guard, illumination, and hinging
inoperative or ineffective, except where necessary dur­ ( 2 .1 1 .10)
ing tests and inspections. Such dev ices shall be restored (4) car hinged sills ( 2.15.16)
to their normal operating condition in conformity with (e) Car Lighting ( 2.1 4.7) (Item 1.5)
the applicable requirements prior to returning the equip­ (1) normal illumination ( 2.1 4.7)
ment to service (see 2.26.7). (2) auxiliary lighting system ( 2.1 4.7.1.3)
(f) Car Emergency Signal ( 2.27.1 and 2.1 1.1.3)
8.1 0.1 .5 Unique or Product-Specific Procedures or
Methods. Where unique or product-specific procedures (Item 1.6)
or methods are required to maintain, repair, replace, (g) Car Door or Gate (Item 1.7)
inspect, or test equipment, such procedures or methods (1) closed position ( 2.1 4.4.1 1)
shall be provided by the manufacturer or installer [see (2) contact or interlock ( 2.1 4.4.2, 2.26.2.15, 2.26.2.28)
8.6.l.2.2(b)]. (3) car landing door clearances ( 2.1 4.4.5)
(4) car door guides ( 2.1 4.4.6)
8. 1 0 . 1 . 6 Maintenance Control Program. T he (5) passenger car door ( 2.1 4.5)
Maintenance Control Program complying with 8.6.1.2.1 (6) freight car door or gate ( 2.1 4.6)
shall be available at the time of inspection. On-site equip­ (h) Door Closing Force Test ( 2.13.4) (Item 1.8)
ment documentation complying with 8.6.1.2.2 shall be (i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates ( 2.13.3) (Item 1.9):
available at the time of inspection. Test Closing Time Per Data Plate ( 2.13.4.2.4)
(1 6) 8.10.1.7 Devices Not Covered in Section 8.1 0. When (j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates (Item 1.10)
any device on which the safety of users is dependent is (1) Power Opening of Doors (2.13.2). Determine that
installed that is not specifically covered in Section 8 .10, power opening of car and hoistway doors only occurs
it shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the when the car is at rest at the landing, or in the landing
requirements of the manufacturer 's or the altering com­ zone, except in the case of static control, check that the
pany's procedures (see 8.6.1.6.1 and 8.7.1.2). Documenta­ power shall not be applied until the car is within 300 mm
tion that contains the testing procedures of these devices ( 1 2 in.) of the landing.
shall remain with the equipment and be available in the (2) Leveling Zone and Leveling Speed (2. 1 6 . 1 . 6.3).
on-site documentation (see 8.6.1.2.2). The removal or Check that the leveling zone does not exceed the maxi­
disabling of such devices shall be considered an alter­ mum allowable distance.Check that the leveling speed
ation and shall comply with 8.7.1.2. does not exceed 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min). In addition, for
static control elevators, the person or firm installing the
8.1 0.2 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of Electric equipment shall provide a written checkout procedure
Elevators and demonstrate that the leveling speed with the doors
open is limited to a maximum of 0.75 m /s ( 150 ft /min)
8.1 0.2.1 Inspection and Tests Required. New instal­ and that the speed-limiting (or speed monitor) means
lations shall be inspected and tested as required by is independent of the normal means of controlling this
8.10.2.2 before being placed in service. speed ( 2.26.1.6.6).

378
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(3) Inner Landing Zone (2.26. 1.6.7). For static control 8.1 0.2.2.2 Machine Rooms/Spaces, Control Rooms/ (16)
elevators, check that the zone in which the car can move Spaces
with the doors open is not more than 75 mm (3 in.)
NOTE: A machinery space outside the hoistway containing an
above or below the landing [Item l.10.2(c)]. electric driving machine and a motor controller is a machine room
(k) Car Vision Panels and Glass Car Doors (Item 1.11) (Section 2.7).
(1) vision panel (2.14.2.5 )
(2) glass doors (2.14.5.9) (a) Location of Rooms/Spaces (2.7.6.1 and 2.7.6.2)
(b) Location of Equipment (2.7.6.3)
(3) access panels (2.14.2.6)
(c) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6)
(l) Car Enclosure (Item 1.12 )
(d) Means of Access (Item 2.1)
(1) enclosure and lining materials (2.14.2 . 1 and
(1) access (2.7.3.1 through 2.7.3.4)
2.14.3.1)
(2) door fire-protection rating (2.7.1.1)
(2) equipment prohibited inside car (2.14.1.9)
(e) Headroom (2.7.4) (Item 2.2 )
(3) classes of loading (2.16.2.2)
(f) Means Necessary for Tests (2.7.6.4)
(4) passengers on freight elevators (2.16.4)
(g) Inspection and Test Panel (2.7.6.5 )
(5) identification in cars (2.2 9.1)
(h) Lighting and Receptacles (Item 2.3)
(m) Emergency Exit (Item 1.13)
(1) lighting (2.7.9.1)
(1) car top (2.14.1.5 )
(2) receptacles (NFPA 7 0 or C SA C2 2.l , as
(2) car side (2.14.1.10)
applicable)
(n) Ventilation (2.14.2.3 and 2.14.3.3) (Item 1.14)
(i) Enclosure of Machine Room/ Spaces, Control
(o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols (2.26.12 ) Room/ Spaces (Item 2.4)
(Item 1.15 ) (1) floors (2.1.3 and 2.7.1.3)
(p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate (2) enclosure (2.7.1 and 2. 8.1)
(Item 1.16) (j) Housekeeping (2. 8.1) (Item 2.5 )
(1) rated load and platform area (2.16.1 and 2.16.2)
(k) Ventilation and Heating (2.7.9.2 ) (Item 2.6)
(2) capacity and data plates (2.16.3) (l) Fire Extinguisher (8.6.1.6.5 ) (Item 2.7)
(3) signs in freight elevators (2.16.5 and 2.16.7) (m) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (2. 8) (Item 2. 8)
(q) Emergency or Standby Power Operation (Item 1.1 7). (n) Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment
O peration of elevators equipped with emergency or (2.10.1) (Item 2.9)
standby power shall be inspected and tested for confor­ (o) Numbering of Elevators, Machines, and
mance with the applicable requirements (2.16. 8 and Disconnect Switches [2.2 9.l(a) through (f)] (Item 2.10)
2.27.2). Passenger elevators and freight elevators permit­ (p) Maintenance Path and Maintenance Clearance
ted to carry passengers shall be tested with 125 % of (2.7.2 )
rated load. Other freight elevators shall be tested with (q) Stop Switch (2.7.3.5 and 2.26.2.24)
rated load. In addition, freight elevators with Class C2
(r) Disconnecting Means and Control (2.26.4.1 and
loading shall be tested to ensure that the overload can
NFPA 70 or CSA C2 2.l , as applicable) (Item 2.11)
be maintained during loading and unloading.
(s) Controller Wiring, Fuses, Grounding, etc.
(r) Means to Restrict Car Door Opening (2.14.5.7)
(Item 2.12 )
(Item 1.18)
(1) wiring (2.26.4.1)
(s) Car Ride (2.23, 2.23.6, and 2.15.2 ) (Item 1.19)
(2) fuses (2.26.4.1)
(t) Door Monitoring Systems (2.26.5 )
(3) grounding (2.26.1 and NFPA 70 or CSA C2 2.l ,
(u) Stopping Accuracy (2.26. 11) as applicable)
(v) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.10.2.2.2) (4) phase-protection (2.26.6)
(w) Working Areas in the Car (2.7.5.1) (5) certification (2.26.4.2)
( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement (6) clearances (NFPA 70 or C SA C2 2. l , as
(2.7.5.1.1) applicable)
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34) (7) capacitors or devices (2.26.7)
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car (t) Control Circuits, Including Static Control (Item 2.15).
Movement Device (8.6.11.7) The person or firm installing the elevator shall demon­
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry strate or document conformance with the following:
procedure (8.6.11.8) (1) general (2.26.9.1, 2.26.9.2, and 2.26.9. 8)
( x) Equipment Access Panel Electrical Device (2) redundancy and its checking (2.2 6. 9.3 and
(2.26.2.35 ) 2.26.9.4)
(y) Earthquake Inspections and Tests (8. 4. 4.1) (3) static control without motor generator sets
(Item 1.2 0) (2.26.9.5 and 2.26.9.6)

379
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(4) installation of Capacitors or Other Devices to (-c) Conformance with the traction-loss detection
Make Electrical Protective Devices Ineffective ( 2.26.6) means specified in 2.20.8.1 shall be demonstrated by
(u) Machinery Supports and Fastenings ( 2.9.1 and (-1) causing relative motion between the drive
2.9.3) (Item 2.16) sheave and suspension means either by bottoming the
(v) Braking System. For passenger elevators and all car or counterweight [see 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(3)(-b)], or
freight elevators, the brake shall be tested for compliance (-2) an alternative test provided in the on-site
with applicable requirements .Place the load as shown documentation [see 8.6.1.2.2(b)(5)] or by the installer
and acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction
in Table 8.6.4.20.4 in the car and run it to the lowest
landing by normal operating means. T he driving NOTE [8.10.2.2.2(cc)(3)( b) and 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(3)( c)] : Demonstra
machine shall safely lower, stop, and hold the car with tion need not involve an actual loss of traction, for example, where
the method of protection used to meet 2.20.8.1 prevents a loss of
this load. Freight elevators of Class C 2 loading shall traction.
sustain and level the elevator car ( 2.16.6) (Item 2.17).
The means of adjusting the holding capacity of the brake ( dd) Secondary and Deflector Sheaves ( 2.2 4.2)
shall be sealed to prevent changing the adjustment with­ (Item 2.26)
out breaking the seal. The seal shall bear or otherwise (ee) Rope Fastenings ( 2.9.3.3, 2.20.5, and 2.20.9)
attach the identification of the person or firm that (Item 2.27)
(ff) Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 2.28). The follow­
installed it (see also 8.6.1.7.2, Periodic Test Record).
ing tests are performed with an empty car in the up
(1) braking system ( 2.2 4.8.2.2)
direction and the car loaded with rated load or 1 25% of
(2) electromechanical brake ( 2.2 4.8.3) rated load in the down direction (see 2.16.8).
(3) marking plate ( 2.2 4.8.5) (1) Test normal terminal stopping device for con­
(w) Drive Machines ( 2.2 4.1, 2.2 4.4, 2.2 4.5, and 2.2 4.9) formance with 2.25.2 by making inoperative the normal
(Item 2.18) stopping means. The final terminal stopping device and
(x) Gears, Bearings, and Flexible Connections ( 2.2 4.6, the emergency term inal speed-limiting device shall
2.2 4.7, and 2.2 4.10) (Item 2.19) remain operative.
(2) Test emergency terminal speed-limiting device
(y) Winding-Drum Machine (Item 2 .20)
for conformance with 2.25.4.1.
(1) where permitted ( 2.2 4.1)
(3) For static control elevators, see 2.25.4.2. [See also
(2) drum diameter ( 2.2 4.2.1 and 2.2 4.2.2) 8.10.2.2.3(g) and (h).]
(3) slack-rope device shall be tested by creating (gg) Operating Devices
slack rope ( 2.26.2.1) (1) inspection operation ( 2.26.1.4.4)
(4) spare rope turns ( 2.20.7) (2) inspection operation with open door circuits
(5) securing of ropes to drums ( 2.20.6) ( 2.26.1.5)
(6) final terminal stopping devices ( 2.25.3.5) (3) additional operation devices ( 2.26.1.3)
(hh) Governor, Overspeed Switch, and Seal (Item 2.13)
(z) Belt- or Chain-Drive Machine ( 2.2 4.9) (Item 2.2 1)
(1) T he tripping speed of the governor and the
(aa) Motor Generator ( 2.26.9.7) (Item 2.2 2)
speed at which the governor overspeed switch operates
(bb) Absorption of Regenerated Power ( 2.26.10) shall be tested to determine conformance with 2.18.2
(Item 2.23) and 2 .18 .4 .
(cc) Traction Sheaves (Item 2.25) (2) The governor rope pull-through and pull-out
(1) diameter ( 2.2 4.2.1, 2.2 4.2.2, and 2.2 4.2.4) forces shall be tested to determine conformance with
(2) grooves ( 2.2 4.2.1) 2.17.15 and 2.18.6. If adjustments are made to the gover­
(3) traction limits ( 2.20.8.1, 2.2 4.2.3, and 2.16.6) shall
nor it shall be sealed immediately following the test.
(3) The adjustable means shall be sealed ( 2.18.3).
be verified
(4) A marking plate conforming to 2.18.9 shall be
(-a) During an emergency stop initiated by any
attached at the governor.
of the electrical protective devices listed in 2.26.2 (except
(5) Access and securing of car, if applicable
2.26.2.13), at the rated speed in the down direction, with ( 2.7.6.3.4).
passenger elevators and freight elevators permitted to (ii) Car and Counterweight Safeties (Item 2.29)
carry passengers carrying 1 25% of their rated load, or (1) General Requirements for Types A, B, and C
with freight elevators carrying their rated load, there Safeties.The following requirements apply to the accept­
shall be sufficient traction to safely stop and hold the ance tests of Types A, B, and C safeties (Item 2 .29):
load. (-a) Car safeties shall be tested with rated load
(-b) Traction shall slip, or the driving machine in the car. In making the test of car safeties, the load
shall stall, if either the car or the counterweight bottoms shall be centered on each quarter of the platform sym­
on its buffer. metrically with respect to the centerlines of the platform.

380
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Counterweight safeties, where provided, shall be tested by gradually increasing the speed of the car until the
with no load in the car. governor causes application of the safety.
(-b) The car speed at which the governor trips Safe ties of elevators equipped with AC driving­
shall be determined by means of a tachometer or other machine motors, where the car with its rated load does
device designed to measure car speed and, if necessary, not cause sufficient overspeed when the machine brake
the governor shall be replaced or adjusted to conform is released to trip the governor jaws, shall be tested by
to 2.18.2. operating the car at its rated speed in the down direction
(-c) If adjustmen ts to the tripping speed are and tripping governor jaws by hand; see 8 .10 .2 .2 .2(hh)
made, the governor shall be sealed immediately follow­ for test of governor tripping speed.
ing the test. Governors shall be sealed, as required by (-b) The overspeed switch on the governor shall
2.18.3. be inoperative during the overspeed test. In order to
(-d) The operation of the governor overspeed and ensure that the safety will retard the car with the mini­
the car safety-mechanism switch shall be tested to deter­ mum assistance from the elevator driving machine and
mine conformance with 2.18.4 and 2.17.7. minimize the development of slack rope and fallback of
the counterweight, the switch on the car operated by
(-e) After the safety has stopped the car, the level
the car safety mechanism shall, for the duration of the
of the car platform shall be checked to determine confor­
test, be temporarily adjusted to open as close as possible
mance with 2.17.9.2.
to the position at which the car safety mechanism is in
(1) A metal tag with the rule number, test date, the fully applied position.
and name of the person /firm performing the test shall
(-c) The stopping distances for Type B safeties
be attached to the releasing carrier or where the governor shall conform to 2.17.3, and shall be determined by mea­
rope attaches to the safety. suring the length of the marks made by the safety jaws
(2) Type A Governor-Operated Safeties or wedges on both sides of each car guide rail, deducting
(-a) Type A governor-operated safeties shall be the length of the safety jaw or wedge used, and taking
tested by operating the car at its rated speed in the down the average of the four readings.
direction and manually tripping the governor jaws. A (-d) For Type B safeties, the movement of the
test shall also be made of the inertia application of the governor rope to operate the safety mechanism shall be
safe ty to determine conformance with 2.17.8.1, by tested to determine conformance with 2.17.1 1.
attaching the proper weight to the return run of the (-e) For Type C safeties, the stopping distance
governor rope. The manufacturer shall inform the per­ shall be equal to the stroke of the buffer located between
son making the test of the weight necessary to be added the lower member of the car frame and the auxiliary
to the governor rope when making the inertia applica­ safety plank, and shall conform to 2.17.8.2. After the
tion test.This weight shall be that necessary to reproduce safety has stopped the car, the level of the auxiliary
inertia operation of the safety at not more than ½o grav­ safety plank shall be checked to determine conformance
ity. The inertia application test shall be made with the with 2.17.8.2.6.
car stationary, and the weight, when released, shall move (-f) For Type C safeties, the buffer compression
the safe ty par ts into con tac t w i th the rails. See switch and oil level devices shall be tested to determine
Nonmandatory Appendix M, Fig. M- 1, for location of conformance with 2.17.8.2.7 and 2.17.8.2.8.
weight to be attached to the governor rope when making (jj) Ascending Car Overspeed, and Unintended Car
the inertia test. Inertia application of the safety on the Motion Protection
Type A auxiliary safety plank of Type C safeties is not (1) Ascending Car Overspeed Protection. The means
required. to prevent ascending car overspeed shall be inspected
(-b) If means other than inertia application of the and tested with no load in the car to verify conformance
safety is provided, such means shall be tested in an with 2.19.1.2.
appropriate manner to ensure that the safety will apply (2) Unintended Car Motion. The means to prevent
without appreciable delay under free-fall condition and unintended car motion shall be inspected and tested to
that the safety application is independent of the location verify conformance with 2.19.2.2.
of the break in the hoisting ropes. (kk) Speed. The speed of the car shall be verified with
(3) Type A Safeties Without Governors. Type A safe­ and without rated load, in both directions ( 2.16.3.2).
ties without governors that are operated only as a result (ll) Code Data Plate (8.9) (Item 2.1 4)
of the breaking or slackening of the suspension ropes (mm) Emergency Brake ( 2.19.3)
shall be tested by obtaining the necessary slack rope to (nn) Wiring Diagrams [8.6.l.2.2(a)]
cause it to function. (oo) AC Drives From a DC Source (Item 2.24). The per­
(4) Types B and C Safeties son or firm that installed the AC drive from a DC source
(-a) Types B and C safeties shall be subjected to shall demonstrate compliance with 2.26.9.6 (Item 2.2 4.3).
an overspeed test, with the suspension ropes attached, (pp) Emergency Brake ( 2.19.3.2)

381
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(qq) Rope Retainers or Restraints for Seismic Risk (v) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes ( 2.8.2 and
Zones (Item 2.4 2) NFPA 70 or CSA C 2 2.1, as applicable) (Item 3.16)
(rr) Seismic and Counterweight Displacement Detec­ (w) Door and Gate Equipment (Item 3.17)
tion Dev ices Operation and Door Operation (Item 2.4 2) (1) hoistway doors ( 2.1 1, 2.1 2, and 2.13)
(ss) Testing of Broken- Suspension-Member and (2) emergency doors ( 2.1 1.1.2)
Residual-Strength Detection Means (3) hoistway door fire-protection rating marking or
(1) T he broken-suspension-member detection labels ( 2.1.1.1.3 and 2.1 1.15.1)
means shall be tested by simulating a slack suspension (4) door safety retainers, location, and function
member or a loss of a suspension member as appropriate ( 2.1 1.1 1.8)
( 2.20.8.2). (5) door closed position ( 2.1 2.2.2 and 2.1 2.3.2)
(2) Suspension-member residual-strength detec­ (6) Hoistway Door Hanger ( 2.1 1.1 1.5.8 and
tion means shall be tested to simulate a reduction of 2.1 1.1 2.4.8)
residual strength to 2.20.8.3. (7) Hoistway Door Locking Device ( 2.1 2.2.3,
2.1 2.2.5, 2.1 2.3.3, 2.1 2.3.5, 2.26.2.1 4, and 2.26.4.3)
(16) 8.1 0.2.2.3 Top-of-Car
(x) Car Frame, Counterweight Guides and Stiles
(a) Top-of-Car Stop Switch ( 2.26.2.8) (Item 3.1)
( 2.15) (Item 3.18)
(b) Car Top Light and Outlet ( 2.1 4.7.1.4) (Item 3.2)
(y) Guide Rails and Equipment ( 2 .23) (Item 3.19)
(c) Top-of-Car Operating Device and Equipment (1) rail section ( 2.23.3)
(Item 3.3) (2) bracket spacing ( 2.23.4)
(1) top-of-car inspection operation ( 2.26.1.4.2) (3) surfaces and lubrication ( 2 .23.6 and 2 .17 .16)
(2) equipment on car top ( 2.1 4.1.7) (4) joints and fish plates ( 2.23.7)
(3) inspection operation with open door circuits (5) bracket supports ( 2.23.9)
( 2.26.1.5) (6) fastenings ( 2.23.10)
(d) Top-of-Car Clearance (Item 3.4) (z) Governor Rope (Item 3.20). Verify governor rope
(1) top-of-car clearance ( 2.4.6 through 2.4.8) data tag complies with 2 .18 .5 .Verify the governor rope
(2) low-clearance signage and marking of car top is as specified on the speed-governor marking plate
equipment ( 2.4.7.2) ( 2.18.9). Verify clearance complies with 2.18.5 and
(3) guardrails ( 2.1 4.1.7.1) 2.18.9(c).
(e) Top Counterweight Clearance ( 2 .4 .9) (Item 3.2 4) (aa) Governor Releasing Carrier ( 2 .17 .15) (Item 3.2 1)
(f) Car, Overhead, and Deflector Sheaves ( 2.2 4.2) (bb) Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate (Item 3.2 2)
(Item 3.25) (1) fastenings ( 2.20.9)
(g) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 3.5). Verify (2) car and counterweight hitch plate ( 2.17.13)
location and type of switches ( 2 .25 .2) . [ See also (3) overhead hitch plate ( 2.9.3.4)
8.10.2.2.2(ff).] (4) equalizers ( 2.20.5)
(h) Final Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 3.6). Verify (cc) Suspension Rope (Item 3.23). Verify number and
location and type of switches for conformance with diameter and data tag ( 2.20.2 and 2.20.4)
2.25.3 and 2.26.4.3. (dd) Compensating Means ( 2.2 1.4) (Item 3.33)
(i) Broken Rope, Chain, or Tape Switch (Item 3.26). Verify (ee) Machinery Space /Control Space (8 .10 .2 .2 .2)
for conformance with 2.25.2.3.2, 2.26.2.6, and 2.26.4.3. (ff) Working Areas on the Car Top ( 2.7.5.1)
(j) Car Leveling Devices ( 2.26.1.6) (Item 3.7) ( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement
(k) Data Plate ( 2.16.3.3 and 2.20.2) (Item 3.27) ( 2 .7 .5 .1 .1)
(l) Top Emergency Exit ( 2.1 4.1.5 and 2.26.2.18) (2) Unexpected Car Movement Device ( 2.26.2.34)
(Item 3.8) (3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
(m) Counterweight and Counterweight Buffer ( 2.2 1 Movement Device (8.6.1 1.7)
and 2.2 2) (Item 3.28) (4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
(n) Counterweight Safeties (Item 3.29). V isually inspect procedure (8.6.1 1.8)
counterweight safeties, including marking plate ( 2.17.4). (gg) Equipment Exposure to Weather ( 2.7.6.6)
(o) Identification [ 2.29.l(g) and 2.29.2] (Item 3.9) (hh) Machinery Supports and Fastenings ( 2.9.1 and
(p) Hoistway Construction ( 2.1) (Item 3.10) 2.9.3)
(q) Hoistway Smoke Control ( 2.1.4) (Item 3.1 1) (ii) Guarding of Equipment ( 2.10.1)
(r) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts ( 2 .8) (Item 3.1 2) (jj) For seismic risk zones, horizontal clearance for
(s) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks car and counterweight, snag-point clearance, and rail
( 2.1.5, 2.1.6, and 2.1 1.10.1) (Item 3.13) fastening
(t) Hoistway Clearances ( 2.4 and 2.5) (Item 3.1 4) (kk) For seismic risk zones, snag guards, location of
(u) Multiple Hoistways ( 2.1.1.4) (Item 3.15) compensating ropes /chains, and traveling cables

382
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(ll) Emergency Terminal Stopping Means (2.2 5.4) (4) warning signs [2.4.4(b)]
(Item 3.6) (5) horizontal pit clearances (2.5.1.2 and 2.5.1.6)
8.1 0.2.2.4 Outside Hoistway (c) Car and Counterweight Buffer (Item 5.9). Marking
plates shall be checked in accordance with 2 . 2 2.3.3 ,
(a) Car Platform Guard (Item 4.1)
2.2 2.4.11, or 2.2 2.5.5 for proper application. No test shall
(1) apron (2.15.9)
be required on spring-type or elastomeric buffers. The
(2) car head guards (2.15.9.4)
following tests on oil-type buffers shall be performed
(b) Hoistway Doors (2.11) (Item 4.2 )
(Item 5.9):
(1) test of closed biparting doors (2.11.12.4.3 and
(1) The level of the oil shall be checked to determine
2.11.12.4.7) that it is within the maximum and minimum allowable
(2) hoistway door (2.11) [see also 8.10. 2 . 2 . 3 (w)]
limits (see 2.2 2.4.6).
(c) Vision Panels (2.11.7) (Item 4.3 )
(2) Car and counterweight buffers shall be tested
(d) Hoistway Door Locking Devices (2.12.2.3 , 2. 12.2.5, to determine conformance with the plunger return
2.12.3.3 , 2.12.3.5 , 2.12.4.3 , 2.26.2.14, and 2.26.4. 3 ) [see also requirements of 2.2 2.4.5.
8.10.2.2.3 (w)] (Item 4.4) (3) The car oil buffer shall be tested by running the
(e) access to Hoistway (Item 4.5 )
car with its rated load onto the buffer at rated speed,
(1) access for maintenance (2.12.6 and 2.12.7) except as specified in 8.10.2.2.5(c)(4). The counterweight
(2) access for emergency (2.12.6) oil buffer shall be tested by running the counterweight
(f) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors (2.13.1, 2.13.3 , onto its buffer at rated speed with no load in the car,
and 2.13.4) [ See also 8.10.2.2.l (i)] (Item 4.6) except as specified in 8.10.2.2.5(c)(4).
(g) Sequence Operation (2.13.6 and 2.13.3.4) (Item 4.7) (4) For reduced stroke buffers conforming to
(h) Hoistway Enclosure (2.1.1) (Item 4. 8) 2.2 2.4.1.2, these tests shall be made at the reduced strik­
(i) Emergency and access hoistway openings ing speed.
(Item 4.10) (5) T his acceptance test of the oil buffer is also
(1) blind hoistway emergency door (2.11.1.2 and required where Type C safety is used to assure adequate
2.11.1.3 ) structure and pit bumper contact.
(2) access openings for cleaning (2.11.1.4) (6) In making these tests, the normal and emer­
(j) Separate Counterweight Hoistway (2. 3. 3 ) gency terminal stopping devices shall be made tempo­
(Item 4.11) rarily inoperative. The final terminal stopping devices
(k) Standby or Emergency Power Selection Switch shall remain operative and be temporarily relocated, if
(Item 4.12 ) (2.27.2 and 8.1). [ See also 8.10.2.2.l (q)] necessary, to permit full compression of the buffer dur­
(I) Location of Equipment (2.7.6. 3 ) ing the test.
(m) Means Necessary for Tests (2.7.6.4) (d) Final Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.3). Verify
(n) Inspection and Test Panel (2.7.6. 5 ) , Inspection location, operation, and type of switches for confor­
Operation (2.26.1.4.1), and Inspection Operation With mance with 2.2 5.3 and 2.26.4.3.
Open Door Circuits (2.26.1.5 ) (e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.4). Verify
(o) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6) location, operation, and type of switches for confor­
(1 6) 8.1 0.2.2.5 Pit mance with 2.2 5.2 [see 8.10.2.2.2(ff)].
(a) General (Item 5.1) (f) Traveling Cables (Item 5.5 ) (2. 8.2 and NFPA 70 or
(1) pit floor (2.2.2.2) CSA C2 2.l , as applicable)
(2) drains, sumps and pumps (2.2.2.3 , 2.2.2.4, and (g) Governor-Rope Tension Devices (2.18.7) (Item 5.6)
2.2.2.5) (h) Compensating Chains, Ropes, Rope Retainers,
(3) guards between pits (2.3.2 and 2.2. 3 ) and Sheaves [Items 5.10 and 5.16.3(a)]
(4) counterweight guards (2.3.2) (1) fastenings (2.2 1.4)
(5) access to pit (2.2.4) (2) sheave switches (2.26.2.3 and 2.26.4.3 )
(6) access to underside of car (2.2. 8) (3) tie-down (2.2 1.4.2)
(7) illumination (2.2.5 ) (i) Car Frame and Platform (Item 5.7)
(8) stop switch (2.2.6 and 2.26.2.7) (1) frame (2.15.4 through 2.15.7, and 2.15.9)
(9) pit depth (2.2.7) (2) fire protection (2.15. 8)
(1 0) wiring, pipes, and ducts (2. 8) (j) Car Safeties and Guiding Members (Item 5. 8)
(b) Bottom Clearance and Runby (Item 5.2 ) (1) rope movement (2.17.11)
(1) car bottom clearances (2.4.1) (2) marking plate (2.17.14)
(2) refuge space and marking (2.4.1.3 , 2.4.1.4, and (3) car guiding members (2.15.2)
2.4.1.6) (4) running clearances (2.17.10)
(3) car and counterweight runbys (2.4.2 and 2.4.4.) (k) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.10.2.2. 2 )

383
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(l) Working Areas in the Pit (2.7.5.2) and (t); 8.10.2.2.3(c)(3 ); 8.10.2.2.3(j ) and (w); 8.10.2.2.4(b),
( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement and (d) through (g); and 8.10.2.2.6.
[2.7.5.2.l (a) or (b)] (b) Where alterations have been made to the car or
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34) counterweight guide rails, guide-rail supports, or guide­
( 3 ) operating instructions for U nexpected Car rail fastenings, or where the stresses have been increased
Movement Device (8.6.11.7) by more than 5% (8.7.2.24), tests shall be performed
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry as specified in 8.10.2.2.l (s); 8.10.2.2.2(ii) and Gi ); and
procedure (8.6.11.8) 8.10.2.2.3(t), (x), and (y).
(m) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6) (c) Where alterations have been made to car or coun­
(n) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9. 1 and terweight oil buffers (8.7.2.23 ) , tests shall be performed
2.9.3 ) as specified in 8.10.2.2.S(b) and (c).
(o) Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment (d) Where an alteration results in the increase in dead­
(2.10.1) weight of the car that is sufficient to increase the sum
(p) Pit Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.4) of the deadweight and the rated load, as originally
(q) Snag guards for governor rope and traveling installed, by more than 5% (see 8.7.2.15.2), tests shall be
cables in seismic risk zones (Item 5.16.3 ) performed as specified in 8.10. 2. 2.l (p) and (q);
(r) Verify information shown on layout drawing 8.10.2.2.2(v), (w), (x), (z), (aa), (bb), (cc)(3 ) , (ff), (ii), Gi ),
[Item 5 . 16.3 (d)] and (kk); 8.10.2.2.3 (k) and (x); and 8.10.2.2.S(c) and (i).
8.1 0.2.2.6 Firefighters' Emergency Operation. Ver­ (e) Where the alteration consists of the installation of
ify conformance with 2.27.3 through 2.27. 8. new car or counterweight safeties, or where alterations
are made to existing safeties (see 8.7.2.18), tests shall be
8.1 0.2.2.7 Working Platforms performed as specified in 8.10. 2. 2. 2 (hh) and (ii);
(a) Working Platforms (2.7.5.3 and 2.7.5.4) 8.10.2.2.3(n) , (y), and (aa); and 8.10.2.2.SG ).
(1) operating instructions (8.6. 10.8) (f) Where any alteration is made to a speed governor
(b) Retractable Stops (2.7.5.5 ) (see 8.7.2.19), tests shall be performed as specified in
(1) retractable stop electrical device (2.26.2.37) 8.10.2.2.2(hh), (ii)(l ) , (ii)(2 ) , and (ii)(4); and 8.10.2.2.3(aa).
(c) Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.4)
(g) Where an alteration involves an increase in the
8 . 1 0 . 2 . 2 . 8 F u n c t i o n a l Safety of S I L Rated rated load (see 8.7.2.16.4), tests shall be performed as
Device(s). Where an installation or alteration contains specified in 8.10.2.2.l (p) , and (q); 8.10.2.2.2(v) through
SIL rated devices, verify the Code data plate is marked (bb), (cc)(3 ) , (ff), (ii), Gi ), and (kk); 8.10.2.2. 3 (k) and (x);
(see Section 8.9) and that SIL rated devices used to satisfy and 8.10.2.2.S(c) and (i).
2. 2 6. 4. 3. 2 , 2. 2 6. 8. 2 , 2.2 6. 9. 3. 2 (b) , 2. 2 6. 9. 5. l (b) , and (h) Where alterations are made to a driving machine
2.2 6.9.6 . l (b) are identifiable on wiring diagrams (see brake (see 8.7.2.2 5), tests shall be performed as specified
8.6.1.6.3 ) with part identification, certification identifica­ in 8.10.2.2.2(v) and (cc)(3 ).
tion information, and an SIL equal to or greater than (i) Where the location of the driving machine has
the values indicated for the devices in Table 2.26.4.3. 2 , been changed (8.7.2.2 5.2), for alterations as described
and 2.26. 8.2 and 2.26.9, as applicable. The person or in 8.7.2.2 5.2(a), tests shall be performed as specified in
firm installing the equipment shall provide a written 8.10.2.2.2 (i) , (n) , (u) , and (cc) (3 ). For alterations as
checkout procedure and demonstrate that SIL rated described in 8.7.2.2 5.2(b) , tests shall be performed as
devices, safety functions (see Table 2.2 6.4.3. 2 ) , and specified in 8.10.2.2.
related circuits operate as intended.
(j) W here an alteration increases the rated speed
(16) 8.1 0.2.2.9 Occupant Evacuation Operation. Verify (8.7.2.17.2), travel (8.7.2.17.1), rated load (8.7.2.4), type
conformance with 2.27.11. of service (8.7.2.16.1), class of loading (8.7. 2 . 16.2 ), or from
8 . 1 0 . 2 . 3 I n s p e c t i o n a n d Test Req u i re m e n ts for freight to passenger (8.7.2.16.3 ), tests shall be performed
Altered Installations as specified in 8.10.2.2.l (c), (p), (q), and (s); 8.10.2.2.2(s),
(t), (v), (aa), (bb) , (cc), (dd), (ff), (hh), (ii), Gi ), and (kk);
8.1 0.2.3.1 Alterations shall be inspected for com­ 8.10.2.2.3 (d) , (e) , (g) , (h) , (i) , (k) , (m) , (n) , and (cc);
pliance with the applicable requirements specified in 8.10.2.2.4(e); and 8.10.2. 2 . 5 (b) through (e) and G)-
Section 8.7. (k) Where an alteration is made to any terminal stop­
Check Code data plate for compliance with 8.7.1. 8. ping device (8.7.2.26), tests shall be performed as speci­
(16) 8.1 0.2.3.2 Tests shall be performed when the fol- fied in 8.10. 2. 2. 2 (ff ); 8.10. 2. 2. 3 (g) and (h); and
lowing alterations are made: 8.10.2.2.5(c)(4), (d), and (e).
(a) Where the alteration consists of the addition of (l) Where an alteration is made to a standby or emer­
power operation to the door system (see 8.7.2.12 ) , tests gency power system (see 8.7.2.2 8) , tests shall be per­
shall be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.l(a), (h), (i), G), formed as specified in 8.10.2.2.l (q) and 8.10.2.2.4(k).

38 4
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(m) Where an alteration is made to firefighters' ser­ 8.1 0.3.2 Inspection and Test Requirements for New
vice operation (see 8.7.2.28), tests shall be conducted as Installations
specified in 8.10.2.2.6.
8.10.3.2.1 Inside Car (1 6)
(n) Where an alteration increases or decreases the rise (a) Door Reopening Device [8.10.2.2.l(a)] (Item 1.1)
(see 8.7.2.17.1), tests shall be performed as specified in (b) Stop Switches [3.26 .4 and 8 .10 .2 .2 .l(b)] (Item 1 .2)
8.10.2.2.2(ee) and (ff); 8.10.2.2.3(d) through (h), (t), (w), (c) Operating Control Devices [3.26.1 through 3.26.3,
and (y); 8.10.2.2.4(b), (c), (e) through (h), and G); and and 8.10.2.2.l(c)] (Item 1.3)
8.10.2.2.S(a), (b), (d), (e), (g), and (h). (d) Car Floor and Landing Sill [3.5, 3.1 1, 3.15, and
(o) Where an alteration is made such that a hoistway 8.10.2.2.l(d)] (Item 1.4)
entrance is added (see 8.7.2.10.1), tests shall be per­ (e) Car Lighting [3. 1 4 and 8. 10. 2. 2.l(e)] (Item 1.5)
formed as specified in 8.10.2.2.l(a), (c)(3), (h), (i), G), (f) Car Emergency Signal [3.27 and 8.10.2.2.l(f)]
(r), and (t); 8.10.2.2.2(gg)( 2); 8.10.2.2.3(c)(3), (o), and (w); (Item 1 .6)
8.10.2.2.4(b) through (g), and G); and 8.10.2.2.6. (g) Car Door or Gate [3.1 1 through 3.1 4, and
(p) Where an alteration is made such that there is a 8 .10 .2 .2 .l(g)] (Item 1 .7)
change in class of loading (see 8.7.2.16.2), tests shall be (h) Door Closing Force [3.13, 3.1 4, and 8.10.2.2.l(h)]
performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.l(p); 8.10.2.2.2(v), (w), (Item 1.8)
(cc), (ii), and Gi); and 8.10.2.2.S(i)(l). (i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates [3.13 and
(q) Where an alteration is made that results in a freight 8.10.2.2.l(i)] (Item 1.9)
elevator being permitted to carry passengers (see (j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates [3.13, 3.26.3, and
8.7.2.16.3), tests shall be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.l fj)] (Item 1.10)
8.10.2.2.l(a), (g), (i), G), (1), (p), and (q); and 8.10.2.2.2(v), (k) Car Vision Panels and Glass Car Doors [3.1 4 and
(bb), (ff), (ii), Gi)( 2), and (kk). 8.10.2.2.l(k)] (Item 1.1 1)
(r) Where an alteration is made that results in a new (l) Car Enclosure [3.1 4, 8.9, and 8.10.2.2.1( 1)]
drive machine (see 8.7.2.25.1), tests shall be performed (Item 1.1 2)
as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(0), (u) through (z), (cc), (dd), (m) Emergency Exit [3.1 4 and 8.10.2.2.l(m)]
Gi), and (kk); and 8.10.2.2.l(q). (Item 1.13)
(n) Ventilation [3.1 4 and 8.10.2.2.l(n)] (Item 1.1 4)
(s) Where a controller is installed as part of an alter­
(o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols [3.4 and
ation without any change to the type of operation or
8.10.2.2.l(o)] (Item 1.15)
control (see 8.7.2.27.4), tests shall be performed as speci­
(p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate [3.16
fied in 8.10.2.2.l(c), G), (1)(5), (q), and (t); 8.10.2.2.2(r),
and 8.10.2.2.l(p)] (Item 1.16)
(s), (t), (v), (aa), (bb), (ff), (gg), (jj), and (kk); 8 .10 .2 .2 .6 ;
(q) Emergency and Auxiliary Power (Item 1.17)
and 8.10.2.2.3(0).
( 1 ) standby or emergency power [3.27 and
(t) W here an alteration is made that results in a
8.10.2.2.l(q)]. Passenger elevators and freight elevators
change in the type of motion or operation control shall be tested with rated load. Freight elevators with
(8 .7 .2 .27 .5 and 8 .7 .2 .27 .6), tests shall be performed as Class C 2 loading shall be tested to ensure that the over­
specified in 8.10.2.2.2(s) and (t). All electrical protective load can be maintained during loading and unloading.
devices shall be tested for proper operation. (2) auxiliary power lowering (3.26.10)
(u) Where an alteration is made that results in a new (r) Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway Doors [3.1 2
replacement of a hoistway door, car door, or car gate and 8.10.2.2.l(r)] (Item 1.18)
controller without any change to the operation or control (s) Car Ride (3.15, 3.23, and 8.10.2.2.l(s)] (Item 1.19)
[see 8.7.2.27.4(b)], tests shall be performed as specified (t) Door Monitoring Systems [3.26.1 and 8.10.2.2.l(t)]
in 8.10.2.2.l(i) and G); and 8.10.2.2.2(s)(l), (s)( 2), (s)(3), (u) Stopping Accuracy (3.26.1)
and (s)(5). (v) Machinery Space /Control Space (8.10.3.2.2)
(w) Working Areas in the Car (3.7 and 2.7.5.1)
( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement
8.10.3 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of Hydraulic ( 2.7.5.1.1)
Elevators (2) Unexpected Car Movement Device ( 2.26.2.34)
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
8.10.3.1 Inspection and Tests Required. New instal­ Movement Device (8.6.1 1.7)
lations shall be inspected and tested as required by (4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
8.10.3.2 before being placed in service. procedure (8.6.1 1.8)
Altered installations shall be inspected as specified in (x) Equipment Access Panel Electrical Device (3.26 .1
8.10.3.3.1. Altered installations shall be tested as speci­ and 2.26.2.35)
fied in 8.10.3.3.2 before being placed back in service. (y) Earthquake Inspections and Tests (Item 1.20)

385
 ASME A17.1-201 6/CSA B44-16

(16) 8 . 1 0 . 3 . 2 . 2 Mach i n e Ro o m s / S p aces, Co n t ro l (u) Relief Valves (Item 2.31). The relief valve shall be
Rooms/Spaces tested to determine conformance with 3.19.4.2.
(v) Control Valve (Item 2.3 2 )
NOTE: A machinery space outside the hoistway containing a
hydraulic machine and a motor controller is a machine room (1) electric requirements (3.19.7)
(Section 3.7). (2) certification (3.19.4.6)
(3) data plate (3.19.4.6.2)
(a) Location of Rooms/ Spaces [3.7.1 and 8.10.2.2.2(a)]
(4) check valve (3.19.4.3 )
(b) Location of Equipment [3.7.1 and 8.10.2.2.2(b)] (5) manual lowering valve (3.19.4.4)
(c) Equipment Exposure to Weather [ 3.7. 1 and
(6) pressure gauge fitting (3.19.4.5 )
8.10.2.2.2(c)]
(w) Tanks (Item 2.3 3 )
(d) Means of Access [3.7.1 and 8.10.2.2.2(d)] (Item 2.1)
(1) capacity (3.2 4.2.1)
(e) Headroom [3.7.1 and 8.10.2.2.2(e)] (Item 2.2 )
(2) minimum level indication (3.2 4.2.2)
(f) Means Necessary for Tests [3.7.1 and 8.10.2.2.2(f)]
(3) atmospheric storage and discharge tanks
(g) Inspection and Test Panel [3.7.1 and 8.10.2.2.2(g)]
(3.24.3 )
(h) Lighting and Receptacles [ 3.7.1, 3. 8, and
(x) Flexible Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Assemblies
8.10.2.2.2(h)] (Item 2.3 )
(3.19.3.3 ) (Item 2.3 4)
(i) Enclosure o f Machine Rooms/ Spaces, Control
(y) Supply Lines and Shutoff Valves (Item 2.35). Data
Rooms/ Spaces [3.1, 3.7. 1, and 8.10. 2. 2.2 (i)] (Item 2.4)
from the pipe, fitting, and valve manufacturers shall
(j) Housekeeping [3.8 and 8.10.2.2.2G )] (Item 2.5 )
be provided to verify that the pressured rating of all
(k) Ventilation and Heating [3.7.1 and 8.10.2.2.2(k)] components complies with pressure rating requirements
(Item 2.6) (Item 2.18.3 ).
( I ) Fire Extinguisher [ 8. 6.1.6. 5 and 8. 10.2. 2. 2 (1 ) ] (1) component ratings (3.19.1.2)
(Item 2.7) (2) component markings (3.19.1.4)
(m) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts [3.8 and 8.10.2.2.2(m)]
(3) visual inspection of field welding (3.19.6)
(Item 2. 8)
(4) pressure piping (3.19.2)
(n) Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment [3.10
(5) below-ground installations (3.19.5 )
and 8.10.2.2.2(n)] (Item 2.9)
(6) connections and fittings (3.19.3 )
(o) N umbering of Elevators, Machines, and
(z) Hydraulic Cylinders (Item 2.36). For plunger stops
Disconnect Switches [3.29 and 8.10.2.2.2(0)] (Item 2.10)
[Item 3.4.3(a)] , verify that a stop ring has been provided
(p) Maintenance Path and Maintenance Clearance
as required by 3.18.4.1.
[3.7.1 and 8.10.2.2.2(p)]
(aa) Pressure Switch (Item 2.37). Where cylinders are
(q) Stop Switch [3.7.1, 3.26.1, and 8.10.2.2.2(q)]
installed with the top of the cylinder above the top of
(r) Disconnecting Means and Control [ 8.10.2.2.2(r)]
the tank, a test shall be made to determine conformance
(Item 2.11) to 3.26.8.
( 1 ) general (2. 2 6. 4.1, 2. 2 6. 4. 5 , and 3. 2 6.1, and
(bb) Recycling Operation (3. 2 6 . 7). Where recycling
NFPA 70 or CSA C2 2.l , as applicable) operation is provided for multiple or telescoping plung­
(2) closed position (3.26.3.1.4) ers, tests shall be made for conformance with 3.26.7.
(3) auxiliary contacts (NFPA 70 or CSA C2 2.1, as (cc) Static Control Elevator. The person or firm install­
applicable) ing a static control elevator shall demonstrate confor­
(s) Controller Wiring, Fuses, Grounding, etc. mance with 3.2 5.2.4.4 (Item 2.41).
[ 8.10.2.2.2 (s)] (Item 2.12 ) (dd) Code Data Plate [ 8.9 and 8.10.2.2.2(11)] (Item 2.14)
(1) wiring (2.26.4.1 and 3.26.1) (ee) Operating Devices [ 8.10.2.2.2(gg)]
(2) certification (2.26.4.2 and 3.26.1) (1) Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.4)
(3) capacitors or devices (2.26.7 and 3.26.1) (2) Inspection Operation With Open Door Circuits
(4) control and operating circuits (2.26.9 and 3.26.1) (2.26.1.5, 3.26.1, and 3.26.2)
(5) clearances (NFPA 7 0 or C SA C2 2.l , as (ff) Governor, Overspeed Switch, and Seal [3.17.1 and
applicable) 8.10.2.2.2(hh)] (Item 2.13 )
(6) phase protection (3.26.5) ( 1 ) access and securing of car, if applicable
(7) low oil protection (3.26.9) (2.7.6.3.4)
(8) grounding (2.26 and NFPA 70 or CSA C2 2.l , as (gg) Wiring Diagrams [ 8.6.1.2.2(a) and 8.10.2.2.2(nn)]
applicable) (Item 2.14)
(9) fuses (2.26.4.1) (hh) Freight Elevators. Freight elevators of Class C2
(t) Hydraulic Machine (Power Unit) (3.24.1) (Item 2.30). loading shall sustain and level the elevator car with the
The working pressure shall be checked and the pressure maximum load shown on the freight elevator loading
on the data plate verified (3.2 4.1.1). sign (3.16.2 ) (Item 2.17).

386
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(ii) Location of machine room /space and hoistway (5) bracket Supports
related to expansion joint (Item 2.4 2.3.2) (6) fastenings
(7) guides
(16) 8.1 0.3.2.3 Top-of-Car
(a) Top-of-Car Stop Switch [3.26.4 and 8.10.2.2.3(a)]
(u) Governor, Safety, Ropes, and Coun terweights
(Item 3.1) (Item 3.20). Use procedures in 8.10.2.2.2(hh) and (ii); and
8.10.2.2.3(m), (n), (z) through (cc); car and counterweight
(b) Car Top Light and Outlet [3.1 4 and 8.10.2.2.3(b)]
safeties (3.17.1 and 3.17.2).
(Item 3.2)
(v) Governor Rope Releasing Carrier [3.17.1 and
(c) Top-of-Car Operating Device [8.10.2.2.3(c)]
8.10.2.2.3(aa)] (Item 3.2 1)
(Item 3.3)
(w) Governor Rope [3.17 .1 and 8 .10 .2 .2 .3(z)]
(1) operation (3.26.2)
(Item 3.20)
(2) operation with open door circuits ( 2.26.1.5)
(x) Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate [3.17 .1 and
(d) Top-of-Car Clearance [8 .10 .2 .2 .3(d)] (Item 3.4)
8.10.2.2.3(bb)] (Item 3.2 2)
(1) top car clearance (3.4.4.5)
(y) Suspension Rope (3.17.1, 3.18.1.2, 3.20, and 3.2 4.5)
(2) car top minimum runby (3.4.2.2)
(Item 3.23)
(3) top-of-car equipment (3.4.7)
(z) Slack- Rope Device (3.17.1.1, 3.18.1.2.5, and
(4) clearance above hydraulic jack projecting above 3.2 2.1.2) (Item 3.31)
the car (3.4 .8) (aa) Traveling Sheave (3.18.1.2.6 and 3.2 2.1.2)
(e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices [3.25.1 and (Item 3.32)
8 .10 .2 .2 .3(g)] (Item 3.5 ) (bb) Counterweight Ropes, Connections, and Sheaves
(f) Terminal Speed Reducing Devices (3.25.2)
(3.20 and 3.2 1) (Item 3.2 2)
(Item 3.6) (cc) Car Speed [3.28.l (k)J. The speed of the car shall
(g) Car Leveling and Anticreep Devices (3.26.3) be verified with rated load and with no load, in both
(Item 3.7) directions. (Item 3.30)
(1) Anticreep Operation. A test of the anticreep lev­ (dd) Inertia Tests. Conduct inertia tests for Type A
eling device shall be made to determine conformance safeties. See Nonmandatory Appendix M.
to 3.26.3.1.
(ee) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.10.3.2.2)
(2) leveling or truck zone operation (3.26.3.2)
(ff) Working Areas on the Car Top (3.7.1)
(h) Crosshead Data Plate [3.16 and 8.10.2.2.3(k)]
( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement
(Item 3.27)
( 2.7.5.1.1)
(i) Top Emergency Exit [3.1 4 and 8.10.2.2.3( 1)]
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device ( 2.26.2.34)
(Item 3.8)
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
(j) Identification [3.29 and 8.10.2.2.3(0)] (Item 3.9)
Movement Device (8.6.1 1.7)
(k) Hoistway Construction [3.1 and 8.10.2.2.3(p)]
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
(Item 3.10) procedure (8.6.1 1.8)
(l) Hoistway Smoke Control [3.1 and 8 .10 .2 .2 .3(q)]
(gg) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1)
(Item 3.1 1)
(hh) Machinery Supports and Fastenings ( 2 .9 .1 and
(m) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts [3.8 and 8.10.2.2.3(r)]
2.9.3)
(Item 3.1 2)
(ii) Guarding of Equipment ( 2.10.1)
(n) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks [3.1
(jj) Broken Rope, Chain, or Tape Switch (Item 3.26)
and 8.10.2.2.3(s)] (Item 3.13)
(kk) Earthquake Inspection and Tests (Seismic Risk
(o) Hoistway Clearances [3.5 and 8.10.2.2.3(t)]
Zone 2 or Greater) (Item 3.34)
(Item 3.1 4)
(p) Multiple Hoistways [3.1 and 8.10.2.2.3(u)] 8.1 0.3.2.4 Outside Hoistway (1 6)
(Item 3.15) (a) Car Platform Guard [3.15 and 8.10.2.2.4(a)]
(q) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes [3.8 and (Item 4.1)
8.10.2.2.3(v)] (Item 3.16) (b) Hoistway Doors [3.1 1 and 8.10.2.2.4(b)] (Item 4.2)
(r) Door and Gate E q uipment. Use procedure in (c) Vision Panels [3.1 1 and 8.10.2.2.4(c)] (Item 4.3)
8 .10 .2 .2 .3(w) .(3.1 1, 3.1 2, and 3.13) (Item 3.17) (d) Hoistway Door Locking Devices [3.1 2 and
(s) Car Frame and Stiles (3.15) (Item 3.18) 8.10.2.2.4(d)] (Item 4.4)
(t) Guide Rails, Fastenings, and Equipment (3.23) (e) Access to Hoistway [3.1 2 and 8.10.2.2.4(e)]
(Item 3.19) (Item 4.5)
(1) rail Section (3.23) (f) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors [3.13 and
(2) bracket Spacing 8.10.2.2.4(f)] (Item 4.6)
(3) surfaces and Lubrication (g) Sequence Operation [3.13 and 8.10.2.2.4(g)]
(4) joints and Fishplates (Item 4.7)

387
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(h) Hoistway Enclosure [3.1 and 8. 10. 2. 2. 4 (h)] (k) Governor rope tension device (3.17.4) (Item 5.6)
(Item 4. 8) (l) Counterweight (Item 3.2 8)
(i) Emergency Doors in Blind Hoistways [3.11 and ( 1 ) top clearance and bottom runby (3. 4.6 and
8.10.2.2.4(i)] (Item 4.10) 3.2 2.2 )
(1) blind hoistway emergency door (2) guards (3.3)
(2) access openings for cleaning (3) design (3.21)
(j) Standby or Emergency Power Selection Switch (m) Protection of spaces below hoistway (3.6)
[3.26.10 and 8.10.2.2.4(k)] (Item 4.12 ) ( n ) A plunger gripper, where provided, shall be
(k) Location of Equipment (3.7.1) inspected and tested at rated load at not less than
(l) Means Necessary for Tests (2.7.6.4, 3.7.1.8, 3.7.1.9, operating speed in the down direction. The means for
and 3.7.1.10) the actuation of the gripper shall be verified by
(m) Inspection and Test Panel (3.7.1 and 2.7.6. 5 ) , overspeeding the car or by alternative means. Where
Inspection Operation (2. 2 6. 1. 4.1) , and Inspection multiple means of actuation are provided, each means
Operation With Open Door Circuits (2.26.1.5) shall be individually tested. The date of this test shall
(n) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1) be permanently marked on the marking plate [ see
(o) Elevator Parking Device (Item 4.9) 3.17.3. 8(e)].
(16) 8.10.3.2.5 Pit (o) Overspeed Valve and Seal. Overspeed valves, where
provided, shall be inspected and tested to verify that
(a) Pit Access, Lighting, Stop Switch, and Condition
they will stop the car, traveling down with rated load
[3.2 and 8.10.2.2.5 (a) (l ) through (a) (8) and (a) (l O ) ]
within the specified limits of 3.19.4.7.S(a), using a written
(Item 5.1)
procedure supplied by the valve manufacturer or
(b) Bottom Clearance, Runby, and Minimum Refuge
installer (Item 5.15.3.2).
Space (Item 5.2 )
(p) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.10.3.2.2 )
(1) bottom car clearance (3.4.1)
(q) Working Areas in the Pit (3.7.1 and 2.7.5.2 )
(2) minimum bottom car runby (3.4.2 )
( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement
(3) maximum bottom car runby (3.4.3)
[2.7.5.2.l (a) or (b)]
(c) Plunger and Cylinder (Item 5.11)
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
(1) hydraulic j ack connections
(3) operating instructions for U nexpected Car
(-a) direct-acting elevators (3.18.1.1); and
Movement Device (8.6.11.7)
(-b) roped-hydraulic elevators (3.18.1.2 )
(4) operating instructions for egress and re-entry
(2) plunger
procedure (8.6.11. 8)
(-a) plunger connections (3.18.2.3)
(r) Equipment Exposed to Weather (3.7.1)
(-b) plunger guides (3.18.2.7)
(s) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9.1 and
(3) cylinders
2.9.3)
(-a) clearance bottom of cylinder (3.18.3.3)
(t) Guarding of Equipment (2.10.1)
(-b) collection of oil (3.18.3.7)
(u) Pit Inspection Operation (3.26.2)
(-c) corrosion protection: the person or firm
installing monitored cathodic protection shall demon­ (v) Earthquake Inspection and Tests (8. 4. 4.1)
strate conformance with 3.18.3. 8.3(c) (Item 5.16)
(-d) means for release of air or gas (3.18.3.9) 8 . 1 0.3.2.6 Fi refighters' Emergen cy O peration
(4) welding visual inspection (3.18.5) (3.27). Verify conformance with 2.27.3 through 2.27.8
(d) Car Buffer (3.6.3 , 3.6.4, and 3.2 2.1) (Item 5.12 ). and 3.27.
Marking plates shall be checked for proper application
in accordance with 2.2 2.3.3 or 2.2 2.5.5. No test shall be 8.10.3.2.7 Working Platforms
required on spring-type or elastomeric buffers. (a) Working Platforms (3.7.1, 2.7.5.3, and 2.7.5.4)
(e) N ormal Terminal Stopping Devices (3.2 5 . 1) (1) operating instructions (8.6.10. 8)
(Item 5.4) (b) Retractable Stops (3.7.1 and 2.7 . 5 . 5 )
(f) Traveling Cables (3. 8; and NFPA 70, Article 6 2 0, (1) retractable stop electrical device (2.26.2.37)
or CSA C2 2.l, Section 3 8, as applicable) (Item 5.5 ) (c) Inspection Operation (3.26.2)
(g) Car Frame and Platform (3.15 ) (Item 5.7)
(h) Guiding Members (3.15 and 3.23) (Item 5.13)
8 . 1 0 . 3 . 3 I nspection and Test Req u i rements for
Altered Installations
(i) Supply Piping (Item 5.14)
(1) components and valves (3.19.1 and 3.19.4) 8.10.3.3.1 Alterations shall be inspected for com­
(2) field welding visual inspection (3.19.6) pliance with the applicable requirements specified in
(3) pressure piping (3.19.2) Section 8.7.
(j) Car Safety (3.17) (Item 5. 8) Check Code data plate for compliance with 8.7.1. 8.

388
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(16) 8.1 0.3.3.2 Tests shall be performed when the fol- (l) Where an alteration is made to a standby or emer­
lowing alterations are made: gency power system [see 8.7.3.3 1.8(b)] , tests shall be
(a) Where the alteration consists of the addition of performed as specified in 8.10.3.2.l (q) and 8.10.3.2.4G ).
power operation to the door system (8.7.3.12 ), tests shall (m) Where an alteration is made to firefighters' ser­
be performed as specified in 8.10.3.2.l (a), (h), (i), G ) , and vice operation [ 8.7.3.31.8(c)] , tests shall be conducted as
(t); 8.10.3.2.3 (c)(2 ) and (r); 8.10.3.2.4(b) and (d) through specified in 8.10. 3 . 2.6.
(g); and 8.10.2.2.6. (n) Where an alteration is made to the plunger or
(b) Where alterations have been made to the car or cylinder (8.7.3.2 3 ) , tests shall be performed as specified
counterweight guide rails, guide-rail supports, or guide­ in 8.10.3.2.2(m) , (n), (o), (r), and (s), 8.10.3.2.3(d) and
rail fastenings, or where the stresses have been increased (cc); and 8.10.3.2.5 (b) and (c).
by more than 5% (8.7.3.2 8) , tests shall be performed (o) Where an existing control valve is replaced with
as specified in 8.10.3.2.l (s), 8.10.2.2.2(ii), if safeties are a valve of a different type, or where relief or check valves
provided, 8.10.3.2.3(0), (s), and (t). or the supply piping and fittings are replaced (8.7.3.24),
(c) Where alterations have been made to oil buffers tests shall be performed as specified in 8.10.3.2.2(t), (u),
(8.7.3. 2 7 ) , tests shall be performed as specified in (v), and (y); and 8.10.3.2.3 (cc).
8.10.3.2.S(b) , (d), and (1)(1). (p) Where an alteration consists of a change in opera­
(d) Where an alteration results in an increase in the tion control (8.7.3.31.7), tests shall be performed as speci­
deadweight of the car that is sufficient to increase the fied in 8.10. 3 . 2.l (a), (b), (c), (e) through G), (1), (q), (s),
sum of the deadweight and the rated load, as originally and (t); 8.10.3.2.2G), (1), (t), (u), (x), and (y); 8.10.3.2.3(a),
installed, by more than 5% (8.7.3.21), tests shall be per­ (c), (e), (f), (g), (j ), and (cc); 8.10.3.2.4(b) through (g), (j ),
formed as specified in 8.10.3.2.3(u) and 8.10.2.2.2(ii) if and (k); 8.10.3.2.5 (a) and (e); and 8.10.3.2.6.
safeties are provided; 8.10.2.2.S(c) if oil buffers are pro­ (q) Where an alteration is made that results in a new
vided; and 8.10.3.2.l(q), 8.10.3.2.2(m), (n), (q), and (r), hoistway door, car door, or car gate controller without
8.10.3.2.3 (h) and (cc). any change to the operation or control [ 8.7.3.3 1.5 (b)] ,
(e) Where the alteration consists of the installation of tests shall be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.2G) and
new car or counterweight safeties, or where alterations 8.10.3.2.2(s)(l ), (s)(2 ) , (s)(3 ) , and (s)(5 ).
are made to existing safeties (8.7.3.15 ), tests shall be (r) W here an alteration is made that results in a
performed as specified in 8.10.3.2. 3 (u) and 8.10.2.3.2(e). change in the type of motion control (8.7.2.27.5), tests
(f) Where any alteration is made to a speed governor shall be performed as specified in 8.10. 3. 2. 1(1 ) ;
(8.7.3.16 ) , tests shall be performed as specified by 8.10.3.2.2(j), (1), (m), (t), and (u); and 8.10.3.2. 3 (j ). All
8.10.2.3.2(f) and 8.10.3.2.3 (u). electrical protective devices shall be tested for proper
(g) Where an alteration involves an increase in the operation.
rated load (8.7.3.20), tests shall be performed as specified (s) W here an alteration is made and results in a
in 8.10.2.2.2(ii); and 8.10.3.2.3 (u) if safeties are provided; replacement of a new controller without any change to
and 8.10.2.2.S(c) if oil buffers are provided, and as speci­ the type of operation control or motion (8.7.3.3 1.5 ), tests
fied in 8.10.3.2.l (p) , (q) (l ) , 8.10.3.2. 2 (m), (n) , (r) , and shall be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(1)(5 ) , and
8.10.3.2.3 (h) and (cc). 8. 10. 2. 2. 2 (q) , (s) , (t) (l ) , (t) (2 ) , (t) (4 ) , and (11 ) ; and
(h) Where an alteration consists of an increase in the 8.10.2.2.l(t), and 8.10.2.2.3 (0). All electrical protective
working pressure by more than 5% (8.7.3.23.4), it shall devices shall be tested for proper operation.
be inspected as specified in 8.10.3.2.2(m) , (n) through (t)
and 8.10.3.2.S(c) and (i). 8.10.4 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of Escalators
(i) Where the location of the hydraulic jack has been and Moving Walks
changed (8.7.3.23.5), tests shall be performed as specified 8.1 0.4.1 Inspection and Test Requirements for New
8.10.3.2. Installations. New installations shall be inspected and
(j) W here an alteration increases the rated speed tested as required by 8.10.4.l before being placed in
(8.7.3.2 2.2 ), increases the rated load (8.7.3.2 0), increases service.
the weight of the car (8.7.3.21), changes travel (8.7.3.2 2.1),
changes the type of service (8.7.3.17), changes the class of 8.1 0.4.1.1 External Inspection and Tests (16)
loading (8.7.3.18) , or changes from freight to passenger (a) General Fire Protection Requirements (Items 7.1
(8.7.3.19 ) , tests shall be performed as specified in and 9.1)
8.10.3.2.l (a), (c), (g) through (k), (q), (r), (s), and (t); (1) The protection of floor and wall openings shall
8.10.3.2.2(m), (n), (x), and (y); 8.10.3.2.3 (c) through (h), be inspected to determine conformance with 6.1.1 for
(o), (u), (y), and (cc); and and 8.10.3.2.S(b), (d), and (1). escalators or 6.2.1 for moving walks.
(k) Where an alteration is made to any terminal stop­ (2) The protection of the trusses and machine space
ping device (see 8.7.3.3 0), tests shall be performed as shall be inspected to determine conformance with 6.1.2
specified in 8.10.3.2. 3 (e) and (f), and 8.10.3.2.S(e). or 6. 2.2.

389
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(b) Geometry (Items 7.2 and 9.2) (4) Tandem Operation (6. 1 . 6. 6 or 6.2. 6.6). When inter­
(1) angle of inclination (6.1.3.1 or 6.2.3.1) locked tandem operation is required, verify that an esca­
(2) width and clearances (6.1.3.2 or 6.2.3.2) lator or moving walk carrying passengers to an
(3) interior low deck (6.1.3.3.4 or 6.2.3.3.4) intermediate landing will stop when the escalator or
(c) Handrails (Items 7.3 and 9.3) moving walk carrying passengers away from that land­
(1) Speed (6. 1 .3.4.1 or 6.2.3.4. 1). Running tests shall ing stops. Also, verify that the units are interlocked to
be performed, in each direction, to determine confor­ run in the same direction.
mance with 6.1.3.4.1 or 6.2.3.4.1. (k) Handrail Entry Device (6 .1 .6 .3 .1 2 or 6 .2 .6 .3 .10)
(2) extension (6.1.3.4.2 or 6.2.3.4.2) (Items 8.13 and 10.13)
(3) guards (6.1.3.4.3 or 6.2.3.4.3) (l) Egress Restriction Device (6.1.6.3.7 or 6.2.6.3.6)
(4) splice (6.1.3.4.4 or 6.2.3.4.4) (Items 7.13 and 9.13)
(5) height (6.1.3.4.5) (m) Speed (Items 7. 14 and 9. 14). The rated speed shall
(6) clearance (6.1.3.4.6 or 6.2.3.4.5) be tested to determine conformance with 6.1.4.1 for esca­
(7) the person or firm installing the equipment shall
lators and 6.2.4 for moving walks.
provide a written checkout procedure and demonstrate (n) Balustrades (Items 7.15 and 9.15)
that the handrail speed does not change when a (1) construction (6 .1 .3.3.1 or 6 .2 .3.3.1)
retarding force, up to the maximum required by code, (2) glass or plastic (6.1.3.3.3 or 6.2.3.3.3)
is applied opposite to the direction of travel (6 .1 .3.4 .l (3) change in width [6.1.3.3.l(c) or 6.2.3.3.l(d)]
or 6.2.3.4.1) (o) Ceiling Intersection Guards (6.1.3.3.1 1 or 6.2.3.3.7)
(d) Entrance and Egress (Items 7.4 and 9.4) (Items 7.16 and 9.16)
(1) head room (6.1.3.1 2 or 6.2.3.16) (p) Skirt Panels (Items 7 .17 and 9 .17)
(2) egress and Safety Zone (6.1.3.6.4, 6.2.3.8.4, and (1) clearance between skirt and steps [6.1.3.3.5 or
6.2.6.3.6) 6.2.3.3.S(a), and 6.2.3.3.6(a)]
(3) combplates [6.1.3.6.l(a) or 6.2.3.8.l(a)] (2) height above step [6.l.3.3.6(a) or 6.2.3.3.5(b), and
(e) Lighting (Items 7.5 and 9.5) (6.1.7.2 or 6.2.7.2) 6.2.3.3.6(b)]
(f) Caution Signs (6.1.6.2, 6.1.6.9, or 6.2.6.9) (Items 7.6 (3) deflection [6.l.3.3.6(b) or 6.2.3.3.6(c)]
and 9.6) (4) smoothness [6.1.3.3.6(c) or 6.2.3.3.6(d)]
(g) Combplates (6.1.3.6 and 6.2.3.8.1) (Items 7.7 and (5) Clearance Between Step and Skirt (Loaded Gap)
9.7) (-a) Loaded gap measurements shall be taken at
(1) design intervals not exceeding 300 mm ( 1 2 in.) in the transition
(2) adjustment region (6.1.3.6.5) and before the steps are fully extended.
(3) replacement These measurements shall be made independently on
(h) Deck Barricade (Items 7.8 and 9.8) each side of the escalator.
(1) antislide Devices (6.1.3.3.10) (-b) The applied load shall not deviate from 1 10 N
(2) deck Barricades (6.1.3.3.1 1 or 6.2.3.3.8)
( 25 lbf) (6.1.3.3.5) by more than ± 1 1 N ( 2.5 lbf). The load
shall be distributed over a round or square area no less
than 1 9 40 mm 2 (3 in.2) and no more than 3 870 mm 2
(i) Steps, Step Upthrust Device, and Treadway
(Items 7.9 and 9.9)
(6 in.2).
(1) steps
(-c) For the loaded gap measurements, the center
(-a) material and type (6.1.3.5.1)
of the applied load shall be between 25 mm ( 1 in.) and
(-b) dimensions (6.1.3.5.2)
100 mm ( 4 in.) below the nose line of the steps. The
(-c) clearance between steps (6.1.3.5.4) center of the applied load shall be not more than 250 mm
(-d) slotting of treads (6.1.3.5.4) ( 10 in.) from the nose of the step. See Fig. 8.6.8.15.19(e).
(-e) slotting of risers (6.1.3.5.3) (q) Outdoor Protection (6.1.8.1, 6.1.8.2, 6.1.8.3, or
(-f) design load (6 .1 .3.9 .4) 6 .2 .8 .1, 6 .2 .8 .2, and 6 .2 .8 .3) (Items 7 .18 and 9 .18)
(-g) flat steps (6.1.3.6.5) (r) Escalator and Moving Walk Well Guards (Floor
(-h) step upthrust device (6.1.6.3.9) Opening Protection) (6.1.3.6.6 and 6.2.3.8.5) (Items 7.4
(2) treadways and 9.4)
(-a) belt type (6.2.3.6) (s) Verification of Documentation for Type Tests,
(-b) pallet type (6.2.3.5) Certification, and Markings
(j) Operating and Safety Devices (Items 7 .10 and 9 .10) (1) escalator brake test (6.1.5.3.3) (Items 8.4 and
(1) starting switches (6.1.6.2 or 6.2.6.2). 10.4)
(2) emergency stop buttons (6.1.6.3.1 or 6.2.6.3.1). (2) step and pallet fatigue test (6 .1 .3.5 .7 or 6 .2 .3.5 .4)
(3) automatic start and stopping (6.1.6.1.1 or (Items 7.9 and 9.9)
6.2.6.1.1). (t) Step /Skirt Performance Index

390
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(1) The escalator skirt shall not be cleaned, lubri­ (2) control. The person or firm installing the escala­
cated, or otherwise modified in preparation for testing. tor or moving walk shall provide a manufacturer 's writ­
The escalator instantaneous step /skirt index measure­ ten procedure and demonstrate compliance with
ments [6.l.3.3.9(a)] shall be recorded at intervals no redundancy and software checking of control and
larger than 150 mm (6 in.) from each side of two distinct operating circuits (6.1.6.10 and 6.2.6.10). Where there are
steps along the inclined portion of the escalator, where no test or check requirements, the written checklist shall
the steps are fully extended. Test steps shall be separated state "No test or check required." The documentation
by a minimum of eight steps. shall state the reason no test or check is required.
(2) A load of 1 10 N ( 25 lbf) shall be laterally applied The following shall be documented or demonstrated :
from the step to the adjacent skirt panel. The applied (-a) general (6.1.6.13 and 6.2.6.13)
load shall not deviate from 1 10 N ( 25 lbf) by more than (-b) redundancy and its checking (6.1.6.10.1,
± 1 1 N (± 2.5 lbf). The load shall be distributed over a
round or square area no less than 1 9 40 mm 2 (3in .2) and
6.1.6.10.2, 6.2.6.10.1, and 6.2.6.10.2)
no more than 3 870 mm 2 (6 in.2) .
(-c) static control (6.1.6.10.3 and and 6.2.6.10.3),
where applicable
(3) No vertical load exceeding 2 20 N (50 lbf) shall
(-d) electrically powered safety devices (6.1.6.1 1
be applied to the test step and adjacent steps.
and 6.2.6.1 1), where applicable
(4) T he coefficient of friction shall be measured
with the test specimen conforming to the requirements (-e) installation of capacitors or other devices to
of 6.l.3.3.9(b) sliding in the direction of the step motion make electrical protective devices ineffective (6.1.6.1 2
under a 1 10 N ( 25 lbf) normal force at the operating and 6.2.6.1 2)
speed of the escalator and shall be measured with (-f) contactor and relays for use in critical
devices having sensitivity better than ± 2.2 N (±0.5 lbf). operating circuits (6.1.6.15 and 6.2.6.15), where
The direction of step motion shall be the direction of applicable
normal operation. If the escalator is operated in both (d) Drive Machine and Brake. The drive machine and
directions, the down direction shall be used for the test. brakes shall be inspected and tested including test of
(5) For both the coefficient of friction measurement the brake torque (6.1.5.3and 6.2.5.3) (Items 8.4 and 10.4).
and the loaded gap measurements, the center of the (1) connection of machine and drive shaft (6.1.5.1
applied load shall be between 25 mm ( 1 in.) and 100 mm and 6 .1 .5 .3.2 or 6 .2 .5 .1 and 6 .2 .5 .3.2)
( 4 in.) below the nose line of the steps. The center of the (2) drive motor (6.1.5.2 or 6.2.5.2)
applied load shall be not more than 250 mm ( 10 in.) (3) brake type (6.1.5.3 or 6.2.5.3)
from the nose of the step. See Fig. 8.6.8.15.19(e).
(-a) Verify that the brake torque complies with
(6) Verify that the step /skirt performance index
the value shown on the data plate or in the special
conforms to the requirements in 6 .1 .3.3.9 [Item 7 .17 .2(a)] .
instructions [see 6.1.5.3.l(d) for escalators and
(u) Inspection Control Devices. Inspection control 6.2.5.3.l(d) for moving walks].
devices shall be tested and inspected to determine con­
(-b) Minimum no load stopping distance for
formance with the requirements of 6.1.6.2.2 for escalators
moving walks and escalators with variable torque
and 6 .2 .6 .2 .2 for moving walks (Items 8 .17 and 10 .16) .
brakes.
(16) 8.1 0.4.1 .2 Internal Inspection and Tests (4) brake data plate [6.1.5.3.l(d)]
(a) Machine Space (Items 8. 1 and 10.1) (5) main driveshaft brake (6.1.5.3.2)
(1) access (6 .1 .7 .3 or 6 .2 .7 .3) (6) escalator brake certification (6.1.5.3.3)
(2) lighting (6.1.7.1.1 or 6.2.7.1.1) (e) Speed Governor. The mechanical speed governor,
(3) receptacle (6.1.7.1.2 or 6.2.7.1.2) [ N F PA 70 if required, shall be tested by manually operating the
Section 6 20-2 1(b)] trip mechanism. Check the tripping speed for compli­
(4) guards (6.1.7.3.4 or 6.2.7.3.4) ance with 6.1.6.3.2 or 6.2.6.3.2. The means of adjustment
(5) Verify that the connection and restraints shall be sealed and a tag indicating the date of the
between the truss and the building structure comply governor test, together with the name of the person or
with seismic risk zone requirements (Items 8.16 and firm that performed the test, shall be attached to the
10.17). governor in a permanent manner (6.1.6.3.2 and 6.2.6.3.2)
(b) Stop Switch. T he machine space stop switches (Items 8.5 and 10.5).
shall be tested for conformance to 6.1.6.3.5 or 6.2.6.3.5 (f) Broken Drive Chain Device. Operation of the broken
(Items 8.2 and 10.2). drive chain device, on the drive chain, shall be tested by
(c) Controller and Wiring. Controller and wiring shall manually operating the actuating mechanism (6.1.6.3.4,
be inspected (Items 8.3 and 10.3). 6.1.5.3.2, 6.2.6.3.4, 6.2.5.3.2, 6.1.6.3.10, and 6.2.6.3.8)
(1) wiring (6.1.7.4 or 6.2.7.4) (Items 8.6 and 10.6).

391
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(g) Reversal Stop Switch. The reversal stop switch (to and both sides in the direction of travel. The vertical
prevent reversal when operating in the ascending direc­ force shall be applied at the front edge center. Both the
tion) shall be tested by manually operating it to deter­ vertical and horizontal forces required to operate the
mine that it functions properly (6.1.6.3.8 or 6.2.6.3.7 and device shall be recorded (6.1.6.3.13 and 6.2.6.3.1 1)
6.2.6.3.8) (Items 8.7 and 10.7). (Items 7.7 and 9.7).
If the device cannot be manually operated, the person (r) W here a step lateral displacement device is
or firm installing the equipment shall provide a written required it shall be tested for conformance to 6.1.6.3.1 4.
check-out procedure and demonstrate the device com­ (s) Operating and safety devices shall be tested and
plies with 6.1.6.3.8 or 6.2.6.3.7. inspected to determine conformance with 6.1.6 for esca­
(h) Broken Step Chain or Treadway Device. The broken lators and 6.2.6 for moving walks.
or slack step chain or treadway device shall be inspected (t) Skirt Obstruction Devices (Item 7. 11). T he skirt
and tested by manual operation (6.1.6.3.3 and 6.2.6.3.3) switches shall be tested for conformance with 6.1.6.l(h)
(Items 8.8 and 10.8). and 6.1.6.3.6.
(i) Step Upthrust Device. T he operation of the step (u) Inspection control devices shall be tested and
upthrust device shall be tested by manually causing the inspected to determine conformance with the require­
device to operate (6.1.6.3.9) (Item 8.9). ments of 6.1.6.2.2 for escalators and 6.2.6.2.2 for moving
(j) Missing Step or Pallet Device. The missing step or walks.
pallet device shall be tested by removing a step or pallet (v) Response to Smoke Detectors (Items 8.15 and 1 0.15).
and verifying that the device will properly function W here provided, smoke detector shutdown shall be
(6.1.6.5 or 6.2.6.5) (Items 8.10 and 10.10). tested for conformance with 6.1.6.8 and 6.2.6.7.
(k) Step or Pallet Level Device. The step or pallet level (w) Verify that the balustrades are installed as shown
device shall be tested by simulating an out of level step on the manufacturer 's drawing for seismic requirements
or pallet and verifying that the device functions properly [Item 7 .20 .3(a)] .
(6.1.6.3.1 1 or 6.2.6.3.9) (Items 8.1 1 and 10.1 1). (x) Verify the installation, location, and function of
(l) Steps, Pallet, Step or Pallet Chain, and Trusses. The the seismic detection device [Items 7.20.3(a), and 9.20.3
steps, pallet, step or pallet chain, trusses, tracks, and (b) and (c)].
supports shall be visually inspected. Verify that the
tracking system will prevent displacement of the step 8 . 1 0 . 4 . 2 I nspection and Test Requirements for
and pallets if the chain breaks (Items 8.1 2 and 10.1 2). Altered Installations. Altered installations shall be
(1) steps and pallets (6.1.3.5 and 6.2.3.5) inspected as specified in 8.10.4.2.1. Altered installations
(2) trusses and tracks shall be tested as specified in 8.10.4.2.2 before being
(-a) trusses (6.1.3.7) placed back in service.
(-b) tracks (6.1.3.8) 8.1 0.4.2.1 Alterations shall be inspected for com­
(-c) welding (6.1.3.13) pliance with the applicable requirements specified in
(3) supports Section 8.7.
(-a) slider bed [6.2.3.9.l(a)]
NOTE: For Code data plate, see 8.7.1 .7.
(-b) roller bed [6.2.3.9.l(b)]
(m) Handrail Speed Monitor. The handrails operating 8.1 0.4.2.2 Tests shall be performed when the fol- (16)
mechanism shall be visually inspected for condition and lowing alterations are made:
the handrail speed monitor device shall be tested (6.1.6.4 (a) Where alterations involve a change in the angle
or 6.2.6.4) (Items 8.13 and 10.13). of inclination or geometry of balustrades, they shall be
(n) Disconnected Motor Safety Device. Operation of the inspected for conformance with 8.7.6.1.5 for escalators
device shall be checked and verified that it is of the and 8.7.6.2.5 for moving walks and tested as specified
manual reset type (6.1.6.3.10 or 6.2.6.3.8) (Item 8.6 or in 8.10.4.1.l(b), 8.10.4.1.l(m), and 8.10.4.1.l(n) (Items 7.2
10 .6) . and 7.15, or 9.2 and 9.15).
(o) Heaters. For outdoor escalators and moving walks (b) Where the handrails have been altered, they shall
that require heaters, test the heaters for condition and be inspected for conformance with 8.7.6.1.6 for escalators
operation (6.1.8.2 and 6.2.8.2) (Items 8.3 and 10.3). and 8.7.6.2.6 for moving walks, and tested as specified
(p) Code Data Plate (8.9) (Items 8.1 4 and 10.1 4) in 8.10.4.1.l(c)(l) and 8.10.4.1.l(m) (Items 7.3 and 8.13,
(q) Comb-Step or Comb-Pallet Impact Device. The comb­ or 9.3 and 10.13).
step or comb-pallet impact devices shall be tested in (c) Where the step system or treadway system has
both the vertical and horizontal directions by placing a been altered, it shall be inspected for conformance with
vertical and horizontal force on the comb-step or comb­ 8.7.6.1.7 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.7 for moving walks,
pallet to cause operation of the device .The vertical and and tested as specified in 8 .10 .4 .1 .l(g), (i)( 2), and (p),
horizontal tests shall be independent of each other. The and 8.10.4.l.2(h) through (1) and (r) (Items 7.9 and 8.1 2,
horizontal force shall be applied at the front edge center or 9.9 and 10.1 2).

392
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

(d) Where alterations involve the trusses, girders, or requirements for this equipment should also be checked
supporting structures, they shall be inspected and tested during these inspections and tests.
for conformance with 8.7.6.1.9 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.9 Before an inclined elevator is put into service, a test
for moving walks, and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.2(1) of the car safety shall be made with rated load in the
(Items 8.1 2 or 10.1 2). car. Governor operation of instantaneous-type safeties
(e) Where the step wheel tracks or track system is shall be tested at rated speed by manually tripping the
altered, they shall be inspected and tested for confor­ governor. Where speed governors are located on the
mance with 8.7.6.1.10 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.10 for car or chassis, testing shall be performed by obtaining
moving walks, and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.2(1) sufficient slack rope to cause the safety to function.
(Items 7.9 and 8.13, or 9.9 and 10.1 2).
8.1 0.5.3 Hand Elevators. Hand elevators shall be
(f) W here alterations involve changes in the rated
subject to the applicable acceptance inspections and tests
load and /or speed, they shall be inspected and tested
specified in 8.10.1 and 8.10.2.
for conformance with 8.7.6.1, and tested as specified in
The inspection and test requirements shall apply to
8.10.4.1.1 and 8.10.4.1.2 (Items 7.1 through 8.15 and 9.1
the corresponding requirements in Section 4.3. Any
through 10.15).
additional requirements for this equipment shall also be
(g) W here the driving machine motor or brake is
checked during these inspections and tests.
altered, it shall be inspected and tested for conformance
The driving-machine brake required by 4.3.19.2 shall
with 8.7.6.1.1 2 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.1 2 for moving
be tested with both empty car and rated load in the car.
walks and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.l(m) and (s),
8.10.4.l.2(d) and (n) ( Items 7.1 4, 8.4, 8.6, 9.1 4, 10.4, 8.10.5.4 Dumbwaiters. Dumbwaiters shall be sub­
and 10.6). ject to acceptance inspection and testing in conformance
(h) Where the operating, safety, or electrical protective with Sections 7.1, 7.2, and 7.3. Items to be inspected
devices are altered or added, they shall be inspected shall be as specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3 unless not
and tested for conformance with 8.7.6.1.13 for escalators required in Sections 7.1, 7.2, and 7.3. Inspections of
and 8.7.6.2.13 for moving walks, and tested as specified dumbwaiter shall take place from outside the hoistway.
in 8.10.4.1.l(j) through (k), (m), and 8.10.4.l.2(c), (e) Inspection from the car top of dumbwaiters with auto­
through (k), (m), (q), (r) (Items 7.7, 7.9, 7.10, 7.1 1, 7.1 2, matic transfer devices shall be permitted only when top­
7 .13, 8 .2, 8 .5, 8 .7, 8 .8, 8 .9, 8 .10, 8 .1 1, 8 .13, 8 .1 4 or 9 .7, 9 .10, of-car operating devices and car safeties are provided
9.1 2, 9.13, 10.2, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.10, 10.1 1, 10.13, and the dumbwaiter has a rated load sufficient for the
and 10.15). inspector and any tools and adequate horizontal and
(i) When an alteration consists of the alteration of a vertical clearance.
controller, it shall be inspected and tested for confor­
8 . 1 0 . 5 . 5 Material Lifts a n d Dum bwaiters With
mance to 8.7.6.1.16 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.15 for mov­
Automatic Transfer Devices. Material lifts shall be sub­
ing walks, and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.l (j) through
ject to acceptance inspection and testing in conformance
(k), and (m), and 8.10.4.1.2(a) through (k), (m), (n), and
with Sections 7.4 through 7.10. Items to be inspected
(q) through (t). All required (8.6.1.1.2) operating and
shall be as specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3, unless not
safety devices in 6.1.6 or 6.2.6 shall be tested.
required in Sections 7.4 through 7.10. Inspections of
(j) Where a speed variation feature has been added
material lifts shall take place from outside the
to an escalator per 8.7.6.1.18 or to a moving walk per
hoistway and
8 .7 .6 .2 .17, it shall be inspected and tested for confor­
(a) from within the machine room where a machine
mance to 6.1.4.1.2 or 6.2.4.1.2, respectively.
room is provided in conformance with Section 2.7.
8.10.5 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of Other (b) from within the pit where a pit is provided in
Equipment conformance with Section 2.2 or devices required in
7.4.6.l(c) or 7.4.6.2(a) are provided.
8.1 0.5.1 Sidewalk Elevator. Sidewalk elevators shall
(c) from the car top where top runby space conform­
be subject to the applicable acceptance inspections and
ing with Section 2.4, 7.4.6.l(d), 7.4.6.2(b), or 7.4.6.2(c),
tests specified in 8 .10 .1 through 8 .10 .3. The inspection
top-of-car operating device conforming with 2.26.1.4,
and test requirements shall apply to the corresponding
and car safeties conforming with Section 2 .17 or 7 .5 .4 are
requirements in Section 5.5. Any additional require­
provided. Alterations shall be inspected for compliance
ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
with the applicable requirements specified in 8 .7 .7 .3.
these inspections and tests.
Inspection from the car top of material lifts with auto­
8.10.5.2 Private Residence Elevators. Private resi­ matic transfer devices shall only be permitted when top­
dence elevators shall be subject to acceptance inspections of-car operating devices and car safeties are provided
and tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. The inspec­ and the material lift has a rated load sufficient for the
tion and test requirements shall apply to the correspond­ inspector and any tools and adequate horizontal and
ing requirements in Sections 5.3and 5.4. Any additional vertical clearance.

393
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Inspection from the car top of a dumbwaiter with an requirements for this equipment shall also be checked
automatic transfer device is only permitted when top­ during these inspections and tests.
of-car operating devices and car safeties conforming to
7.2.1 2.4 are provided. 8. 1 0 . 5 . 1 3 Lim ited- Use/ Lim ited-Application
Elevators. Limited-use/limited-applications elevators
8.10.5.6 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators. Spe­ shall be subject to the applicable acceptance inspections
cial purpose personnel elevators shall be subject to the and tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3.
applicable acceptance inspections and tests specified in The inspection and test requirements shall apply to
8.10.1 through 8.10.3. the corresponding requirements of Section 5.2. Any
The inspection and test requirements shall apply to additional requirements for this equipment shall also be
the corresponding requirements in Section 5.7. Any checked during these inspections and tests.
additional requirements for this equipment shall also be
checked during these inspections and tests. 8.1 0.5.14 Wind Turbine Tower Elevators. Wind tur­
bine tower elevators shall be subject to the applicable
8.1 0.5.7 Inclined Elevators. Inclined elevators shall
acceptance inspections and tests specified in 8.10.1,
be subject to the applicable acceptance inspections and
8.10.2, and the applicable requirements of 8.10.5.
tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. The inspection
The inspection and test requirements shall apply to
and test requirements shall apply to the corresponding
requirements in Section 5.1. Any additional require­ the corresponding requirements of Section 5 .1 1 . Any
ments for this equipment shall also be checked during additional requirements for this equipment shall also be
these inspections and tests. checked during these inspections and tests.

8.1 0.5.8 Shipboard Elevators. Shipboard elevators 8.1 0.5.14.1 Wire Rope Gripping Safeties
shall be subject to the applicable acceptance inspections (a) Wire rope gripping safeties with an internal cen­
and tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. The inspec­ trifugal governor shall be tested by obtaining the neces­
tion and test requirements shall apply to the correspond­ sary slack rope to cause it to function and hold the car
ing requirements of Section 5.8. Any additional with rated load (Item 2.29.3).
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked (b) Wire rope gripping safeties with an internal cen­
during these inspections and tests. trifugal governor, which are operated as a result of
overspeed of the car, shall be subjected to an overspeed
8.10.5.9 Screw-Column Elevators. Screw-column
test with the suspension rope(s) attached by gradually
elevators shall be subject to the applicable acceptance
increasing the speed of the car until the governor causes
inspections and tests specified in 8 .10 .1 through 8 .10 .3.
application of the safety (Item 2.29.3).
The inspection and test requirements shall apply to
the corresponding requirements of Section 4 .2 .Any 8.1 0.5.1 4.2 Test the overload detection means
additional requirements for this equipment shall also be for conformance with 5.1 1.16.4 by adding load until the
checked during these inspections and tests. means trips. The car shall not be permitted to electrically
8.10.5.10 Elevators Used for Construction. Eleva­ operate in either direction.
tors used for construction shall be subject to the applica­
8.1 0.5.1 5 Outside Emergency Elevators. Outside
ble acceptance inspections and tests specified in 8.10.1
emergency elevators shall be subject to the applicable
through 8.10.3.
acceptance inspections and tests specified in 8 .10 .1 and
The inspection and test requirements shall apply to
ASME A 17.7 /CSA B 4 4.7, Requirement 2.1 2.3.
the corresponding test requirements of Section 5.10. Any
additional requirements for this equipment shall also be 8.10.5.16 Mine Elevators. Mine elevators shall be (16)
checked during these inspections and tests . subject to the applicable acceptance inspections and tests
8.1 0 . 5 . 1 1 Rooftop Elevators. Rooftop elevators specified in 8.10.1 and 8.10.2. The inspection and test
shall be subject to the applicable acceptance inspections requirements shall apply to the corresponding require­
and tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. ments in Section 5.9. Any additional requirements for
The inspection and test requirements shall apply to this equipment shall also be checked during these
the corresponding requirements of Section 5.6. Any inspections and tests.
additional requirements for this equipment shall also be
checked during these inspections and tests.
SECTION 8.1 1
8.1 0 . 5 . 1 2 Rack-and-Pinion Elevators. Rack-and­ PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND WITN ESSING OF
pinion elevators shall be subject to the acceptance inspec­ TESTS
tions and tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. The
inspection and test requirements shall apply to the cor­ Section 8.1 1 covers periodic inspections and tests of
responding requirements of Section 4.1. Any additional existing installations.

39 4
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

NOTES: (2) References to "Items" of the ASME A17.2 Guide for Inspection
(1) Compliance with certain requirements is verifiable through of Elevators, Escalators, and Moving Walks and to the require
review of design documents, engineering, or type tests. ments of this Code are indicated in parentheses as a convenient
(2) See General in Preface for assignment of responsibilities. reference to the applicable inspection procedures and require
ments. It is important to understand that suggested test and
8.1 1 . 1 General Requirements for Periodic inspection methodologies represent an approach but are nei
Inspections and Witnessing of Tests ther exclusive nor comprehensive.

8 . 1 1 . 1 . 1 Persons Auth orized to Make Peri o d i c 8.1 1 .1 .3 Periodic Inspection and Test Frequency.
Inspections and Witness Tests. The inspector shall meet The frequency of periodic inspections and tests shall be
the qualification requirements of ASME QEI- 1. Inspec­ established by the authority having jurisdiction.
tors and inspection supervisors shall be certified by an
independent, accredited, certifying organization as spec­ NOTE: Recommended intervals for periodic inspections and tests
can be found in Nonmandatory Appendix N.
ified in 8.10.1.2 (see Section 1.3).
8.1 1.1.1.1 Periodic Inspections 8.1 1 . 1 .4 Installation Placed Out of Service. Periodic
(a) Periodic inspections shall be made by an inspector inspections and tests shall not be required when an
employed by the authority having jurisdiction or by a installation is placed "out of service"
person authorized by the authority having jurisdiction. (a) as defined by the authority having jurisdiction; or
(b) The inspector shall submit a signed written report (b) when an installation whose power feed lines have
to the authority having jurisdiction containing the fol­ been d isconnected from the main l ine d isconnect
lowing information : switch; and
(1) date of inspection(s) (1) an electric elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift
(2) components or systems that have not been whose suspension ropes have been removed, whose car
inspected and counterweight rest at the bottom of the hoistway,
(3) Code deficiencies noted during the inspection and whose hoistway doors have been permanently barri­
and a statement as to corrective action taken, if any caded or sealed in the closed position on the hoistway
side;
8.1 1.1.1.2 Periodic Tests (2) a hydraulic elevator, dumbwaiter, or material
(a) Periodic tests as required in Section 8.6 shall be
lift whose car rests at the bottom of the hoistway; when
performed by elevator personnel that are qualified to prov ided with suspension ropes and counterweight, the
perform such tests. These tests shall be witnessed by an suspension ropes have been removed and the counter­
inspector (see 8.1 1.1.1) employed by the authority hav­ weight rests at the bottom of the hoistway; whose pres­
ing jurisdiction, or by persons authorized by the author­ sure pip ing has been d isassembled and a sect ion
ity having jurisdiction . removed from the premises and whose hoistway doors
(b) The inspector shall submit a signed written report
are permanently barricaded or sealed in the closed posi­
to the authority having jurisdiction containing the fol­ tion on the hoistway side; or
lowing information :
(3) an escalator or moving walk whose entrances
(1) date of inspection(s)
have been permanently barricaded.
(2) type of test(s) performed
(3) detailed results of the test(s) including but not 8.1 1.1.5 Making Safety Devices Ineffective. No per­
limited to, speed, governor trip speed, safety slide dis­ son shall at any time make any required safety device
tance, relief valve setting, escalator /moving walk brake or electrical protective device ineffective, except where
torque setting, etc. necessary during tests and inspections. Such dev ices
(4) Code deficiencies noted during the test shall be restored to their normal operating condition in
(5) statement as to any corrective action taken conformity with the applicable requirements prior to
8.1 1.1.2 Applicability of Inspection Requirements. returning the equipment to service (see 2.26.7).
Inspect ions required by 8.1 1.2 through 8.1 1.5 are to 8.1 1.1.7 Unique or Product-Specific Procedures or
determine that the existing equipment conforms with Methods. Where unique or product-specific procedures
the following applicable Code requirements : or methods are required to maintain, repair, replace,
(a) the Code at the time of installation inspect, or test equipment, such procedures or methods
(b) the Code effective as applicable to and for each shall be provided by the manufacturer or installer. These
alteration procedures and any unique dev ices required by the pro­
(c) the ASME A 17.3Code, if adopted by the authority cedures for inspection and testing shall be accessible on
having jurisdiction site to elevator personnel [see also 8.6.l.2.2(b)].
NOTES (8.11.1 .2):
(1) The ASME A17.2 Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, 8 . 1 1 . 1 .8 Mai n te n a n ce Control Progra m . T he
and Moving Walks (see Preface, ASME Elevator Publications) Maintenance Control Program complying with 8 .6 .1 .2 .1
is a guide for inspections. shall be available. On-site equipment documentation

395
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

complying with 8.6.1.2.2 and maintenance records com­ (w) Working Areas in the Car ( 2.7.5.1)
plying with 8.6.1.4 shall be available. ( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement
( 2 .7 .5 .1 .1)
(16) 8.1 1 .1 .9 Devices Not Covered in Section 8.1 1 . When
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device ( 2.26.2.34)
any device on which the safety of users is dependent is
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
installed that is not specifically covered in Section 8.1 1,
Movement Device (8.6.1 1.7)
it shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
requirements of the manufacturer 's or the altering com­
pany's procedures (see 8.6.1.6.1 and 8.7.1.2). Documenta­ procedure (8.6.1 1.8)
tion that contains the testing procedures of these devices ( x) Equipment Access Panel Electrical Device
shall remain with the equipment and be available in the ( 2.26.2.35)
on-site documentation (see 8.6.1.2.2). The removal or (y) Earthquake Inspections and Tests (Item 1.20)
disabling of such devices shall be considered an alter­
ation and shall comply with 8.7.1.2. 8.1 1 .2.1 .2 Machine Rooms/Spaces, Control Rooms/ (16)
Spaces
8.1 1 .2 Periodic Inspection of Electric Elevators (a) Equipment Exposure to Weather ( 2.7.6.6)
All references to "Items" are to Items in ASME A 17.2, (b) Means of Access (Item 2.1)
Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and (c) Headroom (Item 2.2)
Moving Walks. (d) Means Necessary for Tests ( 2.7.6.4)
(e) Inspection and Test Panel ( 2 .7 .6 .5)
8.1 1 .2.1 Periodic Inspection Requirements. Inspec­
tors shall include the following when identifying com­ (f) Lighting and Receptacles (Item 2.3)
ponents or systems, or both, that shall be inspected. (g) Enclosure of Machine Room / Spaces, Control
Room /Spaces (Item 2.4)
NOTES: (h) Housekeeping (Item 2.5)
(1) For inspection frequency, see 8 . 1 1 . 1.3.
(i) Ventilation (Item 2.6)
(j) Fire Extinguisher (Item 2.7)
(2) QEI certified inspectors and inspector supervisiors have the
knowledge and experience to recognize potential Code defi
ciencies and to focus their inspections where necessary. (k) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 2.8)
(l) Guarding of Equipment (Item 2.9)
(16) 8.1 1 .2.1 .1 Inside Car (m) Numbering of Elevators, Machines, and
(a) Door Reopening Device (Item 1.1) Disconnect Switches (Item 2.10)
(b) Stop Switches (Item 1.2) (n) Maintenance Path and Maintenance Clearance
(c) Operating Control Devices (Item 1.3) ( 2.7.2)
(d) Car Floor and Landing Sill (Item 1.4) (o) Stop Switch ( 2.7.3.5 and 2.26.2.2 4)
(e) Car Lighting (Item 1.5) (p) Disconnecting Means and Control (Item 2.1 1)
(f) Car Emergency Signal (Item 1.6) ( q) Controller W iring, Fuses, Grounding, etc .
(g) Car Door or Gate (Item 1 .7) (Item 2.1 2)
(h) Door Closing Force (Item 1.8) (r) Static Control (Item 2.15)
(i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates (Item 1.9) (s) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (Item 2 .16)
(j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates (Item 1.10) (t) Drive Machine Brake (Item 2.17)
(k) Car V ision Panels and Glass Car Doors (Item 1.1 1) (u) Traction Drive Machines (Item 2.18)
(l) Car Enclosure (Item 1.1 2) (v) Gears, Bearings, and Flexible Connections
(m) Emergency Exit (Item 1 .13) (Item 2.19)
(n) Ventilation (Item 1.1 4) (w) Winding-Drum Machine (Item 2.20)
(o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols (Item 1.15) (x) Belt- or Chain-Drive Machine (Item 2.2 1)
(p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate (y) Motor Generator (Item 2.2 2)
(Item 1.16) (z) Absorption of Regenerated Power (Item 2.23)
(q) Standby or Emergency Power Operation (aa) Traction Sheaves (Item 2.25)
(Item 1.17) (bb) Secondary and Deflector Sheaves (Item 2.26)
(r) Means to restrict hoistway or car doors opening (cc) Rope Fastenings (Item 2.27)
and expiration date for the alternate power source (dd) Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 2.28)
( 2.1 4.5.7) (Item 1.18) (ee) Operating Devices
(s) Car Ride (Item 1.19) (ff) Governor, Overspeed Switch, and Seal (Item 2.13)
(t) Door Monitoring Systems ( 2.26.5) (gg) Car and Counterweight Safeties (Item 2.29)
(u) Stopping Accuracy ( 2.26.1 1) (hh) Code Data Plate (8.6.1.3) (Item 2.1 4)
(v) Machinery Space /Control Space (8.1 1.2.1.2) (ii) Emergency Brake ( 2.19.3)

396
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(jj) AC Drives From a DC Source (Item 2.2 4) (gg) Equipment Exposure to Weather ( 2.7.6.6).
(kk) Slack- Rope Devices (Item 2.20) (hh) Machinery Supports and Fastenings ( 2.9.1 and
(II) Wiring Diagrams [8.6.l.2.2(a)] 2 .9 .3) .
(mm) Rope Retainers or Restraints for Seismic Risk (ii) Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment
Zones (Item 2.4 2) ( 2.10.1).
(nn) Seismic and Counterweight Displacement Detec­ (jj) Anchoring of beams and supports in seismic risk
tion Devices (Item 2 .4 2) zone 2 or greater [Item 3.34.l(b)].
(kk) Rope retainers and snag guards in seismic risk
(16) 8.1 1 .2.1.3 Top-of-Car
zone 2 or greater [Items 3.34.l(c) and (d)].
(a) Top-of-Car Stop Switch (Item 3.1).
(ll) Position restraints in seismic risk zone 2 or greater
(b) Car Top Light and Outlet (Item 3.2) .
[Item 3.34.l(e) and (g)].
(c) Top-of-Car Operating Device and Working
(mm) Car and counterweight guide rails system in
Platforms (Item 3.3).
seismic risk zone 2 or greater [Item 3.34.l(h)].
(d) Top-of-Car Clearance and Refuge Space (Item 3.4).
(nn) For seismic risk zones 2 or greater, horizontal
(e) Top Counterweight Clearance (Item 3.2 4) .
clearance for car and counterweight, snag-point clear­
(f) Car, Overhead, and Deflector Sheaves (Item 3.25).
ance, and rail fastening .
(g) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 3.5).
(oo) Seismic risk zone 2 or greater rope
(h) Final Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 3.6).
retainers /restraints and snag guards (Item 5.16.1).
(i) Broken Rope, Chain, or Tape Switch (Item 3.26).
(pp) Seismic risk zone 2 or greater rope retainer and
(j) Car Leveling Devices (Item 3.7).
snag guard for compensating ropes or chains and com­
(k) Crosshead Data Plate (Item 3.27). pensating tension sheave fastening.
(I) Top Emergency Exit [Items 3.8 and 3.34 .l(i)] .
(qq) Sheaves with nonmetallic groove surfaces (see
(m) Counterweight and Counterweight Buffer 8.6.4.18) (Item 3.25).
(Item 3.28).
(n) Counterweight Safeties (Item 3.29). 8.1 1 .2.1.4 Outside Hoistway
(o) Floor and Emergency Identification Numbering (a) Car Platform Guard (Item 4.1)
(Item 3.9). (b) Hoistway Doors (Item 4.2)
(p) Hoistway Construction (Item 3.10). (c) Vision Panels (Item 4.3)
(q) Hoistway Smoke Control (Item 3.1 1). (d) Hoistway Door Locking Devices (Item 4.4)
(r) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 3.1 2) . (e) Access to Hoistway (Item 4.5)
(s) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks (f) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors (Item 4 .6)
(Item 3.13). (g) Sequence Operation (Item 4.7)
(t) Hoistway Clearance [ Items 3.1 4 and 3.34.l(a) (h) Hoistway Enclosure (Item 4.8)
and (f)]. (i) Elevator Parking Devices (Item 4.9)
(u) Multiple Hoistways (Item 3.15). (j) Emergency and Access Hoistway Openings
(v) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes (Item 3.16). (Item 4.10)
(w) Door and Gate Equipment (Item 3.17). (k) Separate Counterweight Hoistway (Item 4.1 1)
(x) Car Frame and Stiles (Item 3.18) . (I) Standby Power Selection Switch (Item 4.1 2)
(y) Guide Rails Fastening and Equipment (Item 3.19). (m) Means Necessary for Tests ( 2.7.6.4)
(z) Governor Rope (Item 3.20). Governor ropes shall be (n) Inspection and Test Panel ( 2 .7 .6 .5), Inspection
inspected and replaced as specified in ASME A 17.6, Operation ( 2.26.1.4.1), and Inspection Operation With
Part 1. Open Door Circuits ( 2.26.1.5)
(aa) Governor Releasing Carrier (Item 3.2 1). (o) Equipment Exposure to Weather ( 2.7.6.6)
(bb) Fastenings and Hitch Plate (Item 3.2 2).
(cc) Suspension means (Item 3.23) shall be inspected 8.1 1 .2.1 .5 Pit
and replaced as specified in ASME A 17.6. (a) Pit Access, Lighting, Stop Switch, and Condition
(dd) Compensation Means (Item 3.33). (Item 5.1)
(ee) Machinery Space /Control Space (8.1 1.2.1.2). (b) Bottom Clearance and Runby (Item 5.2)
(ff) Working Areas on the Car Top ( 2.7.5.1) (c) Car and Counterweight Buffer (Item 5.9)
( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement (d) Final Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.3)
( 2.7.5.1.1) (e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.4)
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device ( 2.26.2.34) (f) Traveling Cables (Item 5.5)
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car (g) Governor- Rope Tension Devices (Item 5.6)
Movement Device (8.6.1 1.7) (h) Compensating Chains, Ropes, and Sheaves
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry (Item 5.10)
procedure (8.6.1 1.8) (i) Car Frame and Platform (Item 5.7)

397
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(j) Car Safeties and Guiding Members (Item 5. 8) (k) Car Vision Panels and Glass Car Doors (Item 1.11)
(k) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.11.2.1.2) (l) Car Enclosure (Item 1.12 )
(l) Working Areas in the Pit (2.7.5.2) (m) Emergency Exit (Items 1.13 and 1.2 0)
( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement (n) Ventilation (Item 1.14)
[2.7.5.2.l (a) or (b)] (o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols (Item 1.15 )
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34) (p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate
(3) operating instructions for U nexpected Car (Item 1.16)
Movement Device (8.6.11.7) (q) Standby Power Operation (Item 1.17)
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry (r) Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway Doors
procedure (8.6.11.8) (Item 1.18)
(m) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6) (s) Car Ride (Item 1.19)
(n) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9. 1 and (t) Door Monitoring System
2.9.3) (u) Stopping Accuracy
(o) Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment (v) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.11.3.1.2 )
(2.10.1) (w) Working Areas in the Car (3.7 and 2.7.5.1)
(p) Pit Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.4) ( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement
8.1 1 .2.1 .6 Firefighters' Emergency (2.7.5.1.1)
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
8.1 1 .2.1.7 Working Platforms (3) operating instructions for U nexpected Car
(a) Working Platforms (2.7.5.3 and 2.7.5.4) Movement Device (8.6.11.7)
(1) operating instructions (8.6.10. 8) (4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
(b) Retractable Stops (2.7.5.5 ) procedure (8.6.11. 8)
(1) retractable stop electrical device (2.26.2.37) (x) Equipment Access Panel Electrical Device (3.26.1
(c) Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.4) and 2.26.2.35 )
8.1 1 .2.1 .8 Braking System. For passenger eleva­ 8.1 1 .3.1.2 Machine Rooms/Spaces, Control Rooms/
tors and all freight elevators, verify that seal on the Spaces
means of adj usting the holding capacity of the (a) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1)
driving-machine brake has not been broken and that it (b) Means of Access (Item 2.1)
bears or otherwise attaches the identification of the per­ (c) Headroom (Item 2.2 )
son or firm that installed it (see 8.6.4.20.4).
(d) Means Necessary for Tests (3.7.1)
8.1 1 .3 Periodic Inspection of Hydraulic Elevators (e) Inspection and Test Panel (3.7.1)
(f) Lighting and Receptacles (Item 2.3)
All references to "Items" are to Items in ASME Al7.2 ,
(g) Enclosure of Machine Room/ Spaces, Control
Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and
Room/ Spaces (Item 2.4)
Moving Walks.
(h) Housekeeping (Item 2.5 )
8.1 1 .3.1 Periodic Inspection Requirements. Inspec­ (i) Ventilation and Heating (Item 2.6)
tors shall include the following when identifying com­ (j) Fire Extinguisher (Item 2.7)
ponents or systems, or both, that shall be inspected. (k) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 2. 8)
NOTES: (l) Guarding of Equipment (Item 2.9)
(1) For inspection frequency, see 8 . 1 1 . 1.3. (m) Numbering of Elevators, Machines, and
(2) QEI certified inspectors and inspector supervisors have the Disconnect Switches (Item 2.10)
knowledge and experience to recognize potential Code defi
(n) Maintenance Path and Maintenance Clearance
ciencies and to focus their inspections where necessary.
(3.7.1)
8.1 1 .3.1.1 Inside the Car (o) Stop Switch (3.7.1 and 3.26.1)
(a) Door Reopening Device (Item 1.1) (p) Disconnecting Means and Control (Item 2.11)
(b) Stop Switches (Item 1.2 ) (q) Controller Wiring, Fuses, Grounding, etc. (Item
(c) Operating Control Devices (Item 1.3) 2.12 )
(d) Sill and Car Floor (Item 1.4) (r) Hydraulic Power Unit (Items 2.30 and 2.42.1.2)
(e) Car Lighting and Receptacles (Item 1.5 ) (s) Relief Valves (Item 2.31)
(f) Car Emergency Signal (Item 1.6) (t) Control Valve (Item 2.32 )
(g) Car Door or Gate (Item 1.7) (u) Tanks (Item 2.33)
(h) Door Closing Force (Item 1. 8) (v) Flexible Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Assemblies
(i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates (Item 1.9) (Item 2.34)
(j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates (Item 1.10) (w) Supply Line and Shutoff Valve (Item 2.35 )

398
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

(x) Hydraulic Cylinders and Hydraulic Fluid Loss (gg) Guarding of Equipment ( 2.10.1)
Record (8.6.5.7) (Item 2.36) (hh) Broken Rope, Chain, or Tape Switch (Item 3.26)
(y) Pressure Switch (Item 2.37)
(z) Recycling Operation [8.10.3.2.2(u)]
8.1 1 .3.1.4 Outside the Hoistway
(aa) Code Data Plate (8.6.1.3) (Item 2.1 4) (a) Car Platform Guard (Item 4.1)
(bb) Governor, Overspeed Switch and Seal (Item 2.13) (b) Hoistway Doors (Item 4.2)
(cc) Wiring Diagrams [8.6.1.2.2(a)] (c) Vision Panels (Item 4 .3)
(d) Hoistway Door Locking Device (Item 4 .4)
8.1 1 .3.1.3 Top-of-Car (e) Access to Hoistway (Item 4 .5)
(a) Top-of-Car Stop Switch (Item 3.1) (f) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors (Item 4.6)
(b) Car Top Light and Outlet (Item 3.2) (g) Sequence Operation (Item 4.7)
(c) Top-of-Car Operating Device (Item 3.3) (h) Hoistway Enclosure (Item 4.8)
(d) Top-of-Car Clearance and Refuge Space (Item 3.4) (i) Elevator Parking Device (Item 4.9)
(e) Normal Terminal Stopping Device (Item 3.5) (j) Emergency Doors in Blind Hoistways (Item 4.10)
(f) Terminal Speed Reducing Devices (Item 3.6)
(k) Standby or Emergency Power Selection Switch
(g) Car Leveling and Anticreep Devices (Item 3.7) (Item 4.1 2)
(h) Speed Test (Item 3.30) (l) Means Necessary for Tests ( 2.7.6.4, 3.7.1.8, 3.7.1.9,
(i) Top Emergency Exit (Item 3.8) and 3.7.1.10)
(j) Floor and Emergency Identification Numbering (m) Inspection and Test Panel (3.7.1 and 2.7.6.5),
(Item 3.9) Inspection Operation ( 2 .26 .1 .4 .1), and Inspection
(k) Hoistway Construction (Item 3.10) Operation With Open Door Circuits ( 2.26.1.5)
(I) Hoistway Smoke Control (Item 3.1 1) (n) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1)
(m) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 3.1 2)
(n) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks 8.1 1 .3.1.5 Pit
(Item 3.13) (a) Pit Access, Lighting, Stop Switch, and Condition
(o) Hoistway Clearances (Item 3.1 4) (Item 5.1)
(p) Multiple Hoistways (Item 3.15) (b) Bottom Clearance, Runby, and Minimum Refuge
(q) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes (Item 3.16) Space (Item 5.2)
(r) Door and Gate Equipment (Item 3.17) (c) Plunger and Cylinder (Item 5.1 1)
(s) Car Frame and Stiles (Item 3.18) (d) Car Buffer (Item 5.1 2)
(t) Guide Rails Fastening and Equipment (Item 3.19) (e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.4)
(u) Governor Rope (Item 3.20) (f) Traveling Cables (Item 5.5)
(v) Governor Releasing Carrier (Item 3.2 1) (g) Car Frame and Platform (Item 5.7)
(w) W ire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate (Item 3.2 2) (h) Car Safeties and Guiding Members (Item 5.8)
(x) Suspension Rope (Item 3.23) (i) Supply Piping (Item 5.1 4)
(j) Governor Rope Tension Device (Item 5 .6)
NOTE: Suspension rope shall be inspected and replaced
according to the criteria in 8.ll .2.1.3(cc). (k) Machinery Space /Control Space (8.1 1.3.1.2)
(l) Working Areas in the Pit (3.7.1 and 2.7.5.2)
(y) Slack- Rope Device (Item 3.31) ( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement
(z) Traveling Sheave (Item 3.32) [ 2.7.5.2.l(a) or (b)]
(aa) Counterweight and Counterweight Buffer (2) Unexpected Car Movement Device ( 2.26.2.34)
(Item 3.28) (3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
(bb) Crosshead Data Plate (Item 3.27) Movement Device (8 .6 .1 1 .7)
(cc) Machinery Space /Control Space (8.1 1.3.1.2) (4) operating instructions for egress and re-entry
(dd) Working Areas on the Car Top (3.7.1) procedure (8.6.1 1.8)
( 1 ) means to prevent unexpected movement (m) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7 .1)
( 2.7.5.1.1) (n) Machinery Supports and Fastenings ( 2.9.1 and
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device ( 2.26.2.34) 2.9.3)
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car (o) Guarding of Equipment ( 2.10.1)
Movement Device (8.6.1 1.7) (p) Pit Inspection Operation (3.26 .2)
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
(q) For seismic risk zones, overspeed valve and pipe
procedure (8.6.1 1.8)
supports (Item 5.15.2.2)
(ee) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1)
(ff) Machinery Supports and Fastenings ( 2.9.1 and 8.1 1 .3.1.6 Firefighters' Service. Items 6 .1 through (16)
2 .9 .3) 6.5, as applicable.

399
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

8.1 1 .3.1.7 Working Platforms 8.1 1 .5.2 Private Residence Elevators. Private resi­
(a) Working Platforms (3.7.1, 2.7.5.3 , and 2.7.5.4) dence elevators should be subject to the periodic inspec­
(1) operating instructions (8.6.10. 8) tions specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
(b) Retractable Stops (3.7.1 and 2.7.5.5 ) The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres­
(1) retractable stop electrical device (2.26.2.37) ponding requirements in Sections 5.3 and 5.4. Any addi­
(c) Inspection Operation (3.26.2) tional requirements for this equipment should also be
checked during these inspections.
8.1 1 .4 Periodic Inspection of Escalators and Moving
Walks 8.1 1 .5.3 Hand Elevators. Hand elevators shall be
subject to the applicable, periodic inspections specified
All references to "Items" are to Items in ASME A17.2 , in 8.11.2.
Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres­
Moving Walks. ponding requirements in Section 4.3. Any additional
8 . 1 1 . 4 . 1 Peri o d i c I nspecti on a n d Test requirements for this equipment shall also be checked
Requirements. Inspectors shall include the following during these inspections.
when identifying components or systems, or both, that 8.1 1 .5.4 Dumbwaiters. Dumbwaiters shall be sub­
shall be inspected: j ect to the applicable periodic inspections specified in
NOTES: 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
(1) For inspection frequency, see 8.11.1.3. The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres­
(2) QEI certified inspectors and inspector supervisors have the ponding requirements in Part 7. Any additional require­
knowledge and experience to recognize potential Code defi
ciencies and to focus their inspections where necessary.
ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
these inspections.
(a) General Fire Protection (Items 7.1 and 9.1)
(b) Geometry (Items 7.2 and 9.2 ) 8. 1 1 . 5 . 5 Materi al Lifts and D u m bwaiters With
(c) Handrails (Items 7.3 and 9.3 )
Automatic Transfer Devices. Material lifts and dumb­
waiters with automatic transfer devices shall be subj ect
(d) Entrance and Egress (Items 7.4 and 9.4)
to the applicable periodic inspections specified in 8.11.2
(e) Lighting (Items 7.5 and 9.5 )
and 8.11.3. The inspection requirements shall apply to
(f) Caution Signs (Items 7.6 and 9.6) the corresponding requirements in Part 7. Any addi­
(g) Combplate (Items 7.7 and 9.7) tional requirements for this equipment shall also be
(h) Deck Barricade Guard and Antisl ide Devices checked during these inspections.
(Items 7. 8 and 9. 8) The inspection requirement shall apply to the corres­
(i) Steps and Treadway (Items 7.9 and 9.9) ponding requirements in Part 7. Any additional require­
(j) Operating Devices (Items 7.10 and 9.10) ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
(k) Skirt Obstruction Devices (Item 7.11) these inspections.
(l) Handrail Entry Device (Items 8.13 and 10.13 )
(m) Egress Restriction Device (Items 7.13 and 9.13 ) 8.1 1 .5.6 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators. Spe­
(n) Speed (Items 7.14 and 9.14) cial purpose personnel elevators shall be subj ect to the
(o) Balustrades (Items 7.15 and 9.15 )
applicable inspections specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
(p) Ceiling Intersection Guards (Items 7.16 and 9.16)
The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres­
ponding requirements in Section 5.7. Any additional
(q) Skirt Panels (Items 7.17 and 9.17)
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked
(r) Outdoor Protection (Items 7.18 and 9.18)
during these inspections.
(s) Machine Space Access, Lighting, Receptacle, and
Condition (for remote machine rooms only) (Items 2.1 8.1 1 .5.7 Inclined Elevators. Inclined elevators shall
and 4.1) be subj ect to the applicable periodic inspections speci­
(t) Additional Stop Switch(es) (Items 2.2 and 4.2 ) fied in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
(u) Controller and Wiring (Items 2.3 and 4.3 ) The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres­
(v) Code Data Plate (2.23.2) (Items 8.14 and 10.14) ponding requirements in Section 5.1. Any additional
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked
8.1 1 .5 Periodic Inspection of Other Equipment during these inspections.
For recommended inspection frequency, see 8.11.1.3. 8.11.5.8 Shipboard Elevators. Shipboard elevators
8.1 1 .5.1 Sidewalk Elevator. Sidewalk elevators shall shall be subject to the applicable periodic inspections
be subject to the applicable, periodic inspections speci­ specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
fied in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3. The inspection requirements The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres­
shall appl y to the corresponding requirements in ponding requirements of Section 5. 8. Any additional
Section 5.5. Any additional requirements for this equip­ requirements for this equipment shall also be checked
ment shall also be checked during these inspections. during these inspections.

400
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

8.1 1 .5.9 Screw-Column Elevators. Screw-column 8.1 1 .5.14 Wind Turbine Tower Elevators. Wind tur­
elevators shall be subject to the appl icable per iod ic bine tower elevators shall be subject to the applicable
inspections specified in 8.1 1.2 and 8.1 1.3. periodic inspections specified in 8.1 1.1, 8.1 1.2, and the
The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres­ applicable requirements of 8.1 1.5.
ponding requirements of Section 4.2. Any additional The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres­
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked ponding requirements of Section 5.1 1. Any additional
during these inspections. requirements for this equipment shall also be checked
during these inspections.
8.1 1 . 5 . 1 0 Rooftop Elevators. Rooftop elevators
shall be subject to the applicable periodic inspections 8.1 1.5.14.1 Wire rope gripping safeties shall be
specified in 8.1 1.2 and 8.1 1.3. tested with rated load in the car. Tests for governor­
The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres­ operated safeties shall be made by manually tripping
ponding requirements of Section 5 .6 . Any additional the governor at the rated speed. The overspeed switch
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked on the governor shall be made ineffective during the
during these inspections . test. All other types of safeties shall be tested in accor­
dance with 8.6.4.19.2 or 8.6.4.20.1.
8.1 1 . 5 . 1 1 Rack-and-Pin ion Elevators. Rack-and­
pinion elevators shall be subject to the applicable peri­ 8.1 1.5.14.2 Test the overload detection means
odic inspections specified in 8.1 1.2 and 8.1 1.3. for conformance with 5.1 1.16.4 by adding load until the
The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres­ means trips and indication is observed. The car shall not
ponding requirements of Section 4.1. Any additional be permitted to electrically operate in either direction.
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked 8.1 1 .5.1 5 Outside Emergency Elevators. Outside
during these inspections. emergency elevators shall be subject to the applicable
per iod ic inspect ions spec if ied in 8.1 1.1 and
8 . 1 1 . 5 . 1 2 L i m ited-Use/Lim ited-Ap plicati on
ASME A 17.7 /CSA B 4 4.7, Requirement 2.1 2.3.
Elevators. Limited-use /limited-applications elevators
shall be subject to the applicable periodic inspections 8.1 1 .5.16 Mine Elevators. Mine elevators shall be (16)
specified in 8.1 1.2 and 8.1 1.3. subject to the applicable periodic inspections specified
The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres­ in 8 .1 1 .2 .The inspection requirements shall apply to the
ponding requirements of Section 5.2. Any additional corresponding requirements in Section 5.9. Any addi­
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked t ional requ irements for th is equipment shall also be
during these inspections. checked during these inspections.
8.1 1 .5.13 Elevators Used for Construction
SECTION 8.1 2
8.1 1.5.13.1 Inspection Requirements. Inspections FLOOD RESISTANCES
shall include the items specified in 8.1 1.2.1 for electric
elevators and 8.1 1.3.1 for hydraulic elevators, except that 8.1 2.1 Flood-Resistant Design and Construction
the requirements of Section 5.10 shall apply where they Where required by the building code, elevators shall
are different from those in Part 2 and Part 3. comply with SEI / ASCE 2 4.

401
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Part 9
Reference Codes, Standards, and Specifications

This Part covers the codes, standards, and specifica­

tions incorporated in this Code by reference and the
specific editions that are applicable (see Section 9.1).
This Part also lists the names and addresses of the orga­
nizations from which these documents may be procured
(see Section 9.2 ).
Only that portion of the code, standard, or specifica­
tion as specified by the requirements in this Code is
applicable.

402
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Section 9.1 Reference Documents (16)

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to
us
us
16 CFR Part 1 2 01 -03 Arch itectural G lazing Standards and Related Materials US G PO

us
30 CFR 7 5 . 1 1 06 Code Federal Regulations US G PO

us
ADAAG Am ericans With Disabi lity Act Accessibility G uidelines US ATBCB

AGMA 2 1 8.01 Ratin g the Pitti ng Resistance a n d Ben ding Strength of AGMA

us
Spur and Helical Involute Gear Teeth

AISC Book No. S326, 1 978 Specification for Design, Fabrication, and Erection of AISC
Structural Steel for Buildings

American Plywood Design APA US, Canada

us
Specification A3 . 3 . 1 (April 1 978)

us
ANSI A10.4 (latest ed ition) Safety Requirements for Personnel Hoists ANSI

us
ANSI A1 0 . 5 (latest ed ition) Safety Requirements for Material Hoists ANSI

ANSI A1 2 . 1 - 1 973 Safety Requirements for Floor and Wall Openings, ANSI
Railings and Toe Boards

us
ANSI A14.3-2002 Safety Requirements for Fixed Ladders ANSI US, Canada

ANSI A58.1 (latest ed ition) Building Code Requirem ents for M i n i m u m Design ANSI

us
Loads in Buildings a n d Oth er Structures

us
ANSI 2 3 5 . 1 -1972 Specifications for Accident Prevention Signs ANSI

ANSI 297. 1 - 1 994 Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for ANSI
Safety G lazing Material Used in Buildings

ANSI 2 5 3 5 . 2 (latest ed ition) Environm ent & Facility Safety Signs ANSI US, Canada

us
ANSI 2535.4 (latest ed ition) Product Safety Signs a n d Labels ANSI US, Canada

us
ANSI/ACI 3 1 8-08 Building Code Requirem ents for Structural Concrete ACI

us
ANSI/AISC 360-05 Specification for Structural Steel Buildings AISC

us
ANSI/AF&PA N DS-2005 National Design Specifications for Wood Construction ANSI

ANSI/AWS D 1 . 1 Structural Weld ing Code - Steel AWS

us
(latest ed ition)

ANSI/AWS D 1 . 3 Structural Weld ing Code - Sh eet Steel AWS

(latest ed ition)

AN SI/BHMA A1 5 6 . 1 9-2007 Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors B H MA Canada

ANSI/ISO/IEC 1 7024 Conform ity assessment - Gen eral requirem ents for ANSI US, Canada

us
bodies operating certification of persons

ANSI/RMA I P-20-1977 Specifications for Drives Using Classical Multiple RMA

us
V-belts (A, B, C, D, E Cross Sections)

us
ANSI/SAE SP-68 SAE

ANSI/SAIA A92 (latest ed ition) Aerial Platforms SAIA

403
 ASM E A1 7.1-201 6/CSA B44-1 6

Section 9.1 Reference Documents (Cont'd)

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to
AN S I / U L 94 (latest ed ition) Test of Flammabi lity of Plastic Materials for Parts in UL U S , Canada
Devices a n d Appliances

AN S I / U L 723 (latest ed ition) Surface Burn i n g Characteristics of Building Materials, UL US, Canada

us
Test for

us
ANSI/Vol. Prod. Std . PS-1 -74 Construction and I n d ustrial Plywood APA

ASCE/SEI 7-2 0 1 0 M i n i m u m Design Loads for Buildings and Oth er ASCE

us
Structures

ASM E A1 7.2 (latest edition) G uide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and ASM E

us
Movi ng Walks

us
ASM E A1 7.3 (latest edition) Safety Code for Existi ng Elevators a n d Escalators ASM E

ASM E A17.4 (latest edition) G uide for Emergency Person nel ASM E

ASM E A1 7.6 Standard for Elevator Suspension, Com pensation, ASM E U S , Canada
and Governor Systems

ASM E A1 7.7/CSA B44.7 Performance-Based Safety Code for Elevators and ASME, US, Canada

us
(latest ed ition) Escalators CSA

us
ASM E A17.8 Safety Code for Win d Turbine Tower Elevators ASM E

ASM E A1 8.1 (latest edition) Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway ASM E

us
Chairlifts

us
ASM E A90.1 (latest edition) Safety Standards for Belt Man lifts ASM E

ASM E A1 20.1 (latest edition) Safety Requirem ents for Powered Platforms and ASM E
Traveling Ladders and Gantries for Building
Maintenance

ASM E B l . 1 (latest ed ition) U n ified I n ch Screw Threads ASM E U S , Canada

ASM E B l . 1 3 M (latest ed ition) Metric Screw Th reads ASM E U S , Canada

ASM E B l .20.1 (latest edition) Pipe Threads, General Purpose (I nch) ASM E U S , Canada

ASM E B l .20.3 (latest edition) Dryseal Pipe Th reads (I n ch) ASM E U S , Canada

us
ASM E B l .20.4-1976 (R1 982) Dryseal Pipe Th reads (Metric Translation of B l . 20.3) ASM E U S , Canada

ASM E B20.1 (latest edition) Safety Standards for Conveyors and Related ASM E
Equipm ent

ASM E B 2 9 . 1 - 1 9 7 5 Precision Power Transm ission Roller Chains, ASM E U S , Canada

Attach m ents, a n d Sprockets

ASM E B29.2M-1982 (R1 987) Inverted Tooth (Silent) Chains and Sprockets ASM E U S , Canada

ASM E B 29.8-2002 Leaf Chains, Clevises, and Sh eaves ASM E U S , Canada

ASM E B29.1 5-1973 (R1 987) Heavy Duty Roller Type Conveyor Chains and ASM E U S , Canada
Sprocket Teeth

404
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

Section 9.1 Reference Documents (Cont'd)

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to
ASM E 829.1 00-2002 Precision Power Transm ission, Double-Pitch Power ASM E U S , Canada
Transm ission, a n d Double-Pitch Conveyor Roller
Chains, Attach ments, and Sprockets

ASM E B 3 1 . 1 (latest edition) Power Piping ASME US, Canada

ASM E QEl-1 (latest ed ition) Standard for the Qualification of Elevator Inspectors ASM E us
ASM E Y14.38 (latest edition) Abbreviations and Acronyms for Use on Drawi ngs ASM E us
and Related Docum ents

ASM E Boiler and Pressure Vessel ASM E U S , Canada

Code, Section VIII (latest ed ition)

ASM E G uide 51-1 (latest edition) Orientation and Guide for Use of SI (Metric) U n its ASM E us
ASTM A27-84a Specifications for Mild and Medium-Strength Carbon ASTM US, Canada
Steel Castings for General Applications

ASTM A36-84a Specifications for Structural Steel ASTM US, Canada

ASTM A53/A53M (latest edition) Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and ASTM US, Canada
Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seam less

ASTM A1 06/A1 06M (latest edition) Standard Specification for Seam less Carbon ASTM US, Canada
Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service

ASTM A283-84a Specifications for Low and I nterm ed iate Tensile ASTM US, Canada
Strength Th readed Standard Fasteners

ASTM A283/A283M-03 (2007) Standard Specification for Low a n d Intermediate ASTM Canada
Tensile Stren gth Carbon Steel Plates

ASTM A307-1 0 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and ASTM US, Canada
Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength

ASTM A307-84a Specifications for Low and I nterm ed iate Tensile ASTM US, Canada
Strength Carbon Steel Plate of Structural Quality

ASTM A502-83a Specifications for Steel Structural Rivets ASTM US, Canada

ASTM A668-85 Specifications for Carbon Allow Steel Forgin gs for ASTM US, Canada
Gen eral I n d ustrial Use

ASTM D97-85 Standard Test for Pour Point of Petroleum Oils ASTM US, Canada

ASTM D1 98-84 Static Tests of Timbers in Structural Sizes ASTM US, Canada

ASTM D24 5-81 (1 986) Establishing Structural G rades and Related Allowable ASTM US, Canada
Properties for Visually G raded Lumber

ASTM D 2 2 70-79 Calculating Viscosity I n dex from Kinematic Viscosity ASTM US, Canada

ASTM E8/E8M (latest edition) Standard Test Methods for Tension Testi ng of ASTM US, Canada
Metallic Materials

405
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Section 9.1 Reference Documents (Cont'd)

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to
ASTM E84 (latest edition) Standard Test Method for Surface Burning ASTM US, Canada
Characteristics of Building Materials

ASTM E380 (latest edition) Standard Practice for Use of the International ASTM us
System of Units (SI)

ASTM E648-86 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of ASTM us
Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy
Source

CASO One and Two Family Dwelling ICC us

Code

CAN4-S104 (latest edition) Fire Tests of Door Assemblies CSA Canada

CAN/CGSB-12.1-M90 (same as Glass, Safety, Tempered or Laminated CGSB Canada

CAN2-12.1)

CAN/CGSB-12.11 (latest edition) Wired Safety Glass CGSB Canada

CAN/CGSB-12.12 (latest edition) Plastic Safety Glazing Sheets CGSB Canada

CAN/CSA B311 (latest edition) Safety Code for Manlifts CSA Canada

CAN/CSA B354.1 (latest edition) Portable Elevating Work Platforms CSA Canada

CAN/CSA-B72-M87 (R1998) (same Installation Code for Lighting Protection Systems CSA Canada
as CSA-B72)

CAN/CSA G40.21-1972 Structural Quality Steels CSA Canada

CAN/CSA-S16.1-09 Design of Steel Structures CSA Canada

CAN/CSA-T515-97 (same as Requirements for Handset Telephones Intended for CSA Canada
CAN3-T515-M85) Use by the Hard of Hearing

CAN/CSA-Z185-M87 (R1997) (same Safety Code for Personnel Hoists CSA Canada
as CSA-Z185)

CAN/CSA-Z256-M87 (R1995) (same Safety Code for Material Hoists CSA Canada
as CSA-Z256)

CAN/CSA-Z271-98 (same as Safety Code for Suspended Elevating Platforms CSA Canada
CSA-Z271)

CAN/CSA-Z321 (latest edition) Signs and Symbols for the Workplace CSA US, Canada

CAN/ ULC-S102.2 (latest edition) Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning ULC Canada
Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and
Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies

CEI IEC 61508 Functional Safety of Electrical/Electronic/ ANSI US, Canada

Parts 1 through 7 Programmable Electronic Safety-Related Systems
(first edition - 1998)

CSA A23.3-04 (same as Design of Concrete Structures CSA Canada

CAN3-A23.3)

CSA-B44.1/ASME A17.5 (latest Standard for Elevator and Escalator Electrical ASME US, Canada
edition) Equipment

406
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Section 9.1 Reference Documents (Cont'd)

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to
CSA 81 67-96 Safety Standard for Maintenance and Inspection of CSA Canada
Overhead Cranes, Gantry Cranes, Monorails,
Hoists, and Trolleys

CSA 83 54 (latest edition) Work Platform Standards CSA Canada

CSA 8 3 5 5-00 Lifts for Persons With Physical Disabilities CSA Canada

CSA 861 3 ·00 Private Residence Lifts for Persons With Physical CSA Canada
Disabilities

CSA C22.1 (latest edition) Canadian Electrical Code, Part I, Safety Standard CSA Canada
for Electrical Installations

CSA C22.2 No. 1 3 9-1982 (R1 992) Electrically Operated Valves CSA US, Canada

CSA C22.2 No. 1 41-M1985 (R1 992) U n it Equipment for Emergency Lighting CSA US, Canada

CSA 086-01 Engineering Design in Wood CSA US, Canada

CSA 086.1 -94 Engineering Design in Wood (Lim it States Design) CSA Canada

CSA 0 1 5 1 ·M1 978 (sam e as Canadian Softwood Plywood CSA Canada

CAN/CSA-01 5 1 -M78)

CSA W47.1-1992 (R1 998) Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of CSA US, Canada
Steel Structures

CSA W59-M1 989 Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding) CSA US, Canada
(Metric Version)

CSA 21 50·98 Safety Code on Mobile Cranes CSA Canada

CSA 2248-1 975 Code for Tower Cranes CSA Canada

EN 1 2016: 1 998 Electromagnetic Com patibility-Product Fam i ly BSI US, Canada

Standard for Lifts, Escalator and Passenger
Conveyors I m m un ity

FED-STD 191A Rev. 5 (Dec-28-1 989) Federal Standard for Textile Test Methods GSA us
IBC (latest edition) International Building Code ICC us
ICC/ANSI Al 17 . 1 (latest edition) Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities ICC us
I EC 60947·5·1 : 2009 Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear ANSI US, Canada

IEEE 45 (latest edition) Recommended Practices for Electric Installations on IEEE US, Canada
Shipboard

ISO 1 4798:2009 Lifts (elevators), escalators and moving walks - ANSI US, Canada
Risk assessment and red uction methodology

ISO 2 2 200: 2009 Electromagnetic com patibility - Product fam i ly ANSI US, Canada
standard for lifts, escalators and moving
walks - Immunity

MIL-DTL-8 3 420M Spec

Mineral Resources 30 CFR Code of Federal Regulations MSHA US G PO us

Parts 1-199

N BCC (latest edition, except where National Building Code of Canada N RCC Canada
specified in the Code)

407
 ASM E A1 7.1-201 6/CSA B44-1 6

Section 9.1 Reference Documents (Cont'd)

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to
NEHRP National Earth quake H azards Red uction Program FEMA US, Canada
Reco m m ended Provisions for Seismic

us
Regulations for New Buildings

N EMA 2 5 0 (latest edition) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment N EMA

(1 000 Volts Maxim um)

us
N FCC (latest ed ition) N ational Fi re Code of Canada N RC Canada

us
N FPA 13 (latest edition) I n stallation of Sprin kler Systems N FPA

us
N FPA 70 (latest edition) N ational Electrical Code N FPA

N FPA 72 (latest edition) N ational Fi re Alarm and Signaling Code N FPA

us
N FPA 80-1986 Fire Doors a n d Windows N FPA US, Canada

us
N FPA 99 (latest edition) Health Care Facilities Code N FPA

N FPA 1 0 1 (latest ed ition) Life Safety Code N FPA

N FPA 105 (latest ed ition) Smoke Door Assemblies and Oth er Opening N FPA US, Canada

us
Protectives

N FPA 2 52 (latest ed ition) Fire Tests of Door Assem b lies N FPA

N FPA 255 (latest ed ition) Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning N FPA US, Canada
Characteristics of Building Materials

N FPA 265 (latest ed ition) Fire Tests for Evaluating Room Fi re G rowth N FPA US, Canada
Contribution of Textile or Expanded Vinyl Wall

us
Coverings on Full Height Panels and Walls

us
N FPA 780 (latest ed ition) I n stallation of Lightn ing Protection System s N FPA

N FPA 1 971 -2000 Standard on Protective Ensemble for Structural Fi re N FPA

us
Fighting

N FPA 5 000 (latest ed ition) Building Construction and Safety Code N FPA

SAE ] 5 1 4-1992 Hydraulic Tube Fittings SAE US, Canada

us
SAE ] 5 1 7-1991 Hydraulic Hoses SAE US, Canada

us
SEI/ASCE 24 Flood Resistance Design and Construction ASCE

SOLAS International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea,

us
Regulation 3, 1974 Amendment

us
U BC-1 994 U n iform Building Code ICC

us
U L 1 0 B (latest ed ition) Standard for Safety, Fire Tests of Door Assem blies UL

U L 1 04 (latest edition) Standard for Safety, Elevator Door Lockin g Devices UL

and Contacts

408
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Section 9.1 Reference Documents (Cont'd)

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to
UL 924 Standard for Safety, Emergency Lighting and Power UL US, Canada
Equipment

UL 1037 {latest edition) Standard for Safety, Antitheft Alarms and Devices UL us
UL 1784 {latest edition) Standard for Safety, Air Leakage Tests of Door UL us
Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives

Elevator Industry Field Employees' Safety Handbook Elevator US, Canada

World

409
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(16) Section 9.2 Procurement Information

Organization Address and Phone Number Organization Address and Phone Number
ACI American Concrete Institute BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers
38800 Country Club Drive Association
Farmington Hills, Ml 48331 355 Lexington Avenue, 15th Floor
Telephone: (248) 848-3700 New York, NY 10017
http: //www.concrete.org Telephone: (212) 297-2122
http://www.buildershardware.com
AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association
1001 North Fairfax Street, Suite 500 BSI British Standards Institution, Inc.
Alexandria, VA 22314-1587 389 Chiswick High Road
Telephone: (703) 684-0211 London, W4 4AL England
http: //www.agma.org Telephone: 0181 966 7000
http:/ /www.bsigroup.com
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
One East Wacker Drive CSA Canadian Standards Association
Chicago, IL 60601-1802 178 Rexdale Boulevard
Telephone: (312) 670-2400 Toronto, Ontario M9W 1R3, Canada
http: //www.aisc.org Telephone: (416) 747-4044
(800) 463-6727
ANSI American National Standards Institute http:/ /www.csagroup.org
25 West 43rd Street
New York, NY 10036 DOC U.S. Department of Commerce
Telephone: (212) 642-4900 Commodity Standards Division
http: //www.ansi.org Available from Superintendent of
Documents
APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association Government Publishing Office
7011 South 19th Street 732 N. Capitol Street, NW
Tacoma, WA 98466-5333 Washington, DC 20402
Telephone: (253) 565-6600 Telephone: (202) 512-1800
http: //www.apawood.org (866) 512-1800
http://www.gpo.gov
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
1801 Alexander Bell Drive FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency
Reston, VA 20191-4400 FEMA Distribution Center
Telephone: (800) 548-2723 P. 0. Box 2012
http: //www.asce.org 8231 Stayton Drive
Jessup, MD 20794
ASME The American Society of Mechanical Telephone: (800) 480-2520
Engineers http://www.fema.gov
Two Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016 GSA General Services Administration
Telephone: (212) 591-8500 Federal Acquisition Service
http: //www.asme.org 1800 F Street, NW
Washington, DC 20405
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials Telephone: (703) 605-2567
100 Barr Harbor Drive http://www.gsa.gov
P.O. Box C700
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 ICC International Code Council
Telephone: (610) 832-9585 500 New Jersey Avenue, NW
http: //www.astm.org Washington, DC 20001
Telephone: (800) 422-7233
AWS American Welding Society http://www.iccsafe.org
8669 NW 36th Street, No. 130
Miami, FL 33166
Telephone: (800) 443-9353
http: //www.aws.org

410
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Section 9.2 Procurement Information (Cont'd)

Organization Address and Phone Number Organization Address and Phone Number
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics SAE SAE International
Engineers, Inc. 400 Commonwealth Drive
445 Hoes Lane Warrendale, PA 15096-0001
Piscataway, NJ 08854-1331 Telephone: (724) 776-4841
Telephone: (732) 981-0060 http:/ /www.sae.org
(800) 678-4333
http:/ /www.ieee.org SAIA Scaffold and Access Industry
Association
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers 400 Admiral Boulevard
Association Kansas City, MO 64106
1300 North 17th Street Telephone: (818) 610-0320
Rosslyn, VA 22209 http://www.saiaonline.org
Telephone: (703) 841-3200
http://www.nema.org UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingsten Road
NFPA National Fire Protection Association Northbrook, IL 60062-2096
1 Batterymarch Park Order Address: Comm 2000
Quincy, MA 02169-7471 151 Eastern Avenue
Telephone: (617) 770-3000 Bensenville, IL 60106
http://www.nfpa.org Telephone: (847) 272-8800
http://www.ul.com
NRCC National Research Council of Canada
1200 Montreal Road US ATBCB United States Access Board
Building M-58 1331 F Street, NW
Ottawa, Ontario, KlA OR6 Canada Washington, DC 20004-1111
Telephone: (613) 993-9101 Telephone: (800) 872-2253
http://www.nrc-cnrc.gc.ca http://www.access-board.gov

RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association US GPO U.S. Government Publishing Office

1400 K Street, NW Superintendent of Documents
Washington, DC 20005 732 N. Capitol Street, NW
Telephone: (202) 682-4800 Washington, DC 20401
http:/ /www.rma.org Telephone: (202) 512-1800
(866) 512-1800
http:/ /www.gpo.gov

411
I NTENTI O NALLY LEFT B LAN K

412
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

NONMAN DATORY APPENDIX A

CONTROL SYSTEM

See Fig. A-1 on the following page.

413
 Fig. A-1
, -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- -- -- -- -- ,
MOTION CONTROL
r--------------------
1
I
I

Positi o n
I
I

and Hyd ra u l ic
I
I
Speed Sensing Va lve Control
I
I
Devices I

r.
I
I

.............t ........... .
I
'
I

I''
I

! i
I
I

:osit i o n
I

I'' C a r Operation
:
M otor Contro l l e r
I �
Dictatio n l
I :s:
Control
i.
'"
D i ctat i o n
--------: I I M ovi n g
>
Powe r C o n ve rt e r
. I
• C a r Ass i g n m e nt D i ctat i o n M ach i ne ! M e m b e r
Emergencv l
I

i D i rect i o n :
• Pattern G e n .
j R u n/Sto p I
-..i

1 Door I O pe n/ : • Operat i n g Device • AC M otor Power

;...
"'"..... Control
l o s� I
• M otor
• B r a ke Control Stop
-­
�
l O p e rator l C
°'...
I
"'" I nterface Control
• M otor F i e l d • Hydro
I
0

• Fixt u re I nterface • Sto p Control i---

• D C M otor
I
Status t
I

--------,
I

I
!:
,
Control Plunger
I
• D i rect i o n
n
• Load We i g h i n g
'
Control
,_______J

Auto/ I • Auto/M a n u a l • Load We i g h i n g

D i spatch
I

I
'

:
I m
Car Manual
' I .:,.
I

1
I .:,.
and
I

I
I °'
G ro u p
'
t-i
I I
I
O perat i n g 1 !
!
I
+ car O p . Sta rte r
I
Devices }
j
I I
I : Control E l e ctrical
I
• Across t h e L i n e
-
I'' G ro u p O perat i o n I,,
I I
I P rotective • R e s i sta n c e
L_______J
I I
I I
Devices • Wye-Delta
I

Car
I,,
I
Control
I
I

and

_____f ____t __ t ____

I

• Hall Call
G ro u p i-.
I',
I

Signal !
Ass i g n m e nt

Fixt u res
I • Operat i n g Device
J

_______ J I • Fixt u re I nterface ,I,

I
I nterface
:

L -------------- J I n put Powe r/Sta n d by Powe r

' - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- J
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

NONMAN DATORY APPENDIX B

U N LOCKI NG ZON E

Fig. B-1 Unlocking Zone (1 6)

(2.12.1 and 2.14.5.7)

S h a l l n ot be
openable
'
1 75 m m (7 i n . )
[450 m m ( 1 8 i n . )
fo r fre i g ht el evators M ay be openable
with vertical sliding
doors on ly)

" La n d i n g 75 m m (3 i n . ) S h a l l b e
//////////////////
' , 75 mm (3 i n . ) openable
1 75 m m (7 i n . ) ,
(450 m m ( 1 8 i n . ) ,
fo r fre i g ht e l evators
with ve rtical s l i d i n g ' M ay b e openable

doors on ly) ,

,
S h a l l n ot be
openable

415
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

N0NMAN DATORY APPEN DIX D

RATED LOAD AN D CAPACITY PLATES FOR PASSENG ER
ELEVATORS

Requirement 2.16.1 specifies the minimum rated load

for passenger elevators in terms of kilograms (pounds).
Requirement 2.16.3.2.1 requires that a capacity plate
indicating the rated load in kilograms (pounds) be
located inside the car.
When local ordinances require the elevator capacity
to be also indicated in terms of persons, the number of
persons should be calculated by dividing the rated load,
if expressed in kilograms, by 72.5 or by 160 if expressed
in pounds. The result (quotient) should be reduced to
the next lowest whole number. As an example, if the
result is 14.97, the capacity in terms of persons should
be 14.

417
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

NONMAN DATORY APPEN DIX E

ELEVATOR REQU I REM ENTS FOR PERSONS WITH PHYSICAL
DISABI LITI ES I N J U RISDICTIONS EN FORCI NG N BCC

INTRODUCTION E-5 Door Size

This Appendix was developed and approved by the The clear width of elevator doors shall comply with
C SA B4 4 Technical Committee. T he A SME A17 Table E-1.
Standards Committee, in the spirit of harmonization,
authorized the publication of this Appendix. E-6 Door Protective and Reopening Device
This Appendix is not a mandatory part of this Code; E-6 . 1 Doors shall be provided with a
however, it is provided for reference in order to comply door-reopening device that automatically stops and
with the requirements of the NBBC. reopens the car door and landing door if the door
E-1 Scope becomes obstructed by an obj ect or person. T his
reopening device shall also be capable of sensing an
T his Appendix contains requirements intended to object or person in the path of a closing door at 12 5 mm
make passenger elevators usable by persons with physi­ ± 2 5 mm (5 in. ± 1 in.) and 7 3 5 mm ± 2 5 mm (2 9 in.
cal disabilities in jurisdictions enforcing NBCC. These ± 1 in.) above the floor without requiring contact for
requirements are in addition to, or modifications of, activation, although contact may occur before the door
certain requirements specified elsewhere in this reverses.
Standard. Elevators shall be passenger elevators as clas­
sified by ASME A17.l /CSA B44. Elevator operation shall E-6.2 Door-reopening devices shall remain effec­
be automatic. tive for a period of not less than 2 0 s.

E-2 Definitions E-7 Door Timing for Hall and Car Calls
destination-oriented elevator system: an elevator sys­ E-7.1 The minimum acceptable time from notifica­
tem that provides lobby controls for the selection of tion that a car is answering a call until the doors of that
destination floors, lobby indicators designating which car start to close shall be calculated from the following
elevator to board, and a car indicator designating the equation, but shall not be less than 5 s:
floors at which the car will stop.
elevator car call sequential step scanning: a technology T = D/(455 mm/s)
used to enter a car call by means of an up or down floor or
selection button.
T = D/(l .5 ft/s)
physical disability: a disability resulting in a mobility
or sensory impairment. where T equals the total time in seconds and D equals
variable message signs (VMS): electronic signs that the distance (in mm or ft) from the point in the lobby
have a message with the capacity to change by means or corridor 1 5 2 5 mm (60 in.) directly in front of the
of scrolling, streaming, or paging across a background. farthest call button controlling that car to the centerline
of its hoistway door.
variable message sign (VMS) characters: characters of
an electronic sign composed of pixels in an array. E-7.2 For cars with in-car lanterns, T shall begin
when the signal is visible from the point 1 5 2 5 mm (60 in.)
E-3 Leveling directly in front of the farthest hall call button and the
Each car shall automatically stop and maintain posi­ audible signal is sounded.
tion at floor landings within a tolerance of 13 mm (½ in.)
under rated loading to zero loading conditions.
E-7.3 Elevator doors shall remain fully open in
response to a car call for 3 s minimum.
E-4 Door Operation
E-8 Inside Dimensions of Elevator Cars
Power-operated horizontally sliding car and landing
doors opened and closed by automatic means shall be E-8.1 The inside dimensions of elevator cars shall
provided. comply with Table E-1.

418
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA 844-16

Table E-1 Minimum Dimensions of Elevator Cars

Inside Car, Inside Car,
Inside Car, Back Wall to Wall to Inside
Door Clear Side to Side, Front Return, Face of Door,
Door Location Width, mm mm mm mm

Centered 1 065 2 030 1 295 1 370

Side (off-center) 915 2
1 725 1 295 1 370
Any 9152 1 370 2 030 2 030
Any 915 2
1 525 1 525 1 525

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Table E-1 is based on Table 407.2.8 and 407.4.1 in ANSI/ICC A117.1, metric values only.
(b) A tolerance of -16 mm shall be permitted.

E-8.2 Other car configurations that provide a E-9.3.3 Button Characteristics

915 mm (3 6 in.) minimum clear door width and a circular
space with a minimum diameter of 1 5 2 5 mm (60 in.) E-9.3.3.1 Control buttons shall be identified by
with the door closed are permitted. raised characters and Braille complying with
Clause E-2 0.
E-9 Car Controls E-9.3.3.2 Raised character and Braille designa­
E-9.1 Features. Car controls shall have the features tions shall be placed immediately to the left of the button
as specified in Clauses E-9.2 to E-9.7. to which the designations apply. When a negative num­
ber is used to indicate a negative floor, the Braille desig­
E-9.2 Height. Buttons with floor designations shall nation shall be a cell with the dots 3 and 6 followed by
be located a maximum of 1 2 2 0 mm (4 8 in.) above the the ordinal number.
floor or ground measured to the centerline of the but­
tons. Emergency control buttons, including emergency E-9.3.4 Control Button. The control button for the
alarms where provided, shall be grouped at the bottom main entry floor, and control buttons other than
of the panel. Emergency control buttons shall have their remaining buttons with floor designations, shall be iden­
centerlines 890 mm (3 5 in.) minimum above the floor tified with raised symbols and Braille as shown in
or ground. Table 2.26.12.1.
The location and size of Braille, where required, shall
E-9.3 Buttons comply with Table 2.26.12.1.
E-9 . 3 . 1 Button D i m ensions. Buttons shall be E-9.3.5 Visible Indicators. Buttons with floor des­
19 mm (0.75 in.) minimum in their smallest dimension. ignations shall be provided with visible indicators to
Buttons or surrounding button collars shall be raised a show that a call has been registered. The visible indica­
minimum of 1.5 mm (0.06 in.).
tion shall extinguish when the car arrives at the desig­
E-9.3.2 Button Arrangement. Buttons shall be nated floor.
arranged with numbers in ascending order. Floors shall
E-9.3.6 Elevator Car Call Sequential Step
be designated ... -4, - 3 , -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 , 3 , 4, etc., with
floors below the main entry floor designated with minus
Scanning. Elevator car call sequential step scanning
shall be provided where car control buttons are provided
numbers. Numbers shall be permitted to be omitted,
more than 1 2 2 0 mm (4 8 in.) above the floor. Floor selec­
provided the remaining numbers are in sequence. Where
tion shall be accomplished by applying momentary or
a telephone keypad arrangement is used, the number
constant pressure to the up or down scan button. The
key (#) shall be utilized to enter the minus symbol ("-").
up scan button shall sequentially select floors above the
When two or more columns of buttons are provided,
they shall read from left to right. current floor. The down scan button shall sequentially
select floors below the current floor. When pressure is
E-9.3.2.1 Where existing building floor desig­ removed from the up or down scan button for more
nations differ from the arrangement required by than 2 s, the last floor selected shall be registered as a
Clause E-9.3.2 or are alphanumeric, a new operating car call. The up and down scan button shall be located
panel shall be permitted to use such existing building adjacent to or immediately above the emergency control
floor designations. buttons.

419
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

E-9.4 Teleph one-Style Keypads . Telephone-style E-1 2 Floor Surfaces

keypads shall be in a standard telephone keypad Floor surfaces in elevator cars shall have a firm, stable,
arrangement. Call buttons shall be 19 mm (0.75 in.) mini­ and slip-resistant surface that permits easy movement
mum in their smallest dimension. Buttons shall be raised of wheelchairs. Carpet pile height shall be 13 mm (0.5 in.)
a minimum of 1.5 mm (0.06 in.). Braille shall not be maximum.
required. Characters shall be 13 mm (0.5 in.) minimum
in height and otherwise conform to Clause E-2 0.4. The E-1 3 H andrails
number five key shall have a single raised dot. The dot Handrails shall be provided on all nonaccess walls.
shall be 3.00 mm to 3.05 mm (0.118 in. to 0.12 in.) base The top of the gripping surfaces of the handrails shall
diameter and in other aspects conform to Table E-2 0.4. be at a height of 800 mm to 920 mm (3 1.5 in. to 3 6.2 in.),
Characters shall be centred on the corresponding keypad with a space of 35 mm to 45 mm (1.4 in. to 1. 8 in.)
button. A display shall be provided in the car with visible between the handrails and wall.
indicators to show registered car destinations. The visi­
ble indication shall extinguish when the call has been E-1 4 Illumination Levels
answered. A standard five-pointed star shall be used to
The level of illumination at the car controls shall be
indicate the main entry floor.
100 Ix (10 fc) minimum.
E-1 0 Car Pos ition Indicators
E-1 5 H all Buttons
E-1 0.1 General. In elevator cars, both audible and
visible car floor location indicators shall be provided to E-1 5.1 Hall buttons and keypad buttons in elevator
identify the floor location of the car. lobbies and halls shall be located vertically between
890 mm (35 in.) and 1 2 2 0 mm (4 8 in.) above the floor,
E-1 0.2 Vis ible Indicators . Indicators shall be located measured to the centerline of the respective button.
above the car control panel or above the door. Numerals
shall be 16 mm (0.63 in.) minimum in height. E-1 5.2 A clear floor space of 760 mm (3 0 in.) mini­
mum by 1 2 2 0 mm (4 8 in.) minimum shall be provided
E-10.2.1 Floor Arrival. To indicate a car passing a at hall buttons and keypads.
floor and when a car stops at a floor, served by the
elevator, the corresponding character shall illuminate. E-1 5.3 Hall buttons shall be 19 mm (0.75 in.) mini­
mum in the smallest dimension.
E-1 0.3 Audible Indicators
E-1 5.4 Hall buttons shall have visual signals to
E-10.3.1 The audible signal shall be 10 dBA mini­ indicate when each call is registered and when each call
mum above ambient, but shall not exceed 80 dBA maxi­ is answered. Call buttons shall provide an audible signal
mum, measured at the annunciator. The signal shall be or mechanical motion of the button to indicate when
an automatic verbal announcement that announces the each call is registered.
floor at which the car is about to stop. T he verbal
announcement indicating the floor shall be completed E-1 5.5 The hall button that designates the UP direc­
prior to the initiation of the door opening. The verbal tion shall be located above the button that designates
annunciator shall have a frequency of 3 00 Hz minimum the DOWN direction. Buttons or surrounding button
and 3 ,000 Hz maximum. collars shall be raised a minimum of 1.5 mm (0.06 in.).
Obj ects located beneath hall buttons shall protrude
E- 1 0 . 3 . 2 For elevators, other than 25 mm (1 in.) maximum.
destination-oriented elevators, that have a rated speed
of 1 m/s (2 00 ft/min) or less, where the verbal annuncia­ E-1 5.6 Keypads . Where keypads are provided they
tor is not provided, an audible signal with a frequency shall comply with Clause E-9.4.
of 1 5 00 Hz maximum that sounds as the car passes or
E-1 6 H all or In-Car Signals
stops at a floor served by the elevator shall be permitted.
E-16.1 General. A visible and audible signal shall
E-1 1 Emergency Com munications be provided at each hoistway entrance to indicate which
E-1 1.1 General. Emergency two-way communica­ car is answering a call and its direction of travel, except
tion systems between the elevator car and a point outside that signals in cars, visible from the floor area adjacent
the hoistway shall comply with 2.27.1. The operable to the hall call buttons, and complying with require­
parts of a two-way communication system shall be ments of Clauses E-16.2 and E-16.3 , shall be permitted.
located between 3 80 mm (1.5 in.) and 1 2 2 0 mm (4 8 in.)
E-1 6.2 Audible Signals . Audible signals shall sound
from the floor.
once for the UP direction and twice for the DOWN
E-1 1 . 2 I ns tructions . Operating instructions direction, or shall have verbal annunciators that state
required by 2.27.1 shall be presented in both tactile and the word UP or DOWN. Audible signals shall have a
visual form. frequency of 1 5 00 Hz maximum. Verbal annunciators

420
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

shall have a frequency of 3 00 Hz minimum and 3 000 Hz button shall be identified by the international symbol
maximum. T he audible signal or verbal annunciator for accessibility and a raised indication (see
shall be 10 dBA minimum above ambient, but shall not Fig. E-2 0.6.3). The symbol shall be 16 mm (0.63 in.) in
exceed 80 dBA maximum, measured at the hall call height and be a visual character complying with
button. Clause E-2 0.2. The indication shall be three raised dots,
spaced 6 mm (0.2 5 in.) at base diameter, in the form
E-1 6.3 Visible Signals
of an equilateral triangle. The function button shall be
E-1 6. 3 . 1 Height. Hall signal fixtures shall be located immediately below the keypad arrangement or
1 830 mm (72 in.) minimum above the floor or ground, floor buttons. A display shall be provided in the car with
measured to the centerline of the fixture. visible indicators to show registered car destinations.
E-16.3.2 Size. The visible signal elements shall be E-18.3 Hall Signals
6 0 mm (2.36 in.) minimum between the uppermost and
lowest edges of the illuminated shape measured
E-18.3.1 General. Destination-oriented elevators
shall be provided with a visible signal and audible tones
vertically.
and verbal announcements to indicate which car is
E-16.3.3 Visibility. Signals shall be visible from responding to a call. The signals shall be the same as
the floor area adjacent to the hall button. those given at the call button or call button keypad, if
provided. Each elevator in a bank shall have audible
E-1 7 Floor/Car Designations and visible means for differentiation.
Raised character and Braille floor designations shall
E-18.3.2 Visible Signals
be provided on both j ambs of elevator hoistway
entrances and shall be centred at 1 5 2 5 mm (60 in.) above E-18.3.2.1 Height. Hall signal fixtures shall be
the floor, measured from the baseline of the characters. 1 830 mm (72 in.) minimum above the floor or ground,
A raised star placed immediately to the left of the floor measured to the centerline of the fixture.
designation shall also be provided on both jambs at the
main entry level. Such characters shall be 5 0 mm (2 in.)
E-1 8.3.2.2 Size. T he visible signal elements
shall be 60 mm (2.36 in.) minimum in their smallest
high and shall comply with Clause E-2 0.2 and E-2 0.3.
dimension.
E-1 8 Destination-Oriented Elevators E-1 8.3.2.3 Visibi lity. Signals shall be visible
E-18.1 General. Destination-oriented elevators shall from the floor area adjacent to the hoistway entrance.
comply with Clauses E-3 to E-8, E-11, E-12 , E-14, E-17, E-18.4 Car Controls. Emergency controls, including
and E-18.2 to E-18.6. emergency alarms where provided, shall have center­
E-18.2 Call Buttons. Call buttons shall be 890 mm lines that are 890 mm minimum and 1 2 2 0 mm maximum
minimum and 1 2 2 0 mm maximum (35 in. minimum and (35 in. minimum and 4 8 in. maximum) above the floor
4 8 in. maximum) above the floor or ground, measured to or ground. Buttons shall be 19 mm (0.75 in.) minimum
the centerline of the buttons. A clear floor or ground in their smallest dimension. Buttons shall be raised a
space of 760 mm x 1 2 2 0 mm (30 in. x 4 8 in.) shall be minimum of 1.5 mm (0.06 in.).
provided. Call buttons shall be 19 mm (0.75 in.) mini­ E-18.5 Car Position Indicators
mum in their smallest dimension. Buttons shall be raised
a minimum of 1.5 mm (0.06 in.). Obj ects beneath hall E-18.5.1 General. In elevator cars, audible and vis­
call buttons shall protrude 25 mm (1 in.) maximum into ible car location indicators shall be provided.
the clear floor or ground space. Destination-oriented
E-18.5.2 Visible Indicators. A display shall be pro­
elevator systems shall have a keypad or other means
vided in the car with visible indicators to show car
for the entry of destination information. Keypads, if
destinations. Numerals shall be 16 mm (0.63 in.) high
provided, shall be in a standard telephone keypad
minimum. The visible indicators shall extinguish when
arrangement, and buttons shall be identified by visual
the car arrives at the designated floor.
characters complying with Clause E-2 0.2. Characters
shall be centered on the corresponding keypad button. E-18.5.3 Audible Indicators. An automatic verbal
The number five key shall have a single raised dot. The announcement that announces the floor at which the car
dot shall be 3.00 mm to 3.05 mm (0.118 in. to 0.12 in.) base is about to stop shall be provided. The announcement
diameter, and in other aspects comply with Table E-2 0.4. shall be 10 dBA minimum above ambient and 80 dBA
Destination-oriented elevator systems shall be provided maximum, measured at the annunciator. T he verbal
with a visual signal and audible tones and verbal announcement indicating the floor shall be completed
announcements to indicate which car is responding to prior to the initiation of the door opening. The verbal
a call. The audible tones and verbal announcements shall annunciator shall have a frequency of 300 Hz minimum
be activated by pressing a function button. The function and 3,000 Hz maximum.

421
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

E-18.6 Elevator Car Identification. In addition to the E-1 9.2.1 Inside Dimensions. Elevator cars shall
tactile signs required by Clause E- 17, a raised elevator provide a clear floor width of 1 065 mm ( 4 2 in.) mini­
car identification shall be placed immediately below mum. The clear floor area shall not be less than 1.46 m 2
the hoistway entrance floor designation. The characters ( 15.75 ft 2).
shall be 50 mm ( 2 in.) high and shall comply with Clauses
E- 20.2 and E- 20.3.
E-1 9.3 Elevator Car Controls, Control panels shall
be centered on the longest side wall .
E- 1 8. 7 Dest i n ation-Oriented Elevators.
Destination-oriented elevators shall not be required to E-20 Signs
comply with Clause E-7.1. E-20.1 Accessible signs shall comply with Clause
E-1 9 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Elevators E- 20.2. Tactile signs shall contain both raised characters
and Braille. Where signs with both visual and raised
Limited-use /limited-application elevators shall com­ characters are required, either one sign with both visual
ply with Clauses E- 1, E-3, E-5 through E- 17, and E- 19. and raised characters, or two separate signs, one with
E- 1 9. 1 E levator Door Req u i rements. Elevator visual, and one with raised characters, shall be provided .
hoistway doors shall comply with Clause E-19 .1 . E-20.2 Visual Characters
E-19.1.1 Sliding Doors. Sliding hoistway doors E-20.2.1 General
shall comply with Clause E- 4.
E-20.2.1 .1 Visual characters shall comply with
E-1 9.1 .2 Swinging Doors. Swinging hoistway
either of the following :
doors shall open and close automatically and shall com­
(a) Visual characters that also serve as raised charac­
ply with Clause E- 19.1.2. The clear floor space for hall
ters shall comply with Clause E-20.3.
call buttons shall be located beyond the arc of the door
(b) Visual characters on Variable Message Signs
swing.
(V MS) signage shall comply with Clause E-20.7.
E-1 9.1 .2.1 Power Operation. Swinging doors (c) Visual characters not covered in (a) and (b) above
shall be power-operated and shall comply with shall comply with Clause E-20 .2 .
ANSI /BHMA A 156.19.
E-20.2.1.2 The visual and raised requirements
E-19.1 .2.2 Duration. Power-operated swinging of E- 20.2.1.l(a) shall be permitted to be provided by two
doors shall remain open for 20 s minimum when separate signs that provide corresponding information
activated. provided one sign complies with Clause E- 20.2 and the
E-19.1 .3 Door Location and Width. Car doors shall second sign copmplies with Clause E- 20.3.
comply with Clause E-19 .1 .3. E-20.2.2 Case. Characters shall be uppercase, low­
E-19.1 .3.1 Cars With Single Door or Doors on ercase, or a combination of both.
Opposite Ends. Car doors shall be positioned at the E-20.2.3 Style. Characters shall be conventional
narrow end of cars with a single door and on cars with in form .Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script,
doors on opposite ends. Doors shall provide a clear highly decorative, or of other unusual form.
opening width of 8 15 mm (32 in.) minimum.
E-20.2.4 Character Height. The uppercase letter
E-19.1 .3.2 Cars With Doors on Adjacent Sides "I" shall be used to determine the allowable height of
E-19.1 .3.2.1 Car doors shall be permitted to all characters of a font. The uppercase letter "I" of the
be located on adjacent sides of cars that provide a 1.67 m 2 font shall have a minimum height of 16 mm (0 .63 in .),
( 18 ft2) platform . Doors located on the narrow end of plus 3 mm (0.1 18 in.) per 305 mm ( 1 ft) of viewing
cars shall provide a clear opening width of 9 15 mm distance above 1 830 mm (6 ft). Viewing distance shall
(36 in .) minimum .Doors located on the long side shall be measured as the horizontal distance between the
provide a clear opening width of 1 065 mm ( 4 2 in.) mini­ character and an obstruction preventing further
mum and be located as far as practicable from the door approach towards the sign.
on the narrow end. E-20.2.5 Character Width. T he uppercase letter
E-19.1 .3.2.2 Car doors that provide a clear "O" shall be used to determine the allowable width of
opening width of 9 15 mm (36 in .) minimum shall be all characters of a font. The width of the uppercase letter
permitted to be located on adjacent sides of cars that "O" shall be 55% minimum and 1 10% maximum of the
provide a clear floor area of 1 295 mm (5 1 in.) width height of the uppercase letter "I" of the font.
and 1 295 mm (5 1 in.) in depth.
E-20.2.6 Stroke Width. The uppercase letter "I"
E-1 9.2 Elevator Car Req uirements. Elevator cars shall be used to determine the allowable stroke width
shall comply with Clause E- 19.2. of all characters of a font. The stroke width shall be

422
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

10% minimum and 30% maximum of the height of the E-20.3.7.2 Minimum. When characters are both
uppercase "I" of the font. visual and raised, the stroke width shall be 10% mini­
mum of the height of the uppercase letter "I."
E-20.2.7 Character Spacing. Spacing shall be mea­
sured between the two closest points of adjacent charac­ E-20.3.8 Character Spacing. Character spacing
ters within a message, excluding word spaces. Spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of
between individual characters shall be 10% minimum adjacent raised characters within a message, excluding
and 35% maximum of the character height. word spaces. Spaces between individual characters shall
be 3 mm (0.1 18 in.) minimum measured at the top sur­
E-20.2.8 Line Spacing. Spacing between the base­ face of the characters, 16 mm (0.63 in.) minimum mea­
lines of separate lines of characters within a message sured at the base of the characters, and four times the
shall be 135% minimum to 170% maximum of the char­ raised character stroke width maximum. Characters
acter height. shall be separated from raised borders and decorative
E-20.2.9 Finish and Contrast. Characters and their elements 10 mm (0.4 in.) minimum.
background shall have a non-glare finish. Characters E-20.3.9 Line Spacing. Spacing between the base­
shall contrast with their background, with either light lines of separate lines of raised characters within a mes­
characters on a dark background, or dark characters on sage shall be 135% minimum and 170% maximum of
a light background. the raised character height .
E-20.3 Raised Characters E-20. 3 . 1 0 Location. W here a sign containing
E-20.3.1 General. Raised characters shall comply raised characters and Braille is provided at double doors
with Clause E-20.3, and shall be duplicated in Braille with one active leaf, the sign shall be located on the
complying with Clause E- 20.4. inactive leaf. Where a sign containing raised characters
and Braille is provided at double doors with two active
E-20.3.2 Depth. Raised characters shall be raised leaves, the sign shall be to the right of the right-hand
a minimum of 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) above their background. door .Where there is no wall space on the latch side of
a single door, or to the right side of double doors, signs
E-20.3.3 Case. Characters shall be uppercase. shall be on the nearest adjacent wall .Signs containing
E-20.3.4 Style. Characters shall be sans serif. raised characters and Braille shall be located so that a
Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly dec­ clear floor area 455 mm ( 18 in.) minimum by 455 mm
orative, or of other unusual form. ( 18 in.) minimum, centered on the raised characters, is
provided beyond the arc of any door swing between
E-20.3.5 Character Height the closed position and 45 deg open position.
E-20.3. 5 .1 T he uppercase letter "I" shall be E-20.3.1 1 Finish and Contrast
used to determine the allowable height of all characters
of a font. The uppercase letter "I" of the font, measured E-20.3.1 1.1 Characters and their background
vertically from the baseline of the character, shall be shall have a non-glare finish. Characters shall contrast
16 mm (0.63 in.) minimum, and 50 mm ( 2 in.) maximum. with their background with either light characters on a
dark background or dark characters on a light
E-20.3.5.2 Where separate raised and visual background.
characters with the same information are provided, the
height of the raised uppercase letter "I" shall be permit­ E-20.3.1 1 .2 Where separate raised characters
ted to be 13 mm (0.5 in.) minimum. and visual characters with the same information are
provided, raised characters are not required to have
E-20.3.6 Character Width. T he uppercase letter non-glare finish or to contrast with their background.
"O" shall be used to determine the allowable width of
E-20.4 Braille
all characters of a font.The width of the uppercase letter
"O" of the font shall be 55% minimum and 1 10% maxi­ E-20 . 4 . 1 General. Braille shall be contracted
mum of the height of the uppercase letter "I" of the font. (Grade 2) Braille and shall comply with Clause E- 20.4.
E-20.3.7 Stroke Width. Raised character stroke E-20.4.2 Uppercase Letters. The indication of an
width shall comply with Clause E-20.3.7. The uppercase uppercase letter or letters shall only be used before the
letter "I" of the font shall be used to determine the first word of sentences, proper nouns and names, indi­
allowable stroke width of all characters of a font. vidual letters of the alphabet, initials, and acronyms.
E-20.3.7.1 Maximum. The stroke width shall be E-20.4.3 Dimensions. Braille dots shall have a
15% maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "I" domed or rounded shape and shall comply with
measured at the top surface of the character. Table E- 20.4. See also Fig. E- 20.4.

423
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

NONMAN DATORY APPEN DIX F

ASCEN DING CAR OVERSPEED AN D U N I NTEN DED CAR
MOVEMENT PROTECTION

See Table F-1 and Figs. F-1 and F-2 on the following pages.

426
 Table F-1 Traction Elevator Brake Type, Function, and Performance
Normal Operation Emergency Operation Performance (Minimum Required)
Brake Type Location Function Function Normal Emergency
Driving-machine brake Electric driving machine To hold car stationary at Retard car during emergency Hold 125% rated load Retard empty car in up
(see Section 1.3 and (see Section 1.3 and floor [see 2.24.8.3(a) stops [see 2.24.8.3(c), [see 2.24.8.3(a)] direction [see 2.24.8.3(c)]
2.24.8.3) 2.24.8.1) and (b), and 2.26.8] 2.26.8.3(c) and (d)] [Note (2)]
[Note (1)]

Braking system (see Not specified Note (1) Retard car during emergency Note (1) Retard 125% rated load car
Section 1.3 and (see 2.26.8) stops [see 2.24.8.2 and in down direction (see
2.24.8.2) 2.26.8.3(c) and (d)] 2.2 4.8.2 and 2.16.8)
)>
[Note (2)] Ill
�
)>
Emergency brake (see Electric driving Not permitted [see Retard car during ascending Not applicable [see Retard empty car in the up
Section 1.3 and machine, hoist 2.19.3.2(c)] car overspeed, unin­ 2.19.3.2(c)] direction [see 2.19.3.2(a)]
""';...
2.19.3) ropes, compensa­ tended movement, and up to 110% of governor 0
tion ropes, car, or
counterweight (see
emergency terminal
speed limiting, indepen­
tripping speed [see
2.19.1.2(a)]
--­°'n......
2.19.3.2) dently of the braking sys­ Stop unintended motion:
D:I
tem [see 2.19.1.2(b), 125% rated load down or �
2.19.2.2(b), and empty car up [see
2.25.4.1.1] 2.19.2.2(b) and Note (2)] °'
Reduce the car and counter­
weight speed such that
the rated buffer striking
speed is not exceeded
(rated load down or
empty car up) [see
2.25.4.1.1]

GENERAL NOTE: See Sections 1.3 and 2.19, and 2.24.8.

NOTES:
(1) It is permitted that the braking system or the driving-machine brake function in normal retardation of the elevator car.
(2) For freight elevators not authorized to carry passengers, 100% rated load (see 2.16.8).
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

NONMAN DATORY APPENDIX L

I N DEX OF ALTERATION REQU I REM ENTS FOR ELECTRIC
ELEVATORS, HYDRAU LIC ELEVATORS, ESCALATORS, AN D
MOVI NG WALKS

Electric Hydraulic Escalators and

Item Elevators Elevators Moving Walks
Access doors and open ings 8.7.2.7.3 8.7.2.7.3 8.7.6.1 .14, 8.7.6. 2 . 1 4
Access, means 8.7.2.7.3 8.7.2.7.2
Access switch 8.7.2 . 1 1 .4 8.7.3. 1 1
Access to machine room and spaces 8.7.2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.3 8.7.2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.3
Addition of elevator to existin g hoistway 8.7.2. 1 . 2 8.7. 2 . 1 . 2
Alteration requirements 8.7. 1 . 1 8.7. 1 . 1 8.7. 1 . 1
Alternating current, change to direct 8.7.2.27.3 8.7.3.3 1 . 4
Anticreep leveling device 8.7.3.3 1 .3
Ascending car overspeed and unintended m ovement 8.7.2.20
Automatic stop valve 8.7.3.24
Automatic transfer device 8.7.7.2 8.7.7.2
Auxiliary power lowering operation 8.7.3.3 1 .9

Balustrades 8.7.6. 1 . 5 (c), 8.7.6. 2 . 5 (c)

Beam, machinery and sheave 8.7.2.9 8.7.3.9
Brake 8.7. 2 . 2 5 . 1
Buffer 8.7.2.23 8.7.3.27
Building structure 8.7.2.9 8.7.3.9
Bum per 8.7.2.23 8.7.3.27

Cable (rope) 8.7.2.21 8.7.3.25

Capacity 8.7. 2 . 1 6
Car, decrease or increase in deadweight of 8.7. 2 . 1 5 . 2 8.7.3.21
Car door or gate 8.7. 2 . 1 4 8.7.3.13
Car enclosure 8 . 7 . 2 . 1 4 , 8.7.2.27.7 8.7.3.13
Car frame 8.7. 2 . 1 5 . 1 8.7.3.14
Car leveling device 8.7.2.27.2 8.7.3.3 1 . 2
Car platform 8.7. 2 . 1 5 . 1 8.7.3.14
Car safeties 8.7. 2 . 1 8 8.7.3.1 5
Check valve 8.7.3.24
Class of freight loading, change of 8.7.2.16.2 8.7. 3 . 1 8
Clearance, after reroping 8.7. 1 . 7 8.7. 1 . 7
Clearance, bottom and top 8.7.2.4 8.7.3.4
Clearance, horizontal 8.7. 2 . 5 8.7.3.5
Combplates 8.7.6. 1 .8, 8.7.6.2.8
Construction at bottom of hoistway 8.7.2.1.4 8.7. 2 . 1 .4
Construction at top of hoistway 8.7. 2 . 1 .3 8.7. 2 . 1 .3
Construction requirements (escalators and moving 8.7.6. 1 . 5 , 8.7.6.2.5
walks)
Contact, mechanical lock and 8.7.2.1 1 . 2 8.7.3.1 1
Control, change in type of motion 8.7.2.27.5 8.7.3.31.6
Control, change in type of operation 8.7.2.27.6 8.7.3.31.7
Control equipment 8.7.2.27 8.7.3.31
Control of smoke and hot gas 8.7.2. 1 . 5 8.7. 2 . 1 . 5
Control valve 8.7.3.24
Controller 8.7.2.27.4 8.7.3 .31 . 5
Counterweight 8.7.2.22 8.7.3.26

445
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Electric Hydraulic Escalators and

Item Elevators Elevators Moving Walks
Counterweight, location and guarding of 8.7.2.3 8.7.3.3
Counterweight, rod type 8.7.2.22.2
Counterweight safeties 8.7.2.18 8.7.3.15
Cylinder 8.7.3.23.3

Data plate, code 8.7.1.8 8.7.1.8 8.7.1.8

Deadweight of car, increase or decrease in 8.7.2.15.2 8.7.3.21
Decrease in travel 8.7.2.17.1 8.7.3.22.1
Design 8.7.1.5 8.7.1.5 8.7.1.5
Direct current, change to alternating 8.7.2.27.3 8.7.3.31.4
Door, car 8.7.2.14 8.7.3.13
Door, hoistway 8.7.2.10.1 8.7.3.10
Door, machine room 8.7.2.7.3 8.7.2.7.3
Door, power operation of 8.7. 2.12 8.7.3.12
Doors, Reopening Device 8.7.2.13 8.7.2.13
Doors, restricted opening 8.7.2.11.5 8.7.2.11.5
Driving machine 8.7.2.25.1 8.7.3.23
Driving machine, change in location of 8.7.2.25.2 8.7.3.23.4
Duct in hoistway or machine room 8.7.2.8 8.7.3.8
Dumbwaiter, addition of automatic transfer device 8.7.7.2 8.7.7.2
Dumbwaiters without automatic transfer devices 8.7.7 8.7.7

Egress, escalator 8.7.6.1.15

Electric contact, mechanical lock and 8.7.2.11.2 8.7.3.11
Electric wiring 8.7.2.8 8.7.3.8 8.7.6.1.14, 8.7.6.2.14
Electrically operated control valve 8.7.3.24
Emergency door 8.7.2.10.1 8.7.2.10.1
Emergency operation 8.7.2.28 8.7.3.31.8
Emergency signaling device 8.7.2.28 8.7.3.31.8
Enclosure, car 8.7.2.14, 8.7.2.27.7 8.7.3.13
Enclosure, hoistway 8.7.2.1 8.7.3.1
Enclosure, machine room and machinery spaces 8.7.2.7 8.7.2.7 6.1.7, 6.2.7
Entrance, escalator and moving walk 8.7.6.1.15
Entrance, hoistway 8.7.2.10 8.7.3.10
Entrance, horizontal slide type 8.7.2.10.2 8.7.2.10.2
Entrance, swing type 8.7.2.10.4 8.7.2.10.4
Entrance, vertical slide type 8.7.2.10.3 8.7.2.10.3
Entrance assembly, marking of 8.7.2.10.5 8.7.2.10.5
Equipment, non elevator 8.7.2.8 8.7.2.8

Fastening, suspension rope 8.7.2.21 8.7.3.25

Final terminal stopping device 8.7.2.26 8.7.2.26
Firefighters' service 8.7.2.28 8.7.3.31.6
Fitting, hydraulic 8.7.3.24
Foundation 8.7.2.9 8.7.3.8
Frame, car 8.7.2.15.1 8.7.3.14
Freight elevator, change in class of loading 8.7.2.16.2 8.7.3.18
Freight elevator changed to passenger service 8.7.2.16.1 8.7.3.17
Freight elevator permitted to carry passengers 8.7.2.16.3 8.7.3.19
Frequency, change in 8.7.2.27.3 8.7.3.31.4

Gate, car 8.7.2.14 8.7.3.13

General requirements 8.7.1 8.7.1 8.7.6.1.1, 8.7.6.2.1
Geometry 8.7.6.1.S(b), 8.7.6.2.5(b)
Governor 8.7.2.19 8.7.3.16
Governor rope 8.7.2.19 8.7.3.16
Guide rail 8.7.2.24 8.7.3.28
Guide shoe, car 8.7.2.15.1 8.7.3.14
Guide shoe, counterweight 8.7.2.22 8.7.3.26

446
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Electric Hydraulic Escalators and

Item Elevators Elevators Moving Walks
Hand elevators 8.7.4.3
Handrails (escalators and moving walks) 8.7.6.1.6, 8.7.6.2.6
Headroom, machine room 8.7.2.7.4 8.7.2.7.4
Hoistway, addition of elevator to 8.7.2.1.2 8.7.2.1.2
Hoistway, construction at bottom of 8.7.2.1.4 8.7.2.1.4
Hoistway, construction at top of 8.7.2.1.3 8.7.2.1.3
Hoistway, protection of space below 8.7.2.6 8.7.3.6
Hoistway door, power operation of 8.7.2.12 8.7.3.12
Hoistway door interlocks 8.7. 2.11.1 8.7.3.11
Hoistway door locking device 8.7.2.11 8.7.3.11
Hoistway door unlocking device 8.7.2.11.4 8.7.3.11
Hoistway enclosure 8.7.2.1 8.7.3.1
Hoistway entrance 8.7.2.10 8.7.3.10
Horizontal slide type entrance 8.7.2.10.2 8.7.2.10.2

Illumination in car 8.7.2.14 8.7.3.13

Inclined elevators 8.7.5.1 8.7.5.1
Inclination, angle of 8.7.6.1.5(a), 8.7.6.2.5(a)
Increase in deadweight of car 8.7.2.15.2 8.7.3.21
Increase in rated load 8.7.2.16.4 8.7.3.20
Increase in rated speed 8.7.2.17.2 8.7.3.22.2
Increase in travel 8.7.2.17.1 8.7.3.22.1
Increase in working pressure 8.7.3.23.4
Inspection 8.7.1.3 8.7.1.3
Interlock 8.7.2.11.1 8.7.3.11

Jack, hydraulic 8.7.3.23

Labeling of entrance assembly 8.7.2.10.5 8.7.2.10.5

Leveling device 8.7.2.27.2 8.7.3.31.2
Lighting in car 8.7.2.14.2(f) 8.7.3.13
Lighting of escalator and moving walk 8.7.6.1.14, 8.7.6.2.14
Lighting of machine room 8.7.2.7.6 8.7.2.7.6
Load, increase in 8.7.2.16.4 8.7.3.20
Loading, change in class of 8.7.2.16.2 8.7.3.18
Location of driving machine, change of 8.7.2.25.2 8.7.3.23.4
Location of hydraulic jack, change of 8.7.3.23.5
Location of hydraulic machine (power unit), 8.7.3.23.6
change of
Lock and contact 8.7.2.11.2 8.7.3.11
Locking device, hoistway door 8.7.2.11 8.7.3.11

Machine room 8.7.2.7 8.7.3.7

Machinery and equipment 8.7.2 8.7.3 8.7.6.1.12, 8.7.6.2.12
Machinery space 8.7.2.7 8.7.3.7
Marking of entrance assembly 8.7.2.10.5 8.7.2.10.5
Material lift with automatic transfer device 8.7.7.3 8.7.7.3
Means of access to machine room 8.7.2.7.2 8.7.2.7.2
Mechanical lock and electric contact 8.7.2.11.2 8.7.3.11
Mechanically operated control valve 8.7.3.24
Motion control, change of 8.7.2.27.5 8.7.3.31.6
Moving walks 8.7.6.2

Normal terminal stopping device 8.7.2.26 8.7.3.30

Number of elevators per hoistway 8.7.2.1.2 8.7.2.1.2

Oil buffer 8.7.2.23 8.7.3.27

Operating device 8.7.2.27 8.7.3.31
Operating device, top of car 8.7.2.27.1 8.7.3.31.1
Operation control, change in type of 8.7.2.27.6 8.7.3.31.7

447
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA B44-1 6

Electric Hydraulic Escalators and

Item Elevators Elevators Moving Walks
Parking device 8.7. 2 . 1 1 . 3 8.7. 3 . 1 1
Passenger elevator changed to freight service 8.7. 2 . 1 6. 1 8.7. 3 . 1 7
Passengers, carrying of on freight elevators 8.7. 2 . 1 6.3 8.7. 3 . 1 9
Phase I and II operation 8.7.2.28 8.7.3 . 3 1 .8
Phases, change in number of 8.7.2.27.3 8.7.3 . 3 1 .4
Pipe in hoistway or machine room 8.7.2.8 8.7.3.8
Piping supply 8.7.3.24
Piston 8.7. 3 . 2 3 . 2
Pit 8.7.2.2 8.7.3.2
Platform, car 8.7. 2 . 1 5 . 1 8.7.3 . 1 4
Plunger 8.7. 3 . 2 3 . 2
Power operation of hoistway door 8.7. 2 . 1 2 8.7.3 . 1 2
Power supply, change in 8.7. 2 . 2 7.3 8.7.3.3 1 .4
Power unit (hydraulic machine) 8.7.3.23.6
Pressure tank 8.7.3.29
Pressure, working, increase of 8.7.3.23.4
Pressurization of hoistway 8.7. 2 . 1 . 5 8.7.3.1
Protection of floor openings 8.7.6. 1 .3, 8.7.6.2.3
Protection of space below hoistway 8.7.2.6 8.7.3.6
Protection of truss and machinery spaces against 8.7.6. 1 .4, 8.7.6.2.4
fire

Rack and pinion 8.7.4.1

Rated load, increase in 8.7. 2 . 1 6.4 8.7.3.20 8.7.6. 1 . 1 1 , 8.7.6.2 . 1 1
Rated speed, decrease in 8.7. 2 . 1 7.3 8.7.3.22.3
Rated speed, increase in 8.7. 2 . 1 7.2 8.7.3. 2 2 . 2
Relief valve 8.7.3.24
Relocation of escalator 8.7.6. 1 . 2
Relocation of hydraulic machine 8.7.3.23.6
Relocation of moving walk 8.7.6. 2 . 2
Repair 8.7. 1 . 7 8.7. 1 . 7
Replacement 8.7. 1 . 7 8.7. 1 . 7 8.7. 1 . 7
Reroping 8.7. 2 . 2 1 . 1 8.7.3. 2 5
Restricted opening of doors 8.7. 2 . 1 1 . 5 8.7.2 . 1 1 . 5
Rise, increase or decrease in 8.7. 2 . 1 7.1 8.7.3. 2 2 . 1
Roller guide shoe, counterweight 8.7. 2 . 2 2 8.7.2.22
Roof top elevators 8.7. 5 . 6 8.7.5.6
Rope, change in material, grade, number, or 8.7. 2 . 2 1 . 1 8.7.3. 2 5 . 1
diameter
Rope, governor 8.7.2.19 8.7.3 . 1 6
Rope, replacement of 8.7. 1 . 7 8.7. 1 . 7
Rope, splicing of 8.7. 1 . 7 8.7. 1 . 7
Rope, suspension 8.7.2. 2 1 . 1 8.7.3. 2 5
Rope equalizer 8.7.2. 2 1 . 3 8.7.3. 2 5 . 2
Runby 8.7.2.4 8.7.3.4
Runby, after reroping 8.7.2.4 8.7.3.4

Safeties 8.7. 2 . 1 8 8.7.3. 1 5

Safety devices 8.7.6. 1 . 1 3 , 8.7.6. 2 . 1 3
Screw column elevators 8.7.4.2
Service, change in type of 8.7.2.16.1 8.7.3. 1 7
Sheave, driving machine 8.7. 2 . 2 5 . 1 8.7. 2 . 2 5 . 1
Sheave, governor 8.7.2.19 8.7.2.19
Sheave beam 8.7.2.9 8.7.3.8
Shipboard elevators 8.7.5.8
Shortening of suspension rope 8.7. 1 . 7 8.7. 1 . 7
Sidewalk elevators 8.7. 5 . 5 8.7. 5 . 5
Signaling device 8.7.2.28 8.7.3.3 1 . 6
Skylight in machine room 8.7.2.7.5 8.7.3.7
Sleeving 8.7.3.23.3
Smoke, control of 8.7.2. 1 . 5 8.7.2. 1 . 5
Special purpose elevators 8.7.5.7

448
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Electric Hydraulic Escalators and

Item Elevators Elevators Moving Walks
Speed, increase in 8.7.2 . 1 7 . 2 8.7.3.22.2
Speed governor 8.7.2.19 8.7.3.16
Spring buffer 8.7.2.27 8.7.3.27
Step system 8.7.6. 1 . 7
Stop switch, in-car 8.7.2.14.5 8.7.3.13, 8.7.2.14.5
Stop valve 8.7.3.24
Stopping device, terminal 8.7.2.26 8.7.3.30
Storage and discharge tank 8.7.3.29
Supply piping 8.7.3.24
Support 8.7.2.9 8.7.3.9
Suspension rope 8.7.2 . 2 1 . 1 8.7.3.25
Suspension rope, replacement of 8.7.1.7 8.7. 1 . 7
Suspension rope, splicing of 8.7.1.7 8.7. 1 . 7
Suspension rope equalizer 8.7.2 . 2 1 . 2 8.7.3.2 5 . 2
Swing type entrance 8 . 7 . 2 . 1 0.4 8 . 7 . 2 . 1 0.4

Tank 8.7.3.29
Temporary wiring 8.7.1.6 8.7.1.6 8.7. 1 .6
Terminal stopping device 8.7.2.26 8.7.3.30
Testing 8.7.1.3 8.7.1.3 8.7. 1 .3
Top of car operating device 8.7.2.27.1 8.7.3.3 1 . 1
Track system 8.7.6. 1 . 1 0 , 8.7.6. 2 . 1 0
Transfer devices, automatic 8.7.7.2 8.7.7.2
Travel, increase or decrease in 8.7.2 . 1 7. 1 8.7.3.22.1
Treadway system 8.7.6.2.7
Truck zoning device 8.7.2.27.2 8.7.3.3 1 . 2
Trusses and girders 8.7.6. 1 .9, 8.7.6.2.9
Type of operation, change in 8.7.2.27.6 8.7.3.3 1 . 5
Type of service, change in 8.7.2.16.1

Unlocking device, hoistway door 8.7.2 . 1 1 .4 8.7.3. 1 1

Valve 8.7.3.24
Ventilation of machine room 8.7.2.7.7 8.7.2.7.7
Vertical slide type entrance 8 . 7 . 2 . 1 0.3 8 . 7 . 2 . 1 0.3
Voltage, change in 8.7.2.27.3 8.7.3.3 1 .4

Walls, hoistway enclosure 8.7. 2 . 1 . 1 8.7.3.1

Welding 8 . 7 . 1 .4, 8.8 8.7.1 .4, 8.8 8.7.1 .4, 8.8
Window in machine room 8.7.2.7.5 8.7.2.7.5
Wire rope 8.7.2.21 8.7.3.25
Wiring 8.7.2.8 8.7.3.8
Wiring, temporary 8.7.1.6 8.7. 1 .6 8.7. 1 . 6
Working pressure, increase in 8.7.3.23.4

449
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

NONMAN DATORY APPEN DIX N

RECOMM EN DED I NSPECTION AN D TEST I NTERVALS I N
"MONTHS"

See Table N-1 on the following page.

451
 (16) Table N-1 Recommended Inspection and Test Intervals in "Months"
Periodic Tests
Periodic Inspections Category 1 Category 3 Category 5
Equipment Type Requirement Interval Requirement Interval Requirement Interval Requirement Interval
Electric elevators 8.11.2.1 6 8.6.4.19 12 N/A N/A 8.6.4.20 60
Hydraulic elevators 8.11.3.1 6 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.5.16 60
Escalators and moving walks 8.11.4.1 6 8.6.8.15 12 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Sidewalk elevators 8.6.5.1 6 8.6.7.5.1 12 8.6.7.5.1 36 8.6.7.5.1 60

Private residence elevators 8.11.5.2 12 8.6.7.3.1, 8.6.7.4.1 12 8.6.7.3.1, 8.6.7.4.1 36 8.6.7.3.1, 8.6.7.4.1 60 >
Hand elevators 8.11.5.3 6 8.6.6.3.1 12 8.6.6.3.1 N/A 8.6.6.3.1 60
'"
Dumbwaiters
Material lifts and dumbwaiters with
8.11.5.4
8.11.5.5
12
12
8.6.10.1.1
8.6.10.2.1
12
12
8.6.10.1.1
8.6.10.2.1
36
36
8.6.10.1.1
8.6.10.2.1
60
60 ...
>
-..i
automatic transfer devices ;...
� �
01 0
N Special purpose personnel elevators 8.11.5.6 6 8.6.7.7.1 12 8.6.7.7.1 36 8.6.7.7.1 60 °'
Inclined elevators 8.11.5.7 6 8.6.7.1.1 12 8.6.7.1.1 36 8.6.7.1.1 60 n
Marine elevators 8.11.5.8 6 8.6.7.8.1 12 8.6.7.8.1 36 8.6.7.8.1 60 �
m
Screw-column elevators 8.11.5.9 6 8.6.6.2.1 12 8.6.6.2.1 36 8.6.6.2.1 60 .:,.
.:,.

Rooftop elevators 8.11.5.10 6 8.6.7.6.1 12 8.6.7.6.1 36 8.6.7.6.1 60

°'
Rack-and-pinion elevators 8.11.5.11 6 8.6.6.1.1 12 N/A N/A 8.6.6.1.1 60
Limited-use/limited-application elevators 8.11.5.12 6 8.6.7.2.1 12 8.6.7.2.1 36 8.6.7.2.1 60
Elevators used for construction 8.11.5.13 3 8.6.7.10.1 12 8.6.7.10.2 36 8.6.7.10.3 60
Mine elevators 8.11.2.1 2 8.6.4.19 2 N/A N/A 8.6.4.20 60
Wind turbine elevators 8.11.5.14 12 8.6.7.11 12 N/A N/A N/A N/A

GENERAL NOTE: Factors such as the environment, frequency of usage and type of usage, quality of maintenance, age and condition, remote monitoring (see Table N-2), etc., related to
the equipment should be taken into account by the authority having jurisdiction prior to establishing the inspection and test intervals. It is recommended that a risk analysis, using the
methodology of ISO 14798, be utilized to establish the intervals of inspections and tests for components and systems of the equipment. Where a risk analysis is not performed, the intervals
specified in Ta ble N-1 are recommended for periodic tests (see Section 8.6) and periodic inspections (see Section 8.11).
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA 844-16

INTRODUCTION TO MONITORING (TABLE N-2) Both of the above-described systems must conform
to all Code requirements when interfacing to elevator/
Table N-2 is intended to give guidance on the practical escalator control points.
application of monitoring for inspections. It is intended
The application of monitoring to elevator/escalator
to provide information as to where monitoring is or inspection is a practical approach to supplementing on­
is not practical based on current technology. It is not
site inspections.
intended to be all-inclusive or limit the use of monitoring All elevator/escalator devices that have an electrical
to the identified items.
contact can usually be monitored and the operation of
Monitoring function can be accomplished in two the contact can be transmitted to a remote site for storage
ways.
or viewing. Adding devices that will locally monitor the
(a) Overlay Monitoring. Overlay monitoring is accom­ function and transmit the results to a remote site may
plished by adding a stand-alone monitoring system to also monitor other functions of the elevator/escalator.
an existing elevator installation. This monitoring system Such a device to monitor another function could be a
would connect to the elevator control system to monitor tachometer to monitor the speed of the elevator. This
various signal points and report their status. Using its could be set to trigger an alert or message if the device
internal processing the stand-alone monitoring system detected an abnormal condition.
could determine normal signal status and report any The data collected by the monitoring system can be
monitored abnormal behavior. reported to a central data collection and storage site.
(b) Integral Monitoring. Integral monitoring is built This communications link can be via the in-car phone
into the elevator control system. This allows better access or other device. If the in-car phone is used, the monitor
to the functions of the elevator control system. This type reporting modem must be secondary in priority to the
of monitoring can report abnormal operation of a more communications requirements in 2.27.1.
inclusive variety than is practical with the overlay moni­
toring system.

Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data

Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A1 7.1/B44 A1 7.2 Item (Note (1)) Inspection Comments

Periodic Inspection Electric Elevators

8.11 .2.1 .1 Inside Car
1.1 Door Reopening Device X Since it does not activate on a regular
interval, certain assumptions must
be made.
1.2 Stop Switches X
1.3 Operating Control Devices X
1.4 Car Floor and Landing Sill X
1.5 Car Lighting X Could monitor voltage and current.
1.6 Car Emergency Signal X
1.7 Car Door or Gate X
1.8 Door Closing Force X Could monitor current.
1.9 Power Closing of Doors or Gates X This gives insight to door operation.
1.10 Power Opening of Doors or Gates X This gives insight to door operation.
1.11 Car Vision Panels and Glass Car X
Doors
1.12 Car Enclosure X
1.13 Emergency Exit X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
1.14 Ventilation X Could monitor temperature/air flow
switch.
1.15 Signs and Operating Device Symbols X
1.16 Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data X
Plate
1.17 Standby or Emergency Power X
Operation
1.18 Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway X
Doors
1.19 Car Ride X

453
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA B44-1 6

Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data (Cont'd)

Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A1 7.1/B44 A1 7.2 Item [Note (1)] Inspection Comments

1.20 Door Monitoring Systems X This device could be monitored for

actuation.
1.21 Stopping Accuracy X
8.1 1 .2.1.2 Machine Room
2.1 Access to Machine Space X
2.2 Headroom X
2.3 Lighting and Receptacles X
2.4 Enclosure of Machine X
2.5 Housekeeping X
2.6 Ventilation X Could monitor temperature and air
flow switch.
2.7 Fire Extinguisher X
2.8 Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts X
2.9 Guarding of Equipment X
2.10 Numbering of Elevators, Machines, X
and Disconnect Switches
2.11 Disconnecting Means and Control X
2.12 Controller Wiring, Fuses, and X
Grounding
2.13 Static Control X
2.14 Overhead Beam and Fastenings X
2.15 Drive Machine Brake X Could monitor wear with a sensor.
2.16 Traction Drive Machines X
2.17 Gears, Bearings, and Flexible X
Connections
2.18 Winding-Drum Machine X
2.19 Belt or Chain Drive Machine X
2.20 Motor Generator X
2.21 Absorption of Regenerated Power X
2.22 Drives From a DC Source X
2.23 Traction Sheaves X
2.24 Secondary and Deflector Sheaves X
2.25 Rope Fastenings X
2.26 Terminal Stopping Devices X
2.27 Slack-Rope X
2.28 Governor Overspeed Switch, and Seal X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
2.29 Car and Counterweight Safeties X
2.30 Code Data Plate X

8.11 .2.1.3 Top of Car

3.1 Top-of-Car Stop Switch X
3.2 Car Top Light and Outlet X
3.3 Top-of-Car Operating Device and X The top-of-car operating devices could
Platform be monitored for actuation.
3.4 Top-of-Car Clearance and Refuge X
Space
3.5 Top Counterweight Clearance X
3.6 Car, Overhead, and Deflector Sheaves X
3.7 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices X
3.8 Final Terminal Stopping Devices X
3.9 Broken Rope, Chain, or Tape Switch X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
3.10 Car Leveling Devices X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
3.11 Crosshead Data Plate X
3.12 Top Emergency Exit X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.

454
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA 844-16

Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data (Cont'd)

Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A1 7.1/B44 A1 7.2 Item [Note (1)] Inspection Comments

3.13 Counterweight and Counterweight X

Buffer
3.14 Counterweight Safeties X
3.15 Floor and Emergency Identification X
Numbering
3.16 Hoistway Construction X
3.17 Hoistway Smoke Control X
3.18 Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts X
3.19 Windows, Projections, Recesses, and X
Setbacks
3.20 Hoistway Clearances X
3.21 Multiple Hoistways X
3.22 Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes X
3.23 Door and Gate Equipment X
3.24 Car Frame and Stiles X
3.25 Guide Rails, Fastening, and X
Equipment
3.26 Governor Rope X
3.27 Governor Releasing Carrier X
3.28 Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate X
3.29 Wire Suspension and Compensating X
Ropes

8.11 .2.1 .4 Outside Hoistway

4.1 Car Platform Guard X
4.2 Hoistway Doors X
4.3 Vision Panels X
4.4 Hoistway Door Locking Devices X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
4.5 Access to Hoistway X
4.6 Power Closing of Hoistway Doors X
4.7 Sequence Operation X
4.8 Hoistway Enclosure X
4.9 Elevator Parking Devices X
4.10 Emergency and Access Hoistway X If this device has an electrical switch,
Openings it may be monitored for actuation.
4.11 Separate Counterweight Hoistway X
4.12 Standby Power Selection Switch X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.

8.11.2.1.5 Pit
5.1 Pit Access, Lighting, Stop Switch, and X The switch itself could be monitored
Condition for actuation.
5.2 Bottom Clearance and Runby X
5.3 Final Terminal Stopping Device X Can be monitored, but local activation
required.
5.4 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices X
5.5 Traveling Cables X
5.6 Governor-Rope Tension Devices X
5.7 Car Frame and Platform X
5.8 Car Safeties and Guiding Members X
5.9 Car and Counterweight Buffer X X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
5.10 Compensating Chains, Ropes, and X
Sheaves

8.1 1 .2.1.6 Firefighters' Service If this device has an electrical switch,

it may be monitored for actuation.

455
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA B44-1 6

Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data (Cont'd)

Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A1 7.1/B44 A1 7.2 Item [Note (1)] Inspection Comments
Periodic Inspection of Hydraulic Elevators
8.1 1 .3.1.1 Inside Car
1.1 Door Reopening Device X Since it does not activate on a regular
interval, certain assumptions must
be made.
1.2 Stop Switches X
1.3 Operating Control Devices X
1.4 Sill and Car Floor X
1.5 Car Lighting and Receptacles X Could monitor voltage and current.
1.6 Car Emergency Signal X
1.7 Car Door or Gate X
1.8 Door Closing Force X
1.9 Power Closing of Doors or Gates X This gives insight to door operation.
1.10 Power Opening of Doors or Gates X This gives insight to door operation.
1.11 Car Vision Panels and Glass Car X
Doors
1.12 Car Enclosure X
1.13 Emergency Exit X X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
1.14 Ventilation X Could monitor temperature/air flow
switch.
1.15 Signs and Operating Device Symbols X
1.16 Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data X
Plate
1.17 Standby Power Operation X
1.18 Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway X
Doors
1.19 Car Ride X
1.20 Door Monitoring System X
1.21 Stopping Accuracy X Could monitor sensors.

8.1 1 .3.1.2 Machine Room

2.1 Access to Machine Space X
2.2 Headroom X
2.3 Lighting and Receptacles X
2.4 Enclosure of Machine X
2.5 Housekeeping X
2.6 Ventilation and Heating X Could monitor temperature and air
flow switch.
2.7 Fire Extinguisher X
2.8 Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts
2.9 Guarding of Equipment X
2.10 Numbering of Elevators, Machines, X
and Disconnect Switches
2.11 Disconnecting Means and Control X
2.12 Controller Wiring, Fuses, and X
Grounding
2.13 Hydraulic Power Unit X
2.14 Relief Valves X
2.15 Control Valve X Some valve data can be collected.
2.16 Tanks X
2.17 Flexible Hydraulic Hose and Fittings X
Assemblies
2.18 Supply Line and Shutoff Valve X
2.19 Hydraulic Cylinders and Fluid Loss X
Record
2.20 Pressure Switch X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.

456
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data (Cont'd)

Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A1 7.1/B44 A1 7.2 Item [Note (1)] Inspection Comments
2.21 Governor Overspeed Switch and Seal X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
2.22 Recycling Operation X
8.11 .3.1.3 Top of Car
3.1 Top-of-Car Stop Switch X
3.2 Car Top Light and Outlet X
3.3 Top-of-Car Operating Device X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
3.4 Top-of-Car Clearance and Refuge X
Space
3.5 Normal Terminal Stopping Device X
3.6 Emergency Terminal Speed-Limiting X The switch itself could be monitored
Device for actuation.
3.7 Car Leveling Anticreep Device X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
3.8 Top Emergency Exit X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
3.9 Floor and Emergency Identification X
Number
3.10 Hoistway Construction X
3.1 1 Hoistway Smoke Control X
3.1 2 Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts X
3.13 Windows, Projections, Recesses and X
Setbacks
3.14 Hoistway Clearances X
3.15 Multiple Hoistways X
3.16 Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes X
3.17 Door and Gate Equipment X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
3.18 Car Frame and Stiles X
3.19 Guide Rails, Fastening, and X
Equipment
3.20 Governor Rope X
3.21 Governor Releasing Carrier X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
3.22 Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate X
3.28 Counterweight X
3.30 Speed Test X Continuously.
3.21 Slack-Rope Device X
3.32 Traveling Sheave X
3.33 Suspension Rope X
8.1 1 .3.1.4 Outside the Hoistway
4.1 Car Platform Guard X
4.2 Hoistway Doors X
4.3 Vision Panels X
4.4 Hoistway Door Locking Device X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
4.5 Access t o Hoistway X
4.6 Power Closing of Hoistway Doors X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
4.7 Sequence Operation X
4.8 Hoistway Enclosure X
4.9 Elevator Parking Device X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
4.10 Emergency Doors i n Blind Hoistway X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.

457
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA B44-1 6

Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data (Cont'd)

Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A1 7.1/B44 A1 7.2 Item [Note (1)] Inspection Comments

4.12 Standby Power Selection Switch X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.

8.11.3.1.5 Pit
5.1 Pit Access, Lighting, Stop Switch, and X The switch itself could be monitored
Condition for actuation.
5.2 Bottom Clearance, Runby and Mini- X
mum Refuge Space
5.4 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices X
5.5 Traveling Cables X
5.6 Governor Rope Tension Device X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
5. 7 Car Frame and Platform X
5.8 Car Safeties and Guiding Members X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
5.11 Plunger and Cylinder X
5.12 Car Buffer X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for activation.
5.13 Guiding Members X
5.14 Supply Piping X
8.1 1 .3.1.6 Firefighters' Service X

Periodic Inspection of Escalators and Moving Walks

8.1 1 .4.1 Inspection and Test Requirements
2.1/4.1 Machinery Space Access, Lighting, X
Receptacle, and Condition
2.2/4.2 Additional Stop Switch(es) X
2.3/ 4.3 Controller and Wiring X
4.9 Operating Devices
7.1/9.1 General Fire Protection X
7.2/9.2 Geometry X
7.4/9.4 Entrance and Egress X
7.5/9.5 Lighting X
7.6/9.6 Caution Signs X
7.7/9.7 Combplate X
7.8/9.8 Deck Barricade Guard and Antislide X
Devices
7.9/9.9 Steps and Treadway X
7.10/9.10 Operating Devices X
7.11 Skirt Obstruction Devices X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
7.13/9.13 Egress Restriction Device X
7.14/9.14 Speed X
7.15/9.15 Balustrades X
7.16/9.16 Ceiling Intersection Guards X
7.17/9.17 Skirt Panels X
7.18/9.18 Outdoor Protection X
8.13/10.13 Handrail Entry Device X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
8.14/10.14 Code Data Plate X
8.1 1 .5 See referenced sections

NOTE:
(1) On-site observation or local actuation may be necessary.

458
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA 844-16

NONMAN DATORY APPEN DIX P

PLU N G ER G RI PPER STOPPI NG DISTANCES

Table P-1 Plunger Gripper Stopping Distances

Operating
Speed in the Maximum Stopping Distances,
m m (in.)
Down Direction, Tripping Speed,
m/s (ft/m in) m/s (ft/min) Min. Max.

0 - 0.63 (0 - 1 2 5) 0.90 (1 7 5) 25 (1 ) 406 (1 6)

0.75 (1 50) 1.05 (2 1 0) 50 (2) 584 (23)
0 . 87 (1 75) 1.25 (2 50) 75 (3) 838 (3 3)
1 .00 (200) 1 .40 (280) 1 00 (4) 1 041 (41)
1 .12 (2 2 5) 1.55 (308) 125 (5) 1 270 (50)
1 .2 5 (2 50) 1 . 70 (3 3 7) 150 (6) 1 524 (60)
1 . 50 (300) 2.00 (39 5) 200 (8) 2 1 08 (83)

G E N ERAL N OTE: Maxi m um distance calculated using 8.2.6 and

substituti ng 0 . 1 gravity for deceleration in lieu of 0.35 gravity.

459
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

NONMAN DATORY APPENDIX Q

EXPLANATORY FIG U RES FOR TH E DEFI N ITIONS OF ELEVATOR
MACH I N ERY SPACE, MACH I N E ROOM, CONTROL SPACE,
CONTROL ROOM, REMOTE MACH I N E ROOM, OR REMOTE
CONTROL ROOM

Table Q-1

Equipment Used Directly in

Location Connection With the Elevator, Equipment
Dumbwaiter, or Material Lift Contained Within

Mechanical
Other Than
Electric
Driving Electric Driving
Inside or Attached Entry Into Machine Electrical Machine
Outside to or the Space, or Other Than or
the Within the Full or Hydraulic Motor Hydraulic Motor
Hoistway Hoistway Partial Machine Controller Machine Controller

Machinery Space
[Note (1)) Permitted Permitted
Either Either Either

Control Space Not permitted Required

Machine Room
[Note (1))
Attached Required Permitted
to but not
within
Control Room
Full bodily
Not permitted Required
entry Permitted Permitted
required
Machine Room,
Outside
Remote
the Required Permitted
hoistway

Control Room, No
Remote Not permitted Required

Machinery Space,
Remote Either Permitted Permitted

Control Space,
Remote
Either Not permitted Required

NOTE:
(1) A machinery space outside the hoistway containing an electric driving machine and a motor controller or a hydraulic machine and a
motor controller is a machine room.

460
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Fig. Q-5

�--+-- M otor contro l l e r

Machine

Access
Machine V
Room

Hohnway /
l ocated
below

Fig. Q-6

/
Machine

I
M otor contro l l e r

I
Ove rhead sh eave
Machine Room, Remote

Hoistway /
located �<----- Access
below

462
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

NONMAN DATORY APPENDIX R

I NSPECTION OPERATION AN D HOISTWAY ACCESS SWITCH
OPERATION H I ERARCHY

See Table R-1 on the following page.

463
 Table R-1 Inspection Operation and Hoistway Access Switch Operation Hierarchy
BY PASS Operation,
2.26.1.5
Machinery Control
Hoistway
Machine Control Space Space Working
Operation Modes Top-of-Car, In-Car, Access Landing, Pit, Operation Modes
Room, Room, Outside Outside Platform, Top-of-Car In-Car
Activated 2.26.1 .4.3 Operation, Activated
2.26.1.4.4 2.26.1.4.4 Hoistway, Hoistway,
2.26.1 .4.2 2.26.1 .4.4 2.26.1 .4.4
2.26.1.4.4
2.1 2.7.3
2.26.1 .4.4 2.26.1 .4.4

Top-of-Car Top-of-Car Top-of-Car Top-of-Car Top-of-Car Top-of-Car Top-of-Car Top-of-Car Top-of-Car Top-of-Car Top-of-Car Top-of-Car
No No
Operation Operation

In-Car Top-of-Car In-Car In-Car In-Car In-Car In-Car In-Car In-Car Top-of-Car In-Car In-Car
No No '"
Operation Operation >
Hoistway Hoistway Hoistway Hoistway Hoistway Hoistway Hoistway Hoistway
Top-of-Car In-Car Top-of-Car In-Car
No No
Access Access Access Access Access Access Access Access
-­°'....
Operation Operation 0

Machine Hoistway Machine Machine

Top-of-Car In-Car Top-of-Car In-Car
No No No No No No
Room Access Room Room
n
Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation
Control Hoistway Control Control
Top-of-Car In-Car Top-of-Car In-Car
No No No No No No m

Room Access Room Room

.:,.
.:,.
Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation
Machinery Space Hoistway Machinery Machinery Space
°'
Top-of-Car In-Car Top-of-Car In-Car
No No No No No No
Outside Hoistway Access Operation Operation Space Operation Operation Operation Operation Outside Hoistway
Control Space Hoistway Control Control Space
Top-of-Car In-Car Top-of-Car In-Car
No No No No No No
Outside Hoistway Access Operation Operation Operation Space Operation Operation Operation Outside Hoistway
Hoistway
Landing Top-of-Car In-Car Landing Top-of-Car In-Car Landing
No No No No No No
Access Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation

Pit Pit Pit

No No No No No No No No No No No
Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation
Working
Working Platform Working Platform
No No No No No No No No No No No
Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Operation Platform Operation Operation
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

NONMAN DATORY APPENDIX S

VERTICALLY SLI DI NG DOORS -
I LLUSTRATIONS OF DETECTION ZON ES (2. 1 3.3.4)

Figures begin on following page.

465
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(16) NONMAN DATORY APPEN DIX T

DELETED

478
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA 844-16

NONMAN DATORY APPEN DIX U

DESIG N REQU I REM ENTS - TRACTION ELEVATOR SUSPENSION
SYSTEM

Table U-1 Design Requirements - Traction Elevator Suspension System (1 6)

Traction-Loss Broken-Suspension- Suspension-Member

Suspension Factor of Safety Detector and Member Detector Residual-Strength
Diameter, d, (FS) Protection and Protection Detection
Type or Size (2.20.3) (2.20.8.1) (2.20.8.2) (2.20.8.3)

SWR d ;:: 9.5 mm FS ;::: Table 2.20.3 Required Not required Not required
8 mm :5 d < 9.5 mm FS ;::: 12 Required Not required Not required
FS ;::: Table 2.20.3 Required Required Not required
4 mm :5 d < 8 mm FS ;::: Table 2.20.3 Required Required Not required

AFR Any FS ;::: Table 2.20.3 Required Required Required

FS ;::: SEP Required Required Required

CSM Any FS ;::: Table 2.20.3 Required Required Required

FS ;::: SEP Required Required Required

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) AFR = aramid fiber ropes
(b) CSM = noncircular elastomeric-coated steel suspension members
(c) SEP = sound engineering practice
(d) SWR = steel wire ropes

479
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

NONMAN DATORY APPEN DIX V

B U I LDING FEATU RES FOR OCCU PANT EVACUATION OPERATION

V-1 Human Factors Considerations to the latest editions of the building code (IBC,
Elevator evacuation systems will work most effec­ NFPA 5 000, or NBCC) and ASME A17.l/CSA B44.
tively if the components specified reflect state-of-the­ (b) The automatic sprinkler system required by the
art knowledge regarding their performance. Similarly, building code is installed in accordance with NFPA 13
overall system effectiveness will be maximized if the except that sprinklers in elevator machine rooms and
design incorporates the most up-to-date research on hoistways are prohibited.
human behavior during emergency evacuation. (c) An emergency voice/alarm communications sys­
Designers should specify system components which tem meeting the requirements of NFPA 72 is provided
reflect the latest research on human factors issues, to inform occupants on each floor of the current situation
including the following: and actions to take in an emergency. The announcements
(a) Floor Wardens should include information about whether or not the
(1) will carry out the responsibilities correctly elevators are available.
(b) Occupant Training (d) Interior exit stairwell doors automatically unlock,
(1) will attend initial training sessions allowing both exit and re-entry, upon any alarm in accor­
(2) will attend ongoing training dance with the options permitted by the building code.
(c) Occupants and Lobby Signage/Voice Notification (e) The elevator lobby at each floor, with the exception
(SVN) of the elevator discharge level, is enclosed and separated
(1) will take the time to observe the SVN
from the remainder of the floor by a smoke barrier. The
elevator lobby enclosure door has a ¾-hr fire rating and
(2) will understand the SVN symbols/language
a vision panel, and closes automatically upon initiation
(3) will follow the SVN instructions
of the building fire alarm system. The lobby is large
(4) the design of and training on the two-way
3 ft2 per person and a minimum of one wheelchair
enough to accommodate 25% of the floor population at
communication system will ensure correct use
(5) will have a workable sense of acceptable wait
space per 5 0 occupants with each space minimum
times in the elevator lobby 760 mm x 1 2 2 0 mm (30 in. x 48 in.). There is direct
(6) will make the correct decision regarding using
access from each elevator lobby to an enclosed exit stair.
elevators or the stairs That exit stair enclosure is provided with a second door
(7) if having decided to leave the elevator lobby, at each floor that provides access to the floor without
will go to the stairway in an orderly manner requiring travel through the elevator lobby.
(d) Occupants and Elevators
(f) The elevator lobbies, at all floors except the eleva­
(1) T he design of and training on the two-way
tor discharge level, and hoistways are pressurized
communication system will ensure correct use. together to keep them free of smoke without introducing
(e) Occupants - General a pressure differential across the hoistway doors. Active
(1) will accurately gauge their ability to take the smoke control systems that keep smoke away from the
stairs elevators and elevator lobbies are an acceptable alterna­
(2) will provide correct assistance to others who tive. T he adj acent exit stair enclosure is separately
cannot use the stairs pressurized.
(3) visitors will follow the lead of trained occupants (g) The building is designed to control the flow of
V-1 . 1 Occupant Evacuation Operation. Occupant water that accumulates on the floor as a result of sprin­
Evacuation Operation has been designed with the kler operation outside the elevator lobby and hoistway.
assumption that the following building provisions are This water is directed to drains or other means, so it
in place. If Occupant Evacuation Operation is provided does not enter an elevator hoistway from any side.
in a building that does not meet these, a hazard analysis (h) The building has a fire safety and evacuation plan,
(e.g., ISO 1479 8) should be performed. approved by the authority having jurisdiction, specifi­
(a) The building is a high rise business occupancy cally including procedures for evacuation using stairs
(office building) and at the time of permitting conforms and elevators, the roles of fire wardens, a routine training

480
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

program and drills for occupants. Training includes the other, and each contained in its own 2-hr fire resistance
message that elevators should not be used for evacuation rated enclosure until they reach the elevator machine
in buildings without Occupant Evacuation Operation. room .
The fire safety plan includes the requirement that eleva­ (j) A two-way voice communications system is
tor lobbies and machine rooms be maintained to mini­ installed, allowing communications between the fire
mize fire loads. command center and each elevator lobby.
(k) For buildings with sky lobbies, the building fire
(i) The elevators designated for Occupant Evacuation
safety and evacuation plan should address any unique
Operation, machine room air conditioning, variable
evacuation requirements when an incident occurs at the
message sign(s), voice notification, fire alarm, two-way sky lobby floor, which could also be the elevator dis­
communication, and pressurization systems are all sup­ charge level, or at a floor immediately above or below
plied with standby or emergency power with sufficient the sky lobby floor .An example of a unique evacuation
capacity to operate these elevators and these associated requirement could be that manual initiation of Occupant
systems simultaneously. T he standby or emergency Evacuation Operation may be necessary for the elevator
power system is minimum Type 60, Class 2, Level 1 in groups servicing floors above and below the sky lobby
accordance with NFPA 1 10. The normal power feeders floor when an incident requires Occupant Evacuation
and backup power feeders are separated from each Operation to be initiated.

481
 ASME Al ?.1-2016/CSA B44-16

(16) NONMAN DATORY APPEN DIX W

DELETED

482
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

NONMAN DATORY APPEN DIX X

ACCEPTANCE TESTS

Table X-1 Acceptance Test for Electric Elevators (1 6)

Acceptance Test: Electric Elevators
Name of Person Performing Test (Print): - ­

Name and License Number/Certifying Organization of Inspector (Print): - ­

Name of Firm Performing Test: -------------------------------------

Devices Tested/Test Requirement Date Results of Test

1 Door Closing Force - 8.10.2.2.l (h)

2 Door Closing Time - 8.10.2.2.l(i)
3 Door Opening - 8.10.2.2.10)(1)
4 Leveling Zone and Speed - 8.10.2.2.10)(2)
5 Inner Landing Zone - 8.10.2.2.10)(3)
6 Emergency/Standby Power - 8.10.2.2.l(q)
7 Braking System - 8.10.2.2.2(v)
8 Winding-Drum Machines Slack Rope - 8.10.2.2.2(y)(3)
9 Winding-Drum Machine Final Terminal Stopping Devices - 8.10.2.2.2(y)(6)
10 Emergency Stop - 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(1)
11 Traction Limit - 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(3)
12 Terminal Stopping Devices - 8.10.2.2.2(ff)
13 Governor Overspeed - 8.10.2.2.2(hh)
14 Car Safety - 8.10.2.2.2(ii)
15 Car Safety Type "A" Inertia Application - 8.10.2.2.2(ii)(2)
16 Counterweight Safety - 8.10.2.2.2(ii)
17 CWT Safety Type "A" Inertia Application - 8.10.2.2.2(ii)(2)
18 Ascending Car Overspeed Protection - 8.10.2.2.2 Gi)(1)
19 Unintended Car Movement - 8.10.2.2.2Gi)(2)
20 Emergency Brake - 8.10.2.2.2(mm)
21 AC Drives From DC Sources - 8.10.2.2.2(00)
22 Car Oil Buffer - 8.10.2.2.5(c)
23 Counterweight Oil Buffer - 8.10.2.2.5(c)
24 Top-of-Car Clearance and Refuge Space - 8.10.2.2.3(d)
25 Unexpected Car Movement Device (top of car) - 8.10.2.2.3(ff)
26 Unexpected Car Movement Device (pit) - 8.10.2.2.5(1)
27 Firefighters' Emergency Operation (See Checklist i n ASME A17.2) - 8.10.2.2.6
28 Seismic and Counterweight Displacement Detection Devices - 8.10.2.2.2(rr)
29 Testing of Broken Suspension and Residual-Strength Detection Means -
8.10. 2 . 2 . 2(ss)

483
 ASME A1 7.1-201 6/CSA B44-1 6

Table X-2 Acceptance Test for Hydraulic Elevators

Acceptance Test: Hydraulic Elevators
Name of Person Performing Test (Print): - ­
Name and License Number/Certifying Organization of Inspector (Print): -----------------------­
Name of Firm Performing Test: -------------------------------------

Devices Tested/Test Requirement Date Results of Test

1 Door Closing Force - 8.10.3.2.l(h)
2 Door Closing Time - 8.10.3.2.l (i)
3 Door Opening - 8.10.3.2.10)
4 Standby/Emergency Power - 8.10.3.2.l (q)(l )
5 Auxiliary Power Lowering (where provided) - 8.10.3.2.1(q)(2)
6 Low Oil Protection - 8.10.3.2.2(s)(7)
7 Reverse Phase Protection - 8.10.3.2.2(s)(6)
8 Working Pressure Verification - 8.10.3.2.2(t)
9 Relief Valve Setting - 8.10.3.2.2(u)
10 Supply Line and Shutoff Valves - 8.10.3.2.2(y)
11 Terminal Speed-Reducing Device - 8.10.3.2.3(f)
12 Terminal Stopping Devices - 8.10.3.2.3(e)
13 Governor Overspeed - 8.10.3.2.2(ff)
14 Safety - 8.10.3.2.50)
15 Safety Inertia Application - 8.10.3.2.3(dd)
16 Hydraulic Cylinder Plunger Stop - 8.10.3.2.2(z)
17 Pressure Switch (Cylinder Top Above Tank) - 8.10.3.2.2(aa)
18 Recycle Operation (Multiple or Telescopic Plungers) - 8.10.3.2.2(bb)
19 Static Controls - [3. 25.2.4. 2(b)], 8.10.3.2. 2(cc)
20 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices - 8.10.3.2.3(e), 8.10.3.2.5(e)
21 Operating Devices - 8.10.3.2.2(ee)
22 Class C2 Freight Elevators - 8.10.3.2.2(hh)
23 Top-of-Car Clearance, Refuge Space, and Runby - 8.10.3.2.3(d)
24 Overspeed Valve - 8.10.3.2.5(0)
25 Plunger Clearance Bottom of Cylinder - 8.10.3.2.5(c) (3)(a)
26 Plunger Gripper - 8.10.3.2.5(n)
27 Bottom Clearance, Refuge Space, and Runby - 8.10.3.2.5(b)
28 Car Leveling and Anticreep Operation - 8.10.3.2.3(g)
29 Unexpected Movement - See 2.26.2.34 and 2.7.5.1.1, 8.10.3.2.3(ff)
30 Firefighters' Emergency Operation (See Checklist in ASME A17.2) - 8.10.3.2.6

484
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Table X-3 Acceptance Test for Escalators (16)

Acceptance Test: Escalators
Name of Person Performing Test (Print): -----------------------------------­
Name and License Number/Certifying Organization of Inspector (Print): ------------------------­
Name of Firm Performing Test:

Devices Tested/Test Requirement Date Results of Test

1 Machine Space Access - 8.10.4.1.2(a)
2 Machine Space Stop Switch - 8.10.4.1.2(b)
3 Control Wiring and Fuses - 8.10.4.1.2(c)
4 Driving Machine and Brake Torque Test - 8.10.4.1.2(d)
5 Speed Governor - 8.10.4.1.2(e)
6 Broken Drive Chain Device - 8.10.4.1.2(t)
7 Reversal Stop Device - 8.10.4.1.2(g)
8 Broken Step Chain/Treadway Device - 8.10.4.1.2(h)
9 Step Upthrust Device - 8.10.4.1.2(0
10 Missing Step/Pallet Device - 8.10.4.1.20)
11 Step/Pallet Level Device - 8.10.4.1.2(k)
12 Steps, Pallet Chain, and Trusses - 8.10.4.1.2(1)
13 Handrail Speed-Monitoring Device - 8.10.4.1.2(m)
14 Handrail Entry Device - 8.10.4.1.l (k)
15 Egress Restriction - 8.10.4.1.1(1)
16 Heaters Outdoor Units - 8.10.4.1.2(0)
17 Permissible Stretch of Step Chain - 8.10.4.1.2(a)
18 Disconnected Motor Device - 8.10.4.1.2(n)
19 Response to Smoke Detectors - 8 .10.4.1.2(v)
20 Comb-Step/Comb-Pallet Impact Device - 8.10.4.1.2(q)
21 Step/Skirt Performance Index - 8.10.4.1.l(t)
22 Clearance Between Step and Skirt (Loaded Gap) - 8.10.4.1.l(p)
23 Inspection Controls - 8.10.4.1.2(u)
24 Step Lateral Displacement Device, Curved Escalators - 8.10.4.1.2(r)
25 Tandem Operation - 8.10.4.1.10)

485
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Table X-4 Acceptance Test for Moving Walks

Acceptance Test: Moving Walks
Name of Person Performing Test (Print): -----------------------------------­
Name and License Number/Certifying Organization of Inspector (Print): ------------------------­
Name of Firm Performing Test: ---------------------------------------

Devices Tested/Test Requirement Date Results of Test

1 Machine Space Access - 8.10.4.1.2(a)
2 Machine Space Stop Switch - 8.10.4.1.2(b)
3 Control Wiring and Fuses - 8.10.4.1.2(c)
4 Driving Machine and Brake Torque Test - 8.10.4.1.2(d)
5 Speed Governor - 8.10.4.1.2(e)
6 Broken Drive Chain Device - 8.10.4.1.2(f)
7 Reversal Stop Device - 8.10.4.1.2(g)
8 Broken Treadway Device - 8.10.4.1.2(h)
9 Missing Pallet Device - 8.10.4.1.20)
10 Pallet Level Device - 8.10.4.1.2(k)
11 Pallet Chain and Trusses - 8.10.4.1.2(1)
12 Handrail Speed-Monitoring Device - 8.10.4.1.2(m)
13 Handrail Entry Device - 8.10.4.1.1(k)
14 Walk Egress Restriction Device - 8.10.4.1.1(I)
15 Heaters Outdoor Units - 8.10.4.1.2(0)
16 Permissible Stretch of Step Chain - 8.10.4.1.2(a)
17 Disconnected Motor Device - 8.10.4.1.2(n)
18 Response to Smoke Detectors - 8.10.4.1.2(v)
19 Comb-Step/Comb-Pallet Impact Device - 8.10.4.1. 2(q)
20 Inspection Controls - 8.10.4.1.2(u)
21 Tandem Operation - 8.10.4.1.10)

486
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

NONMAN DATORY APPENDIX V

MAI NTENANCE CONTROL PROG RAM RECORDS

Fig. Y-1 Maintenance Control Program Records

MCP, Related Documents and Records

-
Ava i l a b l e fo r vi ewi n g on
8.6. 1 . 2 . 1 M a i ntena nce Control Program ( M C P ) : A site by elevato r perso n n e l
docu m e nted set of m a i ntena nce tasks, m a i ntena nce a n d i n structi o n s to locate
p roce d u res, exa m i n ations a n d tests to e n s u re that eq u i p m e nt M C P m u st be posted
is m a i nta i n e d in com p l i a nce with the req u i re m e nts of 8.6.

8.6. 1 .2 . 2 O n-Site Docu m e ntati on

( a ) Wi ring d i a g r a m s
(b) Code i dentified written a n d u n i q u e p roce d u res - Written docu m e nts kept
on site
(c) Code i dentified checkout p roce d u res
(d) E m e rgency evacuation and tra n s p a rent enclos u re
clea n i n g p rocedu res

8.6. 1 .4. 1 O n -Site M a i ntena nce Records

�1 8.6. 1 .4. 1 (a) MCP Records

- Records vi ewa ble o n site

-
_,,__
8.6. 1 .4. 1 ( b)( 1 ) Repa i rs -
� Records vi ewa ble o n site
8.6. 1 .4. 1 ( b ) ( 2 ) Replace m e nts

8.6. 1 .4. 1 (c) Other Records

�
( 1 ) Oil usage
(2) Fi refi g hters' Service O p e ration
- Written records ke pt o n site

(3) Periodic Tests

(4) A 1 7.6 Replace m e nt crite ria
co m p l i a nce record

Ava i l a b l e to e l evato r
perso n n e l perfo r m i n g
8.6. 1 .4.2 C a l l Backs (Tro u b l e C a l l s ) corrective action a n d a l l
el evator perso n n e l u p o n
req u est

487
 Table Y-1 Maintenance Control Program Records
Building Name: Conveyance I.D.:

Building Address: I I I I 1 1 1
Y R 2 O
A sym bol such as (*) shall be in each cell to indicate month task is due. I nitials and date indicates specified task is com pleted (other
designs may be acceptable, as long as you indicate month task is due and that task was performed by a q ualified person).
January February March April May June J u ly August September October November December
INSIDE CAR
EXAMPLE OF QUARTERLY SCHEDULING * * * *
EXAMPLE OF MONTHLY SCHEDULING * * * * * * * * * * * *

8.6.4.13(b) car door electric contacts

or car door interlocks, where
required
8.6.4.13(c) door reopening devices
CAR TOP '"
>
8.6.4.9 Cleaning of Top of Cars

-­°'...
8.6.4.1 Suspension and 0
Compensating Means
n

m
.:,.
.:,.
°'
8.6.4.7 Cleaning of Hoistways

MACHINE ROOM/SPACE
8.6.4.6 Brakes Including Emergency
Brakes
8.6.4.8 Cleaning and Condition of
Machine/Control Rooms

OUTSIDE HOISTWAY
8.6.4.13(d) vision panels and grilles,
where required
 Table Y-1 Maintenance Control Program Records (Cont'd)
January February March April May June July August September October November December
PIT
8.6.4.4 Oil Buffers
8.6.4.7 Cleaning of Pits

Other Unique or manufacture-specific maintenance requirements (add lines as required)

Service rope lubricators by adding
½ pint (235 cc) of rope oil every )>
6 mo Ill
�
..,
Annually calibrate load-sensing )>
device (see mfg instructions) "';...
�
--­°'....
0

n
D:I
Other �
°'....

Name of person or firm or company

who completed tasks. If a signature Signature Initials
is required by AHJ, supply space for
printed name, signature, and initials
Signature Initials
for each mechanic who completed
any task or test above.
Signature Initials

Signature Initials

GENERAL NOTE: This is only intended to be one example of scheduling and recording minimum Code-required tasks and tests. The maintenance provider shall add tasks and tests as
required for unique maintenance procedures or methods and any other tasks needed for the equipment.
 ASME A1 7.1 -201 6/CSA B44-1 6

(1 6) NONMAN DATORY APPENDIX Z

MASS AN D CLOSI NG TI ME OF HORIZONTALLY SLI D I N G
ELEVATOR DOORS

Table Z-1 Mass and Closing Time of Horizontally Sliding Elevator Doors
SI U n its
Single-Speed Doors Center-Opening Doors Two-Speed Side-Opening Doors
Door Close Time, t Door Close Time, t Door Close Time, t
At At At At At At
Door Opening, Mass, Normal Reduced Mass, Normal Reduced Mass, Reduced Reduced
mm kg Speed, s Speed, s kg Speed, s Speed, s kg Speed, s Speed, s
915 X 2 130 140-185 2.3-3.3 3.9-5.5
1 070 X 2 130 160-215 2.9-3.9 4.9-6.6 190-225 1.5-2.6 2.6-4.4 170-230 2.5-3.5 5.0-6.0
1 220 X 2 130 220-250 1.9-2.9 3.2-4.9 190-255 3.0-4.0 5.1-6.5

Imperial Units
Single-Speed Doors Center-Opening Doors Two-Speed Side-Opening Doors
Door Close Time, t Door Close Time, t Door Close Time, t
At At At At At At
Door Opening, Weight, Normal Reduced Weight, Normal Reduced Weight, Reduced Reduced
in. lbf Speed, s Speed, s lbf Speed, s Speed, s lbf Speed, s Speed, s

36 X 84 300-400 2.3-3.3 3.9-5.5

42 X 84 350-475 2.9-3.9 4.9-6.6 420-500 1.5-2.6 2.6-4.4 375-500 2.5-3.5 5.0-6.0
48 X 84 485-550 1.9-2.9 3.2-4.9 420-560 3.0-4.0 5.1-6.5

GEN ERAL NOTES:

(a) See 2.13.4.2.4, 8.6.3.8, 8.6.4.19.8, and 8.6.5.14.6.
(b) This Table was developed to assist in annual maintenance inspection, in accordance with Section 8.6, for which no data plate (see
2.13.4.2.4) is provided.
(c) The data provided in this Table are based on a survey of several Canadian manufacturers which provided information obtained from
the early 1990s, and are intended to be used as a guideline only.
(d) The Table covers sheet steel doors with painted surfaces without cladding.
(e) Door close time, t, expressed in this Table as either normal speed or reduced speed, is the time to travel from a point 50 mm (2 in.)
away from jamb to a point 50 mm (2 in.) away from the opposite jamb for side-opening doors. In the case of center-opening doors,
time to travel is from a point 25 mm (1 in.) away from jamb to a point 25 mm (1 in.) from the center. This distance is referred to as
the Code zone distance in 2.13.4.2.2.
(I) In the absence of actual minimum door close time from the manufacturer, use the upper time limit of the door-close-time range for
adjustment and inspection purposes.

490
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

I N DEX
References given are to the Part, Section, Requirement, Table,
Figure, and Appendix designations.

Absorption of regenerated power, 2.26.10 Ascending car overspeed protection, unintended car
inspection and test of, 8.10.2.2.2(bb) movement devices, and emergency brake,
Accelerating moving walk, Nonmandatory inspection and test of, annual, 8.6.4.19.11
Appendix I Atmosphere storage and discharge tank, 3.2 4.3
Acceptance Inspection and test (see also Inspection Audible signaling device, 2.27.1
Authorized personnel
and test)
definition of, Section 1.3
Access door
Automatic fire door, 2.11.6.3
escalator, 6.1.7.3
Automatic recall, 2.27.3.1
moving walk, 6.2.7.3 Automatic transfer device, 7.7
Access panel in car, 2.14.2.2 addition of, 8.7.7.2
Access plate definition of, Section 1.3
escalator, 6.1.7.3 dumbwaiter with, 7. 8
moving walk, 6.2.7.3 material lift with, 7.9, 7.10
Access switch, hoistway, 2.12.7 obscured, 7.10
Access to hoistway (see Hoistway, access to) Automobile loading, 2.16.2.2
Access to machine room (see Machine room, access to) Auxiliary power, 2.14.2.3.2(b)
Access to pit (see Pit, access to) Auxiliary power, lighting, 2.14.7.1
Adjustable shackle rod, 2.2 0.9.2 Auxiliary rope-fastening device, 2.2 0.10
Air conditioning equipment (see Machine room, air definition of (rope fastening device, auxiliary),
conditioning equipment) Section 1.3
Alteration
definition of, Section 1.3 Babbiting, 2.2 0.9.6
electric elevator, hoistway, 8.7.2 Baggage stop, escalator, 6.1.3.3.10
electric elevator, inspection, 8.10.2.3.2 Balustrade
hydraulic elevator, 8.7.3 diagrams and nomenclature, Nonmandatory
hydraulic elevator, inspection, 8.10.3.3.2 Appendix I
Alternate level, 2.27.3.2 escalator, 6.1.3.3
Amusement device, 1 1.2 moving walk, 6.2.3.3
Angle of inclination Barricade, escalator deck, 6.1.3.3.11
escalator, 6.1.3.1 Beam, machinery and sheave
moving walk, 6.2.3. 1 dumbwaiter, 7.1.9
Annual inspection and test (see Periodic inspection earthquake protection, 8.4.2
and test) electric elevator, 2.9
Annunciator, car elevator used for construction, 5.10.1. 8
definition of, Section 1.3 hand elevator, 4.3.5
Anticreep leveling device, 3.26.3 hydraulic elevator, 3.9
private residence elevator, hydraulic, 5.3.2.3 inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2
dumbwaiter, 7.3.11.3 limited-use/limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.9
Antirotation device, 2.2 0.9. 8 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1
Antislide device, escalator, 6.1.3.3.10 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.16.1
Application of driving machine brake, 2.26. 8 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.9
Applied frame entrance rooftop elevator, 5.1.6.9
definition of, Section 1.3 screw-column elevator, 4.2.7
Approved sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.9
definition of, Section 1.3 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.7
Apron, 2.15.9 Belt, replacement of, 8.6.3.5

491
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Belt drive rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.22

dumbwaiter, 7.2.10.4 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.21
electric elevator, 2.2 4.9 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.13
escalator, 6.1.5.1 screw-column elevator, 4.2.5
moving walk, 6.2.3.14 shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1
Belt type treadway, moving walk, 6.2.3.6 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.21
Blind hoistway, 2.11.1.1, 2.11.1.2 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.13
Bolt, guide rail, 2.2 3.10 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.16
Bottom car clearance (see Clearance, bottom car) Buffer, inspection and test of
Bottom runby (see Runby, bottom) acceptance, 8.10.2.2.S(c)
Bow iron annual, 8.6.4.19.1
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.15.2 five-year, 8.6 . 4.2 0.3
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.15.2 type test, 8.3.2
Bracket, guide rail (see Guide-rail bracket) Buffer support, 2.6
Brake Buffer support, impact on, 8.2.3
dumbwaiter, 7.2.10 Buffer switch, 2.26.2
electric elevator, 2.2 4. 8.3 Building code
elevator used for construction, 5 . 10.1.2 0.7 definition of, Section 1.3
escalator, 6.1.5.3 list of, Part 9
hand elevator, 4.3.19.2 Building structure (see Hoistway enclosure)
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 Bulkhead, safety, 3.18.3.4
limited-use/limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.24 definition of (safety bulkhead), Section 1.3
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2 Bumper (see also Buffer), 2.2 2.2
moving walk, 6.2.5.3 definition of, Section 1.3
private residence elevator, 5.3.l.16.2(h) where permitted, 2.2 2.1.1
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.23
screw-column elevator, 4.2.15 Cable (see Suspension means)
shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1.7 Capacitor
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.23 electric elevator, 2.26.7
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.18.7 escalator, 6.1.6.12
Brake, application of moving walk, 6.2.6.12
electric elevator, 2.26. 8 Capacity (see Rated load)
Brake, five-year inspection and test of, 8.6.4.2 0.4 Capacity plate (see also Data plate and Marking plate)
Broken drive-chain device dumbwaiter, 7. 2.3.2
escalator, 6.1.6.3.4 electric elevator, 2.16.3
moving walk, 6.2.6.3.4 elevator used for construction, 5 . 10.1.2 3
Broken rope, tape, or chain switch, 2.26.2 freight elevator, 2.16.5
Broken step-chain device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.3 hand elevator, 4.3.14.2
Broken-suspension-member and residual-strength hydraulic elevator, 3.16
detection means, inspection and test of, annual, inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2
8.6.4.19.13 limited-use/limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.16.2
Broken treadway device, moving walk, 6.2.6.3.3 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2
Buffer private residence elevator, 5.3.1.2 0.1
definition of, Section 1.3 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.16
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2. 8 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.16
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3. 8.1 screw-column elevator, 4.2.10
electric elevator, 2.2 2 shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1
elevator used for construction, 5 . 10.1.18 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.16
hydraulic elevator, 3.2 2.1 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.12.1
inclined elevator, 5.1.17 Car, elevator
inclined elevator, end loading, 5.1.22.3 definition of, Section 1.3
limited-use/limited-application elevator, electric, Car, material lift
5.2.1.2 2 definition of, Section 1.3
limited-use/limited-application elevator, hydraulic, Car clearance, bottom (see Clearance, bottom car)
5.2.2.3 Car clearance, horizontal (see also Clearance,
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.14 horizontal), 2.5

492
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

deflection of car enclosure, 2.1 4.1.3 electric elevator, 2.1 4

Car clearance, top (see Clearance, top car) elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.10
Car counterweight, independent, 2.2 1.1.4 hand elevator, 4.3.9
Car door [see also Door (car or hoistway)] hydraulic elevator, 3.1 4
material for, 2.1 4.4.3 inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2
vertically sliding, 2.1 4.4.7 limited-use /limited-application elevator, electric,
vertically sliding, freight, 2.1 4.6.2 5 .2 .1 .1 4
vertically sliding, passenger, 2.1 4.5.3 limited-use /limited-application elevator, hydraulic,
Car door operation (see Hoistway door operation) 5.2.2.4
Car door or gate material lift with automatic transfer device, 7 .9 .2
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.1.2 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.8.1
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.1 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.1 4
electric elevator, 2.1 4 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.1 4
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.10.8 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.6
hydraulic elevator, 3.1 4 screw-column elevator, 4 .2 .8
limited-use /limited-application elevator, electric, shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
5.2.1.1 4 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.1 4.1
limited-use /limited-application elevator, hydraulic, sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.6
5.2.2.4 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.10
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2 Car enclosure, freight, 2.1 4.3
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.8.2 Car enclosure, general requirements, 2.1 4.1
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.1 4 Car enclosure, passenger, 2.1 4.2
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.1 4 Car enclosure material
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.6 freight elevator, 2.1 4.3.1
screw-column elevator, 4.2.8 passenger elevator, 2.1 4.2.1
shipboard elevator, 5 .8 .1 Car enclosure top, 2 .1 4 .1 .6
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.1 4.2 equipment prohibited on, 2.1 4.1.7
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.1 2 inclined elevator, 5.1.1 1.2
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.10.5 maintenance of, 8.6.4.9
Car door or gate, closed position, 2.1 4.4.1 1 Car floor (see Car platform)
Car door or gate, freight, 2 .1 4 .6 Car frame
Car door or gate, general requirements, 2.1 4.4 definition of, Section 1.3
Car door or gate, kinetic energy and force dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.2
limitations, 2.13.4 dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.2
Car door or gate, location of, 2.1 4.4.5 earthquake protection, 8.4.5
Car door or gate, passenger, 2 .1 4 .5 electric elevator, 2 .15
Car door or gate, power-closed elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.1 1
definition of, Section 1.3 hand elevator, 4.3.1 1
Car door or gate, power opening of, 2.13.2.1 hydraulic elevator, 3.15
Car door or gate, restricted opening of, 2.1 4.5.7 inclined elevator, 5.1.1 2.1
Car door or gate, sequence operation, 2 .13.6 limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5 .2 .1 .15
Car door or gate, strength of, 2.1 4.4.6 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2
Car door or gate electric contact, 2.1 4.4.2 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.9.1
approval of, 2.1 2.6.2 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.15
definition of, Section 1.3 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.5
design requirements, 2.1 2.3.4 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.6
labeling, 2.1 2.4.3 screw-column elevator, 4.2.9
location of, 2.1 2.3.5 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
type test of, 8.3.3 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.15
Car door or gate power closer sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.7
definition of, Section 1.3 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.1 1
Car door or gate reopening device, 2 .13.5 Car frame, design data and formulas
Car enclosure electric elevator, 8.2.2
definition of, Section 1.3 hydraulic elevator, 8.2.9
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.1.1 Car gate (see also Car door or gate)
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.1 definition of, Section 1.3

493
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

type permitted, 2.14.4.4 Ceramic permanent magnet

vertically sliding, 2.14.4.7 definition of, Section 1.3
vertically sliding, freight, 2.14.6.2 escalator brake, 6.1.5.3
vertically sliding, passenger, 2.14.5.3 Chain (see also Suspension means)
Car leveling device (see Leveling device) dumbwaiter, 7.2.6
Car lighting (see Lighting, car) escalator, 6.1.3.11
Car platform moving walk, 6.2.3.12
definition of, Section 1.3 Chain, compensating (see Compensating rope and
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.2 chain)
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.2 Chain, replacement of, 8.6.2
electric elevator, 2.15 Chain drive, electric elevator, 2.2 4.9
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.11 Check valve, 3.19. 3.3
hand elevator, 4.3.11 Circuit, control and operating
hydraulic elevator, 3.15 electric elevator, 2.26.9
inclined elevator, 5.1.12.1 escalator, 6.1.6.10
limited-use/limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.15 moving walk, 6.2.6.10
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2 Class A loading, 2.16.2.2
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.9.1 Class B loading, 2.16.2.2
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.15 Class C loading, 2.16.2.2
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.15 Clearance, bottom car
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.7 definition of, Section 1.3
screw-column elevator, 4.2.9 dumbwaiter, 7.1.4
shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1 electric elevator, 2.4.1
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.15 hydraulic elevator, 3.4.1
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.7 inclined elevator, 5.1.5.1
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.11 limited-use/limited-application elevator, electric,
Car platform, design data and formulas 5.2.1.4.1
electric elevator, 8.2.2 limited-use/limited-application elevator, hydraulic,
hydraulic elevator, 8.2.9 5.2.2.2
Car platform, laminated material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1
definition of, Section 1.3 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.1
Car platform area rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.4
dumbwaiter, 7.2.3.1 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.2
inside net, 2.16.1.1 screw-column elevator, 4.2.2.1
reduction of, 2.16.1.2 shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.12.2 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.4
Car platform frame sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.2
definition of, Section 1.3 Clearance, horizontal
Car platform guard, 2.15.9 dumbwaiter, 7.1.5
Car safety (see Safeties) earthquake protection, 8.4.1
Car safety mechanism electric elevator, 2.5
maintenance of, 8.6.4.5 elevator used for construction, 5 . 10.1.5
switch, 2.18.4 hydraulic elevator, 3.5
Car sill (see Platform sill) limited-use/limited-application elevator, 5.2.15
Car top (see Car enclosure top) material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1
Carpeting on car enclosure walls, 2.14.2.1 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.4
test of, 8. 3.7 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.5
Carrying of one piece loads, 2.16.7 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.5
Cart lift (see Material lift with automatic transfer screw-column elevator, 4.2.3
device) shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1
Caution sign sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.5
escalator, 6.1.6.9 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.5
moving walk, 6.2.6.9 Clearance, horizontal, deflection of car enclosure,
Ceiling intersection guard 2.14.1.3
escalator, 6.1.3.3.11 Clearance, machine room, 2.7.4
moving walk, 6.2.3.3.7 Clearance, top car

494
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

definition of, Section 1.3 escalator, 6.1.3.6.1

dumbwaiter, 7.1.4 moving walk, 6.2.3.8.1
electric elevator, counterweighted, 2.4.6 Communication, 2.27.1
electric elevator, uncounterweighted, 2.4.7 Compensating rope and chain
hand elevator, 4.3.3 attachment to counterweight, 2.2 1.4
hydraulic elevator, 3.4.4 earthquake protection, 8.4.6.1
inclined elevator, 5.1.5.2 sheave switch, definition of, Section 1.3
limited-use /limited-application elevator, electric, switch, 2.26.2
5.2.1.4.3 tie-down, 2.2 1.4.2
limited-use /limited-application elevator, hydraulic, Component rated pressure
5.2.2.2 definition of, Section 1.3
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1 Construction elevator, 5.10
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.3 Control, motion
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.1 definition of, Section 1.3
rooftop elevator, electric, 5 .6 .1 .4 Control, operation
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.2 definition of, Section 1.3
screw-column elevator, 4.2.2.3 Control system
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 definition of, Section 1.3
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.4 Control and operating circuit
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.2 electric elevator, 2.26.9
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.4.2 hydraulic elevator, 3.26.6
Clearance, top counterweight Control equipment
definition of, Section 1.3 dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.1 2
dumbwaiter, 7.1.4 dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.1 1
electric elevator, 2.4.9 electric elevator, 2.26
hydraulic elevator, 3.4 .6 elevator used for construction, 5 .10 .1 .2 1
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1 hydraulic elevator, 3.26
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.4 inclined elevator, 5.1.20
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.26
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.4 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2
Clearance between balustrade and treadway private residence elevator, 5 .3.1 .18
balustrades with skirt panels, 6.2.3.3.6 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.26
skirtless balustrades, 6.2.3.3.5 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.25
Closed position, car doors or gates, 2.1 4.4.1 1 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.17
Closing of hoistway door, 2.1 1.3 screw-column elevator, 4.2.17
Code, reference, Part 9 shipboard elevator, 5 .8 .1
Code data plate sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.25
dumbwaiter, electric, Section 8.9 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.17.1
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, Section 8.9 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.19
electric elevator, Section 8.9 Control of smoke and hot gases, 2.1.4
escalator, Section 8 .9 Control room (see Machine room)
hand elevator, Section 8.9 Control valves, hydraulic
hydraulic elevator, Section 8.9 test requirements, 8.3.5
moving walk, Section 8.9 Controller
private residence elevator, Section 8.9 definition of, Section 1.3
rack-and-pinion elevator, Section 8.9 electric elevator, 8.7.2.27.4
rooftop elevator, Section 8.9 guarding of, 2.10
screw-column elevator, Section 8.9 hydraulic elevator, 8.7.3.31.5
sidewalk elevator, electric, Section 8.9 maintenance of, 8.6.1.6.3
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, Section 8.9 Controller, motion
special purpose personnel elevator, Section 8.9 definition of, Section 1.3
Comb-pallet impact device, moving walk, 6 .2 .6 .3.1 1 Controller, motor
Comb-step impact device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.13 definition of, Section 1.3
Combination horizontal slide and swing type Controller, operation
entrance, 2.1 1.13.5 definition of, Section 1.3
Combplate Conveyor, 1.1.2

495
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Corrosion protection Counterweight guide rail (see Guide rail)

hydraulic elevator cylinder, 3.18.3.8 Counterweight hoistway
hydraulic elevator piping, 3.19.5 electric elevator, 2.3.3
Counterbalancing of cars, 2.2 1.3 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.3.3
Counterweight private residence elevator, 5.3.1.13.2(c)
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.7 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.3
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.7 Counterweight rope (see Rope and Suspension means)
earthquake protection, 8.4.7 Counterweight safety (see Safeties)
electric elevator, 2.2 1 Counterweight safety required, 2.6
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.17 Counterweight screen (see also Counterweight,
hand elevator, 4.3.17 guarding of)
hydraulic elevator, 3.2 1 clearance, 2 .5 .1 .2
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 Crane, 1.1.2
limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.2 1 Crosshead (see Car frame)
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2 Crosshead data plate, 2.20.2
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.13.1 Customary unit
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4 .1 .2 1 applicability, Preface
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.20 Cylinder, 3.18.3
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.1 2 annual inspection of, 8.6.5.1 4.2
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 design data and formulas, 8.2.8.2
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.20 dumbwaiter, 7.3.5
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5 .5 .2 .1 2 maintenance of, 8.6.5.1, 8.6.5.2, 8.6.5.5, 8.6.5.6
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.15 rooftop elevator, 5 .6 .2 .10
Counterweight, guarding of sidewalk elevator, 5.5.2.10
dumbwaiter, 7.1.3 Cylinder head, 3.18.3
electric elevator, 2.3.2 design data and formulas, 8.2.8.3
elevator used for construction, 5 .10 .1 .3.2 Data plate (see also Capacity plate, Marking plate, and
hydraulic elevator, 3.3 Code data plate)
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 crosshead, 2.20.2
limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.3 dumbwaiter, 7.2.3.2
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1 electric elevator, 2.16.3
private residence elevator, 5 .3.1 .13.2 elevator used for construction, 5 .10 .1 .23
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.3 hydraulic elevator, 3.16
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.2 inclined elevator, 5 .1 .13.2
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.3 limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.16.2
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.3 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2
Counterweight, location of private residence elevator, 5.3.1.20.2
dumbwaiter, 7.1.3 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.16
electric elevator, 2.3.1 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.16
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.3.1 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
hydraulic elevator, 3.3 screw-column elevator, 4.2.10
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.16
limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5 .2 .1 .3 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.1 2.1
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1 Data tag
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.13.2 governor rope, 2 .18 .5 .3
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.3 screw-column elevator safety nut, 4.2.1 2
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.2 suspension rope, 2.20.2
sidewalk elevator, 5 .5 .1 .3 Deck barricade
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.3 escalator, 6.1.3.3.1 1
Counterweight buffer (see Buffer) moving walk, 6.2.3.3.8
Counterweight clearance, horizontal (see Clearance, Definitions of terms used in code, Section 1 .3
horizontal) Design data and formulas, 8.2
Counterweight clearance, top (see Clearance, top Designated attendant
counterweight) definition of, Section 1 .3
Counterweight displacement detection device, 8.4.10 Disconnect switch (see Power supply line
definition of, Section 1.3 disconnecting means)

496
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Disconnected motor safety device private residence elevator, hydraulic, 5.3.2.2

escalator, 6.1.6.3.10 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.2 4
moving walk, 6.2.6.3.8 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.23
Dispatching device rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.10
definition of, Section 1.3 screw-column elevator, 4.2.15
Door (car or hoistway) shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
definition of, Section 1.3 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.23
Door, car (see Car door or gate) sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.10
Door, hoistway (see Hoistway door and Hoistway special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.18
entrance) Driving machine, belt, 2 .2 4 .9
Door, machine room, 2.7.3.4 Driv ing machine, chain, 2.2 4.9
Door, pit, 2 .2 .4 Driving machine, connection to escalator gear
Door closing force and kinetic energy, 2.13.4.1, reducer, 6.1.6.3.10
2.13.4.2.1, 2.13.4.2.2, 2.13.4.2.3 Driving machine, indirect
Door guide electric elevator, 2.2 4.9
car door or gate, 2.1 4.4.6 Driv ing machine, operation with doors not closed,
horizontal slide type entrance, 2 .1 1 .1 1 .6 2.1 2.4.2
vertical slide type entrance, 2.1 1.1 2.5 Driv ing machine, operation with doors unlocked,
Door operation (see Hoistway door operation) 2.1 2.3.1
Door or gate closer Driv ing-machine brake (see Brake)
definition of, Section 1.3 Drum (see Winding drum)
Door or gate power operator Dumbwaiter, Part 7
definition of, Section 1.3 alteration to, 8 .7 .7 .1
Door panel definition of, Section 1.3
car door, 2.1 4.5.6 hydraulic, 7.3
interconnection of panels, 2.1 1.1 1.7 hydraulic, maintenance of, 8.6.5, 8.6.9
horizontal slide-type entrance, 2 .1 1 .1 1 .5 inspection and test of, 8.6.10.1.1, 8.10.5.4, 8.1 1.5.4
swing-type entrance, 2.1 1.13.3 maintenance of, 8.6
vertical slide-type entrance, 2.1 1.1 2.4 undercounter, definition of, Section 1.3
Dumbwaiter with automatic transfer device, 7.8
Door restrictor (see Unlocking zone)
alteration to, 8.7.7.3
Door track, 2.1 4.4.6
inspection and test of, 8.6.10.2.1, 8.10.5.5, 8.1 1.5.5
Double deck elevator, 2 .1 4 .1 .4
maintenance of, 8.6
Double swing entrance, 2.1 1.2.3
Duplex safeties, 2 .17 .2
Drawings (see Layout, Information on)
Drip pan, escalator and moving walk, 8.6.8.1 4
Drive-chain device Earthquake protection, 8 .4
escalator, 6.1.6.3.4 Earthquake protective device, 8.4.10.1.1
moving walk, 6.2.6.3.4 definition of, Section 1.3
Driv ing machine E /E /PES
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.10 definition of, Section 1.3
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.5 on-site documentation, 8.6.1.2.2
earthquake protection, 8.4.9 SIL rating, Table 2 .26 .4 .3.2, 2 .26 .9 .5 .1, 2 .26 .9 .6 .1
electric elevator, 2 .2 4 Egress restriction
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.20 escalators, 6.1.6.3.7
escalator, 6.1.5 moving walks, 6 .2 .6 .3.6
escalator, factor of safety, 6.1.3.10 Electric contact, car door or gate (see Car door or gate
hand elevator, 4.3.19 electric contact)
hydraulic, 3.18 Electric elevator
inclined elevator, 5.1.19 alteration to hoistway and related construction,
limited-use /limited-application elevator, electric, 8.7.2
5.2.1.2 4 alteration to machinery and equipment, 8.7.2
limited-use /limited-application elevator, hydraulic, hoistway and related construction, Part 2
5.2.2.7 inspection and test, acceptance, 8.10.2
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2 inspection and test, periodic, 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, 8.1 1.2
moving walk, 6.2.5 machinery and equipment, Part 2
private residence elevator, electric, 5.3.1.16 maintenance of, 8.6

497
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Electrical equipment (see also Wiring) Emergency operation (see Firefighters' emergency
dumbwaiter, 7.3.11.5 operation)
electric elevator, 2.26.4 Emergency operation, earthquake, 8.4.10
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21.3 Emergency power (see also Standby power), 2.27.2
escalator, 6.1.7.4 Emergency recall operation, 2.27.3.1
hydraulic elevator, 3. 8 Emergency signaling device
limited-use/limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.26 electric elevator, 2.27.1
moving walk, 6.2.7.4 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.10.7
private residence elevators, 5.3.1.18.4 hydraulic elevator, 3.11
Electrical heater, 2. 8.3 inclined elevator, 5.1.21.1
Electrical protective device limited-use/limited-application elevator, electric,
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.12 5.2.1.27
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.11 limited-use/limited-application elevator, hydraulic,
earthquake protection, 8.4.10.1.2 5.2.2.14
electric elevator, 2.26.2 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21.1 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.19
escalator, 6.1.6.3 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.27
hydraulic elevator, 3.26.4 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.26
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1. 8
limited-use/limited-application elevator, electric, screw-column elevator, 4.2.18
5.2.1.26 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.26
limited-use/limited-application elevator, hydraulic, special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.21
5.2.2.13 Emergency stop button
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2 escalator, 6.1.6.3.1
moving walk, 6.2.6.3 moving walk, 6.2.6.3.1
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.18 Emergency stop switch, in-car (see also Stop switch),
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.26.2 2.26.2
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.2 5 connection to alarm, 2.27.1
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.17 definition of, Section 1.3
screw-column elevator, 4.2.17 Emergency terminal speed-limiting device (see also
shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1 Terminal stopping device)
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1. 2 5 definition of (terminal speed-limiting device,
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.17.1 emergency), Section 1.3
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.19 electric elevator, 2.2 5.4.1
Electrical protective device, making inoperative, five-year inspection and test of, 8.6.4.2 0.6
8.6.1.6.1 hydraulic elevator, 3.2 5.2
Elevator rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.2 5.2
definition of, Section 1.3 with reduced stroke buffer, 2.2 2.4.1
Elevator car Emergency terminal stopping device (see also Terminal
definition of (car, elevator), Section 1.3 stopping device), 2.2 5.4.2
Elevator pad, 2.14. 2.1 Enclosure, Hoistway (see Hoistway enclosure)
Elevator used for construction, 5.10 Enclosure, Machine room (see Machine room)
hydraulic, 5.10.2 End loading inclined elevator, 5.1.22
inspection and test of, 8.10.5.10, 8.11.5.13 Enforcing authority (see Authority having jurisdiction)
Embedment medium, rope socket, 2.2 0.9.6 Engineering and type test, 8.3
Emergency door Entrance (see also Hoistway entrance)
electric elevator, 2.11.1 definition of, Section 1.3
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.9.2, 8.6.7.10.1 Entrance, applied frame
hydraulic elevator, 3.11 definition of (Applied frame entrance), Section 1.3
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.11 Entrance frame
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.5 horizontal slide type entrance, 2.11.11.3
screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 swing type entrance, 2.11.13.2
Emergency exit, side (see Side emergency exit) vertical slide type entrance, 2.11.12.2
Emergency exit, top (see Top emergency exit) Entrance locked out of service, 2.11.6
Emergency in-car operation, 2.27.3.3 Equipment covered by A17.l Code, 1.1.1
Emergency lighting, car, 2.14.7.1 Equipment not covered by A17.l Code, 1.1.2

498
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Equipment permitted in machine room, 2.7.2.1 escalator, 6.1.3.4.3

Equipment prohibited moving walk, 6.2.3.4.3
in car, 2.1 4.1.9 Fire door, 2.1 1.6
in hoistway and machine room, 2.8.2 Fire endurance
in machine room, 2.7.2.1 definition of, Section 1.3
on top of car, 2.1 4.1.7 Fire extinguisher, 8.6.1.6.5
Escalator, 6.1 Fire resistance
alteration to, 8.7.6.1 definition of, Section 1.3
definition of, Section 1.3 Fire resistance rating (see also Flame spread rating)
diagram, Nonmandatory Appendix I hoistway enclosure, 2.1.1.1
inspection and test, acceptance, 8.10.4 hoistway entrance, 2.1.1.1
inspection and test, periodic, 8 .6 .8 .15 hoistway entrance, test of, 8.3.4
maintenance of, 8.6.8 machine room, 2.7.1
outdoor, 6.1.8 Fire resistive
portable, 1.1.2 definition of, Section 1.3
relocation of, 8.7.6.1.2 Fire test of hoistway entrance, 8.3.4
Escalator deck Firefighters' emergency operation
definition of, Section 1.3 annual inspection of, 8.6.4.19.6
Escalator molding automatic (nondesignated attendant) elevator, 2.27.3
definition of, Section 1.3 corridor call station sign, 2.27.9
Escalator newel dual operation elevator, 2.27.5
definition of, Section 1.3 earthquake protection, 8 .4 .10
Escalator newel base hydraulic elevator, 3.27
definition of, Section 1.3 inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2
Escalator panel, exterior inspection operation, 2.27.6
definition of, Section 1.3 multideck elevator, 2.27.3.5
Escalator panel, interior nonautomatic elevator, 2 .27 .4
definition of, Section 1.3 operating procedures, 2.27.7
Escalator skirt
operating on standby power, 2.27.2
definition of, Section 1.3
operation of, 8.6.1 1.1
Escalators, tandem operation
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.27
definition of, Section 1.3
screw-column elevator, 4 .2 .18
Exception to code, Section 1.2
switch key, 2.27.8
Existing installation
Fishplate, 2.23.7
alteration to, 8.7
Fittings, hydraulic elevator, 3.19
applicable requirements, 1.1.3
Five-year inspection and test (see Periodic inspection
application of rules to, Preface
and test)
definition of (installation, existing), Section 1.3
inspection of, 8.10, 8.1 1 Flame spread rating (see also Fire resistance rating)
car enclosure, 2.1 4.2.1
car platform, 2.15.8
Factor of safety Flat step, 6.1.3.6.5
definition of, Section 1 .3 definition of, Section 1 .3
False car, 1.1.2 Flexible hose and fittings, hydraulic elevator, 3.19.2.3
Fascia, 2.1 1.10.1 annual inspection of, 8.6.5.1 4.4
Fasteners, 2.2 4.4 Floor, car (see Car platform)
Fatigue test, escalator step, 6.1.3.5.8 Floor number, 2.29.2
Final limit (see Final terminal stopping device) elevator used for construction, 5 .10 .1 .2 2
Final terminal stopping device (see also Terminal Floor opening, protection of
stopping device) escalator, 6.1.1
annual inspection and test of, 8.6.4.19.5 moving walk, 6.2.1
definition of (terminal stopping device, final), Floor over hoistway, 2.1.3
Section 1.3 deflections, 2.9.5
electric elevator, 2.25.3 stress, 2.9.4
hydraulic elevator, 3.25.3 Follower guide, plunger, 3.18.2.7
screw-column elevator, 4.2.16.2 Force, door closing, 2.13.4.1, 2.13.4.2.1, 2.13.4.2.2,
Finger guard 2.13.4.2.3

499
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Forklift truck loading, 2.16.2.2 five-year, 8.6.4.20.4

Formulas and design data, 8.2 Governor, location of, 2.18.1
Foundations (see Beam, machinery and sheave) Governor, replacement of, 8.6.3.6
Frame, car (see Car frame) Governor, where required, 2.18.1
Frame, counterweight, 2.2 1.1.1 Governor overspeed switch, 2.18.4
design of, 2.2 1.2 Governor pull-through tension (force)
Freight elevator definition of, Section 1.3
definition of, Section 1.3 Governor rope, 2.18.5
Freight elevator, carrying of passengers on, 2.16.4 connection to safety, 2.17.1 2
Freight loading, 2 .16 .2 .2 gripping jaws, 2.18.6
Furnace hoist, 1.1.2 lubrication of, 8.6.4.2
maximum permissible movement, 2.17.1 1
releasing carrier, 2.17.15
Gage, oil buffer, 2.2 2.4.6
sheave, 2.18.7
Gas spring-return oil buffer, 2.2 2.4.5
Governor seal, 2.18.3
definition of, Section 1.3
Governor tripping speed, 2.18.2
Gasketing material, hoistway entrances, 2.1 1.19
design data, 8 .2 .5
Gate, car (see Car gate; see also Car door or gate)
Gravity return oil buffer, 2.2 2.4.5
Gate, hoistway, hand elevator, 4.3.7
Gravity stopping distance, 8.2.4
Gate, semiautomatic
Gripping jaw, governor rope, 2.18.6
definition of, Section 1.3
Grooved pipe fittings, 3.19.2.2
Gear reducer,
connection to escalator driving machine, 6.1.6.3.10 Guard, pit (see Counterweight, guarding of)
Gears, inspection of, 2 .2 4 .10 Guard at ceiling intersection
Glass escalator, 6.1.3.3.1 1
car door, 2.1 4.5.8 moving walk, 6.2.3.3.7
hoistway door, 2.1 1.7.2 Guard between adjacent pits, 2.2.3
in elevator car, 2.1 4.1.8 Guarding of exposed equipment, 2 .10
Glass balustrade Guide, door (see Door guide)
escalator, 6.1.3.3.3 Guide rail
moving walk, 6.2.3.3.3 dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.9
Glass, maintenance of, 8.6.10.3 dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.9
Governor earthquake protection, 8 .4 .8
definition of (Speed governor), Section 1.3 electric elevator, 2.23
dumbwaiter, 7 .2 .5 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.19
electric elevator, 2.18 hand elevator, 4.3.18
elevator used for construction, 5 .10 .1 .1 4 hydraulic elevator, 3.23
escalator, 6.1.6.3.2 inclined elevator, 5.1.18
five-year test of, 8.6.4.20.2 limited-use /limited-application elevator, electric,
hydraulic elevator, 3.17.1 5.2.1.23
inclined elevator, 5.1.1 4.3 limited-use /limited-application elevator, hydraulic,
limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5 .2 .1 .18 5 .2 .2 .10
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2
moving walk, 6.2.6.3.2 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.15
private residence elevator, 5 .3.1 .1 1 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.23
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.18 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.2 2
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.18 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.1 4
rooftop elevator, hydarulic, 5.6.2.9 screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 4
screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 1 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.2 2
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.18 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.1 4
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.9 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.17
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.13 Guide rail, door panel, 2 .1 1 .1 2 .3
Governor, factor of safety, 2.18.8 Guide rail, lubrication of, 2.17.16
Governor, inspection and test of Guide rail, maintenance of, 8.6.4.3
acceptance, 8.10.2.2 Guide-rail bracket
annual, 8.6.4.19.3 earthquake protection, 8.4.8.4

500
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

fastening to building structure, 2.23.9 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1

fastening to guide rail, 2.23.10 hand elevator, 4.3.1
spacing, 2.23.4 hydraulic elevator, 3.1
stresses and deflections, 2.23.5 inclined elevator, 5.1.1
Guide shoe limited-use /limited-application elevator, electric,
car, 2.15.2 5.2.1
car door or gate, 2.1 4.4.6 limited-use /limited-application elevator, hydraulic,
counterweight, 2.2 1.1.3 5.2.2.1
design of, 2.15.3 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9
earthquake protection, 8 .4 .5 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.1
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.1
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1
Hand and finger guard
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5 .6 .2 .1
escalator, 6.1.3.4.3
screw-column elevator, 4.2.1
moving walk, 6.2.3.4.3
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
Hand dumbwaiter, Part 7
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.1
Hand elevator, 4.3
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.1
alteration to, 8.7.4.3
special purpose personnel elevator, 5 .7 .1
inspection and test of, 8.6.6.3.1, 8.10.5.3, 8.1 1.5.3
Hoistway, access to
maintenance of, 8.6
power attachment, 4.3.20 dumbwaiter, 7.1.1 2
Handrail electric elevator, 2.1 2.7
escalator, 6.1.3.4 hydraulic elevator, 3.1 2
moving walk, 6 .2 .3.4 inclined elevator, 5 .1 .10
shipboard elevator, electric, 5.8.1.10 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1
shipboard elevator, hydraulic, 5.8.2.3 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.7.7
shipboard elevator, rack-and-pinion, 5.8.3.2 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.1
speed monitoring device, escalator, 6.1.6.6.4 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.1 2
speed monitoring device, moving walk, 6.2.6.4 screw-column elevator, 4.2.1
Handrail, location and clearance shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
escalator, 6.1.3.1 2 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.8.3
moving walk, 6.2.3.2 Hoistway, construction at top and bottom of, 2.1.2
Handrail entry device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.1 2 Hoistway, counterweight (see Counterweight
Handrail entry device, moving walk, 6.2.6.3.10 hoistway)
Hanger Hoistway, maintenance of, 8.6.4.7
car door or gate, 2.1 4.4.6 Hoistway, number of elevators permitted in, 2.1.1.4
horizontal slide type entrance, 2 .1 1 .1 1 .4 Hoistway, partially enclosed, 2.1.1.3
tracks and supports, 2.1 1.1 1.2 Hoistway, pipes and ducts in, 2.8.2
Headroom Hoistway, protection of space below (see Protection of
elevator car, 2.1 4.2.4 space below hoistway)
escalator, 6.1.3.1 2 Hoistway access switch, 2.1 2.7
moving walk, 6 .2 .3.15 definition of, Section 1.3
Headroom in machine room, 2.7.4 Hoistway door [see also Door (car or hoistway) and
Heater, 2.8.3 Hoistway entrance]
Hinge, swing type entrance, 2 .1 1 .13.4 closed position of, 2.1 2.3.2
Hinged platform sill, 2.15.16 closing of, 2.1 1.3
History of code, Foreword counterweight, 2.1 1.8
Hitch plate counterweighting or counterbalancing, 2 .1 1 .1 2 .6
car, 2.15.13 kinetic energy and force limitations, 2.13.4.1,
counterweight, 2.2 1.2.5 2.13.4.2.1, 2.13.4.2.2, 2.13.4.2.3
securing to structure, 2.9.3.3 labeling, 2.1 1.15
Hoist, 1.1.2 location of, 2.1 1.4
Hoisting rope (see Rope and Suspension means) locking out of service, 2 .1 1 .6
Hoistway opening from hoistway side, 2.1 1.6
definition of, Section 1.3 power closing, 2.13.3
dumbwaiter, 7.1 power opening, 2.13.2.2
electric elevator, Part 2 reopening device, 2.13.5

501
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

sequence operation, 2.13.6 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.1.1

Hoistway door electric contact, 2.1 2.3 hand elevator, 4.3.1
approval of, 2.1 2.4.2 hydraulic elevator, 3.1
definition of, Section 1.3 inclined elevator, 5.1.1
labeling, 2.1 2.4.3 limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.1
type test of, 8.3.3 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1
Hoistway door lock and contact private residence elevator, 5.3.1.1
approval of, 2.1 2.4.2 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.1
design requirements, 2.1 2.2.4 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.1
labeling, 2.1 2.4.3 screw-column elevator, 4.2.1
location of, 2 .1 2 .2 .6 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.1
type test of, 8.3.3 sidewalk elevator, 5 .5 .1 .l
where permitted, 2.1 2.1 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.1.1
Hoistway door locking device Hoistway enclosure, supporting of guide rail, 2.23.10
definition of, Section 1.3 Hoistway entrance (see also Hoistway door)
dumbwaiter, 7 .1 .1 2 definition of (entrance)
electric elevator, 2.1 2 dumbwaiter, 7.1.1 1
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.2 1.2 electric elevator, 2.1 1
hand elevator, 4.3.8 elevator used for construction, 15.10.1.9
hydraulic elevator, 3.1 2 hand elevator, 4.3.6
inclined elevator, 5 .1 .1 hydraulic elevator, 3.1
limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.1 2 inclined elevator, 5.1.8
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1 limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.1 1
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.7.4 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.1 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.7
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.1 2 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.1
screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.1
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 screw-column elevator, 4 .2 .1
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.1 2 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.1
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.9 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.1 1
Hoistway door locking device, type test of, 8.3.3 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.8
Hoistway door operation Hoistway entrance, fire test of, 8.3.4
dumbwaiter, 7.1.13 factory inspection, 2 .1 1 .16
electric elevator, 2.13 labeling, 2.1 1.15
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.2 1.2 Hoistway entrance, freight elevator, 2.1 1.2.2
hand elevator, 4.3.6.2 Hoistway entrance, gasketing of, 2.1 1.19
hydraulic elevator, 3.13 Hoistway entrance, installation instructions, 2.1 1.18
limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.13 Hoistway entrance, minimum size, 2 .1 1 .1 .2
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1 Hoistway entrance, passenger elevator, 2.1 1.2.1
private residence elevator, 5.3.l.8.2(a) Hoistway gate
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.1 definition of, Section 1.3
rooftop elevator, 5 .6 .1 .13 Hoistway gate, hand elevator, 4.3.7
screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 Hoistway landing sill (see Landing sill, hoistway)
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 Hoistway pressurization, 2.1.4
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.13 Hoistway protection in case of fire, 2.1.4
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.8.4 Hoistway unit system
Hoistway door operation, annual test of, 8 .6 .4 .19 .8 definition of, Section 1.3
Hoistway door safety Hoistway unit system combination mechanical lock
retainers, 2.1 1.1 1.8 and electric contact (see Hoistway door lock and
Hoistway door unlocking device, 2.1 2.6 contact and Hoistway door locking device)
Hoistway door vision panel (see Vision panel, Hoistway unit system hoistway door interlock (see
hoistway door) Interlock and Hoistway door locking device)
Hoistway enclosure Hold handrail sign
definition of, Section 1.3 escalator, 6.1.6.9
dumbwaiter, 7.1.1 moving walk, 6.2.6.9
electric elevator, 2.1 Horizontal clearance (see Clearance, horizontal)

502
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Horizontal slide type entrance, 2.11.11 escalator and moving walk, periodic, 8.6. 8.15 , 8.11.4
combination slide and swing, 2.11.13.5 hand elevator, 8.6.6.3.1, 8.10.5.3 , 8.11.5.3
location of, 2.11.4 hydraulic elevator, acceptance, 8.10.3
Hose, flexible, hydraulic elevator, 3.19.2.3 hydraulic elevator, periodic, 8.6.5.14, 8.6.5.15 ,
annual inspection of, 8.6.5.14.4 8.6.5.16, 8.11.3
Hydraulic elevator, Part 3 inclined elevator, 8.6.7.1.1, 8.10.5.7, 8.11.5.7
alteration to, 8.7.3 installation placed out of service, 8.11.1.4
definition of, Section 1.3 limited-use/limited-application elevator, 8.6.7.2.1,
elevator used for construction, 5.10.2 8.10.5.13 , 8.11.5.12
inspection and test, acceptance, 8.10.3 material lift with automatic transfer device,
inspection and test, periodic, 8.6.5.14, 8.6.5.15 , 8.6.10.2.1, 8.10.5.5 , 8.11.5.5
8.6.5.16, 8.11.3 mine elevator, 8.6.7.9
maintenance of, 8.6.5, 8.6.9 persons authorized to perform, 8.10.1.l (c) , 8.11.1.1
roped, Part 3 private residence elevator, 8.6.7.3.1, 8.10.5.2, 8.11.5.2
Hydraulic j ack rack-and-pinion elevators, 8.6.6.1.1, 8.10.5.12 ,
definition of, Section 1.3 8.11.5.11
Hydraulic machine recommended procedures, 8.10.1.2, 8.11.1.2
definition of, Section 1.3 rooftop elevators, 8.6.7.6.1, 8.10.5.11, 8.11.5.10
Hydraulic material lift with automatic transfer device, screw-column elevators, 8.6.6.2.1, 8.10.5.9, 8.11.5.9
7.12 shipboard elevators, 8.6.7. 8.1, 8.10.5.8, 8.11.5.8
sidewalk elevator, 8.6.7.5.1, 8.10.5.1, 8.11.5.1
special purpose personnel elevator, 8.6.7.7.1,
Illumination (see Lighting) 8.10.5.6, 8.11.5.6
Impact on buffer support, 8.2.3 Inspection operation
In-car stop switch, 2.26.2 definition of, Section 1.3
Inching device (see Leveling device) electric elevator, 2.26.1.4
Inclined elevator, 5.1 Inspector qualifications, 8.10.1.l(c), 8.11.1.1
alteration to, 8.7.5.1 Installation
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
end loading, 5.1.2 2 Installation placed out of service
inspection and test of, 8.6.7.1.1, 8.10.5.7, 8.11.5.7 inspection and test, 8.11.1.4
maintenance of, Section 8.6 Installation, existing
private residence, Section 5.4 definition of, Section 1.3
Inclined lift (see Stairway chairlift) Installation, new
Inclined reciprocating conveyor, 1.1. 2 definition of, Section 1.3
Independent car counterweight, 2.2 1.1.4 Instantaneous safety (see Type A safety)
Indirect plunger elevator (see Roped-hydraulic Intercom, in car, 2.27.1
elevator) Interlock (see also Hoistway door locking device)
Industrial truck, 1.1.2 approval of, 2.12.4.2
Industrial truck loading, 2.16.2.2 definition of, Section 1.3
Inertia application test, location of test weight, design of, 2.12.2.4
Nonmandatory Appendix M labeling, 2.12.4.3
Information on layout (see Layout, information on) location of, 2.12.2.6
Initial inspection and test (see Acceptance inspection multipanel entrance, 2.11.11.7
and test) retiring cam, 2. 12.2.5
Inner loading zone type test of, 8.3.3
five-year test of, 8.6.4.2 0.9 where required, 2.12.1
Inside net platform area, 2.16.1 Interlock unlocking zone (see Unlocking zone)
Inspection and test, 8.6, 8.10, 8.11 Interpretation of code requirements, Preface
dumbwaiter, 8.6.10.1.1, 8.10.5.4, 8.11.5.4 Interruption of power, 2.27.3.4
dumbwaiter with automatic transfer device,
8.6.10.2.1, 8.10.5.5 , 8.11.5.5
electric elevator, acceptance, 8.10.2 Jump of car or counterweight (see Compensating rope
electric elevator, periodic, 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, 8.11.2 and chain)
elevator used for construction, 8.6.7.10, 8.10.5.10,
8.11.5.13 Key, firefighters' emergency operation, 2.27. 8
escalator and moving walk, acceptance, 8.10.4 Key, hoistway access door, 2.7.3.4(d)

503
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Key, pit access door, 2.2.4(g) operation in, 2.26.1.6

Kinetic energy of hoistway and car doors and gates, five-year test of, 8.6.4.20.8
2.13.4.1, 2.13.4.2.1, 2.13.4.2.2, 2.13.4.2.3 Lighting, car
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.1.3
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.1
Labeled /marked electric elevator, 2.1 4.7
definition of, Section 1.3 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.10.3
Labeling hydraulic elevator, 3.1 4
hoistway door and car door locking devices, inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2
2.1 2.4.3 limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5 .2 .1 .1 4
hoistway entrance, 2. 1 1. 1 4 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2
replacement devices, 8.6.3.7 private residence elevator, 5 .3.1 .8 .4
Laminated car platform, 2 .15 .5 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.1 4
definition of (car platform, laminated), Section 1.3 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.1 4
Landing, elevator screw-column elevator, 4.2.8
definition of, Section 1.3 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.6
Landing, escalator sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.1 4.3
access plate, 6.1.7.3 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.10.3
floor space, 6.1.3.6.3 Lighting, escalator step demarcation, 6.1.6.7
outdoor, 6.1.8.3 Lighting of landing, 2.1 1.10.2
safety zone, 6.1.3.6.4 escalator, 6 .1 .7 .2
Landing, escalator or moving walk Lighting of machine room, 2.7.5
definition of, Section 1.3 escalator, 6 .1 .7 .1
Landing, moving walk moving walk, 6.2.7.1
access plate, 6.2.7.3 Lighting of moving walk treadway, 6.2.7.2
floor surface, 6.2.3.8.4 Lighting of pit, 2.2.5
outdoor, 6.2.8.3 Lighting of step tread, escalator, 6.1.7.2
safety zone, 6.2.3.8.5 Limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2
Landing sill, hoistway Limit switch (see Terminal stopping device)
clearance, 2.5.1.3 Line jack, 1.1.2
guard, 2.1 1.10.1 Listed /certified
hinged, 2.1 1.10.3 definition of, Section 1.3
horizontal slide type entrance, 2.1 1.1 1.1 Listing
lighting, 2.1 1.10.2 hoistway door and car door locking devices,
swing type entrance, 2 .1 1 .13.1 2.1 2.4.3
vertical slide type entrance, 2.1 1.1 2.1 replacement devices, 8.6.3.7
Landing zone Load, rated (see Rated load)
definition of, Section 1.3 Load rating
Layout, information on oil buffer, 2 .2 2 .4 .10
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.13 spring buffer, 2.2 2.3.2
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.1 2 Loading
electric elevator, 2 .28 freight elevator, 2 .16 .2 .2
electric elevator, earthquake protection, 8.4.8.9 passenger elevator, 2.16.1.1
hand elevator, 4.3.2 1 special loading means, 2.16.9
hydraulic elevator, Section 3.28 Locked out of service, entrance, 2 .1 1 .6
hydraulic elevator, earthquake protection, 8.4.1 1.7 Locking device, hoistway door (see Hoistway door
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.28 locking device)
screw-column elevator, 4.2.19 Lubrication, 8.6.1.6.2
sidewalk elevators, electric, 5.5.1.27 guide rail, 2.17.16
sidewalk elevators, hydraulic, 5.5.2.18
Leveling
definition of, Section 1.3 Machine and control rooms, remote, 2.7.8
Leveling device definition of, Section 1.3
definition of, Section 1.3 Machine final, 2.25.3.5
Leveling device, anticreep, 3.26.3 Machine room
Leveling zone dumbwaiter, 7.1.7
definition of, Section 1.3 electric elevator, 2.7

504
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.7.1 Manual reset

hand elevator, 4.3.4 definition of, Section 1.3
hydraulic elevator, 3.7 escalator, 6.1.6.1 4
limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.7 moving walk, 6.2.6.1 4
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1 Marking plate (see also Capacity plate and Data plate)
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.7 governor, 2.18.9
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.7 oil buffer, 2.2 2.4.1 1
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.4 rail lubricant, 2.17.16
screw-column elevator, 4.2.5 safeties, 2.17.1 4
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 spring buffer, 2.2 2.3.3
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.7 Material for car enclosure and linings
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5 .5 .2 .4 freight car, 2.1 4.3.1
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.18.9 passenger car, 2.1 4.2.1
Machine room, access to, 2.7.3 Material hoist, 1.1.2
escalator, 6.1.7.3 Material lift with automatic transfer device,
moving walk, 6.2.7.3 Part 7
Machine room, air conditioning equipment, 2.8.4 alteration to, 8.7.7.3
Machine room, equipment in, 2.7.2.1 electric, 7.9
Machine room, location of, 2.7.6 hydraulic, 7.1 2
Machine room, maintenance of, 8.6.4.8 inspection and test of, 8.6.10.2.1, 8.10.5.5, 8.1 1.5.5
Machine room, pipes and ducts in, 2.8.2 maintenance of, 8 .6
Machine room, protection against fire Mechanical lock and electric contact (see Hoistway
escalator, 6.1.2 door lock and contact)
moving walk, 6.2.2 Mechanical spring-return oil buffer
Machine room, smoke detector in, 2.27.3.2 definition of, Section 1.3
Machine room, underneath hoistway, 2.7.7 Mechanized parking garage equipment, 1 .1 .2
Machine room floor (see Floor over hoistway) Metric unit, Preface
Machine, driving (see also Driving machine) Mine elevator, 1.1.2
definition of, Section 1.3 alteration to, 8.7.5.9
Machinery and equipment definition of, Section 1.3
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2 inspection and test, acceptance, 8 .10 .5 .16
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3 inspection and test, periodic, 8.6.7.9.5, 8.1 1.5.16
electric elevator, Part 2 inspection and test, routine, 8.1 1.5.16
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.19 maintenance of, 8.6.7
hydraulic elevator, 3.23 Missing pallet device, moving walk, 6.2.6.5
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 Missing step device, escalator, 6 .1 .6 .6 .5
limited-use /limited-application elevator, electric, Mobile scaffold, 1.1.2
5.2.1.23 Modernization (see Alteration)
limited-use /limited-application elevator, hydraulic, Modular escalator (see Escalator)
5.2.2.3 Module, definition of, Section 1.3
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2 Motion control (see Control, motion)
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4 .1 .23 Motor (see also Driving machine)
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.2 2 escalator, 6.1.5
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.1 4 moving walk, 6.2.5
screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 4 Motor generator overspeed protection, 2.26.2
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 Motor generator running switch, 2.26.2
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5 .5 .1 .2 2 Motor generator set, test of, 8.10.2.2.2(aa)
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.1 4 Motor vehicle loading, 2.16.2.2
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.17 Moving walk, 6.2
Machinery beam (see Beam, machinery and sheave) alteration to, 8.7.6.2
Machinery space (see Machine room) definition of, Section 1.3
Mainline disconnect switch (see Power supply line diagram, Nonmandatory Appendix I
disconnecting means) inspection and test, acceptance, 8.10.4
Maintenance, 8.6 inspection and test, periodic, 8.6.8.15, 8.1 1.4
Manlift, 1.1.2 maintenance of, 8.6.8
Manual lowering valve, 3.19.4.4 outdoor, 6.2.8

505
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

relocation of, 8.7.6.2.2 definition of (buffer, oil stroke), Section 1.3

Multideck elevator, 2.1 4.1.4 inclined elevator, 5.1.17.4
definition of, Section 1.3 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2
firefighters' emergency operation, 2.27 Oil leakage
Multiple hoistway maintenance of, 8.6.5.1, 8.6.5.2, 8.6.5.5, 8.6.5.6
clearance between cars, 2.5.1.3 means for collection of, 3.18.3.7
number of elevators permitted in, 2.1.1.4 Oil level, oil buffer, 2.2 2.4.6
Multiple plunger, recycling operation, 3.26.7 Operating circuit, 2.26.9
Operating device
National Electrical Code, Part 9 definition of, Section 1 .3
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.1 2
New technology, Preface
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7 .3.1 1
Next available landing
electric elevator, 2.26.1
definition of, Section 1 .3
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.2 1
Nonmetallic sheave liner, 2.2 4.2
Nonstop switch escalator, 6.1.6
hydraulic elevator, 3.26
definition of, Section 1.3
Nonvision wing (see sight guard) inclined elevator, 5.1.20
limited-use /limited-application elevator, electric,
Normal limit (see Normal terminal stopping device)
Normal terminal stopping device (see also Terminal 5.2.1.26
limited-use /limited-application elevator, hydraulic,
stopping device)
definition of (terminal stopping device, normal), 5 .2 .2 .13
Section 1.3 material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2
electric elevator, 2.25.2 moving walk, 6 .2 .6
hydraulic elevator, 3.25 .1 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.18
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.26.1
Normal terminal stopping device, inspection and test
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.25
of
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.17
acceptance, 8.10.2.2.2(ff)
annual, 8.6.4.19.5 screw-column elevator, 4.2.17
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
Nudging, 2.13.5
Numbering, emergency identification, 2.29.1 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.25
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.17.1
Numbering of disconnect switches, 2.26.4
Numbering of floors, 2.29.2 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.19
Operating device symbols, 2.26.1 2
Operating speed in the down direction
Observation elevator (see also Partially enclosed definition of, Section 1.3
hoistway) Operation
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of (see also Operating device), Section 1.3
separate counterweight hoistway for, 2.3.3 Operation, door (see Hoistway door operation)
Occupant Evacuation Operation, 2 .27 .1 1 Orchestra lift, 1.1.2
annual check, 8.6.1 1.13 Outside emergency elevator, Section 5.1 2
building features, Nonrnandatory Appendix V Overall length of guide rail, 2.23.8
fire alarm system interface, 2.27.1 1.5 Overhead beam (see Beam, machinery and sheave)
inspection and test, 8.10.2.2.9 Overhead obstruction in hoistway
Occupied space below hoistway (see Protection of hydraulic elevator, 3.4.5
space below hoistway) material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1
Oil buffer (see also Buffer), 2.2 2.4 Overhead structure
approval of, 2.2 2.4.7 definition of, Section 1.3
compressed with car at landing, 2.2 2.4.8 Overload, passenger, 2.16.8
definition of (buffer, oil), Section 1.3 Overspeed governor (see Governor)
maintenance of, 8 .6 .4 .4 Overspeed protection, motor generator, 2.26.2
reduced stroke, 2.2 2.4.1 Overspeed switch, governor, 2 .18 .4
Oil buffer, inspection and test of
acceptance, 8.10.2.2.5(c)
annual, 8.6.4.19.1 Packing gland, cylinder, 3.18.3.5
five-year, 8.6.4.20.3 Padded protective linings, 2.1 4.2.1
type test, 8.3.2 Painting, 8.6.1.6.4
Oil buffer stroke, 2.2 2.4.1 of governor, 2.18.3

506
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Pallet, moving walk, 6.2.3.1 1 Pit floor, strength

definition of, Section 1.3 electric elevator, 2.1.2.3
Pallet level device, mov ing walk, 6.2.6.3.9 hydraulic elevator, 3.1.1
Pallet type treadway, moving walk, 6.2.3.5 Pit guard (see Counterweigh t, guarding of)
Panel, door (see Door panel) Plans (see Layout, information on)
Panel guide rail, 2.1 1.1 2.3 Platform, car (see Car platform)
Panel sill, 2.1 1.1 2.7 Platform guard, 2.15.9
Parking garage equipment, 1.1.2 Platform sill
Partially enclosed hoistway, 2.1.1.3 clearance, 2.5.1.3
Partition for reducing platform area, 2.16.1.2 hinged, 2.15.16
Passenger elevator Plunger (ram), 3.18 .2
carrying of freight on, 2.16.1.3 connection to car, 3.18.1
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Passenger overload, 2.16.8 design data and formulas, 8.2.8.1
Periodic inspection and tests (see also Inspection and dumbwaiter, 7.3.5
test), Section 8.1 1 rooftop elevator, 5 .6 .2 .10
Personnel elevator, 5.7 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.2.10
Personnel hoist, 1.1.2 telescopic, recycling operation, 3.26.7
Phase I Plunger follower guide, 3.18.2.7
definition of, Section 1.3 Plunger head, 3.18.3.6
operation, 2.27.3.1 design data and formulas, 8 .2 .8 .3
Phase II Plunger return, oil buffer, 2.2 2.4.5
definition of, Section 1.3 Plunger stop, 3.18.4
operation, 2.27.3.3 acceptance inspection of, 8.10.3.2.2(s)
Phase reversal and failure protection Portable equipment, 1.1.2
electric elevator, 2 .26 .6 Position indicator
hydraulic elevator, 3.26.5 definition of, Section 1.3
residence elevator, 5.3.1.18.6 Power, interruption of, 2.27.3.4
Pipe design and formulas, 8.2.8.4 Power attachment to hand elevator, 4.3.20
Piping, hydraulic elevator, 3.19 Power closing of doors, 2.13.3
dumbwaiter, 7 .3.5 annual test of, 8.6.4.19.8
rooftop elevator, 5.6.2.1 1 Power dumbwaiter, Part 7
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.2.1 1 Power dumbwaiter with automatic transfer device, 7.8
Piston Power opening of doors, 2.13.2
definition of, Section 1.3 five-year test of, 8.6.4.20.7
Pit Power sidewalk elevator (see sidewalk elevator)
definition of, Section 1.3 Power supply line disconnecting means
dumbwaiter, 7.1.2 electric elevator, 2.26.4
electric elevator, 2.2 hydraulic elevator, 3.26
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.2 sprinkler activation, 2.8.2
hand elevator, 4 .3.2 Power transmission member, escalator, 6.1.3.10
hydraulic elevator, 3.2 Powered platform, 1 .1 .2
inclined elevator, 5.1.3 Pressure switch, hydraulic elevator, 3.26.8
limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.2 annual inspection and test of, 8.6.5.1 4.5
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1 Pressure vessels, 3.2 4.4
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.2 three-year inspection of, 8.6.5.15.2
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.2 Pressurization of hoistway, 2 .1 .4
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.2 Private residence
screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 definition of, Section 1.3
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 Private residence elevator, 5.3
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.2 definition of, Section 1.3
special purpose personnel elevator, 5 .7 .2 inspection and test of, 8.6.7.4.1, 8.10.5.2, 8.1 1.5.2
Pit, access to, 2.2.4 maintenance of, 8.6
Pit, maintenance of, 8.6.4.7 Prohibited equipment (see Equipment, prohibited)
Pit, pipes and ducts in, 2.8.2 Projection, recess, and setback in hoistway enclosure,
Pit door, 2.2.4 2.1.6

507
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

Projection of equipment into hoistway, 2.1 1.5 Rated load, formula for calculation of, 8.2.1
Protection of space below hoistway Rated load, freight elevator, 2.16.2
dumbwaiter, 7.1.6 Rated load, limited-use /limited-application elevator,
electric elevator, 2.6 5 .2 .1 .16
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.6 Rated load, passenger elevator, 2.16.1.1
hand elevator, 4.3.1 Rated load performance, definition of, Section 1.3
hydraulic elevator, Section 3.6 Rated speed
inclined elevator, 5.1.1 definition of, Section 1.3
limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.6 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.1 2.3
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7 .9 .1 escalator, 6.1.4
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.1 4 hydraulic elevator, test of, 8.10.3.2.3(cc)
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4 .1 .6 inclined elevator, end loading, 5.1.2 2.2
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.6 limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.16.4
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.3 moving walk, 6.2.4
screw-column elevator, 4.2.4 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.10.2
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.3 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.25.4
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.6 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.3 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.25.4
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.6 special purpose personnel elevator, 5 .7 .1 2 .2
Protective linings, 2.1 4.2.1 winding-drum elevator, 2.2 4.1
Pull strap, 2 .1 1 .1 2 .8 Recall of elevator, 2.27.3.1
Pump relief valve, 3.19.3.2 Recess in hoistway enclosure, 2.1.6
Pump, sump, 2 .2 .2 Reciprocating conveyor, 1.1.2
Purpose of code, Section 1.2 Recycling for multiple or telescopic plungers, 3.26 .7
definition of, Section 1.3
QEI, 8.10.1.l(c), 8.1 1.1.1 Reduced stroke oil buffer, 2.2 2.4.1
Qualification of inspectors, 8.10.1.l(c), 8.1 1.1.1 Refastening of ropes of winding-drum machines,
8.6.4.10
Rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1 Reference code, standard, and specification, Part 9
alteration to, 8.7.4.1 Refuge space, top-of-car
inspection and test of, 8.6.6.1.1, 8.10.5.1 2, 8.1 1.5.1 1 existing limited-use /limited-application elevators,
maintenance of, 8.6 5.2.1.4.4
shipboard, 5.8.3 inspection requirements, existing electric elevators,
Rail joint, 2.23.7 8.1 1.2.1.3
Rail lubricant, 2.17.16 inspection requirements, existing hydraulic
Rail section, 2.23.3 elevators, 8.1 1.3.1.3
Rated load Regenerated power, absorption of, 2 .26 .10
definition of, Section 1 .3 Releasing carrier, governor rope, 2.17.15
dumbwaiter, 7.2.3.1 repair, 8.6.2.4
dumbwaiter with automatic transfer device, 7.8.4 replacement, 8.6.3.9
electric elevator, Section 2.16 Relief valve, pump, 3.19.3.2
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.1 2 annual inspection of, 8 .6 .5 .1 4 .l
escalator, 6.1.3.9 Reopening device, 2.13.5
hand elevator, 4.3.1 4.1 Repair, 8.6.2
hydraulic elevator, 3.16 Replacement (see Alteration)
inclined elevator, 5.1.13 governor or safety rope, 8.6.3.4
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2 Residence elevator, 5 .3
moving walk, 6.2.3.10 Resin, thermosetting, 2.20.9.6
private residence elevator, 5 .3.1 .10 .1 Resocketing of ropes, of winding-drum machines,
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.16 8.6.4.10
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.16 Restricted area, definition of, Section 1.3
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.8 Restrictor, door (see Unlocking zone)
screw-column elevator, 4.2.10 Retiring cam, 2.1 2.3.3
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 Reversal stop device
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.16 escalator, 6.1.6.3.8
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.1 2.2 moving walk, 6.2.6.3.7

508
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Revision to code, Preface rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.4

Rise (see Travel) rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.2
Riser, escalator step, 6.1.3.5.3 screw-column elevator, 4.2.2.2
Roller guide shoe shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
car, 2.15.2 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.4
counterweight, 2.2 1.1.3 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.2
design of, 2.15.3 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.4.1
earthquake protection, 8.4.5 Runby, top
Rolling shutter device (see Egress restriction) definition of, Section 1.3
Rooftop elevator, 5.6 hydraulic elevator, 3.4
alteration to, 8.7.5.6 screw-column elevator, 4.2.2.2
definition of, Section 1 .3
hydraulic, 5.5.2
Safe lift, 2.16.7
inspection and test of, 8.6.7.6.1, 8.10.5.1 1, 8.1 1.5.10
Safeties
Rope (see also Suspension means)
definition of, Section 1.3
factor of safety, design data, 8.2.7
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.4
hitch plate, securing to beam, 2.9.3.3
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.4.1
hitch plate, securing to car frame, 2.15.13
electric elevator, 2.17
hitch plate, securing to counterweight, 2.2 1.2.5
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.13
refastening and resocketing, 8.6.4.10
hand elevator, 4.3.15
Rope, car-counterweight hydraulic elevator, 3.17.1
definition of, Section 1.3 inclined elevator, 5.1.1 4
Rope, compensating (see also Compensating rope and limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5 .2 .1 .17
chain) material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2
definition of, Section 1.3 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.1 1
Rope, counterweight rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.17
definition of, Section 1 .3 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.17
Rope, governor (see Governor rope) rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.9
Rope, suspension screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 1
definition of, Section 1.3 screw-column elevator safety nut, 4.2.1 2
Rope data tag, 2.20.2 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
Rope equalizer, 2 .20 .5 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.17
definition of, Section 1.3 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.9
Rope socket special purpose personnel elevator, 5 .7 .13
tapered, 2.20.9.4 Safeties, counterweight, 2.17.4
wedge, 2.20.9.5 Safeties, duplex, 2 .17 .2
Rope sprocket drive Safeties, inspection and test of
definition of, Section 1.3 acceptance, 8.10.2.2
Roped-hydraulic driving machine annual, 8 .6 .4 .19 .2
definition of, Section 1.3 five-year, 8.6.4.20.1
Roped-hydraulic elevator, Part 3 location of inertia application test weight,
definition of, Section 1.3 Nonmandatory Appendix M
Routine inspection and test (see also Inspection and Safeties, painting of, 8.6.1.6.4
test) Safeties, stopping distance for, 2.17.3
Runby, bottom Safety bulkhead, 3.18.3.4
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
dumbwaiter, 7 .1 .4 Safety edge, 2.13.5
electric elevator, maximum, 2.4.4, 2.4.5 Safety integrity level (SIL)
electric elevator, minimum, counterweighted, 2.4.2 acceptance inspection and test of functional safety,
electric elevator, minimum, uncounterweighted, 8.10.2.2.8
2.4.3 alterations, 8.7.1.9
hand elevator, 4 .3.3 Code data plate, 8.9.1
hydraulic elevator, Section 3.4 definition of, Section 1.3
limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.4 driving-machine brakes, 2.26.8
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1 functional safety, 8.6.4.19.10
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.4 hoistway access switch, 2.1 2.7.2.4

509
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

inspection operation transfer switch, 2.26.1.4.1 inclined elevator, 5.1.11.1

inspection operation with open door circuits, rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.14
2.26.1.5 screw-column elevator, 4.2. 8
listed/certified, 2.26.4.3.2 Sidewalk elevator, 5.5
MCP intervals, 8.6.1.2.1 alteration to, 8.7.5.5
on-site documentation, 8.6.1.2.2 definition of, Section 1.3
protection against failures, 2.26.9.3.2 hydraulic, 5.5.2
ratings, Table 2.26.4.3.2 inspection and test of, 8.6.7.5.1, 8.10.5.1, 8.11.5.1
removal of power, 2.26.9.5.1, 2.26.9.6.1 maintenance of, 8.6
repairs, 8.6.2.6 Sight guard
replacements, 8.6.3.14 definition of, Section 1.3
Safety mechanism switch, 2.18.4 Sign
Safety nut, screw-column elevator, 4.2.12 corridor call station, 2.27.9
engineering test, 8.3.10 dumbwaiter door, 7.2.3.4
Safety valve, 8. 4.11.2 dumbwaiter entrance, 7.1.11.3
Scope of code, Section 1.1 emergency door, 2.11.1.1, 2.11.1.2
Screw column, 4.2.15 escalator, 6.1.6.9
definition of, Section 1.3 freight elevator, 2.16.5
Screw column elevator, 4.2 hand elevator, 4.3.6.3
alteration to, 8.7.4.2 moving walk, 6.2.6.9
inspection and test of, 8.6.6.2.1, 8.10.5.9, 8.11.5.9 Signaling device (see Emergency signaling device)
maintenance of, 8.6 Sill, platform (see Platform sill)
Seal, governor, 2.18.3 Single blind hoistway, 2.11.1.1, 2.11.1.2
Seismic requirements, 8.4 Skip hoist, 1.1.2
Seismic detection device, 8.4.10.1.1 Skirt obstruction device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.6
definition of, Section 1.3 Skirt panel, escalator, 6.1.3.3.6
Selector, guarding of, 2.10 clearance to step, 6.1.3.3.5
Sequence operation, 2.13.6 maintenance of, 8.6. 8.4
Setback in hoistway enclosure, 2.1.6 Skylight and window, 2.1.5
Shackle rod, 2.2 0.9.2 Slack-rope device
Shaft (see Hoistway) annual inspection of, 8.6.5.14.7
Shafter, 1.1.2 Slack-rope switch, 2.26.2
Shall annual test of, 8.6.4.19.4
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Sheave (see also Driving machine) Sleeving, definition of, Section 1.3
car frame, 2.15.12 Sling (see Car frame)
counterweight, 2.21.2.4 Smoke, control of, 2.1.4
driving machine, 2.2 4 Smoke detector, 2.27.3.2
governor rope, 2.18.7 activating sprinkler, 2. 8.2
grooving and minimum diameter, 2.2 4.2 escalator, 6.1.6. 8
Sheave beam (see Beam, machinery and sheave) moving walk, 6.2.6.7
Shipboard elevator, 5. 8 Special emergency service (see Firefighters' emergency
alteration to, 8.7.5. 8 operation)
hydraulic, 5. 8.2 Special purpose personnel elevator, Section 5.7
inspection and test of, 8.6.7. 8.1, 8.10.5. 8, 8.11.5.8 alteration to, 8.7.5.7
rack-and-pinion, 5. 8.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Shipper rope operating device, 2.26.1.1 inspection and test of, 8.6.7.7.1, 8.10.5.6, 8.11.5.6
Should maintenance of, Section 8.6
definition of, Section 1.3 Specification, reference, Part 9
Shutoff valve, sprinkler, 2. 8.2 Speed, rated (see Rated speed)
Shutoff valve, supply line, 3.19.3.1 Speed governor (see Governor)
acceptance inspection of, 8.10.3.2.2(q) Splicing of suspension rope, 8.6. 2 . 5
SI unit, Preface Spring buffer (see also Buffer), 2.2 2.3
Side emergency exit definition of (buffer, spring), Section 1.3
electric elevator, 2.14.1.10 where permitted, 2.2 2.1.1
hydraulic elevator, 3.14 Spring buffer stroke (see also Elevator), 2.2 2.3.1

510
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

definition of (buffer, spring stroke), Section 1.3 dumbwaiter, 7.3.5

Spring return oil buffer, 2.2 2.4.5 rooftop elevator, 5.6.2.1 1
Sprinklers in hoistway and machine room, 2.8.2 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.2.1 1
Stage lift, 1.1.2 Support, moving walk treadway, 6.2.3.9
Stanchion Supports and foundations (see Beam, machinery and
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.15.2 sheave)
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.15.2 Suspended ceiling, in elevator car, 2.1 4.1.5
Standard, reference, Part 9 Suspension means
Standby lighting, car, 2.1 4.7.1 dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.6
Standby power, 2.27.2 dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7 .3.6
connection to alarm, 2 .27 .1 electric elevator, 2.20
Standby power, inspection and test of elevator used for construction, 5 .10 .1 .16
annual, 8.6.4.19.7 hand elevator, 4.3.16
Starting switch hydraulic elevator, 3.20
escalator, 6.1.6.2.1 inclined elevator, 5.1.16
moving walk, 6 .2 .6 .2 .1 limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.20
Static switching material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2
definition of, Section 1.3 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.1 2
Step, escalator, 6.1.3.5 private residence elevator, guarding of, 5.3.1.6
clearance to skirt panel, 6.1.3.3.5 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.19
demarcation light, 6 .1 .6 .7 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
factor of safety, 6.1.3.10 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.19
level, 6.1.6.3.1 1 special purpose personnel elevator, 5 .7 .1 4
lighting, 6.1.7.2 Suspension means, fastening, 2.20.9
missing, 6.1.6.5 Suspension means, splicing and replacing, 8.6.2.5
number of flat, 6.1.3.6.5 Suspension rope (see Rope and Suspension means)
Step lateral displacement device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.1 4 Suspension rope equalizer, 2.20.5
Step level device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.1 1 Sway control guides, Section 2.30
Step upthrust device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.9 definition of, 1.3
Swing type entrance, 2.1 1.13
Step wheel track, escalator, 6.1.3.8
combination slide and swing, 2.1 1.13.1
Stop motion switch, 2.25.3.5
double swing, 2.1 1.2.3
Stop ring, 3.18.4
location of, 2.1 1.4
acceptance inspection of, 8.10.3.2.5(c)
Switch key, firefighters' emergency operation, 2 .27 .8
Stop switch, elevator (see also Emergency stop button)
Switch, pressure, hydraulic elevator, 3.26.8
emergency, 2.26.2
Symbol, operating device, 2.26.1 2
in-car, 2.26.2
machinery space, 2 .7 .3.5
pit, 2.2.6 Tandem operation
top-of-car, 2.26.2 definition of, Section 1.3
Stop switch in machinery space escalator, 6.1.6.6.6
escalator, 6.1.6.3.5 moving walk, 6 .2 .6 .6
moving walk, 6 .2 .6 .3.5 Tank, hydraulic elevator, 3.2 4
Stopped handrail device dumbwaiter, 7.3.5
escalator, 6.1.6.4 earthquake protection, 8 .4 .1 1 .6
moving walk, 6.2.6.4 limited-use /limited-application elevator, 5.2.2.1 1
Stopping distance maintenance of, 8.6.5.1, 8.6.5.2, 8.6.5.5, 8.6.5.6
car and counterweight safety, inclined elevator, rooftop elevator, 5.6.2.15
8.2.1 1 shipboard elevator, 5.8.2.1
gravity, 8.2.4 Tapered rope socket, 2.20.9.4
Stroke, oil buffer (see Oil buffer stroke) Telephone, in car, 2.27.1
Stroke, spring buffer (see Spring buffer stroke) Telescopic plunger, recycling operation, 3.26.7
Sub-post car frame, 2 .15 .4 Temporary elevator, 5.10
Sump and sump pump, 2.2.2 Terminal landing
Supply line shutoff valve, 3.19.3.1 definition of, Section 1.3
acceptance inspection of, 8.10.3.2.2(q) Terminal stopping device
Supply piping, 3.19 dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.1 1

511
 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16

dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.10 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.17.1

electric elevator, 2.2 5 shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21.1 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1. 2 5.3
hydraulic elevator, 3.2 5 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.17.2, 5.5.2.17.3
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 Traction, 2.2 4.2.3
inclined elevator, end loading, 5.1.22.4 Traction elevator (see Electric elevator)
limited-use/limited-application elevator, electric, Traction-loss detection means
5.2.1.2 5 examination, 8.6.11.11
limited-use/limited-application elevator, hydraulic, inspection and test of, annual, 8.6.4.19.12
5.2.2.12 Transfer device (see Automatic transfer device)
private residence elevator, electric, 5.3.1.17 Transom, 2.11.7
private residence elevator, hydraulic, 5.3.2.3 definition of, Section 1.3
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.2 5 Travel
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.24 definition of, Section 1.3
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.16 Travel, extreme limit of, 2.2 3. 8
screw-column elevator, 4.2.16 Traveling cable, 2.26.4
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 definition of, Section 1.3
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.2 4 inclined elevator, 5.1.7.1
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.19 Tread, escalator step, 6.1.3.5.5
Terminal stopping device, emergency Treadway
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Test, engineering and type, 8.3 Treadway, moving walk
Test and inspection (see Inspection and test), 8.6, 8.10, belt type, 6.2.3.6
8.11 pallet type, 6.2.3.5
Thermosetting resin embedment medium, 2.2 0.9.5 slope, 6.2.3.1
Three-year inspection and test (see Periodic inspection support, 6.2.3.9
and test) Tripping speed, governor, 2.18.2
Threshold comb Truck zone
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Threshold plate (see Combplate) operation in, 2.26.1.6
Truck zoning device, definition of, Section 1.3
definition of, Section 1.3
Truss, escalator, 6.1.3.7
Tie-down (see Compensating rope and chain)
alteration of, 8.7.6.1.4
Tie rod, 2.2 1.1.2
factor of safety, 6.1.3 . 10
design of, 2.2 1.2
protection against fire, 6.1.2
Tiering machine, 1.1.2
Type A safety (see also Safeties)
Tiller rope used for connection to safety, 2.17.12
identification and classification, 2.17.5
Top car clearance (see Clearance, top car)
limits of use, 2.17. 8.1
Top emergency exit location of inertia application test weight,
earthquake protection, 8.4.4.1 Nonmandatory Appendix M
electric elevator, 2.14.1.5 Type B safety (see also Safeties)
elevator used for construction, 5 . 10.1.10.4 identification and classification, 2.17.5
hydraulic elevator, 3.14 stopping distance, design data, and formulas, 8.2.6
inclined elevator, 5.1.11.1 Type C safety (see also Safeties)
limited-use/limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.14 buffer switch, 2.26.2
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2 identification and classification, 2.17.5
rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.14 limits of use, 2.17. 8.2
screw-column elevator, 4.2. 8 Type test, 8.3
shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.10.4
Top-of-car operating device Underslung car frame, 2.15.4
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.12 vertical clearances for, 2.4. 8
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.11.1 Unlocking device, hoistway door, 2.12.6
electric elevator, 2.26.1.4 Unlocking zone
hydraulic elevator, 3.26.2 definition of, Section 1.3
limited-use/limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.26 locking door out of service, 2.11.6
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.2 5.3 restricted opening of doors, 2.14.5.7

512
 ASME A1 7.1-2016/CSA 844-16

Valley break rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1.31

definition of, Section 1.3 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.27
Valve, supply piping, and fitting, 3.19 screw-column elevator, 4.2.20
dumbwaiter, 7.3.5 shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1
earthquake protection, 8.4.11.3 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.2 8
limited-use/ limited-application elevator, 5.5.2. 8 Wharf ramp, 1.1.2
maintenance of, 8.6.5.1, 8.6.5.2, 8.6.5.5, 8.6.5.6 Width
rooftop elevator, 5.6.2.11 escalator, 6.1.3.2
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.2.11 escalator step, 6.1.3.5.2
Ventilation moving walk, 6.2 . 3.7
freight car, 2.14.3.3 moving walk, definition of, Section 1.3
hoistway, 2.1.4 Wind turbine tower elevator, Section 5.11
machine room, 2.7.5 Winding-drum machine (see also Driving machine)
passenger car, 2.14.2.3 final terminal stopping device, 2.2 5.3.5
Vertical bum test, 8.3.7 limitation of use, 2.2 4.1
Vertical clearance (see Clearance, vertical) material and grooving, 2.2 4.2.1
Vertical lifting cover refastening of ropes, 8.6.4.10
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.11.4 securing of rope to, 2.2 0.6
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.11.4 slack-rope switch, 2.26.2
Vertical reciprocating conveyor, 1.1.2 spare rope turns on drum, 2.2 0.7
Vertical slide type entrance, 2.11.12 Window
Vertically sliding door or gate, 2.14.4.7 definition of, Section 1.3
Vision panel, car, 2.14.2.5 Window and skylight, 2.1.5
Vision panel, hoistway door Wire rope (see Rope and Suspension means)
electric elevator, 2.11.7.1 Wiring (see also Electrical equipment)
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.9.3 dumbwaiter, 7.1. 8
inclined elevator, 5.1. 8.1 electric elevator, 2. 8.1
Volatile memory, 8.4.10.1.3(h) elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21.3
definition of, Section 1.3 escalator, 6.1.7.4
hydraulic elevator, 3. 8
inclined elevator, 5.1.1
Waiver, Section 1.2
limited-use/ limited-application elevator, 5.2.1. 8
Weatherproof material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.1
definition of, Section 1.3
moving walk, 6.2.7.4
Weatherproofing private residence elevator, 5.3.1.18.4
inclined elevator, 5.1.7.2 rack-and-pinion elevator, 4.1. 8
outdoor escalator, 6.1. 8.1
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1. 8
outdoor moving walk, 6.2. 8.1 screw-column elevator, 4.2.6
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.8
shipboard elevator, 5. 8.1
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1. 8 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1. 8
Wedge rope socket, 2.2 0.9.5 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.19
Welding Working platform on top of car, 2.14.1.7
alteration and repair, 8.6.2.2 Working pressure, hydraulic elevator, 3.19.1.2
electric elevator, 8. 8 acceptance inspection of, 8.10.3.2.2(m)
hydraulic elevator plungers and cylinders, 3.18.5 definition of, Section 1.3
hydraulic elevator valve, piping and fitting, 3.19.5
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2
limited-use/ limited-application elevator, 5.2.1.3 0 Yield strength
material lift with automatic transfer device, 7.9.2 definition of, Section 1.3

513
I NTENTI O NALLY LEFT B LAN K

514
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form,
in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.

Copyright© 2016 by
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
 I NTERPRETATIONS NO. 33
July 201 2 Through October 201 5

INTRODUCTION Edition or
Number Dates Interpretations Were Issued Supplement
As a service to persons who use the A17.1 Code for 1 1972 through 1979
enforcement or as a guide, the A17 Committee renders 2 June 1979 through September A17.1 1981
interpretations of the requirements upon request. The 1980
Preface to the Code expl ains the procedure for 3 September 1980 through Decem A17.la 1982
requesting interpretations. ber 1981
4 January 1982 through December A17.lb 1983
This booklet includes the interpretations which were 1982
issued by the A17 Committee from July 2 012 through 5 January 1983 through December A17.l 1984
October 2 015. Following the 2 016 Edition, interpreta­ 1983
tions will not be included in editions of the Code; they 6 January 1984 through September A17.la 1985
will be issued in real time in ASME's Interpretation 1984
Database at http: / /go. asme. org/Interpretations. 7 October 1984 through April 1985 A17.lb 1985
Historical Code interpretations may also be found in 8 May 1985 through October 1985 A17.lc 1986
9 November 1985 through April A17.ld 1986
the Database. 1986
10 May 1986 through October 1986 A17.le 1987
11 November 1986 through April A17.1 1987
1987
12 May 1987 through April 1988 A17.la 1988
APPLICABILITY OF INTERPRETATIONS 13 May 1988 through May 1989 A17.lb 1989
14 June 1989 through May 1990 A17.1 1990
Each interpretation applies to the edition and supple­ 15 June 1990 through May 1991 A17.la 1991
ments listed for that inquiry. Many of the Rules on which 16 June 1991 through May 1992 A17.lb 1992
the interpretations have been made have been revised 17 June 1992 through May 1993 A17.1 1993
18 June 1993 through May 1994 A17.la 1994
in later editions or supplements. Where such revisions 19 June 1994 through May 1995 A17.lb 1995
have been made, the interpretations may no longer be 20 June 1995 through May 1996 A17.1 1996
applicable to the revised Rule. 21 June 1996 through May 1997 A17.la 1997
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these 22 June 1997 through May 1998 A17.lb 1998
interpretations when or if additional information is 23 June 1998 through March 2000 A17.1 2000
available which might affect any interpretation. Further, 24 April 2000 through May 2001 A17.la 2002
persons aggrieved by any interpretation may appeal to 25 June 2001 through June 2002 A17.lb 2003
26 July 2002 through June 2003 A17.1 2004
the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. ASME
27 July 2003 through June 2004 A17.la 2005
does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endorse" any 28 July 2004 through June 2006 A17.1 2007
item, construction, proprietary device, or activity. 29 July 2006 through June 2007 A17.la 2008
T he interpretations that were issued from 197 2 30 July 2007 through June 2008 A17.lb 2009
through 1979 were published in a separate book which 31 July 2008 through June 2009 A17.1 2010
may be purchased from ASME. Subsequent interpreta­ 32 July 2009 through June 2012 A17.1 2013
tions were issued in separate bookl ets which have 33 July 2012 through October 2015 A17.1 2016
accompanied each edition and suppl ement of the
Al7.l Code since 19 81. These are listed in the follow­
FORM AND ARRANGEMENT
ing table.
Books 2 through 13 have also been compiled in a Inquiry Number. The interpretations are listed in the
separate publication which may be purchased from order of the assigned serial numbers. The first two digits
ASME. represent the year in which the interpretations were
received.
Subject. The primary requirement and subject of the
interpretation is listed for each inquiry.

iii
 Edition. For each interpretation, the edition and Figures. Where the original inquiry included a plan
addenda, if any, on which the interpretation was ren­ or drawing that was essential for the understanding of
dered are listed. the interpretation, a figure has been included.
Question. The questions are taken verbatim from the Approval Da tes. T he date of approval by the
original inquiries except for editorial corrections neces­ A17 Committee is listed for each interpretation.
sary to improve clarity.
Answer. T he answers are those approved by the
A 17 Committee, except for editorial corrections neces­
sary to improve clarity.

iv
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 1 -2010

Subj ect: Requirement 8.7.6.1.9, Trusses and Girders

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 010/C SA B44-10

Background: Requirement 8.7.6.1.9 states: "Any alterations or welding, cutting, and splicing
of the truss or girder shall conform to 8.7.1.4. Alterations shall result in the escalator's conforming
to 6.1.3.7, 6.1.3.9.1, and 6.1.3.10.1. The installation of a new escalator into an existing truss shall
conform to all of the requirements of 6.1."

Question: Does this mean that if all components of the escalator (including track system, main
drive, tension carriage, machine, controller, handrail drive, safety switches, etc.) are replaced
except the truss, the installed equipment has to comply with all the requirements listed under
Section 6.1, including 6.1.3.6.5 and 6.1.8.2?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 8, 2 013

Inquiry: 1 1 -21 53

Subj ect: Requirements 3.27.1, 3.27.2, and 3.27.3

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 007 /CSA B44-07 through A17.1-2 010/CSA 844-10

Question (1): Is the visual signal in 2.27.3.1.6(h) required to illuminate intermittently while
Phase I is in effect and the car is stationary at the recall floor, and one of the applicable devices
listed in 3.27.1 is actuated, in the case where the device had actuated prior to the completion of
Phase I recall?
Answer (1): No, it must extinguish after arrival, per 3.27.2.

Question (2 ): Is the visual signal in 2.27.3.1.6(h) required to illuminate intermittently while

Phase I is in effect and the car is stationary at the recall floor, and one of the applicable devices
listed in 3.27.1 is actuated, assuming that the device actuated following the completion of Phase I
recall?
Answer (2 ): Yes, per 3.27.3 (c).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 9, 2 013

Inquiry: 1 1 -21 55

Subj ect: Requirements 8.7.2.2 8 and 8.7.3.31. 8

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 004/CSA B44-04

Question (1): Was it intended to include the emergency communications upgrades only in
hydraulic elevators and not in electric elevators?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): Was it intended to not include the emergency communications in electric elevators?
Answer (2 ): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 3 , 2 012

1
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 1 -21 56

Subject: Requirement 5.3.1.19, Emergency Signaling Device

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question (1): Are alternatives to permanently wired landline phones permitted?

Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): Are wireless phones permitted to meet the requirement of 5.3.1.19?

Answer (2 ): No.

Question (3 ): How is a central telephone exchange defined?

Answer (3 ): A central telephone exchange is not defined in ASME A17.l /CSA B44.

Question (4): May a cell phone or other wireless phone be installed in the elevator cab to meet
the requirement of 5.3.1.19?
Answer (4): No.

A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 9, 2 013

2
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 1 -2229

Subj ect: Rule 2 09.2 and Requirement 2.2 5 . 2

Edition: ASME A17.1-1996 through ASME A17.1-2 010/CSA B44-10

Question (1): Requirement 2.2 5.2.1.2 states: " Such devices shall function independently of the
operation of the normal stopping means." Would it be correct to replace the words "normal
stopping means" in this requirement with the ASME A17.l /CSA B44 definition of normal stopping
means, which is "that portion of the operation control that initiates stopping of the car in normal
operation at landings"?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): Would it be a correct interpretation of the aforementioned definition that the

words "portion of the operation control that initiates stopping of the car in normal operation at
landings" mean only the
(a) car position sensing device(s)?
(b) car position sensing devices and any electrical/electronic devices that transmit the signals
from the position sensing device(s)?
(c) car position sensing devices, and any electrical/electronic devices that transmit the signals
from the car position sensing device(s), and other electrical/electronic devices used to cause the
operation control to initiate stopping?
(d) car position sensing devices, and any electrical/electronic devices that transmit the signals
from the car position sensing device(s), other electrical/electronic devices used to cause the
operation control to initiate stopping, and any other electrical/electronic devices that perform
operation or motion control functions?
Answer (2 ):
(a) No.
(b) Yes, unless there are other devices or functions that are a portion of the operation control
that initiate stopping.
(c) Yes.
(d) No.

Question (3): Are the electrical/electronic devices used to determine car position for the normal
terminal stopping means permitted to be common to the electrical/electronic devices required
for the normal stopping means if a failure in those devices could result in both the normal
stopping means and normal terminal stopping device not functioning?
Answer (3): No.

Question (4): Does the Code prohibit position signals transmitted from devices used to deter­
mine car position for the normal terminal stopping device and position signals transmitted from
the normal stopping means from being processed by common means?
Answer (4): No.

Question (5 ): Would a control system be in compliance with 2.2 5.2.1.2 if a failure of an electrical
device, which is not part of the motor controller, disables both normal stopping means and normal
terminal stopping?
Answer (5 ): ASME does not approve, rate, or endorse any item, construction, proprietary
device, or activity.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 9, 2 012

3
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 1 -2229 (Reconsideration)

Subject: Rule 2 09.2 and Requirement 2.2 5.2

Edition: ASME A17.l -1996 through ASME A17.l-2 010/CSA B44-10

Background: The following questions relate to elevators having a rated speed greater than
0.75 m/s (15 0 ft/min).

Question (1): Requirement 2.2 5.2.1.2 states: " Such devices shall function independently of the
operation of the normal stopping means." Would it be correct to replace the words "normal
stopping means" in this requirement with the ASME A17.1/C SA B44 definition of normal stopping
means, which is "that portion of the operation control that initiates stopping of the car in normal
operation at landings"?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): Would it be a correct interpretation of the aforementioned definition that the

words "portion of the operation control that initiates stopping of the car in normal operation at
landings" mean only the
(a) car position sensing device(s)?
(b) car position sensing devices and any electrical/electronic devices that transmit the signals
from the position sensing device(s)?
(c) car position sensing devices, and any electrical/electronic devices that transmit the signals
from the car position sensing device(s), and other electrical/electronic devices used to cause the
operation control to initiate stopping?
(d) car position sensing devices, and any electrical/electronic devices that transmit the signals
from the car position sensing device(s), other electrical/electronic devices used to cause the
operation control to initiate stopping, and any other electrical/ electronic devices that perform
operation or motion control functions?
Answer (2 ):
(a) No.
(b) Yes, unless there are other devices or functions that are a portion of the operation control
that initiate stopping.
(c) Yes.
(d) No.

Question (3 ): Are the electrical/electronic devices used to determine car position for the normal
terminal stopping means permitted to be common to the electrical/electronic devices required
for the normal stopping means if a failure in those devices could result in both the normal
stopping means and normal terminal stopping device not functioning?
Answer (3 ): No.

Question (4): Does the Code prohibit position signals transmitted from devices used to deter­
mine car position for the normal terminal stopping device and position signals transmitted from
the normal stopping means from being processed by common means?
Answer (4): No.

Question (5 ): Would a control system be in compliance with 2.2 5.2.1.2 if a failure of an electrical
device, which is not part of the motor controller, disables both normal stopping means and normal
terminal stopping?
Answer (5 ): This would require a description of the design to make a determination, and as
such, ASME does not approve, rate, or endorse any item, construction, proprietary device, or
activity.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 3 , 2 012

4
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 2-990

Subj ect: Requirement 6.1.5.3.2, Main Drive Shaft Brake

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 000/C SA B44-00

limiting the stop of a down-running escalator to a rate no greater than 3 ft/s2 (0.91 m/s2) .
Background: Rule 804.3b, Main Drive Shaft Brake, in ASME A17.1-1996 contained requirements

Requirement 6.1.5.3.2, Main Drive Shaft Brake, contains no such requirement.

Question (1): Was this change intentional?

Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): Does the main drive shaft brake have to be certified to the requirements of 8.3.1
and 8.3.6?
Answer (2 ): No. Requirement 6.1.5.3.3 requires that only the drive machine brake be certified
to the requirements of 8.3.1 and 8.3.6.

Question (3 ): The driving-machine brake (6.1.5.3.1) is explicitly required both to stop a down­
running escalator with any load up to brake rated load and to hold a stopped escalator with any
load up to the brake rated load. The main drive shaft requirement indicates only that the main
drive shaft brake must be capable of stopping a down-running escalator with brake rated load,
and references 6.1.3.9.3. Requirement 6.1.3.9.3 contains requirements for both the rated load of a
stopped escalator and a running escalator. Is it required that the main drive shaft brake both
stop and hold the appropriate rated load?
Answer (3 ): Yes.

Question (4): Requirement 6.1.6.3.6, Skirt Obstruction Device, requires that the escalator stop
before an obj ect reaches the combplate at any load up to full brake rated load with the escalator
running. Does this maximum stopping distance apply to the main drive shaft brake?
Answer (4): No.

Question (5 ): Requirement 6.1.6.3.11, Step Level Device, requires that the escalator stop before
the step enters the combplate.
(a) Does this apply to the main drive shaft brake?
(b) If the response to (a) is yes, must it stop the escalator before the step enters the combplate?
Answer (5 ):
(a) No.
(b) See response to (a).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 3 , 2 012

5
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 12-990 (Reconsideration)

Subject: Requirement 6.1.5.3.2, Main Drive Shaft Brake

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 000/CSA B44-00

limiting the stop of a down-running escalator to a rate no greater than 3 ft/s2 (0.91 m/s2) .
Background: Rule 804.3b, Main Drive Shaft Brake, in ASME A17.1-1996 contained requirements

Requirement 6.1.5.3.2, Main Drive Shaft Brake, contains no such requirement.

Question (1): Was this change intentional?

Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): If the response to Question (1) is yes, what was the rationale for the change?
Answer (2 ): The rationale is contained in T R 97-60: "The main drive shaft brake is only applied
during a catastrophic failure, such as when the drive chain breaks or separates, which is very
rare. It is not intended to provide the same precision as the driving machine brake, and therefore,
it should not be held to the same criteria."

Question (3 ): Does the main drive shaft brake have to be certified to the requirements of 8.3.1
and 8.3.6?
Answer (3 ): No. Requirement 6.1.5.3.3 requires that only the drive machine brake be certified
to the requirements of 8.3.1 and 8.3.6.

Question (4): The driving-machine brake (6.1.5.3.1) is explicitly required both to stop a down­
running escalator with any load up to brake rated load and to hold a stopped escalator with any
load up to the brake rated load. The main drive shaft requirement indicates only that the main
drive shaft brake must be capable of stopping a down-running escalator with brake rated load,
and references 6.1.3.9.3. Requirement 6.1.3.9.3 contains requirements for both the rated load of a
stopped escalator and a running escalator. Is it required that the main drive shaft brake both
stop and hold the appropriate rated load?
Answer (4): Yes.

Question (5 ): Requirement 6.1.6.3.6, Skirt Obstruction Device, requires that the escalator stop
before an object reaches the combplate at any load up to full brake rated load with the escalator
running. Does this maximum stopping distance apply to the main drive shaft brake?
Answer (5 ): No.

Question (6): Requirement 6.1.6. 3 . 11, Step Level Device, requires that the escalator stop before
the step enters the combplate.
(a) Does this apply to the main drive shaft brake?
(b) If the response to (a) is yes, must it stop the escalator before the step enters the combplate?
Answer (6):
(a) No.
(b) See response to (a).

A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 7, 2 014

6
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 2-991

Subj ect: Requirement 6.1.3.3.13 , Deck Barricade, Outer Deck Width Measurement
Edition: ASME A17.l -2 004/CSA B44-04

Question (1): How is the outer deck on a low-deck escalator measured?

(a) Is the outer deck width measured from the side of the escalator to the outside of the glass
balustrade?
(b) Is the outer deck width measured from the side of the escalator to the center of the glass
balustrade?
(c) Is the outer deck width measured from the side of the escalator to the outer rubber strip
holding the glass in the channel?
(d) Is the outer deck width measurement just the visible portion of the deck?

Answer (1):
(a) Yes.
(b) No.
(c) No.
(d) No.

Question (2 ): Can the building handrail system surrounding the escalator wellway in-fill the
area normally reserved for a deck barricade?
Answer (2 ): Yes, as long as it provides the same level of protection as the deck barricade (see
6.1.3.3.13 ).

Question (3 ): If the answer to Question (2 ) is yes, would the escalator be considered in compliance
with 6.1.3.3.13?
Answer (3 ): See response to Question (2 ).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 3 , 2 012

Inquiry: 1 2-1 012

Subj ect: Requirements 2. 19.2.2 (a) and 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(2 ) , Inspecting and Testing Unintended Car
Motion
Edition: ASME A17.l -2 004/CSA B44-04 through ASME A17.l -2 010/CSA B44-10

Question: Is it a requirement to have the hoistway and car doors in the open position in order
to inspect and test unintended car motion protection as required by 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(2 )?
Answer: This issue is not addressed by the Code.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 3 , 2 012

7
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 2-1 552

Subject: Section 3.19, Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question (1): Does Section 3.19 allow only straight pipes in hydraulic elevator pressure piping
systems?

Question (2 ): If the answer to Question (1) is no, does Section 3.19 alternatively allow bent
pipes in hydraulic elevator pressure piping systems?

Question (3 ): If the answer to Question (2 ) is yes, what are the applicable Code requirements
for bent pipes in hydraulic elevator pressure piping systems?

Question (4): If the answer to Question (2 ) is neither yes nor no, e.g., because bent pipe
requirements are not addressed by the Code, must bent pipes preferably conform, by exception,
to ASME A17.1-2 007 /CSA B44-07, 1.2.2.1, as required by 1.2.2.3?

Question (5 ): If the answer to Question (4) is no, must bent pipes preferably conform to the
applicable requirements in A SME A17.7 /C SA B4 4.7, as required by A SME A17.l -2 007 /
CSA B44-07, 1.2.l (b), to achieve compliance with ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07?

Q uestion (6 ) : If the answer to Q uestion (5 ) is no, may bent pipes conform to either
ASME A17.1-2 007 /CSA 844-07, 1.2.2.1, as required by 1.2.2.3 , or the applicable requirements in
ASME A17.7 /CSA B44.7, as required by ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07, 1.2.l(b) , to achieve
compliance with ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07?
Answer (1-6 ) : W hether straight or bent, piping shall comply with the requirements of
Section 3.19. The requirement is written in performance-based language, and specific designs are
not addressed by the Code.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 9, 2 013

Inquiry: 1 2-1618

Subj ect: Rule 1000.1, Persons Authorized to Make Inspections and Tests; and
Requirements 8.10.1.1.3 and 8.11.1.1, Accreditation of Organizations Certifying Inspectors and
Inspection Supervisors
Edition: A SME A17.l -1990 through ASME A17.l d-2 000, and A SME A17.l -2 000/C SA B4 4-00
through ASME A17.l -2 010/CSA B44-10, respectively

Background: Rule 1000.1, and 8.10.1.1.3 and 8.11.1.1 state: "Inspectors and inspection supervi­
sors shall be certified by an organization accredited by ASME in accordance with the requirements
of ASME QEI-1."
Effective, January 1, 2 014, ASME no longer accredits organizations that certify inspectors and
inspection supervisors.

Question: Is the use of a "nationally or internationally recognized accrediting body" that

accredits organizations concerned with personnel certification in lieu of " ASME" in Rule 1000.1
and in 8.10.1.1.3 and 8.11.1.1 permitted?
Answer: Yes, see 1.2 in ASME A17.l -2 000/CSA B44-00 through ASME A17.l-2 010/CSA B44-10
(Section 2 in ASME A17.l d-2 000 and earlier editions).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 3 , 2 012

8
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 2-1 620

Subj ect: Section 9.1, Welding Codes

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/C SA B44-10

Background:

Given: Table 9.1 indicates that CSA W47.1 is applicable to Canadian j urisdictions.

Given: Table 9.1 indicates that CSA W59 is applicable to U. S. and Canadian jurisdictions.

Given: Practitioners of CSA W59 have indicated that adherence to CSA W47.l is required to
comply with CSA W59 (i. e., the two codes are utilized conj ointly).

Question: Is the utilization of CSA W47.l, in conj unction with CSA W59, acceptable in the
United States?
Answer: Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 8, 2 013

Inquiry: 1 2-1 745

Subj ect: Requirement 2.27.2.3

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/C SA B44-10

Question: In the event of an intermittent fire hat light in an elevator not functioning (burned
out), is there a means provided in the Code to prevent Phase II from working and putting
firefighters at risk of shunt-trip capture between floors in a burning building?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 9, 2 013

Inquiry: 1 2-1 746

Subj ect: Requirement 2.27.3.1

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 000/C SA B44-00

Background: Elevators nos. 1, 2, 3 , and 4 operate as a four-car group. They are configured
where elevator no. 1 serves front openings only, elevators nos. 2 and 3 serve front and rear
openings, and elevator no. 4 serves rear openings only and responds to calls from separate risers
in the front and rear elevator lobbies. All serve the first floor, which is the primary egress and
primary fire service floor. There are three-position "FIRE RECALL" switches in both the front
and rear elevator lobbies, which is necessary to satisfy the requirement for the key switch to be
located within sight of the elevators but contrary to the requirement for a single three-position
"FIRE RECALL" switch for a group.

Question: Are two three-position switches permissible for a single group of elevators?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 8, 2 013

9
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 2-1 747

Subject: Requirement 2. 8.1, Maintenance Access to Space/Roof Above Machine Room

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/CSA B44-10

Question: Does 2. 8.1 in the Code allow the installation of a ladder and access hatch within the
elevator machine room to allow access by authorized personnel to the roof or chase space above
the elevator machine room?
Answer: No, unless the access ladder is used to gain access to equipment used directly in
connection with the elevator.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 9, 2 013

Inquiry: 1 2-1 748

Subject: Requirement 2.11.1.3, Telephone as Alternative to Emergency Doors

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question: Is 2.11.1.3 applicable in an application such as a football stadium where an elevator

is installed in a single blind hoistway, where there are no landings from which to gain access
through an emergency door?
Answer: Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 9, 2 013

Inquiry: 1 2-1 749

Subject: Requirement 2.13.5. 1

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/CSA B44-10

Background: If a door reopening device becomes operative again before reaching its fully closed
position, it may reopen, and this could prevent the elevator from leaving the floor it is at indefinitely
if the blockage were something like smoke. Requirement 2.13.5.3 is applicable only when Phase I
Fire Recall (2.27.3.2.3) is not provided, and this requirement is also unclear as to when the device
is allowed to become operative again. I believe the intent is that once the device is inoperative
it must stay inoperative until the door fully closes, similar to what is required on Phase I recall
[2.27.3.1.6 (e)] , therefore allowing a car in a smoke-filled lobby to leave the floor with passengers
inside; the scenario may be repeated at every landing but would allow the car to eventually reach
a destination where the occupants could be safe. This logic should be applicable to 2.13.5.1 as well.

Without clarification, this imposes issues with special functions such as plunger-follower guide
(3.18.2.7), low oil protection (3.26.9), and auxiliary power lowering operation (3.26.10). These
requirements indicate specific operation of the car that may be delayed when the car is not on
Phase I Fire Recall; the potential hazard when the car is delayed in returning to the lowest landing
in these cases may be catastrophic failure of the j ack with an open door or loss of battery power
and the inability of the car to complete a recall to the landing, trapping an occupant. This could
also allow a car to operate with a broken detection device.

Question: When the reopening device is rendered inoperative per 2.13.5.1, would the device
be permitted to become operative before the door reaches its fully closed position?
Answer: Yes, unless the device has been rendered inoperative as per 2.13.5.3 or 2.27.3.1.6(e).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 9, 2 013

10
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 2-1 751

Subj ect: Requirement 2.14.7.1.3(e)

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question: Does a single LED fixture comprising two or more LEDs in series (therefore, failure
would result in all the LEDs going out) meet the requirement for "Not less than two lamps of
approximately equal wattage shall be used"?
Answer: No. The purpose of the second lamp is to provide illumination if the first lamp fails.
See ASME A17.l -2 010/CSA B44-10, 2.14.7.l.3 (f).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 9, 2 013

Inquiry: 12-1752

Subj ect: Requirement 8.3.7, Vertical Bum Engineering Test Requirements

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 010/C SA B44-10

Background: These tests are considered standard in the industry for fabrics and soft materials
when referring to vertical burn testing. The vertical test description, as outlined by the current
Code, is not recognized or used by the manufactures of fabrics and soft materials. When dealing
with fabrics and soft materials, flame-retardant products and manufacturers generally use these
standard test procedures as a clear measurement of compliancy during the design process. The
general consensus within the testing agencies is that these tests are reasonably close and compatible
with the test description for 8.3.7.

By applying a standardized test number (e.g., ASTM E84, AN SI/UL 7 2 3 , or CAN/ULC-S102 )

to clarify the vertical bum code, such as was done for 2.14.2.1.1, existing documentation for test
results on fabrics and soft materials will be acceptable.

Question: Since no standard has been referenced in the 8.3.7 vertical bum engineering test
requirements, would NFPA 701 and/or NFPA 260/UFAC Class 1 be considered acceptable?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 9, 2 013

Inquiry: 1 2-2274

Subj ect: Requirement 8.4.10.1.3(b) , Emergency Stop

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 004/CSA B44-04

Question: The term "emergency stop" is not defined in ASME A17.l /CSA B44. Which of the
following complies with the requirement for an "emergency stop" in 8.4.10.1.3 (b):
(a) immediate removal of power from the driving-machine motor and brake, or
(b) a rapid, controlled electrical stop with an average retardation not exceeding 9. 81 m/s2
(3 2.2 ft/s2 ), immediately followed by the dropping of the machine brake?
Answer:
(a) Immediate removal of power from the driving-machine motor and brake.

A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 8, 2 013

11
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 3-5

Subject: Requirement 8.7.2.27

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 010/CSA B44-10

Question (1): How many types of motion control are listed under the definition of "control,
motion"?
Answer (1): Four.

Question (2 ): With respect to Question (1), under the definition of "control, motion," are the
following the four types of motion control?

control, AC motor: a motion control that uses an alternating current motor to drive the machine.

control, DC motor: a motion control that uses a DC motor to drive the machine.

control, electrohydraulic: a motion control in which the acceleration, speed, retardation, and
stopping are governed by varying fluid flow to the hydraulic jack.

control, static: a motion control in which control functions are performed by solid-state devices.
Answer (2 ): Yes.

Question (3 ): If the answer to Question (2 ) is yes, then are the other indented terms and
definitions under "control, AC motor" and "control, DC motor" examples of those two types,
respectively?
Answer (3 ): Yes.

Question (4): Are the two examples "control, variable voltage AC (VVAC)" and "control, variable
voltage, variable frequency (VVVF)" the same type of motion control, that is, are both of the type
"control, AC motor" (i.e., AC motor control)?
Answer (4): Yes.

Question (5 ): Can a method of motion control be accurately described in terms of "type" as

both "control, DC motor" and "control, static"?
Answer (5 ): Yes.

Question (6): Where a motor controller is changed from a "control, static," "control, variable
voltage AC" motor controller to a "control, static," "control, variable voltage, variable frequency"
motor controller, would the change be subj ect to the requirements of
(a) 8.7.2.27.5?
(b) 8.7.2.27.4(a)?
Answer (6): This is not addressed by 8.7.2.27.4(a) and 8.7.2.27.5.

Question (7): Where a motor controller is changed from a "control, static," "control, variable
voltage AC" motor controller to "control, static," "control, variable voltage, variable frequency"
motor controller and where the motor was changed, would it be subj ect to the requirements of
(a) 8.7.2.27.5?
(b) 8.7.2.27.4(a)?
Answer (7): This is not addressed by 8.7.2.27.4(a) and 8.7.2.27.5.

12
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Question (8): If a "control, DC motor" exists but is not listed as an example in the definitions
section of "control, motion," would a change where the motor controller was changed to the
unlisted example be subject to the requirements of
(a) 8.7.2.27.5?
(b) 8.7.2.27.4(a)?
Answer (8): This is not addressed by 8.7.2.27.4(a) and 8.7.2.27.5.

Question (9): Considering Questions (5) and (8), would a repair where the motor control was
changed from "control, dual bridge thyristor converter" to "control, [undefined example of
'control, DC motor ' or 'control, static']" be subject to the requirements of
(a) 8.7.2.27.5?
(b) 8.7.2.27.4(a)?
Answer (9): This is not addressed by 8.7.2.27.4(a) and 8.7.2.27.5.
A 17 Standards Committee Approval : October 7, 20 15

Inquiry: 13-273

Subject: Requirement 8.4.10.1.2(b), Equipment Specifications

Edition : ASME A 17.1- 20 10 /CSA B 4 4- 10

Question ( 1): Does ASME A 17.l /CSA B 4 4 require the seismic switch to activate at any one
frequency?
Answer ( 1): No.

Question ( 2): Does ASME A 17.l / CSA B 4 4 require the seismic switch to activate at all frequencies
between 1 Hz and 10 Hz?
Answer ( 2): Yes.

Question (3): Does the seismic switch section of ASME A 17.l /CSA B 4 4 require updating to
agree with the latest ASCE 25 publication in terms of activation frequency?
Answer (3): A technical revision has been opened to address this issue.
A 17 Standards Committee Approval : January 15, 20 1 4

13
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 3-31 9

Subject: Requirements 2.27.1.1.6 and 8.10.2.2.l (f), Two-Way Communication Means

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 010/CSA B44-10

Question: When performing the inspection and test of the two-way communication means as
required in 8.10.2.2.l (f) (specifically the means to verify operability of the telephone line or
equivalent means) , does the phrase "shall not require activation of the two-way communication
link(s)" found in 2.2 7 . l.1.6 (a) prohibit a procedure where the "PHONE" push button [ see
2.27.1.l. 3 (b)] is pressed after the phone line is made inoperable in order to verify the operation
of the verification means and to cause activation of the audible and illuminated visual signal as
required in 2.27.1.1.6(b)?
Answer: The Code does not address this issue.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 8, 2 013

Inquiry: 1 3-343

Subject: Requirement 2.27.1. 1.6

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/CSA B44-10

Question (1): If the telephone line or equivalent means becomes inoperable [see 2.27.l.l.6(b)] ,
does the Code require that the audible and illuminated visual signal be activated immediately?
Answer (1): No. The audible and illuminated visual signal shall be activated upon detection
that the telephone line is not functional.
Question (2 ): If the answer to Question (1) is no, then what is the maximum delay [(see
2.27.1.l.6(a)] from the point in time that the telephone line or other means becomes inoperable
to the point in time where the audible and illuminated visual signal must be activated?
Answer (2 ): 2 4 h.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 8, 2 013

14
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 3-445

Subj ect: Section 1.3 and Requirements 2. 8.2.3.3 and 2.27.3.2.l (c)
Edition: ASME A17.1-2004/CSA B44-04

Question (1): Per 2.27.3.2.l (c), is it required to install a fire alarm initiating device (FAID) used
to initiate Phase I Emergency Recall inside the elevator hoistway when a sprinkler(s) is installed
anywhere in the hoistway?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2): Per 2.27.3.2.l (c) , is it required to install a FAID used to initiate Phase I Emergency
Recall inside the elevator hoistway when a sprinkler(s) is installed inside the elevator pit below
24 in. of the pit floor?
Answer (2): Yes.
Question (3 ): Per 2.27.3.2.l (c) , is it required to install a FAID used to initiate Phase I Emergency
Recall inside the elevator hoistway when a sprinkler(s) is installed inside the elevator pit at or
above 24 in. of the pit floor?
Answer (3 ): Yes.

Question (4): Per 2.27.3.2.l (c), is it required to provide Phase I Emergency Recall only where
sprinklers are installed at or above 24 in. of the pit floor?
Answer (4): No.

Question (5 ): Per section 2.27.3.2.l(c), is it required to provide Phase I Emergency Recall only
where sprinklers are installed at the top of the elevator hoistway?
Answer (5 ): No.

Question (6): Is the elevator pit considered by ASME A17.1-2004 to be a part of the elevator
hoistway?
Answer (6): Yes.

Question (7): Is the elevator pit considered by ASME A17.l -2004 to be "outside" of the elevator
hoistway?
Answer (7): No.

Question (8): Does Section 1.3 , Definitions, of ASME A17. l -2004 for elevator hoistway or elevator
shaft define the elevator pit as a part of the elevator hoistway?
Answer (8): Yes.

Question (9): If the answer to Question (1) is yes, could the required FAID be installed anywhere
inside the elevator hoistway, provided it conforms to NFPA 72 installation requirements?
Answer (9): The specific location of the FAID inside the hoistway is not specified in ASME A17. l.

Question (10): If the answer to Question (2) is yes, could the required FAID be installed
anywhere inside the elevator hoistway, provided it conforms to NFPA 72 installation requirements?
Answer (10) : T he specific locat ion of the FAID inside the hoist way is not specified in
ASME A17.l.

Question (11): If the answer to Question (2) is yes, must the required FAID associated with
this pit sprinkler(s) be installed inside the elevator pit below 24 in. of the pit floor?
Answer (11): T he specific locat ion of the FAID inside the hoist way is not specified in
ASME A17.l.

15
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Question ( 1 2): If the answer to Question ( 2) is yes, is it permissible for the required FAID
associated with this pit sprinkler(s) to be a smoke-detector-type FAID ?
Answer ( 1 2): The type of FAID is not specified in ASME A 17.l.

Question ( 13): Requirement 2.8.2.3.3 states : "Smoke detectors shall not be used to activate
sprinklers in these spaces or to disconnect the main line power supply."
(a) Does the term "these spaces" in this requirement refer to anywhere in the "elevator pit"?
(b) Does the term "these spaces" in this requirement refer to locations in "elevator pits" that
must be below 2 4 in. of the pit floor?
(c) Is the intent of "smoke detectors ... used to activate sprinklers" to address dry sprinkler
system(s) or pre-action sprinkler system(s)?
(d) If the answer to Question ( 13)(a) or ( 13)(b) is yes, is the intent of ASME A 17.l- 200 4 for
prohibiting the installation of smoke detectors in these locations is due to the "dirty" /harsh
ambient conditions in elevator pits and the possibility of generating nuisance alarms?
(e) If a certain smoke detector is specifically listed to be installed in "dirty" /harsh environments
such as an elevator pit, is it permissible to install this detector in an elevator pit(s) per
ASME A 17.l- 200 4, 2.8.2.3.3?
(f) If a certain smoke detector is specifically listed to be installed in "dirty" /harsh environments
such as an elevator pit, is it permissible to install this detector in an elevator pit(s) for the purpose
of generating elevator recall?
(g) If the answer to Question ( 2) is yes, is it permissible per ASME A 17.l- 200 4 to install a
smoke detector at the top of the elevator hoistway for the purpose of generating Phase I Emergency
Recall, provided that this smoke detector is installed in accordance with NFPA 7 2 and its manufac­
turer 's instructions?
(h) If the answer to Question ( 2) is yes, is it permissible per ASME A 17.1- 200 4 to install a
smoke detector anywhere inside the elevator hoistway for the purpose of generating Phase I
Emergency Recall, provided this smoke detector is installed in accordance with NFPA 7 2 and its
manufacturer 's instructions?
Answer ( 13):
(a) Yes, "these spaces" are specified in 2.8.2.3 as "hoistway, machine room, and machinery
spaces ."
(b) See response to (a) .
(c) ASME A l7 .l does not address this issue .
(d) ASME Al7 .l does not address this issue .
(e) No, per 2 .8 .2 .3.3, smoke detectors are not permitted to activate sprinklers .
(f) Yes .
(g) Yes .
(h) Yes.

Question ( 1 4): If the answer to Question ( 1) is yes, is it required by ASME A 17.l-200 4 that the
required FAID shall be accessible from outside the elevator hoistway for the purposes of testing,
repair, and maintenance?
Answer ( 1 4): No.

Question ( 15): If the answer to Question ( 2) is yes, is it required by ASME A 17.1-200 4 that the
required FAID shall be accessible from outside the elevator pit /hoistway for the purposes of
testing, repair, and maintenance?
Answer ( 15): No.

Question ( 16): Is it permissible by ASME A 17.1- 200 4 to install required FAIDs [per.27.3.2.1 (c)]
inside the elevator hoistway(s) (anywhere in the hoistway) in a way that the FAID will not be
accessible from outside the hoistway for the purposes of testing, repair, and maintenance?
Answer ( 16): Yes.
A 17 Standards Committee Approval : September 1 1, 20 13

16
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 3-496

Subj ect: Requirement 8.6. 8.3.3 (c)

Edition: ASME A17.l a-2 002/CSA B44-02 a

Question (1): With regard to Section 1.3 , do "existing installations" include installations that
were installed prior to the adoption of any ASME A17.l Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): With regard to 8.6. 8.3.3(c) , do escalators "installed under ASME A17.1-2 000 and
earlier editions" include escalators that were installed prior to the adoption of any editions of
ASME A17.1 by the authority having jurisdiction?
Answer (2 ): Yes.
Question (3 ): Does Section 1.2 recognize the authority having jurisdiction's right to modify the
Code in the application of its regulations?
Answer (3 ): Yes.

Question (4): Does Section 1.2 , third paragraph, describe how the authority having jurisdiction
would ensure equivalency for modifying the Code to "technical documentation or physical
performance verification to allow alternative arrangements that will assure safety equivalent to
that which would provide conformance to the corresponding requirements of this Code"?
Answer (4): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 15 , 2 014

Inquiry: 1 3-702

Subj ect: Requirement 8.3.3.4.2 (b), Current Interruption Test for DC-Rated Locking Devices
Edition: ASME A17.l -2 010/C SA B44-10

Question: Is a current interruption test in compliance with 8.3.3.4.2(b) if the test is done in a
circuit virtually resistive (e.g., time constant 1 ms)?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 7, 2 014

Inquiry: 1 3-719

Subj ect: Requirement 5.7.20.l (b) , Types of Operation

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 010/C SA B44-10

Question: Can this type of operation be selective collective automatic operation?

Answer: Requirement 5.7.2 0.1(b) does not directly address the meaning of "momentary-pressure
operation" as it relates to Section 1.3 definitions on types of "control, operation."
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 11, 2 013

17
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 3-742

Subject: Requirement 5.2.1.2, Pit Drains and Sumps

Edition: ASME A17.l -2010/CSA B44-10

Question: Is a drain or sump pump required in a pit of a limited-use/limited-application

elevator?
Answer: Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 11, 2013

Inquiry: 1 3-787

Subject: Requirement 8.l.2(k), Use of Hoistway Unlocking Devices

Edition: ASME Al7.l-2007 /CSA B44-07

Question: Smoke detectors are often located at the top of elevator hoistways. These detectors
need to be tested periodically by fire alarm technicians. Hoistway unlocking devices are limited
to elevator personnel. "Elevator personnel" is defined as "persons who have been trained in
the construction, maintenance, repair, inspection, or testing of equipment." Would a fire alarm
technician or electrician trained in how to use a car top inspection be considered elevator personnel
and thus have the ability to use a hoistway unlocking device?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 15 , 2014

Inquiry: 1 3-934

Subject: Requirement 5.3.1.8.2, Car Doors and Gates for Private Residence Elevators
Edition: ASME A17.l -2010/CSA B44-10

Question (1): Does a light screen or curtain meet the requirements for a car door or gate?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2): Can a light screen or curtain be used instead of a car door or gate?
Answer (2): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 11, 2013

18
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 3-1 022

Subj ect: Requirement 2.27.1.1

Edition: ASME A17.l a-2 002 through ASME A17.1-2 010/CSA B44-10

Background: Requirement 2.27.1.1.1 states that "a two-way communications means between
the car and a location staffed by authorized personnel shall be provided." When the earliest two­
way communications systems were invented, the communication was directly between two
people. Since then it has become necessary to devise and implement means to route communica­
tions from the originating party (person in the elevator) to the receiving party (authorized
personnel). These routing systems consisted of the earliest switchboards, requiring an operator
who manually connected the call, and later evolved to PBX systems, networks, and computerized,
interactive communications technology. Some of these interactive systems use voice and noise
recognition to expedite communications and to prioritize those communications.

Question (1): Do 2.27.1.1.2 and 2.27.1.1.3 prohibit the use of an automated routing system to
validate and expedite emergency calls prior to establishing two-way voice communications?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): Is the use of technology to route and process the call prior to voice contact/
answering prohibited?
Answer (2 ): No.

Question (3 ): Does 2.27.1 prohibit the use of an automated routing system to facilitate and
automate testing?
Answer (3 ): No.

Question (4): Is the use of automated technology to activate the visual indicator in 2.27.l.1.3(c),
to indicate the call is initiated, prior to the voice contact prohibited?
Answer (4): No.

Question (5 ): Does 2.27.l.l.3(f) prohibit an automated routing system from terminating a call
where no voice or sound is detected before the call has been routed to the authorized person?
Answer (5 ): No.

Question (6): Would the "automated answering system" referenced in 2.27.l.l.3 (h) include
(a) voice mail?
(b) an answering machine for the purposes of leaving a message?
(c) a PBX system that is used to route the call to the next available authorized person?
Answer (6):
(a) Yes.
(b) Yes.
(c) No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 11, 2 013

19
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 3-1050

Subject: Requirement 2.1.1.2.2(e)

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 010/CSA B44-10

Question (1): When the wall(s) enclosing the hoistway of an elevator that is not an observation
elevator is also an exterior wall, must the glass in that wall be laminated glass? (See Inquiry 94-14.)
Answer (1 ): Yes.

Question (2 ): If the answer to Question (1) is that the enclosure wall does not have to be
laminated, why does the fact that it is not an observation elevator make a difference?
Answer (2 ): See response to Question (1).

Question (3 ): If all the glass in the car is required to meet 2.14.1. 8, does the glass in the hoistway
that is in an exterior wall also need to be laminated?
Answer (3 ): Yes. See 2.l.1.2.2(e).

Question (4): When the hoistway enclosure is required to be fire rated, is the glass that is
allowed to be in the walls required to be laminated?
Answer (4): ASME A17.l /CSA B44 does not have specific requirements pertaining to glass
enclosures for fire-resistive construction. See 2.1.1.1.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 11, 2 013

Inquiry: 1 3-1 460

Subject: Requirement 2.18.7.2

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 000/CSA B44-00 through ASME A17.1-2 010/CSA B44-10

Background: Requirement 2.18.7.2 states that subsequent to the first stop of the car following
the opening of the switch, the car shall remain inoperative until the switch is manually reset.

Question: Does 2.18.7.2 prohibit the required stop to be a stop in which the switch causes the
removal of power from the driving machine and brake?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 11, 2 013

Inquiry: 1 3-1 462

Subj ect: Requirement 5.1.11.1.2, Uphill End Emergency Exit

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 004/CSA B44-04

Question: What is the minimum clearance allowed in order to use the car door as an emer­
gency exit?
Answer: The Code does not address this issue.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 15 , 2 014

20
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 13-1463

Subj ect: Requirement 3.2 5.1.3 , Requirements for Stopping Devices on the Car or in the Hoistway
Edition: ASME A17.l -2 010/C SA B44-10

Question: Does ASME A17.1/CSA B44 require the normal terminal stopping devices for hydrau­
lic elevators to be operated by cams on the car or in the hoistway, when these devices are located
on the car or in the hoistway?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 15 , 2 014

Inquiry: 13-1471

Subj ect: Requirements 2.12.7 and 8.7.3.10

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/C SA B44-10

Background: Manual freight doors on an existing elevator are replaced with doors from a
different manufacturer. The old doors were vertical biparting doors, and the new door is a
counterweighted vertical door. At issue is whether hoistway access to comply with 8.7.2.10.l(c)
is needed because the work constitutes an alteration and not a replacement.

Question (1): Is the work described above an alteration or a replacement?

Answer (1): This work is an alteration.

Question (2 ): If the answer to Question (1) is that it is an alteration, is hoistway access required
per 2.12.7 and 8.7.2.10.l (c)?
Answer (2 ): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 15 , 2 014

Inquiry: 13-1 496

Subj ect: Figure 8.4.10.1.3

Edition: ASME Al7.l -2 010/C SA B44-10

Question: When normal, emergency, standby, or alternate power is restored and the car initiates
movement, is it required for an elevator with nonvolatile memory to automatically proceed away
from the counterweight at not more than 0.75 m/s (15 0 ft/min) to the nearest available landing?
Answer: Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 7, 2 014

21
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 3-1 509

Subject: Requirements 2.16.3 and 8.7.2.15.2 , Increase or Decrease in Deadweight of Car

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 000/CSA B44-00 including ASME A17.l b-2 003/CSA B44-03b

Background: Requirement 2.16.3 describes a requirement for a data plate attached to the car
crosshead that displays the weight of the complete car, including the car safety and all auxiliary
equipment attached to the car. Requirement 8.7.2.15.2 defines an alteration when there is a change
to the deadweight of the car that is sufficient to increase or decrease the sum of the deadweight
of the car plus the rated load, as originally installed, by more than 5%.

Question (1): Is the weight of the suspension means included in the complete weight of car
value described in 2.16.3?
Answer (1): No.
Question (2 ): Is the weight of the travelling cables included in the complete weight of car value
described in 2.16.3?
Answer (2 ): No.
Question (3): Is the weight of the compensation means included in the complete weight of car
value described in 2.16.3?
Answer (3): No.
Question (4): Is the originally installed deadweight of the car, referenced in 8.7.2.15.2, the same
as the complete weight of the car that is required to be posted on the crosshead data plate in
2.16.3?
Answer (4): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 14, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 3-1 543

Subject: Requirement 2.12.4.l(a) or (b)

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/CSA B44-10

Question: Can an elevator door gate switch complying with requirement 2.12.4.l (a) or (b) be
used on new elevators installed under ASME A17.l -2 010/C SA B44-10?
Answer: Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 15 , 2 014

Inquiry: 1 3-1 544

Subject: Requirement 2.11.11.5.4

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question (1): Does 2.11.11.5.4 prohibit the meeting panel edges from interlocking or over­
lapping?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): Requirement 2.11.11.5.4 states: "When in the closed position, the distance between
the metal parts of the meeting panels shall not exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.)." Does this require the
resilient member to have a maximum thickness of 13 mm (0.5 in.)?
Answer (2 ): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 15 , 2 014

22
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 3-1 753

Subj ect: Requirement 2.27.3.1.5

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 000/C SA B44-00 through ASME A17.l -2 010/CSA B44-10

Question (1): Is the illuminated visual indicator provided for the Phase I Fire Recall switch
(2.27.3.1.5) required to comply with Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)?
Answer: (1): No.

Question (2 ): Is it permitted to use one of the symbols in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) for the illuminated
visual signal in 2.27.3.1.5?
Answer (2 ): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 15 , 2 014

Inquiry: 1 3-1 790

Subj ect: Requirement 2.27.1.1.4

Edition: ASME Al7.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question (1): Does Section 8.1 prohibit the voice communication means required by 2.27.1.1.4
from being located only in the machine room/control room?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): Does this mean that the two-way voice communication means needs to be located
at the egress level of the building for arriving emergency personnel?
Answer (2 ): ASME A17.1-2 007 /CSA B44-07 does not address this.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 15 , 2 014

Inquiry: 1 3-2001

Subj ect: Requirement 2.2.2

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/C SA B44-10

Background: If a pump is equipped with oil-sensing technology that shuts the pump off when
oil is sensed in the pit, leaving the oil to be manually pumped out of the pit, is that against the
Code? There are several systems on the market that shut the pump down when oil is sensed in
the pit. Some States will not allow that to happen and require the pump to run automatically
without any human intervention, and will not allow the pump to shut down when oil is sensed
in the pit. We are trying to find a copy of the ASME statement that says the pump must run
automatically and without any human intervention.

Question (1): Can a provided elevator sump pump shut off when oil is sensed in the elevator pit?
Answer (1): No. See Inquiry 09-12.

Question (2 ): Does the Code require that the sump pump run automatically without any human
intervention?
Answer (2 ): Yes. See Inquiry 95-3 3 and the applicable plumbing code(s).

Question (3 ): Where is it stated that the sump pump must run automatically without any
human intervention?
Answer (3 ): See response to Question (2 ).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 7, 2 014

23
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 3-21 77

Subject: Requirements 2.7.3.3.2 and 2.7.3.3.4

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question: Would a permanently installed, noncombustible pull-down metal access stair with
a maximum inclination less than 60 deg and having fixed handgrips and guardrails meet the
requirements of 2.7.3.3.2 and 2.7.3.3.4 to accommodate access to a remote machine room containing
controllers and motor generators?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 7, 2 014

Inquiry: 1 3-2197

Subject: Requirement 2.25.2.1.2

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question: Is it the intent of the Code that "shall function independently of the operation" refers
only to the devices used for sensing relative changes in car position for the normal stopping
means and the normal terminal stopping device?
Answer: Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 15 , 2 014

Inquiry: 1 4-61

Subject: Requirements 8.10.1.1.3 , 8.10.1.2, and 8.11.1.1, Accreditation of Certifying Organizations

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Q uestion: In accordance with the effect ive dates specified in and the new contents of
ASME A17.1-2 013 /CSA B44-13 and ASME QEI-1, are ASME QEI-1-certified elevator inspectors
and inspection supervisors required to be certified by an organization accredited by an accrediting
body in accordance with AN SI/ISO/IEC 1702 4, or equivalent, and ASME QEI-1 immediately
after December 3 1, 2 013?
Answer: Yes. The intent of the Committee was that ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13 requirements
1.1.4, 8.10.1.1.3 , and 8.11.1.1 and ASME QEI-1-2 013 would become effective on January 1, 2 014.
The Committee revised the language for the requirements cited and ASME QEI-1-2 013 to become
effective January 1, 2 014. This was necessary due to the discontinuation of accreditation by ASME
effective on December 3 1, 2 013.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 15 , 2 014

24
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 4-62

Subj ect: Requirements 8.10.1.1.3 , 8.10.1.2, and 8.11.1.1, Accreditation of Certifying Organizations
Edition: ASME A17.1-2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question (1): Referring to the wording in ASME A17.1-2 013 /CSA B44-13 , 8.10.1.2, specifically
"AN SI/ISO/IEC 1702 4, or equivalent," what essential criteria would establish, or ascertain,
equivalence between AN SI/ISO/IEC 1702 4 and another standard?
Answer (1): When approached with a possible standard that may be equivalent to AN SI/ISO/
IEC 1702 4, the Committee would then be able to make a determination of equivalency.

Question (2 ): What source would make the determination of equivalence of these standards?
Answer (2 ): See response to Question (1).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 7, 2 014

Inquiry: 1 4-85

Subj ect: Requirement 2.2 4.2.5.1, Retaining of Suspension Members

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question (1): Are retention means required at all times?

Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): Are retention means required only if the elevator system as designed could create
a retardation that may result in slackening of suspension members to the degree that the suspension
member(s) exit their respective positions on the sheave(s)?
Answer (2 ): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 14, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 4-95

Subj ect: Requirement 2.27.3.2.6, Visual Signal

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/C SA B44-10

Question (1): If Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is initiated by a fire alarm initiating device
in a location listed in 2.27.3.2.6(a) through (e), is the visual signal described in 2.27.3.1.6(h) required
to illuminate intermittently?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): If Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is initiated by the key switch described
in 2.27.3.1.1 or 2.27.3.1.2, and subsequently a fire alarm initiating device in a location listed in
2.27.3.2.6(a) through (e) is actuated, is the visual signal described in 2.27.3.1.6(h) required to
illuminate intermittently?
Answer (2 ): No.

Question (3 ): If Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is initiated by the key switch described
in 2.27.3.1.1 or 2.27.3.1.2, and subsequently a fire alarm initiating device in a location listed in
2.27.3.2.6(a) through (e) is actuated, is the visual signal described in 2.27.3.l.6(h) permitted to
illuminate intermittently?
Answer (3 ): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 1, 2 014

25
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 14-96

Subject: Requirements 2.18.5.3 and 2.2 0.2.2.l (d), Temporary Rope Data Tags
Edition: ASME A17.1-2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question: Is it the intent that temporary rope data tags comply with all of the requirements
of 2.16.3.3 or only the requirements of 2.16.3.3.3?
Answer: Within requirement 2.16.3.3 , only requirement 2.16.3.3.3 is applicable to temporary tags.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 1, 2 014

Inquiry: 14-227

Subject: Requirements 2.27.11.5.1 and 2.27.11.6.3 , Occupant Evacuation Operation Fire Alarm
Interface
Edition: ASME A17.1-2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question (1): Does 2.27.11.5.1 require the fire alarm system to determine the group of floors
being evacuated?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): Does 2.27.11.5.1 require the fire alarm system to send individual signals per floor
to the elevator controller to initiate elevator Occupant Evacuation Operation of the indicated
floors?
Answer (2 ): This is not addressed in ASME A17.1/ CSA B44. The specified signals are addressed
in the 2 013 edition of NFPA 72.

Question (3 ): Does 2.27.11.6.3 assign different evacuation priorities to floors that have active
fire alarms as the floors that are manually selected for evacuation by responding emergency
personnel at the emergency command center?
Answer (3 ): This is not addressed in ASME A17.1/CSA B44. The priority of active alarm signals
is assigned in the sequence the signals are received.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 7, 2 014

26
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 4-324

Subj ect: Requirement 2.27.1.1, Emergency Communication

Edition: ASME A17.l a-2 002 through ASME A17.1-2 010/CSA B44-10

Background: See Inquiry 13 -102 2 , Questions (4) and (5 ).

Question (1): Is the use of automated technology permitted to activate the visual indicator in
2.27.l.1.3(c) without establishing two-way communication?
Answer (1): No. See response to Question (4) in Inquiry 13 -102 2.

Question (2 ): Once the call has been terminated by the automated routing system and no
further action is taken by the automated routing system, does this system comply with 2.27.l.l.3 (b),
which states: "When the push button is actuated, the emergency two-way communication means
shall initiate a call for help and establish two-way communications"?
Answer (2 ): Yes. See response to Question (5 ) in Inquiry 13 -102 2.

Question (3 ): Once the call has been terminated by the automated routing system and no further
action is taken by the automated routing system, does this system comply with 2.27.1.l.2(b)?
Answer (3 ): Yes. Requirement 2.27.1.l.2 (b) is applicable when no acknowledgment is received.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 1, 2 014

Inquiry: 1 4-41 1

Subj ect: Requirement 8.6.1.2.1, Clarification

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 007 /CSA B44-07

Background: A problem exists in our area because some companies have a compact disc for
the maintenance control program. Other companies have a sticker on the controller directing you
to call a phone number to find out the information. The service providers are assuming that all
inspectors carry a laptop that can play the disc.

Question (1): Does the word "written" mean " on paper"?

Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): Do the words "in place" mean "in the machine room"?
Answer (2 ): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 1, 2 014

Inquiry: 1 4-503

Subj ect: Requirement 2.2.2. 5 , Sump Pumps for Elevators With Firefighters' Emergency Operation
Edition: ASME A17.1-2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question: Is the operation of a sump pump under 2.2.2.5 (when Firefighters' Emergency
Operation is present) to be automatic without human intervention?
Answer: See Inquiry 13 -2 001.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 14, 2 015

27
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 4-665

Subject: Requirement 2.11.6. 3 , Opening of Hoistway Doors

Edition: ASME Al7.l -2 010/CSA B44-10

Question (1): Does Inquiry 06-19 apply to the revised requirement in ASME A17.l -2 010/
CSA B44-10?
Answer (1): No. Inquiry 06-19 was applicable to the 1993 through 2 004 editions of ASME A17.1.

Question (2 ): Does 2.11.6.3 prohibit a door or similar device that, based upon the action of
smoke, closes or deploys on the landing side of an elevator hoistway entrance, provided that
said door or similar device is readily openable from the car side without any key, tool, special
knowledge, or significant effort?
Answer (2 ): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 1, 2 014

Inquiry: 1 4-702

Subject: Requirement 2.27.3 . 1.6(h), Location of Visual Signal

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question (1): Is the visual signal described in 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) required to be
located on the locked cover (referred to in 2.27.3 . 3 .7)?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): Is it permissible for the visual signal described in 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)
to be located on the car operating panel in a location other than on the locked cover (referred
to in 2.27.3.3.7)?
Answer (2 ): Yes.

Question (3 ): Is it permissible for the visual signal described in 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)
to be located anywhere inside the elevator car other than on the car operating panel?
Answer (3 ): No.

Question (4): Is there any Code section or requirement in ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13 for
a minimum distance between the visual signal described in 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)
and the locked cover (referred to in 2.27.3.3.7)?
Answer (4): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

28
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 4-971

Subj ect: Requirement 2.2 7.4. 5 , Emergency/ Standby Power With Multiple Cars and Multiple
Selector Switches
Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/C SA B44-10

Background: An emergency/standby power system is capable of running more than one car -
but not all the cars in a group - at a time. Each car has its own selector switch with "AUTO"
and "MANUAL" positions. One car's selector switch is in the "MANUAL" position, and all the
other cars' switches are in the "AUTO" position.

Question: Once all cars in a group have been recalled, moved to a floor, or failed to move after
a second opportunity in accordance with 2.27.2.4.4, in addition to selecting the one car with its
selector switch in the "MANUAL" position, is it permitted to also automatically select another
car or cars with their switches in the "AUTO" position, up to the maximum number of cars
allowed for that system?
Answer: No for a car in the same group.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 13 , 2 015

Inquiry: 1 4-999

Subj ect: Rule 2 11. 3 and Para. 3.11. 3 , Firefighters' Service

Edition: ASME A17.1-19 81 and ASME A17.3 -1996, respectively

Question: Would an elevator installed to the requirements of A17.l -19 81, Rule 2 11.3 be required
to meet the requirements of Al7.3 -1996, 3.11.3 if the travel is less than 8 m (2 5 ft)?
Answer: See response to Inquiry 14-15 2 4.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 13 , 2 015

Inquiry: 1 4-1 000

Subj ect: Requirement 2.14.l.5.l (b)(2 ) , Unobstructed Passage of Parallelepiped Volume

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/C SA B44-10

Question: Requirement 2.14.1.5.1 states that the top emergency exit opening shall be not less
than 0.26 m2 (400 in. 2), with no side less than 400 mm (16 in.). Does this also apply to the cab
interior suspended ceiling opening below it? Or does the unobstructed parallelepiped volume
[2.14.l.5.l (b)(2 ) and Nonmandatory Appendix C] apply here?
Answer: The suspended ceiling opening must be sized and located such that conformance
with 2.14.1.5.l (b) and (d) is attained. Nonmandatory Appendix C provides an illustration of this
condition.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 14, 2 015

29
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 14-1 023

Subject: Requirement 8.4.10.1, Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question: Requirement 8.4.10.1 makes reference to 8.4.14.2 for NBCC, but this requirement is
not found in the Code.
(a) Should this reference be to 8.4.14.l (b)?
(b) If not, please indicate the appropriated requirement to be used.

Answer:
(a) Yes.
(b) See response to (a).

A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

Inquiry: 14-1025

Subject: Requirement 8.4.10.1, Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Background: For seismic risk zones, ASME A17.l /CSA B44 provides clear requirements to be
met when earthquake emergency operation is not required for risk zone 2 , i. e., it is not required
"provided the car and counterweight guide-rail systems, guiding members, and position restraints
conform to the requirements and force levels for zone 3 or greater in 8.4.5, 8.4.7, and 8.4. 8, where
WP = component operating weight as defined by 8.4.15."

But for nonrisk zones (IBC/ASCE 7 or NBCC), the Code does not provide clear requirements
for the condition if earthquake emergency operation is not required, with Fp $ 0.2 5 Wp.

Question (1): Does the exemption of emergency operations as stated in ASME A17.1-2 013 /
CSA B44-13 , 8.4.10. 1 for seismic zones exist for jurisdictions enforcing either IBC or NBCC?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): If the exemption exists, should the car and counterweight guide-rail systems,
guiding members, and position restraints conform to the requirements and force levels for Fp
:2: 0.5 Wp?
Answer (2 ): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

30
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 4-1 026

Subj ect: Requirements 8.4.10 and 8.4.10.1.l (a)(l ) and (a)(2 ) , Emergency Operation and Signaling
Devices
Edition: ASME A17.1-2 013/CSA B44-13

Question (1): If an elevator design is not required to provide earthquake emergency operation,
as per 8.4.10.1, is the elevator still required to comply with 8.4.10.1.l (a)(l ) and (a)(2)?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): If an elevator design is not required to provide earthquake emergency operation,

as per 8.4.10.1, is the elevator still required to comply with 8.4.10.1.l (b)?
Answer (2 ): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 4-1 1 04

Subj ect: Requirement 2.3.2.3, Counterweight Guard

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 004/CSA B44-04 including ASME A17.l a-2 005/CSA B44-05 a

Background: Requirement 2.3.2.3 was a new rule in ASME A17.l a-2 005 and refers to guarding
of counterweights in multiple elevator hoistways.

Question (1): Is this solely referring to the guarding of the counterweight in the adjacent
elevator's pit area?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): Was the intention of the new rule strictly to clarify that a guard was required for
the adjacent hoistway at the pit level?
Answer (2 ): No. The original rationale for this requirement, per TN 02-2 2 5 5 , stated: "To protect
elevator personnel from coming into contact with the counterweight of an adj acent elevator."

Question (3): If the answers to Questions (1) and (2 ) are both no, does this require a guard the
full height to the counterweight travel from the pit to the top of the hoistway?
Answer (3): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 14, 2 015

31
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 4-1 426

Subject: Requirement 8. 8.1, Qualification of Welders

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question (1): Does "(a) by welders qualified in accordance with the requirements of Section 4
of AN SI/AW S Dl.1, whereby the welders shall be qualified by the manufacturer or contractor;
a professional consulting engineer; or a recognized testing laboratory" require certification records
of the welder's qualification?
Answer (1): Certification records of welder's qualifications are not addressed in ASME A17.l /
CSA B44; refer to AN SI/AW S Dl.1/Dl.lM.

Question (2 ): Are certification records necessary for a field welder's qualification?

Answer (2 ): See response to Question (1).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 14, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 4-1 503

Subject: Requirement 2.2.2.5, Drains and Sumps and Alterations

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question (1): Does the replacement of an elevator controller as noted in 8.7.2.27.4 or 8.7.3.3 1.5
require compliance with 2.2.2.5?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): Does a controller alteration with a change of type of motion control as noted in
8.7.2.27.5 or 8.7.3.3 1.6 require compliance with 2.2.2.5?
Answer (2 ): No.

Question (3 ): Does a controller alteration with a change of type of operation control as noted
in 8.7.2.27.6 or 8.7.3. 3 1.7 require compliance with 2.2.2.5?
Answer (3 ): No.

Question (4): Does an alteration to or addition of Firefighters' Emergency Operation as noted

in 8.7.2.2 8 or 8.7.3. 3 1. 8 require compliance with 2.2.2.5?
Answer (4): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 14, 2 015

32
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 4-1637

Subj ect: Requirement: 8.6.1.4.l (a)(l ) , On-Site Maintenance Records and Scheduled Intervals
Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question (1): If the maintenance interval for a specific Section 8.6 maintenance task has been
assessed per the parameters of 8.6.1.2.l (e) and it is determined that the frequency of a given task
is less than 12 months, must the on-site maintenance record(s) convey the scheduled interval(s)
that are planned to be imposed?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): Is it permitted that the on-site maintenance records specify the frequency as
annual for the task that requires more frequent maintenance?
Answer (2 ): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 1, 2 014

Inquiry: 1 4-1834

Subj ect: Requirements 2.13.4.2.4 and 8.6.4.13. 2 , Door Plates

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 000/C SA B44-00 through ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question: Are door "data plates" required on both existing and new elevators with power­
operated doors?
Answer: Yes, although Section 8.6 does not require a door data plate to be added to an existing
elevator where the Code did not require it upon initial installation or alteration.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 4-1883

Subj ect: Requirements 3.19.7 and 8.3.5

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question (1) : Does 3.19.7 for hydraulic control valves require conformance to C SA C2 2.2
No. 13 9-2 013 , Clause 4?
Answer (1): No, the CSA C2 2.2 No. 13 9-19 82 is referenced (see Part 9).

Question (2 ): Does 8.3.5 provide test requirements with respect to such items as strength,
leakage, and endurance?
Answer (2 ): Yes; however, see 8.3.5.3.5 , which requires electrical testing subject to CSA C2 2.2
No. 13 9-19 82 , Clause 6.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 14, 2 015

33
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 4-1885

Subject: Requirement 8.3.5.3.5

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question: Does the reference to CSA C2 2.2 No. 13 9 in 8.3.5.3.5 apply to marking requirements
for hydraulic valves?
Answer: No, 8.3.5.3.5 refers to testing. Requirement 3.19.4.6 applies to marking of hydraulic
valves.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 14, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 5-39

Subject: Requirement 5.3.l.8.2(a), Car Door Closing Sequence

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question (1): Is a residential elevator considered a passenger elevator?

Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): If a residential elevator has power-closing car doors, does it need to comply with
the requirements in 2.13.3 through 2.13.6 for passenger elevators?
Answer (2 ): Yes.

Question (3 ): If a residential elevator has power-closing car doors, does it need to comply with
the requirements in 2.13.3 through 2.13.6 for freight elevators?
Answer (3 ): No.

Question (4): Do any of the requirements for vertically sliding doors or gates apply to residential
elevators?
Answer (4): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 13 , 2 015

Inquiry: 1 5-136

Subject: Requirement 2.4.7.l (c) , Car Top Inspection Station

Edition: ASME A17.1-2007 /CSA B44-07 through ASME A17.1-2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question (1): Is a car top inspection station mounted on top of the crosshead considered
"equipment" that requires the 600 mm (2 4 in.) clearance above the station?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): If yes, is a wire lamp guard on top of the inspection station considered part of
the equipment?
Answer (2 ): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 13 , 2 015

34
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 5-142

Subj ect: Requirement 2.2 6. l.4.2(h) , Operating Devices Readily Accessible to a Person While
Standing
Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/C SA B44-10

Question (1): Does 2.26.l.4.2 (h) require the inspection operating devices to be located where
they can be used/operated by a person while standing in one of the areas described in 2.14.1.6.2?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): If the answer to Question (1) is yes, is there a minimum height from the top of
the car where inspection operating devices should be located?
Answer (2 ): No.

Question (3 ): Does 2.26.l.4.2(h) prohibit the inspection operating devices to be located where
a person standing in one of the areas described in 2.14.1.6.2 must bend or kneel (but not climb
over, remove obstacles, or use a ladder) to access these devices?
Answer (3 ): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 5-31 9

Subj ect: Requirements 7.2.1.2 and 7.2.1.2.2, Car Gates

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question (1): Do the requirements of 7.2.1.2 for car gates apply to hand dumbwaiters?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): Do the requirements of 7.2.1.2.2 for contacts for car gates apply to hand dumb­
waiters?
Answer (2 ): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 13 , 2 015

35
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 5-476

Subject: Requirement 2.27.3.l.6G), Phase I and Occupant Evacuation Operation

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Background: A group of elevators is equipped with Occupant Evacuation Operation per 2.27.11.
A single three-position "GROUP FIRE RECALL" switch is installed at the designated level per
2.27.3.1.1. A three-position "CAR FIRE RECALL" switch is installed at the discharge level adj acent
to each elevator per 2.27.11.1.2.

As a result of the actuation of a fire alarm initiating device at the designated level, all cars are
returned to the alternate level per 2.27.3.2.4.

Question (1): When an additional "GROUP FIRE RECALL" switch per 2.27.3.1.2 is not provided,
is it required to move a car to the designated level when the "GROUP FIRE RECALL" switch
at the designated level and that car's "CAR FIRE RECALL" switch are both in the "ON" position?
Answer (1): The scenario described is not addressed by ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

Question (2 ): When an additional "GROUP FIRE RECALL" switch per 2.27.3.1.2 is provided,
is it required to move a car to the designated level when only the "GROUP FIRE RECALL"
switch at the designated level and that car's "CAR FIRE RECALL" switch are both in the "ON"
position (the additional "GROUP FIRE RECALL" switch is in the "OFF" position)?
Answer (2 ): No.

Question (3 ): When an additional "GROUP FIRE RECALL" switch per 2.27.3.1.2 is provided,
is it required that all three switches be in the "ON" position before the car is permitted to move
a car to the designated level?
Answer (3 ): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 13 , 2 015

Inquiry: 1 5-501

Subject: Requirements 6.1.7.4.1 and 6.1.7.4.2, Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 007 /CSA B44-07

Question: Does a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) listing and certification
provided in accordance wit h 6.1.7. 4. 2 of A SME A17. l -2 007 /C SA B4 4 -07 supersede an
NEC 62 0-21(B)(l ) restriction on flexible conduit length in an escalator wellway?
Answer: The scope of N RTL listing and certification is outside the scope of ASME A17.1-2 007 /
CSA B44-07. ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07 requires compliance with the National Electrical
Code/Canadian Electrical Code.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

36
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 5-61 4

Subj ect: Requirement 2.27.l.1.3(b) , "PHONE" or "HELP"

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 010/C SA B44-10 and ASME A17.l-2 013 /CSA 844-13

Question (1): Is the word "PHONE" required to be on or adj acent to the "PHONE" push
button?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): Is the phone symbol required to be on or adj acent to the "PHONE" push button?
Answer (2 ): Yes.

Question (3 ): Would the phone symbol by itself, without the word "PHONE" on or adjacent
to the "PHONE" push button, meet the identification requirement?

Answer (3 ): Yes.

Question (4): Is the word "PHONE" permitted to be located next to the "PHONE" push button
where the "PHONE" push button is identified with the phone symbol?
Answer (4): This is not addressed in the ASME A17.l /CSA B44 Code.

Question (5 ): Is the word "PHONE" permitted to be located on the "PHONE" push button
where the "PHONE" push button is identified with the phone symbol adjacent to the "PHONE"
push button?

Answer (5 ): This is not addressed in the ASME A17.l /CSA B44 Code.

Question (6): Is the word "HELP" permitted to be located next to the "PHONE" push button
where the "PHONE" push button is identified with the phone symbol?

Answer (6): This is not addressed in the ASME A17.l /CSA B44 Code.

Question (7): Is the word "HELP" permitted to be located on the "PHONE" push button where
the "PHONE" push button is identified with the phone symbol adjacent to the "PHONE" push
button?

Answer (7): This is not addressed in the ASME A17.l /CSA B44 Code.

Question (8): Is it possible to meet the requirements of ASME A17.l -2 007 /CSA B44-07 and
earlier Codes where the word "HELP" is required and the requirements of ASME A17.l -2 010/
CSA B44-10 and A17.1-2 013 /CSA B44-13 with the same arrangement, .i e., phone symbol adj acent
to the "PHONE" push button along with the word "HELP" located on the "PHONE" push
button?
Answer (8): This is not addressed in the ASME A17.1/CSA B44 Code.

Question (9) : Does the Braille message PH"ONE" in Table 2.2 6.12.1 convey the meaning
"PHONE"?

Answer (9): Yes.

A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

37
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 5-716

Subject: Requirement 2.27.1.1. 3 (e), Call Acknowledgment Signal

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question (1): After the call acknowledgment signal [2.27.1.1.3(c)] is sent, and as required
by 2.27.l.l.3 (e), are the authorized personnel expected to be able to immediately hear voice
communication from the car and respond?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): Where a shared phone line is used, and after the two-way communications link
is established and the call acknowledgment signal [2.27.1.l.3 (c)] is sent, is it permissible that
communication from the car not be heard or responded to by authorized personnel until the
authorized personnel complete their communication with a different car?
Answer (2 ): No.

Question (3 ): Where a shared phone line is used, and after the two-way communications link
is established and the call acknowledgment signal [2.27.l.l.3(c)] is sent, is it permissible that
communication between authorized personnel and more than one car take place simultaneously
using the shared phone line?
Answer (3 ): This is not addressed in the ASME A17.l /CSA B44 Code.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 5-883

Subject: Requirement 2.26.9.2

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question: Should the first sentence of 2.26.9.2 be interpreted as "The opening or closing of an
electric circuit shall not be used"?
Answer: No, the requirement is that the circuit must be opened to remove power from the
driving-machine motor and brake.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

38
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 5-886

Subj ect: Requirement 2.4.7.l (a), Top Clearance of Crosshead

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 010/C SA B44-2 010

Question (1): Does the portion of the crosshead that is outside the car top railings need to have
6 00 mm (2 4 in.) clearance as per 2.7.4.l (a)?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ): If the answer to Question (1) is yes, does this area need 1 100 mm (43 in.) clearance
as per 2.4.7.1?
Answer (2 ): No.

Question (3 ): Does the portion of the crosshead that is in the car top area, taped off with white
and red stripes as per 2.4.7.2, need to have 600 mm (2 4 in.) clearance as per 2.4.7.l (a)?
Answer (3 ): Yes, when the crosshead is located over the car enclosure top as per 2.4.7.l (a).

Question (4): If the answer to Question (3 ) is yes, then does this area need 1 100 mm (43 in.)
clearance as per 2.4.7.1?
Answer (4): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 5-1 1 39

Subj ect: Requirement 2.11.11.5.7

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /C SA B44-13

Question (1): Is it a requirement that a physical test be performed?

Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): Can a structural analysis or some other engineering approach be used to demon­
strate compliance with 2.11.11.5.7?
Answer (2 ): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 5-1 446

Subj ect: Requirement 2.27.3 , Firefighters' Emergency Operation

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /C SA B44-13

Question (1) Does 2.27.3 require that, in order for an elevator to be exempt from Firefighters'
Emergency Operation, a hoistway not be required to be fire rated, the rise not exceed 2 000 mm
(80 in.), and the hoistway not penetrate a floor (all three must apply for the exception)?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2 ) Can a project meet less than all three criteria and be exempted?
Answer (2 ): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

39
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 5-1 447

Subject: Requirement 2.14.1.5.1, Top Emergency Exit Suspended Ceiling Exit Panel
Edition: ASME A17.l -2 000/CSA B44-00 through ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question: In a case where the movable portion (exit panel) of the suspended ceiling is not
hinged upward or downward but instead is moved laterally away from the opening to allow for
a clear opening through the top exit, and where the exit panel is restrained by being positioned
on the top of the fixed portion of the suspended ceiling clear of the opening, must a tether or
other restraining means also be provided?
Answer: If the suspended ceiling is restrained in compliance with 2.14.1.5.l (d), an additional
restraint is not required.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 5-1671

Subject: Requirement 2.19.2, Unintended Car Movement Protection

Edition: ASME A17.1-2 007 /CSA B44-07 through ASME A17.1-2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question: Do the requirements of 2.19.2.2(a)(l ) (b) mandate that there be two movement detec­
tion means operational at all times, even in the event of failure of one means?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 5-1 697

Subject: Requirement 3.26. 8, Pressure Switch and Automatic Door Operation

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 010/CSA B44-10

Question (1): If the car is at a floor and the doors are already in the process of opening
automatically when the pressure switch is activated, are the doors required to immediately stop
opening and start closing?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2 ): If the car is at a floor and the doors are already in the process of opening
automatically when the pressure switch is activated, are the doors permitted to complete the
automatic opening cycle before starting to close?
Answer (2 ): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 5-1755

Subject: Requirement 2.11.10.1, Protection of Hoistway Openings

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question: Do the requirements set forth in 2.3.2.2(e) apply to the landing-sill guards (fascias)?
Answer: No, see 2.11.10.1.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

40
 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 33

Inquiry: 1 5-2003

Subj ect: Requirement 2.27.11.1.3 , Occupant Evacuation Operation

Edition: ASME A17.l -2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question: If the group has completed the building evacuation process where cars are parked
per 2.27.11.6.9, the group is placed on Firefighters' Emergency Operation (FEO) by the "FIRE
RECALL" switch and then removed from FEO per 2.27.3.1.1, all cars are at the designated/
discharge floor, the fire alarm system has not been reset, the elevator system continues to see an
active alarm signal(s), and all cars are unoccupied, is the elevator system required to initiate a
new Occupant Evacuation Operation event per 2.27.11.6.5?
Answer: Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

Inquiry: 1 5-2004

Subj ect: Requirement 2.2 7.11.1. 5 , Clarification on Terminating a Single Car From Occupant
Evacuation Operation While Group Remains on Occupant Evacuation Operation
Edition: ASME A17.1-2 013 /CSA B44-13

Question: If an individual car that was on Occupant Evacuation Operation (OEO) is placed on
and subsequently removed from Phase I Emergency Recall Operation (CAR FIRE RECALL) while
the other cars in the group remain on OEO, does the car return to OEO?
Answer: Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: October 7, 2 015

41